Biodiversity, Biogeography
and Nature Conservation
in WALLACEA and NEW GUINEA
Volume II
Dr. Dmitry Telnov, executive editor
The Entomological Society of Latvia
2014
THIS ISSUE TO BE CITED AS FOLLOWS:
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014. Biodiversity, biogeography and nature conservation in Wallacea
and New Guinea. Volume II. Riga, the Entomological Society of Latvia: 458 pp, 126 pis.
SEPARATE ARTICLES TO BE CITED AS FOLLOWS:
Reeuwijk A. 2014. For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace: 9-26. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity ,
biogeography and nature conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea. Volume II. Riga,
the Entomological Society of Latvia: 458 pp, 126 pis.
ISBN of the volume II: 978-9984-9768-7-7
ISSN of the series: 2255-9728
PUBLISHER:
The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga
ORDERS and INQUIRIES:
The Entomological Society of Latvia
c/o Faculty of Biology, Kronvalda bulvaris 4, LV-1586, Riga, Latvia / Lettland / Lettonie
E-mail: anthicus@gmail.com
URL: http://leb.daba.lv/book
ran
FSC
www.fsc.org
MIX
Paper from
responsible sources
FSC® C008322
t _
COPYRIGTH NOTICE:
Biodiversity Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea is published
by the Entomological Society of Latvia and is copyrighted © 2011-2014. All rights reserved.
No parts of this book may be reproduced in any form by digital or mechanical means (including
photocopying, scanning, recording, or information storage and retrieval) prior to obtaining permission
in writing from the publisher.
EDITING and LAYOUT:
Dr. Dmitry Telnov, anthicus@gmail.com
PRESS:
Jelgavas tipografija, Jelgava, Latvia
DISCLAIMER:
The views and opinions expressed by the authors in this volume do not necessarily represent or reflect
those of the editor or copyright owners.
While each article or chapter is believed to contain accurate information, neither the editor nor copyright
owners offer any warranty, expressed or implied, or assume any legal liability or responsibility for the
accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, product, or process disclosed, or represent
that its use would not infringe privately owned rights.
Title page: View of the islands of Maitara and Tidore from the slopes of Gamalama Volcano, Ternate,
with Lake Laguna in the foreground (photo: A. Krisnamurti, 2012) on a background of traditional
wood carving by Lake Sentani Papuans.
This volume commemorates
100+1 years alter Mr. ALFRED RUSSEL WALLACE
(1823- 1913)
Portrait of Alfred Russel Wallace by Dutch artist Jacques Gregoire (© J. Gregoire).
Contents
Foreword: Wallace and Wa I lacea . 6
Editorial . 7
Acknowledgements . 8
SECTION ONE: DEDICATION TO A.R. WALLACE
REEUWIJK, Alexander: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace . 9
SECTION TWO: BIOGEOGRAPHY
LOURENQO, Wilson R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review . 27
VALLEJO, Benjamin, Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines . 47
SECTION THREE: BIBLIOGRAPHY
GREKE, Kristine & TELNOV, Dmitry: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs of the
Papuan biogeographical region . 61
SECTION FOUR: BOTANY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY
CFIANTANAORRAPINT, Sahut & POCS, Tamas: Southern Thailand bryophytes I, with description of Cololejeunea ram-
romensis . 113
SECTION FIVE: VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY
RICFIARDS, Stephen J., OLIVER, Paul & BROWN, Rafe M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis Gunther, 1858 (An-
ura: Ceratobatrachidae) from Manus Island, Admiralty Archipelago, Papua New Guinea . 123
SECTION SIX: INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY AND BIOGEOGRAPHY
BORDONI, Arnaldo: Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), VI. Species from New Guinea of the
Last collection in the Manchester museum. New genus, new species and new records . 135
BROCK, Paul D.: A new species of leaf insect (Phasmida: Phylliidae) from West Papua, Indonesia . 145
GOLOVATCH, Sergei I. & STOEV, Pavel: Review of the Papuan millipede genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009, with descriptions
of three new species (Diplopoda: Polydesmida: Paradoxosomatidae: Eustrongylosomatini) . 149
GORBUNOV, Oleg G. & ZAMESOV, Alexey N.: To the knowledge of Macroheterocera of Southeast Asia and New Guinea.
I. Snouted Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia . 157
GORBUNOV, Oleg G. & ZAMESOV, Alexey N.: To the knowledge of Macroheterocera of Southeast Asia and New Guinea.
II. Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia . 167
GREKE, Kristine: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region:
taxonomic review . 187
HAVA, Jiff: Contribution to the genus Orphinus Motschulsky, 1858 from New Guinea (Coleoptera: Dermestidae: Megato-
minae) . 209
KALASHIAN, Mark Yu. & KUBAN, Vftezslav: New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from
Sulawesi, Indonesia and from Australia . 213
KALNINS, Martins: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata: Argiolestidae) . 221
MEDVEDEV, Lev N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea and islands of South-East
Asia . 225
MEY, Wolfram: Gerontha peterseni sp. nov. - a new species from Papua New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Tineidae) found in
material of the “Kaiserin Augusta-FluS-Expedition” . 235
SKALE, Andre & WEIGEL, Andreas: ZurTaxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australisch-
en Region (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Lamiinae). Revision der Gattung Sybra Pascoe, 1865: Teil 4. Die Arten der Sybra
incana-G ruppe ohne Philippinen . 241
TELNOV, Dmitry: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) from the
Indo-Australian transition zone, with remarks on Oriental and Australian taxa . 255
TUMBRINCK, Josef: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia
and from Australia, with general remarks to the classification and morphology of the Tetrigidae and descriptions of new
genera and species from New Guinea and New Caledonia . 345
VOS, Rob de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae: Arc-
tiinae: Lithosiini) . 397
WALLIN, Henrik, KVAMME, Torstein & NYLANDER, Ulf: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae), with descriptions of a new subgenus Pilomophas and a new genus Nemoplophora . 407
ZAMESOV, Alexey N. & GORBUNOV, Oleg G.: To the knowledge of Macroheterocera of Southeast Asia and New Guinea.
III. Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia . 437
SECTION SEVEN: FAUNISTICS
ROSLER, Herbert, SCHEIDT, Ulrich & TELNOV, Dmitry: First record of Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma, 1934)
(Reptilia: Geckonidae) outside mainland New Guinea . 449
Index to scientific names
451
5
Foreword: Wallace and Wallacea
Maxwell V.L. Barclay
Collection manager, Coleoptera
The Natural History Museum, London, United Kingdom; m.barclay@nhm.ac.uk
In November 2013, the 100th anniversary of his death, a bronze statue of Alfred Russel Wallace
was unveiled at the Natural History Museum, London. His New York Times obituary called him ‘the last
of the giants’, so it is fitting that Wallace should be commemorated alongside Owen, Darwin, Huxley and
Banks, but unlike their statues, Wallace is in the museum gardens in the prime of life, net in hand, hunt¬
ing butterflies through the Moluccan jungles. That seems right for an adventurer who lived in the field for
months at a time with few comforts, in pursuit of specimens and knowledge. He supported his travels by
collecting and writing and his years in South East Asia yielded more than 120 000 specimens and several
books. His ‘Malay Archipelago’, remarkable for the picture it paints of the creatures, people and places
he encountered, has been in print for nearly 150 years. Tens of thousands of his specimens have filtered
down through the estates of their original purchasers into the collections of the Natural History Museum
and other great museums, where they still teach us about the fauna and flora of these islands before a
century and a half of deforestation.
Wallace would have approved of this excellent series of books. Although he sold most of his speci¬
mens, he described some taxonomically beforehand. His monograph on the cetoniine scarabs of the
Malay Archipelago, with descriptions of 70 new species, remains an essential reference for anyone work¬
ing on these beetles. The butterflies he named include the magnificent (not uncommon) Trogonoptera
brookiana after his friend James Brooke, the ‘White Rajah of Sarawak’, and the famous Golden Birdwing,
Ornithoptera croesus, saying ‘my heart began to beat violently , the blood rushed to my head , and I felt ...
like fainting - an excellent description of a sensation that many entomologists will recognise. The clarity
and accessibility of his writing shines out amongst scientists of all generations.
Wallace was justly famous when he died,
but over the 20th century his memory began
to fade. Today, he is best remembered for his
letter outlining his theories of species diver¬
gence, which came close enough to ‘natural
selection’ to spur Darwin into publication of
the ‘Origin of Species’. This is often used to
suggest a conflict between the two men that
never existed, for in reality they respected
and admired each other. After 101 years,
it is perhaps time to reflect on the whole of
Wallace’s life’s work, and not forget his vast
contributions to so many widely varying fields
of science and human endeavour, the enor¬
mous wealth of ideas and specimens he left
to the world, and his biogeographical studies
that leave an area of some 350 000 square
kilometres, the subject of this interesting and
important book, bearing the name ‘Wallacea’.
Bronze statue by Anthony Smith, commissioned by the Wallace
Memorial Fund and unveiled at the Natural History Museum,
London by Sir David Attenborough, 7 November 2013 (photo:
M. Barclay).
6
Editorial
More than two years have passed since Volume 1 of this book series first saw the light, virtually noth¬
ing in terms of the history of life on Earth or even of the evolution of human life. In the short lifespan of a
‘typical’ Homo sapiens, two years can pass almost without remark, but from the point of view of technical
and other human progress, two years can have a huge effect, sometimes a critical one for our understand¬
ing, knowledge and experience. A hundred +1 years have passed since Mr. Alfred Russel Wallace OM FRS
was among us. Perhaps nowadays the changes and impact on the natural environment of our planet in
two years can be greater than in a good hundred years in the past. ‘Conservation drones’ are now used
to monitor poaching activity in India 1. Smartphones provide on-line monitoring of illegal logging in South
America and equatorial Africa 2. Global use of satellites to track logging, forest cover changes and foliage
loss is ‘nothing special’ anymore. The first 20 hectares of oak pasture woodlands, key habitat for the EU
protected Hermit beetle have been restored in Latvia 3. Such a list can go on, but, are we still doing some¬
thing wrong? Despite our goodwill, destruction of the global natural heritage and disappearance of wildlife
continues, if not increases, year by year. Sounds like a never ending spiral...
Sometimes I ask myself: ‘Is it possible to explore like Wallace today?’ The instant reaction is ‘No!
There are no more unmapped islands, no wild tigers in Singapore, no unvisited mountains on the Malay
Peninsula, and even all the bird of paradise species have been filmed by professionals’. But this kind of
answer is just an emotion. There remains huge scope for biological exploration all over the World. There
are still intact forests and unvisited swamps, and only a proportion of species have been scientifically
named or barcoded. Now we have opportunities to travel much faster than in Wallace’s time. Our techni¬
cal equipment allows us to track and study species digitally, almost every meter of Earth’s surface has
been photographed by satellites. Our new colleagues in the countries Wallace visited so many years ago
are now studying, evaluating and protecting their nature. And the previously unimaginable efficiency of
digital data exchange contributes vastly to science and conservation.
Dmitry Telnov, PhD.
The Entomological Society of Latvia
[written in Palermo, Sicily, 18 March 2014]
But only educated communities are able to understand the true value of nature. This book series
aims to be an organ of education, one of instruments to change our world. The world that has already
changed. Our changing world!
£ W.
EuJtusowueu
/ t.r a
Type specimen of Euryomia bella (Coleoptera: Scarabaei-
dae: Cetoniinae) from Batchian (now Bacan), collected
and described by A.R. Wallace, with his characteristic cir¬
cular locality disc. Now in the collection of Natural History
Museum (photo: H. Maratheftis, BMNH).
1 - http://news.mongabay.com
2 - Trivedi M. “Can communities monitor their own forests?” Global Canopy Programme: http://www.globalcanopy.org/updates/
blogs/can-communities-monitor-their-own-forests
3 - EU LIFE10 project No. NAT/LV/000159, http://for-rest.daba.gov.lv
7
Acknowledgements
Like the first volume, this new work took more than two years to produce, and was brought to fruition
through the support of numerous generous people. I would express my deep gratitude to these
friends, relatives and colleagues as well as their institutions!
Members and Board of the Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga (http://leb.daba.lv) and Martins KALININS,
Dr. & the member of the Board (Sigulda, Latvia) in person
Maxwell V.L. BARCLAY, M.Sc. (The Natural History Museum, London, United Kingdom)
George BECCALONI, Dr. (The Natural History Museum, London, United Kingdom)
Matthias HARTMANN, M.Sc. and the Director (Natural History Museum, Erfurt, Germany)
Bruno KNEUBUHLER (Luzern, Switzerland), http://www.phasmatodea.com
Ani KRISNAfvlURTI (Surabaya, Indonesia)
Darren J. MANN, M.Sc. (Oxford University Museum of Natural History, United Kingdom)
Christoph NEUMANN, Dr. (Freiburg, Germany)
Andrey SHKARUPIN, M.Sc. (Riga, Latvia)
Laszlo WAGNER (Budapest, Hungary), http://east-indonesia.info
My beloved family - wife Kristine GREKE, M.Sc., son Edwin TELNOV and daughter Alisa TELNOVA - for their
support and understanding, as also for joining my expeditions
My parents Alexander and Inna TELNOV (Riga, Latvia) and Kristine’s parents Vitolds and Irina GREKIS
(Riga, Latvia) are thanked for patience and sleepless nights during our expeditions
All the friendly and welcoming people of the Moluccas, Raja Ampat, New Guinea and Sulawesi who shared
their amazing islands, cultures, even homes with us, and provided all other assistance during our
frequent visits
All the other people, including all the authors, who friendly contributed to this issue
All papers are peer reviewed, so I take this opportunity to thank all our competent anonymous referees
and consultants!
Those reviewers who decided not to remain anonymous are acknowledged in person: Rainer GUNTHER,
Dr. (Natural History Museum, Leibniz Institute for Evolution and Biodiversity Science, Berlin, Ger¬
many), Alexander NAPOLOV (Riga Zoo, Latvia), Gunther THEISCHINGER, Dr. (Department of Environ¬
ment, Climate Change and Water New South Wales, Sydney, Australia).
8
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
Alexander Reeuwijk
Palmstraat 30-1, 1015 HS, Amsterdam, The Netherlands; alexanderreeuwijk@mac.com
Abstract: The British naturalist Alfred Russel Wallace (1823-1913) is, together with Charles Darwin, the co-discov¬
erer of the theory of evolution by natural selection and established the scientific foundation for biogeography. At the
end of his life he was one of the most well known scientists in the world, nowadays he is almost forgotten by the
general public. This chapter focuses on Wallace, his life and his achievements. For once Wallace is out of Darwin’s
shadow, and in the spotlight.
Key words: Alfred Russel Wallace, Charles Darwin, Sarawak Law, Ternate essay, evolution, biogeography, Aru islands.
‘Are you looking for something?’ the old man
on the veranda asked. He had observed me closely,
while I walked up and down the street in the city of
Ternate, on a perfect volcano island with the same
name in the Moluccas.
A dirty white singlet covered his big belly. He
pulled it up and stroked his bare belly like a preg¬
nant woman: gently and carefully.
The house of Wallace, Alfred Russel Wallace,’
I answered the man. ‘It supposed to be somewhere
near here.’
‘Ah, wait a second,’ he said, and yelled inside
his house.
Seconds later a young tall slender boy came
out and walked with me in the direction of the
mighty Gamalama volcano. A few hundred meters
up the road he stopped.
‘This is it,’ he said, while pointing at a new
looking house.
I was rather disappointed. In his book The Ma¬
lay Archipelago (1869) Wallace gave a quite precise
description of the house and its location, and I sim¬
ply could not believe that the modern looking house
was that specific house. The house Wallace rented
during the years he spent in the eastern part of the
Malay Archipelago, and where he returned to after
spending months in the jungle, rearranging his col¬
lections and recovering from tropical diseases.
But who was Alfred Russel Wallace, and why
put such an effort into finding this specific house
in Ternate?
Alfred Russel Wallace was born on January 8th
1823, into a middle class English family in a little
village close to Usk, Monmouthshire. He was the
eighth of nine children. The first years of his life
were carefree, until his father lost the modest fam¬
ily capital with some poor investments and bad
speculations. The consequence of it this was that
Wallace had to leave school at the age of fourteen,
thus ending his formal education. From that mo¬
ment an academic career was out of reach.
In 1837 he found a job as a trainee land sur¬
veyor at the company of his elder brother William.
While roaming the English and Welsh countryside,
Wallace developed a passion for geology and natu¬
ral history.
Six years later, in 1843, his brother could no
longer afford to employ Wallace, as there was not
enough work available. A few months later Wallace
found a job as a teacher in a school in Leicester,
where he met Henry Walter Bates, who was an ar¬
dent beetle collector. Together they read books on
natural history, discussed scientific topics and col¬
lected beetles and other insects in the countryside
around Leicester.
In 1845 Wallace read the anonymously pub¬
lished book Vestiges of the Natural History of
Creation. He was intrigued by the idea of species
transmutation discussed in the book, the author
of which was only revealed to be Robert Chambers
many years later.
Wallace and Bates fantasized to go on an ex¬
pedition to a tropical country. The trade in exotic
birds and insects was flourishing, with a great de¬
mand for exotic species.
After reading The voyage of the Beagle by
Charles Darwin and William Henry Edwards Voyage
up the River Amazon, with a Residency at Para, they
decided to travel to South America and collect birds
and insects in the Amazon, both for their private
collections and to sell in order to fund their trip. In a
letter to Bates, Wallace revealed his scientific plan:
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
I begin to feel rather dissatisfied with a mere lo¬
cal collection - little is to be learned by it. I shd like
to take one family to study thoroughly - principally
with a view to the theory to the origin of species.
They left England in 1848, and collected a cou¬
ple of months together in the lower Amazon before
they decided to split up and collect independent.
In 1849, Wallace’s younger brother Herbert trav¬
elled to the Amazon to assist him. Two years later,
in 1851, Herbert decided that collecting was not
what he wanted, and went back to Para. Before he
was able to join a vessel back to England he caught
yellow fever and died.
Wallace heard the sad news much later. He
travelled up the Rio Negro, further than any Euro¬
pean before him.
After four years of collecting, Wallace decided
to return to England. He travelled back to Para,
visited the grave of his brother and checked in on
board the brig “Helen”, a cargo ship loaded with
rubber, cocoa, balsam etc.
After almost four weeks into the voyage, in the
middle of the Atlantic Ocean, the ship caught fire.
Wallace was able to grab a tin box with a few draw¬
ings of fish and palm trees, a couple of shirts and
his watch from his cabin, before he jumped into a
lifeboat. Not long after the “Helen”, including his di¬
aries and stuffed animals, sank before his eyes. In
a letter to his friend and colleague Richard Spruce
Wallace wrote:
My collections however were in the hold & were ir¬
revocably lost. And now I began to think , that al¬
most all the reward of my four years of privation
& danger were lost. (...) All my private collection of
insects & birds since I left Para was with me , & con¬
tained hundreds of new & beautiful species which
would have rendered (I had fondly hoped) my cabi¬
net , as far as regards American species , one of the
finest in Europe.
Luckily 10 days later a passing ship rescued
Wallace and the crew, and they eventually reached
England (after almost sinking in a storm on the
way!). But instead of slipping into a depression,
Wallace was upbeat. He wrote two books (one on
palm trees and one about his South-American voy¬
age), lectured to scientific societies and looked for
a new tropical destination to build up a new collec¬
tion of specimens.
In 1854, within eighteen months after his re¬
turn from South America, Wallace left England for
The Malay Archipelago, a white spot on the map
of exploration. Charles Allen, a young boy that he
taught, how to pin insects and shoot and skin birds,
accompanied him.
He started his journey in Singapore (where the
tigers still roared in the jungle on Bukit Timah), fol¬
lowed by peninsular Malaysia, before he ended up
in Sarawak, Borneo. Here he combined collecting
with writing (scientific) papers, which he sent to
magazines or to his agent Samuel Stevens. During
the rainy season, when collecting was not possible,
he dedicated his time to the big question of the ori¬
gin of species. With this issue on his mind he wrote
‘On the Law which has regulated the Introduction of
New Species’. In this article, in which he included
ideas on geology and geography, he formulated
what is now known as his ‘Sarawak Law’:
Every species has come into existence coincident
both in time and space with a pre-existing closely
allied species.
In this article Wallace was not able to provide
a mechanism to explain how species evolve, but it
paved the road for the next step.
Darwin read the article, published in 1855 in
‘The Annals and Magazine of Natural History’, but
thought it was nothing new. Sir Charles Lyell, lead¬
ing geologist and friend of Darwin, later pointed out
the importance of it to him and urged Darwin to
publish his ideas on the origin of species.
But it was to late. In 1858, three years after
the publication of the Sarawak Law, Wallace wrote
an essay entitled: ‘On the Tendency of Varieties to
Depart Indefinitely From the Original Type’.
Days before he completed the Ternate essay,
as it is known today, Wallace was suffering from
malaria. He says in Natural Selection and Tropical
Nature :
At the time I was suffering from a rather severe at¬
tack of intermittent fever at Ternate in the Moluc¬
cas , and one day while lying in my bed during the
cold fit , wrapped in blankets , though the thermom¬
eter was at 88 °F., the problem again presented
itself to me, and something let me to think of the
“positive checks ” described by Malthus in his “Es¬
say on Population , ” a work I had read several years
before, and which had me deep and permanent
impression on my mind. These checks - war, dis¬
ease, famine and the like - must, it occurred to me,
act on animals as wall as on man. Then I thought
of the enormously rapid multiplication of animals,
causing these checks to be much more effective in
them than in the case of man; and while pondering
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
vaguely on this fact there suddenly flashed upon
me the idea of the survival of the fittest - that the
individuals removed by these checks must be on
the whole inferior to those that survived.
After Wallace was recovered he wrote the
ideas down in three successive evenings, and sent
them immediately to Darwin, with whom he had
corresponded. In the accompanying letter he asked
him to send the essay to Lyell, at least if he thought
it was worth reading.
When Darwin received the letter from Wallace
he must have felt devastated, as shown by a letter
he wrote to Charles Lyell:
My dear Lyell ,
Some year or so ago , you recommended me to
read a paper by Wallace in the Annals , which had
interested you & as I was writing to him , I knew this
would please him much , so I told him. He has to
day sent me the enclosed & asked me to forward
it to you. It seems well worth reading. Your words
have come true with a vengeance that I shdbe fore¬
stalled. You said this when I explained to you here
very briefly my views of ‘ Natural Selection ” depend¬
ing on the struggle for existence. - I never saw a
more striking coincidence. If Wallace had my M.S.
sketch written out in 1842 he could not have made
a better short abstract! Even his terms now stand
as Heads of my Chapters.
Please return me the M.S. which he does not say he
wishes me to publish; but I shall of course at once
write & offer to send to any Journal. So all my origi¬
nality whatever it may amount to , will be smashed.
Though my book , if it will ever have any value , will
not be deteriorated; as all the labour consists in the
application of the theory.
I hope you will approve of Wallace’s sketch , that I
may tell him what you say.
My dear Lyell
Yours most truly
C. Darwin
Darwin was overwhelmed by the Ternate essay,
and did not know what to do. His friends Charles
Lyell and the botanist Joseph Dalton Hooker pro¬
posed to Darwin to read two manuscript fragments
of Darwin’s writings on evolution plus the Ternate
essay before the Linnean Society, and then publish
them in the Society’s Journal. Hooker prepared the
publication as one can see from the following letter:
My dear Hooker ,
I have read your letter & see you want papers at
once. I am quite prostrated & can do nothing but
I send Wallace & my abstract of abstract of letter
to Asa Gray which gives most imperfectly only the
means of change & do not touch on reasons for
believing species do change I daresay all is too late.
I hardly care about it. - But you are too generous
to sacrifice so much time & kindness. - It is most
generous , most kind. I send sketch of 1844 solely
that you may see by your own handwriting that you
did read it. - 1 really cannot bear to look at it. - Do
not waste much time. It is miserable in me to care
al all about priority. - The table of contents will show
what it is. I would make a similar , but shorter & and
more accurate sketch for the Linnean Journal. - I
will do anything.
God Bless you my dear kind friend. I can write no
more. I send this by servant to Kew.
Yours C. Darwin
Hooker and Lyell finally presented Darwin and
Wallace’s ‘joint’ paper to the Linnean Society on
the 1st July 1858. It was entitled: On the Tendency
of Species to form Varieties; and on the Perpetua¬
tion of varieties and species by Natural Means of
Selection.
Neither Darwin nor Wallace was present dur¬
ing the public reading. Darwin sadly attended the
funeral of one of his children, while Wallace was
still in the Malay Archipelago.
The reactions were as one can expect. One
of the members of the Society, professor Samuel
Haughton from Dublin, commented on the printed
version of the papers. In his autobiography, Darwin
summarized the reception of the papers as: ‘All that
was new was false, and what was true was old.’
It was more than a year and a half of turmoil
for Darwin, starting with the Ternate essay in his
mailbox in June 1858 and ending with the publica¬
tion of his book The Origin of Species in November
1859. The question is why Darwin waited so long
before publication of his own theory. I can think of
two reasons: first he himself was his own biggest
critic. He wanted to gather as much evidence to sup¬
port the idea of evolution before he publishing the
theory of natural selection. Therefore he conducted
experiments in his backyard and in his greenhous¬
es, he discussed his ideas with his scientific friends
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
like Huxley, Hooker, Lyell and the American botanist
Asa Gray (who read one of the first sketches on evo¬
lution by natural selection), and he corresponded
with people who were able to provide him with infor¬
mation from all over the world. His idea was to write
it all down in one book on evolution. Of course this
idea was harshly disturbed by Wallace’s essay. An¬
other reason why he did not want to publish might
have been the church. Religion was strongly in¬
volved in the social class Darwin comfortably lived
in. In a letter to Joseph Hooker, Darwin famously
wrote that it (the idea of evolution by natural selec¬
tion) felt like confessing to a murder.
Even within Down House religion was strongly
present, since Darwin’s wife Emma was very reli¬
gious. It was ‘the important subject’ between them,
as Emma called it, and she strongly believed that
Darwin could be a believer, if he stopped question¬
ing.
Rivalry and plagiarism
One often hears the accusation of plagiarism
by Darwin: that he copied ideas from Wallace’s Ter-
nate essay into his own writings. The main issue is
when exactly Darwin received Wallace’s letter and
did he keep it to himself for several days or weeks
before sending it to Lyell and Hooker? According to
a study by John van Wyhe and Kees Rookmaaker
(New Theory to Explain the Receipt of Wallace’s
Ternate Essay by Darwin in 1858) published in the
Biological Journal of the Linnean Society in 2012
Darwin received Wallace’s letter and essay when
he said he did, so he would not have had an oppor¬
tunity to steal ideas from it.
A more interesting question though, is whether
Darwin (and Lyell and Hooker) should have asked
Wallace for permission before publishing the Ter¬
nate essay, since Wallace did not ask Darwin to
publish it, but only asked him to send it to Lyell.
Is it ethical to publish someone’s ideas without
asking for permission? No, I would say.
On the other hand, it does not seem that Wal¬
lace had problems with the publication, and it does
not seem that he blamed Darwin for publishing his
text. In 1869 he dedicated The Malay Archipelago
to Darwin, stating: ‘As a token of personal esteem
and friendship, but also to express my deep admi¬
ration for his genius and his works.’
Twenty years later, in 1889, he published a
book about the theory of evolution by natural selec¬
tion and its applications, entitled Darwinism , out of
respect for Darwin (although it is quite likely that
the term ‘Darwinism’ was synonymous with ‘evolu¬
tion by natural selection’, and not used by Wallace
as an homage to Darwin).
In his acceptance speech for the reception of
the first (gold) Darwin-Wallace medal from the Lin¬
nean Society in 1908, Wallace said the following:
With your permission I propose to make a few re¬
marks both as to the actual relations between Dar¬
win and myself prior to July 1858, and also to some
peculiarities of our respective life-histories which
brought about those relations , and which will , /
hope, be both novel and of some general interest.
Since the death of Darwin in 1882, I have found
myself in the somewhat unusual position of receiv¬
ing credit and praise from popular writers under
a complete misapprehension of what my share in
Darwin's work really amounted to. It has been stat¬
ed (not unfrequently) in the daily and weekly press,
that Darwin and myself discovered “natural selec¬
tion” simultaneously, while a more daring few have
declared that I was the first to discover it, and that
I gave way to Darwin!
In order to avoid further errors of this kind (which
this Celebration may possibly encourage), I think it
will be well to give the actual facts as simply and
clearly as possible.
The one fact that connects me with Darwin, and
which, I am happy to say , has never been doubted ,
is that the idea of what is now termed “natural se¬
lection” or “ survival of the fittest,” together with its
far-reaching consequences, occurred to us inde¬
pendently , and was first jointly announced before
this Society fifty years ago.
But, what often is forgotten by the press and the
public, is that the idea occurred to Darwin in Octo¬
ber 1838, nearly twenty years earlier than to my¬
self (in February 1858); and that during the whole
of that twenty years he had been laboriously col¬
lecting evidence from the vast mass of literature
of Biology , of Horticulture, and of Agriculture; as
well as himself carrying out ingenious experiments
and original observations, the extent of which is in¬
dicated by the range of subjects discussed in his
‘ Origin of species,’ and especially in that wonderful
store-house of knowledge - his Animals and Plants
under Domestication,’ almost the whole materials
for which works had been collected, and to a large
extent systematised, during that twenty years.
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
Figure 1. Greater Bird of Paradise ( Paradisaea apoda Linnaeus, 1758), drawn by the French illustrator Jacques
Barraband, published by Frangois LeVaillant in 1806 (© Artis Library, Special Collections of the University of Am¬
sterdam).
13
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
/,ir//// ///
/c
"/////////At ( ///r/Y/////r, //////r. <//:'4
fun.r '
Figure 2. Lesser Bird of Paradise ( Paradisaea minor Shaw, 1809), drawn by the French illustrator Jacques Barra-
band, published by Frangois LeVaillant in 1806 (© Artis Library, Special Collections of the University of Amsterdam).
— iVi
14
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
Of course, one might say that this text was read
during a public appearance, and therefore Wallace
was being courteous.
But in 1858, fifty years before he received the
Darwin-Wallace medal and when he was still in
the Malay Archipelago, Wallace sent a letter to his
mother. When reading the letter, it seems that Wal¬
lace had no problems with the publication of the
manuscript by the Linnean Society. Indeed it filled
him with pride and hope for the future, back in Eng¬
land:
I have received letters from Mr Darwin & Dr Hook¬
er , two of the greatest most eminent Naturalists in
England which has highly gratified me. I sent Mr
Darwin an essay on a subject in which he is now
writing a great work. He shewed it to Dr Hooker &
Sir C Lyeii, who thought so highly of it that they im¬
mediately read it before the “Linean [sic!] Society ”.
This insures me the acquaintance and assistance
of these eminent men on my return home.
It is more than 150 years since the publication
of the joint paper by Darwin and Wallace, and The
Origin of Species, and there is no doubt that these
two publications have changed our view of the world
and its creation radically. With their theory, Wallace
and Darwin gave us a plausible alternative for the
biblical story of creation. New techniques, like DNA,
have confirmed and strengthened the ideas of the
two British naturalists. Every day new research is
conducted and presented in conferences, in scien¬
tific journals or in books like this: Biodiversity Bio¬
geography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea
and New Guinea, which furthers our understanding
of the evolution of life on our planet.
The distribution of animals
The fact that Wallace jointly published the
theory of evolution by natural selection with Dar¬
win should have in itself justified a state funeral in
Westminster Abbey and a statue in central London
(neither of which he got), but it is not all he contrib¬
uted to biology.
One of the most fascinating aspects of Wal¬
lace is the fact that at the same as he was writing
about evolution he was also developing new ideas
about biogeography, or the study of distribution of
animals and plants.
In the first four years in the Malay Archipelago
Wallace travelled from West to East and observed
two completely different faunas. In a letter he sent
from Ambon to his friend and former travel com¬
panion Henry Walter Bates, a few weeks before he
wrote the Ternate essay, Wallace described his ob¬
servations about animal distribution:
In this archipelago there are two distinct faunas rig¬
idly circumscribed, which differ as much as those of
South-America and Africa , and more than those of
Europe and North-America: yet there is nothing on
the map or on the face of the islands to mark their
limits. The boundary line often passes between is¬
lands closer than others in the same group. I be¬
lieve the western part [of the Archipelago] to be a
separated portion of continental Asia , the eastern
the fragmentary prolongation of a former Pacific
continent.
After he returned to England after eight years
in the Archipelago, he presented his elaborated
ideas before the Royal Geographical Society, in¬
cluding the idea of a sharp line that divides the two
faunal regions:
To define the limits of the two regions where they
are (geographically) most intimately connected , I
may mention that during a few days’ stay in the is¬
land of Bali I found birds of the genera Copsychus,
Megalaima , Tiga, Plocius and Sturnopastor ; all
characteristic of the Indian region and abundant in
Malacca, Java, and Borneo; while on crossing over
to Lombock, during three months collecting there,
not one of them was ever seen; neither have they
occurred in Celebes nor in any of the more eastern
islands I have visited. Taking this in connexion with
the fact of Cacatua , Tropidorhynchus and Megapo-
dius having their western limit in Lombock, we may
consider it established that the Strait of Lombock
(only 15 miles wide) marks the limits and abruptly
separates two of the great Zoological regions of the
globe.
This line is now known as the Wallace Line.
Thomas Henry Huxley coined the term in an article
published in the Proceedings of the Zoological So¬
ciety, in 1868.
Actually, Wallace was not the last to draw a
line through the archipelago to divide the faunal
regions. In 1977, the American palaeontologist
George Gaylord Simpson published a paper in the
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Soci¬
ety, with the provocative title ‘Too many lines; The
Limits of the Oriental and Australian Zoogeographic
Regions.’
In this article Simpson described seven differ-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figure 3. Wallace’s Standardwing ( Semioptera wallacii Gould, 1859), from the birds of New-Guinea, published by
John Gould (© Artis Library, Special Collections of the University of Amsterdam).
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
A. R. WALLACE (1913)
Figure 4. Photograph of Alfred Russel Wallace, at the end of his life (© Artis Library, Special Collections of the Uni¬
versity of Amsterdam).
17
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
I.lkukiash
.Vfiuuthnna
TIBET
iuneie
DeUd\
ChooE
Cjfoiin.'jnfL.
Madras
.’N.AUST
Ralia,
W. A l! S' 'RALIA
AUSTRALIA
X'lllowe I ?
ALE
SEA
24,222
.0
Kurile
Islands
“ • 3 7,330
M
e xs.
850
MkrshalL
re /: If
zi .
toKeam L%
'StFavlI.
East of
Greenwich
Long
SO
90
10 O
no
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
Stanfordls Geographical/ Estdb^Xondaru
Figure 5. Part of the map with biogeographic regions, published in The Geographical Distribution of Animals’
(© Artis Library, Special Collections of the University of Amsterdam).
ent lines in the Malay Archipelago. The result is a
kind of spaghetti if one draws all the lines on one
map. But above all it raises the question which one
is the correct one?
In January 2013 an international group of sci¬
entists under the direction of Dr Ben Holt published
an article in Science : ‘An Update of Wallace’s Zoo¬
geographic Regions of the World.’ Regarding the ex¬
act line dividing the Oriental and Australian regions
they concluded that its location is determined by
the technique used to do the analysis and faunal
group that is analysed. But they were in favour of
two lines: the Wallace Line, and the Weber line as
modified by Ernst Mayr, which runs through the ar-
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
Figure 6. Ornithoptera croesus Wallace, 1859, drawn by
by Alexander Reeuwijk (© Uitgeverij Atlas Contact).
chipelago east of the Wallace Line. Of course the
article by Dr. Holt and colleagues is not a final pa¬
per on this complex and topic. About a half-year af¬
ter publication, German scientists Holger Kreftand
Walter Jetz commented on the article in Science.
They questioned the new realms as proposed by
Holt and colleagues. Kreft and Jetz state that it is
too premature accept the new zoogeographic re¬
gions. Scientists should be careful to redefine new
realms, since the analysing techniques are not fully
developed yet.
This is all hard-core science, not accessible
for the general public. Wallace served the broad
audience, since in a way one can read The Malay
Archipelago (1869), as an explanation of biogeog¬
raphy for a non-scientific audience. But Wallace
wrote much more than this on biogeography. He
published several articles and produced two schol¬
arly books on the subject: The Geographical Distri¬
bution of Animals, a two-volume edition published
in 1876, and Island Life, published in 1881. With
these works Wallace provided a scientific basis for
the study of biogeography, and it earned him the
nickname ‘father of biogeography’.
In his typical ‘fin-de-siecle’ overview, ‘Bioge-
Ria Winters, published in the book ‘Reizen tussen de lijnen’
ography on the eve of the twenty-first century: To¬
wards an epistemology of biogeography’, Francois
Vuilleumier summarized Wallace’s merits by quot¬
ing David Quammen:
Wallace did nothing less than establish the foun¬
dation of a science of biogeography , a foundation
that has lasted well into the 20th century. Not only
did he describe all the major patterns of distribu¬
tion known at the time , including continental and
insular patterns , disjunction patterns and disper¬
sal pathways , but also he offered evolutionary ex¬
planations for them. The breadth and depth of Wal¬
lace’s thinking cannot be overemphasised. What I
consider especially significant is that Wallace’s
understanding of biogeography was based on ex¬
tensive fieldwork.
Wallace’s Standard Wing and Golden Bird Wing
It may seem that Wallace started as an insect
and bird collector in England and South America,
and ended up as a theoretician in the Malay Ar¬
chipelago, with evolution by natural selection and
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
biogeography as his main subjects, but this is in¬
correct. Wallace kept collecting through his eight
years in Southeast Asia. He returned to England
with more than 125 000 specimens, of which thou¬
sands were new to science.
His most famous specimens were perhaps
Wallace’s Standard wing ( Semioptera wallacii
Gould, 1859, the bird of paradise he discovered)
and the Golden Birdwing butterfly ( Ornithoptera
croesus Wallace, 1859), he caught in Bacan, a little
island next to Halmahera.
Nowadays, the easiest location to observe
both specimens is Halmahera, the largest island of
the Moluccas, not far from Ternate. There, in a little
house along a river, lives bird specialist and protec¬
tor of the forest, Demianus Bagali or Pa k An u.
The taxi boats to Halmahera leave every morn¬
ing from the little quay beside the mosque in the
centre of Ternate city. It is a short boat ride, of
about 30 minutes, across the Molucca Sea. The
island looks green; flanks of the volcanoes are cov¬
ered with trees.
From the harbour village of Sindangoli it is a
15-minute ride on a motorbike to Pak Anu. He of¬
fers me a bed and is willing to show me the ‘lek’,
the display tree of the bird of paradise.
That night I read the passages about the dis¬
covery of the bird in The Malay Archipelago. At first
Wallace thought his boy AN fooled him:
Just as I got home I overtook AH returning from
shooting with some birds hanging from his belt.
He seemed much pleased , and said , " Look here ,
sir , what a curious bird,” holding out what at first
completely puzzled me. I saw a bird with a mass
of splendid green feathers on its breast, elongat¬
ed into two green glittering tufts; but what I could
not understand was a pair of long white feathers,
which stuck straight out from each shoulder.
AN had to convince Wallace that the bird was
real. He than realised that he just got a new bird of
paradise, and described it and sent it to the British
Museum. Curator George Robert Gray (1808-1872)
named the bird Wallace’s standard wing.
The next morning we crossed the river before
sunrise. A Moluccan Scops Owl ( Otus magicus
(Muller, 1841)) flew silently over our heads. After
a tough 45 minutes walk we reached an empty riv¬
erbed. One bird of paradise was calling, though it
sounded still weak. As soon as the call was louder
we walked to the observation platform up the hill.
Although its voice was loud and clear, the bird itself
was not more than an outline between the leaves.
When the sun came up, the metallic green feathers
glittered in the morning light.
Finally five male birds showed up and sat on
the bare branch, calling, jumping, hoppingand turn¬
ing. They played with their iridescent green breast
shields and their white feathers, the standards,
were erected and trembled. This went on for sev¬
eral minutes, until suddenly one of the birds could
not contain himself any longer. He flew straight up
from the branch, while he sang ecstatically. Then
he opened his wings and used them as a parachute
to land exactly where he took off. The others fol¬
lowed.
After an hour of display the only female left
the lek. The males kept on calling, without success.
She did not return.
‘In Galela, one of the local languages of
Halmahera, the bird is called ‘wecca wecca’, and
in Bahasa Indonesia it is called ‘Burung bidadari’,
the ‘fairy bird’, Pak Anu told me with a smile on his
face. ‘I came up with that last name. Nowadays it is
the official Indonesian name.’
I asked Pak Anu whether it was possible to ob¬
serve the golden birdwing butterfly, and if he knew
a place to find it.
‘That should not be a problem,’ Pak Anu as¬
sured me, as we walked back from the forest. ‘It is
a rather common butterfly here. The best place to
find it is along the old logging road, where you will
also find the paradise crow, the other bird of para¬
dise of Halmahera. I will take you there.’
I had seen the golden bird wing once, in a
drawer in the personal cabinet of Wallace, now in
the Museum of Natural History, in London. Evolu¬
tionary biologist and director of the Wallace Corre¬
spondence Project, George Beccaloni, showed me
the butterfly. He pointed out a fingerprint on the
velvety black part of one of its wings. Unnoticed it
sealed my faith. From that moment I decided that I
wanted to see the butterfly alive in Indonesia.
A few days later I found out that Pak Anu was
right. I walked along the old logging road, with
Eclectus Parrots ( Eclectus roratus (Muller, 1841))
and fruit doves ( Ptilinopus sp.) in the trees, when
suddenly a large dark object appeared in my sight.
It was a bird wing, hovering over the road. I followed
it for some time, before it flew over the bushes into
the forest:
I found it to be as I had expected, a perfectly new
and most magnificent species, and one of the most
gorgeously coloured butterflies in the world. Fine
specimens of male are more than seven inches
across the wings, which are velvety black and fiery
20
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
orange , the latter colour replacing the green of the
allied species. The beauty and brilliancy of this in¬
sect are indescribable, and none but a naturalist
can understand the intense excitement I experi¬
enced when I at length captured it. On taking it out
of my net and opening its glorious wings, my heart
began to beat violently, the blood rushed to my
head, and I felt much more like fainting than I have
done when in apprehension of immediate death.
This lyrical description of the butterfly is typi¬
cal for Wallace, as is the sentence that followed the
enthusiastic part: ‘I had a headache the rest of the
day (...).’
Fortunately these two magnificent animals, de¬
scribed in The Malay Archipelago are rather easy
to observe. That does not count for all the animals
described. In fact, one can read The Malay Archi¬
pelago not just as a travel book, a natural history
book or an expose on biogeography, but it can also
be read as a reference for nature conservation¬
ists. For instance, Wallace wrote about the tigers
in Singapore that killed a Chinese everyday, about
the fact that rhino’s ‘abound’ in Sumatra, about the
large numbers and different species of butterflies
in Batimurung, Southern-Sulawesi and about the
babirusa’s he tried to shoot just outside Manado in
Northern-Sulawesi.
Books like The Malay Archipelago and the
book you are reading at the moment make us
aware of the vulnerability of nature. Just remember
that there are now no wild tigers in Singapore, the
Sumatran rhino ( Dicerorhinus sumatrensis (Fisch¬
er, 1814)) is one of the most endangered species in
the world (the Javan rhino, Rhinoceros sondaicus
Desmarest, 1822) is rarer, but the population is
more stable compared to the Sumatran rhino), the
only butterflies you are likely to see in Bantimurung
are for sale at the entrance of the park, and if you
want to see a babirusa ( Babyrousa sp.) you will
have to travel about two days from Manado to see
them, in a heavily protected area; and this has all
happened in just a little over 150 years.
In search of the Greater Bird of Paradise
For the last leg of my journey in Wallace’s wake
I travelled to the Aru Islands, a little archipelago in
the shallow sea between Papua and Australia. I
learned about the islands by reading Wallace. It im¬
mediately felt a romantic idea: sailing to the Aru’s.
Figure 7. Letter from Alfred Russel Wallace to the Dutch author Frederick van Eeden (©Artis Library, Special Collec¬
tions of the University of Amsterdam).
21
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
When looking at the map one might think that the
Aru Islands consist of one large island and several
satellite-islands. A closer look shows little lines that
divide the large island into smaller ones, like cracks
in a Chinese vase.
In his article ‘On the Natural History of the Aru
Islands’, published in The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History in January 1858, Wallace explained
the connection between the island of New Guinea
and the Aru archipelago, based on these channels:
But there is another circumstance still more strong¬
ly proving this connexion: the great island of Aru ,
80 miles in length from north to south , is traversed
by three winding channels of such uniform width
and depth , though passing through an irregular ;
undulating, rocky country ; that they seem portions
of true rivers, though now occupied by salt water ;
and open at each end to the entrance of the tides.
This phaenomenon is unique, and we can account
for their formation in no other way than by suppos¬
ing them to have been once true rivers, having their
source in the mountains of New Guinea, and re¬
duced to their present condition by the subsidence
of the intervening land.
This idea is supported by the fact that the fau¬
na of the Aru Islands is quite similar to that of the
southern part of New Guinea.
I travelled to Maekor, a little protestant village
on an island of the same name. Three local hunters
took me deep into the jungle and showed me tree
kangaroos, different species of cuscus, palm cock¬
atoos and all kinds of parrots. But above all they
brought me to the display trees of the Greater Bird
of Paradise ( Paradisaea apoda Linnaeus, 1758).
Early in the morning I observed the male birds sing¬
ing, dancing and displaying their creamy white and
yellow feathers to the nearby females. Immediately
I recalled the engraving of the Aru islanders hunting
for birds of paradise in The Malay Archipelago. The
hunters climbed up trees and from under a roof of
leaves they shot the birds with bows and blunt ar¬
rows.
I showed the image to my company. They
laughed about it.
‘Our grandfathers used to hunt like that, until
about 35 years ago,’ one said. ‘But nowadays we
simple use airguns; more easy and much more ef¬
fective.’
The last bird of paradise I saw in the jungle of
Maekor was the King Bird of Paradise ( Cicinnurus
regius (Linnaeus, 1758)), a lovely crimson red and
white bird, with coin-like feathers at the end of its
two elongated tail wires. The delicate dance was
overwhelming, and I fell in love immediately. So did
Wallace. When he first saw this bird of paradise in
the forest of the Aru Islands he became poetic and
lyrical:
The remote island in which I found myself situat¬
ed, in an almost unvisited see, far from the tracks
of merchant fleets and navies; the wild, luxuriant
tropical forest, which stretched far away on every
side; the rude uncultured savages who gathered
around me - all had their influence in determining
the emotions with which I gazed upon this “thing
of beauty" (the king bird of paradise, AR). I thought
of the long ages of the past, during which the suc¬
cessive generations of this little creature had run
their course - year by year being born, and living
and dying amid these dark and gloomy woods, with
no intelligent eye to gaze upon their loveliness; to
all appearance such a wanton waste of beauty.
Such ideas excite a feeling of melancholy. It seems
sad that on the one hand such exquisite creatures
should live out their lives and exhibit their charms
only in these wild, inhospitable regions, doomed
for ages yet to come to hopeless barbarism; while
on the other hand, should civilised man ever reach
these distant lands, and bring moral, intellectual,
and physical light into the recess of these virgin
forests, we may be sure that he will so disturb
the nicely-balanced relations of organic and inor¬
ganic nature as to cause the disappearance, and
finally the extinction, of these very beings whose
wonderful structure and beauty he alone is fitted
to appreciate and enjoy. This consideration must
surely tell us that all living things were not made
for man. Many of them have no relation to him. The
cycle of their existence has gone on independently
of his, and is disturbed or broken by every advance
in man’s intellectual development; and their happi¬
ness and enjoyments , their loves and hates, their
struggles for existence, their vigorous life and early
death, would seem to be immediately related to
their own well-being and perpetuation alone, limit¬
ed only by the equal well-being and perpetuation of
the numberless other organisms with which each is
more or less intimately related.
This is not only beautifully written but, in my
opinion, a prophetic message from The Malay Ar¬
chipelago. Animals are not made for man, but for
each other. And when (the ‘civilized’) man enters
their habitat, there is a great chance that the eco¬
logical balance will be disturbed.
22
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
Darwin versus Wallace
Still one question is yet unanswered: How is
it possible that almost everybody knows Darwin,
whilst few people know Wallace?
An often-heard explanation for this fact is the
difference in class, with Darwin from upper-middle
class while Wallace was from the lower-middle
class.
Maybe it was not the class difference itself,
but a consequence of it: due to his father’s poor
speculations and investments, Wallace had to
leave school and earn money at a very young age.
He had to sell (some of) his collected specimens
to finance his expeditions, while Darwin was from
a very wealthy family, and was able to dedicate
all his time and energy to his scientific work. It is
reflected in both of the naturalists’ oeuvres. As a
guest researcher of the Special Collections of the
University of Amsterdam, I frequently work in the
Artis Library, one of the finest Natural History librar¬
ies in The Netherlands. As an experiment I tried to
collect together the works of Darwin and Wallace.
Darwin was easy. His oeuvre was grouped, together
with related publications, in two bookcases next to
a bust of the great naturalist.
Wallace’s works were more difficult to gather
together, since his oeuvre is scattered through the
whole library, with his books on evolution closely
positioned to those of Darwin, The Geographical
Distribution and Island Life in the Biogeography
section, while The Malay Archipelago and A Narra¬
tive of travels on the River Amazon and Rio Negro
can be found on the shelves of the travel section.
Several book titles, like The Wonderful Century and
Is Mars Habitable? and The Revolt of Democracy
can not even be found in the collection, since they
are not works on natural history. In the depot (the
former stables for the zebra’s of the nearby zoo),
out of sight to the public, are the volumes with mag¬
azines and annals of scientific societies. Here, the
majority of the hundreds of articles written by Wal¬
lace can be found, including the joint publication of
Darwin and Wallace from 1858, in the Proceedings
of the Linnean Society.
The Dwarfs House
Hereby, I conclude this chapter on Alfred Rus¬
sel Wallace, which, I have to confess, is far from
complete. I have not discussed his problems con¬
cerning evolution by sexual selection, his ideas
about the colouring of animals, or his spiritualism,
on which he wrote the fascinating The Scientific As¬
pects of the Supernatural.’
But let me finish this piece how I started it: the
housing issue. Because, at last one of Wallace’s
houses in the Malay Archipelago can be visited - al¬
though it is a rebuilt one. Tony Whitten (of Fauna &
Flora International) and Dick Bergsma (of Seatrek
Bali) commissioned a group of local carpenters in
the village of Yenbeser, on the island of Gam in the
Raja Ampat archipelago, to build a little house just
like the one Wallace lived in during his six weeks
stay on the island. They looked carefully at the en¬
graving of the house in The Malay Archipelago, and
used the measurements from the clear description
that Wallace himself gave in his book:
It was quite a dwarfs house Just eight feet square ,
raised on posts so that the floor was four and a half
feet above the ground , and the highest part of the
ridge only five feet above the floor.
Between the posts under the floor Wallace had
put a table, chair, shelves and his insect boxes. He
was able to work there, although he had to crawl to
reach the chair and table. When you look carefully
at the engraving in the book you can actually see
Wallace sitting in his wicker chair.
The newly built house looks almost identical to
the house on the engraving. The only difference is
that you will not find Alfred Russel Wallace working
between the posts. Unfortunately.
PostScript
Currently the forests of the Aru Islands, home
to the tree kangaroo ( Dendroiagus sp.), the Great¬
er Bird of Paradise ( Paradisaea apoda L.) and the
Palm Cockatoo ( Probosciger aterrimus Gmelin,
1788), is under serious threat.
The Java based company ‘PT Menara’ is plan¬
ning to cut about 70% of the forest, to grow sugar¬
cane. The logging has already started on the south¬
ern most island Tranggan...
Acknowledgements
The author is very grateful to Dr. George Bec-
caloni (the Natural History Museum, London,
United Kingdom), who reviewed and improved this
chapter.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
References
Beccaloni G. 2013. Alfred Russel Wallace and Natural
Selection: the Real Story, http://downloads.bbc.
co.uk/tv/junglehero/alfred-russel-wallace-biogra-
phy.pdf [last accessed: 20.12.2013]
Browne J. 2003. Charles Darwin; Voyaging. London, Pim-
lio: 622 pp.
Browne J. 2003. Charles Darwin; The Power of Place.
London, Pimlio: 632 pp.
Darwin C.R. 1859. On the Origin of Species by Means of
Natural Selection , or the preservation of favoured
races in the Struggle for Life. London, John Murray:
502 pp.
Darwin C.R., Wallace A.R. 1858. On the tendency of spe¬
cies to form varieties; and on the perpetuation of
varieties and species by means of natural selec¬
tion. - Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of London. Zoology 3: 45-50.
Holt B.G, Lessard J.-P., Borregaard M.K., Fritz S.A., Araujo
M.B., Dimitrov D., Fabre P-H., Graham C.H., Graves
G.R., Jonsson K.A., Nogues-Bravo D., Wang Z.,
Whithaker R.J., Fjeldsu J. & Rahbek C. 2013. An
update of Wallace’s zoogeographic regions of the
World. - Science 339: 74-78.
Huxley T.H. 1868. On the classification and distribution
of the Alectoromorphae and Heteromorphae. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1868:
294-319.
Kreft H., Jetz W. 2013. Comments on “An Update of Wal¬
lace’s Zoogeographical Regions of the World”. -
Science 341: 343.
Mayr E. 1944. Wallace’s Line in the light of recent zoo-
64 BOHN HO— THE ORANG-UTAN. [CttAPi Iv
in such a manner that it would evidently not fall, I there¬
fore returned home, and luckily found some Dyaks, who
came hack with me, and climbed up the tree for the animal,
This was the first full-grown specimen I had obtained ■ hut
FJiMALK cmANO-UTAti. .t Pkokigmjih )
it was a female, and not nearly so large or remarkable as
the full-grown males. It was, however, 3 ft. 6 in. high,
and its arms stretched out to a width of 6 ft. 6 in. I pre¬
served the skin of this specimen in a cask of arrack, and
prepared a perfect skeleton, which was afterwards purchased
for the Derby Museum.
Figure 8. Illustration of an Orangutan ( Pongo sp.),
from The Malay Archipelago’ (© Artis Library, Special
Collections of the University of Amsterdam).
geographic studies. - The Quarterly Review of Biol¬
ogy 19, No. 1: 1-14.
Reeuwijk A. 2011. Darwin , Wallace en de anderen; Evo-
lutie volgens Redmond O’Hanlon. Amsterdam, Uit-
geverij Atlas Contact: 276 pp.
Reeuwijk A. 2013. Reizen tussen de Lijnen; Dwars door
Indonesie met Alfred Russel Wallace. Amsterdam,
Uitgeverij Atlas Contact: 334 pp.
Simpson G.G. 1977. Too many lines; The limits of the
Oriental and Australian zoogeographic regions. -
Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society
121, No. 2: 107-120.
van Wyhe J., Rookmaaker K. 2012. A new theory to ex¬
plain the receipt of Wallace’s Ternate Essay by Dar¬
win in 1858. - Biological Journal of the Linnaen
Society 105: 249-252.
Vuilleumier F. 1999. Biogeography on the eve of the
twenty-first century: Towards an epistemology of
biogeography. - Ostrich 70, No. 1: 89-103.
Wallace A.R. 1855. On the law which has regulated the
introduction of new species. - Annals and Maga¬
zine of Natural History ; including Zoology, Botany,
and Geology 16: 184-196.
Wallace A.R. 1869. The Malay Archipelago: the Land of
the Orang-utan, and the Bird of Paradise: a Narra¬
tive of Travel , with Studies of Man and Nature. Lon¬
don, Macmillan and Co. Volume I: 478 pp; Volume
II: 524 pp.
Wallace A.R. 1876. The Geographical Distribution of Ani¬
mals: with a Study of the Relations of Living and
Extinct Faunas as Elucidating the Past Changes of
the Earth’s Surface. London, Macmillan and Co.
Volume I: 503 pp; Volume II: 507 pp.
TO
CHARLES DARWIN,
AUTHOR OF "THE ORIGIN OF SPECIES"
Jleifttfttt ii/s Hjorrft,
NOT ONLY
AS A TOKEN OE PERSONAL ESTEEM AND FRIENDSHIP
BUT ALSO
TO EXPRESS MY DEEP ADMIRATION
FOR
fits ®£nius bis SSSorhs.
Figure 9. Dedication to Darwin,
in The Malay Archipelago’ (©Artis Library,
Special Collections of the University of Amsterdam).
24
Reeuwijk, A.: For once in the spotlight: Alfred Russel Wallace
404
HE MALAY ARCHIPELAGO
people was evidently shell-fish, since great heaps of the shells had accu¬
mulated in the shallow water between the houses and the land, forming
a regular “kitchen-midden” for the exploration of some future archaeolo¬
gist. We spent the night in the chief's house, and the next morning went
over to the mainland to look out for a place where 1 could reside. This
part til Waigeo is really another island to the south of the narrow channel
we had passed through in coming to Muka. It appears to consist almost
entirely of raised coral, whereas the northern island contains hard crystal¬
line rocks. The shores were a range of low limestone cliffs, worn out by
dismai
were A
the lit:
|USt 11
boxes
SIX TO
the water, so that the unnei
were little coves and opcniij' " ' overhung. At distant intervals
interior; and in one of ihrscT' .'l " '/ sni strcmm '■'ante down from the
white sandy beach, Inunedi m'h 'i'U ollr hout up on a patch of
of yams and plantains m,| ' ‘ ' j! !"vt' vvas •' large ncwly-tnudc plantation
■Ja , . . u *' s"'4ll litlt. win, I, ,l.
Figure 10. Replica of Wallace’s hut in Gam Island, Raja Ampat archipelago (shown with the original engraving from
The Malay Archipelago’) (photo: S. Bali).
25
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Wallace A.R. 1880. Island Life , or the Phenomena and
Causes of Insular Faunas and Floras, Including a
Revision and Attempted Solution of the Problem of
Geological Climates. London, Macmillan and Co:
526 pp.
Wallace A.R. 1891. Natural Selection and Tropical Na¬
ture: Essays on Descriptive and Theoretical Biol¬
ogy. London, Macmillan and Co: 618 pp.
Wallace A.R. 1905. My Life: a Record of Events and
Opinions. London, Chapman & Hall. Volume I: 409
pp; Volume II: 419 pp.
Wallace A.R. 1857. On the natural history of the Aru Is¬
lands. - Annals and Magazine of Natural History,
Series 2, 20, Supplement 121: 473-485.
Information from the following websites was also used
www.wallace-online.org
www.darwin-online.org.uk
www.wallaceletters.info
m 'W *
v/A 1 . jWj
ALEXANDER REEUWIJK
Reizen tussen de lijnenr
Figure 11. Cover of author’s book Travelling between the lines’ (Dutch edition).
26
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea)
scorpions, a review
Wilson R. Lourenqo
Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Departement Systematique et Evolution, UMR7205, CP
053, 57 rue Cuvier, F-75005, Paris, France; arachne@mnhn.fr
Abstract: Biogeographic patterns observed among modern scorpions are the consequence of different major
events which can be integrated in the schematic scales proposed by M. Udvardy. The distribution of the principal
modern groups (i.e. families and genera) is derived from elements (protofamilies and protogenera of Pulmonate-
Neoscorpionina) which originated in Pangea. The main factor in the phylogenetic/palaeobiogeographic scale was
probably not the latitudinal and longitudinal overland migration (dispersion) of the ancestors Neoscorpionina,
which followed the predominantly southward shift of the warm tropical belt, but a rather more passive vicariant
process in association with dispersal in Haffer’s sense, in response to the progressive fragmentation of Pangea.
This was followed by continental drift which led to the present configuration of the continents and climates. This
suggestion seems to be in accordance with the very poor vagility observed in modern scorpions. On the millennial
scale, Pleistocene and post-Pleistocene biogeography has been responsible for the regional level of the distribution
pattern which, during its settlement, has led to the selection of some new specific lineages and to the extinction of
others. On the secular scale, the ecological biogeography is a consequence of recent natural or anthropic events.
This scale has been little used by scorpion biogeographers, mostly because of lack of data on scorpion life history
strategies. In this chapter, examples from Southeast (and Wallacea) scorpions are proposed for and discussed in
relation to the three biogeographic scales of Udvardy.
Key words: Scorpion, Southeast Asia, Wallacea, biogeography, Pangea, Laurasia, Gondwanaland, Pleistocene,
ecology.
Introduction
As already mentioned in previous publications
(Lourenqo 1996, 2003), some studies on scorpion
biogeography are by no mean recent. Attempts
began with the contributions of Pocock (1894a),
Kraepelin (1905) and Birula (1917). Certain general
patterns of distribution were then proposed, even
though the viewpoints of the different authors were
frequently not in agreement. These preliminary
general contributions have been followed more
recently by regional biogeographical studies such
as those by Mello-Leitao (1945), Vachon (1952),
Koch (1977), Francke (1978), Lamoral (1979)
and Couzijn (1981). Nevertheless, most of these
studies were enable to demonstrate precise
biogeographical patterns. More recent studies,
dealing mainly with Neotropical scorpions, make
it possible to define some precise biogeographic
patterns for these organisms (Lourenqo 1986a, b,
1994, 1996a, 2002a, b, 2003). The definition of
these has been possible thanks to
(i) a better knowledge of the phylogeny of
several groups of scorpions (Lourenqo, 2002a);
(ii) the application of recent hypothesis
concerning climatic vicissitudes, especially in
tropical biomes during the late Cenozoic and
Pleistocene periods (Prance, 1982a);
(iii) a much better knowledge of scorpion life
history strategies (Lourenqo, 1991). According to
Polis (1990) and Lourenqo (1991) most, scorpions
can be defined as being equilibrium species,
presenting therefore very predictable patterns of
distribution.
In two recent papers (Lourenqo 1996a,
b), a more detailed biogeographical model was
proposed, based on Udvardy’s (1981) division of
biogeography into three spatio-temporal entities.
This approach was adopted because it is both clear
and didactic. Using it three major biogeographical
events can be suggested to explain most of the
patterns of distribution observed among scorpions
today.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Scorpion biogeography patterns
1. Phylogenetic scale: palaeobiogeography
The phylogenetic scale encompasses the
evolutionary time of all biota and is limited in space
only by the size of the earth (Udvardy 1981). On
this scale, only historical factors can be assumed
to have take place since, for almost all ecological
conditions, data are largely or totally unknown. At
this level, the evolutionary process of biogeography
is, to a considerable extent, a tributary of
continental drift and plate tectonics. This new view
shook to the foundations the theories of many
older paleontologists and biogeographers (Udvardy
1981).
Few authors (e.g. Lamoral 1979, 1980; Couzijn
1981; Nenelin & Fet 1992; Lourengo 1996a, b;
Monod & Lourengo 2005) have taken continental
drift into consideration when discussing aspects
of regional biogeography. Lamoral’s (1980)
suprageneric classification of recent scorpions,
with discussion on their zoogeography, was an
important attempt to explain the general patterns
of scorpion biogeography. The zoogeographical
suggestions which Lamoral made are generally
acceptable: (1) the present global scorpion
fauna is derived from elements of the pulmonate
(Neoscorpionina) that originated in Laurasia and
Gondwanaland during Pangean times, (2) the
protobuthids were the dominant fauna in Pangea,
and the distribution of present Buthidae is the
result of a vicariant process emanating from the
fragmentation of Laurasia and Gondwanaland;
(3) other early ancestors of scorpions such as
the Chaeriloids, Chactoids, Pseudochactoids
and Scorpionoids, also evolved in Laurasia and/
or Gondwanaland in this past-period. The more
detailed conclusions of Lamoral (1980) are mainly
correlated with vicariance and with continental
drift. Lamoral (1980) failed, however, to explain
some important points. There is no doubt that he
insisted too much on the role of dispersion when
affirming that two major factors have influenced
speciation and distribution patterns. One is the
fragmentation of Pangea and Gondwanaland; the
other is the movement of Laurasian elements to
the North of Gondwanaland. This second factor
should be reconsidered. The process of ‘active’
dispersion should rather be interpreted as being a
more ‘passive’ process in Haffer’s (1981) dispersal
sense (To avoid making the subject too long, I do
not discuss here the arguments of Platnick (1976),
Udvardy (1981) and Haffer (1981) regarding
their personal opinions about the meaning of
both dispersion and dispersal (see also Lourengo
1986b)). This argument can be supported by
the poor vagility presented in modern species of
scorpion (it might be suggested that primitive or
aquatic scorpions were better able to disperse
than terrestrial forms. They were therefore able to
reach many of the shores of Pangea before and
during the fragmentation process, since scorpions
remained marine (or aquatic) from the Silurian
until at least the Triassic (Briggs 1987; Shear &
Kukalova-Peck 1990; Lourengo 1991)). Present
biogeographic patterns may be considered more
as the result of different vicariant processes, and
as some pieces of an incomplete puzzle. Lamoral
did not answer the question about the ‘apparent
anomalies in the distribution of some groups of
families and genera’. These ‘anomalies’ have
been discussed since the publication by Pocock
(1894a). Even today the disjunctive distributions
of several families and genera of scorpions remain
unexplained. The cases of the present disjunctive
distribution of some scorpion groups should be
regarded as the result of the previous distribution
of protoelements of families and genera, followed
by a vicariant process. The exact mechanism of the
process has not, however, yet been explained.
Consequently, it can be suggested thatthe main
event responsible for the biogeographic patterns of
distribution of scorpions, on a palaeogeographic
scale, was the fragmentation of Pangea and
subsequent continental drift. The difficulties in
explainingthe significant discontinuous distribution
of some familial and generic groups point not only
to the great geological age of these groups, but also
to the relict faunas and biogeographical patterns
which they exhibit today.
2. Millenial scale: Pleistocene biogeography
Between the development of the earth’s crust
and the Pleistocene epoch several events took
place, many of which were related to the continuous
drift of the continents. Without citing an exhaustive
list, the following can be mentioned: mountain
building, differential erosion, epicontinental
seas, climatic-vegetational fluctuations, changes
of world sea level and the formation of major
river systems. All these events took place during
the Cenozoic over a period of 60 My, and have
influenced the present biogeographical patterns
of scorpions. In this section special reference is
made to one of these events, climatic-vegetational
fluctuation, which played a major role since the late
28
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
Cenozoic and which has had a major impact during
Pleistocene times (for a better understanding of
the astronomical basis of the climatic oscillations -
‘Milankovitch cycles’ - see Haffer (1993)). For more
details of the consequences of the other events,
refer to Haffer (1981).
For many years, books and papers about the
tropical regions have stated thatthebiogeographical
and diversity patterns observed in these regions
could be explained by the long stability of tropical
forests over millions of years (Federov 1966;
Richards 1969). Subsequent work on geology,
pa leocli mates and palynology, especially in
Amazonia and Africa (Prance 1982a; Moreau 1963;
Livingstone 1975, 1982), has demonstrated that
this presumed stability was a fallacy (similar data
for Asia and Southeast Asia is less available). In
fact, although the temperatures in tropical lowlands
remained ‘tropical’ during glacial periods (3-5°C
lower than today), the forest broke into isolated
remnants during cool dry periods (glacial phases).
The remnants of forest expanded and coalesced
during warm humid periods (interglacial phases).
Conversely, nonforest vegetation expanded during
glacial and retreated during interglacial phases (as
at present). Data from geoscience, however, have
been insufficient to indicate the precise areas of
changing forests and nonforests and, in particular,
the areas in which forests remained during arid
phases, presumably serving as refugia for animal
and plant populations. Neverless, in the Neotropical
region, studies on the biogeographical patterns of
scorpions (Lourengo 1986c, 1987) have indicated
several endemic centres which are well correlated
with the conclusions of Prance (1982b) on woody
plants, and Haffer (1969) on birds.
3. Secular scale: ecological biogeography
The analysis of ecological factors responsible
for explanation of the biogeographic patterns
of scorpions have been biased on two major
considerations:
(i) for many years there has been an almost
total lack of knowledge of life history strategies;
knowledge which, until the late 1980s, was almost
the only preoccupation of ecologists,
(ii) a generalized opinion, even among
modern biologists, according to which scorpions
are capable of withstanding radical changes in
environmental conditions, and therefore of being
very good colonisers.
This assumption is a fallacy. With our growing
knowledge of scorpion life history strategies we can
see that many, if not most scorpions, are equilibrium
species (Polis 1990), which tend to inhabit stable
and predictable natural environments, produce
single egg clutches, do not store sperm, have long
life-spans, present low population densities, have
a very low rmax, show weak mobility, and are highly
endemic.
In contrast, however, some scorpions are
‘opportunistic species’. These include certain
species of the family Buthidae and a few of the
families Euscorpiidae and Liochelidae. They are
marked by ecological plasticity and are readily
capable of invading disturbed environments.
They may produce multiple clutches from a single
insemination, have elaborate sperm storage
capabilities (Kovoor et al. 1987), short embryonic
development, short life spans, high population
densities, rapid mobility, and are widely distributed.
The study of these opportunistic species is of little
use for establishing biogeographical patterns.
Opportunistic species evolve mainly in
disturbed and unpredictable environments which
are the result of natural causes such as volcanic
activity or human action. Examples include a
population of the neotropical species Centruroides
gracilis (Latreille, 1804) in the Canary Islands
(Kraepelin 1905; Lourengo 1991) and the
worldwide distribution of the originally Sri-Lankan
species Isometrus maculatus (DeGeer, 1778) which
has been transported by human agency during the
last four centuries and is today present in almost
all tropical coastal regions (Huber et al. 2002).
The replacement of species is well illustrated in
several islands of Eastern Asia (and Wallacea)
where natural volcanic activity and human impact
are important (Vachon & Abe 1988). In this region,
many endemic populations of equilibrium species
are regressing or have disappeared. Some may
be replaced by opportunistic species which will
probably occupy most of the islands in the future
(Vachon & Lourengo 1985).
In continental regions, opportunistic species
can rapidly occupy habitats disturbed by human
activities, where the original native species have
been selected against, thus leaving their ecological
niches vacant (Lourengo & Cloudsley-Thompson
1996). This kind of situation is yet rarely observed
in Southeast Asia (and Wallacea), except maybe,
for the expanding distribution of species such as
Isometrus maculatus (DeGeer, 1778), Lychas
mucronatus (Fabricius, 1798) and Liocheles
australasiae (Fabricius, 1775).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Biogeographical patterns in Southeast Asia (and
Wallacea)
Since it is not in the scope of this chapter to
provide an exhaustive description of the geology
of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea), only a synopsis
is proposed of the excellent contributions by Moss
& Wilson (1998), Turner et al. (2001) and Michaux
(2010), including several references therein.
As stated by Turner et al. (2001), the
biogeography of Southeast Asia and the West
Pacific is complicated by the fact that these are
regions on the border of two palaeocontinents that
have been separated for a considerable period
of time. Thus, two general patterns relating to
dispersal can be found: a group of Southeast Asian
elements, perhaps of Laurasian origin, expanding
into Australian areas, and a reverse pattern for
Australian elements, perhaps of Gondwanan origin.
Besides, both Australian and Southeast Asian
elements may occur in the Pacific. They dispersed
there as the Pacific plate moved westward, bringing
the different islands within reach of Southeast Asia
and Australia.
The Malay Archipelago, also known as Malesia
(Malaysia up to the Philippines and Papua New
Guinea), also has a very complex geological
history. Several larger islands are complexes
of amalgamated microplates and almost all
microplates originated from the Australian plate or
Australian part of Gondwana. The western half of
Malesia (up to Borneo and a part of Sulawesi) broke
off first and was already well in place before the
second wave of microplates started to move away
from Australia. In the case of modern taxa of several
groups the western half of Malesia is an extension
of Southeast Asia. Taxa that are widespread and
cross Wallace’s line in the centre of Malesia, could
only have obtained their distribution after dispersal
for which, theoretically, various routes have been
available. Several parts of the microplates emerged
above water and could be used as ‘stepping stones’
during dispersal.
The collisions between several ocean plates
(Pacific, Indian, Philippine) and land plates
(Eurasian, Indian, Australian) have created an
intricate geological history for Southeast Asia and
the West Pacific islands (see Ridder-Numan 1996)
and for the East Malay Archipelago and the West
Pacific Islands (de Boer 1995; de Boer & Duffels
1996).
The West Malay Archipelago and part of
Southeast Asia consists of fragments which broke
off from Australia and which rifted northwards and
collided with the Eurasian Plate. This process may
already have started in the early Palaeozoic (circa
400 My) or up to the Late Devonian. Consequently,
most of Southeast Asia was already in place before
many recent plant and animal taxa evolved there.
Thus the plants and animals present in West
Malesia should be mainly of Southeast Asian origin.
The history of the plants and animals may still reflect
part of the geological history of this region as many
microplates remained separate for a long time, or
after collision had created barriers like mountain
ranges. Moreover, large parts of Southeast Asia
and West Malesia were submerged several times,
not only during the more recent interglacial
periods, but high sea levels were for instance also
present during the Late Eocene (circa 40 My). India
separated from Gondwanaland circa 195 My, and
finally collided with Asia in the Late Eocene. India
could have acted as a ‘raft’, carrying taxa from
Africa to Asia, which could spread over Southeast
Asia and West Malesia after collision. During its rift
it came in close contact with still northward moving
Sumatra, which means that an earlier exchange of
floral and faunal elements could have taken place.
Possibly, during the close contact between Sumatra
and India, India became populated by Southeast
Asian elements, still existing in the forests of
Kerala and Sri Lanka. The East Malay Archipelago
also consists of small fragments of Australian-New
Guinean origin. These include East Sulawesi, the
Moluccas and the Lesser Sunda Islands. With the
arrival of these slivers and after their emergence
from sea, several island arcs were formed between
Southeast Asia and Australia. As stated by Turner et
al. (2001), New Guinea has a very special history.
‘The southern part (south of the central mountain
ranges) has always been attached to Australia. The
northern edge is an amalgamation of more than
30 terranes of various origins: island arcs, pieces
of broken off Australian or New Guinean continent
and even parts of trapped sea floor’ (Turner et al.
2001).
As outlined by Turner et al. (2001), ‘the regions
of Southeast Asia and the West Pacific have long
attracted the attention of biogeographers. In the
19th century Alfred Russel Wallace noted that
the biota of the Malay archipelago consisted of
Asian and Australian elements, with the former
predominant in the western part, and the latter
towards the east. His explanation was that the
different groups of organisms had originated in Asia
and Australia, and subsequently dispersed. Also,
he assumed that these continents had at one time
been larger, and became fragmented as a result of
30
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
sea level fluctuations. Wallace (1860) drew a line
demarcating where the Asian biota is separated
from the Australian one, later called ‘Wallace’s Line’.
Mayr (1944) used the name Wallacea for the region
between Wallace’s and Lydekker’s lines. According
to Michaux (2010), however, Wallacea as a whole
cannot be considered as a natural biogeographical
region, neither is it completely artificial as it is
formed from a complex of predominantly Australian
exotic fragments linked by geological processes
within a complex collision zone.
According to some authors, Moss & Wilson
(1998), Wallacea includes Sulawesi, the Moluccas
and the Lesser Sunda Islands as well as an extensive
area of shallow sea, and its eastern margin is
taken as Lydekker’s line; the western boundary of
the strictly Australian fauna. Other authors (see
Michaux 2010) argued that the Philippines may be
an integral part of Wallacea.
The scorpions of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea)
As already outlined in several publications
(Lourengo 2007, 2009a 2011a, b, c, 2012a, b;
Lourengo & Duhem 2010a, b; Lourengo & Leguin
2012; Lourengo & Pham 2011, 2012; Lourengo &
Zhu 2008; Lourengo et al. 2010a, b), the scorpion
fauna of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) has been
poorly studied. Pioneer work has been conducted
by many authors, but most of their publications
represent isolated contributions, e.g. Gervais (1841,
1844), Oates (1888), Pocock (1891, 1894b),
Simon (1877, 1878, 1893), Thorell (1888, 1889,
1890), Borelli (1904), Banks (1928), Fage (1933,
1936, 1946), Kopstein (1935, 1937) in which new
taxa were described. Subsequently, a number of
new contributions have revealed additional new
species or interesting aspects about the elements
of this fauna, such as the papers by Takashima
(1942, 1945, 1948, 1950, 1952), Bristowe
(1952), Francke (1976), Koch (1977), Couzijn
(1981), Vachon & Lourengo (1985). More recently,
other contributions have appeared Kovarfk (2000,
2003, 2012) but are generally poorly documented
and illustrated. Some, however, are much better
documented and especially well illustrated than
others, conveying a better understanding of the
scorpions of Southeast Asia (e. g. Lourengo 2007,
2009a, b, 2011a, b, c, 2012a, b; Lourengo & Duhem
2010a, b; Lourengo & Leguin 2012; Lourengo &
Pham 2010, 2012; Lourengo & Zhu 2008). Very
recent studies have led to the description of new
species of Chaerilus Simon, Isometrus Ehrenberg,
Lychas C.L. Koch and naturally of pseudochactids
from Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam but also from
Indonesia and Papua New Guinea (Lourengo 2007,
2009a, b, 2011a, b, c, 2012a, b; Lourengo & Duhem
2010a, b; Lourengo & Leguin 2012; Lourengo &
Pham 2010, 2012; Lourengo & Qi 2007; Lourengo
& Zhu 2008; Lourengo & Ythier 2008; Lourengo et
al. 2010, 2011).
Naturally, the most remarkable discoveries
and descriptions of recent years were those of the
elements of the enigmatic family Pseudochactidae
Gromov, 1998, previously known only from
Tajikistan and Uzbekistan (Lourengo 2007). Two
new genera Troglokhammouanus Lourengo, 2007
and Vietbocap Lourengo & Pham, 2010 and
four new species, Troglokhammouanus steineri
Lourengo, 2007, Vietbocap canhi Lourengo, Pham,
2010, V. thienduongensis Lourengo, Pham, 2012
and V. lao Lourengo, 2012 from caves in Laos and
Vietnam (Lourengo 2007, 2012; Lourengo & Pham
2010, 2012). The biogeographical impact of these
discoveries in Southeast Asia will be the subject of
future contributions (Lourengo, in preparation).
I n th is cha pter, I propose on ly a synopsis of the
major scorpion groups present in Southeast Asia
(and Wallacea). Any resolution to the species level
is not possible at this stage since many species
remain dubious and require further investigation.
Family Buthidae C.L Koch, 1837
Genus Isometrus Ehrenberg, 1828 (Fig. 1, map 1)
The genus Isometrus with its two subgenera
Isometrus Ehrenberg and Reddyanus Vachon is a
typical Asian and Oceanic element with a rather
widespread distribution in these regions. Within
Southeast Asia and Wallacea it is distributed in
Cambodia, Indonesia (Java, Sumatra, Borneo),
Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, New Guinea, Philippines,
Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam. Outside this
area it is also present in Australia, China, India,
New Caledonia, Solomon Islands and Sri Lanka.
One species, Isometrus ( Isometrus ) maculatus
is the most widely distributed scorpion species
in the world, and can be found in most tropical
and subtropical coastal regions. Its distribution,
however, has an anthropogenical background,
probably going back to the great naval voyages of
the 16th century. So it can only be considered as a
secondary succession of an opportunistic element
(Huber et al. 2002).
Elements found in Tertiary Baltic amber (circa
55 My) suggested closely connections between this
palaeofauna and elements of the genus Isometrus.
This can suggest that this genus presented in
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figure 1. Isometrus lao Lourengo, Leguin, 2012. Male holotype from Laos.
palaeotimes a much wider distribution than the
present one (Lourengo & Weitschat 2005; Lourengo
2009c).
Genus Lychas C.L. Koch, 1845 (Fig. 2, map 1)
The genus Lychas, which clearly presents
phylogenetic connexions with the genus Isometrus,
shows a much larger distribution over Africa, Asia
and Oceania. Within Southeast Asia (and Wallacea)
it is distributed in Cambodia, Indonesia Islands,
Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, New Guinea, Philippines,
Thailand and Vietnam. Outside this area it is also
present in several countries in Africa: Angola,
Congo, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ethiopia,
Kenya, Malawi, Mozambique, Somalia, South
Africa, Tanzania, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. In the
Indian Ocean Islands it is present in Mauritius and
Seychelles, but curiously absent from Madagascar.
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
Figure 2. Lychas aberlenci Lourengo, 2013. Male from Laos (photo: A. Teynie).
Its distribution in Asia and Oceania comprises
Andaman Islands, China, India, Japan (introduced),
Nepal, Sri Lanka, Australia, Fiji, Solomon Islands.
The genus Lychas C.L. Koch, clearly presents
a Gondwanian pattern of distribution which
was globally suggested for the elements of the
‘Ananteris- group’ (Lourengo 2011d). This ‘Group’
includes also other genera such as Ananteris
Thorell, 1891 in Tropical America, Ananteroides
Borelli, 1911 and Lychasioides Vachon, 1974 in
Africa, Tityobuthus Pocock, 1893 in Madagascar
and Himalayotityobuthus Lourengo, 1997 in the
Himalayas.
Other elements found in Tertiary Baltic amber
(circa 55 My) equally suggested closely connections
between this palaeofauna and elements of the
genus Lychas. This can suggest that this genus
presented in palaeotimes an even more wider
distribution than the present one (Lourengo &
Weitschat 1996; Lourengo 2009c, 2012d).
At least one species Lychas mucronatus
(Fabricius, 1798) is very largely distributed in Asian
tropical forests. Its distribution, however, seems
to be limited to Asia, not reaching New Guinea
or Australia. Records for Japan are associated to
an anthropic introduction. This species shows
characteristics of a polymorphic species, as already
observed for other buthid elements. However, most
of its range of distribution can be attributed to a
natural process of dispersion. Although this species
is common in rainforests, its process of distribution
and differentiation is still poorly understood and
will require further investigation.
A third buthid genus Thaicharmus Kovarik,
1995 was also recently described from Southeast
Asia, Thailand. It remains, however, rare and
imprecisely known.
Family Chaerilidae Pocock, 1893
Genus Chaerilus Simon, 1877 (Fig. 3, map 2)
Chaerilids are at present a typical Asian
group of scorpions with a large number of species
in Southeast Asia (and Wallacea). As Lamoral
(1980) already suggested the protoelements of
33
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
the Chaeriloids most certainly evolved in Laurasia
during Pangean times and only subsequently to the
connection of India with the Asian continent their
elements dispersed toward the south, to India,
Southeeast Asia (and Wallacea).
Species are known from Cambodia, the
Indonesian Islands: Borneo, Celebes (Sulawesi),
Java, Sumatra (and more recentlyfrom Halmahera),
Laos, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore,
Thailand and Vietnam. This family is also known
from the Andaman Islands, Bangladesch, China,
India, Nepal and Sri Lanka (Lourengo 2001a,
2012b).
A few and rare elements found in Cretaceous
Burmese amber (circa 110-120 My) clearly
suggested closely connections between the
Cretaceous palaeofauna and extant species of
the family Chaerilidae (Santiago-Blay et al. 2004).
34
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
Figure 4. Euscorpiops alexandreanneorum Lourengo, 2013. Male holotypefrom Laos (photo: A. Teynie).
This suggests that elements associated to the
chaerilids were already presented in palaeotimes
of continental Southeast Asia.
Family Euscorpiidae Laurie, 1896 (Fig. 4, map 3)
Subfamily Scorpiopinae Kraepelin, 1905
The family Euscorpiidae has a very wide
distribution from Southeast Asia through Middle
East, Europe and North America (Lourengo 2013).
This pattern of distribution clearly attests of a
Laurasian origin. In Asia and Southeast Asia only
the elements of the subfamily Scorpiopinae are
represented by six genera: Alloscorpiops Vachon,
1980, Dasyscorpiops Vachon, 1974, Euscorpiops
Vachon, 1980, Neoscorpiops Vachon, 1980,
Scorpiops Peters, 1861 and Parascorpiops Banks,
1928. All excepted one, Neoscorpiops known only
from India, are represented in Southeast Asia, but
most are only distributed in the continent: Laos,
Myanmar, Thailand and Vietnam. The only element
present in Wallacea is Parascorpiops Banks
represented by a single species from Borneo/
Sarawak. This subfamily is also distributed in
Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, China, India,
Malaysia, Nepal and Pakistan. No fossil records are
known (Lourengo 2013).
Family Liochelidae Fet, Bechly, 2001
Genus Liocheles Sundevall, 1833 (Fig. 5, map 1)
The family Liochelidae presents a typical
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figure 5. Liocheles australasiae (Fabricius, 1775). Female from Vietnam (photo: E. Ythier).
Gondwanian pattern of distribution. In Southeast
Asia (and Wallacea) it is represented by one genus
Liocheles Sundevall. It can be suggested that the
elements of the liochelids were already present in
the emerged shields of Gondwanaland prior to the
continental fragmentation that took place in the
second half of the Cretaceous (Lourengo 1989).
In Southeast Asia and Wallacea Liocheles
Sundevall species are distributed in Cambodia,
Laos, Indonesian Islands, Malaysia, Myanmar,
Papua New-Guinea, Philippines, Thailand and
Vietnam. Besides this region, the group is also
distributed in Bangladesh, China (this record needs
further confirmation), India, Japan (south islands),
Australia, South Pacific islands, New Caledonia,
Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. Another genus,
described from south of Vietnam, Hormiops Fage,
1933, remains dubius.
Only one fossil element associated to the
Liochelidae family was described from the Early
Cretaceous of Brazil, representing in fact a proto¬
element to the liochelids. This sedimentary fossil
brought some further evidence to the Gondwanian
pattern of distribution observed for this family. The
discovery of Protoischnurus axelrodorum Carvalho,
Lourengo, 2001 (Protoischnuridae), in the Araripe
Basin, within the Mesozoic interior basin of Brazil,
suggests the association of extant ischnurids
(liochelids) with lineages at least 110-115 My-old.
This finding corrobates the conclusion according to
what liochelids lineages must have existed in the
Cretaceous previous to the Gondwana break-up
(Carvalho & Lourengo 2001).
Family Pseudochactidae Gromov, 1998 (Fig. 6,
map 4)
Genus Troglokhamouanus Lourengo, 2007
Genus Vietbocap Lourengo, Pham, 2010
Studies of the first species described for this
family, Pseudochactas ovchinnikovi Gromov, 1998,
insisted about the restricted distribution of this
monotypic family to the mountains of Uzbekistan
and Tajikistan (Lourengo 2007). It was also
suggested that based on its ancestral position in
scorpion phylogeny, the Pseudochactidae lineage
probably evolved during the Permian/Triassic. It
was also assumed, however, that it was impossible
to speculate as to whether this lineage was
localized or widespread since there are no fossils
available and the family was represented by a
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
Figure 6. Vietbocap thienduongensis Lourengo, Pham, 2012. Male from Vietnam (photo: D.-S. Pham).
single monotypic genus. The Pseudochactidae, the
most primitive extant group of scorpions, according
to several authors, appears to have survived in
such relict conditions (see Lourengo 2007).
The discoveries of two new genera and
species of Pseudochactidae in a Laotian and
Vietnamian cave systems re-opened the question
about the palaeo-biogeographic origin of this
lineage (Lourengo 2007, 2012; Lourengo & Pham
2010, 2012). The only possible land connection
between Uzbekistan/Tajikistan and Laos/Vietnam
is the old Asian core. Consequently, the present
known geographic disjunction in members of this
family reflects a much larger past geographic area
of the lineage, and the hypothesis of a possible
Pangaean origin (Permian to Triassic time), should
to be reconsidered. A new species of the genus
Pseudochactas Gromov, 1998 was recently
described from Afghanistan (Soleglad et al. 2012).
Some recent, but very rare species found in
Cretaceous Burmese amber (circa 110-120 My)
possibly suggested that some elements of the
Cretaceous palaeofauna could have some common
relationships to the extant families Buthidae,
Chaerilidae and Pseudochactidae (Lourengo &
Beigel 2011; Lourengo, 2012c). This suggests that
possible proto-elements associated to these three
extant families may already have been present in
palaeotimes of the continental Southeast Asia.
37
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figure 7. Heterometrus laoticus Couzijn, 1980. Female from Laos (photo: E. Ythier).
Family Scorpionidae Latreille, 1802
Genus Heterometrus Ehrenberg, 1828 (Fig. 7,
map 5)
Scorpions of the family Scorpionidae, are
represented by species of large size, rather common
in Southeast Asia (and Wallacea). These scorpions
represent also the most recently evolved scorpions
in this region. Species are distributed in Cambodia,
China (south), Indonesian Islands, Laos, Malaysia,
Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand and
Vietnam. The group is also present in Brunei, China
(Tibet), India, Nepal and Sri Lanka.
No fossil records are known for this group of
scorpions.
Possible Origins and affinities of the Southeast
Asia (and Wallacea) scorpion fauna
Attempts to explain the origins and affinities
of the scorpion fauna of Southeast Asia and in
particular of Indonesian Islands and Wallacea, are
not recent. Vachon (1953) during a symposium
organized by the Biogeography Society in Paris
proposed already a number of theories to explain
the distribution of the scorpions in this region, in
particular in connexion to Wallace’s line. More
recently Couzijn (1981) also suggested a number
of theories to explain the present, and possible past
distribution of the genus Heterometrus Ehrenberg.
Naturally, many if not most of these preliminary
theories could be biased by a lack of a precise
taxonomic knowledge of the groups distributed in
the region.
In view of the tables already present in the
previous sections, it seems reasonable to suggest
that the patterns of distributions of some scorpion
groups present in Southeast Asia (and Wallacea),
may have a direct connection with pan biogeography
models. These suggestions can be applied to
the buthid genera Lychas C.L. Koch and in part
Isometrus Ehrenberg, the liochelid genus Liocheles
Sundevall, most of the Asian genera of Euscorpiid
and to all chaerilid and pseudochactid elements.
The situations of the the genus Heterometrus
Ehrenberg is less evident, mainly by a total absence
of known fossils.
Obviously the pan biogeography patterns are
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
directly related to the progressive fragmentation
and continental drift of Pangea and Gondwanaland,
but this model is responsible only of the original
emplacement of proto-elements of the groups
observed today. Subsequently, other events took
also place, in particular connected with active or
passive dispersal processes. For instance, the
process of colonization of the different Indonesian
islands by several scorpion elements are most
certainly associated with the events that reduced
the isolation of the islands as a consequence of the
lowered sea levels during the extensive glaciations
of the Pleistocene or previous periods. Sea levels
were lowered 100 to 150 m (Donn et al. 1962;
Gascoyne et al. 1979; Cronin et al. 1981; Mani
1974) exposing a series of ‘stepping stone’ islands
from continental Southeast Asia up the nearby
islands but also from island to island. The distance
between the continent and the islands, and in
particular between the islands was reduced in an
important way.
Very recent natural or anthropogenic events
are also responsible for some observed patterns
of distribution. This includes important volcanic
activities such the event of the Krakatau which
took place in the end of the 19th century. Today a
new scorpion fauna can be observed as the result
of secondary succession (Vachon & Abe 1988).
As already explained in the previous sections,
the dispersion of some species by anthropogenic
vehicles must to be retained. Species such as
Isometrus maculatus (DeGeer, 1778), Lychas
mucronatus (Fabricius, 1798) and Liocheles
australasiae (Fabricius, 1775), most certainly have
been transported by human agency during the last
centuries, and still are today. Consequently these
species are distributed in many tropical coastal
regions of Asia, Oceania and Indian islands, as
attested by the recently discovery of L australasiae
in the island of Reunion (Lourengo, unpublished
data). Inthis volcanic island, native scorpion species
are originally absent (Lourengo, unpublished data).
Conclusions
Although a reduced number of opportunistic
scorpion species may not be good indicators for
predictable biogeographic patterns, many or most
scorpions are equilibrium species and can be
useful models in biogeographical research. Several
factors make scorpions useful for biogeographical
(or biodiversity) studies, as suggested by Noss
(1990):
(i) stabilized taxonomy, at least for some
regions of the world;
(ii) life history strategies that are well
understood;
(iii) the fact that individuals can readily be
observed in the field with the use of UV light, and
(iv) biogeographical and endemic patterns
that are well correlated with those of other taxa of
animals and plants (see Lourengo 1987).
Scorpion biogeographers, however, need
to be more aware, in their interpretations, of the
distinction between the historical and the ecological
factors responsible for the biogeographical patterns
observed.
Acknowledgements
I am most grateful to Dr. D. Telnov (the
Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga) for his
invitation to contribute a chapter to the present
book, to the late Prof. J.-L. Cloudsley-Thompson
(London, United Kingdom) for his comments and
revision of previous versions of the text. Miss Elise-
Anne Leguin (Museum national d’Histoire naturelle,
Paris, France) help me with the preparation of maps
and photos.
References
Banks N. 1928. Scorpions and Pedipalpi collected by Dr.
E. Mjoberg in Borneo. - Sarawak Museum Journal
3, No. 4: 505-506.
Birula A.A. 1917. Faune de la Russie et des pays
limitrophes fondee principalement sur les
collections du Musee zoologique de I’Academie
des Sciences de Russie. Arachnides (Arachnoidea)
1(1): 1-227 [in Russian]. English translation: Birula
A.A. 1965. Fauna of Russia and adjacent countries.
Arachnoidea Volume 1. Scorpions. Israel Program
for Scientific Translations, Jerusalem, 19: 154 pp.
Borelli A. 1904. Intorno al alcuni scorpioni di Sarawak
(Borneo). - Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed
Anatomia Comparata dell’Universita di Torino 19,
No. 477: 1-4.
Briggs D.E.G. 1987. Scorpions take to the water. - Nature
326: 645-646.
Bristowe W.S. 1952. The arachnid fauna of the Batu
Caves in Malaya. - Annals and Magazine of Natural
FUstory, Series 12, 5: 697-707.
Carvalho M.G.P., Lourengo W.R. 2001. A new family of
fossil scorpions from the Early Cretaceous of Brazil.
- Comptes Rendus de I’Academie des Sciences ,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Paris, Sciences de la Terre et des Planetes 332:
711-716.
Couzijn H.W.C. 1981. Revision of the genus Heterometrus
Hemprich & Ehrenberg (Scorpionidae, Arachnidea).
- Zoologische Verhandelingen uitgegeven door het
Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histoire te Leiden
184: 1-196.
Cronin T.M., Szabo B.J., Ager T.A., Hazel J.E., Owens J.P.
1981. Quaternary climates and sea levels of the
U.S. Atlantic coastal plain. - Science 211: 233-
240.
de Boer A.J. 1995. Islands and cicadas a drift in the
west-Pacific. Biogeographic patterns related to
plate tectonics. - Tijdschr voor Entomologie 138:
169-244.
de Boer A.J., Duffels J.P. 1996. Biogeography of Indo-
Pacific cicadas east of Wallace’s line: 297-330. In:
Keast A., Miller S.E. (eds) The origin and evolution
of Pacific island biotas, New Guinea to Eastern
Polynesia: patterns and processes. Amsterdam,
SPB Academic Publishers: 531 pp.
Donn W.L., Farrand W.R., Ewing M. 1962. Pleistocene
ice volumes and sea level lowering. - Journal of
Geology 70: 206-214.
Fage L. 1933. Les Scorpions de I’lndochine frangaise,
leurs affinites, leur distribution geographique. -
Annates de la Societe Entomologique de France
102: 25-34.
Fage L. 1936. Nouvelle contribution a I’etude des
Scorpions de I’lndochine frangaise. - Bulletin de la
Societe Entomologique de France 41: 179-181.
Fage L. 1946. Scorpions et Pedipalpes de I’lndochine
frangaise. - Annales de la Societe Entomologique
de France 113: 71-80.
Federov A.A. 1966. The structure of the tropical rain
forestand speciation in the humid tropics. - Journal
of Ecology 54: 1-11.
Francke O.F. 1976. Redescription of Parascorpiops
montana Banks (Scorpionida, Vaejovidae). -
Entomological News 87, No. 3/4: 75-85.
Francke O.F. 1978. Systematic revision of Diplocentrid
scorpions (Diplocentridae) from Circum-Caribbean
lands. Special Publications of the Museum, Texas
Tech University 14: 1-92.
Gascoyne M., Benjamin G.J., Schwartz H.P. 1979.
Sea-level lowering during the lllinoian glaciation:
evidence from a Bahama ‘blue hole’. - Science
205: 806-808.
Gervais P.M. 1841. Arachnides: 281-285. In: Eydoux,
Souleyet (eds) Voyage autour du Monde execute
pendant les Annees 1836 et 1837 sur la Corvette
La Bonite, commandee par M. Vaillant. Publie par
Ordre du Roi sous les auspices du Departement
de la Marine. Zoologie. Apteres. Paris, Arthus
Bertrand: 11 pp.
Gervais P.M. 1844. Remarques sur la famille des
Scorpions et description des plusieurs especes
nouvelles de la collection du Museum. - Archives
du Museum d’Histoire naturelle (Paris) 4: 201-240.
Haffer J. 1969. Speciation in Amazonian forest birds. -
Science 165: 131-137.
Haffer J. 1981. Aspects of Neotropical bird speciation
during the Cenozoic: 371-412. In: Nelson G., Rosen
D.E. (eds) Vicariance biogeography: a critique. New
York, Columbia Univiversity Press: 489 pp.
Haffer J. 1993. Time’s cycle and time’s arrow in the
history of Amazonia. - Biogeographica 69, No. 1:
15-45.
Huber D., Andrzejewsky V., Albenga L., Lourengo W.R.
2002. Notes on the postern bryonic development of
two species of Isometrus Ehrenberg (Scorpiones,
Buthidae) from Sri Lanka. - Entomologische
Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum
Hamburg 14, No. 166: 53-61.
Koch L.E. 1977. The taxonomy, geographic distribution
and evolutionary radiation of Australian-Papuan
scorpions. - Records of the Western Australian
Museum 5, No. 2: 83-367.
Kopstein F. 1935. Scorpione von Krakatau und den
benachbarten Inseln. - Treubia 15, No. 2: 209-
210.
Kopstein F. 1937. A new scorpion from the Malay
Peninsula. - Bulletin of the Raffles Museum 13:
175-176.
Kovarik F. 2000. Revision of family Chaerilidae
(Scorpiones), with description of three new species.
- Serket 7, No. 2: 38-77.
Kovaffk F. 2003. A review of the genus Isometrus
Ehrenberg, 1828 (Scorpiones: Buthidae) with
descriptions of four new species from Asia and
Australia. - Euscorpius 10: 1-19.
Kovarik F. 2012. Euscorpiops thaomischi sp. n. from
Vietnam and a key to species of the genus
(Scorpiones: Euscorpiidae: Scorpiopinae).
Euscorpius 142: 1-8.
Kovoor J., Lourengo W.R., Munoz-Cuevas A. 1987.
Conservation des spermatozoides dans les voies
genitalesdesfemelleset biologiede la reproduction
des Scorpions (Chelicerates). - Comptes Rendus
de I’Academie des Sciences 304, series III, 10:
259-264.
Kraepelin K. 1905. Die Geographische Verbreitung der
Scorpione. - Zoologische Jahrbucher, Abteilung fur
Systematik, Okologie und Geographie der Tiere 22,
No. 2: 321-364.
Lamoral B.H. 1979. Thescorpions of Namibia (Arachnida:
Scorpionida). - Annals of the Natal Museum 23,
No. 3: 497-784.
40
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
Lamoral B.H. 1980. A reappraisal of suprageneric
classification of recent scorpions and of their
zoogeography. - Proceedings of the 8th,
International Arachnological Congress, Wien : 439-
444.
Livingstone D.A. 1975. Late Quaternary climatic
change in Africa. - Annual Review of Ecology and
System atics 6: 249-280.
Livingstone D.A. 1982. Quaternary geography of Africa
and the refuge theory: 523-536. In: Prance G.T.
(ed.) Biological diversification in the Tropics. New
York, Columbia University Press: 714pp.
Lourengo W.R. 1986a. Les modeles de distribution
geographique de quelques groupes de scorpions
neotropicaux. - Compte Rendus de la Societe de
Biogeographie 62, No. 2: 61-83.
Lourengo W.R. 1986b. La vicariance biogeographique
chez les Scorpions neotropicaux. - Bulletin
d’Ecologie 17, No. 3: 161-172.
Lourengo W.R. 1986c. Diversite de la faune scorpionique
de la region amazonienne; centres d’endemisme;
nouvel appui a la theorie des refuges forestiers du
Pleistocene. - Amazoniana 9, No. 4: 559-580.
Lourengo W.R. 1987. Les modeles evolutifs des
Scorpions neotropicaux et la theorie des refuges
forestiers du Pleistocene. - Compte Rendus de la
Societe de Biogeographie 63, No. 3: 75-88.
Lourengo W.R. 1989. Retablissement de la famille des
Ischnuridae, distincte des Scorpionidae Pocock,
1893, a partir de la sous-famille des Ischnurinae
Pocock, 1893 (Arachnida, Scorpiones). - Revue
Arachnologique 8, No. 10: 159-177.
Lourengo W.R. 1991. Biogeographie evolutive, ecologie
et les strategies biodemographiques chez les
Scorpions neotropicaux. - Compte Rendus de la
Societe de Biogeographie 67, No. 4: 171-190.
Lourengo W.R. 1994. Biogeographie patterns of tropical
South American scorpions. - Studies on Neotropical
Fauna and Environment 29, No. 4: 219-231.
Lourengo W.R. 1996a. The biogeography of scorpions.
- Revue Suisse de Zoologie, Volume hors serie 2:
437-448.
Lourengo W.R. 1996b. Origins and affinities of the
scorpion fauna of Madagascar: 441-456. In:
Lourengo W.R. (ed.) Biogeographie de Madagascar.
Paris, Editions de I’ORSTOM: 588 pp.
Lourengo W.R. 2002a. Scorpions of Brazil. Paris, les
Editions de L’lF: 320 pp.
Lourengo W.R. 2002b. Scorpions: 399-438. In: Adis J.
(ed.) Amazonian Arachnida and Myriapoda. Sofia-
Moscow, Pensoft Publishers, Series Faunistica No.
24: 590 pp.
Lourengo W.R. 2003. Scorpion biogeography: A review:
227-240. In: Morrone J.J., Llorente Bousquets
J. (eds) Una perspective latinoamericana de la
biogeografia. Mexico, Faculdad de Ciencias, UNAM:
307 pp.
Lourengo W.R. 2007. First record of the family
Pseudochactidae Gromov (Chelicerata, Scorpiones)
from Laos and new biogeographie evidence of a
Pangaean palaeodistribution. - Comptes Rendus
Biologies 330: 770-777.
Lourengo W.R. 2009a. Eyeless forest litter scorpions;
a new species from the island of Halmahera
(Moluccas), Indonesia (Scorpiones, Chaerilidae).
- Boletin de la Sociedad Entomologica Aragonesa
44: 93-97.
Lourengo W.R. 2009b. Scorpions collected in the island
of Espiritu Santo (Vanuatu) and description of a
new species of Lychas C.L. Koch, 1845 (Arachnida,
Scorpiones, Buthidae). - Zoosystema 31, No. 3:
731-740.
Lourengo W.R. 2009c. Asynopsis of the amber scorpions,
with special reference to the Baltic fauna. In:
Zugleich Kataloge der oberosterreichischen
Landermuseen. - Denisia, new series, 26, No. 86:
131-136.
Lourengo W.R. 2011a. The genus Chaerilus Simon, 1877
(Scorpiones, Chaerilidae) in Vietnam; description of
a new species with comments on possible species-
groups. - Comptes Rendus Biologies 334: 337-
341.
Lourengo W.R. 2011b. Scorpions from the Island of Con
Son (Poulo Condore), Vietnam and description of a
new species of Chaerilus Simon, 1877 (Scorpiones,
Chaerilidae). - Comptes Rendus Biologies 334:
773-776.
Lourengo W.R. 2011c. Scorpions from West Papua,
Indonesia and description of a new species of
Lychas C.L. Koch, 1845 (Scorpiones: Buthidae).
Entomologische Mitteil ungen a us dem
Zoologischen Museum Hamburg 15, No. 186: 317-
326.
Lourengo W.R. 2011d.The ‘Ananteris group’ (Scorpiones:
Buthidae); suggested composition and possible
links with other buthids. - Boletin de la Sociedad
Entomologica Aragonesa 48: 105-113.
Lourengo W.R. 2012a. The genus Vietbocap Lourengo
& Pham, 2010 (Scorpiones: Pseudochactidae);
proposition of a new family and description of a new
species from Laos. - Comptes Rendus Biologies
335: 232-237.
Lourengo W.R. 2012b. More about the genus Chaerilus
Simon, 1877 in Vietnam and Cambodia and
description of two new species (Scorpiones,
Chaerilidae). - Arthropoda Selecta 21, No. 3: 235-
241.
Lourengo W.R. 2012c. About the scorpion fossils from
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
the Cretaceous amber of Myanmar (Burma)
with the descriptions of a new family, genus and
species. - Acta Biologica Paranaense Curitiba 41,
No. 3/4: 75-87.
Lourengo W.R. 2012d. Further considerations on the
scorpions found in Baltic amber and description of
a new species (Scorpiones, Buthidae). - Euscorpius
146: 1-7.
Lourengo W.R. 2013. A new subgenus and species of
Alloscorpiops Vachon, 1980 from Laos (Scorpiones,
Euscorpiidae, Scorpiopinae); implications for
the taxonomy of the group. - Comptes Rendus
Biologies 336: 51-55.
Lourengo W.R., Beigel A. 2011. A new scorpion fossil
from the Cretaceous amber of Myanmar (Burma).
New phylogenetic implications. - Comptes Rendus
Palevol 10: 635-639.
Lourengo W.R., Cloudsley-Thompson J.L. 1996. Effects
of human activities on the environment and the
distribution of dangerous species of scorpions:
49-60. In: Bon C., Goyffon M. (eds) Envenomings
and their treatments. Lyon, Fondation M. Merieux
editeurs: 343 pp.
Lourengo W.R. , Duhem B. 2010a. Buthid scorpions found
in caves; a new species of Isometrus Ehrenberg
1828 (Scorpiones, Buthidae) from southern
Vietnam. - Comptes Rendus Biologies 333: 631-
636.
Lourengo W.R., Duhem B. 2010b. One more new species
of Chaerilus Simon, 1877 (Scorpiones, Chaerilidae)
from the Island of Halmahera, Indonesia. - Acta
Arachnologica 59, No. 1: 25-30.
Lourengo W.R., Duhem B., Leguin E.-A. 2010a. About
the species of the genus Chaerilus Simon, 1877
(Scorpiones, Chaerilidae) described by Eugene
Simon. - Boletin de la Sociedad Entomologica
Aragonesa 46: 335-340.
Lourengo W.R., Duhem B. Leguin E.-A. 2011. The genus
Chaerilus Simon, 1877 (Scorpiones, Chaerilidae) in
the Indian Ocean Islands and description of a new
species. - Euscorpius 110: 1-8.
Lourengo W.R., Leguin E.-A. 2012. A new species of
Isometrus Ehrenberg 1828 (Scorpiones, Buthidae)
from Laos. - Acta Arachnologica 61, No. 2: 71-76.
Lourengo W.R., Pham D.-S. 2010. A remarkable new cave
scorpion of the family Pseudochactidae Gromov
(Chelicerata, Scorpiones) from Vietnam. - ZooKeys
71: 1-13.
Lourengo W.R., Pham D.-S. 2012. A second species of
Vietbocap Lourengo & Pham, 2010 (Scorpiones:
Pseudochactidae) from Vietnam. - Comptes
Rendus Biologies 335: 80-85.
Lourengo W.R., Sun D., Zhu M.-S. 2010. A new species
of Chaerilus Simon, 1877 (Scorpiones, Chaerilidae)
from Thailand. - Raffles Bulletin Zoology 58, No.
1: 79-85.
Lourengo W.R. , WeitschatW. 1996. More than 120 years
after its description the enigmatic status of the
genus of the Baltic amber scorpion ‘Tityus eogenus’
Menge, 1869 can finally be clarified. - Mitteilungen
aus dem Geologisch-Palaontologischen Institut der
Universitat Hamburg 79: 183-193.
Lourengo W.R., Weistchat W. 2005. A new genus and
species of fossil scorpion from a different kind of
Baltic amber (Scorpiones, Buthidae). - Mitteilungen
aus dem Geologisch-Palaontologischen Institut der
Universitat Hamburg 89: 183-188.
Lourengo W.R., Zhu M.-S. 2008. Description of two new
species of Chaerilus Simon, 1877 (Scorpiones,
Chaerilidae) from Laos and Vietnam. - Acta
Zootaxonomica sinica 33: 462-474.
Mani M.S. 1974. Biogeography of the peninsula. -
Monographiae Biologicae 23: 614-647.
Mayr E. 1944. Wallace’s line in the light of recent
zoogeographic studies. - The Quarterly Review of
Biology 19, No. 1: 1-14.
Mello-Leitao C. 1945. Escorpioes sul-americanos. -
Arquivos do Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro 40:
1-468.
Michaux B. 2010. Biogeology of Wallacea: geotectonic
models, areas of endemism, and natural
biogeographical units. - Biological Journal of the
Linnean Society 101: 193-212.
Monod L., Lourengo W.R. 2005. Hemiscorpiidae
(Scorpiones) from Iran, with descriptions of two
new species and notes on biogeography and
phylogenetic relationships. - Revue Suisse de
Zoologie 112 No. 4: 864-941.
Moreau R.E. 1963. Vicissitudes of the African biomes
in the late Pleistocene. - Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 141: 395-421.
Moss S.J., Wilson M.E.J. 1998. Biogeographic
implications of the Tertiary palaeogeographic
evolution of Sulawesi and Borneo: 133-163. In: Hall
R., Holloway J.D. (eds) Biogeography and Geological
Evolution of SE Asia. Leiden, Backhuys Publishers:
417 pp.
Nenilin A.B., Fet V.Y. 1992. Zoogeographical analysis of
the world scorpion fauna (Arachnida, Scorpiones).
- Arthropoda Selecta 1, No. 2: 3-31.
Noss R.F. 1990. Indicators for monitoring biodiversity: a
hierarchical approach. - Conservation Biology 4:
355-364.
Oates E.W. 1888. On the Indian and Burmese scorpions
of the genus Isometrus, with descriptions of three
new species. - Journal Bombay Natural History
Society 3: 244-250.
Platnick N. 1976. Concepts of dispersal in Historical
42
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
biogeography. - Systematic Zoology 25, No. 3:
294-295.
Pocock R.l. 1891. On some old-world species of scorpions
belonging to the genus Isometrus. - Journal of the
Linnean Society 23: 432-447.
Pocock R.l. 1894a. Scorpions and their geographical
distribution. - Natural Science 4, No. 27: 353-364.
Pocock R.l. 1894b. Scorpions from the Malay Archipelago:
84-99. In: Weber M. (ed.) Zoologische Ergebnisse
einer Reise in niederlandisch Ost-lndien. Leiden,
E.J. Brill: 399 pp.
Polis G.A. 1990. Ecology: 247-293. In: Polis G.A. (ed.) The
Biology of Scorpions. Stanford, Stanford University
Press: 587 pp.
Prance G.T. 1982a. Biological diversification in the
tropics. New York, Columbia University Press: 714
pp.
Prance G.T. 1982b. Forest refuges: Evidence from
woody angiosperms: 137-158. In: Prance G.T. (ed.)
Biological diversification in the tropics. New York,
Columbia University Press: 714 pp.
Richards P.W. 1969. Speciation in the tropical rain forest
and the concept of the niche. - Biological Journal
of the Linnean Society 1: 149-153.
Ridder-Numan J. 1996. Historical biogeography of the
Southeast Asian genus Spatholobus (Legum.
- Papillionoideae) and its allies. - Blumea
Supplement 10: 1-144.
Santiago-Blay J.A., Fet V., Soleglad M.E., Anderson S.R.
2004. A new genus and subfamily of scorpions from
Lower Cretaceous Burmese amber (Scorpiones:
Chaerilidae). - Revista Iberica de Aracnologia. 9:
3-14.
Shear W.A., Kukalova-Peck J. 1990. The ecology of
Paleozoic terrestrial arthropods: the fossil evidence.
- Canadian Journal of Zoology 68: 1807-1834.
Simon E. 1877. Etudes arachnologiques. 6e Memoire.
X. Arachnides nouveaux ou peu connus. - Annales
de la Societe Entomologique de France, Series 5,
7: 225-242.
Simon E. 1878. Etudes arachnologiques. 7e Memoire.
XIII. Descriptions de deux especes de Scorpions. -
Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France,
Series 5, 8: 158-160.
Simon E. 1893. Arachnides de I’archipel Malais. Voyage
de MM.M. Bedot et C. Pictet dans I’archipel Malais.
- Revue suisse de Zoologie 1, No. 3: 319-328.
Soleglad M.E., Kovarfk F., Fet V. 2012. A new species
of Pseudochactas from Afghanistan (Scorpiones:
Pseudochactidae). - Boletin de la Sociedad
Entomologica Aragonesa 50: 89-98.
Takashima H. 1942. Scorpionida and Pedipalpi of the
Japanese Empire. - Acta arachnologica 8: 5-30 [in
Japanese].
Takashima H. 1945. [corpions of Eastern Asia. - Acta
arachnologica 9, No. 3/4: 68-106 [in Japanese].
Takashima H. 1948. [corpions of New Guinea].- Acta
arachnologica 10, No. 3/4: 72-92 [in Japanese].
Takashima H. 1950. Notes on the scorpions of New
Guinea. - Acta Arachnologica 12, No. 1/2: 17-20.
Takashima H. 1952. Miscellaneous notes on scorpions. -
Acta arachnologica 13, No. 1: 26-36 [in Japanese].
Thorell T. 1888. Pedipalpi et scorpioni deN’Archipelago
malesi conservati nel Museo civico di storia
naturale di Genova. - Annali di Museo civico di
storia naturale di Genova 6: 327-428.
Thorell T. 1889. Aracnidi Artrogastri Birmani raccolti da
L. Fea nel 1885-1887. - Annali di Museo civico di
storia naturale di Genova 27: 521-729.
Thorell T. 1890. Aracnidi di Nias e di Sumatra raccolti
nel 1886 dal Sign. E. Modigliani. - Annali di Museo
civico di storia naturale di Genova, Series 2, 8:
5-106.
Turner H., Hovenkamp P., van Welzen P.C. 2001.
Biogeography of Southeast Asia and the West
Pacific. - Journal of Biogeography 28: 217-230.
Udvardy M.D.F. 1981. The riddle of dispersal:
dispersal theories and how they affect vicariance
biogeography: 6-39. In: Nelson G., Rosen D.E. (eds)
Vicariance biogeography: a critique. New York,
Columbia University Press: 489 pp.
Vachon M. 1952. Etudes sur les Scorpions. Alger, Institut
Pasteur d’Algerie: 482 pp.
Vachon M. 1953. Quelques remarques sur les frontieres
en biogeographie a propos de la ligne Wallace et
des scorpions indonesiens. - Compte Rendus
Sommaires des Seances de la Societe de
Biogeographie 257/258: 6-12.
Vachon M., Abe T. 1988. Colonization of the Krakatau
Islands (Indonesia) by scorpions. - Acta
Arachnologica 37, No. 1: 23-32.
Vachon M., Lourengo W.R. 1985. Scorpions cavernicoles
du Sarawak (Borneo). Chaerilus chapmani n.
sp. (Chaerilidae) et Lychas hosei (Pocock, 1890)
(Buthidae). - Memoires biospeologiques 12: 9-18.
Wallace A.R. 1860. On the zoological geography of the
Malay Archipelago. - Journal of the Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of London 4: 172-184.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Map 1. Distribution area of genera Lychas C.L. Koch, 1845 (1), Isometrus Ehrenberg, 1828 (2)
and Liocheles Sundevall, 1833 (3).
Map 2. Distribution area of the genus Chaerilus Simon, 1877.
44
Lourenco, W.R.: Biogeography of Southeast Asia (and Wallacea) scorpions, a review
Map 3. Distribution area of subfamily Scorpiopinae. Arrow indicates that the family is also distributed westwards.
Map 4. Distribution area of family Pseudochactidae in Southeast Asia. Arrow indicates that the family
is also distributed westwards.
45
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Map 5. Distribution area of genus Heterometrus Ehrenberg, 1828.
46
Vallejo, B., Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
Benjamin Vallejo, Jr.
Institute of Environmental Science & Meteorology, College of Science, National Science Complex,
University of the Philippines, Diliman, Quezon City 1101, The Philippines; bmvallejo@up.edu. ph
Abstract: Luzon Island is the largest and oldest of the oceanic islands of the Philippine archipelago. Previous bio¬
geographic research has determined centres of endemism within the island. While the Pleistocene Aggregated
Island Complex theory defines the island as one biogeographic region, recent phylogenetic studies suggest that
the island may be composed by distinct centres of endemism that correlate with tectonic features. Deep genetic
divergence between northern Luzon and southern Luzon clades support this hypothesis. Past researches have
downplayed the importance of vicariance in the modern biogeography of the island. However post vicariance dis¬
persal may have obscured historical and area relationships that are noted in coalesced islands. Nonetheless, the
molecular phylogenetic signature of pre Pleistocene vicariant events are there and further phylogenetic studies may
clarify these relationships.
Keywords: Pleistocene Aggregated Island Complex (PAIC), vicariance, dispersal, Luzon, Philippines, biogeography.
Introduction
This essay builds upon the biogeographical
hypotheses on the Philippines position in Wallacea
in Volume 1 of this book series. In my “The Phil¬
ippines in Wallacea” I propose looking at the bio¬
geography of the Philippines beyond the Pleisto¬
cene Aggregation Island Coalescence (PAIC) theory
(Vallejo 2011). Here I focus on Luzon, the oldest
of the oceanic Philippine islands. Luzon is the larg¬
est (104 688 km2) island of the Philippine archi¬
pelago. The roughly rectangular island is orientated
with its longest axis north to south from 18°32’N to
12°31’N (Fig. 1). The shape of the island gives rise
to its name. The island resembles the traditional
rice pestle or “lusong” of the Austronesian people.
The southern and south-eastern portion of
the island is composed of a series of peninsulas
trending southeast for about 150 km (Fig. 2). The
northern end of the island are composed of sev¬
eral mountain blocs, most notable of which is the
Cordillera Central whose mountains attain an al¬
titude of more than 2000 meters. A large central
plain defines the central portion of the island. This
is bordered on the west by the Zambales mountain
ranges. The eastern side of the island is defined by
the Sierra Madre mountain range that trends from
north to south. At its northern end, a large valley,
the Cagayan Valley is situated between the Sierra
Madre to the east and the Cordillera Central to the
west.
The latitudinal extent of Luzon and the com¬
plexity of its topography and the presence of inter-
montane valleys of varying sizes ensure a diversity
of climate not observed anywhere else in the Philip¬
pine archipelago (Dickerson et al. 1928). The alti¬
tude of the landforms and their exposure to the pre¬
vailing monsoon and trade winds generally defines
the climate of the island.
Tectonics of Luzon Island
The complex topography has tectonic origins.
The island is hypothesized as a product of the accre¬
tion of at least four paleoislands (Hall 1996, 1998).
The paleoislands correspond to the five montane
regions of Luzon (Devan-Song et al. 2012). The
island is part of the Philippine Mobile Belt (PMB)
that defines the seismically active part of the ar¬
chipelago (Gervasio 1967). The island being part
of the PMB is bounded by two subduction zones of
opposite polarities. The eastern side is bounded by
the west dipping Philippine Trench and the western
side is by the east dipping Manila Trench. New geo¬
physical evidence suggests that the Benham Rise
oceanic plateau east of Luzon has a thicker crust
than what can be expected for oceanic crust (Lag-
may et al. 2009). This feature began colliding with
northern Luzon starting in the Miocene thereby pro¬
foundly affecting Luzon’s tectonic evolution.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
116
118
120
122
124
126
128
a
CM
CO
to
CM
CO
(0
Figure 1. Luzon Island in the Philippine archipelago.
The Philippine archipelago and most especial¬
ly Luzon Island is defined by the left lateral strike
slip Philippine fault system which longitudinally
cuts Luzon Island (Yumul et al. 2008) at Quezon
and Nueva Ecija provinces. It originates from Davao
Gulf in Mindanao, bisects Mindanao’s Agusan ba¬
sin, the passes through Leyte and Samar islands
before terminating in Luzon’s north-western coast.
In Luzon the fault becomes braided (Fig. 3).
Thus with new geophysical data it is now pos¬
sible to delineate the tectonic blocks that com¬
prise Luzon. These blocks are mobile, elastic and
are related to the major fault features in Luzon
that absorb plate convergence such as the Philip¬
pine Fault, Digdig Fault and the Northern Cordillera
Fault. From a biogeographic standpoint, blocks may
correlate with patterns of endemism and distribu¬
tion of Philippine biota. This is the hypothesis first
proposed by Roy Dickerson and Elmer D Merrill in
1928 (Dickerson et al. 1928).
Dickerson’s hypothesis
Roy Dickerson and associates of the Philippine
Bureau of Science in “Distribution of Life in the
48
Vallejo, B., Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
120
121
122
123
124
a>
»
(£>
Ifi
n
N
A
% its '
jr _ %
tW -
r
' m.
North
' Tf
-v 4bJ£-m V ,
Cordillera
Central
is
v
kv
Cagayan
Valley
.1 T
J, yi
Mr-f-
4%
V' ^jr:
V y -kjfa Jift .4 r -
»>'v
Southern Sierra
.L v Madre
Zambales
Mountains
.A f £
% -i—
, - _ )'■ _
•••‘•y 5>\\ w v
v
--
V 3S
% \ v\
PI
n
■ ■
%
■v-
Bicol peninsula
Southern Luzon volcanic belt
*Ph
- -
0 2040 80 120 160
Kilometers
^20*
■IML-
' ■
?-
«
Si. fli
TO
CD
OO
CD
V
121
122
123
124
Figure 2. Major physical geographic features of Luzon Island.
Philippines” (1928) proposed that the geological
features of the Philippine islands could partly ex¬
plain the reason for the localization and endemism
of the Philippine biota. Dickerson’s hypothesis is
based on the fifth axiom of biogeography (Wallace
1880) its emphasis on a general knowledge of geo¬
logical history is necessary for understanding the
evolution of the Philippine biota.
Dickerson interpreted the distribution of floral
and faunal elements in the Philippines using the
dispersalist paradigm. He proposed four coloniza¬
tion routes by which dispersal happened. These are
the Palawan-Mindoro route, the Borneo-Sulu route,
the Sulawesi - Eastern Mindanao route and the Tai¬
wan - Batanes - Northern Luzon route.
Luzon’s biota provides support and difficulties
for the dispersal hypothesis. Dickerson needed to
explain the presence of the northern Luzon upland
flora and fauna for which he had difficulties. While
the phenomenon of continental drift had been hy¬
pothesized by Alfred Wegener in 1924 (Wegener
1966), the process by which this would happen had
not been proposed. Without the explanatory power
of plate tectonic theory, Dickerson had only the
land bridge paradigm and the Wallace theory cor¬
relating emergence of islands with geological and
49
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figure 3. Major tectonic features of Luzon Island (modified from the Philippine Institute of Volcanology
and Seismology, 2013).
consequently phylogenetic age of the biota.
The lack of a comprehensive theory to relate
the presence of Philippine floristic provinces (sen-
su Merrill) with tectonic features did not prevent
Dickerson to hypothesize on the physiognomy of
geographical features of the Philippine islands in
geologic time. This radical speculation such as the
possibility that. Luzon and Mindanao were once sep¬
arate archipelagic systems which he inferred from
the distribution of the modern biota within each is¬
land, presaged the idea of island coalescence (Hall
1996, 1998) now known as the Pleistocene Aggre¬
gated Island Complex (PAIC) theory which forms the
basis of the current idea explaining the presence
of distinct island biotic regions in the Philippines
(Heaney 1986, 1998, 1999, 2000).
Biotic alliances in the Philippines and the distinc¬
tiveness of Luzon (Fig. 4)
Elmer D. Merrill (Merill 1923) observed that
50
Vallejo, B., Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
Batanes-
Babuyan
Cordillera biogeographic boundary
Northern Sierra
Mad re
Zambales
Mountains
Sierra Madre biogeographic boundary
Southern Sierra
* Mad re
Southern Luzon B
Volcanic Belt
Aiimonao biogeographic
boundary
Bicol Peninsula
Figure 4. Luzon biotic regions (after Merrill 1928, modified with new distribution
and tectonics information).
when the Philippines is taken as a whole, its flo¬
ral affinity with other regions in Southeast Asia is
definitely Indo-Malayan with a high proportion of
endemic species. While floral regions do exist, its
distinctiveness is not sharp with the exception of
the Luzon Cordillera flora. It is on Luzon in the Cor¬
dillera where a flora and fauna with obvious Hima¬
layan affinities are found. On other islands, it is on
high mountains where a distinct Sulawesian and
Australian affinity can be found. The Cordillera flora
with the exception of a few species is localized in
the region. Merrill hypothesized a connection with
Taiwan but came to conclude that out of the 1100
species found in Taiwan and could occur in the Cor¬
dillera given that the climate conditions are simi¬
lar less than 265 occur on Luzon and in Taiwan.
Thus puts a question on the land bridge connection
of Luzon with Taiwan, which tectonic studies later
would conclude as unlikely. Merrill in conformity
with the land bridge paradigm suggests that only
the Cordilleras were once connected with Taiwan
and the rest of mainland Asia.
51
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
A dispersal process cannot be ruled out for a
colonization route from Taiwan. Recent studies sug¬
gest that at least for one species of skink, there is
evidence of dispersal from Taiwan (Esselstyn et al.
2010).
Microendemism and mountain regions in Luzon
Luzon has a high degree of microendemism
across taxa which has been extensively studied for
the herpetofauna (Siler et al. 2010, 2011, Devan-
Song et al. 2012) and mammals (Heaney et al.
1998, Rickart et al. 2011). This microendemism
is found mainly in the montane regions. For the
herpetofauna, four to five regions with significant
microendemism can be recognized. For the mam¬
mals, four regions of microendemism are recog¬
nized. These regions are:
1) The Zam bales Mountains,
2) Cordillera Central Mountains,
3) Northern Sierra Madre Mountains, and
4) The Southern Sierra Madre Mountains and
the Southern Luzon and Bicol volcanic belt.
Mt Pulag which lies in the Cordillera Central is
a convergence zone of endemic flora with Gondwa-
nan and Eurasian affinities (Buot Jr. et al. 1999).
Of all the four regions of microendemism, the
Zambales and Cordillera mountains have received
more research interest in the last 20 years. Zam¬
bales is relatively isolated from the rest of Luzon’s
mountains by the central Luzon plain (Brown et al.
1996). This mountain range is essentially an ophi-
olite complex (Yumul et al. 2003, 2008). Recent
research indicates that the Zambales mountains
as well as the nearby Cordilleras have substantial
patterns of endemism in small mammals (Balete
et al. 2009, Rickart et al. 2011). The Zambales
mountains have been also identified as an endemic
plant region (Merill 1923; Dickerson et al. 1928).
For example the umbrella plant genus Schefflera
J.R. Forst, G. Forst, 1775 has many endemics in
the Zambales and Cordillera Central ranges (Frodin
1986) but none outside these areas.
Can Luzon be a case by which biological disjunc¬
tions can be examined as related to tectonic fea¬
tures?
The presence of one major fault system in the
Philippine archipelago gives an opportunity for bio¬
geographers to examine whether biological disjunc¬
tions observed in Luzon and the four microendemic
regions are congruent with tectonic features. In New
Caledonia, Michael Heads in describes biodiversity
with respect to the West Caledonian fault system by
using molecular phylogenetic, tectonic and panbio-
geographic methods to describe biotic disjunction
with the fault system (Heads 2008). New Caledonia
is an ancient remnant of Gondwana and is rich in
archaic taxa. Heads hypothesizes that lateral strike
slip fault systems may reveal more than biotic dis¬
junctions that any other geological feature. In other
island systems in the Pacific basin, such disjunc¬
tions have been also noted (Heads 1990, 2001,
2008) in studies in cladogenesis.
Two major schools of thought in biogeography
examine the problem of disjunction and cladogene¬
sis with respect to determining areas of endemism.
In cladistic biogeography (Platnick et al. 1978, Nel¬
son et al. 1981) especially in the parsimony analy¬
sis of endemism (PAE) approach, it is possible to
come up with correct inferences to historical rela¬
tionships among areas when by modelling a par¬
ticular combination of vicariance and non-response
to vicariance events (Brooks et al. 2003). In these
cases, vicariance is wholly responsible for species
distribution and species in each clade considered
have a specific pattern of non-response to vicari¬
ance. These non-responses to vicariance generates
the correct area relationships. Another model that
generates correct historical and area inferences is
when species distributions result from a particular
combination of extinction events especially for wide
ranging species. Extinction events may split ranges
analogous to geological vicariance events. Brooks
et al describe three cases when PAE methods fail.
In the third case, post vicariance dispersal may
obscure historical and area relationships. I hypoth¬
esise that the third case is likely for the Philippine
archipelago.
Cladogenesis in Luzon
The general distribution of endemics in Luzon
can be roughly characterized by a northern group
and a southern group. The northern group clades
consists of Zambales and Cordillera representa¬
tives and the southern group clades which includes
species from the Bicol peninsula, have more affinity
to representatives from the Visayas and Mindanao
islands. In the fantail birds Rhipidura Vigors, Hors-
field, 1827 (Sanchez-Gonzalez et al. 2011), the
older northern and southern clades have a deep
52
Vallejo, B., Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
divergence suggesting an earlier colonization from
mainland Asia (Fig. 5).
A similar hypothesis can be proposed for the
murines of Luzon (Jansa et al. 2006). The “old en¬
demics” which include Crateromys Thomas, 1895,
Phloeomys Waterhouse, 1839 cloud rats, Batomys
Thomas, 1895 and Carpomys Thomas, 1895 show
a deep divergence within the group, with the north¬
ern Luzon species more basal than the southern
representatives. The Luzon endemic Phloeomys
Waterhouse cloud rat genus is represented by a
northern Luzon and a southern Luzon species and
is more basal than Crateromys Thomas. Crateromys
shows similar distributions in its representatives al¬
though this genus has representatives in Mindoro,
Panay and Dinagat Islands. The “old endemics”
colonized evolved at least 22 My, when northern
Luzon’s older tectonic features emerged from the
ocean. There is evidence that the “old endemics”
have affinities to Australasian murine clades (Step-
pan et al. 2003) but are now extinct in the rest of
Asia (Jansa et al. 2006). More recent phylogenetic
data from seven newly identified species of Apo-
mys Mearns, 1905 reinforce the hypothesis that
northern Luzon has a distinct and endemic biota
(Heaney et al. 2011) and that central Luzon is a
biogeographic break.
In the biogeography of the Philippine varanids,
the northern and southern Luzon disjunction can
be noted (Welton et al. 2010). The northern Luzon
endemic Varan us bitatawa Welton, Siler, Bennett,
Diesmos, Duya, Dugay, Rico, Van Weerd, Brown,
2010 is morphologically distinct from the southern
Luzon and Bicol peninsular endemic V. olivaceus
Hallowell, 1856. Both species are frugivorous. In
total there are three frugivorous species of Vara-
nus Merrem, 1820 in the world which includes V.
mabitangG aulke, Curio, 2001 from northern Panay
(Gaulke et al. 2001).
These frugivorous varanids are associated
with old growth rainforests which exists along the
eastern Philippines bioregion. V. bitatawa and V.
olivaceus are sister species, albeit with deep ge¬
netic divergence and their ranges are separated by
the lower elevations of the southern Sierra Madre
ranges (Fig. 6). The southern Sierra Madre is the
eastern Luzon terminus of the active Philippine
Fault (Yumul et al. 2008). While the southern Sierra
Madre ranges which are very near to Manila have
been historically deforested, they were unlikely to
have been prior to human settlement. Thus it would
have been possible for limited dispersal of the
northern species to southern Luzon. Similarly the
southern species could have dispersed to Luzon.
However both species have evolved in higher mon¬
tane forests and have unlikely to have dispersed
through the lowland forests of the southern Sierra
Madre. Nonetheless the distribution of endemic va¬
ranids of Luzon and even of Panay in the Visayas
appear to be delimited by their tectonic features
with V. ma bitang localized in the Panay Cordilleras
(Zamoras et al. 2008).
This distributional pattern is reflected in Phil¬
ippine Rafflesia R. Brown (Barcelona et al. 2009)
where R. mani liana Teschem is localized to the
Southern Luzon and Bicol Peninsula areas although
some individuals were collected in Cagayan, north¬
ern Luzon. Luzon endemics of Rafflesia R. Brown
have been collected in the Bicol peninsula and in
the northern Sierra Madre ranges in Cagayan (Bar¬
celona et al. 2006, 2009; Madulid et al. 2006).
Panay also has its own endemic Rafflesia found in
the Panay Cordilleras (Barcelona et al. 2002).
Revisiting PAIC theory
The Pleistocene Aggregated Island Complex
(PAIC) theory (Brown etal. 2002) is the paradigm for
explaining the origin and dimensions of biodiversity
in the Philippines (Heaney 1986; Heaney 1998).
The theory states that isolation and reconnection
of islands that composed the palaeo “Greater Is¬
lands” of the Philippine archipelago provided the
vicariant mechanism for speciation. Also differen¬
tial dispersal abilities of the isolated species on the
palaeoislands increased genetic isolation leading
to speciation.
PAIC theory can adequately explain speciation
of Philippine taxa within the last 5 million years.
Thus it is not surprising that the theory can explain
phylogenetic relationships in taxa in the younger
Philippine islands. PAIC theory predicts the follow¬
ing (Esselstyn et al. 2010):
1) Populations in a given island should be
more related from populations in other islands;
2) Populations within an island should be ge¬
netically more related than similar populations in
other islands;
3) Monophyletic lineages should be found
within one island and not across several islands.
Luzon being the oldest of the Philippine oce¬
anic islands at 35 My and dating back to the Eo¬
cene presents complications to the PAIC theory. In
contrast, predictions of PAIC is more easily verified
for the younger PAIC islands like Negros and Panay
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
C 5
0
□ Y
^ D
R . cyaniceps {Cordillera, N, Sierra Mad re)
/ R
<y
N R.
. cyaniceps {S. Sierra Madre. Bicol)
saulii (Tabias)
< R
atboventris (Negros-Panay)
i
%
/?. samarensis (Leyte, Samar)
superciliaris (Mindanao)
m * j» jF ^ i
- R. huichinsii(N. Mindanao monfane forests)
^ c>
H
/?. cinnamonamea (S. Mindanao monfane fores fsj
0
Figure 5. Phylogeny of endemic Philippine Rhipidura Vigors, Horsfield, 1827 (modified from Sanchez
and Moyle, 2011).
(8-5 My) (Diesmos et al. 2002) in studies of phy-
logenies of reptiles and amphibians (Gaulke et al.
2007; Siler etal. 2007).
In Luzon, while there are taxa whose endemic
status can be explained by PAIC, other factors that
explain endemism need to be considered. One is
the habitat preference of a taxon. In Copsych us Wa-
gler, 1827 Magpie Robins and Shamas, the older
species the Luzon Shama C. luzoniensis (Kittlitz,
1832) colonized Luzon and dispersed to Panay-Ne-
gros PAIC and persisted there since in those island,
there were more habitats that suited it (Sheldon et
al. 2009). Younger species originated from a more
recent colonization from Sundaland in the last 5
My and they colonized Palawan and the oceanic
islands of the central Visayas, where C. cebuensis
(Steere, 1890) is an example. Copsych us can be di¬
vided into two ecological groups with the more vag-
ile and coastal magpie-robins and the more inland
rainforest dwelling shamas. The diversification of
the latter in the Philippines can be easily explained
by PAIC theory. In contrast the Philippine magpie-
robins even in historically isolated Sibuyan Island
have their nearest relations from species in ocean-
Vallejo, B., Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
p
Figure 6. Distribution of Luzon’s endemic varanids (after Siler et al. 2010).
ic Seychelles. Their affinities to presumed African
ancestors imply a very early colonization through
the Gondwana landmasses of India. This also is
similar to the inferred phylogenetic history of the
Philippine Eagle and its nearest extant related spe¬
cies, the Africal Bateleur eagle (Lerner et al. 2005;
Vallejo Jr 2011). However based on the molecular
phylogenetic data, Copsychus Wagler diversifica¬
tion in the Philippines can be dated to the early
Pleistocene and Pliocene at the latest and possibly
even earlier in the Miocene (Sheldon et al. 2009).
Despite island coalescence as a result of sea level
regressions, none of the Luzon and Negros- Panay
PAIC species were able to colonize Mindanao.
Similar patterns of diversification can be noted
in Philippine Rhipidura Vigors, Horsfield, 1827 (Fig.
5). Deep genetic divergences between and within
PAIC islands species and populations indicate a pre
Pleistocene colonization of the older PAIC oceanic
islands of Luzon, Mindanao and Negros-Panay.
However for taxa whose radiation occurred
during the Pleistocence, the predictions of PAIC
theory are well verified (Esselstyn et al. 2009) es¬
pecially the isolation by distance model. However
analysis of molecular variation (AMOVA) in these
taxa shows the dominant role of intra-island iso¬
lation and breaks to gene flow. In fact this is the
dominant proportion that accounts for genetic
variation in the largest and oldest oceanic islands
of Luzon and Mindanao (Esselstyn et al. 2009). A
possible factor that generated this variation is sym-
patric speciation (Esselstyn et al. 2009) which may
explain diversification in a coalesced island like Su¬
lawesi (Esselstyn et al. 2009).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Distribution anomalies in northern Luzon, other Integrating the paradigms, the Philippine islands
factors for endemism as “mini-Sulawesis”?
The current reconstructions of phylogenetic
histories of amphibian and reptile taxa from north¬
ern Luzon show the affinities between the Zam-
bales, Cordillera and Northern Sierra Madre moun¬
tains (Diesmos et al. 2004). One species of frog
Platymantis pygmaeus Alcala, Brown, Diesmos,
1998 from is found in northern Luzon and in the
oceanic island of Sibuyan in the Sibuyan Sea (Dies¬
mos et al. 2004). Sibuyan island was never con¬
nected with any of the Pleistocene palaeoislands
(Heaney 1998). Despite intensive sampling in simi¬
lar habitats in southern Luzon and Bicol peninsula,
the species was never recorded. Since Platymantis
Gunther, 1858 is rainforest associated does not
disperse over the sea, this distribution remains
enigmatic.
For the northern Luzon murines, it is possible
that during the Pleistocene the extant Cordillera
species or their close relatives were found in lower
elevations. Archaeological excavations in Callao
Cave, Penablanca in Cagayan Province (85 m ele¬
vation) (17°42’11.74”N, 121°49’25.5”E) revealed
the presence of Apomys Mearns and Batomys
Thomas fossils. Apomys is found from Luzon, Min¬
doro, Negros, Panay to Mindanao having dispersed
to these areas during the Pleistocene sea level
regressions (Steppan et al. 2003). The phyloge-
netically older Batomys is found only in Luzon and
Mindanao (Jansa et al. 2006) but now are found in
higher elevations.
It is thus possible that the Pleistocene climate
favoured the dispersal of the mountain murines of
the Philippines across the Luzon central plains. If
this is possible then other taxa with similar habitat
requirements may have done so. However it is less
likely that a close canopy lowland tropical rainforest
existed in the Luzon Pleistocene. It is more likely
that lowland rainforests contracted in the drier
and cooler climate with some areas serving as re-
fugia and stepping stones to dispersal (Schneider
et al. 1999). This may also have been the factor
for vicariant speciation. Also it is possible that the
Pleistocene taxa were not as closely associated to
rainforests as they are today but were more gener¬
alist (Heaney et al. 2011). Thus they could have dis¬
persed through hypothesized montane forest refu-
gia at lower elevations as has been demonstrated
in the archaeological record in Papua New Guinea
(Pasveer et al. 2002).
Recent studies on the distribution and phylog-
eny of Luzon’s endemic flora and fauna suggest
that the Pleistocene Aggregated Island Complex
(PAIC) theory to explain the evolution of biodiver¬
sity in the Philippines is simplistic and may apply
only for the Plio-Pleistocene epochs. However since
much of the species radiation occurred during this
time period, especially for the small mammals, this
pattern remains most observable. While phyloge¬
netic reconstructions of species diversification sup¬
port the PAIC theory, analysis of molecular genetic
variation suggests intra-island isolation possibly by
sympatry.
The dynamic geological history of Southeast
Asia and most especially the Philippine archipelago
provides many opportunities for colonization and
allopatric diversification. Allopatric diversification
is likely determined by the physical geography of
the islands themselves. Luzon has the greatest es¬
timate of nucleotide diversity in shrews and much
of this occurred in the Holocene, as diversity has
more correlation with the age and size of the mod¬
ern island than that of the paleaoisland (Esselstyn
et al. 2009). This also implies the importance of
orography and the likely influence of Holocene cli¬
mate change which caused changes in vegetation
and land cover. This may be a factor in the coloniza¬
tion of the Philippine islands by the bulbuls, where
certain clades effectively colonized the oceanic is¬
lands and others only the continental islands (Oli-
veros et al. 2010).
Another factor that makes it more difficult to
ascertain the direction of colonization which varies
between taxa is the relative closeness of the Phil¬
ippine islands to each other (Jones et al. 2008).
Colonization came from various directions and
since the archipelago is close to the Sundaland is¬
land of Borneo, much of the biotic affinity is broadly
recognizable as Asian although with a significant
Australo-Papuan component. For mammals, the
Australo-Papuan component is demonstrated by
the Chrotomys Thomas radiation (which includes
Apomys Mearns) of “new endemic” rodents (Step-
pan et al. 2005; Jansa et al. 2006).
If viewed in a deeper time scale, the affinities
of the recent species radiation on Luzon may be
explained by pan biogeography and the correlation
of tectonic features with evolution. While the theory
of island accretion is well described for Wallacea,
this investigatory angle is hampered by the current
lack of information on the timing of island accre-
Vallejo, B., Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
tion and emergence in that region (Lohman et al.
2011). Dispersal and subsequent allopatry may be
the most parsimonious theory to account for spe¬
cies diversification in the region. However certain
taxa may reflect the influence of tectonic vicariance
(Evans et al. 2009) in coalesced islands like Su¬
lawesi. If vicariance had been a signal for specia-
tion in the proto Philippines, then this signal has
been reduced by the effects of the formation of the
modern archipelago which facilitated dispersal re¬
lated allopatry (e.g. post vicariance dispersal).
Luzon and Mindanao as hypothesized by Roy
Dickerson may have been coalesced archipelagos
by themselves. Tectonic uplift and further coales¬
cence made them into the modern archipelago
they are today. While there appears to be a sig¬
nal for vicariance related diversification (e.g. in
Varan us, Scheleffera and Rafflesia), there is not
enough information to warrant more inferences. A
concerted research effort in floral and faunal bio¬
diversity assessments and the consequent phylo¬
genetic studies are needed to verify the vicariance
hypothesis. This research will have to be in tandem
with research in tectonics in determining with more
accuracy, the timing of island coalescence and ac¬
cretion and biological speciation.
Luzon shows the signature of being a mini-Su¬
lawesi in terms of tectonic characteristics and its
biotic evolution. If this is verified, then the dimen¬
sions of biodiversity in the Philippine archipelago
will become more complex for it is very likely that
islands like Mindanao, Panay, Negros have similar
tectonic and evolutionary histories. This fulfils Al¬
fred Russel Wallace’s prediction that the geological
history of an area can be inferred from its biogeog¬
raphy.
References
Balete D.S., Heaney L.R., Josefa Veluz M., Rickart E.A.
2009. Diversity patterns of small mammals in the
Zambales Mts., Luzon, Philippines. - Mammalian
Biology - Zeitschrift fur Saugetierkunde 74, No. 6:
456-466.
Barcelona J., Co L., Balete D., Bartolome N. 2009. Raf¬
flesia aurantia (Rafflesiaceae): a new species from
northern Luzon, Philippines. - Gardens’ Bulletin
(Singapore) 61, No. 1: 17-27.
Barcelona J.F., Pelser P., Balete D., Co L. 2009. Taxono¬
my, ecology, and conservation status of Philippine
Rafflesia (Rafflesiaceae). - Blumea-Biodiversity,
Evolution and Biogeography of Plants 54, No. 1/3:
1-3.
Barcelona J.F., Cajano M.A.O., Hadsall A.S. 2006. Raffle¬
sia baletei, another new Rafflesia (Rafflesiaceae)
from the Philippines. - Kew bulletin : 231-237.
Barcelona J.F., Fernando E.S. 2002. A new species of
Rafflesia (Rafflesiaceae) from Panay Island, Philip¬
pines. - Kew bulletin: 647-651.
Brooks D.R., van Veller M.G.P. 2003. Critique of parsimo¬
ny analysis of endemicity as a method of historical
biogeography. - Journal of Biogeography 30, No. 6:
819-825.
Brown R.M., Diesmos A. 2002. Application of lineage-
based species concepts to oceanic island frog pop¬
ulations: the effects of differing taxonomic philoso¬
phies on the estimation of Philippine biodiversity.
- Silliman Journal 42, No. 1: 133-162.
Brown R.M., Ferner J., Sison R., Gonzales P., Kennedy
R. 1996. Amphibians and reptiles of the Zambales
Mountains of Luzon Island, Philippines. - Herpetol
Nat Hist 4: 1-17. all periodics to be written in full
Buot I., Jr., Okitsu S. 1999. Leaf size zonation pattern
of woody species along an altitudinal gradient on
Mt. Pulog, Philippines. - Plant Ecology 145, No. 2:
197-208.
Devan-Song A., Brown R.M. 2012. Amphibians and Rep¬
tiles of Luzon Island, Philippines VI. - Asian Herpe-
tological Research 3, No. 1: 1-20.
Dickerson R., Merrill E.D., McGregor R.C., Schultze W.,
Taylor E.H., Herre A. 1928. Distribution of Life in the
Philippines. Manila, Bureau of Science: 322 pp.
Diesmos A.C., Brown R.M., Alcala A.C., Sison R.V., Af-
uang L.E., Gee G.V. 2002. Philippine amphibians
and reptiles: an overview of species diversity, bio¬
geography, and conservation. Philippine biodiver¬
sity conservation priorities: a second iteration of
the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan:
26-44.
Diesmos A.C., Brown R.M., Gee G.V. 2004. Preliminary
report on the amphibians and reptiles of Balbala-
sang-Balbalan national Park, Luzon Island, Philip¬
pines. - Syivatrop, the Technical Journal of Philip¬
pine Ecosystems and Natural Resources 13: 63-80.
Esselstyn J.A., Brown R.M. 2009. The role of repeated
sea-level fluctuations in the generation of shrew
(Soricidae: Crocidura) diversity in the Philippine
Archipelago. - Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolu¬
tion 53, No. 1: 171-181.
Esselstyn J.A., Oliveros C.H. 2010. Colonization of the
Philippines from Taiwan: a multi-locus test of the
biogeographic and phylogenetic relationships of
isolated populations of shrews. -Journal of Bioge¬
ography 3, No. 8: 1504-1514.
Esselstyn J.A., Oliveros C.H., Moyle R.G., Peterson A.T.,
McGuire J.A., Brown R.M. 2010. Integrating phylo¬
genetic and taxonomic evidence illuminates com-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
plex biogeographic patterns along Huxley’s modifi¬
cation of Wallace’s Line. - Journal of Biogeography
37, No. 11: 2054-2066.
Esselstyn J.A., Timm R.M., Brown R.M. 2009. Do geologi¬
cal or climatic processes drive speciation in dynam¬
ic archipelagos? The tempo and mode of diversifi¬
cation in Southeast Asian shrews. - Evolution 63,
No. 10: 2595-2610.
Evans B.J., Supriatna J., Andayani N., Setiadi M.I., Can-
natella D.C., Melnick D.J., Yoder A. 2009. Monkeys
and toads define areas of endemism on Sulawesi.
- Evolution 57, No. 6: 1436-1443.
Frodin D. 1986. Studies in Schefflera (Araliaceae), II.
Northern Luzon (Philippines) Species of the Hepta-
pleurum Group. - Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: 403-425.
Gaulke M., Curio E. 2001. A new monitor lizard from Pan-
ay Island, Philippines (Reptilia, Sauria, Varanidae).
- Spixiana 24, No. 3: 275-286.
Gaulke M., Roesler H., Brown R.M. 2007. A new species
of Luperosaurus (Squamata: Gekkonidae) from
Panay Island, Philippines, with comments on the
taxonomic status of Luperosaurus cumingii (Gray,
1845). - Copeia 2007, No. 2: 413-425.
Gervasio F. 1967. Age and nature of orogeneis in the
Philippines. Tectonophysics 4, No. 1: 379-402.
Hall R. 1996. Reconstructing Cenozoic SE Asia Tectonic
Evolution of Southeast Asia. Volume 1. London, R.
Hall & D. Blundell. Geological Society of London:
153-184.
Hall R. 1998. The plate tectonics of Cenozoic SE Asia
and the distribution of land and sea. Biogeography
and Evolution of SE Asia. R. Hall &J. D. Holloway.
Leiden, Backhuys Publisher: 99-131.
Heads M. 2008. Biological disjunction along the West
Caledonian fault, New Caledonia: a synthesis of
molecular phylogenetics and pan biogeography. -
Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 158, No.
3: 470-488.
Heads M.J. 1990. Mesozoic tectonics and the decon¬
struction of biogeography: a new model of Austral¬
asian biology. - Journal of Biogeography 17: 223-
225.
Heads M.J. 2001. Birds of paradise (Paradisaeidae) and
bowerbirds (Ptilonorhychidae): regional levels of
biodiversity and terrane tectonics in New Guinea.
- Journal of the Zoological Society of London 225:
331-339.
Heaney L.R. 1986. Biogeography of mammals in SE
Asia:estimates of rates of colonization, extinction
and speciation. - Biological Journal of the Linnean
Society 28: 127-165.
Heaney L.R. 1998. The origins and dimensions of bio¬
diversity in the Philippines. Vanishing Treasures of
the Philippine Rainforest. Chicago, Field Museum
of Natural History: 12-22.
Heaney L.R. 1999. Historical biogeography in SE Asia:
integrating paradigms and refining the details. -
Journal of Biogeography 26: 435-437.
Heaney L.R. 2000. Dynamic disequilibrium: A longterm,
large scale perspective on the equilibirum model of
island biogeography. - Global Ecology and Bioge¬
ography 9, No. 1: 59-74.
Heaney L.R., Balete D.S., Rickart E.A., Alviola P.A., Duya
M.R.M., Duya M.V., Veluz M.J., VandeVrede L., Step-
pan SJ. 2011. Chapter 1: Seven new species and
a new subgenus of forest mice (Rodentia: Muridae:
Apomys ) from Luzon Island. - Fieldiana Life and
Earth Sciences: 1-60.
Heaney L.R., Piper P.J., Mijares A.S.B. 2011. The first fos¬
sil record of endemic murid rodents from the Philip¬
pines: A late Pleistocene cave fauna from northern
Luzon. - Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 124, No. 3: 234-247.
Heaney L.R., Regalado J.C. 1998. Vanishing Treasures of
the Philippine Rainforest. Chicago, Field Museum
of Natural History: 96 pp.
Jansa S.A., Barker F.K., Heaney L.R. 2006. The pattern
and timing of diversification in Philippine endemic
rodents: Evidence from mitochondrial and nuclear
gene sequences. - Systematic Biology 55, No. 1:
73-88.
Jones A.W., Kennedy R.S. 2008. Evolution in a tropical
archipelago: comparative phylogeography of Philip¬
pine fauna and flora reveals complex patterns of
colonization and diversification. - Biological Jour¬
nal of the Linnean Society 95, No. 3: 620-639.
Lagmay A.M.A., Tejada M.L.G., Pena R.E., Aurelio M.A.,
Davy B., David S., Billedo E. 2009. New definition of
Philippine Plate boundaries and implications to the
Philippine Mobile Belt. - Journal of the Geological
Society of the Philippines 64, No. 1: 17-30.
Lerner H.R.L., Mindell D.P. 2005. Phylogeny of eagles,
Old World vultures, and other Accipitridae based on
nuclear and mitochondrial DNA. - Molecular Phylo¬
genetics and Evolution 37: 327-346.
Lohman D.J., de Bruyn M., Page T., von Rintelen K., Hall
R., Ng P.K., Shih H.-T., Carvalho G.R., von Rintelen
T. 2011. Biogeography of the Indo-Australian archi¬
pelago. - Annual Review of Ecology, Evolution, and
Systematics 42: 205-226.
Madulid D.A., Villariba Tolentino C., Agoo E.M.G. 2006.
Rafflesia banahawensis (Rafflesiaceae), a new spe¬
cies from Luzon, Philippines. - Philippine Scientist
43: 43-51.
Merill E.D. 1923. Distribution of the Dipterocarpaceae.
Origin and relationships of the Philippine flora and
causes of the differences between the floras of
58
Vallejo, B., Jr.: Biogeography of Luzon Island, Philippines
Eastern and Western Malaysia. - Philippine Journal
of Science 23: 1-23.
Nelson G.N.I., Platnick N. 1981. Systematics and bioge¬
ography: Cladistics and vicariance. New York, Co¬
lumbia University Press: 567 pp.
Oliveros C.H., Moyle R.G. 2010. Origin and diversification
of Philippine bulbuls. - Molecular Phylogenetics
and Evolution 54, No. 3: 822-832.
Pasveer J.M., Simon J.C., Miller G.H. 2002. Late Pleis¬
tocene Human Occupation of Inland Rainforest,
Bird’s Head, Papua. - Archaeology in Oceania 37,
No. 2: 92-95.
Platnick N., Nelson G. 1978. A method of analysis for
historical biogeography. - Systematic Zoology 27:
1-16.
Rickart E.A., Heaney L.R., Balete D.S., Tabaranza B.R., Jr.
2011. Small mammal diversity along an elevational
gradient in northern Luzon, Philippines. - Mamma¬
lian Biology - Zeitschrift fur Saugetierkunde 76, No.
1: 12-21.
Sanchez-Gonzalez L.A., Moyle R.G. 2011. Molecular sys¬
tematics and species limits in the Philippine fan-
tails (Aves: Rhipidura). - Molecular Phylogenetics
and Evolution 61, No. 2: 290-299.
Schneider C., Moritz C. 1999. Rainforest refugia and
Australia’s Wet Tropics. - Proceedings of the Royal
Society of London. Series B: Biological Sciences
266, No. 1415: 191-196.
Sheldon F.H., Lohman D.J., Lim H.C., Zou F., Goodman
S.M., Prawiradilaga D.M., Winker K., Braile T.M.,
Moyle R.G. 2009. Phylogeography of the magpie-
robin species complex (Aves: Turdidae: Copsychus)
reveals a Philippine species, an interesting isolat¬
ing barrier and unusual dispersal patterns in the
Indian Ocean and Southeast Asia. - Journal of Bio¬
geography 36, No. 6: 1070-1083.
Siler C.D., Diesmos A.C., Alcala A.C., Brown R.M. 2011.
Phylogeny of Philippine slender skinks (Scincidae:
Brachymeles) reveals underestimated species di¬
versity, complex biogeographic relationships, and
cryptic patterns of lineage diversification. - Molec¬
ular Phylogenetics and Evolution 59: 53-65.
Siler C.D., Linkem C.W., Diesmos A.C., Alcala A.C. 2007.
A new species of Platymantis (Amphibia: Anura:
Ranidae) from Panay Island, Philippines. - Journal
Information 63, No. 3: 351-364.
Siler C.D., Oaks J.R., Esselstyn J.A., Diesmos A.C., Brown
R.M. 2010. Phylogeny and biogeography of Philip¬
pine bent-toed geckos (Gekkonidae: Cyrtodoacty-
lus) contradict a prevailing model of Pleistocene
diversification. - Molecular Phylogenetics and Evo¬
lution 55: 699-710.
Steppan S.J., Adkins R., Spinks P., Hale C. 2005. Mul¬
tigene phylogeny of the Old World mice, Murinae,
reveals distinct geographic lineages and the de¬
clining utility of mitochondrial genes compared to
nuclear genes. - Molecular Phylogenetics and Evo¬
lution 37, No. 2: 370-388.
Steppan S.J., Zawadzki C., Heaney L.R. 2003. Molecular
phylogeny of the endemic Philippine rodent Apo-
mys (Muridae) and the dynamics of diversification
in an oceanic archipelago. - Biological Journal of
the Linnean Society 80: 699.
Vallejo B., Jr. 2011. The Philippines in Wallacea: 27-42.
In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity, Biogeography and
Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea.
Volume 1. Riga, the Entomological Society of Lat¬
via: 434 pp., 92 pis.
Wallace A.R. 1880. Island Life: The Phenomena and
Causes of Insular Faunas and Floras. London, mc-
Milland and Co: 522 pp.
Wegener A. 1966. The origin of continents and oceans.
New York, Dover Publications: 272 pp.
Welton L.J., Siler C.D., Bennett D., Diesmos A., Duya
M.R., Dugay R., Rico E.L.B., van Weerd M., Brown
R.M. 2010. A spectacular new Philippine monitor
lizard reveals a hidden biogeographic boundary
and a novel flagship species for conservation. - Bi¬
ology Letters : rsbl.2010.0119vl-rsbl20100119.
Yumul G.P., Dimalanta C.B., Maglambayan V.B., Marquez
E.J. 2008. Tectonic setting of a composite terrane:
A review of the Philippine island arc system. - Geo¬
sciences Journal 12, No. 1: 7-17.
Yumul G.P., Dimalanta C.B., Tamayo R.A., Maury R.
2003. Collision, subduction and accretion events in
the Philippines: a synthesis. - Island Arc 12: 77-91.
Zamoras L.R., Montes M.G.A., Queano K.L., Marquez
E.J., Dimalanta C.B., Gabo J.A.S., Yumul G.P. 2008.
Buruanga peninsula and Antique Range: Two con¬
trasting terranes in Northwest Panay, Philippines
featuring an arc-continent collision zone. - Island
Arc 17, No. 4: 443-457.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LATVIA
The Entomological Society of Latvia (ESL) was founded in 1951. The ESL has two subdivisions: the
Section of Coleopterology founded in 1996, and the Nature Research Division founded in 1999. The
Society has about ~45 members from Latvia, and near 25 members from other countries.
The aims of the Society are: to promote development of entomology in Latvia, to popularise
entomological knowledge, to attract members active in fundamental and applied research in entomology,
to offer methodological assistance to educational institutions, and to develop international collaboration
in entomology and related disciplines.
The investigations carried out by Latvian entomologists are parts of research grants, international
projects, or through the initiative of individual members.
The main activities of Latvian entomologists are as follows:
♦ Publication of the journal “Latvijas Entomologs”. In 2013, the 52nd issue appeared. The reprints are
available in PDF format at http://leb.daba.lv
♦ Participation in NGO activities via comments on drafts of legislative acts, particularly those concerning
protected species, and conservation of nature in forests and agricultural lands.
♦ Members of the Society are leaders in expertise concerning invertebrates in the NATURA2000 sites;
they monitor species of EU importance and prepare basic information for reporting to the EU Commission.
Certified experts provide the needed expertise for the territories where any human activities are planned.
♦ Every year the Society elects an ‘Insect of the Year’ and an ’Invertebrate of the year’, and distributes
knowledge about these particular species in mass media, museums, schools etc. The Society has done
this for the past 13 years.
♦ Members work with school children promoting the development of their first scientific studies. We
also participate in the Nights of Scientists.
♦ The Society organises excursions (in winter, spring and summer) to any of the protected territories to
get additional knowledge about the territory and to educate enthusiasts.
♦ The Society implements a limited number of research projects, mostly ordered by governmental
institutions.
♦ The Society maintains a library. The library has the largest collection of entomological literature in
Latvia, with about 60 library exchange partners over the world.
Contact address:
4 Kronvalda Blvd., c/o Faculty of Biology, University of Latvia, LV 1586, Riga, Latvia
Tel.: (+371) 67034880; fax: (+371) 67830291; e-mail: adalia@lanet.lv
On-line application form:
http://leb.daba.lv/membership.htm
60
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Review and assessment of the literature on recent non¬
marine molluscs of the Papuan biogeographical region
Kristine Greke \ Dmitry Telnov 2
1 - Corresponding author: Darza iela 10, LV-2130, Dzidrinas, Stopinu novads, Latvia; k.greke@
gmail.com
2 - Darza iela 10, LV-2130, Dzidrinas, Stopinu novads, Latvia; anthicus@gmail.com
Abstract: A complete bibliography (including an author index) of the literature on the recent land and freshwater
molluscs of the Papuan biogeographical region is presented, totalling 798 entries. An author index of 271 names
as also a list of 138 periodical journals are provided. Results of preliminary analysis of bibliographic sources are
presented and discussed.
Key words: Terrestrial & freshwater Mol lusca, bibliography, history, malacology, Papuan biogeographical region, New
Guinea, Moluccas, Solomon Islands, Wallacea.
Introduction
New Guinea and Wallacea are ranked
amongst the top biodiversity hotspots on the planet
(Reichholf 2003), and yet remain insufficiently
studied in all aspects of invertebrate zoology.
This paper, drawers together, for the first time the
existing literature on recent non-marine molluscs of
the Papuan region.
In contrast to the intensively studied Oriental
region, comparatively little attention has been
given to malacological studies in areas eastward
of Weber’s Line, especially in the last half century.
Most of bibliographical sources available on
non-marine molluscs of the Papuan region were
published before the 1970‘s, often in old or
obscure journals. Current malacological research
faces the problem of discovering the necessary
bibliographical sources to enable their research to
begin.
Assessment of available bibliographical
information on non-marine molluscs are useful
in providing a focus for researchers to direct
their interest toward geographical areas where
information gaps exist, and also providing
conservationists with the information on most
diverse and valuable areas or endemism hotspots.
Here we present the first comprehensive
overview of literature for recent non-marine
molluscs (brackish water taxa included) of the
Papuan biogeographical region. We list 798
bibliographical sources, author index of 271 names
and a periodical index of 138 journals. Evaluation
of geographical component (number of publications
by main geographical objects of the Papuan region)
is also undertaken for the first time.
Material and methods
The term “Papuan Region” (or in the strict
zoogeogra ph ic sense - the Pa pua n su bregion of the
Australian Region) is often listed in zoological or
zoogeographic literature. However, “New Guinea”
is sometimes incorrectly used as a synonym for this
region (e.g. Darlington 1962, 1971) (Riedel 2002)
and sometimes it is mentioned explicitly without
further explanation (e.g. Mayr 1944). Only a few
specialists clearly define this region (Beehler et al.
1986; Gressitt 1982; Riedel 2002; Telnov 2011).
The study area (Map 1) extends over a territory
of -4.400 km from the Moluccas in the West to
the Solomon Islands in the East. The study area
is limited by Weber’s Line in the West and further
included the following insular systems and large
islands: Indonesian administrative provinces of
North Moluccas (excluding Sula Islands), Central
and partly Southwest Moluccas (inclusive Tanimbar
Islands & Kei Islands), as also Raja Ampat, New
Guinea (both Indonesian and Papua New Guinea)
with all satellite islands (Aru Islands, Cenderawasih
Bay islands, Torres Strait Islands, Bismarck
and Admiralty islands, as well as Louisiade
Archipelago and D’Entrecasteaux Islands), and
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Map 1. Map of study area and the surrounding regions, showing important zoogeographic lines. Papuan region is
shaded in grey (redrawn fromThe Times Atlas of the World (1994), with modifications by Riedel (2002)).
Solomon Islands. For some reason, Talaud
Islands north of Halmahera as also Sula Islands
(administratively North Moluccas (Maluku Utara),
but biogeographically a part of Sulawesi fauna) are
also included into our publication. In other words,
the study area includes an eastern part of Wallacea
(the Moluccas) and “true” Papuan islands.
During the compilation of this list several
decisions had to be made about what to include
and what not. We limited ourselves to:
a) Primary and secondary sources, i.e. directly
treating Papuan taxa and relevant to the recent
Papuan malacofauna;
b) Publications dealing with the general
malacology, i.e. global checklists or catalogues, type
collection catalogues, popular science literature,
photo guides etc.
For publication dates of early volumes forming
the Annals and Magazine of Natural History we
followed Even hu is (2003b). Both printed and
digital publications were assessed and included.
If not specially stated, all titles are checked by the
authors. Authors comments are placed in square
brackets [ ].
Remarks
Although we have based our work on different
sources and cross-checked as far as possible, this
paper may contain. We are aware that this compila¬
tion is incomplete and some references may have
been ommited. Nevertheless we are confident that
it will raise the present level of knowledge on the
diverse and threatened malacofauna of the Pap¬
uan region and encourage new research activities
in this field.
“Papuan species” in the authors’ comments
always referes to species from the Papuan biogeo-
graphical region in the broad sense, and not only
from the island of New Guinea (Indonesian Papua /
Papua New Guinea).
Bibliography of recent land and freshwater mol¬
luscs of the Papuan biogeographical region
A
1. Anonymous 1992. Golden Apple Snail in
Papua New Guinea. - Ag Alert 1: 1-2.
2. Abbott R.T. 1989. Compendium of land-
shells. A full-color guide to more than 2,000 of the
World’s terrestrial snails. Melbourne & Burlington,
American Malacologists: i-vii + 1-240.
62
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
3. Adam W. 1971. New names introduced by
M. Connolly and by H.B. Preston in the Mollusca. -
Bulletin du A //usee royal d’histoire naturelle de Bel¬
gique 47, No. 24: 1-77.
4. Adam W., Leloup E. 1938. Prosobranchia et
Opisthobranchia. In: Resultats scientifiques du voy¬
age aux Indes orientales neerlandaises de LL. AA.
RR. le Prince et la Princesse Leopold de Belgique.
- Memoires du Musee Royal d’histoire naturelle de
Belgique (Hors Serie) 2, No. 19: 1-209, pis 1-8.
5. Adam W., Leloup E. 1939. Gastropoda -
Pulmonata, Scaphopoda et Bivalvia. In: Resultats
scientifiques du voyage aux Indes orientales nee¬
rlandaises de LL. AA. RR. le Prince et la Princesse
Leopold de Belgique. - Memoires du Musee Royal
d’histoire naturelle de Belgique (Hors Serie) 2, No.
20: 1-126, pis 1-7.
6. Adam W., van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1939.
Une nouvelle espece de Ptychodon de I’Archipel In-
dien. - Bulletin du Musee royal d’histoire naturelle
de Belgique 15, No. 17: 1-3.
7. Adams A. 1850. A monograph of Scarabus,
a genus of air-breathing gasteropodous Mollusca;
from specimens in the Cumingian collection. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1850:
147-152.
8. Adams A. 1853. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of Seme/e, Rhizochilus, Plotia and Tiara in the
Cumngian collection. - Proceedings of the Zoologi¬
cal Society of London 1853: 94-99.
9. Adams A., Reeve L. 1848. Mollusca: iii-x +
1-87, pis 1-24. In: Adams A. (ed.) The zoology of the
voyage of H.M.S. Samarang; under the command
of captain sir Edward Belcher , C.B. , F.R.A.S. , F.G.S.,
during the years 1843-1846. London, Reeve and
Ben ham [for several Papuan species the incorrect
or no locality data given].
10. Adams H. 1865. [Descriptions of new spe¬
cies]. In: Wallace A.R. List of the land shells collect¬
ed by Mr. Wallace in the Malay Archipelago, with de¬
scriptions of the new species by Mr. Henry Adams.
- Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1865: 405-416, pi. 21.
11. Adams H. 1869. Descriptions of a new ge¬
nus and fourteen new species of marine shells. -
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1869: 272-275, pi. 19 [nomenclature of some Pap¬
uan taxa, no locality data given].
12. Adams H. 1870. Descriptions of two new
genera and five new species of shells. - Proceed¬
ings of the Zoological Society of London 1870: 793-
795, pi. 48.
13. Adams H. 1872. Description of a new spe¬
cies of Geotrochus from the Island of New Britain.
- Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1872: 614, pi. 42.
14. Adams H. 1875. Descriptions of two new
land shells from Madagascar and New Guinea. -
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1875: 389-390, pi. 45.
15. Adams H., Angas G.F. 1864. Descriptions of
new species of shells, chiefly from Australia, in the
collection of Mr. Angas. - Proceedings of the Zoo¬
logical Society of London 1864: 35-39.
16. Adams H., Angas G.F. 1876. Descriptions of
five new species of land-shells from Madagascar,
New Guinea, Central Australia, and the Solomon
Islands. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1876: 488-490, pi. 47.
17. Aikes S. 2011. In the thick of it: The jungles
of the Solomon Islands. - American Conchologist
39, No. 2: 4-12.
18. Albers J.C. 1850. Die Heliceen , nach naturli-
cher Verwandtschaft systematised geordnet. Berlin,
Theodore C.F. Enslin: 262 pp.
19. Albers J.C. 1854. Novorum heliceorum diag¬
noses. - Malakozoologische Blatter 1: 213-221.
20. Albers J.C. 1857. Diagnosen neuer Heliceen
mit gelegentlicher Berichtigung einiger alteren
Arten. - Malakozoologische Blatter 4: 89-100.
21. Allan J. 1947. An introduced snail becomes
a pest. - News Bulletin of the Art Galleries and Mu¬
seums Association of Australia and New Zealand
1947: 7 8.
22. Ancey C.F. 1887. Nouvelles contributions
malacologiques. III. Considerations sur le genre
Opisthostoma et les Diplommatinacees. - Bulletin
de la Societe Malacologique de France 4: 273-282.
23. Ancey C.F. 1895. On some new or hitherto
little known land shells from New Guinea or adja¬
cent islands. - Proceedings of the Zoological Soci¬
ety of London 10 [1894]: 374-381, pi. 26.
24. Ancey C.F. 1897. Observations on Papuan
land and freshwater shells, with descriptions of new
species from New Guinea and western Australia. -
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales 22: 771-778, pi. 36.
25. Ancey C.F. 1905. Notes critiques et syn¬
onym iques. - Journal de conchyliologie 52, No. 1:
288-316.
26. Ancey C.F. 1906. Chloritis edwardi. - The
Nautilus 20: 47.
27. Ancey C.F. 1906. Descriptions de deux es-
peces nouvelles d 'Helicina. - Journal de conchyli¬
ologie 54: 125-128.
28. Andrews E.B., Little C. 1982. Renal struc¬
ture and function in relation to habitat in some
Cyclophorid land snails from Papua New Guinea. -
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Journal of Molluscan Studies 48: 124-143.
29. Angas G.F. 1867. Descriptions of six new
species of Helicidae, from the Solomon Islands,
Western Pacific. - Proceedings of the Zoological So¬
ciety of London 1867: 888-890, pi. 43.
30. Angas G.F. 1869. Descriptions of twelve
new species of land and marine shells from Austra¬
lia and the Solomon Islands. - Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 1869: 45-49, pi. 2.
31. Angas G.F. 1869. Descriptions of eight new
species of Helicidae from the Western Pacific Is¬
lands. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1869: 624-626, pi. 48.
32. Angas G.F. 1872. Descriptions of ten new
species of land and marine shells. - Proceedings
of the Zoological Society of London 1872: 610-613,
pi. 42.
33. Angas G.F. 1873. Descriptions of eight new
species of land and marine shells from various lo¬
calities. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1873: 182-184, pi. 20.
34. Angas G.F. 1876. Descriptions of four new
species of Helix; with some notes on Helix anga-
siana of Pfeiffer. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1876: 265-268, pi. 20.
35. Angas G.F. 1878. Descriptions of six spe¬
cies of bilave shells in the collection of Mr. Sylva-
nus Hanley, F.L.S., and of a Helix from the Solomon
Islands. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1878: 859-861, pi. 54.
36. Anton H.E. 1839. Verzeichniss der Conchy-
lien welche sich in der Sammlung von Hermann
Eduard Anton. Halle, Eduard Anton: iii-xvi + 1-110
[Papuan species listed but no locality data given].
B
37. Baird W. 1873. Shells: 432-454, pis 36-42.
In: Brenchley J.L. (ed.) Jottings during the cruise of
H.M.S. Curagoa among the South Sea islands in
1865. London, Longmans, Green & Co: v-xxviii +
1-487, 50 pis, 1 map.
38. Baker F.C. 1945. The molluscan family Pla-
norbidae. Urbana, University of Illinois Press: i-xxxvi
+ 1-530 pp, 141 pis.
39. Baker H.B. 1936. Xesta and Naninia. - The
Nautilus 50: 30.
40. Baker H.B. 1938. Nomenclature of Onchidi-
idae. - The Nautilus 51: 85-88.
41. Baker H.B. 1938. Zonitid snails from Pacific
Islands. Part 1. Southern genera of Microcystinae.
- Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Bulletin 158:
1-102, 20 pis.
42. Baker H.B. 1941. Zonitid snails from Pacific
Islands. Parts 3 and 4. Genera other than Micro¬
cystinae and distribution and indexes. - Bernice
Pauahi Bishop Museum Bulletin 166: 203-370, pis
43-65.
43. Barker G.M. (ed.) 2001. The biology of ter¬
restrial molluscs. Wallingford, New York, CABI Pub¬
lishing: 558 pp.
44. Bavay A. 1908. Mollusques terrestres et flu-
viatiles: 269-292, pi. 14. In: Nova Guinea. Uitkom-
sten der Nederlandsche Nieuw-Guinea-expeditie in
1903 onder leiding van Dr. Arthur Wichmann, Pro¬
fessor te Utrecht. Volume 5, Zoology No. 2. Leiden,
EJ. Brill: 201-374, pis 11-16.
45. Bayer F.M., Fehlmann H.A. 1960. The dis¬
covery of a freshwater opisthobranchiate mollusk,
Acochlidium amboinense Strubell, in the Palau
Islands. - Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 73: 183-194.
46. Beck H. 1837. Index Molluscorum prae-
sentis aevi musei principis augustissimi Christiani
Frederici. Hafniae: 124 pp.
47. Bernasconi R. 1995. Two new cave proso-
branch snails from Papua New Guinea: Selmistomia
beroni n.gen. n.sp. (Caenogastropoda: Hydrobiidae)
and Georissa papuana n.sp. (Archaeogastropoda:
Hydrocenidae). (Zoological results of the British Spe¬
leological Expedition to Papua New Guinea 1975.).
- Revue suisse de zoologie 102, No. 2: 373-386.
48. Bleeker P. 1856. Weekdieren van de Mi-
nahassa, Halmaheira, Waigeor en Nieuw Guinea:
148-152, 260, 272-274, 283-284. In: Bleeker P.
(ed.) Reis door de Minahassa en den Molukschen
Archipel in de maanden Sept, en Oct. 1855 in het
gevolg van den G. G. Duymaer van Twist. Volume 1.
Batavia, Lange & Co: vii-xii + 1-284.
49. Bleeker P. 1856. Weekdieren van Boeroe,
Amboina, Ceram en Neira: 38, 67-71, 202, 242. In:
Bleeker P. (ed.) Reis doorde Minahassa en den Mo¬
lukschen Archipel. Gedaan in de Maanden Septem¬
ber en Oktober 1855 in het gevolg van den Gouver-
nour Generaal Mr. A.J. Duymaer van Twist. Volume
2. Batavia, Lange & Co: v-xvi + 1-336.
50. Blume W. 1920. Vier neue Landschnecken.
- Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoolo-
gischen Gesellschaft 52: 127-130 [two subspecific
taxa for one Papuan species described, but locality
data not given].
51. Boettger C.R. 1914. Diagnoses of four new
species of land shells from German New Guinea. -
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London
11: 118-119, pi. 3.
52. Boettger C.R. 1914. On Sulcobasis concisa
(Fer.) and its nearest allies. - Proceedings of the
Malacological Society of London 11: 181-188, pis
4-5.
64
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
53. Boettger C.R. 1915. Die von Dr. Merton auf
den Aru- und Kei-lnseln gesammelten Wassermol-
lusken. - Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen
naturforschenden Gesellschaft 35: 125-145, pis
8-9.
54. Boettger C.R. 1916. Die Molluskenaus-
beute der Hanseatischen Sudsee-Expedition 1909.
- Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen natur¬
forschenden Gesellschaft 36: 287-308, pis 21-23.
55. Boettger C.R. 1922. Die Landschnecken-
fauna der Aru- und der Kei-lnseln. - Abhandlungen
der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesell¬
schaft 35: 355-416, pis 21-23.
56. Boettger C.R. 1927. Sudsee Expedition
1909. Nachtrag. - Senckenbergiana 9: 84-89.
57. Boettger 0. 1890. Ad. Strubell’s Konchylien
a us Java I. - Bericht der Senckenbergischen natur¬
forschenden Gesellschaft zu Frankfurt a.M. 1890:
137-173, pis 5-6.
58. Boettger 0. 1891. Ad. Stru bell’s Konchy¬
lien a us Java II und von den Molukken. - Bericht
der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesell¬
schaft zu Frankfurt a.M. 1891: 241-318, pis 3-4.
59. Boettger 0. 1908. Zur Fauna von Amboina
(Molukken). - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen mala-
kozoologischen Gesellschaft 40: 180-185.
60. Bollinger C. 1918. Land-Mollusken von Ce¬
lebes. - Revue suisse de zoologie 26, No. 9: 309-
340, pi. 11.
61. Boschma H. 1954. Fauna. Zoogdieren,
Vogels, Reptielen, Amphibieen, Vissen, Insecten,
Spinachtige Dieren, Kreeftachtige Dieren, Mol-
lusken, Wormen. - Nederlands Nieuw-Guinea 3:
191-217.
62. Brancsik C. 1891. Descriptio conchyliorum
nova rum. - Jahresheftdes naturwissenschaftlichen
Vereines des Trencsener Comitates 1890/1891:
80-81, pi. 7 [one Papuan species described but lo¬
cality data not given].
63. Brancsik C. 1894. Contributiones ad fau-
nam molluscarum insulae Papua. - Jahresheft des
naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines des Trencsener
Comitates 1894/95: 209-228, pis 5-6.
64. Brazier J. 1869. Observations on the distri¬
bution of Bulimus miltocheilus in the Solomin’s Ar¬
chipelago. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London 1869: 162-163.
65. Brazier J. 1871. Notes on the localities of
Dolium melanostoma and other shells found in Aus¬
tralia and the adjacent islands and in the Australian
Seas. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1871: 585-587.
66. Brazier J. 1872. Descriptions of seven new
species of land and marine shells from the Solomon
Islands, Western Polynesia, and Australia. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1872:
20-23, pi. 4.
67. Brazier J. 1875. Description of fourteen
new species of shells from Australia and the Solo¬
mon Islands. - Proceedings of the Linnean Society
of New South Wales, Series 1, 1: 1-9.
68. Brazier J. 1876. Descriptions of thirty-five
new species of land shells from New Guinea, Aus¬
tralia, and Islands in Torres Straits, collected during
the Chevert Expedition. - Proceedings of the Lin¬
nean Society of New South Wales , Series 1, 1: 98-
113.
69. Brazier J. 1876. List of land shells collected
during the Chevert Expedition. - Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales , Series 1, 1:
117-133.
70. Brazier J. 1878. Description of three new
species of shells from Australia and New Guinea.
- Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales , Series 1, 2 [1877]: 25-27.
71. Brazier J. 1878. Description of two new spe¬
cies of Helix from New Guinea and the Lousiade Is¬
lands. - Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales , Series 1, 2 [1877]: 120-122.
72. Brazier J. 1880. Localites des iles Aus-
traliennes, des iles Solomon et d’autres iles de la
mer du Sud. - Journal de conchyliologie 28: 300-
320.
73. Brazier J. 1881. Notes on shells from the
Solomon Islands and Australia. - Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series 1,
5: 444-447.
74. Brazier J. 1881. Notes and exhibits. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, Series 1, 5: 636-637.
75. Brazier J. 1883. Synonymy of Australian
and Polynesian land and marine Mollusca. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, Series 1, 8: 224-234.
76. Brazier J. 1884. Synonymy of some land
Mollusca from Papua or New Guinea. - Proceed¬
ings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales,
Series 1, 9: 804-806.
IT. Brazier J. 1886. New species of land and
fresh water Mollusca from Maclay coast and Tri¬
ton Bay, New Guinea, collected by Baron Maclay.
- Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, Series 1, 10: 841-844.
78. Brazier J. 1895. On Trochus adamsi from
Port Jackson; and new varieties of Bulimus milto-
cheilas, Reeve, from the Solomon Islands. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, Series 2, 10 [1894]: 567-570.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
79. Brenzinger B., Neusser T.P., Glaubrecht M.,
Haszprunar G., Schrodl M. 2011. Redescription and
three-dimensional reconstruction of the limnic aco-
chlidian gastropod Strubellia paradoxa (Strubell,
1892) (Gastropoda: Euthyneura) from Ambon, In¬
donesia. - Journal of Natural History 45: 183-209.
80. Breure A., Ablett J. 2012. Annotated type
catalogue of the Bothriembryontidae and Odontos-
tomidae (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Orthalicoidea) in
the Natural History Museum, London. - ZooKeys
182: 1-70.
81. Breure A., Schouten J. 1985. Notes on and
descriptions of Bulimulidae (Mollusca, Gastropo¬
da), III. - Zoologische Verhandelingen 216: 1-98.
82. Brot A.L. 1864. Description de trois es-
peces nouvelles. - Journal de conchyliologie 12:
19-22, pi. 2.
83. Brot A.L. 1874-1879. Die Melaniaceen
(Melanidae). In Abbildungen nach der Natur mit
Beschreibungen. In: Systematisches Conchylien-
Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 24. N urn-
berg, Bauer und Raspe: 1-488, 49 pis [1874 part
229: 1-32, pis 1-6; 1875 part 235: 33-80, pis 7-12;
1875 part 244: 81-128, pis 13-18; 1876 part 249:
129-192, pis 19-24; 1877 part 259: 193-272, pis
25-30; 1877 part 264: 273-352, pis 31-36; 1878
part 271: 353-400, pis 37-42; 1879 part 280: 401-
456, pis 43-48; 1879 part 283: 457-488, pi. 49].
84. Brown D.S. 1981. Observations on Planor-
bidae from Australia and New Guinea. - Journal of
the Malacological Society of Australia 5, No. 1/2:
67-80.
85. Bucking G. 1933. Hedyle amboinensis
(Strubell). - Zoologische Jahrbucher ; Abteilung fur
Systematic Okologie und Geographie der Tiere 64:
549-582, pi. 2.
86. Bullen A.R.R. 1905. On a New variety of Pla-
nispira zebra, Pfr., from the Island of Gisser, and a
new species of Chloritis from Java. - Proceedings
of the Malacological Society of London 6: 191-192,
pi. 11.
87. Burne R.H. 1910. Anatomy of Rhysota foul-
lioyi. - Proceedings of the Malacological Society of
London 9: 208-211, pi. 7-8.
C
88. Clapp W.F. 1923. Some Mollusca from the
Solomon Islands. - Bulletin of the Museum of Com¬
parative Zoology at Harvard College 65, No. 11:
351-418, pis 1-5.
89. Clench WJ. 1933. Two new snails from the
Bismarck Archipelago. - The Nautilus 47: 23-24, pi.
3.
90. Clench WJ. 1936. A new subgenus of Pap-
uina with records of land mollusks from Eastern
Papua and associated islands. - The Nautilus 50,
No. 2: 53-54.
91. Clench WJ. 1941. The land mollusca of the
Solomon Islands (Succineidae, Bulimulidae and
Partulidae). - American Museum Novitiates 1129:
1-21.
92. Clench WJ. 1943. Helicostyla from the Ta-
laud Islands. - The Nautilus 57: 17-19.
93. Clench WJ. 1943. Papuina gartneriana Pf-
reiffer - The Nautilus 57: 64-66.
94. Clench WJ. 1950. A new species of Placo-
stylus from San Cristobal, Solomon Islands. - Tor-
reia 15: 3-4.
95. Clench WJ. 1950. A new genus and species
of Endodontidae from the Solomon Islands. - Re vis¬
ta de la Sociedad malacologica “Carlos de la Torre "
7: 59-60.
96. Clench WJ. 1957. Two new land and fresh¬
water mollusks from New Guinea. - Breviora 76:
1-4.
97. Clench WJ. 1957. New land Mollusca from
the Admiralty and Bismarck Islands. - American
Museum Novitiates 1863: 1-6.
98. Clench WJ. 1958. The land and freshwater
Mollusca of Rennell Islands, Solomon Islands. In:
Wolff T. (ed.) The Natural History of Rennell Island,
British Solomon Islands: Scientific Results of the
Danish Rennell Expedition, 1951, and the British
Museum (Natural History) Expedition, 1953. Vol¬
ume 2: 155-202.
99. Clench W.J. 1960. The green land mollusk
from New Guinea. - The Nautilus 73: 114.
100. Clench W.J. 1965. New species of land Mol¬
lusks with notes on other species from the Solomon
Islands. - Breviora 224: 1-8, pis 1-2.
101. Clench W.J. 1968. Additions of the land and
freshwater Mollusca of Rennell Islands, Solomon
Islands. In: Wolff T. (ed.) The Natural History of Ren¬
nell Island, British Solomon Islands: Scientific Re¬
sults of the Danish Rennell Expedition, 1951, and
the British Museum (Natural History) Expedition,
1953. Volume 9: 173-179.
102. Clench W.J., Archer A.F. 1936. A new spe¬
cies of Papuina with notes on P. tayloriana. - The
Nautilus 49: 88-91, pi. 5.
103. Clench W.J., Turner R.D. 1948. A catalogue
of the family Truncatellidae with notes and descrip¬
tions of new species. - Occasional Papers on Mol¬
lusks 1, No. 13: 157-212, pis 22-24. Supplement to
the catalogue of the family Truncatellidae. - Occa¬
sional Papers on Mollusks 1, No. 13: 445.
104. Clench W.J., Turner R.D. 1959. Two new
genera of land molluscs (Papuininae) from the Cen-
66
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
tral Highlands of New Guinea. - Journal of the Mala-
cological Society of Australia 3: 4-9, pi. 1.
105. Clench W.J., Turner R.D. 1960. A new Me-
liobba from the Schrader Range, New Guinea. -
Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 4:
30-31.
106. Clench W.J., Turner R.D. 1962. Monographs
of the genera Papustyla , Forcartia and Meliobba
(Papuininae: Camaenidae). - Journal of the Mala¬
cological Society of Australia 6: 3-33, pis 1-3.
107. Clench W.J., Turner R.D. 1964. Monographs
of the genera Megalacron and Rhytidoconcha (Pap¬
uininae: Camaenidae). - Journal of the Malacologi¬
cal Society of Australia 8: 36-71, pis 8-11.
108. Clench W.J., Turner R.D. 1966. Monograph
of the genus Rhynchotrochus (Papuininae: Camae¬
nidae). - Journal of the Malacological Society of
Australia 9: 59-95, pis 15-22.
109. Clench W.J., Turner R.D. 1968. Monograph
of the genus Letitia (Papuininae: Camaenidae). -
Journal of the Malacological Society of Australia 11:
32-49, pis 3-7.
110. Cockerell T.D.A. 1901. On a slug of the ge¬
nus Veronicella from Tahiti. - Proceedings of the
United States National Museum 23: 835-836.
111. Cockerell T.D.A., Collinge W.E. 1893. A
checklist of the slugs. With appendix and notes by
Walter E. Collinge. - The Conchologist 2: 1-58.
112. Coen G.S. 1922. Descrizione di nuove spe¬
cie di molluschi del Museo Civico di Genova. - An¬
na// del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Genova ,
Series 3 , 9, No. 49: 359-363.
113. Collier E. 1902. The section Placostylus of
the genus Bulimus. - Journal of Conchology 10:
208-214.
114. Collinge W.E. 1902. Some notes on the ge¬
nus Prisma, Simroth. - Journal of Malacology 9:
129-133, pi. 9.
115. Cook L.M., Currey J.D., Sarsam V.H. 1985.
Differences in morphology in relation to microhabi¬
tat in littorinid species from a mangrove in Papua
New Guinea (Mollusca: Gastropoda). - Journal of
Zoology , Series A 206: 297-310.
116. Cooke A.H. 1895. Molluscs. London, New
York, Macmillan and Co: 535 pp.
117. Cooke A.H. 1915. The genus Clausilia : a
study of its geographical distribution, with a few
notes on the habits and general economy of certain
species and groups. - Proceedings of the Malaco¬
logical Society of London 11: 249-269.
118. Cooke C.M., Kondo Y. 1960. Revision of
Tornatellinidae and Achatinellidae (Gastropoda,
Pulmonata). - Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Bul¬
letin 221: 1-303.
119. Coomans de Ruiter L. 1960. De Agaatslak
in Nieuw Guinea. - Nederlands Nieuw Guinea 8:
18-21.
120. Coomans de Ruiter L. 1961. Nog eens de
Agaatslak en de twee giftigste slangen in Nieuw
Guinea. - Nederlands Nieuw Guinea 9: 22-27.
121. Cotton B.C. 1941. A new species of land
shell from Salamo, Fergusson Island, New Guinea.
- South Australian Naturalist 21: 5-6.
122. Counts C.L. 1991. Corbicula (Bivalvia: Cor-
biculidae). Part 1. Catalog of fossil and recent nomi¬
nal species. - Tryonia 21: 1-67.
123. Cox J.C. 1864. Catalogue of Australian land
shells. Sydney, John Alex. Engel: 46 pp.
124. Cox J.C. 1865. Descriptions of seven new
species of Australian land shells. - Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London 1865: 695-697.
125. Cox J.C. 1866. Description d’especes nou-
velles provenant d’Australie et des iles Salomon et
Norfolk. - Journal de conchyliologie 14: 45-48.
126. Cox J.C. 1870. Descriptions of seventeen
new species of land shells from the South-Sea Is¬
lands, in the cabinet of Mr. John Brazier of Sydney.
- Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1870: 81-85.
127. Cox J.C. 1870. Descriptions of eight new
species of shells from Australia and the Solomon
Islands. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1870: 170-172, pi. 16.
128. Cox J.C. 1871. Descriptions of new species
of land and marine shells from Australia and the
South-Western Pacific. - Proceedings of the Zoo¬
logical Society of London 1871: 323-325, pi. 34.
129. Cox J.C. 1871. Description of a new volute
and twelve new species of land-shells from Austra¬
lia and the Solomon Islands. - Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 1871: 643-647, pi.
52.
130. Cox J.C. 1872. Descriptions of new land
shells from Australia and the South Sea Islands.
- Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1872: 18-20, pi. 4.
131. Cox J.C. 1873. Descriptions of new land
shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. -
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1873: 146-152, pi. 16.
132. Cox J.C. 1873. Descriptions of new land
and marine shells from Australia and the Solomon
Islands and Louisiade Islands. - Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London 1873: 564-569,
pi. 48.
133. Cox J.C. 1880. On two new species of Helix
from the Louisiade Archipelago. - Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales , Series 1,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
4 [1879]: 114-115, pi. 16.
134. Cox J.C. 1888. Contributions to conchology,
No. 1. - Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales, Series 2, 2 [1887]: 1061-1064, pi.
20-21.
135. Cox J.C. 1892. Descriptions of some new
species of pulmonate Mollusca from Australia and
the Solomon Islands. - Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales , Series 2, 6: 565-570,
pis 20-21.
136. Cox J.C. 1907. A list of Cyclophoridae found
in Australia , New Guinea , and adjacent groups of
islands. Sydney, F.W. White: 28 pp.
137. Cresswell P. 2009. Collecting freshwater
molluscs from the vicinity of Arawa, Bougainville Is.,
Papua New Guinea. - The Dredgings 49 No. 4: 2
pages [no pagination].
138. Crosse H. 1864. Diagnoses de mollusques
terrestres nouvea ux. - Journal de conchyliologie
12: 282-286.
139. Crosse H. 1865. Description de coquilles
nouvelles. - Journal de conchyliologie 14: 53-61,
pi. 1.
140. Crosse H. 1869. Diagnoses molluscorum
novorum. - Journal de conchyliologie 17: 183-189
[incorrect locality “Oceania” given for one Papuan
species].
141. Crosse H. 1870. Diagnoses molluscorum
novorum. - Journal de conchyliologie 18: 248-252.
142. Crosse H. 1878. Diagnoses generis novi
pneumoporum et volutae novae. - Journal de con¬
chyliologie 26: 163-166.
143. Crosse H. 1879. Description de deux genres
et trois especes nouvelles de mollusques, prove-
nant de la Nouvelle-Guinee et du Japon. - Journal
de conchyliologie 27: 36-43, pi. 1.
D
144. Da Costa S.l. 1899. Remarks on the shells
of the genus Rhodea, with descriptions of two new
species from South America, and the description of
Papuina chilochroa, n. sp., from British New Guinea.
- Proceeding of the Malacological Society of Lon¬
don 3: 304-306.
145. Dali W.H. 1910. Description of two new pul¬
monate mollusks with a list of other species from
the Solomon Islands, collected by Doctor George A.
Dorsey. - Field Museum of Natural History , Zoologi¬
cal Series 7, No. 8: 215-221, pi. 4.
146. Dautzenberg P. 1902. Description de mol¬
lusques nouveaux provenant de I Tie Obi (Moluques).
- Le naturaliste 376: 247-251.
147. Dautzenberg P. 1903. Contribution a la
faune malacologique terrestre et d’eau douce des
lies Obi et lolo. - Journal de conchyliologie 51:
5-20, pi. 1.
148. Dautzenberg P. 1910. Liste de coquilles
recueillies par le R.P. Aubin dans rile de Rua-Sura
(Archipel Salomon) en 1909. - Journal de conchyli¬
ologie 58: 24-33.
149. Dayrat B. 2009. Review of the current
knowledge of the systematics of Onchidiidae (Mol¬
lusca: Gastropoda: Pulmonata) with a checklist of
nominal species. - Zootaxa 2068: 1-26.
150. Dayrat B. 2010. Comparative anatomy and
taxonomy of Onchidium vaigiense (Gastropoda:
Pulmonata: Onchidiidae). - Molluscan Research
30, No. 2: 87-101.
151. Dell R.K. 1955. The land Mollusca of Nis¬
san Island, Solomon Islands. - Pacific Science 9:
324-331.
152. Dell R.K. 1955. A Tornatellinid land mollusk
from the Solomon Islands. - Pacific Science 9: 357-
358.
153. Dell R.K. 1955. The land Mollusca of the
Treasury Islands, Solomon Islands. - Pacific Sci¬
ence 9: 423-429.
154. Delsaerdt A.G.J. 1998. Neritoidea of the
Solomon Islands. - Gloria Maris 37, No. 1/3: 1-48.
155. Delsaerdt A.G.J. 2010. Land snails of the
Solomon Islands. Volume 1. Placostylidae. Ancone,
L’lnformatore Piceno: 133 pp.
156. Delsaerdt A.G.J. 2012. Land snails of the
Solomon Islands. Volume 2. Camaenidae. Ancone,
L’lnformatore Piceno: 78 pp.
157. Delsaerdt A.G.J., Gardner N. 1997. Together
to Malaita, 2. - The Papustyla 11, No. 6: 1-6.
158. Deshayes G.P. 1832. Encyclopedie me-
thodique ou par ordre de matieres. Histoire naturel-
le des vers , par Bruguiere et de Lamarck , continuee
par Mr. G.P. Deshayes. Volume 2, part 2. Paris: 257-
594. 1
159. Deshayes G.P. 1838. Mollusques. In: de La¬
marck J.B.P.A. (ed.) Histoire naturelle des animaux
sans vertebres. Deuxieme edition. Volume 8. Paris,
J.B. Baillierre: 660 pp.
160. Deshayes G.P. 1854. Descriptions of new
species of shells, from the collection of H. Cuming,
Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Lon¬
don 1854: 13-23.
161. de Wilde de Ligny H.H. 1953. Giant snail in
Manokwari. - Food and Agriculture Organization of
the United Nations Plant Protection Bulletin 1, No.
4: 61.
162. de Wilde J.J.A. 1984. The anatomy of an
Atopos species from Papua New Guinea with a dis-
cussion on its systematic position (Mollusca, Gas-
1 - According to Evenhuis (2003a).
68
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
tropoda, Rathouissiidae). - Indo-Malayan Zoology
1 : 113-126.
163. Dharma B. 1988. Siput dan kerang Indone¬
sia (Indonesian shells). Jakarta, PT Sarana Graha:
i-xvi + 1-111.
164. Dharma B. 1988. Siput dan kerang Indone¬
sia (Indonesian shells II). Wiesbaden, Christa Hem-
men: 135 pp.
165. Djajasasmita M. 1977. An annotated list of
the species of the genus Corbicula from Indonesia
(Mollusca: Corbiculidae). - Bulletin Zodlogisch Mu¬
seum Universiteit van Amsterdam 6, No. 1: 1-9.
166. Dohrn H. 1861. Descriptions of new shells
from the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceed¬
ings of the Zoological Society of London 1861: 205-
207, pi. 26.
167. Dohrn H. 1862. Descriptions of new oper-
culated land snails. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1862: 181-184.
168. Dohrn H. 1879. Zwei neue Landschnecken.
- Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoolo-
gischen Gesellschaft 11: 68-69 [incorrect locality
“Celebes?” is given for one Papuan species].
169. Dupuis P. 1931. Description de Mollusques
nouvea ux receuillis au cours du voyage de S.A.R.
le prince Leopold de Belgique aux Indes orientales
neerlandaises (1 re note). - Bulletin du Musee royal
d’histoire naturelle de Belgique 7, No. 9: 1-8.
E
170. Egorov R. 2005. A review of the genera
of the recent terrestrial pectinibranch molluscs
(synopsis mainly based on published data). Part
I. Neritopsiformes Hydrocenoidei , Helicinoidei. In:
Treasure of Russian shells. Supplement 3, part 1.
Moscow, Valentine Skorokhodov: 58 pp.
171. Egorov R. 2009. A review of the genera of
the recent terrestrial pectinibranch molluscs (syn¬
opsis mainly based on published data). Part II. Lit-
toriniformes: Hainesiidae, Aciculidae , Cyclophori-
dae, Craspedopomatidae. In: Treasure of Russian
shells. Supplement 3, part 2. Moscow, Valentine
Skorokhodov: 57 pp.
172. Egorov R., Greke K. 2007. The genus Cy-
clophorus Montfort, 1810: Systematics and no¬
menclature. - Club Conchylia Informationen 38,
No. 3/4: 57-64.
173. Ehrmann P. 1911. Die Landmolluskenfauna
der Tenimber-lnseln. - Sitzungsberichte der
naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Leipzig 38: 32-
71.
174. Eyerdam WJ. 1936. The distribution of
Melania and Neritina in the British Solomon Islands.
- The Nautilus 50, No. 2: 44-46.
F
175. Ferussac J.B.L., d’Audebart D.E. 1819.
Histoire naturelle generate et particuliere des
mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles, tant des
especes que Ton trouve aujourd’hui vivantes , que
des depouilles fossiles de celles qui n ’existent
plus; classes d’apres les caracteres essentiels que
presentent ces animaux et leurs coquilles. Tome 2,
part 1. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere: [3 unnumbered pages]
+ 1-402.
176. Ferussac J.B.L., d’Audebart D.E. 1821.
Tableaux systematiques des animaux mollusques.
Classes et families naturelles, dans lesquels on a
etabli la concordance de topus les systemes; Suivis
d’un Prodrome general. Paris, A. Bertrand: i-xlvii +
1-27 + 1-110.
177. Ferussac J.B.L., d’Audebart D.E. 1850.
Histoire naturelle generate et particuliere des
mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles, tant des
especes que Ton trouve aujourd’hui vivantes, que
des depouilles fossiles de celles qui n ’existent
plus; classes d’apres les caracteres essentiels que
presentent ces animaux et leurs coquilles. Volume
2, part 1. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere: nil + 1-4022; Atlas,
volume 1: 70 pis.
178. Fischer M.M., Bernardi 1857. Description
d ’especes nouvelles. - Journal de conchyliologie 5:
292-300, pi. 9.
179. Fischer-Piette E. 1950. Liste des types
decrits dans le Journal de Conchyliologie et
conserves dans la collection de ce journal. - Journal
de conchyliologie 90, No. 2: 65-82.
180. Forbes E. 1851. V. On the Mollusca
collected by John Macgillivray: 360-386, pis 2-3. In:
Macgillivray J. (ed.) Narrative of the voyage of H.M.S.
Rattlesnake, commanded by the late captain Owen
Stanley, R.N., F.R.S. &c. during the years 1846-
1850. Including discoveries and surveys in New
Guinea, the Louisiade Archipelago, etc. to which is
added the account of Mr. E.B. Kennedy’s expedition
for the exploration of the Cape York Peninsula.
Volume 2: contents [no pagination] + iv + [one
unnumbered page] + 1-395, 5 pis.
181. Forcart L. 1948. Beschreibungen neuer
Schnecken von Celebes, Rotti, Neu Guinea und
Venezuela. - Verhandlungen der naturforschenden
Gesellschaft in Basel 59: 45-54, pi. 1.
182. Forcart L. 1952. Zur Nomenklatur des
genus Leptopoma Pfeiffer (Cyclophoridae). - Archiv
fur MoUuskenkunde 81, No. 3/4: 85-86.
183. Ford J. 1890. Description of a new species
of Helix. - Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia 6: 188.
184. Frias Martins A.M. de 1995. A new species
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
of Pythia Roding, 1798 (Pulmonata, Ellobiidae),
from New Ireland, Papua New Guinea. - Molluscan
Research 16: 59-67.
185. Friedrich H. 1957. Assiminea (Crosilla)
salomonensis n.sp. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde
86: 96.
186. Fulton H.C. 1896. A list of the species of
Amphidromus, Albers, with critical notes and de¬
scriptions of some hitherto undescribed species
and varieties. - The Annals and Magazine of Natu¬
ral History , Series 6, 17: 66-94, pis 5-7.
187. Fulton H.C. 1899. A list of the species of
land molluscs collected by Mr. W. Doherty in the
Malay Archipelago; With descriptions of some
supposed new species and varieties. - Proceedings
of the Malacological Society of London 3: 212-219,
pi. 11.
188. Fulton H.C. 1902. Descriptions of new
species of land-mollusca from New Guinea. - The
Annals and Magazine of Natural History Series 7,
9: 182-184.
189. Fulton H.C. 1902. Descriptions of new
species of helicoids from German New Guinea and
New Mecklenburg (New Ireland). - The Annals and
Magazine of Natural History Series 7, 9: 315-318.
190. Fulton H.C. 1904. On a collection of land
shells from Gebi Island, Moluccas, with descrip¬
tions of new species. - Journal of Malacology 11:
53-54, pi. 4.
191. Fulton H.C. 1904. Note on Leptopoma cre-
nilabre, Strubell. - Journal of Malacology 11: 55.
192. Fulton H.C. 1905. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of Papuina, Planispira (Critigibba), Strophochei-
lus (Borus), and Drymaeus. - Journal of Malacology
12: 22-25, pi. 6.
193. Fulton H.C. 1906. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of Pleurodonte (Caracolus), Planispira, and Ka¬
li el la. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural His¬
tory Series 7, 17: 247-248, pi. 9.
194. Fulton H.C. 1907. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of Trochomorpha , Cochlostyla , Amphidromus ,
Bulimulus , Drymaeus , Placostylus , Stenogyra, Lep¬
topoma, Cyclophorus , Cyclotus, and Alycaeus. -
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History Series
7, 19: 149-159, pis 9-10.
195. Fulton H.C. 1907. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of Australian Planispira and Chloritis. - Pro¬
ceeding of the Malacological Society of London 7:
362-363.
196. Fulton H.C. 1910. List with notes on some
land shells from the Island of Muswar, Dutch New
Guinea and descriptions of new species and vari¬
eties of Planospira ( Cristigibba ), Papuina , Ca/cyc/a,
and Leptopoma. - The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History Series 8, 5: 370-373.
197. Fulton H.C. 1910. Additional notes on a
collection of land-shells from Muswar Island, New
Guinea. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural His¬
tory Series 8, 6: 211.
198. Fulton H.C. 1915. Molluscan notes. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Malacological Society of London
11: 236-241.
199. Fulton H.C. 1915. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of Streptaxis , Planispira, and Chloritis. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Malacological Society of London
11: 322-323.
200. Fulton H.C. 1915. Molluscan notes. II. -
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London
11: 324-326.
201. Fulton H.C. 1916. Notes on a small collec¬
tion of helicoid land shells from the Shouten Is¬
lands, Dutch New Guinea, with descriptions of two
new species of Papuina. - Proceedings of the Mala¬
cological Society of London 12: 77-78, pi. 3.
202. Fulton H.C. 1917. Molluscan notes. III. -
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London
12: 238-240.
203. Fulton H.C. 1920. New sub-species of Pap¬
uina tayloriana. - Proceedings of the Malacological
Society of London 14: 2.
G
204. Gardner N. 1989. Comments on some land-
snails from Honiara, Solomon Islands. - The Papu-
styla 3, No. 3: 3-6.
205. Gardner N. 1989. On the two species of
Quirosena (Camaenidae) from Bougainville Island.
- The Papustyla 3, No. 8: 2.
206. Gardner N. 1990. Megalacron spadicea
(Fulton, 1902). - The Papustyla 4, No. 1: 4-6 [this
publication was not checked by the authors].
207. Gardner N. 1990. North West Choisel Is.,
Solomons islands. - The Papustyla 4, No. 9: 2-6.
208. Gardner N. 1990. Diplommatinids from San
Cristobal Island, Solomon Islands. - The Papustyla
4, No. 9: 7.
209. Gardner N. 1992. The mystery snail of Gizo
Island (Solomon Islands). - The Papustyla 6, No.
[?]: 19-10 [this publication was not checked by the
authors].
210. Gassies J.B. 1865. Diagnoses d’especes
provena nt de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. - Journal de
conchyliologie 13: 210-212.
211. Gittenberger E. 1989. A New Taheitia spe¬
cies (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Prosobranchia: Trun-
catellidae) from Irian Jaya. - Zooiogische Mede-
delingen 63, No. 2: 23-26.
212. Glaubrecht M. 2010. Slug(-gish) science,
70
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
or an annotated catalogue of the types of tropical
vaginulid and agriolimacid pulmonates (Mollusca,
Gastropoda), described by Heinrich Simroth (1851-
1917), in the Natural History Museum Berlin. - Zoo-
systematics and Evolution 86, No. 2: 315-335.
213. Glaubrecht M. 2011. Louis Antoine de
Bougainville. Oder: Die Enthullung der Welt. Teil 1.
- Naturwissenschaftliche Rundschau 64, No. 10:
523-531.
214. Glaubrecht M. 2011. Louis Antoine de
Bougainville. Oder: Die Enthullung der Welt. Teil 2.
- Naturwissenschaftliche Rundschau 64, No. 11:
572-579.
215. Glaubrecht M., Feher Z., Kohler F. 2007.
Inventorizing an invader: annotated type catalogue
of Corbiculidae Gray, 1847 (Bivalvia, Heterodonta,
Veneroida), including Old World limnic Corbicula in
the Natural History Museum Berlin. - Malacologia
49, No. 2: 243-272.
216. Glaubrecht M., Podlacha K. 2010. Fresh¬
water gastropods from early voyages into the Indo-
West Pacific: The ‘melaniids’ (Cerithioidea, Thiari-
dae) from the French ‘La Coquille’ circumnavigation,
1822-1825. - Zoosystem atics and Evolution 86,
No. 2: 185-211.
217. Glaubrecht M., von Rintelen T. 2003. Sys-
tematics, molecular genetics and historical zoo¬
geography of the viviparous freshwater gastropod
Pseudopotamis (Cerithioidea, Pachychilidae): a relic
on the Torres Strait Islands, Australia. - Zoologica
scripta 32, No. 5: 415-435.
218. Glaubrecht M., Zorn C. 2012. Moreslug(gish)
science. Another annotated catalogue on types of
tropical pulmonate slugs (Mollusca, Gastropoda) in
the collection of the Natural History Museum Berlin.
- Zoosystem atics and Evolution 88, No. 1: 33-51.
219. Godwin-Austen H.H. 1889-1914. Land and
freshwater Mollusca of India , including South Ara¬
bia, Baluchistan, Afghanistan, Kashmir ; Nepal, Bur-
mah, Pegu, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Ceylon
and other islands of the Indian Ocean. Volume 2.
London, Taylor & Francis: 442 pp, pis 63-158.
220. Godwin-Austen H.H. 1903. On the anatomy
of two land molluscs ( Helicarion (?) willeyana and
H. (?) woodwardi, n.spp.) from New Britain and Lifu,
Loyalty Islands, collected by Dr. Arthur Willey, F.R.S.,
in 1895-97. - Proceedings of the Malacological So¬
ciety of London 5: 296-299, pi. 9.
221. Goldberg R. 1989. Corasia, Crystallopsis
and the Manual of Conchology. - The Papustyla 3,
No. 11: 11-12.
222. Gomes S.R., Thome J.W. 2001. Anatomia
comparada de cinco species de familia Veroni-
cellidae (Gastropoda, Soleolifera) ocorrentes nas
regioes biogeograficas australiana e oriental. - Bio-
ciencias 9, No. 2: 137-151.
223. Gomes S.R., Thome J.W. 2004. Diversity
and distribution of the Veronicellidae (Gastropoda:
Soleolifera) in the Oriental and Australian biogeo-
graphical regions. - Memoirs of the Queensland
Museum 49: 589-601.
224. Graf D.L., Kummings K.S. 2007. Review of
the systematics and global diversity of freshwater
mussel species (Bivalvia: Unionoidea). - Journal of
Molluscan Studies 73: 291-314.
225. Greke K. 2011. Species of Ditropopsis
E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae)
from the Papuan region: 69-76, pis 9-14. In: Telnov
D. (ed.) Biodiversity, biogeography and nature con¬
servation in Wallacea and New Guinea. Volume I.
The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga: 434 pp,
92 pis.
226. Greke K. 2011. First record of the genus
Ferrissia Walker, 1903 (Gastropoda: Planorbidae)
from the Papuan region: 77-78, pi. 15. In: Telnov
D. (ed.) Biodiversity ; biogeography and nature con¬
servation in Wallacea and New Guinea. Volume I.
The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga: 434 pp,
92 pis.
227. Greke K. 2011. First record of the genus
Ditropopsis E.A.Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa:
Cyclophoridae) from North Moluccas. - Vernate
(former Veroffentlich ungen des Naturkundemuse-
ums Erfurt ) 30: 161-166.
228. Greke K. 2012. Non-marine Mollusca of
t
Gebe Island, North Moluccas. - Vernate 31: 225-
240.
229. Greke K. 2014. Species of Ditropopsis E.A.
Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae)
from the Papuan region: taxonomic review: 187-
207, pis 15-28. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity, bio¬
geography and nature conservation in Wallacea
and New Guinea. Volume II. Riga, the Entomologi¬
cal Society of Latvia: 458 pp, 126 pis.
230. Greke K., Telnov D. 2014. Review and as-
r 7
sessment of the literature on recent non-marine
molluscs of the Papuan biogeographical region:
61-111. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity, biogeogra¬
phy and nature conservation in Wallacea and New
Guinea. Volume II. Riga, the Entomological Society
of Latvia: 458 pp, 126 pis.
231. Grimpe G., Hoffmann H. 1925. Versuch ein-
er Revision der indischen, indo- und polynesischen
Vaginuliden (Gastrop. Pulm.). - Zeitschrift fur wis-
senschaftliche Zoologie 124: 1-50.
232. Gude G.K. 1899. On the relative claim to
priority of Papuina wiegmanni and P. tuomensis. -
Journal of Malacology 7: 88-90.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
233. Gude G.K. 1902. Description of a new spe¬
cies of Chloritis from New Guinea. - Journal of Mal¬
acology 9: 59-60.
234. Gude G.K. 1903. A classified list of the he¬
licoid land shells of Asia. - Journal of Malacology
10: 45-62.
235. Gude G.K. 1903. A classified list of the he¬
licoid land shells of Asia. - Journal of Malacology
10: 83-98.
236. Gude G.K. 1903. A classified list of the heli¬
coid land shells of Asia. - Journal of Malacology 10:
129-136.
237. Gude G.K. 1904. Report on a small collec¬
tion of helicoids from British New Guinea. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Malacological Society of London 6:
114-116.
238. Gude G.K. 1906. Critical remarks on certain
forms of Chloritis, with descriptions of twelve new
species. - Proceedings of the Malacological Society
of London 7: 40-50, pis 4-5.
239. Gude G.K. 1906. Further remarks on the
genus Chloritis , with descriptions of eleven new
species. - Proceedings of the Malacological Society
of London 7: 105-118, pi. 13.
240. Gude G.K. 1907. A further contribution to
our knowledge of the genus Chloritis, with descrip¬
tions of eleven new species. - Proceedings of the
Malacological Society of London 7: 228-233, pi. 21.
241. Gude G.K. 1907. Description of a new spe¬
cies of Papuina, and illustrations of some hitherto
unfigured shells. - Proceedings of the Malacologi¬
cal Society of London 7: 234-235, pi. 21.
242. Gude G.K. 1910. Notes on a collection of
helicoid land shells from New Guinea. - Proceed¬
ings of the Malacological Society of London 9: 80-
84.
243. Gude G.K. 1911. Note on some preoccu¬
pied molluscan generic names and proposed new
genera of the family Zonitidae. - Proceedings of the
Malacological Society of London 9: 269-273.
244. Gude G.K. 1912. Note on some helicoids
from New Guinea. - Proceedings of the Malacologi¬
cal Society of London 10: 257-258.
245. Guillemard F.H.H. 1886. The cruise of the
Marchesa to Kamschatka & New Guinea with no¬
tices of Formosa, Liu-Kiu , and various islands of
the Malay Archipelago. London, J. Murray: vii-xvii +
1-284 + 1-399, 5 maps, woodcuts [no pagination].
246. Guppy H.B. 1887. The Solomon Islands
and their natives. Volume 1. London, Swan Son-
nenschein, Lowrey: 384+16, 8 pis, map [mollusks:
336-351].
H
247. Haas F. 1910. Neue Najaden. - Nachrich-
tsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesell-
schaft 8: 97-103.
248. Haas F. 1910-1920. Die Unioniden. Neu-
bearbeitung und Fortsetzung der Kusterschen
und Clessinschen Monographien von Unio und
Anodonta. In: Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet
von Martini und Chemnitz. 9, No. 2 (2). N urn berg,
Bauer und Raspe: 1-344, pis 1-73, 12a [1910 part
545: 1-16, pis 1-6; 1910 part 546: 17-40, pis 7-12;
1911 part 549: 41-64, pis 12a, 13-17; 1911 part
551: 65-88, pis 18-23; 1911 part 554: 89-112, pis
24-29; 1912 part 559: 113-136, pis 30-35; 1913
part 566: 137-160, pis 36-41; 1913 part 569: 161-
184, pis 42-47; 1914 part 571: 185-208, pis 48-
53; 1914 part 573: 209-256, pis 54-59; 1919 part
581: 257-288, pis 60-63; 1920 part 582: 289-304,
pis 64-68; 1920 part 584: 305-344, pis 69-73].
249. Haas F. 1913. Neue Susswasserschnecke
a us Centra l-Buru. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen
malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 45: 184.
250. Haas F. 1923. Beitrage zu einer Monogra-
phie der asiatischen Unioniden. - Abhandlungen
der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesell¬
schaft 38: 129-203, pis 15-16.
251. Haas F. 1924. Unsere bisherige Kenntnis
der Najadenfauna Neu-Guineas. - Nova Guinea:
Uitkomsten der Nederlandsche Nieuw-Guinea-Ex-
peditie in 1903, 1907, 1909, 1913, 1920 et 1926.
Zoologie. Volume 15: 65-76, pi. 2.
252. Haas F. 1928. Einige Binnenschnecken aus
dem nordlichsten Neuguinea. - Senckenbergiana
10: 94-95.
253. Haas F. 1930. Anatomische Angaben uber
zwei Susswasser-muscheln von den Salomons-ln-
seln. - Zoologischer Anzeiger 89: 271-276.
254. Haas F. 1939. Malacological notes. - Field
Museum of Natural History , Zoological Series 24,
No. 8: 93-103.
255. Haas F. 1969. Superfamilia Unionacea. Das
Tierreich. Volume 88. Berlin, De Gruyter: 663 pp.
256. Hadl G. 1976. Die SuBwassermuscheln
Neu-Guineas und der Fidji-I nseln. - Annalen des
Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien 80: 437-441,
pis 1-5.
257. Hartman W.D. 1886. New species of Par-
tula from the New Hebrides and Solomon Islands.
- Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia 38: 30-35, pi. 2.
258. Hartman W.D. 1890. Description of new
species of shells. - Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1890: 284-288,
pi. 3.
72
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
259. Haynes A. 1993. The gastropods in the
streams and rivers of four islands (Guadalcanal,
Makira, Malaita and New Georgia) in the Solomon
Islands. - The Veliger 36, No. 3: 285-290.
260. Medley C. 1890. Description of a new
Rhytida from New Guinea. - Annual Report on
British New Guinea from 4th September ; 1888, to
30th June , 1889; with map and appendices : 65
[this publication was not checked by the authors].
261. Hedley C. 1890. Descriptions of new land
shells, with notes on known species. - Records of
the Australian Museum 3: 151-154, pi. 27.
262. Hedley C. 1891. List of the Mollusca
collected by Sir. W. Mac Gregor on the Fly River. -
Annual Report No. 6 on British New Guinea from
4th September , 1888, to 30th June , 1889; with map
and appendices. Volume 2: 84 [this publication was
not checked by the authors].
263. Hedley C. 1891. The land molluscan fauna
of British New Guinea. - Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales, Series 2, 6: 67-116,
pis 9-12, 12bis.
264. Hedley C. 1892. The land molluscan fauna
of British New Guinea. (Anatomical Supplement,
continued from p. 115.). - Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series 2, 6
[1891]: 685-698, pis 38-42.
265. Hedley C. 1893. On the genus Perrieria. -
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales, Series 2, 7 [1892]: 311-314.
266. Hedley C. 1893. The range of Placostylus;
A study in ancient geography. - Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series 2, 7
[1892]: 335-339.
267. Hedley C. 1893. Notes on Papuina. - The
Nautilus 7, No. 7: 73-74.
268. Hedley C. 1895. The land Molluscan fauna
of British New Guinea. (Second Supplement,
continued from Vol. vi., p. 695.). - Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series 2,
9 [1894]: 384-392, pis 24-26.
269. Hedley C. 1895. Dendrotrochus, Pilsbry,
assigned to Trochomorpha. - Records of the
Australian Museum 2, No. 6: 90-91, pi. 21.
270. Hedley C. 1895. A query as to the synonymy
of Rhysota Armiti, Smith. - The Annals and
Magazine of Natural History Series 6, 16: 201.
271. Hedley C. 1897. Description of a new
Papuan land shell. - Records of the Australian
Museum 3, No. 1: 11-12.
272. Hedley C. 1897. Descriptions of new land
shells. - Records of the Australian Museum 3, No.
2: 44-48, pi. 11.
273. Hedley C. 1898. Descriptions of new
Mollusca, chieflyfrom New Caledonia. - Proceedings
of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series
2, 23: 97-105.
274. Hedley C. 1898. Mollusca. In: Steel F. (ed.)
Contributions to a knowledge of the fauna of British
New Guinea. - Proceedings of the Linnean Society
of New South Wales, Series 2, 23: 369.
275. Hedley C. 1899. Descriptions of new land
shells, with notes on known species. - Records of
the Australian Museum 3, No. 6: 151-154, pi. 28.
276. Hedley C. 1902. Studies on Australian
Mollusca. Part VI. - Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales 27: 7-29, pis 1-3.
277. Hedley C. 1912. Descriptions of some new
or noteworthy shells in the Australian Museum. -
Records of the Australian Museum 8: 131-160, pis
40-45.
278. Heimburg H. von 1890. Diagnose einer
neuen Helix. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen
malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 20: 191.
279. Heimburg H. von 1891. Abbildung
und Beschreibung einer neuen Helix.
Malakozoologische Blatter 11: 158-159, pi. 1.
280. Henrard J.B. 1959. On the green land
mollusk from New Guinea. - The Nautilus 73: 63-
65.
281. Henrard J.B. 1961. Adult specimens of
Papuina ferussaci. - The Nautilus 75: 67-70.
282. Henrard J.B. 1964. Identification of Helix
steursiana. - The Nautilus 77: 112-116.
283. Henrard J.B. 1964. A new species of
Pseudobba (Mollusca Gastropoda) from western
New Guinea. - Zoologische Mededelingen 39: 308-
310.
284. Heryanto 2011. Komunitas keong darat di
Pulau Moti, Maluku Utara: 121-131. In: Maryanto I.,
Sutrisno H. (eds) Ekologi Ternate: Pusat penelitian
biologi. Jakarta, LIPI: i-xii + 1-371.
285. Heynemann D.F. 1885. Ueber Vaginula-
Arten im British Museum (Natural History) in London.
- Jahrbucher der Deutschen malakozoologischen
Gesellschaft 12: 1-20.
286. Heynemann D.F. 1885. Die nackten
Landpulmonaten des Erdbodens. - Jahrbucher der
Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 12:
236-330.
287. Heynemann D.F. 1906. Die geographische
Verbreitung der Nacktschnecken. Eine
zusammenfassende kritische Darstellung
unserer Kenntnisse derselben zu Anfang
des 20. Jahrhunderts. - Abhandlungen
der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden
Gesellschaft 30, No. 1/2: 1-92, 2 pis, 9 maps.
288. Hidalgo J.G. 1913. Obras malacologicas.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Parte II. Estudios preliminares sobre los mollus-
cos terrestres y marinos de Espana, Portugal y Las
Baleares (Bibliografia critica.) Supplementos. - Me-
morias de la Real Academia de Ciencias exactas
ffsicas y natu rales de Madrid 15, Supplementum:
i-vii, 1633-2431.
289. Hinds R.B. 1842. Descriptions of new
shells. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural His¬
tory ; Series 1, 10: 81-84, pi. 6.
290. Hinds R.B. 1844. Descriptions of new
species of Melania collected during the voyage of
H.M.S. Sulphur. - The Annals and Magazine of Nat¬
ural History ; Series 1, 14: 8-11.
291. Hinds R.B. 1844. Mollusca. In: Hinds R.B.
(ed.) The zoology of the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur ;
under the command of captain sir Edward Belcher ;
R.N., C.B., F.R.G.S., etc. during the years 1836-42.
London, Smith, Eider & Co: index [one unnumbered
page] + 1-72 + i-iv, 21 pis.
292. Hoffmann H. 1925. Die Vaginuliden. - Je-
naische Zeitschrift fur Naturwissenschaft 160:
1-374, pis 1-11.
293. Hoffmann H. 1925. Die Nacktschnecken
der Danischen Expedition nach den Kei-lnseln. Pa¬
pers from Dr. Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition
1914-16. 31. - Videnskabelige Meddeieiser fra
Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i Kobenhavn 81:
1-36.
294. Hoffmann H. 1931. Uberzwei Halbnacktsch-
necken von den Salomon inseln. - Zeitschrift fur
wissenschaftliche Zoologie 138, No. 1: 99-136.
295. Hoffmann H. 1932. Nacktschnecken aus
dem Bismarck-Archipel. - Zooiogischer Anzeiger
100: 133-149.
296. Hombron J.B., Jacquinot H. (eds) 1846. Zo¬
ologie. Voyage au pole sud et dans TOceanie sur les
corvettes T Astrolabe et la Zelee execute par ordre
du rol pendant les annees 1837-1838-1839-1840
sous le commandement de M. Dumont DVrville
(1842-1854). Volume 5. Paris, Gide et J. Baudry:
362 pp.
297. Horst R., Schepmann M.M. 1899. Museum
d’histoire naturelle des Pays-Bas 3. Catalogue
systematique des mollusques. Deuxieme partie.
Leiden, EJ. Brill: 177-360.
298. Hubendick B. 1947. On a new Siphonaria
from New Guinea, on Siphonaria normalis Gould
and on the structure of the epiphallus gland in Si-
phonariidae. - Bulletin du Musee royal d’histoire
naturelle de Belgique 23, No. 19: 1-8.
299. Hubendick B. 1948. Studies on BuUnus. -
Arkiv for Zoologi 40a, No. 16: 1-63, pis 1-2.
300. Hubendick B. 1951. Recent Lymnaeidae.
Their variation, morphology, taxonomy, nomencla¬
ture, and distribution. - Konglinga Svenska Veten-
skaps-Akademiens Handlingar 3, No. 1: 1-223, pis
1-5.
301. Hubendick B. 1952. Note on genus Flu-
viopupa, with descriptions of two new species. -
Occasional Papers of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop
Museum 20: 289-296.
302. Hubendick B. 1957. Patelloplanorbis, a new
genus of Planorbidae (Mollusca Pulmonata). - Pro¬
ceedings of the Koniklijke Nederlanse Akademie
van Wetenschappen, Series C, 60: 90-95, 1 pi.
303. Hubendick B. 1967. Studies on Ancylidae.
The Australian, Pacific and Neotropical formgroups.
- Acta regiae societatis scientiarum et litterarum
gothoburgensis , Zoologi ca 1: 1-52.
I
304. I redale T. 1934. The fresh-water mussels of
Australia. - The Australian Zoologist 8, No. 1: 57-
78, pis 3-6.
305. I redale T. 1937. A basic list of the land Mol¬
lusca of Australia. - Part II. - The Australian Zoolo¬
gist 9, No. 1: 1-39, pi. 1-3.
306. I redale T. 1941. A basic list of the land Mol¬
lusca of Papua. - The Australian Zoologist 10, No.
1: 51-94, pis 3-4.
307. Iredale T. 1943. A basic list of the fresh wa¬
ter Mollusca of Australia. - The Australian Zoologist
10, No. 2: 188-230.
308. Iredale T. 1944. More about New Guinea
shells. - Proceedings of the Royal Zoological Soci¬
ety of New South Wales 1943-44: 30.
309. Isnaningsih N.R., Marwoto R.M. 2010. Re¬
description of land snail Leptopoma (Leucoptychia)
la me! latum Sykes, 1903 from Raja Am pat, West
Papua (Mollusca, Gastropoda, Cyclophoridae). -
Treubia 37: 83-92.
310. Issel A. 1892. Cesare Maria Tapparone
Canefri. - Annali del Museo Civico di Storia natu-
rale di Genova 32: 103-109.
J
311. Johnson R.l. 1948. A new naiad from Dutch
New Guinea. - The Nautilus 62: 47-48.
312. Johnson R.l. 1959. The types of Corbiculi-
dae and Sphaeriidae in the Museum of Compara¬
tive Zoology, and a bibliographic sketch of Temple
Prime, an early specialist of the group. - Bulletin
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
College 120, No. 4: 431-479, pis 1-8.
313. Johnson R.l. 1994. Types of shelled Indo-
Pacific mollusks described by W.H. Pease. - Bulle¬
tin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Har¬
vard College 154, No. 1: 1-61.
74
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
314. Jonges K. 1980. Genital ducts in several
species of the cyclophorid genus Leptopoma (fvlol-
lusca, Mesogastropoda). - Bijdragen tot de Dier-
kunde 50, No. 2: 292-302.
K
315. Kabat A.R., Finet Y. 1992. Catalogue of
the Neritidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda) described by
Constant A. Recluz including the location of type
specimens. - Revue suisse de zoologie 99, No. 2:
223-253.
316. Kilias R. 1963. Die Typen und Typoide der
Mollusken-Sammlung des Zoologischen Museums
in Berlin (2) I. Pulmonata, Basommatophora,
Lymnaeacea: Planorbidae 1 Bulininae und
Planorbinae (Physastreae). - Mitteilungen aus dem
Zoologischen Museum der Humboldt-Universitat zu
Berlin 39, No. 2: 371-377, 1 pi. [unnumbered].
317. Kilias R. 1967. Die Typen und Typoide
der Mollusken-Sammlung des Zoologischen
Museums in Berlin (3) I. Euthyneura (Pulmonata),
Basommatophora, Lymnaeacea (2. Forts.),
Ellobiacea und Amphibolacea. - Mitteilungen
aus dem Zoologischen Museum der Humboldt-
Universitat zu Berlin 43, No. 1: 151-160.
318. Kilias R. 1969. Die Typen und Typoide
der Mollusken-Sammlung des Zoologischen
Museums in Berlin (5) II. Euthyneura,
Stylommatophora, Orthurethra, Achatinellacea
(Tornatellinidae, Achatinellidae, Partulidae),
und Pupillacea (Pyramidulidae, Vertiginidae,
Orculidae, Chondrinidae, Pupillidae, Valloniidae). -
Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum der
Humboldt-Universitat zu Berlin 45, No. 2: 245-258.
319. Kilias R. 1973. Die Typen und Typoide der
Mollusken-Sammlung des Zoologischen Museums
in Berlin (7) II. Euthyneura, Stylommatophora,
Heterurethra, Succineacea (Succineidae)
und Athoracophoracea (Athoracophoridae). -
Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum der
Humboldt-Universitat zu Berlin 49, No. 2: 345-350.
320. Kilias R. 1973. Die Typen und Typoide
der Mollusken-Sammlung des Zoologischen
Museums in Berlin (8) II. Euthyneura,
Stylommatophora, Sigmurethra, Clausiliacea
(Clausiliidae 1: Phaedusinae, Neniinae, Baleinae
und Mentissoideinae). - Mitteilungen aus dem
Zoologischen Museum der Humboldt-Universitat zu
Berlin 49, No. 2: 403-421.
321. Kilias R., Kilias I. 1982. Die Typen
und Typoide der Mollusken-Sammlung des
Zoologischen Museums in Berlin (10) II. Euthyneura,
Stylommatophora, Sigmurethra, Achatinoidea
(Ferrussaciidae und Subulinidae). - Mitteilungen
aus dem Zoologischen Museum der Humboldt-
Universitat zu Berlin 58, No. 2: 357-384.
322. Knight R. 1990. An updated preliminary
checklist of the snails of Manus Province, P.N.G.
including the western islands of the Hermit Group,
Ninigo Group, Wuvulu and others. - The Papustyla
4, No. 1: 1.
323. Knight R. 1990. This is Megalacron country.
- The Papustyla 4, No. 1: 7.
324. Knight R. 1990. The subspecies of the
Megalacron tabarensis (Rensch, 1933) group of
shells. - The Papustyla 4, No. 2: 4-6.
325. Knight R. 1990. The North Solomon’s
Megalacron’s. - The Papustyla 4, No. 7: 2.
326. Knight R. 1990. More on Megalacrons. -
The Papustyla 4, No. 8: 4-7.
327. Knight R. 1990. The ‘volcano’ snail. - The
Papustyla 4, No. 9: 15.
328. Kobelt W. 1882. Catalog der Familie
Melanidae. - Jahrbucher der Deutschen
malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 1882: 121-142.
329. Kobelt W. 1884. Buchbesprechung:
Tapparone-Canefri, Fauna malacologica della
Nuova Guinea e delle Isole adjacent!. Parte I.
Molluschi estramarini. - Jahrbucher der Deutschen
malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 11: 125-128.
330. Kobelt W. 1886. Die Binnenmolluskenfauna
von Neu-Guinea. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen
malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 18: 161-179.
331. Kobelt W. 1887. Die Binnenmolluskenfauna
von Neu-Guinea. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen
malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 19: 1-12.
332. Kobelt W. 1888-1898. Die Gattung Ceri-
thium Lam. In: Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet
von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 26 (3). Nurnberg,
Bauer und Raspe: 1-297, pp. 1-47 [1888 part 359:
1-32, pis 1-6; 1890 part 374: 33-64, pis 7-12;
1890 part 377: 65-88, pis 13-18; 1893 part 396:
89-128, pis 19-24; 1893 part 398: 129-160, pis
25-30; 1895 part 418: 161-200, pis 31-36; 1898
part 434: 201-240, pis 37-42; 1898 part 439: 241-
297, pis 43-47].
333. Kobelt W. 1891. Drei neue Helices aus Neu-
Guinea. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malako¬
zoologischen Gesellschaft 23: 203-205.
334. Kobelt W. 1895. Diagnosen neuer Arten. -
Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologisch¬
en Gesellschaft 27: 33-35.
335. Kobelt W. 1897. Diagnosen neuer Arten
aus Kukenthals Ausbeute. - Nachrichtsblatt der
Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 29:
25-28.
336. Kobelt W. 1897. Land- und Susswasserkon-
chylien. - Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 24, No. 1: 17-92,
pis 4-11.
337. Kobelt W. 1897-1901. Die Familie Auricu-
lacea. Zweiter Teil. In: System atisches Conchylien-
Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 16 (2).
Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe: 77-316, pis 10-33
[1897 part 433: pis 10-11, 13; 1898 part 435: 77-
108, pis 12, 14-18; 1898 part 437: 109-180, pis
19-24; 1898 part 438: 181-228, pis 25-30; 1900
part 458: 229-268, pis 31-32; 1901 part 460:
269-316, pi. 33].
338. Kobelt W. 1898. Zwei neue Arten a us
Deutsch-Neuguinea. - Nachrichtsbiatt der
Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 30:
92-93.
339. Kobelt W. 1898-1905. Die Schnirkelsch-
necken nebst den zunachst verwandten Gattun-
gen. Funfter Theil. Die Familie der Heliceen. Funfte
Abtheilung. In: Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet
von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 12 (5). Nurnberg,
Bauer und Raspe: 861-1226, pis 229-299, 236a
[1898 part 440: 861-884, pis 229-234; 1899
part 445: 885-916, pis 235-240; 1899 part 449:
917-940, pis 236a, 241-245; 1900 part 454: 941-
972, pis 246-251; 1900 part 455: 973-988, pis
252-257; 1901 part 464: 989-1028, pis 258-263;
1901 part 466: 1029-1060, pis 264-269; 1902
part 477: 1061-1092, pis 270-275; 1904 part 496:
1093-1116, pis 276-281; 1905 part 498: 1117-
1148, pis 282-287; 1905 part 500: 1149-1172,
pis 288-293; 1905 part 502: 1173-1226, pis 294-
299].
340. Kobelt W. (ed.) 1902. Das Tierreich. Eine
Zusammenstellung und Kennzeichnung derrezent-
en Tierformen 16. Berlin, R.Friedlander und Sohn:
i-xxxix + 1-662.
341. Kobelt W. 1902-1908. Die gedeckelten
Lungenschnecken (Cyclostomacea). In Abbildun-
gen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen. Dritte
Abteilung. Cyclophoridae I. In: Systematisches Con¬
chylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No.
19 (3). Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe: 401-711, pis
51-103 [1902 part 469: 401-448, pis 51-55; 1906
part 513: 449-488, pis 56-61; 1907 part 515:
489-536, pis 62-67; 1907 part 519: 537-576, pis
68-73; 1907 part 521: 577-608, pis 74-79; 1908
part 527: 609-624, pis 80-85; 1908 part 529: 625-
640, pis 86-91; 1908 part 531: 641-672, pis 92-
97; 1908 part 532: 673-711, pis 98-103].
342. Kobelt W. 1906. Synopsis der Pneumo-
nopomen-Familie Realiidae. - Jahrbucher des Nas-
sauischen Vereins fur Naturkunde 59: 49-144.
343. Kobelt W. 1906-1909, Die Gattung Palu-
dina Lam. ( Vivipara Montfort) (Neue Folge). In Ab-
bildungen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen.
In: Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Mar¬
tini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 21a: 97-430, pis 15-77
[1906 part 514: 97-128, pis 15-19, 21; 1907 part
516: 129-144, pis 20, 22-26; 1907 part 517: 145-
160, pis 27-32; 1907 part 520: 161-184, pis 33-
38; 1907 part 523: 185-200, pis 39-44; 1908 part
525: 201-240, pis 45-50; 1908 part 528: 241-272,
pis 51-56; 1908 part 533: 273-312, pis 57, 60-64;
1909 part 536: 313-344, pis 58-59, 65-67; 1909
part 537: 345-368, pis 68-73; 1909 part 540:
369-430, pis 74-77].
344. Kobelt W. 1908. Synopsis der Mollus-
ca Pneumonopoma Opistophtalmia (Acmidae,
Geomelanidae, Truncatellidae). - Jahrbucher des
Nassauischen Vereins fur Naturkunde 61: 156-
220.
345. Kobelt W. 1908. Diagnosen neuer Vivipara-
Formen. - Nachrichtsbiatt der Deutschen malako¬
zoologischen Gesellschaft 40: 59-63.
346. Kobelt W. 1909. Zwei neue Pterocyclus. -
Nachrichtsbiatt der Deutschen malakozoologisch¬
en Gesellschaft 41: 82-83.
347. Kobelt W. 1910. Kata log der lebenden
schalentragenden Mollusken der Abteilung Ag-
natha. - Jahrbucher des Nassauischen Vereins fur
Naturkunde 63: 138-196.
348. Kobelt W. 1911-1914. Die gedeckelten
Lungenschnecken (Cyclostomacea). In Abbildun-
gen nach der Natur mit Beschreibungen. Dritte
Abteilung. Cyclophoridae II. In: Systematisches
Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1,
No. 19 (3). Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe: 713-1048,
pis 104-156 [1911 part 548: 713-744, pis 104-
109; 1911 part 552: 745-784, pis 110-115; 1912
part 553: 785-816, pis 116-121; 1912 part 555:
817-848, pis 122-127; 1912 part 561: 849-888,
pis 128-133; 1912 part 562: 889-928, pis 134-
139; 1913 part 564: 929-984, pis 140-144; 1914
part 572: 985-1024, pis 145-150; 1914 part 575:
1025-1048, pis 151-156].
349. Kobelt W. 1912. Diagnosen neuer Cy-
clotiden. - Nachrichtsbiatt der Deutschen malako¬
zoologischen Gesellschaft 44: 8-10.
350. Kobelt W. 1913. Drei Hochgebirgsmol-
lusken a us Deutsch-Neuguinea. - Nachrichtsbiatt
der Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft
45: 87-89.
351. Kobelt W. 1914. Diagnosen neuer Arten aus
Neuguinea. - Nachrichtsbiatt der Deutschen mala¬
kozoologischen Gesellschaft 46: 3-8.
352. Kobelt W. 1917. Beitrage zur Molluskenfau-
na von Neuguinea. Aus dem Hinterlande des Huon-
golfes. - Nachrichtsbiatt der Deutschen malakozo-
76
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
ologischen Gesellschaft 49: 1-8, pi. 1.
353. Kobelt W., Mollendorff O.F. von 1899.
Katalog der gegenwartig lebend bekannten Pneu-
monopomen. Nachtrage und Berichtigunegen. -
Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologisch-
en Gesellschaft 31, No. 9/10 [1898]: 1-140.
354. Kohler F., Glaubrecht M. 2002. Annotated
catalogue of the nominal taxa of Southeast Asian
freshwater gastropods, family Pachychilidae Tros-
chel, 1857 (Mollusca, Caenogastropoda, Cerithioi-
dea), with an evaluation of the types. - Mittei I un¬
gen a us dem Museum fur Naturkunde in Berlin ,
Zoolgische Reihe 78, No. 1: 121-156.
355. Kohler F., von Rintelen T., Meyer A., Glau¬
brecht M. 2004. Multiple origin of viviparity in
Southeast Asian gastropods (Cerithioidea: Pachy¬
chilidae) and its evolutionary implications. - Evolu¬
tion 10: 2215-2226.
356. Kondo Y. 1948. Anatomy of Diplomorpha
delatouri (Hartman) and four species of Placostylus
(Pulmonata, Bulimulidae). - The Nautilus 61, No. 4:
119-126, pis 8-10.
357. Korniushin A., Glaubrecht M. 2002. Phylo¬
genetic analysis based on the morphology of vivip¬
arous freshwater clams of the family Sphaeriidae
(Mollusca, Bivalvia, Veneroida). - Zoologica scripta
31, No. 5: 415-459.
358. Korniushin A., Glaubrecht M. 2003. Novel
reproductive modes in freshwater clams: brooding
and larval morphology in Southeast Asian taxa of
Corbicula (Mollusca: Bivalvia: Corbiculidae). - Acta
zoologica 84: 293-315.
359. Kuster H.C. 1841-1845. [Descriptions of
new species]. In: Die Ohrschnecken (Auriculacea).
In Abbildungen nach der Natur mit Beschreibun-
gen. Mollusca Gasteropoda: Auriculacea: Ohrsch¬
necken. In: Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet
von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 16 (1). Nurnberg,
Bauer und Raspe: 1-24, 23a, 24a, 25-76, V-VI, pis
A, 1-9 [1841 part 25: 1-24, pis 2; 1841 part 30: pi.
3; 1843 part 41: 23a, 24a, 25-30; 1843 part 42:
pis 4-6; 1844 part 49: 31-46, pis 1, 7-9; 1845 part
53: 47-76, v-vi, pi. A].
360. Kuster H.C., Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1840-1865. Die
Bulimiden und Achatinen, In Abbildungen nach der
Natur. Die Gattungen Buiimus, Partuia, Achatinella ,
Achatina und Azeca. In Abbildungen nach der Natur
mit Beschreibungen. In: Systematisches Conchy¬
lien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 13
(1). Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe: iii-ix + 1-395, pis
1-70 [Kuster 1840 part 18: pis 1-2; Kuster 1841
part 25: pis 3-7; Kuster 1841 part 30: 1-16, pis 11-
13; Kuster 1841 part 32: 17-31, pis 8-10; Kuster
1843 part 44: pis 14-15; Kuster 1844 part 47: 33-
48; Kuster 1844 part 49: pi. 16; Kuster 1845 part
53: pis 17-18; Kuster, Pfeiffer 1853 part 124: 49-
96, pis 19-24; Pfeiffer 1853 part 124: iii-xix; Pfeiffer
1854: part 134: pi. 30; Pfeiffer 1854 part 135: 97-
136, pis 31-36; Pfeiffer 1854 part 137: pis 37-40;
Pfeiffer 1854 part 138: 137-184, pis 41-46; Pfei¬
ffer 1854 part 139: 185-232, pis 47-52; Pfeiffer
1855 part 141: 233-256, pis 53-58; Pfeiffer 1855
part 143: pis 69-54; Pfeiffer 1855 part 145: pis 65-
70; Pfeiffer 1856 part 153: 257-280; Pfeiffer 1857
part 155: 281-304; Pfeiffer 1860 part 174: 305-
336; Pfeiffer 1863 part 184: 337-352, pis 25-29;
Pfeiffer 1865 part 185: 353-395, pis 37-38].
361. Kuster H.C., Dunker W.B.R.H., Clessin S.
1841-1886. Die Familie der Limnaeiden enthal-
tend die Genera Planorbis, Limnaeus, Physa und
Amphipeplea. In Abbildungen nach der Natur mit
Beschreibungen. Mollusca Gasteropoda: Limnaea-
cea: Schlammschnecken. In: Systematisches Con¬
chylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No.
17 (a). Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe: 1-34, 35a, 36a,
35-430, pis 1-55 [Kuster 1841 part 32: 1-8; Kuster
1843 part 42: pi. 1; Kuster 1844 part 47: 9-20, pis
2-3, 16; Kuster 1844 part 49: pi. 4; Kuster, Dunk¬
er 1850 part 90: 21-28, 35-62, pis 5-10; Clessin
1878 part 270: 29-34, 35a, 36a; Clessin 1882
part 319: 63-94, pis 11-15, 17; Clessin 1883 part
320: 95-110, pis 18-22; Clessin 1884 part 328:
111-150, pis 23-27; Clessin 1884 part 331: 151-
182, pis 28-33; Clessin 1884 part 332: 183-222,
pis 34-39; Clessin 1885 part 334: 223-278, pis
40-44; Clessin 1885 part 336: 279-310, pis 45-50;
Clessin 1886 part 338: 311-358, pis 51-55; Cles¬
sin 1886 part 339: 359-430].
362. Kiithe P. 1935. Organisation und system-
atische Stellung des Acochlidium paradoxum Stru-
bell. - Zoologische Jahrbucher, Abteilung fur Sys¬
tematic Okologie und Geographie der Tiere 66, No.
6: 513-540, pis 1-8.
363. KuiperJ.G.J. 1983. The Sphaeriidae of Aus¬
tralia. - Basteria 47: 3-52.
L
364. Laidlaw F.F., Solem A. 1961. The land snail
genus Amphidromus. A synoptic catalogue. - Fiel-
diana Zoology 41, No. 4: 505-677.
365. Lea I., Lea H.C. 1850. Description of a new
genus of the family Melaniana, and of many new
species of the genus Melania, chiefly collected by
Hugh Cuming, Esq., during his zoological voyage in
the East, and now first described. - Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London 1850: 179-197.
366. Le Guillou E. 1842. Descriptions de vingt-
sept especes d’ Helices nouvelles. - Pevue zo-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
ologique par la Societe cuvierienne 5: 136-140.
367. Le Guillou E. 1845. Descriptions de six es-
peces d’ Helices nouvelles. - Revue zoologique par
la Societe cuvierienne 8: 187-188.
368. Leschke M. 1912. Mollusken der Hamburg¬
er Sudsee-Expedition 1908/09. (Admiralitatsinsel,
Bismarckarchipel, Deutsch-Neugiunea). - Mit-
teilungen a us dem Naturhistorischen Museum in
Hamburg 29 [1911]: 89-172, pi. 1.
369. Leschke M. 1912. Mollusca (mit Einschluss
der Solenogastren und Polyplacophoren) fur 1911
(Faunistik, Systematik, Biologie). - Archiv fur
Naturgeschichte 78, No. 11: 24-91.
370. Lesson M. 1830. Zoologie. In Duperrey
M.L.I. (ed.) Voyage autour de monde, execute par
Ordre du Roi, sur la corvette Sa Majeste La Co-
quille, pendand les annees 1822 , 1823 , 1824
et 1825, sous le ministere et conformement aux
instructions de S. E. M. le Marquis de Clermont -
tonnerre, ministre de la marine. Volume 2, part 1.
Paris, Arthus Bertrand: 471 pp.
371. Lesson M. 1831. Mollusques: pis 1-16. Voy¬
age autour de monde, pendand les annees 1822,
1823, 1824 et 1825. Zoologie. Table des planches.
Paris, Arthus Bertrand: 61 pis [no pagination].
372. Linnaeus C. 1758. Systema naturae per reg-
na tria naturae, secundum classes, ordines, gen¬
era, species, cum characteribus , differentiis, syn-
onymis, locis. Tomus S. Editio decima, reformata.
Holmiae, Salvius; preface [4 unnumbered pages] +
1-824 [several Papuan species described without
or with incorrect locality data].
373. Lok A.F.S.L., Tan S.K. 2008. A review of the
Singapore status of the Green Tree snail, Amphi-
dromus atricallosus perakensis Fulton, 1901 and
its biology. - Nature in Singapore 1: 225-230.
374. Loosjes F.E. 1953. Monograph of the Indo-
Australian Clausiliidae. - Beaufortia 31: 1-226.
375. Loosjes F.E. 1956. Clausiliidae (Gastropo¬
da, Pulmonata) from western New Guinea. - Zoo/o-
gische Mededelingen 34: 227-230.
376. Loosjes F.E., Loosjes-van Bemmel A.C.W.
1973. Some anatomical and systematic data on
Asiatic Clausiliidae (Gastropoda, Pulmonata). - An¬
na les zoologici 30, No. 8: 287-316, pi. 1.
M
377. MacLeay W. 1875. Notes on the zoological
collections made in Torres Straits and New Guinea
during the cruise of the Chevert. - Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series 1,
1: 36-40.
378. Marshall W.B. 1927. The Australian land
shell, Thersites bipartita, and its allies. - Proceed¬
ings of the United States National Museum 72, Ar¬
ticle 15: 1-16, pi. 1-3.
379. Martens H.A. 1997. Papua New Guinea - a
land of contrasts. - American Conchologist 25, No.
2: 26-30.
380. Martens K.E. von, Kuster H.C. 1856-1889.
Die Gattungen Nerita und Neritopsis. In: System-
atisches Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und
Chemnitz 2, No. 11. Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe:
1-147, pis 1-15, A [Kuster 1856 part 149: pis 1-3;
Martens 1887 part 349: 1-64, pis 4-8; Martens
1888 part 365: 65-104, pis 9-13; Martens 1889
part 369: 105-147, pis 14-15, A.
381. Martens K.E. von 1860. [manuscript text]
In: Albers J.C. (ed.) Die Heliceen, nach naturlicher
Verwandtschaft systematised geordnet. Zweite Aus-
gabe. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engelmann: iii-xviii + 1-359.
382. Martens K.E. von 1862. Cyclostomacea
in insulis Moluccis proprie sit dictis nec non ins.
Halmahera (Djilolo) lecta et breviter descripta. -
Malakozoologische Blatter 10 [1863]: 83-87.
383. Martens K.E. von 1862. Ueber die Landsch-
necken der Molukken. II. Amboinagruppe. - Mala¬
kozoologische Blatter 10 [1863]: 105-136.
384. Martens K.E. von 1862. Uber die Landsch-
necken der Inseln ostlich von Java. - Malakozoolo¬
gische Blatter 10 [1863]: 169-180.
385. Martens K.E. von 1863. Ueber Land- und
Strandschnecken der Molukken. - Malakozoolo¬
gische Blatter 10: 68-83.
386. Martens K.E. von 1863-1879. Die Gattung
Neritina. In: Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet
von Martini und Chemnitz 2, No. 10. Nurnberg,
Bauer und Raspe: 303 pp, pis 1-23, A [1863 part
184: pis 2-4 2; 1875 part 243: 1-64, pis 1, 5-9;
1877 part 266: 65-144, pis 10-14; 1878 part 277:
145-208, pis 15-19; 1879 part 285: 209-303, pis
20-23, A].
387. Martens K.E. von 1865. Uber neue Cy-
clostomaceen und Helicinen aus dem indischen
Arch i pel. - Monatsberichte der Koniglichen Preus-
sischen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin
1865 [1864]: 116-121.
388. Martens K.E. von 1865. Uber eine neue
Art von Rochen, Trygonoptera javanica aus Batavia
und uber neue Heliceen aus dem indischen Archi-
pel. - Monatsberichte der Koniglichen Preussisch-
en Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1865
[1864]: 260-270.
389. Martens K.E. von 1865. Diagnosen neuer
Heliceen aus dem ostasiatischen Archipel. -
Monatsberichte der Koniglichen Preussischen
2 - According to Coan et al. (2013 Annex B: 31), plates 2-4 were
probably not prepared by Martens.
78
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin 1865
[1864]: 523-529.
390. Martens K.E. von 1866. Uber neue
Landschnecken aus Ostindien und uber zwei
Seesterne von Costa Rica. - Monatsberichte der
Koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissen¬
schaften zu Berlin 1866 [1865]: 51-59.
391. Martens K.E. von 1867. Die Landschneck¬
en. In: Die preussische Expedition nach Ost-Asien.
Nach amtlichen Quellen. Zoologischer Theil, 2. Ber¬
lin, Verlag der Koniglichen geheimen Ober-Hofbuch-
druckerei: i-xii + 1-447, 22 pis.
392. Martens K.E. von 1867. Ueber die ostasi-
atischen Limnaeaceen. - Malakozoologische Blat¬
ter 14: 211-227.
393. Martens K.E. von 1873. Ueber einige neu-
beschriebene ostasiatische Arten. - Malakozoolo¬
gische Blatter 20: 152-155.
394. Martens K.E. von 1878. Ubersicht der
wahrend der Reise um die Erde in den Jahren 1874-
1876 auf S.M. Schiff Gazelle gesammelten Land-
und Susswasser-Mollusken. - Monatsberichte der
Koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissen¬
schaften zu Berlin 1878 [1877]: 261-291, pis 1-2.
395. Martens K.E. von 1880. Description of non¬
marine Mollusca. - Conchologische Mittheilungen
1: 1-32.
396. Martens K.E. von 1881-1882. Die Gattung
Navicella. In: Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet
von Martini und Chemnitz 2, No. 10a. Nurnberg,
Bauer und Raspe: 1-56, 8 pis [1881, part 311:
1-40, pis 1-6; 1882 part 315: 41-56; 1882 part
316: pis 7-8].
397. Martens K.E. von 1881. Conchologische
Mittheilungen als Fortsetzung der Novitates con-
chologicae. Volume 1. Kassel, Theodor Fischer: i-viii
+ 1-210, 36 pis.
398. Martens K.E. von 1883. Diagnosen neuer
Arten. - Jahrbucher der Deutschen malakozoolo-
gischen Gesellschaft 1883: 81-84.
399. Martens K.E. von 1894. Landschnecken
aus Neu-Guinea und den umliegenden Inseln. -
Conchologische Mittheilungen 3, No. 3: 10-16, pis
46-48.
400. Martens K.E. von 1891. Uber die Suss¬
wasser-Mollusken des malayischen Archipels im
Allgemeinen und einen neuer Unio aus Borneo
insbesondere. - Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft
naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 1891: 109-
112.
401. Martens K.E. von 1894. Mollusken. In:
Semon (ed.) Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Aus-
tralien und dem Malayischen Archipel. - Denk-
schriften der Medizinisch-naturwissenschaftlichen
Gesellschaft zu Jena 8: 83-96, pi. 4.
402. Martens K.E. von 1896. Landschnecken
von den Inseln Lombok und Boneratu. -Sitzungsb¬
erichte der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde
zu Berlin 1896: 157-165.
403. Martens K.E. von 1897. Landschnecken
aus Neu-Guinea und den umliegenden Inseln. - Ar-
chiv fur Naturgeschichte 1: 41-46, pis 7-9.
404. Martens K.E. von 1897. Suss- und Brack-
wasser-Mollusken des Indischen Archipels: 1-331,
pis 1-12. In: Weber M. (ed.) Zoologische Ergebnisse
einer Reise in Niederlandisch Ost-lndien, Volume 4.
Leiden, EJ. Brill: 332 pp, 16 pis.
405. Martens K.E. von 1898. Diagnosen dreier
neuer Arten von Landschnecken aus Niederlan¬
disch Indien. - Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft
Naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 1898: 160-
161.
406. Martens K.E. von 1899. Conchologische
Miscellen III. - Archiv fur Naturgeschichte 65: 27-
48, pis 3-6.
407. Martens K.E. von 1902. Die Mollusken
(Conchylien) und die ubrigen wirbellosen Thiere 1)
in Rumpfs Rariteitkamer: 109-136. In: Greshoff
M. (ed.) Rumphius Gedenkboek 1702-1902. Kolo-
niaalmuseum te Haarlem: i-ix + 1-221.
408. McMichael D.F. 1956. Notes on the fresh¬
water mussels of New Guinea. - The Nautilus 70,
No 2: 38-48.
409. McMichael D.F., Hiscock I.D. 1958. A mono¬
graph of the freshwater mussels of the Australian
region. - Australian Journal of Marine and Fresh¬
water Research 9: 372-508, pis 1-19.
410. McMichael D.F., Whitley G.P. 1956. The
published writings of Tom I redale with an index of
his new scientific names. - The Australian Zoologist
12: 211-250.
411. Mead A.R. 1961. The Giant African Snail:
a problem in economic malacology. - University of
Chicago Press : i-xvii + 1-257 pp.
412. Mead A.R. 1963. A flatworm predator of the
Giant African Snail Achatina fulica in Hawaii. - Mal-
acologia 1: 305-311.
413. Meyer A.B. 1896. Anmerkung [Addenda to
Mollendorffs „Binnenmollusken von den Talaut
Inseln”]. - Abhandlungen und Berichte des Koni¬
glichen Zooiogischen und Anthropoiogisch-Etnogra-
phischen Museums zu Dresden 4: 3.
414. Michel in H. 1831. Caracoiia grata. - Maga-
sin de zoologie 1: 9, pi. 9 [one Papuan species de¬
scribed, locality data not given].
415. Mienis H.K. 1994. A note on the type mate¬
rial of Chronos fultoni Coen, 1922, from Papua New
Guinea (Pulmonata: Endodontidae Charopinae). -
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Basteria 58: 194.
416. Model I H. 1964. Das naturliche System der
Najaden. 3. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 93: 71-
126.
417. Mollendorff O.F. von 1892. Die Landsch-
neckenfauna der Tenimber-lnseln (Timorlaut). -
Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologisch-
en Gesellschaft 24, No. 5/6: 81-102, pi. 1.
418. Mollendorff O.F. von 1895. On a collection
of land-shells made by Mr. I. Kubary in German New
Guinea. - Proceedings of the Malacological Society
of London 1 [1894]: 234-240, pi. 15.
419. Mollendorff O.F. von 1896. Binnenmol-
lusken von den Talaut Inseln. - Abhandlungen und
Berichte des Kohiglichen Zoologischen und Anthro-
pologisch-Etnographischen Museums zu Dresden
4: 1-2.
420. Mollendorff O.F. von 1897. Ueber Trocho-
nanina und Dendrotrochus. - Nachrichtsblatt der
Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 29:
5-8.
421. Mollendorff O.F. von 1897. Drei neue Arten.
- Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoolo¬
gischen Gesellschaft 29: 28-31.
422. Mollendorff O.F. von 1897. Diagnosen neuer
und kritischer Landdeckelschnecken. - Nachrich¬
tsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesell¬
schaft 29: 31-45.
423. Mollendorff O.F. von 1897. Neue und kri-
tische Realiiden. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen
malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 29: 164-172.
424. Mollendorff O.F. von 1899. Neue Arten aus
der Strubell’schen Sammlung. - Nachrichtsblatt
der Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft
31: 89-92.
425. Mollendorff O.F. von 1899. Neue Landsch-
necken, mitgetheilt von Herrn H. Rolle. 2. Land-
schnecken von der Insel Dammer. 3. Neu Guinea.
- Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoolo¬
gischen Gesellschaft 31: 155-158.
426. Mollendorff O.F. von 1902. Binnenmol-
lusken aus Niederlandisch Indien. - Nachrichts¬
blatt der Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesell¬
schaft 34: 185-207.
427. Montrouzier R.P. 1857. Essai sur la fauna
de rile de Woodlark ou Moiou. - Annals de la So-
ciete imperiale d’agriculture , d’histoire naturalle et
des arts utiles de Lyon 7, No. 2 [1856]: 1-114.
428. Moss W., Webb W.M. 1896. On the anatomy
of Chloritis (Sulcobasis) stirophora E. A. Smith and
of C. rehsei von Martens. - Journal of Malacology 5:
33-36, pi. 3 [anatomy of Papuan species, no locality
data given].
429. Mousson A. 1849. Nachtragliche Be-
merkungen zu meinen “Land- und Susswasser Mol-
lusken von Java”. - Zeitschrift fur Malakozoologie
6: 177-186 [note on one Papuan species].
430. Mousson A. 1869. Description de quelques
nouvelles especes terrestres de divers points de
I’ocean Pacifique et de I’Australie. - Journal de con-
chyliologie 17: 55-68, pis 3-5.
431. Muller O.F. 1774. Vermium terrestrium et
fluviatilium, seu, animalium infusoriorum, helmin-
thicorum et testaceorum, non marinorum, succinc-
ta historia. Volume 2. Havinae et Lipsiae, Heine key
Faber: 214 pp [for some Papuan taxa locality data
not given].
N
432. Naggs F. 1990. A catalogue of types in the
family Subulinidae (Pulmonata, Mollusca) held in
the Natural History Museum London. London, the
Natural History Museum: 60 pp.
433. Naggs F. 1990. A catalogue of the family
Subulinidae ( Pulmonata , Mollusca) in the general
collection of the Natural History Museum London.
London, the Natural History Museum: 82 pp.
434. Nason-Jones J. 1930. Geology of the Finsch
Coast Area north-west. New Guinea. Landshellsfrom
the Foothills region. In: The Oil Exploration work in
Papua and New Guinea by the Anglo-Persian Oil
Company on behalf of the Commonwealth of Aus¬
tralia , 1920-1929. Volume 3. London, Harrison:
114 pp. [this publication was not checked by the
authors].
435. Nelson W. 1879. Description of Amphipe-
plea petterdi, a new species from New-Guinea. -
Journal of Conchology 2: 267.
0
436. Oberwimmer A. 1909. V. Mollusken: 515-
522, pi. 1 [4]. In: Rechi nger K. (ed.) Botanische
und zoologische Ergebnisse einer wissenschaftli-
chen Forschungsreise nach den Samoainseln, dem
Neuguinea-Archipel und den Salomonsinseln von
Marz bis Dezember 1905. II Teil. - Denkschriften
der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Klasse 84:
385-562, pis 1-6 [4-9].
437. Odhner N.H. 1937. Hedylopsis suecica n.
sp. und die Nacktschneckengruppe Acochlidiacea
(Hedylacea). - Zoologischer Anzeiger 120: 51-64.
438. Odhner N.H. 1938. Die Acochlidiaceen,
eine eigentumliche Opisthobranchiaten-Gruppe. -
Basteria 3: 5-11.
439. Odhner N.H. 1940. Sphaeriids from the
Dutch East Indies, especially from New Guinea. A
revision. - Nova Guinea. Uitkomsten der Neder-
80
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
landsche Nieuw-Guinea-expeditie in 1912 en 1913
onder leiding van A. Franssen Herderschee. Vol¬
ume 4: 113-131, pis 12-13.
440. Odhner N.H. 1952. Petits opisthobranches
peu connus de la cote mediterraneenne de France.
- Vie et milieu 3: 136-147.
441. Oostingh C.H. 1925. Reporton a collection of
recent shells from Obi and Halmahera (Moluccas). -
Mededel ingen Landbouwhogeschool Wageningen
29, No. 1: 1-362.
442. Ozawa T., Kohler F., Reid D.G., Glaubrecht
M. 2009. Tethyan relicts on continental coastlines
of the northwestern Pacific Ocean and Australasia:
molecular phylogeny and fossil record of batillariid
gastropods (Caenogastropoda, Cerithioidea). -
Zoologica scripta 38: 503-525.
P
443. Parkinson B., Hemmen J., Groh K. 1987.
Tropical landshells of the World. Wiesbaden, Christa
Hemmen: 279 pp.
444. Peake J.F. 1968. Habitat distribution of
Solomon Islands land Mollusca. - Symposia of the
Zoological Society of London 22: 319-346.
445. Peake J.F. 1969. Patterns in the distribution
of Melanesian land Mollusca. - Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Series
B, 255: 285-306.
446. Pease W.H. 1871. Descriptions of new
species of land shells. - American Journal of
Conchology 7, No. 1: 26-27.
447. Pease W.H. 1872. Descriptions of four
species of land shells inhabiting the Papuan
Islands. - American Journal of Conchology 7, No.
3: 196-197.
448. Peile AJ. 1941. Papuina fringilla Pfeiffer. -
Journal of Conchology 21: 282.
449. Pelseneer P. 1936. Philippe Dautzenberg
(1849-1935). - Annates de la Societe royale
zoologique de Belgique 66: 87-91.
450. PetitdelaSaussayeS.A.A. 1841. Description
de quelques helices nouvelles. - Revue zoologique
par la Societe cuvierienne 1841: 98-101.
451. Petit de la Sa ussaye S.A.A. 1841. Descri ption
d’une nouvelle espece de Cyclostome. - Revue
zoologique par la Societe cuvierienne 1841: 308-
309.
452. Petit de la Saussaye S.A.A. 1850. Notice
sur le genre Cyclostoma , et catalogue des especes
appartenant a ce genre. - Journal de conchyliologie
1: 36-55, pis 3-4.
453. Petit de la Sa ussaye S. A. A. 1850. Description
de coquilles nouvelles. - Journal de conchyliologie
1: 56-58, pis 3-4.
454. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1840-1850. Die Schnirkel-
schnecken (Gattung Helix). In Abbildungen nach
der Natur mit Beschreibungen. In: Systematisch-
es Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz.
1, No. 12 (1). Niirnberg, Bauer und Raspe: v-xv +
1-400, pis 1-66, 12 [1840 part 18: 1-32, pis 1-4;
1841 part 32: 33-48, pis 8, 12, 20; 1843 part 44:
pi . 21; 1845 pa rt 45: pi . 7 ; 1846 pa rt 58: v-xv + 49-
56, pis 6, 9-11, 13-14; 1847 part 66: 57-72, pis 5,
15-19; 1847 part 68: 73-96, pis 22-27; 1847 part
71: 97-120, pis 28-29, 31, 33, 35-36; 1848 part
73: 121-152, pis 30, 32, 34, 37-39; 1848 part 77:
153-176, pis 40-45; 1848 part 79: 177-200, pis
46-51; 1849 part 81: 201-240, pis 52-57; 1849
part 83: 241-272, pis 59, 61-65; 1849 part 85: pi.
66; 1849 part 89: 273-288; 1850 part 91: 289-
328, pis 58, 60; 1850 part 92: 329-392; 1850
part 95: 393-400; 1850 part 96: pi. 12].
455. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1845. Descriptions of new
species of Helix, in the cabinet of H. Cuming, Esq.
- Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1845: 38-42 [one Papuan species described but lo¬
cality data not given].
456. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1845. Descriptions of twen¬
ty-two new species of land-shells, belonging to the
collection Mr. H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 1845: 63-69 [for one
of Papuan species no locality data given].
457. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1845. Descriptions of twen¬
ty-two new species of Helix, from the collection of
Miss Saul, Walton, Esq. and H. Cuming, Esq. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London 1845:
71-75 [one Papuan species described but locality
data not given].
458. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1846. Descriptions of twenty
new species of helicea, belonging to the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1846: 37-43.
459. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1846. Descriptions of 38
new species of land-shells, in the collection of H.
Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Soci¬
ety of London 1846: 109-116.
460. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1846. Symbolae ad histo-
riam heliceorum. Sectio tertia. Cassell is, Theodori
Fischeri: 100 pp.
461. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1847. Descriptions of nine¬
teen new species of helicea, from the collection of
H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological So¬
ciety of London 1847: 228-232 [one Papuan spe¬
cies described, locality is given as “unknown”].
462. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1848-1877. Monographia
heliceorum viventium. Sistens descriptiones sys-
tematicas omnium huius familiae , generum et
specierum hodie cognitarum. Lipsiae. Volume 1: i-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
xxxii, 1-484 (1847-1848); Volume 2: 1-594 (1848);
Volume 3: i-viii, 1-711 (1853); Volume 4: i-ix, 1-920
(1859); Volume 5: i-xii + 1-565 (1868); Volume 6:
1-598 (1868); Volume 7: i-x + 1-674 (1875); Vol¬
ume 8: 1-729 (1876-1877).
463. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1849. Descriptions of twen¬
ty-four new species of helicea, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1849: 126-131.
464. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1849. Nachtrage zu L. Pfei¬
ffer Monographia Heliceorum. (Fortsetzung). -
Zeitschrift fur Malakozoologie 1849, No. 5: 66-79.
465. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1849. Ueber Bulimus per-
versus L. und die Gruppe der mit ihm zunachst
verwandten Arten. - Zeitschrift fur Malakozoologie
1849, No. 9: 129-140.
466. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1850. Beschreibungen
neuer Landschnecken. - Zeitschrift fur Malakozo¬
ologie 1850: 81-89.
467. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1851. Descriptions of forty-
three new species of Cyclostomacea, from the col¬
lection of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoo¬
logical Society of London 1851: 242-251.
468. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1851. Descriptions of fifty-
four new species of helicea, from the collection of
H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1851: 252-263 [for one Papuan
species no locality data given].
469. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1850. Description of twenty-
four new species of helicea, from the collection of H.
Cuming, Esq. - The Annals and Magazine of Natu¬
ral History, Series 2, 6: 291-296.
470. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1852. Descriptions of sixty-
six new land shells from the collection of H. Cuming,
Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Lon¬
don 1852: 56-70.
471. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1852. Descriptions of four¬
teen new species of land shells from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1852: 135-138.
472. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1852. Descriptions of four¬
teen new species of operculated land shells, from
Mr. Cuming’s collection. - Proceedings of the Zoo¬
logical Society of London 1852: 144-147, pi. 13.
473. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1852. Conspectum cyclosto-
maceorum (Contin.). - Zeitschrift fur Malakozoolo¬
gie 1851, No. 10: 145-160.
474. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1852. Catalogue of Phanero-
pneumona, or terrestrial operculated Mollusca , in
the collection of the British Museum. London: 324
pp.
475. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1852-1860. Die Schnirkel-
schnecken nebstden zunachst verwandten Gattun-
gen. Dritter Theil. In: Systematisches Conchylien-
Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 12 (3).
Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe: 291-524, pis 125-161
[1852 part 109: pi. 125; 1852 part 112: pis 126-
131; 1852 part 114: pis 132-136; 1852 part 116:
pis 139-144; 1853 part 118: pis 145-150; 1853
part 122: pis 151-156; 1853 part 125: 291-338;
1853 part 127: 339-362; 1854 part 130: 363-410,
pis 137-138, 157-161; 1854 part 131: 411-426;
1854 part 132: 427-474; 1854 part 134: 475-514;
1860 part 174: 515-524].
476. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1852-1876. Monographia
pneumonopomorum viventium. Sistens descriptio-
nes systematicas et criticas omnium huius ordines
generum et specierum hodie cognitarum, acce-
dente fossilium enumeratione. 1852: i-xvi + 1-439;
1858, supplementum 1: 1-249; 1865, supplemen-
tum 2: 1-284; 1876, supplementum 3: 1-479.
477. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1853. Descriptions of twenty-
three new species of land shells, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1853, part 23: 48-53.
478. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1853. Descriptions of eigh¬
teen new species of land shells, from the collections
of Mr. Dennison and H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings
of the Zoological Society of London 1853: 57-61.
479. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1853. Diagnosen neuer He-
liceen. - Zeitschrift fur Malakozoologie 1853, No.
4: 51-58.
480. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Descriptions of forty-
two new species of Helix, from the collection of H.
Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Soci¬
ety of London 1854: 49-57.
481. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Descriptions of four
new species of Bulimus from the collection of H.
Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Soci¬
ety of London 1854: 57-58.
482. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Descriptions of six¬
teen new species of helicea, from the collection of
H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological So¬
ciety of London 1854: 122-126.
483. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Descriptions of twen¬
ty-three new species of helicea, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1854: 145-150.
484. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Uber Helix pileus Mull,
und einige nahe verwandte Formen. - Malakozoolo-
gische Blatter 1: 56-58.
485. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Diagnosen neuer He-
liceen. - Malakozoologische Blatter 1: 65-67 [one
Papuan species described, no locality data given].
486. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Nachtrage zur Mono¬
graphia Pneumonoporum. - Malakozoologische
Blatter 1: 80-111.
487. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1854. Synopsis auriculaceo-
82
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
rum, Oder: Uebersicht sammtlicher Gattungen und
Arten der Auriculaceen. - Malakozoologische Blat¬
ter 1: 145-156.
488. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1855. Catalogue of Pulmo-
nata or air-breathing Mollusca in the collection of
the British Museum. Part 1. London: 192 pp.
489. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1855. Descriptions of forty-
seven new species of helicea, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1855: 91-101, pi. 31.
490. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1855. Descriptions of nine
new species of helicea, from Mr. Cuming’s collec¬
tion. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of Lon¬
don 1855: 106-108, pi. 32.
491. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1855. Descriptions of thirty-
eight new species of land shells, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1855: 111-119.
492. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1855. Drei neue Auricu¬
laceen. - Malakozoologische Blatter 2: 7-8.
493. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1856. Monographia auricu-
laceorum viventium. Sistens descriptiones system-
aticas et criticas omnium hujus familiae generum
et specierum hodie cognitarum, nec non fossilium
enumeratione. Accedente proserpinaceorum nec
non generis Truncatellae historia. Cassell is, The-
odori Fischer: i-xiii + 1-209.
494. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1856. Descriptions of twenty-
five new species of land shells, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1856: 32-36.
495. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1856. Descriptions of sixteen
new species of Pneumonopoma, from the collection
of. H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1856: 336-339.
496. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1856. Descriptions of eigh¬
teen new species of land shells collected on the Ad¬
miralty Islands, from the collection of Mr. H. Cuming.
- Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1856: 381-385, pi. 36.
497. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1856. Descriptions of thirty-
three new species of land shells, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1856: 385-392, pi. 36.
498. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1856. Zur Fauna der Admi¬
ral itats-lnseln. - Malakozoologische Blatter 3: 237-
248.
499. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1857. Catalogue of Auriculi-
dae , Proserpinidae , and Truncatellidae in the Col¬
lection of the British Museum. London, Order of the
Trustes: 150 pp.
500. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1857. Descriptions of thirty-
one new species of land shells, from Mr. Cuming’s
collection. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London 1857: 107-113 [one Papuan species de¬
scribed, but incorrect locality “Borneo” given].
501. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1858. Descriptions of eleven
new species of land shells, from the collection of H.
Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Soci¬
ety of London 1858: 20-23, pi. 40.
502. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1859. Descriptions of twen¬
ty-seven new species of land shells, from the collec¬
tion of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoo¬
logical Society of London 1859: 23-29, pis 43-44.
503. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1859. Einige Nachtrage zum
zweiten Supplemente meiner Monographia Heliceo-
rum. - Malakozoologische Blatter 6: 1-14.
504. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1859. Descriptions of two
new species of Melampus, from Mr. Cuming’s col¬
lection. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1859: 29-30.
505. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1860. Einige Nachtrage zum
zweiten Supplemente meiner Monographia Heli-
ceorum. - Malakozoologische Blatter 6: 1-14.
506. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1860. Beschreibung neuer
Heliceen. - Malakozoologische Blatter 7: 231-240.
507. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1860. Novitates conchologi-
cae. Series prima. Mollusca eextramarina. Besch¬
reibung und Abbildung neuer Oder kritischer Land-
und Susswasser-Mollusken. (Mit Einschluss der
Auriculaceen.). Volume 1. Cassel, Theodor Fischer:
138 pp, 36 pis.
508. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1860. Descriptions of thirty-
six new species of land shells, from Mr. H. Cuming’s
collection. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London 1860: 133-141, pis 50-51 [type locality
for Helix acmella given as “Admiralty Islands” is in¬
correct 3].
509. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1861. Descriptions of forty-
seven new species of land shells, from the collec¬
tion of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoo¬
logical Society of London 1861: 20-29, pis 2-3.
510. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1861. Descriptions of new
species of land shells, in the collection of H. Cum¬
ing, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1861: 190-196.
511. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1861. Descriptions of sixteen
new species of land shells from the collection of H.
Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Soci¬
ety of London 1861: 386-389, pi. 37.
512. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1862. Descriptions of eight
new species of Cyclostomacea, from the collection
of H. Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London 1862: 115-117, pi. 12.
513. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1862. Descriptions of thirty-
six new land shells, from the collection of H. Cum-
ing, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
3 - According to van Benthem Jutting (1933: 99).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
London 1862: 268-278, pi. 17.
514. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1863. Descriptions of fifteen
new species of land shells, from the collection of H.
Cuming, Esq. - Proceedings of the Zoological Soci¬
ety of London 1863: 523-526.
515. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1863. Descriptions of ten
new species of land shells, from the collection of
George French Angas, Esq. - Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 1863: 526-529.
516. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1863. Novitates conchologi-
cae. Series prima. Mollusca extramarina. Descrip¬
tions er figures de coquilles extramarines nouvelles
ou peu connues. Volume 2. Cassel, Theodor Fisch¬
er: 139-303, pis 37-73.
517. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1865. Diagnosen neuer
Landschnecken. - Malakozoologische Blatter 12:
121-124.
518. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1866. Novitates conchologi-
cae. Series prima. Mollusca eextramarina. Besch-
reibung und Abbildung neuer Oder kritischer Land-
und Susswasser-Mollusken. (Mit Einschluss der
Auriculaceen.). Volume 2. Cassel, Theodor Fischer:
1-302, pis 37-72.
519. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1871. Novitates conchologi-
cae. Series prima. Mollusca extramarina. Descrip¬
tions et figures de coquilles extramarines ou per ou
peu connues. Volume 4. Cassel, Theodor Fischer:
171 pp, pis 59-137.
520. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1871. Diagnosen neuer He-
liceen. - Malakozoologische Blatter 18: 119-124.
521. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1876. Monographia Pneu-
monopomorum viventium accedente fossilium enu-
maratione. Supplementum tertium, Monographiae
Auriculaceorum. Parte secunda auctum. Cassel I is,
Sumptibus Theodori Fischer: i-vi, 1-479.
522. Pfeiffer L.G.K. 1879. Novitates conchologi-
cae. Series prima. Beschreibung und Abbildung
neuer Oder kritischer Land- und Susswasser-Mol¬
lusken. Volume 5. Cassel, Theodor Fischer: 197 pp,
pis 138-159.
523. Pfeiffer L.G.K., Clessin S. 1881. Nomencla-
tor heliceorum viventium quo continetur nomina
omnium hujus familiae generum et specierum
hodie cognitarum, disposita ex affinitate naturali.
Casselis, Theodor Fischer: 617 pp.
524. Pfeiffer L.G.K., Dohrn H., Kobelt W. 1877-
1897. Die Schnirkelschnecken nebst den zunachst
verwandten Gattungen. Vierter Theil. Die Familie
der Heliceen. Vierte Abtheilung. In: System atisches
Conchylien-Cabinet von Martini und Chemnitz. 1,
No. 12 (4). Nurnberg, Bauer und Raspe: 525-859,
pis 162-228 [Pfeiffer 1877 part 260: 525-562,
pis 162-167; Pfeiffer, Dohrn 1880 part 290: 563-
594, pis 168-172; Dohrn 1881 part 304: 595-610,
pis 173-177; Dohrn 1886 part 337: 611-626, pis
178-182; Kobelt 1893 part 404: 627-650, pis 183-
188; Kobelt 1894 part 405: 651-674, pis 189-194;
Kobelt 1894 part 407: 675-698, pis 195-200; Ko¬
belt 1894 part 410: 699-730, pis 201-206; Kobelt
1895 part 413: 731-762, pis 207-212; Kobelt 1895
part 415: 763-794, pis 213-218; Kobelt 1895 part
417: 795-826, pi. 219-224; Kobelt 1897 part 429:
827-859, pis 225-228].
525. Philippi R.A. 1845. Abbildungen und Besch-
reibungen neuer Oder wenig gekannter Conchylien,
unter Mithilfe mehrerer deutscher Conchyliologen.
Volume 1. Cassel, Theodor Fischer: preface [2 un¬
numbered pages] + 1-204 + index [8 unnumbered
pages], 36 pis.
526. Pilsbry H.A. 1890. New East Indian land
shells. - Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia 42: 186-187.
527. Pilsbry H.A. 1890. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and Systematic. With Illustrations of the
Species. Volume 6. Helicidae volume 4. Philadel¬
phia, Academy of Natural Sciences: 324 pp, 69 pis.
528. Pilsbry H.A. 1891. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and Systematic. With Illustrations of the
Species. Volume 7. Helicidae volume 5. Philadel¬
phia, Academy of Natural Sciences: 225 pp, 61 pis.
529. Pilsbry H.A. 1892. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and Systematic. With Illustrations of the
Species. Volume 8. Helicidae volume 6. Philadel¬
phia, Academy of Natural Sciences: 314 pp, 58 pis.
530. Pilsbry H.A. 1893. Preliminary outline of a
new classification of the helices. - Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
1892: 387-404.
531. Pilsbry H.A. 1900. A new species of Ther-
sites. - Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sci¬
ences of Philadelphia 1899: 473-474 [type locality
for Thersites webbi given on original label of the ho-
lotype as “Solomon Is.” is incorrect].
532. Pilsbry H.A. 1900. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and systematic. With illustrations of the
species. Second series: Pulmonata. Volume 13:
1-253, 72 pis.
533. Pilsbry H.A. 1901. The anatomy of the sub¬
genus Beddomea and the relationships of the genus
Amphidromus. - Proceedings of the Malacological
Society of London 4 [1900-1901]: 158-162, pi. 16.
534. Pilsbry H.A. 1901. Note on Polynesian and
East Indian Pupidae. - Proceedings of the Acade¬
my of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 1900: 431-
433.
535. Pilsbry H.A. 1901-1902. Manual of Con¬
chology; Structural and systematic. With illustra¬
tions of the species. Second series: Pulmonata.
84
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Volume 14. Oriental Bulimoid Helicidae; Odontosto-
minae; Cerionidae. Philadelphia, Academy of Natu¬
ral Sciences: 302 pp, 62 pis.
536. Pilsbry H.A. 1906. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and systematic. With illustrations of the
species. Second series: Volume 18. Achatinidae:
Stenogyrinae and Coeliaxinae. Philadelphia, Acad¬
emy of Natural Sciences: l-XII + 1-357, 51 pis.
537. Pilsbry H.A. 1906. On Chloritis heterompha-
lus, Pilsbry. - Proceedings of the Malacological So¬
ciety of London 7: 196.
538. Pilsbry H.A. 1935. The status of Geotrochus
van Hasselt. - The Nautilus 49: 67.
539. Pilsbry H.A., Cooke C.M. 1915-1916. Manu¬
al of Conchology. Volume 23. Appendix to Amastri-
dae. Tornatellinidae. Index , vols XI-XIII. Philadel¬
phia, Academy of Natural Sciences: i-xi + 1-302, pis
40-55.
540. Pilsbry H.A. 1916-1918. Manual of Con¬
chology; Structural and Systematic. With Illustra¬
tions of the Species. Second Series: Pulmonata.
Volume 24. Pupillidae (Gastrocoptinae). Philadel¬
phia, Academy of Natural Sciences: i-xii + 1-380,
pis 39-49.
541. Pilsbry H.A., Cooke C.M. 1918-1920. Man¬
ual of Conchology. Volume 25. Pupillidae ( Gastro¬
coptinae , Vertigininae). Philadelphia, Academy of
Natural Sciences: i-ix + 1-401, pis 19-34.
542. Plate L.H. 1894. Studien uber opisthopneu-
mone Lungenschnecken. II. Die Oncidiiden. Ein Be-
itrag zur Stammesgeschichte der Pulmonaten. - Zo-
ologische Jahrbucher, Abteilung fur Anatomie und
Ontogenie der Thiere 7: 93-234, pis 7-12.
543. Plate L.H. 1898. Beitrage zur Anatomie und
Systematik der Janelliden. ( Janella schauinslandi n.
sp. und Aneitella berghi n. sp.). - Zoologische Jah¬
rbucher, Abteilung fur Anatomie und Ontogenie der
Thiere 11: 193-280, pis 12-17.
544. Ponder W.F., Stan bury PJ. 1973. Type speci¬
mens in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney.
- Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South
Wales 97: 42-55.
545. Ponsonby J.H. 1907. Description of two new
species of helicoid land-shells from German New
Guinea. - Proceedings of the Malacological Society
of London 7: 224-225.
546. Ponsonby J.H., Sykes E.R. 1899. On Plani-
spira (Cristigibba) buruensis n.sp. and Omphalotro-
pis hercules n.sp. from the island of Buru. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Malacological Society of London 3:
307-308.
547. Prashad B. 1930. Revision of the Asiatic
species of the genus Corbicula. IV. The species of
the genus Corbicula from the Sunda Islands, the
Celebes and New Guinea. - Memoirs of the Indian
Museum 9: 193-203, pis 24-26.
548. Preston H.B. 1902. New species of land-
shells from New Guinea. - Proceedings of the Mala¬
cological Society of London 5: 17-19.
549. Preston H.B. 1905. Description of a new
species of Trachiopsis from British New Guinea. -
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London
6: 207.
550. Preston H.B. 1907. Descriptions of four new
species of Melania from New Ireland and Kelantan.
- Proceedings of the Malacological Society of Lon¬
don 7. 266-268.
551. Preston H.B. 1910. Description of Vivipara
fragilis, n.sp., from Dutch New Guinea. - Proceed¬
ings of the Malacological Society of London 9: 113.
552. Preston H.B. 1911. Descriptions of new
Melaniidae from Goram and Kei Islands, Malay Ar¬
chipelago. - Proceedings of the Malacological Soci¬
ety of London 9: 228-230.
553. Preston H.B. 1913. New minute terrestrial
and aquatic Mollusca from the Dutch East Indian
Island of Beilan-Beilan, with descriptions of four
new genera and subgenera. - The Annals and Mag¬
azine of Natural History , Series 8, 12: 432-439.
Q
554. Quoy J.R.C., Gaimard J.P. 1824. Zoologie: [3
unnumbered pages] + 712 pp. In: de Freycinet M.L.
(ed.) Voyage autout du monde entrepris par Ordre
du Roi, execute sur les corvettes de S.M. i’Uranie
et la Physicienne pendant les annees 1817, 1818,
1819 et 1820 [1824-1844]. Paris, Imprimerie
royale [published in two zoological and two botani¬
cal parts, one text book and one plate atlas for each
group respectively].
555. Quoy J.R.C., Gaimard J.P. 1832. Animaux
mollusques. In: D’Urville D.M.J. (ed.) Voyage de la
corvette 1 7 Astrolabe execute par Ordre du Roi, pen¬
dant les annees 1826-1827-1828-1829. Zoologie
2. Paris, J. Tastu: 320 pp.
556. Quoy J.R.C., Gaimard J.P. 1834. Animaux
mollusques. In: D’Urville D.M.J. (ed.) Voyage de la
corvette 1 7 Astrolabe execute par Ordre du Roi, pen¬
dant les annees 1826-1827-1828-1829. Zoologie
3, part 1. Paris, J. Tastu: 366 pp.
557. Quoy J.R.C., Gaimard J.P. 1835. Animaux
mollusques. In: D’Urville D.M.J. (ed.) Voyage de la
corvette I7 Astrolabe execute par Ordre du Roi, pen¬
dant les annees 1826-1827-1828-1829. Zoologie
3, part 2. Paris, J. Tastu: 369-954, pis 1-8.
R
558. Recluz C.A. 1841. Description de quelques
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
nouvelles especes de nerites vivantes (2e partie,
suite). - Revue zoologique par la Societe cuvieri-
enne 4: 310-318.
559. Recluz C.A. 1850. Notice sur le genre
Nerita et sur le s.-g. Neritina avec le catalogue syn¬
onym ique des Neritines. - Journal de conchyliologie
1: 131-164.
560. Recluz C.A. 1850. Suite du memoire sur le
genre Nerite. - Journal de conchyliologie 1: 277-
288.
561. Recluz C.A. 1851. Description de quelques
coquilles nouvelles. - Journal de conchyliologie 2:
194-216.
562. Reeve L.A. 1842. On the genus Scarabus,
a small group of pulmobranchiate mollusks of the
family Auriculacea. - The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History Series 1, 9: 218-221, pi. 4.
563. Reeve L.A. 1842. Scarabus castaneus. -
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History Series
1, 10: 74-75.
564. Reeve L.A. 1848. Conchologia iconica: or ; il¬
lustrations of the shells of molluscous animals. Vol¬
ume 5. London, Reeve, Benham & Reeve: 89 pis +
i-viii + errata 1 p. [no pagination].
565. Reeve L.A. 1851. On the geographical distri¬
bution of the Bulimi, a genus of terrestrial Mollusca,
and on the modification of their shell to the local
physical conditions in which the species occur. -
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History Series
2, 7: 241-255.
566. Reeve L.A. 1854. Conchologia iconica: or ;
illustrations of the shells of molluscous animals.
Volume 7. Monograph of the genus Helix. London,
Lovell Reeve & Co: 210 pis + index & errata 20 pp.
[no pagination].
567. Reeve L.A. 1859. Conchologia iconica: or ; il¬
lustrations of the shells of molluscous animals. Vol¬
ume 12. Monograph of the genus Melania. London,
Lovell Reeve & Co: 59 pis + index [no pagination].
568. Reeve L.A. 1860. Conchologia iconica: or ;
illustrations of the shells of molluscous animals.
Volume 12. Monograph of the genus Scarabus.
London, Lovell Reeve & Co: 3 pis + index [no pagi¬
nation].
569. Reeve L.A. 1862. Conchologia iconica: or ; il¬
lustrations of the shells of molluscous animals. Vol¬
ume 13. Monograph of the genus Cyclophorus: 20
pis + index [two unnumbered pages]; Monograph of
the genus Leptopoma: 8 pis + index [unnumbered
page]; Monograph of the genus Vitrina: 10 pis + in¬
dex [unnumbered page]; Monograph of the genus
Simpulopsis: 2 pis. London, Lovell Reeve & Co.
570. Reeve L.A. 1864. Conchologia iconica: or ; il¬
lustrations of the shells of molluscous animals. Vol¬
ume 14. Monograph of the genus cyclotus : 9 pis +
index [unnumbered page]; Monograph of the genus
Pterocyclos: 5 pis +■ index [unnumbered page]. Lon¬
don, Lovell Reeve & Co.
571. Reinhardt 0. 1886. Uber die Land- und
Susswasser-Mollusken, welche Herr Dr. 0. Finsch
von seiner letzten Reise nach Neu-Guinea mitge-
bracht hat. - Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft
naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 4: 57-63.
572. Rensch B.K.E. 1931. Die Molluskenfauna
der Kleinen Sunda-lnseln Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa,
Flores und Sumba. I. - Zoologische Jahrbucher,
Abteilung fur Systematic Okologie und Geographie
der Tiere 61: 263-396.
573. Rensch B.K.E. 1932. Die Molluskenfauna
der Kleinen Sundainseln Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa,
Flores und Sumba. II. - Zoologische Jahrbucher ;
Abteilung fur Systematic Okologie und Geographie
der Tiere 63: 1-130.
574. Rensch B.K.E. 1933. Revision und Ergan-
zung der Sarasinschen Rassenkreise celeben-
sischer Landschnecken. - Mitteilungen aus dem
Zoologischen Museum in Berlin 19: 99-120, pi. 3.
575. Rensch B.K.E. 1933. Zur Landschnecken-
fauna von Sumba. - Sitzungsberichte der Gesell¬
schaft naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin 1933:
492-508.
576. Rensch B.K.E. 1934. Landmollusken der
Deutschen Limnologischen Sunda-Expedition. - Ar-
chiv fur Hydrobiologie, Supplement 12. Tropische
Binnengewasser: 739-758.
577. Rensch B.K.E. 1934. Die Molluskenfauna
der kleinen Sunda-lnseln Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa,
Flores und Sumba. III. - Zoologische Jahrbucher ;
Abteilung fur Systematic Okologie und Geographie
der Tiere 65: 389-582.
578. Rensch B.K.E. 1934. Zur Kenntnis der
Land- und SuSwassermollusken Sumatras. - Ar-
chivfur Molluskenkunde 66: 313-339, pi. 14.
579. Rensch B.K.E. 1936. Die Geschichte des
Sundabogens; eine tiergeographische Untersuc-
hung. Berlin, Gebruder Borntraeger: i-viii + 1-318.
580. Rensch I. 1929. Drei neue Papuina- Arten
aus dem Bismarck-Archipel und Neu-Guinea. - Zo-
ologischer Anzeiger 85, No. 3/4: 49-52.
581. Rensch I. 1930. Neue Landmollusken aus
dem Bismarck-Archipel. II. - Zoologischer Anzeiger
92, No. 9/10: 225-234.
582. Rensch I. 1931. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Schneckenfauna der Admiralitatsinseln. - Zoolo¬
gischer Anzeiger 95, No. 5/8: 186-194.
583. Rensch I. 1932. Neue Landmollusken aus
dem Bismarck-Archipel. III. - Zoologischer Anzeiger
98, No. 1/2: 27-36.
86
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
584. Rensch 1. 1933. Diagnosen neuer Papuina-
Arten (Moll. Pulm.). - Zoologischer Anzeiger 102,
No. 11/12: 313-319.
585. Rensch I. 1934. Studies on Papuina and
Dendrotrochus, pulmonate molluscs from the Solo¬
mon Islands. - American Museum Novitates 763:
1-26.
586. Rensch I. 1934. Neue Land-Pulmonaten
aus dem Bismarck-Archipel III. - Zoologischer An¬
zeiger 98, No. 3/4: 73-88.
587. Rensch I. 1934. Systematische und tier-
geographische Untersuchungen uber die Landsch-
neckenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. I. Auf Grund
der Sammlungen von Pater J. Schneider und Dr. A.
Buhler. - Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, Neue Folge 3:
445-488.
588. Rensch I. 1935. Neue Landmollusken aus
dem Bismarckarchipel. IV. - Zoologischer Anzeiger
110, No. 11/12: 279-283.
589. Rensch I. 1937. Systematische und tier-
geographische Untersuchungen uber die Landsch-
neckenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. II. - Archiv
fur Naturgeschichte , Neue Folge 6: 526-644.
590. Rensch I. 1940. Nachtrage zur Landsch-
neckenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. - Zoolo¬
gischer Anzeiger 131, No. 1/2: 29-39.
591. Rensch I., Rensch B.K.E. 1929. Neue Land¬
mollusken aus dem Bismarck-Archipel. - Zoolo¬
gischer Anzeiger 80, No. 3/4: 75-86.
592. Rensch I., Rensch B.K.E. 1934. Diagnosen
neuer Landschnecken von den Salomonen. - Sit -
zungsberichte der Gesellschaft naturforschender
Freunde zu Berlin 1934: 451-453.
593. Rensch I., Rensch B.K.E. 1935. System¬
atische und tiergeographische Studien uber die
Landschnecken der Salomonen auf Grund der
Sammlungen von Dr. E. Paravicini und Dr. H. He-
diger. Teil 1. - Revue suisse de zoologie 42, No. 4:
51-86, pi. 1.
594. Rensch I., Rensch B.K.E. 1935. Diagnosen
neuer Landschnecken von den Salomonen. II. - Sit-
zungsberichte der Gesellschaft naturforschender
Freunde zu Berlin 1935: 249-250.
595. Rensch I., Rensch B.K.E. 1936. System¬
atische und tiergeographische Studien uber die
Landschnecken der Salomonen auf Grund der
Sammlungen von Dr. E. Paravicini und Dr. H. Hedi-
ger. Teil 2. - Revue suisse de zoologie 43, No. 32:
653-695.
596. Richardson L. 1985. Camaenidae: catalog
of species. - Tryonia 12: 1-479.
597. Richardson L. 1983. Bradybaenidae: cata¬
log of species. - Tryonia 9: 1-253.
598. Richardson L. 1988. Streptaxacea: cata¬
log of species. Part 1: Streptaxidae. - Tryonia 16:
1-326.
599. Richardson L. 1989. Streptaxacea: catalog
of species. Part 2: Ammonitellidae, Chlamydephori-
dae, Haplotrematidae, Rhytididae, Systrophiidae. -
Tryonia 18: 1-154.
600. Richling I. 2004. Classification of the He-
licinidae: Review of morphological characteristics
based on a revision of Costa-Rican species and ap¬
plication to the arrangement of the Central Ameri¬
can mainland taxa (Mollusca: Gastropoda: Neritop-
sina). - Malacologia 45, No. 2: 195-440.
601. Riech E. 1937. Systematische, anato-
mische, okologische und tiergeographische Un¬
tersuchungen uber die Susswassermollusken
Papuasiens und Melanesiens. - Archiv fur Naturge¬
schichte, Neue Folge 6: 37-153.
602. Robson G.C. 1914. Report on the Mollusca
collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expe¬
dition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New
Guinea. - Transactions of the Zoological Society of
London 20, No. 7: 287-301, pis 32-33.
603. Roding P.F. 1798. Museum boltenianum.
Sive catalogus cimeliorum e tribus regnis naturae
quae olim collegerat Joa. Fried Bolten , M.D.p.d.
Pars secunda continens conchylia sive testacea
univalvia, bivalvia & multivalsvia. Hamburgi, Johan.
Christi. Trappii: iii-viii +: 1-199 + index [one unnum¬
bered page] [one Papuan species described, no lo¬
cality data given].
604. Rolle H. 1893. Diagnosen neuer Landsch¬
necken. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malako-
zoologischen Gesellschaft 25: 33-35.
605. Rolle H. 1902. Neue Landschnecken. -
Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologisch-
en Gesellschaft 34: 211-212.
606. Rolle H. 1903. Einige neue Binnenmol-
lusken von den Molukken. - Nachrichtsblatt der
Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft 35:
23-24.
607. Rousseau L. 1854. Description des mol-
lusques coquilles et zoophytes. In: Hombron J.B.,
Jacquinot H. (eds) Zoologie. Voyage au pole sud et
dans TOceanie sur les corvettes I’ Astrolabe et la
Zelee execute par ordre du rol pendant les annees
1837-1838-1839-1840 sous le commandement
de M. Dumont D'Urville (1842-1854). Volume 5.
Paris, Gide et J. Baudry: [mollusques et coquilles]
i-viii + 1-118, [index mollusques] 125-131, [con¬
tents] 119-124, [index zoophytes] 131-132. 4
608. Rumphius G.E. 1705. D’Amboinsche Rarit-
eitkamer, Behelzende eene Beschryvinge van
allerhande zoo werke als harde Schaalvisschen,
4 - According to Clark & Crosnier (2000).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
te weeten raare Krabben, Kreeften , en dierge-
lyke Zeedieren, a/s mede allerhande Hoorntjes
en Schulpen die nem in d’ Amboinsche Zee vindt:
Daar beneven zommige Mineraalen, Gesteenten,
en foorten van Aarde, die in d’ Amboinsche, en
zommige omleggende Eilanden gevonden worden.
T’Amsterdam, Francois Halma: foreword & intro¬
duction [30 unnumbered pages] + 1-340 + index
[41 unnumbered pages], 60 pis.
S
609. Sarasin P., Sarasin F. 1898. Materialien
zur Naturgeschichte der Insel Celebes. Band 1. Die
Susswasser-Mollusken von Celebes. Wiesbaden,
C.W. Kreidel: v-viii + 1-104, pis 1-13.
610. Sarasin P., Sarasin F. 1899. Materialien
zur Naturgeschichte der Insel Celebes. Band 2. Die
Land-Mollusken von Celebes. Wiesbaden, C.W. Kre¬
idel: v-viii + 1-248, pis 1-31.
611. Schepman M.M. 1882. Conchyliologische
bijdragen. - Tijdschrift der nederlandsche Dierkun-
dige 6: 20-24, pi. 2.
612. Schepman M.M. 1893. On a collection of
shells from the Moluccas. - Notes from the Leyden
Museum 15: 147-159, pi. 3.
613. Schepman M.M. 1894. On the habitat of
Nanina inquinata V.D. Busch. - Notes from the Ley¬
den Museum 16: 136.
614. Schepman M.M. 1896. Descriptions of new
Melanidae. - Notes from the Leyden Museum 18:
135-139, pi. 2.
615. Schepman M.M. 1897. Description of a new
species of Unio. - Notes from the Leyden Museum
18: 259-260.
616. Schepman M.M. 1906. On a collection of
land- and freshwater mollusks from Taliabu (Xulla-
Isles). - Notes from the Leyden Museum 28: 1-9,
pi. 1 [Sula Islands situated outside the study area,
but administratively belong to the Provinsi Maluku
Utara (North Moluccas) of Indonesia].
617. Schepman M.M. 1908. The Prosobranchia
of the Siboga Expedition. Part I Rhipidoglossa and
Docoglossa. In: Weber M. (ed.) Siboga-Expeditie,
Monographie 491a of Uitkomsten op zoologisch,
botanisch, ogeanographisch en geologisch gebied
verzameld in Nederlandsch Oost-lndie 1899-1900
aan boord H. M. Siboga onder commando van Lui-
tenant ter zee le kl. G.F. Tydeman. Leiden, EJ. Brill:
1-107, pis 1-9.
618. Schepman M.M. 1909. The Prosobranchia
of the Siboga Expedition. Part II Taenioglossa and
Ptenoglossa. In: Weber M. (ed.) Siboga-Expeditie,
Monographie 491b of Uitkomsten op zoologisch ,
botanisch, ogeanographisch en geologisch gebied
verzameld in Nederlandsch Oost-lndie 1899-1900
aan boord H. M. Siboga onder commando van Lui-
tenant ter zee le kl. G.F. Tydeman. Leiden, EJ. Brill:
109-231, pis 10-17.
619. Schepman M.M. 1913. The Prosobranchia,
Pulmonata and Opisthobranchia Tectibranchiata
tribe Bullomorpha of the Siboga expedition Part 6:
Pulmonata and Opisthobranchia Tectibranchiata
Tribe Bullomorpha: xlix-i-f + 453-494, pis 31-32. In:
Weber M. (ed.) Zooiogische Ergebnisse einer Reise
in Niderlandisch Ost-lndien. Volume 3. Leiden, EJ.
Brill: 476 pp, 22 pis.
620. Schepman M.M. 1915. On a collection of
land and freshwater and marine Mollusca from
Waigeu, Ceram, Pulu Weh and Java. - Bijdragen tot
de Dierkunde 20: 17-33.
621. Schepman M.M. 1918. On a collection of
land-, freshwater- and marine Mollusca from north¬
ern New Guinea. - Zooiogische Mededelingen 4:
1-21, pi. 1.
622. Schepman M.M. 1919. On a collection of
land- and freshwater Mollusca and a few marine
Mollusca chiefly collected by Dr. H.A. Lorentz from
New Guinea, the Aru Islands, Timor and Borneo:
155-196, pis 4-8. In: Nova Guinea. Uitkomsten der
Nederlandsche Nieuw-Guinea-expeditie in 1912 en
1913 onder leiding van A. Franssen Herderschee.
Volume 13, Zoologie, No. 2. Leiden, EJ. Brill: 81-
211, pis 1-30.
623. Schileyko A.A. 1996. Guamampa n.g. (Gas¬
tropoda, Pulmonata), a bradybaenid snail with
monadeniid characters. - Bulletin du Museum na¬
tional d’Histoire naturelle , Serie 4, 18, Section A,
No. 3/4: 401-408 [Papuan species mentioned, no
locality data given].
624. Schileyko A.A. 1998. Treatise on recent
terrestrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 2. Gastrocop-
tidae, Hypselostomatidae, Vertiginidae, Truncatelli-
dae, Pachnodidae, Enidae, Sagdidae. - Ruthenica,
supplement 2, No. 2: 134 pp.
625. Schileyko A.A. 1999. Treatise on recent
terrestrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 3. Partulidae,
Aillyidae, Bulimulidae, Orthalicidae, Megaspiridae,
Urocoptidae. - Ruthenica, supplement 2, No. 3:
174 pp.
626. Schileyko A.A. 2001. Treatise on recent ter¬
restrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 7. Endodontidae,
Thyrophorellidae, Charopidae. - Ruthenica, supple¬
ment 2, No. 7: 154 pp.
627. Schileyko A.A. 2002. Treatise on recent ter¬
restrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 8. Punctidae, He-
licodiscidae, Discidae, Cystopeltidae, Euconulidae,
Trochomorphidae. - Ruthenica, supplement 2, No.
8: 133 pp.
88
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
628. Schileyko A.A. 2002. Treatise on recent ter¬
restrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 9. Helicarionidae,
Gymnarionidae, Rhysotinidae, Ariophantidae. - Ru-
thenica, supplement 2, No. 9: 142 pp.
629. Schileyko A.A. 2003. Treatise on recent
terrestrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 10. Ariophan¬
tidae, Ostracolethidae, Ryssotidae, Milacidae, Dya-
kiidae, Stafford iidae, Gastrodontidae, Zonitidae,
Daudebardiidae, Parmacellidae. - Ruthenica, sup¬
plement 2, No. 10: 158 pp.
630. Schileyko A.A. 2003. Treatise on recent ter¬
restrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 11. Trigonochla-
mydidae, Papillodermidae, Vitrinidae, Limacidae,
Bielziidae, Agriolimacidae, Boettgerillidae, Camae-
nidae. - Ruthenica , supplement 2, No. 11: 160 pp.
631. Schileyko A.A. 2004. Treatise on recent
terrestrial pulmonate molluscs. Part 12. Brady-
baenidae, Xanthonychidae, Epiphragmophoridae,
Helminthoglyptidae, Elonidae, Sphincterochilidae,
Cochlicellidae. - Ruthenica , supplement 2, No. 12:
138 pp.
632. Schileyko A.A. 2007. Treatise on recent ter¬
restrial pulmonate molluscs: Oopeltidae, Anadeni-
dae, Arionidae, Philomycidae, Succineidae, Atho-
racophoridae. Additions and corrections. Indexes.
- Ruthenica, supplement 2, No. 15: 162 pp.
633. Schmitt E.M., Glaubrecht M. 2012. Revis¬
iting the “Ralum Project”: Molluscs collected by
Friedrich Dahl in 1896-1897 for the Museum of
Natural History Berlin. - Zoosystematics and Evolu¬
tion 88, No. 1: 79-95.
634. Schmitt E.M., Glaubrecht M. 2013. “Give
me a museum and I will fill it”. The first German
tropical research station at Ralum, Bismarck Archi¬
pelago, 1896-1897, in context of collecting for the
Museum of Natural History Berlin. - Zoosystemat¬
ics and Evolution 89, No. 2: 337-364.
635. Shuttleworth RJ. 1852. Diagnosen neuer
Mollusken. - Mittheil ungen der naturforschenden
Gesellschaft in Bern 248/249: 193-202.
636. Silva K.S. 1993. Rhynchotrochus wiegman-
ni (Martens, 1894) West New Britain and some sat¬
ellites Papua New Guinea. - The Papustyla 7, No.
2: 8-9.
637. Silva K.S. 1993. Planispira deaniana West¬
ern and Gulf Province, Papua New Guinea. - The
Papustyla 7, No. 3: 10-11.
638. Silva K.S. 1993. Rhynchotrochus tayloria-
nus (Adams & Reeve, 1850) mainland Papua New
Guinea and satellite islands. - The Papustyla 7, No.
4: 1-3.
639. Silva K.S. 1995. The “better green snail”
Papustyla xanthochila southern part of Bougainville
Island, Northern Solomons Province, Papua New
Guinea. - The Papustyla 9, No. 1: 3-4.
640. Silva K.S. 1995. Papustyla macfarldi, Bialla
- West New Britain province Papua New Guinea. -
The Papustyla 9, No. 3: 5-7.
641. Silva K.S. 1995. Rhynchotrochus rollsianus
from d’Entrecasteaux Islands Papua New Guinea. -
The Papustyla 9, No. 4: 1-2.
642. Simpson C.T. 1914. A descriptive catalogue
of the naiades, or pearly fresh-water mussels. Part
II Unionidae, Unio - Modularia. Detroit, Bryant Walk¬
er: 527-1045.
643. Simroth H. 1892. Ueber Atopos, eine neue
Vaginulidengattung. - Sitzungsberichte der natur¬
forschenden Gesellschaft zu Leipzig 18: 25-29.
644. Simroth H. 1892. Uber das Vaginulidengenus
Atopos n. g. - Zeitschrift fur wissenschaftliche Zo-
ologie 52: 593-616, pi. 37.
645. Simroth H. 1893. Ueber eine Reihe von
Vagi nu la- Arten. - Sitzungsberichte der natur¬
forschenden Gesellschaft zu Leipzig 17 [1891-
1892]: 58-73.
646. Simroth H. 1893. Ein Nachtrag zu Berichte
uber die Vaginuliden (vom 10. Marz). - Sitzungs¬
berichte der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu
Leipzig 17: 84-86 [new variety for a Papuan spe¬
cies described from the Philippines].
647. Simroth H. 1897. Nacktschnecken aus dem
Malayischen Archipel. - Abhandlungen der Senck-
enbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft 24,
No. 1: 137-144, 1 pi. [plate not numbered].
648. Simroth H. 1914. Drei neue Atopiden aus
Ceram. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malako-
zoologischen Gesellschaft 46: 24-28.
649. Slapcinsky J. 2005. Six new species of Pa-
ryphantopsis (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Charopi-
dae) from the Papuan Peninsula of New Guinea.
- The Nautilus 119, No 1: 27-42.
650. Slapcinsky J. 2006. Paryphantopsis (Gas¬
tropoda: Pulmonata: Charopidae) from the Lou-
isiade Archipelago of New Guinea. - The Nautilus
120, No 4: 119-130.
651. Slapcinsky J. 2007. Three new species of
Paryphantopsis (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Charopi¬
dae) from the Nakanai mountains, New Britain,
Papua New Guinea. - The Nautilus 121, No 4: 182-
190.
652. Smith BJ. 1992. Non-marine Mollusca. Zo¬
ological catalogue of Australia. Volume 8. Austra¬
lian Government Publishing Service: l-XI + 1-399.
653. Smith E.A. 1877. Description of a new spe¬
cies of Helix. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History , Series 4, 20: 242-244.
654. Smith E.A. 1883. Description of four new
species of Helicidae. - The Annals and Magazine of
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Natural History , Series 5 , 11: 190-192.
655. Smith E.A. 1884. An account of the land
and freshwater Mollusca collected during the voy¬
age of the ‘Challenger’ from December 1872 to May
1876. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1884: 258-281, pis 22-23.
656. Smith E.A. 1885. On a collection of shells
(chiefly land and fresh-water) from the Solomon Is¬
lands. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1885, No. 3: 588-609, pis 36-37.
657. Smith E.A. 1887. Notes on a small collec¬
tion of shells from the Loo-Choo Islands. - Journal
de conchyliologie 35: 267-268.
658. Smith E.A. 1887. Notes on some land-shells
from New Guinea and the Solomon Islands, with de¬
scriptions of new species. - The Annals and Maga¬
zine of Natural History Series 5, 19: 416-426, pi.
15.
659. Smith E.A. 1889. On the land- and freshwa¬
ter-shells of the Louisiade Archipelago. - The An¬
nals and Magazine of Natural History Series 6, 4:
199-209, pi. 13.
660. Smith E.A. 1891. Descriptions of three new
species of Helix from New Guinea. - The Annals and
Magazine of Natural History Series 6, 7: 451-452.
661. Smith E.A. 1891. Reports on the zoological
collections made in Torres Straits by Professor A.C.
Haddon 1888-1889. The land shells. - The Scien¬
tific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society New
Series 7: 5-13.
662. Smith E.A. 1891. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of shells from New South Wales, New Guinea,
the Caroline and Solomon Islands. - Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London 1891: 486-491,
pi. 40.
663. Smith E.A. 1891. Notes on some shells re¬
cently received by the British Museum. - The An¬
nals and Magazine of Natural History Series 6, 7:
135-140.
664. Smith E.A. 1892. Description of a new spe¬
cies of Spondylus and a new Helix. - Journal ofCon-
chology 7: 70-73.
665. Smith E.A. 1893. Notes on some species of
land shells from New Guinea. - The Conchologist 2:
108-109.
666. Smith E.A. 1895. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of land-shells from New Guinea. - The Annals
and Magazine of Natural History Series 6, 15: 230-
233.
667. Smith E.A. 1895. Note on Rhysota armiti. -
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History Series
6, 16: 351-352.
668. Smith E.A. 1895. Descriptions of five new
species of land-shells from New Guinea. - The An¬
nals and Magazine of Natural History Series 6, 16:
362-365, pi. 20.
669. Smith E.A. 1896. On some landshells from
New Guinea and other neighbouring islands with
descriptions of new species. - Journal of Malacol¬
ogy 5, No. 2:17-22, pi. 2.
670. Smith E.A. 1896. A list of the land-shells of
the islands of Batchian, Ternate, and Gilolo. - Pro¬
ceedings of the Malacological Society of London 2:
120-122.
671. Smith E.A. 1897. On a collection of land-
shells from New Guinea. - The Annals and Maga¬
zine of Natural History Series 6, 20: 409-420, pi.
9.
672. Smith E.A. 1897. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of land shells from New Guinea and neighbour¬
ing islands. - Proceedings of the Malacological So¬
ciety of London 2: 286-290, pi. 17.
673. Smith E.A. 1898. A list of the land-shells
of the island of Lombock, with descriptions of new
species. - Proceedings of the Malacological Society
of London 3: 26-32, pi. 2.
674. Smith E.A. 1898. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of land shells from New Guinea, North Borneo,
and Alda bra Island, Indian Ocean. - Proceedings of
the Malacological Society of London 3: 33-34, pi. 2.
675. Smith E.A. 1904. Report on a small collec¬
tion of helicoids from New Guinea. - Proceedings
of the Malacological Society of London 6: 114-116.
676. Smith E.A. 1905. Descriptions of new spe¬
cies of land-shells from British New Guinea, and re¬
marks on two species from the Solomon Islands. -
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History Series
7, 16: 193-196.
677. Smith M. 1946. Two new Papuina. - The
Nautilus 59: 94.
678. Solem A. 1953. Marine and fresh-water
mollusks of the Solomon Islands. - Fieldiana
Zoology 34, No. 22: 213-227.
679. Solem A. 1957. Philippine snails of the
family Endodontidae. - Fieldiana Zoology 41, No.
1: 1-12.
680. Solem A. 1958. Endodontide
Landschnecken von Indonesien und Neu Guinea. -
Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 87, No. 1/3: 19-26, pi.
3.
681. Solem A. 1959. On the family position of
some Palau, New Guinea, and Queensland land
snails. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 88: 151-158,
pis 12-13.
682. Solem A. 1959. Systematics and
zoogeography of the land and fresh-water Mollusca
of the New Hebrides. - Fieldiana Zoology 43 [1858]:
1-359, pis 1-34.
90
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
683. Solem A. 1960. Non-marine Ivlollusca from
the Florida Islands, Solomon Islands. - Journal of
the Malacological Society of Australia 1, No. 4: 39-
56.
684. Solem A. 1964. Foxidonta, a Solomon Island
trochomorphid land snail. - The Veliger 6: 120-123.
685. Solem A. 1966. Some non-marine mollusks
from Thailand, with notes on classification of the
Helicarionidae. - Spoliazoologica musei hauniensis
24: 1-110.
686. Solem A. 1968. “Ptychodon” misoolensis
Adam & van Benthem Jutting, 1939, a New Guinea
strobilopsid land snail and review of the genus En-
teroplax. - The Veliger 11: 24-30, 1 map.
687. Solem A. 1970. The endodontid land snail
genera Pilsbrycharopa and Paryphantopsis. - The
Veliger 12: 239-264.
688. Solem A. 1976. Endodontoid land snails
from Pacific islands (Mollusca: Pulmonata:
Sigmurethra). Part I. Family Endodontidae. Chicago,
Field Museum of Natural History: i-xii + 1-508.
689. Soos L. 1911. On a collection of land shells
from New Guinea and adjacent islands. - Annales
musei nationalis hungarici 9: 345-356.
690. Souverbie M., Montrouzier R.P. 1863. De¬
scriptions d’especes nouvelles. - Journal de con-
chyliologie 11: 74-77.
691. Souverbie M., Montrouzier R.P. 1863. De¬
scriptions d’especes nouvelles de I’Archipel Cale-
donien, et des Ties Salomon et Woodlark. - Journal
de conchyliologie 11: 161-176, pi. 5.
692. Sowerby G.B. 1843. Cyclostoma. In: Sow-
erby G.B. (ed.) Thesaurus Conchyliorum. Volume
1: 89-156, pis 23-31 [several Papuan species de¬
scribed but localities given as “unknown”].
693. Sowerby G.B. 1866. Second monograph of
the genus Helicina. In: Sowerby G.B. (ed.) Thesau¬
rus Conchyliorum. Volume 3: 277-302.
694. Sowerby G.B. 1878. Conchologia iconica:
or ; illustrations of the shells of molluscous animals.
Volume 20. London, Lovell Reeve & Co: preface
[one unnumbered page] + 374 pp. [no pagination],
172 pis.
695. Sowerby G.B. 1889. Descriptions of thirteen
new species of land shells, with a note on Bulimus
fulminans. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London 1889: 577-582, pi. 56.
696. Sowerby G.B. 1917. New species of Pupi-
nella, Theodoxus, and Tellina. - Proceedings of the
Malacological Society of London 12: 320-321.
697. Stanisic J. 2008. Land snails of Mua Island,
Torres Strait. - Memoirs of the Queensland Muse¬
um. Cultural heritage Series 4, No. 2: 491-494.
698. Stanisic J., Shea M., Potter D., Griffiths 0.
2010. Australian land snails. A field guide to East¬
ern Australian species. Volume 1. Mauritius, Biocul¬
ture Press: 591 pp.
699. Starmuhlner F. 1984. Results of the Austri-
an-lndian hydrobiological mission 1976 to the An-
daman-lslands: Part IV: The freshwater gastropods
of the Andaman-lslands. - Annalen des Naturhisto-
rischen Museums in Wien 86 B: 145-204, pis 1-5.
700. Strack H.L, 1993. Results of the Rumphius
biohistorical expedition to Ambon (1990). Part 1.
General account and list of stations. - Zoologische
Verhandelingen 289: 1-72, pis 1-4.
701. Strong E.E., Colgan D.J., HealyJ.M., Lydeard
C., Ponder W.F., Glaubrecht M. 2011. Phylogeny of
the gastropod superfamily Cerithioidea using mor¬
phology and molecules. - Zoological Journal of the
Linnean Society 162: 43-89.
702. Strubell B. 1892. [Demonstration and de¬
scription of Acochlidium amboinense and A. para-
doxum. Zwei Nacktschnecken des sussen Wassers
in Amboina] Untitled paragraph. - Verhandlungen
des naturhistorischen Vereins der preussischen
Rheinlande und Westfalens und des Regional-
Bezirks Osnabruck 49: 62.
703. Strubell B. 1892. Landschnecken aus
Halmahera. - Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen mala-
kozoologischen Gesellschaft 24: 41-50.
704. Strubell B. 1895. Diagnosen neuer Arten. -
Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologisch-
en Gesellschaft 27 : 150-153.
705. Sykes E.R. 1903. Descriptions of new land
shells from the Austro-Malayan region. - Journal of
Malacology 10: 64-67, pi. 6.
706. Sykes E.R. 1904. On some non-marine
shells from the Austro- and Indo-Malayan regions.
- Journal of Malacology 11: 87-92, pi. 9.
T
707. Tapparone Canefri C. 1874. Contribuzione
per una fauna malacologica delle Isole Papuane.
I. Molluschi raccolti da Odoardo Beccari nelle Isole
Aru, Kei e Sorong. - Annali del Museo Civico di Sto-
ria naturale di Genova , Serie 2, 6: 548-568.
708. Tapparone Canefri C. 1875. Contribuzione
per una fauna malacologica delle Isole Papuane.
II. Descrizione di alcune specie nuove o mal con-
osciute delle Isole Aru, Sorong e Kei Bandan. - An¬
na// del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Genova ,
Serie 2, 7: 1028-1033.
709. Tapparone Canefri C. 1876. Contribuzione
per una fauna malacologica delle Isole Papuane. III.
Molluschi della Baia di Geelwinck inviati dai sig. 0.
Beccari, L.M. D’Alebertis e A.A. Bruijn. - Annali del
Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Genova , Serie 2,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
8: 323-332.
710. Tapparone Canefri C. 1876-1877. Contribuz-
ione per una fauna malacologica delle Isole Pap-
uane. IV. Molluschi raccolti dal sig. L.M. D’Albertis
nelHsola di Sorong (Costa Nord-Ovest della Nuova
Guinea) nell’ anno 1872. - Annali del Museo Civico
di Storia naturale di Genova , Serie 2, 9: 278-293.
711. Tapparone Canefri C. 1876-1877. Con-
tribuzione per una fauna malacologica delle Isole
Papuane. V. Molluschi raccolti nelle Isole Molucche
da 0. Beccari. - Annali del Museo Civico di Storia
naturale di Genova , Serie 2, 9: 293-300.
712. Tapparone Canefri C. 1878. Recherches
sur la faune malacologique de la Nouvelle-Guinee.
- Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des seances de
I’academie des sciences 86: 1149-1150.
713. Tapparone Canefri C. 1878. Description
d’un genre nouveau de Mol I usque terrestre prov¬
ena nt de la Nouvelle Guinee. - Journal de conchy li-
ologie 26: 169-170.
714. Tapparone Canefri C. 1878. Catalogue des
coquilles rapportees de la Nouvelle-Guinee par
M. Raff ray. - Bulletin de la Societe zoologique de
France 3: 244-277, pi. 6.
715. Tapparone Canefri C. 1880. Contribuzione
per una fauna malacologica delle Isole Papuane.
VII. Descrizione di alcune nuove specie di Molluschi
terrestri della Nuova Guinea. - Annali del Museo
Civico di Storia naturale di Genova , Serie 2, 16: 59-
61.
716. Tapparone Canefri C. 1883. Fauna malaco¬
logica della Nuova Guinea e delle isole adiacenti.
Parte I. Molluschi estramarini. - Annali del Museo
Civico di Storia naturale di Genova, Serie 2, 19:
1-313, 11 pis.
717. Tapparone Canefri C. 1883. Intorno ad al-
cuni molluschi terrestri delle Mollucche e di Sele-
bes. - Annali del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di
Genova 20: 143-175.
718. Tapparone Canefri C. 1886. Fauna malaco¬
logica della Nuova Guinea e delle isole adiacenti.
Parte I. Molluschi estramarini. Supplemento 1. -
Annali del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Geno¬
va, Serie 2, 4, No. 24: 113-199, pis 1-2.
719. Tenison-Woods J.E. 1880. On some fresh¬
water shells from New Guinea. - Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series 1, 4
[1879]: 24-26, pi. 4.
720. Tenison-Woods J.E. 1888. Malaysian land
and freshwater Mollusca. - Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Series 2, 3:
1003-1095, pis 27-30.
721. Thiele J. 1927. Uber die Schneckenfamilie
Assimineidae. - Zoologische Jahrbucher, Abteilung
fur Systematik, Okologie und Geographie der 7/ere
53, No. 1: 113-146, pi. 8.
722. Thiele J. 1928. Revision des Systems der
Hydrobiiden und Melaniiden. - Zoologische Jah¬
rbucher, Abteilung fur Systematik, Okologie und Ge¬
ographie der Tiere 55, No. 1/3: 351-402, 1 pi.
723. Thiele J. 1928. Mollusken vom Bismarck-
Archipel, von Neu-Guinea und Nachbar-lnseln. -
Zoologische Jahrbucher ; Abteilung fur Systematik,
Okologie und Geographie der Tiere 55, No. 1/3:
110-146, pi. 5.
724. Thiele J. 1929. Handbuch der system-
atischen Weichtierkunde. Volume 1, part 1 (Lori-
cata; Gastropoda: Prosobranchia). Jena, Gustav
Fischer: i-vi + 1-376.
725. Thiele J. 1931. Handbuch der system-
atischen Weichtierkunde. Volume 1, part 2 (Gas¬
tropoda: Opisthobranchia und Pulmonata). Jena,
Gustav Fischer: 377-778.
726. Thiele J. 1934. Handbuch dersystematisch-
en Weichtierkunde. Volume 2, part 3 (Scaphopoda;
Bivalvia; Cephalopoda). Jena, Gustav Fischer: i-v +
779-1022.
727. Thiele J. 1935. Handbuch der system-
atischen Weichtierkunde. Volume 2, part 4. Jena,
Gustav Fischer: 1023-1154.
728. Thome J.W. 1992. Veronicellidae (Mollusca:
Gastropoda) pantropicais: II. Redesciqao de cinco
especies com base em tipos e recaracterizagao de
tres especies de Semperula Grimpe & Hoffmann,
1924. - Iheringia 73: 91-112.
729. Trew A. 1993. Edgar Albert Smith’s new
molluscan names. Cardiff, National Museum of
Wales: 86 pp.
730. Tryon G.W. 1885. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and systematic. With illustrations of
the species. Volume 1. Tectacellidae, Oleacinidae,
Streptaxidae, Helicoidea, Vitrinidae, Limacidae, Ari-
onidae. Philadelphia, G.W. Tryon: 364 pp, 60 pis.
731. Tryon G.W. 1886. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and systematic. With illustrations of the
species. Volume 2. Zonitidae. Philadelphia, G.W.
Tryon: 265 pp, 64 pis.
732. Tryon G.W. 1887. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and systematic. With illustrations of the
species. Volume 3. Helicidae:-Vol. 1. Philadelphia,
G.W. Tryon: 265 pp, 63 pis.
733. Tryon G.W. 1888. Manual of Conchology;
Structural and systematic. With illustrations of the
species. Volume 10. Neritidae, Adeorbidae, Cy-
clostrematidae, Liotiidae. Philadelphia, Academy of
Natural Sciences: 3-323, 69 pis.
734. Turner R.D. 1959. Notes on the genus Ta-
heitia (Truncatellidae) in New Guinea with the de-
92
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
scription of a new species. - Occasional Papers on
Mollusks 23: 181-188, pis 21-32.
735. Turner R.D., Clench W.J. 1972. Land and
freshwater snails of Savo Island, Solomons, with
anatomical descriptions (Mollusca, Gastropoda). -
Steenstrupia 2: 207-232.
V
736. Vagvolgyi J. 1975. Body size, aerial disper¬
sal, and origin of the Pacific land snail fauna. - Sys¬
tematic Zoology 24, No. 4: 465-488.
737. Vanatta E.G. 1930. New land shells from
the Solomon Islands. - Proceedings of the Acad¬
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 82: 263-
264, pi. 20.
738. van Benthem Jutting T. 1927. Fauna Buru-
ana. Mollusca. - Treubia 7, Supplementum: 1-35,
pis 1-2.
739. van Benthem Jutting T. 1933. Non-marine
Mollusca from Dutch North New Guinea including
an annotated list of the species of Papuina. - Nova
Guinea: Uitkomsten der Nederlandsche Nieuw-
Guinea-Expeditie in 1903 , 1907, 1909, 1913,
1920 et 1926. Volume 17. Zoology 1: 71-150.
740. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1939. Notes
on the types of some pulmonate shells from the
Scheepmaker collection, now in the Amsterdam
Zoological Museum. - Basteria 4: 28-31 [this publi¬
cation was not checked by the authors].
741. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1941. On a col¬
lection of non-marine Mollusca from the Talaud Is¬
lands and from Morotai (Moluccas). - Treubia 18:
1-27.
742. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1941. Non-ma¬
rine Mollusca from the satellite islands surrounding
Java. - Archives Neerlandaises de Zoologie 5: 251-
348.
743. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1948. System¬
atic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the In-
do-Australian Archipelago. I. Critical revision of the
Javanese operculate landshells of the families Hy-
drocenidae, Helicinidae, Cyclophoridea, Pupinidae
and Cochlostomidae. - Treubia 19: 539-604.
744. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1948. On the
present state of the malacological research in the
Malay Archipelago. - Chronica naturae 104: 129-
138.
745. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1950. Sys¬
tematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the
Indo-Australian Archipelago. II. Critical revision of
the Javanese pulmonate landshells of the families
Helicarionidae, Pleurodontidae, Fruticicolidae and
Streptaxidae. - Treubia 20: 381-505.
746. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1952. Sys¬
tematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the
Indo-Australian Archipelago. III. Critical revision of
the Javanese pulmonate landshells of the families
Ellobiidae to Limacidae, with an appendix on Heli¬
carionidae. - Treubia 21: 291-435.
747. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1953. System¬
atic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the In¬
do-Australian Archipelago. IV. Critical revision of the
freshwater bivalves of Java. - Treubia 22, No. 1/3:
19-73.
748. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1953. Annotat¬
ed list of the non-marine Mollusca of the Moluccan
islands Ambon, Haruku, Saparua and Nusa Laut. -
Treubia 22, No. 2: 275-318.
749. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1956. Sys¬
tematic studies on the non-marine Mollusca of the
Indo-Australian Archipelago. V. Critical revision of
the Javanese freshwater Gastropoda. - Treubia 23:
259-477.
750. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1958. Non¬
marine Mollusca of the island of Misool. - Nova
Guinea: A Journal of Botany, Zoology , Anthropology ,
Ethnography ; Geology and Palaeontology of the
Papuan Region 9, No. 1: 293-338.
751. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1958. Sur un
nouveau mol I usque terrestre, Aphanoconia leopol-
di, de rile de Misool (Arch i pel Mala is). - Bulletin de
Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique
34, No. 25: 1-3.
752. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1958. Some
zoogeographical remarks on the non-marine Mol¬
lusca of the Moluccas. - Proceedings of the Cen¬
tennial and Bicentennial Congress of Biology , Sin¬
gapore 1958 : 164-169.
753. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1959. Non¬
marine Mollusca of the North Moluccan Islands
Halmahera, Ternate, Batjan and Obi. - Treubia 25:
25-87.
754. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1962. Selec¬
tion of lectotypes of non-marine Mollusca of New
Guinea, described by Tapparone Canefri, and now
preserved in the Museo civico di storia naturale “Gi¬
acomo Doria” in Genoa. - Annali del Museo Civico
di Storia naturale di Genova 73: 1-18.
755. van Benthem-Jutting W.S.S. 1963. Non-ma¬
rine Mollusca of West New Guinea. Part 1, Mollusca
from fresh and brackish waters. - Nova Guinea: A
Journal of Botany , Zoology, Anthropology , Ethnog¬
raphy, Geology and Palaeontology of the Papuan
Region 20: 409-521, pis 24-25.
756. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1963. Non¬
marine Mollusca of West New Guinea. Part 2,
Operculate land shells. - Nova Guinea: A Journal
of Botany, Zoology, Anthropology ; Ethnography , Ge-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
ology and Palaeontology of the Papuan Region 23:
653-726, pis 27-30.
757. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1964. Non¬
marine Mollusca of West New Guinea. Part 3, Pul-
monata, I. - Nova Guinea: A Journal of Botany
Zoology Anthropology Ethnography Geology and
Palaeontology of the Papuan Region 26: 1-74, pis
1-2.
758. van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1965. Non¬
marine Mollusca of West New Guinea. Part 4, Pul-
monata, 2. - Nova Guinea: A Journal of Botany
Zoology Anthropology Ethnography Geology and
Palaeontology of the Papuan Region 32: 205-304,
pis 7-10.
759. van der Feen P.J. 1966. Dr. W.S.S. van
Benthem Jutting. - Hydrobiologia 28, No. 2: 309-
317.
760. van Goethem J.L. 1984. Description of Me-
galacron parkinsoni sp.n. from New Ireland, Papua
New Guinea (Gastropoda: Camaenidae). - Indo-
Malayan Zoology 1: 159-162, pi. 1.
761. van Goethem J.L 1995. Een malacoloog in
Papoea Nieuw-Guinea. - Correspondentieblad van
de Nederlandse Malacologische Vereniging 283:
51.
762. van Greve S.J.E. 1981. “The Giant African
Snail”. - Entomology Bulletin 13. The Publications
Officers, publication Section, Konedobu, Papouasie-
Nouvelle-Guinee: [pagination unknown] [this publi¬
cation was not checked by the authors].
763. van Mol J.-J. 1968. Notes anatomiques
sur les Helicarionidae (Gasteropodes Pulmones).
I. Etudes des genres Macrochlamys, Parmarion et
Xesta. - Annales de la Societe royale zoologique de
Belgique 98, No. 3: 189-215.
764. van Mol JJ. 1973. Notes anatomiques
sur les Helicarionidae (Mollusques, Gasteropodes
Pulmones). II. Etudes des genres Pseudaustenia ,
Dyakia, Helicarion et comprenant la description de
Papuarion, genre nouveau. Discussion sur la clas¬
sification des Urocyclidae. - Annales de la Societe
royale zoologique de Belgique 103, No. 2/3: 209-
237.
765. van Regteren Altena C.O. 1964. The life of
Woutera S. S. van Benthem Jutting. Bibliography
and list of new names. - Beaufortia 11, No. 130:
1-21.
766. Vermeulen JJ. 1996. A checklist of the non¬
marine Molluscs of the Tanimbar Islands (Indone¬
sia). - The Papustyla 10: 5-10.
767. Vermeulen JJ. 1996. A checklist of the non¬
marine Molluscs oftheAru Islands. - The Papustyla
10, No. 3: 107-115.
768. Vernhout J.H. 1913. On some land shells
from New Guinea and neighbouring islands, with
descriptions of two new species and a new variety.
- Notes from the Leyden Museum 35: 140-147, pi.
7.
769. Vignard M. 1829. Description du Maillotin
(j Pupina ), nouveau genre de coquilles. - Annales
des sciences naturelles 18: 439-440, pi. 11.
W
770. Wagner AJ. 1905. Helicinenstudien. -
Denkschriften der Ostereichischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften. Mathematisch-Naturwissen-
schaftliche Klasse 77: 357-450, pis 1-9.
771. Wagner AJ. 1906. Helicinenstudi¬
en. Monograph ie der Genera Palaeohelicina
AJ .Wagner und Helicina Lamarck. - Denkschrift¬
en der Ostereichischen Akademie der Wissen¬
schaften. Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche
Klasse 78: 203-248.
772. Wagner AJ. 1907-1911. Die Familie der
Helicinidae. In: System atisches Conchylien-Cabinet
von Martini und Chemnitz. 1, No. 18 (2). Nurnberg,
Bauer und Raspe: 1-391, 70 pis [1907 part 518:
1-32, pis 1-6; 1907 part 522: 33-72, pis 7-12;
1908 part 526: 73-104, pis 13-18; 1908 part 530:
105-136, pis 19-24; 1908 part 534: 137-160, pis
25-30; 1909 part 535: 161-184, pis 31-36; 1909
part 538: 185-216, pis 37-42; 1910 part 541: 217-
248, pis 43-48; 1910 part 542: 249-272, pis 49-
54; 1910 part 543: 273-296, pis 55-60; 1910 part
544: 297-328, pis 61-66; 1911 part 547: 329-391,
pis 67-70].
773. Wallace A.R. 1865. List of the land shells
collected by Mr. Wallace in the Malay Archipelago,
with descriptions of the new species by Mr. Henry
Adams. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 1865: 405-416, pi. 21.
774. Wallace A.R. 1869. The Malay Archipelago:
the Land of the Orang-utan , and the Bird of Para¬
dise: a Narrative of Travel , with Studies of Man and
Nature. London, Macmillan and Co: 638 pp.
775. Wawra E. 1974. The rediscovery of Strubel-
lia paradoxa (Strubell) (Gastropoda: Euthyneura: Ac-
ochlidiacea) on the Solomon Islands. - The Veliger
17, No. 1: 8-10.
776. Wawra E. 1988. Strubellia paradoxa (Stru¬
bell 1892) (Gastropoda: Opisthobranchia) von den
Salomon-lnseln. - Zoologischer Anzeiger 220: 163-
172.
777. Wenz W. 1938. Gastropoda. Teil I: Allge-
meiner Teil und Prosobranchia (Amphigastropoda
u. Streptoneura). In: Schindewolf O.H. (ed.) Handbu-
ch der Palaozoologie. Volume 6, No. 1. Berlin, Ge-
bruder Borntraeger: i-xii + 1-1639.
94
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
778. Whitley G.P., Ponder F.W. 1973. Obituary.
Tom Iredale (1880-1972). - Journal of the Malaco-
logical Society of Australia 2, No. 4: 361-364.
779. Wiegmann F. 1893. Beitrage zur Anatomie
der Landschnecken des Indischen Archipels: 112-
259, pis 9-16. In: Weber M. (ed.) Zoologische Ergeb-
nisse einer Reise in Niderlandisch Ost-lndien. Vol¬
ume 3. Leiden, EJ. Brill: 476 pp, 22 pis.
780. Wiegmann F. 1897. Landmollusken (Stylom-
matophoren). Zootomischer Teil. - Abhandlungen
der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesell-
schaft 24: 289-555, pis 20-31.
781. Wiktor A. 1998. Terrestrial gastropods of
the province of Madang in Papua New Guinea. I.
Terrestrial Prosobranchia. - Archiv fur Mollusken-
kunde 127, No. 1/2: 1-20.
782. Wiktor A. 2002. Terrestrial gastropods of
the province of Madang in Papua-New Guinea. Part
II. Two species of Cryptaustenia Cockerell, 1898
(Pulmonata: Helicarionidae) new to the science. -
Folia malacologica 10: 225-231.
783. Wiktor A. 2003. Terrestrial gastropods (Mol-
lusca) of province of Madang in Papua-New Guinea.
Part III. Pulmonata: Rathousiidae, Ellobiidae, Suc-
cineidae, Agriolimacidae, Endodontidae (partim),
Ariophantidae, Euconulidae, Subulinidae, Streptaxi-
dae. - Folia malacologica 11: 1-21.
784. Wiktor A. 2007. The collection of terrestrial
slugs (Gastropoda: Pulmonata) at the Museum of
Natural History, Wroclaw University (Poland). - Folia
malacologica 15, No 2: 83-93.
785. Winner B.E. 1996. Subulina octona. -
American Conchologist 24: 20-21.
786. Woodward F.R. 1964. Studies on Polyme-
soda expansa (Mousson) (Corbiculidae, Bivalvia)
from the Bismarck Archipelago. - Videnskabelige
Meddelelser fra Dansk Naturhistorisk Forening i
Kobenhavn 127: 149-158, pi. 19.
Z
787. Zilch A. 1953. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 9: Mollusca, Cy-
clophoridae, Diplommatininae. - Archiv fur Mol-
luskenkunde 82, No. 1/3: 1-47, pis 1-13.
788. Zilch A. 1953. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 10: Mollusca, Pleur-
odontidae (1). - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 82, No.
4/6: 131-140.
789. Zilch A. 1954. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 13: Mollusca, Cyclo-
phoridae, Cyclophorinae - Cyclophoreae (1). - Ar¬
chiv fur Molluskenkunde 83, No. 4/6: 141-157.
790. Zilch A. 1955. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 14: Mollusca, Vivi-
paridae. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 84, No. 1/3:
45-86.
791. Zilch A. 1955. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 15: Mollusca, Cyclo-
phoridae, Cyclophorinae - Cyclophoreae (2). - Ar¬
chiv fur Molluskenkunde 84, No. 4/6: 183-210.
792. Zilch A. 1956. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 17: Mollusca, Cy-
clophoridae, Cyclophorinae (3). - Archiv fur Mol¬
luskenkunde 85, No. 1/3: 33-54.
793. Zilch A. 1956. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 18: Mollusca, Cy-
clophoridae, Cyclophorinae (4). - Archiv fur Mol¬
luskenkunde 85, No. 4/6: 171-196.
794. Zilch A. 1957. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 19: Mollusca, Cyclo-
phoridae, Pupininae. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde
86, No. 1/3: 41-56, pis 1-4.
795. Zilch A. 1959-1960. Gastropoda Euthyneu-
ra: 834 pp. In: Schindewolf O.H. (ed.) Flandbuch der
Palaozoologie. Volume 6, No. 2. Berlin, Gebruder
Borntraeger: i-xii + 1-1639.
796. Zilch A. 1960. Die Typen und Typoide des
Natur-Museums Senckenberg, 22: Mollusca, Ca-
maenidae. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 89, No.
4/6: 193-202, pis 16-17.
Annex: Items discovered after compiling the list
797. Egorov R. 2013. A review of the genera of the
terrestrial pectin i branch molluscs (synopsis mainly
based on published data). Littormiformes. In: Trea¬
sure of Russian shells. Supplement 3, part 3. Mos¬
cow, Valentine Skorokhodov: 62 pp.
798. Jordaens K., Bruyndoncx L., van Goethem J.,
Backeljau T. 2008. Morphological and anatomical
differentiation of three land snails of the genus
Rhynchotrochus (Gastropoda: Pulmonata: Camae-
nidae). - Journal of Molluscan Studies 75, No. 1:
1-8.
95
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
98
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Periodicals index
100
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
101
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias exactas ffsicas y naturales 288
de Madrid _
Mitteilungen aus dem Museum fur Naturkunde in Berlin, Zoolgische 354
Reihe
Mitteilungen aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg _
Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin _
Mittheilungen der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Bern _
Molluscan Research _
Monatsberichte der Koniglichen Preussischen Akademie der Wissen-
368 _
574 _
635 _
150, 184 _
387, 388, 389, 390, 394
schaften zu Berlin
Nachrichtsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesellschaft
Nature in Singapore _
Naturwissenschaftliche Rundschau _
Nederlands Nieuw-Guinea _
News Bulletin of the Art Galleries and Museums Association of Austra-
50, 59, 168, 247, 249, 278,
330, 331, 333, 334, 335,
338, 345, 346, 349, 350,
351, 352, 353, 417, 420,
421, 422, 423, 424, 425,
426, 604, 605, 606, 648,
703, 704 _
373 _
213, 214 _
61 _
21
lia and New Zealand
Notes from the Leyden Museum _
Nova Guinea: A Journal of Botany, Zoology, Anthropology, Ethnography,
Geology and Palaeontology of the Papuan Region _
Occasional Papers of the Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum _
Occasional Papers on Mollusks _
Pacific Science _
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London _
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
Proceedings of the Koniklijke Nederlanse Akademie van Wetenschap-
612, 613, 614, 615, 616, 769
750, 755, 756, 757, 758
301 _
103, 734 _
151, 152, 153 _
445 _
183, 257, 258, 526, 530,
531, 534, 738 _
302
pen _
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales
24, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 73,
Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London
Proceedings of the United States National Museum
74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 133, 134,
135, 263, 264, 265, 266,
268, 273, 274, 276, 377,
544, 719, 720 _
51, 52, 86, 87, 117, 187,
198, 199, 200, 201, 202,
203, 220, 237, 238, 239,
240, 241, 242, 243, 244,
418, 533, 537, 545, 546,
548, 549, 550, 552, 670,
672, 673, 674, 675, 696
110, 378
102
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
103
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Discussion
As stated in the “Introduction”, despite the
relatively large number of available bibliographical
sources (798 in total) on the Papuan region, only a
few authors were specialists on the Papuan ma la-
cofauna. Table 1 illustrates the ratio of authors and
the number of their publications. It is clearly dem¬
onstrated that the large majority (78%) are “occa¬
sional authors” who published up to 3 works refer¬
ring to Papuan molluscan taxa.
The oldest published record for the Papuan re¬
gion dates 1705 (Rumphius 1705: “ D’Amboinsche
Rariteitkamer...”). In this extensive book (Fig. 2),
several species of molluscs from Central Moluccan
islands of Ambon and Seram were mentioned.
Of the 271 authors that contributed to malaco-
logical studies of the Papuan region, 149 published
a single paper and 41 authors published only two
papers. Of the authors that contributed the highest
numbers of papers on Papuan taxa, L. Pfeiffer (72
publications), K. Martens (28) and W. Kobelt (26)
were the most prolific (see “Author index” for de¬
tailed information).
Table 1. Authors and their publications: percentage ratio.
104
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
120
1700 1750 1770 1700 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
Figure 1. Number of published works referring to the Papuan malacofauna by decades.
The first publication on molluscan taxa from
the Papuan region appeared in 1705, and the num¬
ber of papers remained constantly low until the mid-
1800’s. The most productive period was between
1850 and 1900, and in particular the 1890’s. The
maximum number of malacological publications on
Papuan taxa, an impressive 107 works, were pub¬
lished between 1890-1900. It should be noted that
there is a general trend in decline of publications
since the 1960’s, when W. van Benthem Jutting re¬
tired from her scientific activities (Fig. 1).
Of the total 798 publications, 636 (80%) are
published in periodicals (scientific journals, re¬
ports), while the remaining 162 works (20%) are
published in books, book chapters, checklists etc.
Within the periodicals, the highest number refer¬
ring to the Papuan malacofauna are found in two
British ( Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, 75 papers; Proceedings of the Malacologi-
cal Society of London, 36 papers) and two German
journals ( Archiv fur Molluskenkunde and Nachrich-
tsblatt der Deutschen malakozoologischen Gesell-
schaft, each with 33 papers).
Geographical evaluation of malacological
literature on the Papuan biogeographical region
This is the first attempt to classify published
information on Papuan molluscan taxa according
to their published geographical distribution. This
evaluation is not pretending be full and complete.
But it should give an insight how much information
is available on which geographical part of the Pap¬
uan region.
We not targeted to evaluate all main geograph¬
ical or / and geological structures of the Papuan re¬
gion (for example, Central Cordillera or Bird’s Head
Peninsula of New Guinea) - this would be too hard
task for the first attempt. Instead, we focused on
islands or insular systems. For the first time we con¬
sciously selected territories unequal by area - from
small to large islands or their parts. Further assess¬
ment would be more detailed as we hope.
Publications with clear references of species’
as also lower or higher rank taxa’s distribution to
the Papuan region are used for a geographical eval¬
uation. In several case when geographical data not
clearly or incompletely given, sources are referred
for “general” geographical objects (e.g. Moluccan
105
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Islands or New Guinea, not specifying exact island
or part of it). General literature, as also checklists,
catalogues, anatomical and other sources not re¬
ferring to any of geographical objects are not con¬
sidered. Erroneous locality data were not corrected.
Absolute majority of publications is devoted
to malacofaunas of today’s Eastern New Guinea
(today’s Papua New Guinea), the Bismarck Archi¬
pelago (inclusive Admiralty Islands) and the Solo¬
mon Islands (Table 2). Contrary, Raja Ampat and
Moluccan islands (Lease Islands are an exception)
as also Indonesian New Guinea are comparatively
much less covered by malacological records.
Table 2. Records of the Papuan molluscan taxa by geographical components.
Island / island group
(alphabetically)
Referring bibliographical sources
Remarks
Bismarck Archipelago
(incl. Admiralty Islands)
7, 8, 13, 15, 25, 31, 33, 41, 42, 50, 54, 88, 89,
97, 103, 106, 107, 108, 134, 139, 145, 175,
178, 182, 184, 189, 192, 200, 203, 220, 228,
232, 238, 239, 241, 252, 258, 261, 275, 280,
286, 289, 290, 291, 295, 322, 323, 324, 326,
327, 337, 339, 340, 341, 342, 344, 368, 370,
386, 391, 394, 395, 396, 403, 404, 422, 423,
448, 452, 454, 458, 473, 476, 480, 487, 491,
493, 496, 499, 501, 503, 504, 506, 507, 509,
514, 521, 524, 527, 528, 529, 543, 550, 773,
563, 567, 568, 573, 575, 580, 581, 582, 583,
584, 586, 587, 588, 589, 590, 591, 593, 595,
605, 609, 610, 630, 636, 638, 640, 651, 653,
655, 656, 657, 663, 669, 677, 679, 680, 681,
685, 688, 689, 692, 699, 716, 720, 723, 731,
733, 739, 760, 770, 771, 772, 783, 786
There are a number of
confusions by early au¬
thors when indicating lo¬
calities for Bismarck and
Admiralty islands. Many
species described as from
Admiralty Islands are in
fact not occurring on them
and may refer even to the
Western Solomons. We do
not split bibliographical re¬
cords to separate islands
to avoid further chaos
The Moluccas, general
18, 52, 57, 58, 83, 176, 186, 229, 238, 239,
244, 286, 330, 336, 339, 348, 360, 364, 381,
384, 386, 391, 393, 396, 400, 402, 404, 431,
454, 466, 468, 470, 475, 483, 487, 493, 499,
507, 517, 518, 519, 521, 522, 524, 525, 527,
528, 529, 532, 536, 541, 555, 773, 567, 568,
573, 574, 607, 609, 610, 614, 617, 618, 630,
645, 657, 673, 674, 699, 716, 717, 718, 720,
731, 733, 738, 739, 741, 742, 743, 746, 747,
749, 750, 752, 767, 768, 770, 771, 772, 797
North Moluccas (Maluku
Utara), general
385, 524, 610, 750, 753
Bacan & Tawali Kecil
10, 52, 58, 103, 117, 187, 228, 336, 339, 340,
341, 348, 373, 382, 385, 386, 388, 391, 396,
404, 506, 509, 521, 524, 527, 528, 568, 570,
573, 606, 631, 670, 680, 706, 716, 717, 718,
720, 731, 739, 741, 745, 747, 753, 770, 772,
773
Gebe
190, 198, 228, 341, 706, 739, 772
106
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Halmahera
4, 5, 48, 58, 110, 117, 193, 200, 223, 228, 229,
287, 334, 335, 336, 339, 340, 341, 348, 373,
374, 375, 376, 382, 385, 386, 388, 389, 391,
404, 426, 441, 517, 521, 524, 527, 528, 529,
573, 604, 609, 610, 631, 647, 670, 703, 705,
706, 716, 717, 728, 731, 738, 739, 741, 745,
750, 752, 753, 770, 771, 772, 773, 797
Kayoa, Makian, Moti, Ter-
nate, Tidore
58, 117, 223, 228, 284, 287, 336, 339, 340,
341, 348, 366, 382, 385, 386, 388, 389, 391,
396, 404, 426, 511, 521, 524, 527, 528, 536,
566, 568, 573, 576, 609, 610, 645, 670, 716,
738, 739, 741, 745, 753
Morotai
228, 391, 741, 753, 768
Obi Islands
146, 147, 227, 228, 229, 340, 341, 342, 348,
373, 382, 386, 391, 405, 406, 426, 441, 536,
553, 573, 576, 606, 618, 679, 679, 680, 705,
706, 738, 739, 741, 749, 753, 772
Sula (= Xulla) Islands
573, 610, 616, 618, 773
Talaud Islands
92, 187, 413, 574, 741
Central Moluccas (Maluku
Tengah), general
750
Banda Islands
49, 58, 223, 228, 231, 287, 339, 342, 364, 373,
388, 391, 394, 404, 521, 527, 529, 536, 540,
573, 576, 610, 613, 645, 679, 679, 680, 731,
738, 741, 745, 746, 770, 772
Buru & Ambelau
49, 52, 57, 58, 117, 187, 239, 249, 340, 342,
347, 348, 373, 380, 386, 387, 388. 389, 391,
404, 426, 441, 521, 527, 528, 536, 546, 573,
609, 610, 612, 618, 716, 717, 730, 731, 738,
741, 746, 749, 750, 772, 773
Lease Islands (Ambon, Ha-
ruku, Nusa Laut, Saparua)
5, 18, 22, 39, 45, 49, 58, 59, 79, 83, 85, 149,
176, 187, 223, 225, 228, 229, 239, 287, 336,
339, 340, 342, 344, 347, 348, 360, 362, 365,
381, 383, 384, 386, 389, 390, 391, 392, 394,
396, 397, 401, 407, 437, 438, 440, 454, 465,
472, 492, 493, 494, 521, 525, 527, 528, 529,
534, 536, 539, 540, 541, 555, 773, 565, 567,
569, 572, 573, 576, 577, 607, 608, 609, 610,
612, 617, 618, 635, 643, 645, 655, 656, 679,
679, 680, 688, 702, 711, 716, 717, 718, 720,
731, 733, 738, 741, 743, 745, 746, 748, 749,
750, 752, 756, 767, 770, 772, 773, 797
Seram
26, 49, 58, 60, 86, 176, 228, 229, 239, 272,
339, 340, 341, 347, 348, 366, 373, 386, 388,
390, 391, 396, 493, 495, 512, 513, 514, 520,
521, 527, 536, 573, 574, 576, 607, 608, 609,
610, 612, 618, 620, 630, 648, 711, 716, 717,
718, 731, 738, 741, 746, 749, 750, 770, 772,
773
Seram Laut Islands
86, 391, 527, 528, 532, 552, 573, 610, 717,
718, 738, 773
107
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
South West Moluccas
(Maluku Tenggara Barat),
general
575
Aru Islands
4, 5, 20, 52, 53, 55,
228, 239, 244, 340,
391, 404, 502, 506,
536, 540, 567, 573,
622, 655, 679, 680,
716, 718, 721, 731,
754, 755, 756, 757,
773, 781, 797
56, 58, 63, 93,
342, 366, 367,
509, 521, 524,
574, 607, 609,
688, 699, 707,
732, 738, 739,
758, 767, 768,
103, 166,
373, 386,
527, 528,
610, 611,
708, 715,
748, 750,
770, 772,
Kei Islands
52, 54, 55, 223, 293, 361, 373, 404, 552, 573,
576, 610, 655, 707, 716, 738, 743, 749, 756,
767, 770, 772, 773, 797
Records for “Key Bandas”
also referred to here
Tanimbar (= Timorlaut)
Islands
52, 56, 173, 186, 187, 199, 223, 239, 342, 364,
373, 391, 417, 419, 529, 532, 540, 541, 573,
610, 631, 680, 766, 767, 772
A number of confusions
for Tanimbar Islands in
earlier publications
New Guinea, general
17, 18, 19, 23, 38, 40, 43, 56, 58, 82, 83, 84, 87,
93, 96, 117, 118, 136, 142, 158, 160, 167, 172,
181, 182, 188, 192, 219, 229, 244, 247, 267,
286, 289, 303, 314, 331, 332, 336, 337, 340,
341, 343, 347, 348, 361, 363, 375, 376, 381,
384, 385, 386, 391, 393, 397, 401, 404, 411,
420, 421, 426, 429, 445, 447, 451, 452, 454,
459, 473, 484, 493, 499, 513, 518, 519, 521,
522, 524, 525, 527, 528, 529, 535, 536, 537,
539, 540, 547, 554, 558, 559, 555, 773, 560,
566, 568, 570, 573, 578, 607, 609, 610, 622,
625, 629, 638, 660, 664, 667, 672, 679, 680,
681, 688, 695, 699, 712, 716, 718, 720, 731,
733, 734, 738, 739, 742, 746, 747, 748, 749,
750, 755, 756, 757, 758, 767, 769, 770, 771,
772, 777, 783, 784, 797
No detailed evaluation
made for main geologi¬
cal components of New
Guinea (for example, Cen¬
tral Cordillera, Peninsulas,
southern lowlands etc.)
Indonesian Papua (excl.
Biak, Numfoor & Yapen)
4, 5, 10, 27, 44, 48, 52, 61, 77, 103, 119, 120,
143, 159, 161, 162, 163, 169, 196, 197, 200,
211, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 239,
240, 242, 248, 250, 251, 255, 265, 272, 283,
287, 298, 300, 302, 306, 311, 330, 339, 340,
341, 342, 344, 348, 349, 366, 370, 375, 386,
391, 404, 408, 412, 425, 439, 450, 462, 524,
527, 528, 529, 535, 551, 773, 566, 571, 602,
607, 610, 621, 622, 627, 630, 650, 651, 656,
669, 671, 672, 680, 681, 682, 704, 706, 707,
709, 710, 713, 714, 715, 716, 717, 718, 733,
734, 738, 739, 754, 755, 756, 757, 758, 767,
768, 772, 773, 781, 783, 795
Biak, Numfoor (= Mafor) &
small surrounding islands
4, 5, 201, 211, 228, 229, 528, 548, 638, 672,
688, 709, 718, 734, 739, 754, 755, 756, 757,
758, 767, 768
Yapen
228, 341, 529, 709, 716, 718, 739, 754, 755,
756, 757, 758, 770, 772, 781, 783
108
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Papua New Guinea
1, 14, 16, 21, 24, 28, 47, 61, 54, 63, 68, 69, 70,
71, 74, 76, 90, 99, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108,
109, 112, 114, 115, 137, 144, 145, 162, 180,
183, 184, 189, 206, 224, 225, 228, 229, 233,
237, 238, 239, 247, 248, 252, 255, 256, 260,
263, 268, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276,
281, 282, 285, 287, 300, 301, 304, 306, 307,
308, 330, 333, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 345,
346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351, 352, 368, 377,
379, 394, 396, 398, 399, 403, 404, 408, 409,
415, 416, 418, 422, 424, 428, 434, 435, 467,
524, 526, 527, 528, 529, 532, 535, 539, 540,
545, 548, 549, 571, 573, 580, 595, 600, 624,
626, 627, 628, 630, 632, 637, 638, 640, 642,
644, 649, 650, 651, 658, 662, 663, 665, 666,
668, 669, 671, 672, 675, 676, 680, 681, 682,
689, 704, 716, 718, 719, 723, 738, 739, 743,
754, 756, 757, 758, 762, 768, 770, 771, 772,
781, 782, 783, 784, 798
Records for the former
German & British New
Guinea are referred here.
Small islands along the
northern coast are also
referred here
D’Entrecasteuax, Louisiade
& Trobriand (= Kiriwina)
islands, Muyua (= Wood¬
lark) Island
14, 30, 54, 65, 67, 71, 121, 132, 133, 162, 180,
200, 202, 232, 239, 257, 263, 268, 272, 277,
285, 305, 339, 340, 342, 347, 377, 378, 386,
391, 404, 424, 427, 473, 515, 527, 528, 529,
532, 540, 595, 630, 641, 650, 654, 656, 658,
659, 663, 665, 666, 669, 671, 672, 676, 680,
681, 690, 691, 693, 696, 731, 733, 739, 768,
770, 772, 783, 797
Torres Strait Islands
66, 68, 72, 123, 162, 195, 217, 223, 232, 239,
366, 401, 404, 483, 527, 532, 539, 540, 607,
610, 661, 681, 697, 730, 739
Administratively Austra¬
lian, these islands hold
typical Papuan malaco-
fauna
Raja Ampat Islands,
general
229
Batanta
309, 750
Gag
228, 391, 776
Misool & Weeim
4, 5, 6, 52, 224, 225, 227, 228, 229, 239, 248,
255, 336, 340, 391, 404, 513, 521, 524, 527,
528, 573, 610, 615, 681, 686, 688, 717, 718,
734, 739, 750, 751, 755, 756, 757, 758, 767,
768, 773
Salawati
228, 309, 394,
758
404, 718, 750, 755, 756, 757,
Waigeo, Rawak, Ivlansuar &
surrounding islands
10, 25, 48, 52,
239, 244, 245,
341, 342, 344,
513, 514, 516,
542, 554, 617,
716, 717, 733,
758, 768, 773
103, 149, 150, 176, 228, 229,
261, 275, 309, 337, 339, 340,
386, 391, 403, 404, 454, 487,
521, 524, 525, 527, 528, 535,
618, 619, 620, 671, 705, 706,
734, 739, 741, 750, 755, 756,
Wayag
228
109
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Acknowledgements
Authors thanks those colleagues friendly as¬
sisted with providing bibliographical information,
including access to original or digitized sources,
particularly Dr. Christian Albrecht (Justus Liebig
University of Giessen, Germany), M.Sc. Petra Beer
and M.Sc. Matthias Hartmann (both Natural Histo¬
ry Museum of Erfurt, Germany), Wim J.S. Maassen
(Naturalis Biodiversity Center, Leiden, the Nether¬
lands), and Dr. Katrin Schniebs (Senckenberg Natu¬
ral history collections Dresden, Museum of zoology,
Dresden, Germany). Roman V. Egorov (Moscow,
Russia) is thanked for valuable comments on the
final version of the manuscript. We are highly in¬
debted to Dr. Darren J. Mann (Oxford University Mu¬
seum of Natural History, Oxford, United Kingdom)
for controlling English language of the manuscript.
References (only items cited within the text)
Beehler B.M., Pratt T.K., Zimmerman D.A. 1986. Birds of
New Guinea. Handbook No. 9 of the Wau Ecology
Greke, K. & Telnov, D.: Review and assessment of the literature on recent non-marine molluscs ...
Institute. Princeton University Press, New Jersey: xiii
+ 293 pp.
Clark P., Crosnier A. 2000. The zoology of the voyage
au pole sud et dans I’Oceanie sur les corvettes
I’ Astrolabe et la Zelee execute par ordre du Roi
pendant les annees 1837-1838 -1839-1840 sous
le commandement de M. Dumontd’Urville (1842-
1854): titles, volumes, plates, text, contents, pro¬
posed dates and anecdotal history of the publi¬
cation. - Archives of Natural History 27, No. 3:
407-435.
Coan E.V., Kabat A.R., Petit R.E. 2013. 2,400 Years of
Malacology, 10th edition. American Malacological
Society: 1-1088, Annex A: 1-89, Annex B: 1-66.
Darlington P.J., Jr. 1962. The Carabid beetles of New
Guinea. Part I. Cicindelinae, Carabinae, Harpalinae
through Pterostichini. - Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology 126: 321-564, pis. 1-4.
Darlington P.J., Jr. 1971. The Carabid beetles of New
Guinea. Part IV. General considerations, analysis
and history of the fauna, taxonomic supplement.
- Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
142: 129-337.
Evenhuis N.L. 2003a. Dating and publication of the En¬
cyclopedic Methodique (1782-1832), with special
reference to the parts of the Histoire Naturelle and
details on the Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. -
Zootaxa 166: 1-48.
Evenhuis N.L. 2003b. Publication and dating of the jour¬
nals forming the Annals and Magazine of Natural
History and the Journal of Natural History. - Zoo¬
taxa 385: 1-68.
Gressitt, J.L. 1982. General introduction: 3-13. In: Gres-
sitt J.L. (ed.) Monographiae Biologicae 42, Bioge¬
ography and ecology of New Guinea. Dr W. Junk
Publishers, The Hague.
Mayr E. 1944. Wallace’s Line in the light of recent zoo¬
geographic studies. - The Quarterly Review of Biol¬
ogy 19, No. 1: 1-14.
Reichholf J.H. 2003. Malesian Island biogeography.
From Alfred R. Wallace to Robert H. MacArthur and
beyond: What makes “Wallacea” so unique? - Jour¬
nal of Zoological society Wallacea 1: 4-11.
Riedel A. 2002. Taxonomy, phylogeny , and zoogeogra¬
phy of the weevil genus Euops (Insecta: Coleoptera:
Curculionoidea) in the Papuan region. Disserta¬
tion zur Erlangung des Doktorgrades der Fakultat
fur Biologie der Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitat
Munchen: 216 pp.
Telnov D. 2011. Anthicidae (Insecta: Coleoptera) of the
Indo-Australian transition zone: Taxonomy, diversity
and biogeography. Summary of the Doctoral thesis
in biology, zoology. Faculty of Biology, University of
Latvia. Riga: 54 pp.
van Benthem Jutting T. 1933. Non-marine Mollusca from
Dutch North New Guinea including an annotated
list of the species of Papuina. - Nova Guinea: Uit-
komsten der Nederlandsche Nieuw-Guinea-Expe-
ditie in 1903, 1907, 1909, 1913, 1920 et 1926.
Volume 17, Zoology 1: 71-150.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figure 2. Plate 27 of Rumphius (1705: 91-93) showing first non-marine molluscan species records from the Papuan
region (© Biodiversity Heritage Library): I - Pythia scarabaeus Linnaeus, 1758 (listed as “Cochlea imbrium", from
Ambon); 0 - Planispira zonaria (Linnaeus, 1767) (listed as first “Serpentuli”, from northern coast of Seram); P - Na-
ninia citrina (Linnaeus, 1758) (listed as “Cochlea terrestris” , from Ambon); R - Chloritis ungulina (Linnaeus, 1758)
(listed as second “Serpentuli” , from Ambon).
112
Chantanaorrapint, S. & Poes, T.: Southern Thailand bryophytes I, with description of Cololejeunea ramromensis
Southern Thailand bryophytes I,
with description of Cololejeunea ramromensis
Sahut Chantanaorrapint 1, Tamas Poes 2
1 - Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Prince of Songkla University, 90112, Hat Yai,
Songkhla, Thailand; chantanaorrapint@gmail.com
2 - Corresponding author: Institute of Biology, Department of Botany, Eszterhazy Karoly College,
Pf. 43, H-3301, Eger, Hungary; colura@upcmail.hu
Abstract: T. Poes, in cooperation with the Prince of Songkla University, together with S. Chantanaorrapint, K. U-
Taynapuh, G.E. Lee, D. Tang and with S. Somadee, collected bryophytes in the southern part of Thailand, mainly in
Nakhon Si Thammarat Province. The collection resulted in 540 bryophytes, mostly liverwort specimens belonging to
about 170 species of which 150 taxa are already identified, mostly by the two authors. Among them 22 proved to
be the first record to Thailand or to the whole Indochina and one, Cololejeunea ramromensis Poes, new to science.
A revision of Lejeunea species is in press, while identifications of Drepanolejeunea and some critical Colura and
Microlejeunea species are to be published later. Analysing the distribution of the species, interesting biogeographic
conclusions can be drawn. The dominance of Malesian species is obvious in contrast to northern Thailand, where
the Himalaya n-Chinese and southeast Asian elements form the majority.
Keywords: Cololejeunea, epiphylls, Indomalesia, Khao Ramrome, Nakhon Si Thammarat.
Introduction
During the period between 24 October and 12
November the second author collected bryophytes
guided or accompanied by S. Chantanaorrapint,
K. U-Taynapuh, S. Somadee, botanists from Thai¬
land, by G.E. Lee with her husband, D. Tang from
Malaysia and by L. Papp, Hungarian entomologist.
The aim of the collecting trip was to explore the
less known bryoflora of southern Thailand, as the
majority of previous collections originate from the
northern half of the country. The exploration was
carried out in cooperation with the Department of
Biology, Faculty of Science, Prince of Songkla Uni¬
versity, Hat Yai, Songkhla, Thailand. The first set of
collected material is deposited in the herbarium of
this University (PSU) and its duplicates are in the
herbarium of the Botany Department, Institute of
Biology, Eszterhazy College, Eger, Hungary (EGR).
Although during the trip we were able to visit only
one locality (Khao Ramrome summit) at higher alti¬
tude (up to 945 m), the rich lowland and submon¬
tane rainforests also yielded many novelties. We
tried to investigate also the oil bodies of liverworts
during the field trip. In the following we give an ac¬
count on the records new to science or to Thailand
(according to Lai et al. 2008), identified by the two
authors. The Calymperaceae materials were iden¬
tified by S. Orban and species of Lopholejeunea
by A. Sass-Gyarmati (EGR). The Lejeunea species
are revised and under publication by G.E. Lee et al.
(2014) while the Drepanolejeunea material is stud¬
ied by J. Inuthai (PSU).
Description of a new species
Cololejeunea ramromensis Poes sp. nov. (Figs
1-10)
Subgenus Cololejeunea
Type material: holotype PSU, isotype EGR, T. Poes
and G.E. Lee 1213/T, Thailand: Nakhon Si Thammarat
Prov.: Summit of Mt. Khao Ramrome 8 km NW of Ron
Phibun town, on the N side of the sharp ridge around
Khao Ramrome Resort at 930-940 m alt. 08°14.18’N,
99°48.182’E. Date: 29. Oct. 2012. Montane rainforest.
Derivatio nominis: The new species is named
after its type locality, the summit of Ramrome
Mountains, a very rich bryophyte habitat.
Description: Minuscule, sparsely, irregularly
branching, pale witish green, 1-4 mm long plants
with shoot width of 450-500 pm, creeping on living
filmy fern (Hymenophyllaceae) leaves in montane
113
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
rain forest. Stem 25-40 pm thick, with one med¬
ullary and 5 cortical cell rows of which one forms
the ventral merophyte. Branching thecal, Lejeunea
type. Leaves distant, falcato-ovate, asymmetric, of¬
ten with cuneate base. Size 300-350 x 120-195
pm, 18-23 cells wide. Lobe cells with thin walls and
without trigones and any other thickenings. Mar¬
ginal cells with ciliae 24-35 pm long. Submarginal
cells subquadrate to rectangular, 10-12 x 7-9 pm,
median lobe cells and lobule cells elongate rhom¬
boid, 12-15 x 8-12 pm, basal ones more elon¬
gate, up to 36 pm long. Ventral side of lobe and
lobule smooth, while on the dorsal side the cells
bear 15-20 pm long ciliae, giving the leaves a “hir¬
sute” surface. Lobule ovate, about 40% of the lobe
length and width, with falcate or straight, one celled
1st and with a somewhat larger, 15-10 pm long 2nd
tooth, which cross each other or lying parallel side
by side. Hyaline papilla not seen. Stylus bicellular.
Gemmae uncommon, round, consisting of 16 cells.
Probably dioicous, as only female plants were ob¬
served. Gynoecium on shoot apex with one inno-
Figures 1-4. Cololejeunea ramromensis Poes, sp. nov. 1 - Shoot, ventral view; 2 - Gynoecium; 3 - Leaf, ventral view;
4 - Leaf, dorsal view. All photographed from the holotype [scale bars in pm].
114
Chantanaorrapint, S. & Poes, T.: Southern Thailand bryophytes I, with description of Cololejeunea ramromensis
vation, female bracts about half perianth length
and with lobule almost equalling the lobe. Perianth
obovate, 320-480 x 200-220 pm, with a one cell
row high, 15-20 pm long beak and with two larger
dorsal and with one obtuse ventral carenae. The
whole outer surface of bracts and of the perianth,
similarly to the dorsal side of leaves, ciliately hir¬
sute. Sporophyte rare, young capsule subglobose,
of 105 pm diameter.
Differential diagnose: The new species is ob¬
viously related to Cololejeunea kalombangerae
Poes, known from Papua New Guinea and Solomon
Islands (Poes 2011) and to Cololejeunea konratii
Poes, from the Fiji Islands (Poes 2012). The lobuli
of the three species are similar to each other. But
C. ramromensis is well distinguishable from the
two other species by its much longer marginal and
dorsal ciliae. In addition, its lobes are 18-23 cells
Figures 5-10. Cololejeunea ramromensis Poes, sp. nov. 5 - Shoot, ventral view; 6 - Gynoecium; 7-8 - leaves,
ventral view; 9 - Shoot, dorsal view; 10 - Leaf, dorsal view. SEM micrographs from the isotype [scale bars in pm].
115
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
wide while in the other two species only 12-14
cells wide. Instead of the longciliae of the new spe¬
cies their dorsal lobe side has only relatively short
papillae.
Distribution: At present it is known only from the
type locality in southern Thailand.
Enumeration of taxa new to Thailand or Indochina
Remark: Citations of plant name authors follow
Brummitt & Powell (1996).
Cheilolejeunea lindenbergii (Gottsche) Mizutani,
1979
= Cheilolejeunea luerssenii (Stephan i) Mizutani
1967
Localities: Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: Sum¬
mit of Mt. Khao Ramrome 8 km NW of Ron Phi-
bun town, on a sharp ridge behind the telecom¬
munication tower, at 930-945 m alt. 08°14.28’N,
99°48.32”E. Mossy montane rainforest, on bark.
Coll.: T. Poes , S. Chantanaorrapint & G.E. Lee
1209/D. A species characterized by its very broad,
emarginate or shallowly incised underleaves and by
the high dorsal mammillae of the leaves.
Known distribution: Sri Lanka, Bangladesh, In¬
donesia and Malaysia (Kitagawa 1969), Fiji Islands
(Poes et al. 2011).
Cheilolejeunea ryukyuensis Mizutani, 1982
Localities: Songkhla Prov.: Tone Nga Channg wa¬
terfall area 25 km WSW of Hat Yai town, at 120-180
m alt. 06°56.85’N, 100°14.06’E. Rocky hill rain¬
forest, on bark. Coll.: T. Poes & G.E. Lee 1207/A;
Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov., Sichon Distr.: Nam
Tok Sikiet Nat. Park, Si Keed Waterfalls area at 100
m alt. 09°00’N, 99°46.32’E. Often inundated low¬
land rainforest on limestone ground, along stream¬
let with travertine cataracts, on bark. Coll.: T. Pocs&
S. Somadee 1220/ B. The species is distinguished
from the related Ch. intertexta by its orbicular leaf
lobe and the presence of flagelliform branches.
Known distribution: China: Hong Kong and Ja¬
pan: Ryukyu Islands (Zhu & So 2001).
Cololejeunea dankiaensis Tixier, 1969
Localities: Mt. Khao Ramrome, see No. 1, epi-
phyll. (For saving space, we do not repeat already
given localities, just refer to the serial number of
species, where it is described in details). Coll.: T.
Poes , S. Chantanaorrapint & G.E. Lee 1209/ AD.
Known distribution: S Vietnam, Cambodia (Tix¬
ier 1969).
Cololejeunea diaphana A. Evans, 1905 (Fig. 11)
Localities: Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: Khao Lu¬
ang Nat. Park, Karome Waterfalls on the S slopes,
at 200-300 m alt. 08°22.37’N, 99°42.00’E. Hill
rainforest on the E side of the falls, epiphyll. Coll.: T.
Poes 1223/ AB.
Known distribution: Pantropical.
Cololejeunea ensifera Tixier, 1969 (Fig. 12)
Localities: Mt. Khao Ramrome, see No. 1, epi¬
phyll. Coll.; T. Poes , S. Chantanaorrapint & G.E. Lee
1209/ AF, 1209/JB.
Known distribution: S-Vietnam, Cambodia (Tix¬
ier 1969).
Cololejeunea inflectens (Mitten) Benedix, 1953
(Fig. 13)
Localities: Mt. Khao Ramrome, see No. 1, epi¬
phyll. Coll.: T. Poes, S. Chantanaorrapint & G.E. Lee
1209/AA; Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: Summit of
Mt. Khao Ramrome 8 km NW of Ron Phibun town,
on a sharp ridge around Khao Ramrome Resort at
930-940 m alt. 08°14.18’N, 99°48.182’E. Mon¬
tane rainforest, on twigs. Coll.: T. Poes & G.E. Lee
1213/Y; Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: Mt. Khao
Lek, abandoned iron mines near Huai Phan village,
at 220 m alt. 08°46.56’N, 99°43.41”E. Remnants
of see mist effected hill rainforest, epiphyll. Coll.: T.
Pocs7 G.E. Lee & K. U-Taynapuh 1216/P.
Known distribution: Palaeotropical species,
from Madagascar and Seychelles to Fiji Islands
(Poes et al. 2011).
Cololejeunea kulelensis Tixier, 1985
Localities: Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: Pliu
(Plew) Waterfall area 9 km E of Thu ng Song town, at
185-212 m alt. 08°09.78’N, 99°45.59’E. Primary
hill rainforest in a rocky stream valley dominated
by Quercus and Castanopsis spp., epiphyll. Coll.: T.
Poes & G.E. Lee 12 11/ AN.
Known distribution: Sumatra, Cambodia, Peni-
nular Malaysia and Fiji (von Konrat et al. 2010;
Poes et al. 2011).
Cololejeunea latilobula (Herzog) Tixier, 1985 (Fig.
14)
Localities: Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: Klong
Jang Waterfalls on the W slope of KHAO MEN Mt. at
150 m alt. 08° 16.24’N, 99°38.67’E. Hill rainforest
around the falls, on granitic rocks. Coll.: T. Poes & S.
Somadee 1218/ A, 1218/ AC.
Known distribution: Widespread Palaeotropical
species distributed all over Africa, Asia and the Pa¬
cific.
116
Chantanaorrapint, S. & Poes, T.: Southern Thailand bryophytes I, with description of Cololejeunea ramromensis
Cololejeunea madothecoides (Stephan i) Benedix,
1953
Localities: Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: Krung
Ching Waterfall area (annex of Khao Luang Na¬
tional Park) near Phi Tam village, at 160-240 m alt.
08°43.41’N, 99°40.09’E. Wet hill rainforest below
the falls, on bark of Homonoia riparia (Euphorbia-
ceae) bush on the stream bed rocks. Coll.: T. Poes ,
G. E. Lee & K. U-Taynapuh 1217/ J.
Known distribution: India, Bhutan, Vietnam, Ja¬
pan, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, New Guinea (Asthana
& Srivastava 2003; Poes & Piippo 2011).
Cololejeunea pacifica Poes, 2012 (Fig. 15).
Localities: Mt. Khao Lek, see No. 3, epiphyll,
Coll.: T. Poes, G.E. Lee & K. U-Taynapuh 1216/K.
Known distribution: Tonga: Vaifele (Eua Island);
Tahiti: Fautaua Valley near Papeete and above the
petroglyph rocks of Tipiare (Hurlimann 1987: 222);
Fiji: Viti Levu and Kadavu Islands (Poes 2012). It is
new to the whole Indomalesia and Asia. C. pacifica
and C. cardiocarpa form an interesting vicariant
pair of related, allopatric species. Cololejeunea car¬
diocarpa is very widespread in the Neotropics and
in Africa and occurs in Eastern Australia and New
Caledonia as well never overlapping in its distribu¬
tion with the Pacific and Asian C. pacifica.
Cololejeunea paucimarginata Tixier, 1985 (Fig.
16)
Localities: Tone Nga Chang waterfall area, see
No.2, on streambed rocks, Coll.: T. Poes & G.E. Lee
1207/E-, Nakhon Si Thammarat Prov.: In the rocky
stream valley below the Pliu Waterfalls 8 km E of
Thung Song town, at 140-160 m alt. 08°09.50’N,
99°45.36’E, Secondary rainforest. Coll.: T. Poes &
G.E. Lee 1212/D.
Known distribution: Hitherto considered to be
an endemic of Java (Tixier 1985).
Cololejeunea raduliloba Stephani, 1895 (Fig. 17)
Localities: Songkhla Prov.: Ban Huare village
area 22 km WSW of Hat Yai town, at 50 m alt.
06°57.20’N, 100°16.12’E. Stream side in a rub¬
ber plantation replacing former lowland rainforest,
on rocks. Coll.: T. Poes & G.E. Lee 1208/ D; Pliu Wa¬
terfalls, see No. 13, on streambed rocks. Coll.: T.
Poes & G.E. Lee 1212/P.
Known distribution: Plaeotropical species dis¬
tributed from the Seychelles and Madagascar
through Indonesia and China to Australia, New
Caledonia, Fiji and Caroline Islands (von Konrat et
al. 2010; Poes et al. 2011).
Cololejeunea spathulifolia (Stephani) Tixier, 1985
(Fig. 18)
Localities: Pliu Waterfall area, see No. 7, epiphyll.
Known distribution: Reunion, Vietnam, New
Caledonia and Hawaii (Tixier 1985).
Cololejeunea stephanii Schiffner ex Benedix,
1953 (Fig. 19)
Localities: Mt. Khao Ramrome, see No. 1, epi¬
phyll. Coll.: T. Poes, S. Chantanaorrapint & G.E. Lee
1209/ AE.
Known distribution: Java, Sumatra, Malaysia,
Sabah, Philippines: Mindanao (Tixier 1978); China:
Hainan, New Guinea (Zhu 1995).
Colura brevistyla Herzog, 1921 (Fig. 20)
Localities: Mt. Khao Lek, see No.3. Coll.: T. Poes,
G.E. Lee & K. U-Taynapuh 1216/M.
Known distribution: Sri Lanka, Philippines, Mar¬
iana and Fiji Islands (Poes et al. 2011).
Colura leratii (Stephani) Stephani, 1916 (Fig. 21)
Localities: Pliu Waterfalls, see No. 13, epiphyll.
Coll.: T. Poes & G.E. Lee 1212/ Q.
Known distribution: Indomalesian-Pacific spe¬
cies widespread from India to New Caledonia and
Fiji. (Poes & Eggers 2007).
Colura ornata K.l. Goebel, 1891 (Figs 22-23)
Localities: Krung Ching Waterfall, see No. 11.
Wet hill rainforest below the falls, epiphyllous. Coll.:
T. Poes, K. U-Taynapuh 1217 /AE, 1217/AH. (Fig.
22). Noticeable are the peculiar shaped, more than
50 celled gemmae of this species, observed for the
first time (see fig. 23), with their four adhesive cells.
Known distribution: Java, Peninsular Malaysia,
Borneo, Philippines: Luzon, China (Jovet-Ast 1954;
Piippo 1990).
Colura pallida Stephani, 1916 (Figs 24-25)
Localities: Khao Ramrome summit area, see
No. 1, epiphyllous and 7, on bark. Coll.: T. Poes,
S. Chantanaorrapint & G.E. Lee & K. U-Taynapuh
1209/AY, 1213/M. The gemmae of this species
were observed as round, consisting of approximate¬
ly 40 cells (fig. 24).
Known distribution of C. pallida: It was consid¬
ered to be an endemic of New Guinea (Jovet-Ast
1954).
Lepidolejeunea graeffei (Jack, Stephani) R.M.
Schust, 1980
Localities: Nam Tok Sikiet Nat. Park, see No. 2,
on bark. Coll.: T. Poes & S. Somadee 1220/BB,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
1220/0.
Known distribution: Indonesia, Philippines,
New Guinea, Solomon Islands, New Caledonia,
Vanuatu, Caroline, Fiji, Samoa (Piippo 1986; Thou-
venot et al. 2011).
Leptolejeunea subrotundifolia Herzog, 1942 (Figs
26-28)
Localities: Krabi Prov.: Sa Morakot (Crystal Pool)
Reserve, 5 km SE of Klong Thom Nuea, at 70 m alt.
07°55.92’N, 99°16.20’E. Open woodland on trav¬
ertine banks of “Emerald Pool” formed by Madhuca
malaccensis (C.B. Clarke) HJ. Lam (Sapotaceae)
Figures 11-16. Cololejeunea species. 11 - Cololejeunea diaphana A. Evans, leaf, ventral view, no.l223/AB; 12 -
Cololejeunea ensifera Tixier, leaf, ventral view, no. 1209/JB; 13 - Cololejeunea inflectens (Mitt.) Benedix, laf, ven¬
tral view, no. 1213/Y; 14 - Cololejeunea latilobula (Herz.) Tixier, leaf, ventral view, no. 1218/A; 15 - Cololejeunea
pacifica Poes, shoot, ventral view, no. 1216/K; 16 - Cololejeunea paucimarginata Tixier, lobe apex, no. 1207/E
[scale bars in pm].
Chantanaorrapint, S. & Poes, T.: Southern Thailand bryophytes I, with description of Cololejeunea ramromensis
trees and masses of Pteris sp. in the undergrowth.
On bark of Rademachera pinnata (Blanco). Coll.: T.
Poes & S. Somadee 1228/C. The gynoecium of this
species was observed the first time (see fig. 27), as
the type specimen of this dioicous plant has only
androecia.
Known distribution: onlythetype locality in Kali¬
mantan Barat (Herzog 1942), also from bark. Most
of the other Leptolejeunea species are epiphyllous.
Radula cf. kinabaluensis Yam a da, 1973
Localities: Khao Ramrome, see No. 1, epiphyl¬
lous. Coll.: T. Poes , S. Chantanaorrapint & G.E. Lee
1209/ U.
7 100
Figures 17-22. Cololejeunea and Colura species. 17 - Cololejeunea raduliloba Steph., shoot, ventral view, no.
1208/D; 18 - Cololejeunea spathulifolia (Steph.) Tixier, leaf, ventral view, no. 1211/AO; 19 - Cololejeunea stephanii
Schiffn. ex Benedix, leaf, ventral view, no. 1209/AE.; 20 - Colura brevistyla Herz., shoot, ventral view, no. 1216/M;
21 - Colura leratii (Stzeph.) Steph., shoot, ventral view, no. 1212/Q; 22 - Colura ornata K.l. Goebel, shoot, ventral
view, no. 1217/AH [scale bars in pm].
119
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Known distribution: Hitherto considered to be
endemic to Borneo: Mt. Kinabalu (Yamada 1979).
Radula protensa Linden berg, 1848
Localities: Krabi Prov.: Sa Morakot (Crystal Pool)
Reserve, 5 km SE of Klong Thom Nuea, at 60-70 m
alt. 07°55.45’N, 99°15.66'E. Swamp forest along
streamlet with travertine banks, on bark. Coll.: T.
Poes & S. Somadee 1227/E.
Known distribution: Indomalesian species dis¬
tributed from India to south China, Philippines and
New Guinea (Yamada 1979).
Figures 23-28. Colura and Leptolejeunea species. 23 - Gemma of Colura ornata K.l. Goebel, no. 1217/AH; 24
- Gemma of Colura pallida Steph., no. 1209/AY; 25 - Colura pallida K.l. Goebel, leaf, ventral view, no. 1209/AY;
26-28 - Leptolejeunea subrotundifolia Herz. no. 1227/E; 26 - shoot, ventral view; 27 - Gynoecium; 28 - Under¬
leaves [scale bars in pm].
120
Chantanaorrapint, S. & Poes, T.: Southern Thailand bryophytes I, with description of Cololejeunea ramromensis
Discussion
Although a full phytogeographical analysis of
Thai bryoflora is at the present level of our knowl¬
edge cannot be done, some approach was made
by Lai et al. (2008), counting the generic similarity
to China is 75.6%, to Borneo 72.7% and to Japan
72.5%. Obviously this is a generalised picture and
the northern half of the country shows more affinity
to the Sino-Japanese flora while the southern half
to the Malesian one. This fact is reflected even in
the distributional data of the above new records,
of which Cheilolejeunea lindenbergii (Gottsche)
Mizutani, Cololejeunea kulelensis Tixier, C. mado-
thecoides (Stephan i) Benedix, C. stephanii Schiff-
ner ex Benedix, Colura brevistyla Herzog, C. leratii
(Stephani)Stephani, C. ornata K.l. Goebel, C. pallida
Stephan i, Lepidolejeunea graeffei (Jack, Stephan i)
R.M. Schust, and Leptolejeunea subrotundifolia
Herzog have Malesian-Pacific affinities. Notice¬
able are the very disjunct occurrence of a few spe¬
cies of this kind, like Cololejeunea pacifica Poes,
C. paucimarginata Tixier and that of Leptolejeunea
subrotundifolia Herzog. The number of Indochinese
endemic species is considerable, Cololejeunea
dankiaensis Tixier, C. ensifera Tixier and Cololejeu¬
nea ramromensis Poes sp. nov. [described above]
can be classified in this group. On the other hand,
only Cheilolejeunea ryukyuensis Mizutani can be
considered as a taxon of Sino-Japanese affinity and
the rest of the species are more widespread. If we
compare the above 23 new records to the known
number of Thai liverworts (386), we can agree with
the statement of Lai et al. (2008), that many of the
liverwort taxa are still waiting for discovery in Thai¬
land.
Acknowledgements
Thanks are due to Prince of Songkla Univer¬
sity (Prof. Anchana Prathep, Chutamas Satasook
and Prof. Kitichate Sridith (Hatyai, Thailand)) for
their hospitality and help during the visit, to Dr.
Kittichon U-Taynapuh from the Department of Bio¬
chemistry (Thung Song, Thailand) for bringing us
to nice localities around Thung Song town and to
Mrs. Surisa Somadee (Thailand Hoya Club, Khao
Men Resort, Thailand) for her guidance in Nakhon
Si Thammarat Province. The authors thank Dr. Matt
von Konrat, Prof. Lars Soderstrom and Anders Hag-
borg (Department of Biology, Norwegian University
of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norway)
providing them with the unpublished database of
ELPT. The second author is grateful for the finan¬
cial support of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences.
The SEM pictures were made in the Botany Depart¬
ment of Hungarian Natural History Museum (BP)
by a Hitachi S-2600 N type scanning electron mi¬
croscope with the kind assistance of Dr. Krisztina
Buczko (Department of Botany, Hungarian Natural
History Museum, Budapest, Hungary).
References
Asthana G., Srivastava S.C. 2003. Indian Cololejeunea.
- A taxonomic study. - Bryophytorum bibliotheca
60: 1-155.
Brummitt R.K., Powell C.E. 1996. Authors of Plant Na¬
mes. Kew, Royal Botanic Gardens: 732 pp.
Herzog T. 1942. Revision der Lebermoosgattung Lepto¬
lejeunea Spr. in der Indomalaya. - Flora 135: 337-
434.
Jovet-Ast S. 1954 (1953). Le genre Colura Hepatiques,
Lejeuneacees, Diplasiae. - Revue Bryologique et
Lichenologique 22: 206-312.
Kitagawa N. 1969. A small collection of Hepaticae from
Penang, Malaysia. - Bulletin of Nara University of
Education 18: 27-43.
Lai M.-J., Zhu R.-L., Chantanaorrapint S. 2008. Liv¬
erworts and hornworts of Thailand: an updated
checklist and bryofloristic accounts. - Annales bo-
tanici fennici 45: 321-341.
Lee G.E., Poes T., Chantanaorrapint S., Damanhuri A.,
Latiff A. 2014. An account of the genus Lejeunea
(Marchantiophyta: Lejeuneaceae) in Thailand, in¬
cluding seven newly recorded species. - Cryptoga-
mie Bryologie [in press].
Piippo S. 1986. A monograph of the genera Lepidolejeu¬
nea and Luteolejeunea (Lejeuneaceae, Hepaticae).
- Acta botanica fennica 132: 1-69.
Piippo S. 1990. Annotated catalogue of Chinese Hepati¬
cae and Anthocerotae. - Journal of the Hattori Bo¬
tanical Laboratory 68: 1-192.
Poes T. 2012. Bryophytes from Fiji Islands, VI. The ge¬
nus Cololejeunea Raddi (Jungermanniopsida),
with the description of seven new species. - Acta
botanica hungarica 54: 145-188.
Poes T., Eggers J. 2007. Bryophytes from the Fiji Islands,
II. An account of the genus Colura, with the descrip¬
tion of C. vitiensis sp. nov. - Polish Botanical Jour¬
nal 52: 81-92.
Poes T., Piippo S. 2011. Bryophyte flora of the Huon
Peninsula, Papua New Guinea. LXXIV. Cololejeu¬
nea (Lejeuneaceae, Hepaticae). - Acta bryoli-
chenologica asiatica 4: 59-137.
Poes T., Sass-Gyarmati A., Naikatini A., Tuiwawa M.,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Braggins J., Poes S., von Konrat M. 2011. New
liverwort (Marchantiophyta) records for the Fiji Is¬
lands. - Telopea 13: 455-494.
Thouvenot L., Gradstein S.R., Hagborg A., Soderstrom
L., Bardat J. 2011. Checklist of the liverworts and
hornworts of New Caledonia. - Cryptogamie Bryo-
logie 32: 287-390.
Tixier P. 1969. Cololejeunea de I’Asie du Sud-Est. I. Le¬
on id entes et especes affines. - Revue bryologique
et lichenologique 36: 543-594.
Tixier P. 1978. Contribution a I’etude du genre Cololejeunea
IV - Le sous-genre Taeniolejeunea (Zwickel) Benedix
en Malaisie. - Nova hedwigia 29: 1025-1042.
von Konrat M., Soderstrom L., Hagborg A. 2010.
ELPT (The Early Land Plants Today). Unpublished
database hold by the Field Museum, Chicago,
U.S.A.
Yamada K. 1979. A revision of Asian taxa of Radula,
Hepaticae. - Journal of the Hattori Botanical Labo¬
ratory 45: 201-232.
Zhu R.-L. 1995. Notes on some species of the genus
Cololejeunea (Lejeuneaceae, hepaticae) in China.
- Journal of the Hattori Botanical Laboratory 78:
83-109.
Zhu R.-L., So M.L. 2001. Epiphyllous liverworts of China.
- Nova hedwigia , Beiheft 121: 1-418.
122
Richards, S.J., Oliver, P., Brown, R.M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) ...
(plate 1)
A new scansorial species of Platymantis Gunther,
1858 (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) from Manus Island,
Admiralty Archipelago, Papua New Guinea
Stephen J. Richards 1, Paul Oliver 2, Rafe M. Brown 3
1 - Corresponding author: Herpetology Department, South Australian Museum, North Terrace,
5000, Adelaide, South Australia, Australia; steve.richards@samuseum.sa.gov.au
2 - Present address: Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne, Melbourne, Victoria 3010,
Australia and Museum Victoria, GPO Box 666, VIC 3001, Melbourne, Australia
3 - Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, and KU Biodiversity Institute, University of
Kansas, Dyche Hall, 1345 Jayhawk Blvd, KS 66045-7593, Lawrence, U.S.A.
Abstract: Recent surveys and examination of museum specimens have revealed at least seven new species of
frogs from the remote Admiralty Archipelago off northern Papua New Guinea. This includes six species of the genus
Platymantis Gunther, 1858 (Family Ceratobatrachidae) of which three, Platymantis admiraltiensis Richards, Mack,
Austin, 2007, P. latro Richards, Mack, Austin, 2007 and P. manus Kraus, Allison, 2009 have been described since
2007. Here we describe an additional species of Platymantis from Manus Island in the Admiralty Archipelago. The
new species is most similar morphologically to Platymantis macrosceles Zweifel, 1975 and P. citrinospilus Brown,
Richards, Broadhead, 2013 both from New Britain Island in the Bismarck Archipelago, in having greatly expanded
finger and toe discs and a slender body form, but differs from both of those species in a suite of morphological and
acoustic characters. Frog diversity on Manus Island is high for such a small and isolated oceanic island group, and
is considerably higher than the nearby and much larger New Ireland.
Keywords: Amphibia, frog, new species, Ceratobatrachidae, Manus Province, New Guinea.
Introduction
Isolated oceanic islands are characterized by
relatively depauperate frog faunas, a reflection of
the poor over-sea dispersal ability of most frogs
(Zug 2013). Melanesian islands to the north
and east of New Guinea are notable exceptions,
having moderately diverse ceratobatrachid frog
assemblages (e.g. Brown 1952; Foufopoulos &
Brown 2004; Brown et al. 2006a & b; Foufopoulos
& Richards 2007; Kraus & Allison 2007; Brown et
al. 2013).
The Admiralty Archipelago is situated
approximately 275 km north of mainland Papua New
Guinea. The largest and highest island in the group
is Manus, with an area of approximately 2 020 km2
and reaching 719 m elevation. Collections from the
archipelago in the early twentieth century obtained
specimens of at least four frog species (Brown
1997) but despite the archipelago’s isolation only
one of these, Discodeles vogti (Hediger, 1934), was
until recently recognized as endemic (Allison 1996;
Brown 1997). However, the presence of additional
undescribed species was hinted at by Brown
(1997) who mentioned an unnamed Platymantis
Gunther species from the Admiralties, but provided
no further information about it.
A short survey in northern Manus Island by
the senior author during 2002 and additional
recent material obtained from Manus and several
smaller islands in the archipelago revealed that the
frog fauna is far more diverse than has previously
been recognized. Based on these collections
Richards et al. (2007) described two new species
of Platymantis , P. admiraltiensis and P. latro, both
of which appear to be endemic to the Admiralty
Archipelago. Subsequently Kraus and Allison
(2009) described P. manus based on older material
found in the Museum of Comparative Zoology.
Here we describe an additional new species of
Platymantis from Manus Island.
123
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Material and methods
Field surveys were conducted on Manus Island
between 4-10 June 2002. Collecting localities
are illustrated in Fig. 1. Frogs were located along
forest trails using head-torches and by tracking
advertisement calls. Voucher specimens were fixed
in 10% formalin and stored in 70% ethanol. Liver
tissues from exemplars of all species were removed
and stored in 95% ethanol prior to specimen fixation
in formalin. New material is deposited in the South
Australian Museum, Australia (SAMA) and the
Papua New Guinea National Museum (PNGNM).
Measurements (to the nearest 0.1 mm) were taken
with dial calipers and a stereomicroscope fitted
with an ocular micrometer. They are: snout-vent
length (SVL), tibia length (TL), head width at the
angle of the jaws (HW), head length as a straight-
line distance from posterior of tympanum to tip of
snout (HL), horizontal eye diameter (EYE), inter-
narial distance (IN) to proximal edge, not centre
of naris, eye-naris distance (EN), width of 3rd finger
disc at right angle to digital axis (3FD) and width
of penultimate phalanx of 3rd finger (3FP), width
of 1st finger disc (1FD) and penultimate phalanx
(1FP), and of 4th toe disc (4TD) and penultimate
phalanx (4TP), as for 3rd finger. Vocalisations were
recorded with a Sony TCM 5000 tape recorder and
Sennheiser ME-66 microphone, and were analysed
with the sound analysis program Avisoft SAS-Lab
Pro.
Comparative material from the following
institutions was examined. Abbreviations follow
Sabaj Perez (2013): American Museum of Natural
History (AMNH), Bishop Museum, Hawaii (BPBM),
California Academy of Sciences (CAS and CAS-SU),
Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova (MSNG),
Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard
University (MCZ), Natural History Museum, London
(BM), South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAMA),
Papua New Guinea National Museum (PNGNM),
United States National Museum (USNM), the Texas
Natural History Collection of the University of Texas
at Austin (TNHC), the University of Wisconsin Zoology
Museum (UWZM), the University of Kansas (KU),
and Natural Sciences Resource Collection at the
University of Papua New Guinea (UPNG). Additional
meristic and morphological data were taken from
Foufopoulos & Brown (2004). Species in the diverse
Philippines radiation of Platymantis do not occur in
Melanesia so comparisons presented below are
restricted to Melanesian taxa. Coordinates of sites
use the GPS datum WGS-84.
FN = Field number abbreviations are as
follows: ALM = field collection of Andrew L. Mack,
CCA = field collection of Christopher C Austin, JCU
= James Cook University (field collection of SJ.
Richards).
Description of new species
Platymantis custos sp. nov. (Figs 2-3, plate 1)
Holotype SAMA R 63525 (FN = JCU 2654), Chachuau
Camp near Tulu 1 Village, Manus Island, Papua New
Guinea (2°01.089’ S, 146°47.807’ E) collected on 10
June 2002 by S. Richards.
Paratypes 21 specimens: UPNG 10020 (FN = JCU
2614), 10021 (FN = JCU 2615), 10022 (FN = JCU 2633),
10023 (FN = JCU 2644), 10024 (FN = JCU 2652), SAMA
R 63510-11 (FN = JCU 2610-11), R63512-13 (FN =
JCU 2617, 2619), R 63514 (FN = JCU 2632), R63515
(FN = JCU 2634), R 63516 (FN = JCU 2636), R 63517
(FN = JCU 2651), R 63518 (FN = JCU 2653), R 63519-
21 (FN = JCU 2656-58) UPNG 10018 (FN = JCU
2613), UPNG 10019 (FN = JCU 2612), SAMA R 63518
(FN JCU 2653) $$, all collected by S. Richards at the
type locality between 7-10 June 2002; SAMA R63511
(FN = JCU 2611) S collected by S. Richards at Tulu 1
Village, Manus Island, Papua New Guinea (1°57.530’ S,
146°50.085’E) on 6 June 2002.
Referred specimens. SAMA R 63522-23 (FN = ALM
1369-70), Natnewai Camp, about 3.7 km NNE of Patu
Mission, Manus Island (approximately 02°10’S, 147°
02’E) collected by A. Mack on 29 April 2001, SAMA R
63524 (FN = CCA 2060), Tingau Village, 27 km from
Lorengau, Manus Island (02°05.76’S, 147° 06.33’E) on
30 August 2001.
Derivatio nominis: From the Latin custos =
‘guardian’, referring to the egg-guarding behaviour
by males of this species.
Diagnosis: A moderately small (males 25.9-31.4
mm, females 29.3-32.8 mm), extremely slender
species that can be distinguished from congeners
by the following combination of characters: 1) discs
on fingers and toes prominent, 2) limbs extremely
long, slender (TL/SVL 0.54-0.65), 3) snout narrow,
acuminate, protruding distinctly beyond lower
jaw, 4) tubercles on dorsum and tibiae small
but prominent in life, 5) tubercle above eye only
moderately developed, 6) dorsum brown, without
reticulate pattern and 7) advertisement call a long,
unmusical note train containing 632 notes uttered
at a rate of 9-16 notes/s and lasting 13 s. Dominant
frequency ranged from 3603 to 4317 Hz across the
19 calls analyzed.
Description of holotype: Adult male with vocal
124
Richards, S.J., Oliver, P., Brown, R.M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) ...
(plate 1)
slits, calling when collected. Habitus very slender,
elongate; head moderately narrow (HW/HL =
0.34) but distinctly wider than body; snout long,
with distinctly pointed tip in dorsal aspect, slightly
rounded, nearly truncate in lateral aspect (Fig. 2);
upper jaw protrudes distinctly beyond lower jaw,
labial region flared and sloping; interorbital region
and dorsal surface of snout flat, without saggital
crest. Canthus rostra I is marginally curved with
distinct outwards bow just prior to eyes; loreal
region steep, deeply concave. Nares much closer
to tip of snout than to eyes, positioned just below
canthal ridge, oriented laterally and visible in dorsal
view. Choanae small and ovoid, separated by a
distance approximately four times their diameter.
Two prominent, roughly triangular bundles of
vomerine teeth located marginally posterior to
and medial of the choanae, their anterior edges
separated by a distance roughly 3-4 times the
diameter of the choanae and their posterior edges
separated by a distance approximately 2 times
the diameter of the choanae. Tongue lanceolate
with very pointed anterior tip and bifid posterior
edge. Eyes moderately large (EYE/SVL = 0.12),
bulbous, protruding significantly in dorsal view
and marginally in lateral view, without tubercles
dorsally; pupil horizontal. Tympanum moderately
small (EAR/SVL = 0.058), tympanic annulus clearly
visible except dorsal edge that is obscured by single
supratympanic fold extending from posterior edge
of orbit to supra-axial region. Skin without other
dermal folds; dorsum, throat and ventral surfaces
of limbs smooth, belly coarsely granular. Prominent
spiniform, post-rictal tubercles at terminal edge
of lower jaw, and small low indistinct tubercles
in rictal region, on posterior edge of tarsus, in
scapular region and around vent. Limbs long (TL/
SVL - 0.56) and slender. Fingers long, unwebbed,
with very large truncate terminal discs (3FP/3FD
= 0.25) (Fig. 2); disc on finger 1 greatly reduced;
relative lengths lll>IV>ll>l; subarticular tubercles
prominent, round, one under digits l-ll, two under
digits lll-IV, supernumerary tubercles present at
base of digits lll-IV; inner metatarsal flat, oval and
elongate, outer metatarsal divided into large almost
circular medial tubercle and much smaller (one
third size) elongate rounded outer tubercle. Toes
long, unwebbed, relative lengths IV>I 1 1 >V>I I >1 ); toe
IV very elongate, approximately twice length of III;
toe I very short; terminal discs expanded (4TP/4TD
= 0.46) on all digits except I; subarticular tubercles
prominent, one on toes l-ll, two on lll-V and three
on IV; inner metacarpal tubercle long, ovoid and
slightly raised; medial tubercle low, indistinct and
almost circular, approximately half length of inner
tubercle; outer tubercle approximately half size of
inner tubercle, prominently raised and round.
Colouration in preservative: dorsum pale
grey-brown, with numerous tiny darker brown
maculations, particularly dense around the
supratympanic fold, nares and posterior edge of the
hindlimbs, eyes distinctly darker; ventral surfaces
off white with scattered brown maculations,
particularly on throat, forelimbs and hindlimbs.
Colouration in life similar, dorsum being slightly
more vividly, but still uniformly, grey-brown.
Measurements of holotype (in mm): SVL = 30.9,
TL = 17.4, EN = 3.8, IN = 2.2, HW - 10.5, HL = 11.5,
EYE = 3.7, EAR = 1.8, 4TD = 1.1, 4TP = 0.5, 3FD =
2.0, 3FP = 0.5, 1FD = 0.9.
Variation in the type series: In preservative
dorsal colouration is highly variable, varying
through shades of dark brown to grey brown; three
specimens (UPNG 10023-24, SAMA R63520) have
a sharply defined off white dorsal stripe and one
specimen has wide dorsal blaze of grey brown.
Many specimens have faint barring on both hind
and forelimbs. Ventral surfaces always have a
base colour of off-white, however there are varying
levels of brown maculations on the legs and throat,
ra ngi ng from a I most a bsent, especia I ly on th roat, to
very heavily mottled with brown. The four females
available are on average slightly larger than the
males, but the ranges overlap significantly and
the sexes are very hard to differentiate without
internal investigation {SS 25.9-31.14 mm, mean =
29.2 mm; $$ 29.3-32.8 mm, mean = 30.9 mm).
Measurements and proportions of the type series
are presented in Table 2.
Colouration in life: Based on photographs of
several individuals in life the dorsum is always a
shade of brown, ranging from pale brown to olive
brown or yellowish-brown, and the skin may be
somewhat transluscent ventrolaterally. There may
be cream spots along the lower lip and laterally on
the body, and a narrow brown line from the snout
through the nostril to the eye. SAMA R63516 was
olive brown in life with a pale yellow mid-dorsal line
from the snout to the vent and pale yellow patches
laterally on the snout and dorsum. There are
yellowish brown and pale brown patches dorsally,
and a narrow dark brown bar from snout to eye
separates yellow in the loreal region from olive
brown colouration dorsally on the snout. Hidden
surfaces of the thighs are transluscent. The iris is
pale brown.
Advertisement call: The call of this species is a
rapidly produced train of 6-33 rather harsh notes
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
lasting 0.5-3 seconds. Notes are 0.01-0.03 s long
and uttered at a rate of 9-16 notes/s. Dominant
frequency is 3603-4317 Hz. Inter-note interval is
generally slightly longer at the start of each call,
which then ‘stabilises’ to a relatively consistent call
rate. Structural details of 19 calls from three males
are summarized in Table 1 and a single call is
illustrated in Fig. 3. The impression from observing
males calling in the field was that shorter calls were
often terminated due to disturbance, or were ‘start¬
up’ calls.
Behaviour: Males of this species called from
elevated positions between approximately 0.5-2 m
above the ground on leaves in rainforest between
sea level and the summit of Mt. Dremsel (719 m),
the highest point on Manus. The new species was
encountered in relatively undisturbed primaryforest
and also on the edges of gardens around villages.
Several males were observed guarding eggs on
the surface of leaves (Plate 1). At most sites where
it was encountered it occurred in sympatry with
Platymantis admiraltiensis Richards, Mack, Austin,
2007, P. latro Richards, Mack, Austin, 2007, P.
manus Kraus, Allison, 2009, and two undescribed
species of Platymantis. The ecology of this species
is currently the subject of a detailed study (Taitibe
and Richards, unpublished data).
Differential diagnoses: Platymantis custos
is most similar to (and likely most closely related
to) three shrub frogs known only from the Nakanai
Mountains of New Britain island in the Bismark
Archipelago: P. citrinospilus Brown, Richards,
Broadhead, 2013, P. macrosceles Zweifel, 1975
and P. mamusiorum Foufopoulos, Brown, 2004.
These are the only other species in the Melanesian
region to have a combination of moderate size,
slender body form and widely expanded finger
and toe discs (Foufopoulos & Brown 2004; Brown
et al. 2013). Platymantis custos differs from
P. citrinospilus in never having brick reddish-
Figure 1. Map of Manus Island showing collection localities for Platymantis custos sp. nov.
126
Richards, S.J., Oliver, P., Brown, R.M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) ...
(plate 1)
brown ground colouration with bright yellow flank
areolations, in lacking a distinct mid-saggital crest
(both present in P citrinospilus), and in its much
more elongate and protruding snout. It differs
from P. macrosceles by its brown base colour
(homogeneous green in P. macrosceles), the
absence of highly enlarged, prominent supra-ocular
and tarsal tubercles (present in P. macrosceles )
and its more elongate and protruding snout; and
from P. mamusiorum by its brown (vs green with fine
brown reticulum) dorsum, its extremely elongate,
pointed (versus rounded) snout and by its pulsed
advertisement call (versus a stridulated series of
“croaks” or “crunches” in P. mamusiorum ). Of the
other tree-dwelling shrub frogs of the Bismarck
Archipelago, Platymantis custos (SVL 25.9-32.8)
differs from the larger P. nakanaiorum (SVL 35.8-
38.0) and P. nexipus (SVL 39.3-43.7) and the
much smaller P. brown i and P. caesiops (SVL < 27)
by body size, and by its much more pointed and
protruding snout (versus rounded snout) (Zweifel
1975; Allison & Kraus 2001; Foufopoulos & Brown
2004; Brown et al. 2006a; Kraus & Allison 2009).
Platymantis custos can easily be distinguished
from P. manus Kraus, Allison by its much narrower
snout and from all terrestrial species of Platymantis
on Manus (P. admiraltiensis, P. latro), and New
Britain (R adiastolus Brown, Richards, Sukumaran,
Foufopoulos, 2006, P. akarithymus, Brown, Tyler,
1968, P. boulengeri (Boettger, 1892), P. bufonulus
Figure 2. Platymantis custos sp. nov., holotype. A - Head; B - Right hand; C - Right foot (SAMA R63525)
[scale bar 5 mm].
i f r f f f f f f |f j f |~j- 1 f f I f \\ f f f f f f f f r r r
Time (sec)
Figure 3. Platymantis custos sp. nov. waveform (top) and spectrogram (bottom) of a single call (SAMA R63512).
127
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Kraus, Allison, 2007, P. gillardi Zweifel, 1960, P.
magnus Brown, Menzies, 1979, P. mimicus Brown,
Tyler, 1968, P. schmidti Brown, Tyler, 1968 , and
R sulcatus Kraus, Allison, 2007) by the presence
of widely expanded digital disks of fingers and
toes (versus finger and toe termini non-expanded
to only slightly expanded). It differs from the other
more distant Melanesian Platymantis species with
similarly wide digital discs in its much smaller size
(Platymantis guppyi (Boulenger, 1884), Platymantis
neckeri (Brown and Myers, 1949), Platymantis
parilis Brown, Richards, 2008 (Solomon Islands)
and Platymantis vitiensis (Girard, 1853) (Fiji) are
all significantly larger (> 38.6 mm for adult males)),
and much more slender body form (Foufopoulos &
Brown 2004).
Distribution: This species is currently known only
from Manus Island, Admiralty Archipelago, Papua
New Guinea (Fig. 1).
Specimens examined
Platymantis acrochordus (Brown, 1965)
Material examined: 17 specimens, Solomon
Islands, North Solomons, Bougainville Island,
Bougainville Province, Kunua: MCZ-A 38196
(paratype); Asesi, S. of Kunua MCZ-A 41871-72,
44256-67 (paratypes); Kolopakisa Village, Isabel
Island: SAMA R56300; Posarae, Choiseul Island,
SAMA R56932.
Platymantis aculeodactylus Brown, 1952
Material examined: 7 specimens, Solomon
Islands, Bougainville Island, Bougainville Province,
Kunua: MCZ-A 36961-64; KU 98475; Posarae,
Choiseul Island: SAMA R56991; Barora Faa Island
(near Isabel Island): SAMA R56838.
Platymantis adiastolus Brown, Richards,
Sukumaran, Foufopoulos, 2006
Material examined: 14 specimens, Papua
New Guinea, New Britain Island, East New Britain
Province, Wanui River Valley, Wanui Village: SAMA
R61906 (holotype), 57014-15, R60257-59,
R61907-09, UPNG 8874-76 (paratypes); East New
Britain Province, Vouvou Camp: SAMA R64704,
64797.
Platymantis admiraltiensis Richards, Mack,
Austin, 2007
Material examined: 16 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Admiralty Islands, Manus Province, Manus
Island Chachuau Camp, near Tulu 1 Village: SAMA
R62799 (holotype), UPNG 10049, SAMA R62800-
01, UPNG 10050, SAMA R62802-03; Lorengau:
SAMA R62804-05; Tulu 1 Village: SAMA R62808-
10; Tingau Village: SAMA R62806; Natnewai Camp:
SAMA R62811-16; Los Negros Island, Salami
Village: SAMA R62807 (paratypes).
Platymantis akarithymus Brown, Tyler, 1968
Material examined: 8 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, New Britain Island,
West New Britain Province, S coast, ca 14 km NW
Pomugu, Kandrian: CAS-SU 22875 (paratype);
Moramora, 3 km N, 7 km E Floskins: MCZ-A 88823;
Pomugu, SAMA R7073 (holotype), SAMA R6982
(paratype); East New Britain, Malasait (04.464oS,
151.8890E), SAMA R7066, R7082; SAMA 57020-
21; Papua New Guinea, East New Britain Province,
Lamas Camp: SAMA R64679, 64680.
Platymantis batantae Zweifel, 1969
Material examined: 5 specimens, Indonesia,
Raja Ampat Islands, Batanta Island, Warinkabom:
MZB 12256; Waire Camp: MZB 12258; Yakut
Camp: MZB 12268; Waigeo Island, Camp near
Urbinasopen: MZB 12276; Papua mainland,
Manokwari, Gunung Meja: MZB 12299.
Platymantis bimaculatus Gunther, 1999
Material examined: 4 specimens, Indonesia,
Raja Ampat Islands, Waigeo: MZB 12267, 12272,
12275, 12279
Platymantis boulengeri (0. Boettger, 1892)
Material examined: 5 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, New Britain Island,
West New Britain Province, ca 40 km S of Talasea,
San Remo Plantation on Willaumez Peninsula:
CAS-SU 22876; “New Britain Archipelago”: MCZ-A
1729, 9372; Moramora, 3 km N, 7 km E Floskins:
MCZ-A 92711; CAS-SU 22873 (paratype of P.
rhipiphalcus), SAMA R7078 (paratype paratype of
P. rhipiphalcus ); Pomugu: SAMA R7071 (holotype
of P. rhipiphalcus ); Papua New Guinea, East New
Britain Province, Vouvou Camp: SAMA R64798.
Platymantis browni Allison, Kraus, 2001
Material examined: 10 specimens, New Ireland
Island, Weitin River Valley, 8 km N, 7 km W of river
mouth, “River Camp” (04.544°S 152.964° E), 150
m: BPBM 12090, 12099, 12102, 12104, 121061,
12109, 12113, 12115, 12188, 12191 (paratypes).
Platymantis bufonulus Kraus, Allison, 2007
Material examined: 1 specimen, Papua New
128
Richards, S.J., Oliver, P., Brown, R.M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) ...
(plate 1)
Guinea, New Britain Island, East New Britain
Province, Vouvou Camp: SAMA R64805.
Platymantis caesiops Kraus, Allison, 2009
Material examined: 2 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, New Britain Island, East New Britain
Province, Vouvou Camp: SAMA R 10730, 10732.
Platymantis cheesmanae Parker, 1940
Material examined: 3 specimens, Indonesia,
Cyclops Mountains, Wambena Camp: SJR 6212,
6201, 6204.
Platymantis citrinospilus Brown, Richards,
Broadhead, 2013
Material examined: 4 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, New Britain Island, East New Britain
Province, Nakanai Mountains, Tompoi Camp, 1700
m above sea level: SAMA R64758 (holotype), SAMA
R64756, R64757, PNGNM 24042 (paratypes).
Platymantis desticans Brown, Richards, 2008
Material examined: 4 specimens, Solomon
Islands, Isabel Province, Barora Faa Island, (off
the western tip of Isabel Island): SAMA R56849
(holotype), and SAMA R56850-52 (paratypes).
Platymantis gillardi Zweifel, 1960
Material examined: 17 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, New Britain Island,
West New Britain Province, S coast, ca 7 mi NW
Pomugu, Kandrian: CAS-SU 22877-78; Papua
New Guinea, West New Britain Province, northern
Nakanai Mountains, ridge between the Ivule and
Sigole rivers on the northern edge of the Nakanai
Plateau: UWZM 23787-96, 23799-800; East New
Britain Province, Vouvou Camp: SAMA R64801-02.
Platymantis guppyi (Boulenger, 1884)
Material examined: 59 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bougainville Island, Bougainville Province,
Camp Torokina: USNM 120852-53; Kunua: MCZ-A
38628, 38632-33, 38635, 38638-39, 38664-
666, 38668, 38674, KU 93736-40, 98159-65,
98468; Melilup: MCZ-A 38629, 38659-60, 38667,
38669-72, 59498-501; Mutahi: CAS 106553-
106565; Solomon Islands, Barora Faa Island (near
Isabel Island): SAMA R56839, 56840; Guadalcanal
Island, Tadai District, Mt. Austen, Barana Village:
KU 307359, 307375-76, 307381, 307384-86.
Platymantis latro Richards, Mack, Austin, 2007
Material examined: 18 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Admiralty Islands, Manus Province, Manus
Island: KU 93750-54; Chachuau Camp near Tulu
1 Village: SAMA R62819 (holotype), UPNG 10051,
SAMA R62820; Natnewai Camp: SAMA R62826;
Lorengau: UPNG 10052-54, SAMA R62821-23;
Rambutyo Island, Penchal Village: SAMA R62827;
Los Negros Island, Salami Village: SAMA R62828-
29 (paratypes).
Platymantis macrops (Brown, 1965)
Material examined: 4 specimens, Solomon
Islands, North Solomons, Bougainville Island,
Bougainville Province, Kunua: MCZ-A 38195-96
(paratypes); Aresi, S. of Kunua: MCZ-A 41864
(holotype); Matsiogu: MCZ-A 78820.
Platymantis macrosceles Zweifel, 1975
Material examined: 4 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, West New Britain Province, Ti, Nakanai
Mountains (central New Britain): BPBM 1005
(holotype); Nakanai Mountains, ridge between
the Ivule and Sigole Rivers: UWZM 23721, UPNG
10007; Papua New Guinea, East New Britain
Province, Vouvou Camp: SAMA R64815.
Platymantis magnus Brown, Menzies, 1979
Material examined: 4 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, New Ireland Island, New Ireland Province,
W. Coast, approx. 88 km S Kavieng (“Madina
High School area”): CAS 143640, (holotype); CAS
143639 (paratype); Utu, 1 km S, 5 km E Kavieng:
MCZ-A 92671-72 (paratypes).
Platymantis mamusiorum Foufopoulos, Brown,
2004
Material examined: 2 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, West New Britain Province, northern
Nakanai Mountains, ridge between the Ivule and
Sigole rivers on the northern edge of the Nakanai
Plateau (05°33.112’S, 151°04.269’E): UWZM
23720 (holotype), UWZM 23719, 23722, UPNG
9992 (Paratypes); Papua New Guinea, East New
Britain Province, Vouvou Camp: SAMA R64713-14.
Platymantis man us Kraus, Allison, 2009
Material examined: 2 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Admiralty Islands, Manus Province, Manus
Island, lorengau, MCZ-A 87512 (holotype), 87513
(paratopotype)
Platymantis mimicus Brown, Tyler, 1968
Material examined: 6 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, New Britain Island,
West New Britain Province, ca 18 mi S of Talasea,
Numundo Plantation on Willaumez Peninsula: CAS-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
SU 22874 (paratype), SAMA R6868 (holotype),
R7064 (paratype); Kandrian: SAMA R 7069
(paratype); Moramora, 3 km N, 7 km E Hoskins:
MCZ-A 88826, 89053.
Platymantis myersi Brown, 1949
Material examined: 7 specimens, Solomon
Islands, Guadalcanal Island, river E Popomaneseu
track: MCZ-A 79068-72; Papua New Guinea,
Bougainville Island, Torokina: USNM 119584;
Papua New Guinea, Bougainville Island, Kunua,
AMNH 70066 (paratype).
Platymantis nakanaiorum Brown, Foufopoulos,
Richards, 2006
Material examined: 8 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, West New Britain Province, northern
Nakanai Mountains, northern edge of the Nakanai
plateau, on a ridge between the Ivule and Sigole
rivers 1640 m elevation; UWZM 23897-98, UPNG
10010-11 (holotype and three paratypes); Papua
New Guinea, East New Britain Province, Vouvou
Camp: SAMA R64806-09, SJR 10733.
Platymantis neckeri (Brown, Myers, 1949)
Material examined: 47 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bougainville Island, Bougainville Province:
MCZ-A 30145-46 (paratypes); Bougainville Island,
Kunua: USNM 217441; Melilup: MCZ-A 66853-56,
66849, 66849, 66851-53; Mutahi: MCZ-A 66877-
78, 66881-82, 66885-90, 66893; 66926-38;
CAS 106451-106458; Solomon Islands, Barora
Faa island (near Isabel Island): SAMA R56792-93,
56841-42.
Platymantis nexipus Zweifel, 1975
Material examined: 17 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, West New Britain Province, New Britain
Island, Nakanai Mountains, ridge between the
Ivule and Sigole Rivers, 900-1200 m above sea
level: UPNG 10007-09, UWZM 23893, 23895-
23896; Papua New Guinea, East New Britain
Province, New Britain Island, Wanui Camp, Wanui
River Valley (near Wide Bay), 310 m above sea level
(05°21.638’S, 152°05.266’E): SAMA 56783-
84; East New Britain Province, Gazelle Peninsula,
Baining Mountains, St. Paul’s, 100-400 m above
sea level, BPBM 1009 (holotype); Papua New
Guinea, East New Britain Province, Vouvou Camp:
SAMA R64690-91, 64806-09, SJR 10733.
Platymantis papuensis Meyer, 1875
Material examined: 12 specimens, Indonesia,
Papua Province, ‘Hollandia’: CAS-SU: 8790-91;
Lake Sentani: CAS-SU 9709-12; Papua New
Guinea, Madang Province, Naru Village: TNHC
51544-46; Papua New Guinea, Madang Province,
Baiteta cave: TNHC 51541, 51978, 51980.
Platymantis pari Us Brown, Richards, 2008
Material examined: 4 specimens, Solomon
Islands, Isabel Province, north-western Isabel
Island, Kolopakisa Village: SAMA R56911
(holotype), SAMA R56908-10 (paratypes).
Platymantis parkeri (Brown, 1965)
Material examined: 10 specimens, Solomon
Islands, North Solomons, Bougainville Island,
Bougainville Province, Kunua: MCZ-A 36914-22
(paratypes), 36923 (holotype).
Platymantis schmidti Brown, Tyler, 1968
Material examined: 41 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, New Britain Island,
East New Britain Province, Karat, Cherub Plantation:
CAS 139651-52; Baining Mountain Range, Gazelle
Peninsula: CAS-SU 22880-91 (paratypes); Talasea
Plantation, Willaumez Peninsula: SAMA R6762,
6764, 6784, 6786, 6791, 6795, 6813, 7093,
7097 (paratypes), 7618 (holotype); San Remo,
Willaumez Peninsula: 6858, 6862, 6912, 6923
(paratypes); L.A.E.S., Karavat, Gazella Penninsula
(near Rabaul): SAMA R7147, 7099 (paratypes);
Wanui, Wanui River Valley (near Wide Bay), 310 m
above sea level (05°21.638’S, 152°05.266’E),
New Britain Island, East New Britain Province:
SAMA R57014-16, 57040-43; Papua New Guinea,
West New Britain Province, northern Nakanai
Mountains, ridge between the Ivule and Sigole
rivers on the northern edge of the Nakanai Plateau:
UWZM 23775-78; 23782, 23890.
Platymantis solomonis (Boulenger, 1884)
Material examined: 29 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bougainville Island, Bougainville Province,
Topanas: CAS 109817; Mutahi: CAS 109825-26;
109829-30, 109840; Solomon Islands, Barora
Faa Island (near Isabel Island): SAMA R56843-
44.; Papua New Guinea, Bougainville Island,
Kunua: KU 93762-63; 98477; Solomon Islands,
Western Province, Lola Island: KU 307144-25,
307136; Guadalcanal Province, Guadalcanal
Island, Metapono District, Keamami Village: KU
307311; Tadai District, Mt. Austen, Barana Village:
KU 307357, 307377, 307382, 307389, 307393,
307411, 307428.
130
Richards, S.J., Oliver, P., Brown, R.M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) ...
(plate 1)
Platymantis sulcatus Kraus, Allison, 2007
Material examined: 2 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago, New Britain Island,
East New Britain Province, Nakanai Mountains,
Vouvou Camp (859 masl): SAMA R6481819.
Platymantis vitianus (Dumeril, 1853)
Material examined: 8 specimens, Fiji, Viti Levu
Islands, Viwa Island, Viwa Village, SW side of island:
CAS 172510-12; Ovalau Island, 0.5 mi N of Navuloa
Village: CAS 172525-29.
Platymantis vitiensis (Girard, 1853)
Material examined: 13 specimens, Fiji, Viti Levu
Islands, Viti Levu Island, Savura Creek Rd., ca 1
km W of Savura Creek: CAS 172437, 172439-40,
172447, 172449-50, 172452-55, 172457; Ovalau
Island, 10 km S, of Levuka, St. John’s: CAS 172531-
32.
Platymantis weberi Schmidt, 1932
Material examined: 29 specimens, Papua New
Guinea, Bougainville Island, Bougainville Province,
Mutahi: CAS 106567-72, 108313-19, 110918-19;
MCZ-A 64586-87, 64589-90; Kunua: KU 98478;
Solomon Islands, Guadalcanal Island, Tadai
District, Mt. Austen, Barana Village: KU 30744,
307350, 307430, 307358, 307367, 307373-74,
307378, 307410; Barora Faa Island (near Isabel
Island): SAMA R56853-54, 56856; Isabel Island,
Kolopakisa Village: SAMA R56916
Acknowledgements
We are extremely grateful to Tjamei Lawrence
and Obert Otto (Manus Provincial Administration,
Papua New Guinea), who invited SJR to Manus
Island, and to the landowners of Tulu 1 Village
and Chachuau Camp for their hospitality and
field assistance. Rose Singadan and Paulus Kei
(University of Papua New Guinea, Port Moresby,
Papua NewGuinea)providedsupportinPortMoresby
and Barbara Roy (Department of Environment and
Conservation, Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea)
approved the export permit. Jim Robins (National
Research Institute, Port Moresby, Papua New
Guinea), has been most helpful with Research
Visas. Field work on Manus Island was supported
by the Wildlife Conservation Society, and funding
for laboratory equipment was provided in part by
the Mark Mitchell Research Foundation and the
South Australian Museum Board. Andy Mack, then
of Wildlife Conservation Society, Goroka, Papua
New Guinea, provided invigorating discussions
about New Guinea conservation and biology
through frequent downpours during our field-work
on Manus. The curators of the following museums
kindly provided access to specimens in their care:
Barry Clarke (Natural History Museum, London,
England), Linda Ford and Darrel Frost (American
Museum of Natural History, New York, U.S.A.), Jose
Rosado (MCZ, Harvard, U.S.A.), Marinus Hoogmoed
and Pirn Arntzen (RMNH, Naturalis, Leiden, The
Netherlands), and Giuliano Doria (MSNG, Genoa,
Italy). During the course of this research SJR was
supported in part by the Winifred Violet Scott
Estate and manuscript preparation was supported
by a grant from Conservation International. Lisa
Capon (Speewah, Australia) produced Figs 2-3 and
John Bird (Adelaide, Australia) assisted with the call
analysis. Chris Austin (Louisina State University,
USA) and Andrew Mack provided several specimens
of Manus Platymantis and Carolyne Kovach and
Mark Hutchinson provided numerous courtesies at
the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Australia.
Rainer Gunther (Museum fur Naturkunde, Berlin,
Germany) and an anonymous reviewer provided
extremely useful comments on the manuscript.
References
Allison A. 1996. Zoogeography of amphibians and
reptiles of New Guinea and the Pacific region:
407-436 In: Keast A., Miller S.E. (eds) The origin
and evolution of Pacific Island biotas , New Guinea
to Eastern Polynesia: patterns and processes.
Amsterdam, SPB Academic Publishing: 531 pp.
Allison A., Kraus F. 2001. A new species of Platymantis
(Anura: Ranidae) from the island of New Ireland. -
Copeia 2001: 194-202.
Brown R.M., Foufopoulos J., Richards SJ. 2006a. New
species of Platymantis (Amphibia; Anura: Ranidae)
from New Britain and redescription of the poorly
known Platymantis nexipus. - Copeia 2006: 674-
695.
Brown R.M., Richards S.J., Broadhead T.S. 2013.
A new shrub frog in the genus Platymantis
(Ceratobatrachidae) from the Nakanai Mountains of
eastern New Britain Island, Bismarck Archipelago.
- Zootaxa 3710: 31-45.
Brown R.M., Richards S.J., Sukumaran J., Foufopoulos
J. 2006b. A new morphologically cryptic species of
forest frog (genus Platymantis ) from New Britain
Island, Bismarck Archipelago. - Zootaxa 1334: 45-
68.
Brown W.C. 1952. The amphibians of the Solomon
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Islands. - Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology 107: 1-64.
Brown W.C. 1997. Biogeography of amphibians in the
islands of the southwest pacific. - Proceedings of
the California Academy of Sciences 50: 21-38.
Foufopoulos J., Brown R.M. 2004. A new frog of the
genus Platymantis (Amphibia; Anura; Ranidae)
from New Britain, with a redescription of the poorly-
known Platymantis macrosceles. - Copeia 2004:
825-841.
Foufopoulos J., Richards S.J. 2007. The amphibians
and reptiles of New Britain Island: diversity and
conservation status. - Hamadryad 31: 176-201.
Kraus F., Allison A. 2007. Two new species of Platymantis
(Anura: Ranidae) from New Britain. - Zootaxa
1485: 13-32.
Kraus F., Allison A. 2009. New species of frogs from
Papua New Guinea. - Bishop Museum Occasional
Papers 104: 1-36.
Richards S.J., Mack A.L., Austin C.C. 2007. Two new
species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae)
from the Admiralty Archipelago, Papua New Guinea.
- Zootaxa 1639: 41-55.
Sabaj Perez M.FI. (ed.) 2013. Standard symbolic codes
for institutional resource collections in
herpetology and ichthyology: an Online Reference.
Verson 4.0 (28 June 2013). Electronically accessible
at http://www.asih.org/, American Society of
Ichthyologists and Flerpetologists, Washington, DC
[last accessed: 06.01.2014]
Zweifel R.G. 1975. Two new frogs of the genus
Platymantis from New Britain. - American Museum
Novitates 2582: 1-7.
Zug G.R. 2013. Reptiles and amphibians of the
Pacific islands: A comprehensive guide. Berkeley,
University of California Press: 306 pp.
Table 1. Call characteristics of Platymantis custos sp. nov.
132
Richards, S.J., Oliver, P., Brown, R.M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) ...
(plate 1)
Table 2. Measurements (in mm) and proportions of the type series of Platymantis custos sp. nov.
(SAMA R63525 = holotype).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
www.East-lndonesia.info
Thinking of exploring Eastern Indonesia yourself?
Start planning by visiting our website first!
You will find:
• General information on visiting Indonesia
• Transport & Getting around
• Natural & Cultural attractions
• Special, in-depth focus on Maluku & Papua
• Info on many remote islands & regions covered nowhere else
Need personal assistance?
We also offer:
• Personalized help with organizing expeditions
• Over a decade of experience with travel & expeditions throughout this region, including guiding
scientists and photographers
• Special expertise on local fauna & cultures
• Culturally sound ways to cooperate with local communities and enlist their invaluable help in
remote areas
• Help at dealing with local authorities & bureaucrats
• Local travel arrangements
So visit our website at www.east-indonesia.info
Contact us directly at laszlowagner@gmail.com
Selamat Datang!
134
Bordoni, A.: Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), VI. Species from New Guinea ...
Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera:
Staphylinidae), VI. Species from New Guinea of the
Last collection n the Manchester museum. New
genus, new species and new records
228° contribution to the knowledge of the Staphylinidae
Arnaldo Bordoni
Museo di Storia naturale dell’Universita di Firenze, sezione di Zoologia “La Specola”, via Romana
17, 1-50125, Firenze, Italy; arnaldo.bordoni@libero.it
Abstract: A new genus ( Guineella gen. nov.) and twelve new species of Xantholinini ( Pachycorynus diaphanus
sp. nov., Adamantea fluviatilis sp. nov., Adamantea karkar sp. nov., Neoxantholinus daulo sp. nov., Zeteotomus
kassem sp. nov., Australinus papuanus sp. nov., Thyreocephalus eminens sp. nov., Guineella hornabrookiana sp.
nov., Eachamia losti sp. nov., Metolinus longelytratus sp. nov., Metolinus papuanus sp. nov., Andelis punctatus sp.
nov.) are described from Papua New Guinea. Some species are the first of their genera known from New Guinea
(Adamantea fluviatilis , Adamantea karkar and Australinus papuanus).
Key words: Coleoptera, Staphylinidae, Xantholinini, Pachycorynus, Adamantea, Neoxantholinus, Zeteotomus,
Australinus, Thyreocephalus, Guineella gen. nov., Eachamia, Metolinus, Andelis, Mitomorphus, new species, new
records.
Introduction
Following the revision of the Xantholinini
of the Oriental Region (Bordoni 2002), I have
studied species from Australia (Bordoni 2005a),
New Zeeland (Bordoni 2005b) and New Guinea
(Bordoni 2010a). Subsequently I published other
contributions on the species of this tribe from
the Australasian Region: Bordoni 2010b, 2010c,
2010d, 2011.
Recently my colleague Dr. Dmitri Logunov
invited me to study some Xantholinini collected by
R. Flornabrook in New Guinea in the years 1965-
1975 preserved in the collection of Florace Last in
the Manchester Museum. Some specimens were
studied in the past by this entomologist and are in
stteris. All these species have the label “unpublished
name, Solodovnikov 2006”. Previously the same
author (Last 1980) published some new species of
Xantholinini from New Guinea (Bordoni 2010a).
In the revision of the Xantholinini of New
Guinea (Bordoni 2010a), the idenfication keys of
the Xantholinini genera occurring in the Papuan
region are listed.
In this contribution I describe a new genus and
twelve species and I list new records for other five
species.
Abbreviations used in the text:
CAB - Collection Arnaldo Bordoni, Firenze, Italy;
MM - The Manchester Museum, United Kingdom;
ex. - specimen;
exx. - specimens;
Isl. - island(s).
Descriptions of new taxa
Pachycorynus diaphanus sp. nov.
Holotype $ MM, Papua, Kagulbusa, R. Hornabrook leg.
1.VIII.1965.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet is based
on the Latin ‘diaphanus’ (diaphanous), in reference
to the aedeagus.
Description: Length of body: 6 mm; from anterior
margin of head to posterior margin of elytra: 2.9
mm. Dark brown, with posterior half of elytra
yellowish. Flead large, very dilated, with largely
135
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
rounded sides and posterior angles. Surface without
lateral groove, with fine and dense polygonal micro¬
reticulation and with deep, large, sub-ovoid and
dense puncturation. Pronotum small, narrower and
shorter than head, slightly dilated anteriorly, with
largely rounded anterior angles. Surface with deep,
rounded and dense puncturation on the sides of
median band. Elytra much longer and wider than
pronotum, with sub-rectilinear and sub-parallel
sides and marked humeral angles. Surface shiny,
without micro-sculpture, with small and dense
puncturation, arranged in several regular series.
Abdomen with more or less polygonal micro¬
reticulation and fine, sparse puncturation. Tergite
and sternite of the male genital segment as in Figs
1-2. Aedeagus (Fig. 3) very membranous, 1.3 mm
long, with particular distal structure, symmetrical
parameres, and inner sac with scales and spines.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: Thespecimenbearsthelabels“Pachycorynus
subjectus sp. n.,Type, H. Lastdet.”, “Type” (on round
label with red border). This species is closely related
to Pachycorynus okapaensis Bordoni, 2010a from
thesame locality, butdiffers in its dimension, colour,
puncturation and by the structure of the inner sac
of the aedeagus. The holotype of P. okapaensis,
with the holotype of P. guadalcanalensis Bordoni,
2010a, is now preserved in the British Museum of
London.
Adamantea fluviatilis sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Madang, Gogol river, R.
Hornabrook leg. 11.1970.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet is based
on the Latin ‘fluviatilis’ (fluviatile).
Description: Length of body: 6.5 mm; from
anterior margin of head to posterior margin of
elytra: 2.7 mm. Brown reddish; body flat. Head
sub-rectangular, with sub-rectilinear sides and
largely rounded posterior angles. Eyes small
and protruding. Surface with longitudinal micro-
striations, ovoid and with deep puncturation, i.e.
the distance between the punctures is similar to
their diameter. Frontal grooves convergent in a
longitudinal, short median groove. Ocular grooves
deep and long, sub-parallel with the other grooves.
Pronotum narrower than head, more or less as
long as the head, very dilated anteriorly, with sub¬
parallel sides and largely rounded anterior angles.
Surface with oblique transverse micro-striation on
the sides, with dorsal series of 10-11 fine punctures
and oblique lateral series of 7-8 larger punctures;
some other punctures near the anterior angles.
Elytra large, much longer and wider than pronotum,
dilated posteriad, with well marked humeral angles.
Surface shiny, with fine and dense puncturation
arranged in numerous regular series. Abdomen
shiny, with transverse micro-striation and fine
puncturation on the sides. Tergite and sternite of
the male genital segment as in Figs 4-5. Ardeagus
(Fig. 6) ovoid, 0.8 mm long, with asymmetrial
parameres, and inner sac with pale, minute scales.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The specimen bears the label “Holocorynus
fluviatilis sp. n., Type, H. Last. det.”. The genus
Adamantea was described (Bordoni 2013) for
some species from Pacific islands, some of those in
the past were referred to the genus Pachycorynus
Motschulsky, 1858. The genus occurs in
Marquesas, Tonga, Samoa, New Caledonia, and
Fiji Isl. Adamantea fluviatilis and the following A.
karkar sp. nov. are the first species of this genus
Figures 1-6. New species ofXantholinini. 1-3: Pachycory¬
nus diaphanus sp. nov. 1 - Tergite of the male genital
segment; 2 - Sternite of the same; 3 - Aedeagus; 4-6:
Adamantea fluviatilis sp. nov. 4 - Tergite of the male
genital segment; 5 - Sternite of the same; 6 - Aedeagus
[scale bars 0.1 mm].
136
Bordoni, A.: Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), VI. Species from New Guinea ...
known from New Guinea. The new species is similar
to Adamantea koghiana Bordoni, 2013 from New
Caledonia, but differs in its dimension, colour and
the aedeagus.
Adamantea karkar sp. nov.
Holotype $ MM, Papua, Karkar Isl., R. Hornabrook leg.
X.1968.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet refers to
the type locality, Karkar, as a noun in apposition.
Description: Length of body: 5 mm; from anterior
margin of head to posterior margin of elytra: 2.3
mm. Body very flat, light reddish brown; antennae
and legs yellowish. Head sub-rectangular, slightly
longer than wide, with sub-rectilinear and sub¬
parallel sides, almost right posterior angles. Eyes
small and scarcely protruding. Surface similar
to those of Adamantea fluviatilis but with larger
and sparser puncturation. Pronotum shorter and
narrower that head, with largely rounded anterior
angles. Surface as in A. fluviatilis, with a dorsal
series of 5-6 punctures and oblique lateral series
of 5 larger punctures. Elytra very long, longer and
wider that pronotum, dilated posteriad, with marked
humeral angles. Surface rugose, with more or less
polygonal and fine micro-reticulation and fine and
dense puncturation, arranged in numerous series.
Abdomen with traces of transversal micro-striation
and fine puncturation, arranged in some regular
series. Tergite and stern ite of the male genital
segment as in Figs 7-8. Aedeagus (Fig. 9) ovoid, 0.9
mm long, with asymmetrical parameres; inner sac
long and narrow, with sparse, fine scales.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The new species is similar to Adamantea
samoana Bordoni, 2013 from Samoa, but differs
in its dimension, colour, puncturation and the
aedeagus.
Neoxantholinus daulo sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Daulo Pass, Asato-Chimbu
Div., R. Hornabrook leg. 31.XII.1973.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet refers to
the type locality, Daulo, as a noun in apposition.
Description: Length of body: 11 mm; from anterior
margin of head to posterior margin of elytra: 5.5
mm. Reddish brown with yellow orange abdomen;
antennae brown, legs yellowish brown. Head sub-
rectangular (Fig. 10), with strictly rounded posterior
angles, scarcely rounded sides. Eyes very small
and almost flat. Surface with longitudinal very fine
Figures 7-10. New species of Xantholinini. 7-9: Adaman¬
tea kassem sp. nov. 7 - Tergite of the male genital seg¬
ment; 8 - Sternite of the same; 9 - Aedeagus [scale bar
0.1 mm]; 8-10: Neoxantholinus daulo sp. nov. 10 - Head
and pronotum [scale bar 1 mm].
and dense micro-striation; ocular grooves very long
and convergent to the median line; puncturation
as in Fig 10. Labrum as in Fig. 11. Pronotum (Fig.
10) shorter and narrower that head, very dilated
anteriorly; surface with oblique micro-striations
and punctuation as figured. Elytra very narrow,
sub-rectangular, with sub-rectilinear and sub¬
parallel sides, as long as and narrower than the
pronotum. Surface shiny, with micro-punctu ration
and puncturation arranged in three very superficial
series, one near the suture, one median and one
lateral. Abdomen shiny, with fine sparse punctures.
Tergite and sternite of the male genital segment
as in Figs 12-13. Aedeagus (Fig. 14) sub-spherical,
narrow in the distal part, 1.3 mm long, with
parameres reduced to vestiges; inner sac covered
in scales.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The specimen bears the labels “Metoponcus
cooteri sp. n., Type, H. Last, det.”, “Holotype”. The
new species is similar to Neoxantholinus ullrichi
Bordoni, 2010a from Onerunka, but differs in its
dimension, colour and the aedeagus.
Neoxantholinus ullrichi Bordoni, 2010a
Examined material: 1$ MM, Papua, Okapa, Estern
Highlands, R. Hornabrook leg. 30.1.1965 (“ Metoponcus
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
hornabrooki sp. n., Type, H. Last det.”, “Holotype”).
Distribution: This species was known only from
the type locality (Onerunka, Kainantu) (Bordoni
2010a).
Zeteotomus kassem sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Kassem Pass (Eastern
Highlands Distr.), R. Hornabrook leg. 29.IV.1972.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet refers to
the type locality, Kassem, as a noun in apposition.
Description: Length of body: 6 mm; from anterior
margin of head to posterior margin of elytra: 3 mm.
Dark brown; legs brown with yellowish tarsi. Head
cylindrical, long and narrow, with sub-rectilinear
and sub-parallel sides, right posterior angles. Eyes
small, scarcely protruding. Surface with longitudinal
and fine micro-striation; puncturation small and
sparse; three spaced punctures in longitudinal
line between the eyes and the posterior angles.
Epistoma without median groove. Pronotum as
long as the head, scarcely shorter, narrow and long,
with rounded anterior angles, sides only sinuate.
Surface with longitudinal micro-striations, with one
lateral puncture anteriorly and 2 spaced punctures
in a longitudinal line before the middle of the
pronotum; some scattered minute punctures. Elytra
longer and wider than pronotum, dilated posteriad,
with scarcely marked humeral angles. Surface with
three series of spaced and very superficial, fine,
pu nctu res. Abdomen sh i ny, with traces of tra nsverse
micro-striation and fine and sparse puncturation.
Male genital segment as in Fig. 15; sternite of the
male membranous in the distal portion, as in Fig
16. Aedeagus (Fig. 17), ovoid, 1.2 mm long, without
vestiges of parameres, with complex inner sac.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The specimen bears the label “Metoponcus
transitus sp. n., H. Last det.”, “Type” (round
label with red border). This species is similar to
Zeteotomus morokanus Bordoni, 2010a from New
Guinea (Moroka, Kemandoga, Testega) but differs
by dimension, colour, and by the structure of the
inner sac of the aedeagus.
Australia us papuan us sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Eastern Highlands, Okapa, R.
Hornabrook leg. 14.XII.1964.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet refers to
Papua.
Description: Length of body: 5.5 mm; from
anterior margin of head to posterior margin
of elytra: 2.4 mm. Reddish brown with darker
abdomen. Head long, sub-rectangular, scarcely
dilated posteriad. Eyes small and flat. Surface
shiny, with micro-puncturation, with one puncture
in the ocular grooves, two punctures in the groove
at the posterior margin of the eyes, one near the
posterior angles, one median. Pronotum shorter
and narrower that head, with oblique anterior
margins. Surface with traces of oblique micro-
striation, with dorsal series of 5 large widely spaced
punctures and lateral series of 2 punctures. Elytra
longer and wider than pronotum, dilated posteriad,
without marked humeral angles. Surface rugose,
with three series of punctures, one near the suture,
one median and one lateral. Abdomen with traces
of micro-striation and fine and sparse puncturation.
Tergite and sternite of the male genital segment as
in Figs 18-19. Aedeagus (Fig. 20) ovoid, distally
narrow, 0.5 mm long, with asymmetric parameres;
inner sac narrow and long, covered in minute
Figures 11-17. New species of Xantholinini. 11-14: A/eox-
antholinus daulo sp. nov. 11 - Labrum; 12 - Tergite of
the male genital segment; 13 - Sternite of the same; 14 -
Aedeagus; 15-17: Zeteotomus kassem sp. nov. 15 - Male
genital segment (with the related tergite); 16 - Sternite of
the same; 17 - Aedeagus [scale bars 0.1 mm].
138
Bordoni, A.: Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), VI. Species from New Guinea ...
scales.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The species bear the labels “Metoponcus
vividus sp. n., Type, H. Last det.”, “Type” (round
label with red border). The genus Australinus
was described (Bordoni 2005a) for few species
of Australia [A. cyaneipennis (McLeay, 1873), A.
sexsulciceps (Lea, 1925)], and Lord Howe Isl. [A.
lordhowensis Bordoni, 2005a, A. megacephalus
(Lea, 1925)]. Australinus papuanus is the first
species of this genus known from New Guinea.
Australinis papuanus is similar to A. cyaneipennis
in the structure of the aedeagus but very different
in dimensions and colour.
Thyreocephalus eminens sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Eastern Highlands, Okapa, R.
Hornabrook leg. 27.VIII.1965.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet is based
on the Latin ‘eminens’ (eminent).
Description: Length of body: 19 mm; from
anterior margin of head to posterior margin of
elytra: 7.5 mm. Black with reddish genital segment;
abdomen and legs brownish black; antennae with
the last three segments yellow. Head with bluish
reflex, pronotum with violaceous reflex; elytra with
evident bronze greenish reflex. Head proportionally
small, sub-quadrangular, scarcely longer than wide,
with sub-rectilinear and sub-parallel sides, largely
rounded posterior angles. Eyes small and scarcely
protruding, with a groove at the inner margin.
Surface of the head shiny, with micro-puncturation,
one puncture at the end of the short divergent
ocu la r grooves, one pu nctu re at the i n ner ma rgi n of
the eyes, one median; some punctures close to the
posterior angles. Labrum as in Fig. 21. Pronotum
sub-rectangular, as wide as and longer than the
head, with almost right anterior angles and sub-
rectilinear anterior margins, not oblique, scarcely
sinuate sides, narrower before the middle of the
sides. Surface shiny, with micro-puncturation, a
large puncture close to the anterior angles, two
small punctures near the narrow sides and three
small punctures in the middle of the pronotum. The
epipleural portion of the pronotum with a groove and
a carina. Elytra large, sub-rectangular, larger and
wider than pronotum, with sub-rectilinear and sub¬
parallel sides and marked humeral angles. Surface
shiny, with three series of punctures, one near the
suture, one median and one lateral. Abdomen with
traces of transverse micro-striation and evident,
dense puncturation, arranged in series. Tergite and
sternite of the male genital segment as in Figs 22-
23. Aedeagus (Fig. 24) ovoid, 2.2 mm long, with
large distal portion; parameres symmetrical; inner
sac short and narrow.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The specimen beaars the labels
“Thyreocephalus splendens sp. n., Type, H. Last
det.”, “Type” (on round label with red border). This
new species is similar to Thyreocephalus splendens
Cameron, 1939 from Irian Jaya and Papua (Bordoni
2010a), but differs in its dimensions, colour, and by
the structure of the aedeagus.
Thyreocephalus aureus Bernhauer, 1915
Examined material: 2 exx. MM, Papua, Karkar Isl., R.
Hornabrook X.1968; 1 ex. CAB, same data.
Distribution: Bismark Archipelago (New Britain),
New Guinea, D’Entrecasteaux Isl. (Fergusson &
Figures 18-24. New species of Xantholinini. 18-20: Aus¬
tralinus papuanus sp. nov. 18 - Tergite of the male geni¬
tal segment; 19 - Sternite of the same; 20 - Aedeagus;
21-24: Thyreocephalus eminens sp. nov. 21 - Labrum,
22 - Tergite of the male genital segment; 23 - Sternite
of the same; 24 - Aedeagus [scale bars 0.1 mm].
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Normanby islands) (Bordoni 2010a).
Thyreocephalus papuensis Bern ha uer, 1915
Examined material: 1 ex. MM, Papua, Sepik,
Blackwater River, R. Hornabrook VI. 1974; 1 ex. CAB,
same data (“ Thyreocephalus alveus sp. n., Type, H. Last
det.", the first “Type” (on round label with red border), the
second “Paratype” (on round label with yellow border).
Distribution: New Guinea (Bordoni 2010a).
Guineella gen. nov.
Type species: Guineella hornabrookiana sp. nov.
Derivatio nominis: The generic epithet should
refer to New Guinea.
Description: Head (Fig. 25) with short and
superficial frontal grooves; very short ocular
grooves; surface with very fine and dense polygonal
micro-reticulation and with a median superficial
groove; puncturation as in Fig. 25; labrum as in
Fig. 26; maxillary and labial palpi as in Figs 27-28;
antennae with 3rd segment twice as long as 2nd,
the following small, sub-quadrangular; mandibles
long and large, with median-distal lateral groove;
gular sutures as in Fig. 29; pronotum with fine and
dense polygonal micro-reticulation, with posterior
dorsal series of very small punctures and oblique
lateral series of small punctures; anterior tarsi very
dilated; posterior tarsi with the last segment as long
as the three previous together; antisternal plate
with a suture; upper epipleural line of the pronotum
sub-parallel with the inferior line and not joined to it;
metasternum as in Fig. 30; mesosternum long and
flat; stern ite of the male genital segment modified
(Fig. 32); shape of aedeagus characteristic (Figs
33-34).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Papua New Guinea.
Note: This genus is isolated in the tribe. Guineella
is probably allied to the genera Thyreocephalus
Guerin-Meneville, 1844, Dinoxantholinus Heller,
1910, and Guineodinella Bordoni, 2010a, but
differs in all the external characters and the shape
of the aedeagus. The knowledge of the Xantholinini
of New Guinea is therefore still now perfunctory.
Guineella hornabrookiana sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Marifunga (Bismarck Range,
2800 m, Eastern Highlands), R. Hornabrook leg.
25.IV.1972.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Dedicated to the
collector of the material listed in this contribution,
R. Hornabrook (Wellington), one of the first
entomologists who worked on the insects of New
Guinea.
Description: Length of body: 18 mm; from anterior
margin of head to posterior margin of elytra: 9 mm.
Black, with 6^ visible abdominal segment and
genital segment reddish; antennae brown; apex
of the last segment yellowish. Forebody with very
fine and dense polygonal micro-reticulation; elytra
rugose, with irregular micro-reticulation. Head large
(Fig. 25), with small and scarcely protruding eyes;
shortandconvergentfrontal grooves ; oc u I a r grooves
pit-shaped with two punctures; puncturation as in
Fig. 25. Pronotum longer and narrower than head,
anteriorly dilated, the sides not sinuate and with
marked anterior angles. Surface with dorsal series
of 2 very fine punctures and an oblique lateral series
of 3 fine punctures. Elytra longer and wider than
pronotum, dilated posteriad, with marked humeral
angles. Surface with very fine and widely spaced
puncturation, arranged in four series, one near
the suture, two median and one lateral. Abdomen
with finer and denser microsculpture than those
Figures 25-34. Guineella gen. nov. hornabrookiana sp.
nov. 25 - Head [scale bar 1 mm]; 26 - Labrum; 27 -
Maxillary palpus; 28 - Labial palpus; 29 - Gular sutures;
30 - Mesosternum; 31 - Tergite of the male genital seg¬
ment; 32 - Sternite of the same; 33-34 - Aedeagus in
dorsal and lateral view [scale bar 0.1 mm].
140
Bordoni, A.: Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), VI. Species from New Guinea ...
of forebody, with fine and sparse puncturation on
the sides. Tergite and sternite of the male genital
segment as in Figs 31-32. Aedeagus (Figs 33-34)
very characteristic, 2.2 mm long, with long and
narrow distal portion; para meres very long and
narrow; inner sac apparently not visible.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The specimen bears the labels
“Thyreocephalus hornabrooki sp. n., Type, H. Last
det”, “Type” (on round label with red border).
Eachamia lasti sp. nov.
Holotype $ MM, Papua, Kassem, R. Hornabrook leg.
22.IX.1972.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Dedicated to
Horace Rupert Last who designated it as a new
species in litteris, like some of the other species
isted in in this text. His papers dealt, from the late
1960s on various groups of Staphylinidae of New
Guinea.
Description: Length of body: 8 mm; from anterior
margin of head to posterior margin of elytra: 4.8 mm.
Head black, pronotum, elytra and abdomen brown;
anterior margin of elytra light brown. Head dilated
(Fig. 35), sub-spherical, narrow posteriad, with large
and protruding eyes. Labrum as in Fig. 36. Surface
of the head with sparse micro-punctuation and
puncturation as in Fig. 35. Prontum narrower and
longer than head, anteriorly dilated, with marked
anterior angles, with 2 punctures near the anterior
angles. Elytra longer and wider than pronotum, with
very marked humeral angles; puncturation fine and
dense, arranged in numerous series. Abdomen with
transversal micro-striation, and sparse and evident
puncturation, arranged in regular series.
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Distribution: Known only from the type locality.
Note: This species bears the following labels
“Thyreocephalus metallicus sp. n., Type, H. Last
det.”, “Paratype, H. Last det.” (on round label with
yellow border) (I do not know the eventual type in
litteris). The species differs from all congeners in
its dimensions, colour, head and the shape of the
labrum.
Metolinus longelytratus sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua [?], Frigano (I cannot find this
locality), R. Hornabrook leg. 14.VII.1972.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet is based
on the Latin longe elytratus (long elytra).
Description: Length of body: 5 mm; from
anterior margin of head to posterior margin of
elytra: 2.4 mm. Body of characteristic shape (Fig.
37), brownish black with posterior half of elytra
yellowish; antennae and legs pale testaceus. Head
with traces of transverse micro-striation, with one
large puncture near the superior margin of eyes,
two median and some punctures near the posterior
angles. Pronotum with similar micro-striation,
with a dorsal series of 5 punctures and lateral
series of 3 punctures. Elytra rugose, with very fine
puncturation arranged in three series, one near
the suture, one median and one lateral. Abdomen
with transverse micro-striation and fine and sparse
puncturation on the sides, with longyellowish setae.
Tergite and sternite of the male genital segment as
in Figs 38-39. Aedeagus (Fig. 40) 0.7 mm long, with
characteristic distal sclerite; inner sac with one very
long and large spine and scales and small spines.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: The specimen bears the labels “Metolinus
oculatus sp. n., H. Last det, “Type” (on round label
with red border). I change the name because
Metolinus oculatus was previously published
Figures 35-40. New species of Xantholinini. 35-36: Ea¬
chamia lasti sp. nov. 35 - Head [scale bar 1 mm]; 36
- Labrum; 36-40: Metolinus longelytratus sp. nov. 37 -
Forebody [scale bar 0.5 mm]; 38 - Tergite of the male
genital segment; 39 - Sternite of the same; 40 - Aedea¬
gus [scale bar 0.1 mm].
141
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
(Bordoni 2010a). The new species is similar to
Metolinus montanus Bordoni, 2010a from Chimbu
Prov., but differs in the body shape, dimensions,
puncturation, and the aedeagus.
Metolinus papuanus sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Madang, R. Hornabrook leg.
10.XI.1968.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet refers to
Papua.
Description: Length of body: 6.5 mm; from
anterior margin of head to posterior margin of
elytra: 3.2 mm. Body squat and robust (Fig. 41),
reddish brown; antennae and legs light brown. Head
proportionally large, sub-quadrangular but longer
than wide, with largely rounded posterior angles.
Eyes of medium size and scarcely protruding.
Surface with traces of transverse micro-striation
and with very sparse puncturation. Pronotum
massive, as long and wide as head. Surface with
traces of more or less oblique micro-striation, with
a dorsal series of 5 punctures and lateral series
of 3 punctures. Elytra short, wide, scarcely longer
than pronotum. Surface rugose, with some spaced
series of fine and sparse punctures. Abdomen
with fine transverse micro-striation and fine and
sparse puncturation. Tergite and stern ite of the
male genital segment as in Figs 42-43. Aedeagus
(Fig. 44) 0.7 mm long, with characteristic distal
structure and inner sac with two big spines.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Note: Thespecimen bea rs the labels “Mitomorphus
levatis sp. n., Type, H. Last det.”, “Type” (on round
label with red border). The species differs from all
known Metolinus especially in the shape of the body
and the structure of the inner sac of the aedeagus.
Andelis punctatus sp. nov.
Holotype S MM, Papua, Eastern Highlands, Okapa
Distr., Oiana, R. Hornabrook leg. 8.XII.1972.
Pa ratypes 1$ MM, same data as in holotype; 1$ MM,
±S CBA, Frigano, R. Hornabrook leg. 28.XII.1974.
Derivatio nominis: The specific epithet is
based on the Latin punctatus (with puncturation),
in reference to the evident puncturation of the
pronotum.
Description: Length of body: 4 mm; from anterior
margin of head to posterior margin of elytra: 2.4
mm. Head black, pronotum, elytra, and abdomen
reddish brown black, 6 visible abdominal
segment, genital segment, antennae and legs
yellowish. Head sub-rectangular, with scarcely
rounded sides, largely rounded posterior angles.
Eyes small and scarcely protruding. Surface with
deep, and dense puncturation on the sides of the
median band. Pronotum narrow, much narrower
than head, as wide as the head, with very oblique
anterior margins. Surface shiny, with traces of
transverse micro-striation; evident puncturation on
the sides of median band; the distance between
the punctures is equal to their diameter. Elytra
much longer and wider than pronotum, with marked
humeral angles. Surface slightly rugose, with fine,
superficial puncturation arranged in numerous
series. Abdomen anteriorly with polygonal micro¬
reticulation and with fine and sparse puncturation.
Tergite and sternite of the male genital segment as
in Figs 45-46. Aedeagus (Fig. 47) very small, 0,3
mm long, with long, symmetrical parameres and
long, very narrow distal sclerite.
Sexual dimorphism: The female is identical to
the male in the external characters.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality.
Figures 41-47. New species of Xantholinini. 41-44: Me¬
tolinus papuanus sp. nov. 41- Forebody [scale bar 0.5
mm]; 42 - Tergite of the male genital segment; 43 -
Sternite of the same; 44 - Aedeagus; 45-47: Andelis
punctatus sp. nov. 45 - Tergite of the male genital seg¬
ment; 46 - Sternite of the same; 47 - Aedeagus [scale
bar 0.1 mm].
142
Bordoni, A.: Xantholinini of the Australian region (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae), VI. Species from New Guinea ...
Note: The holotype bears the labels “Mitomorphus
punctatus sp. n., H. Last det., Paratype”, “Paratype”
(on round label with yellow border); the other
specimens have the same labels and one the label
“Holotype” (on round label with red border). Andelis
punctatus is the first species of this genus known
from New Guinea. In the Australasian Region only
one other species ( Andelis minutulus Bordoni,
2010a) (Solomon Isl.) was known until now. The
new species differs from all the taxa of this genus
especially in the shape of the aedeagus.
Phacophallus papuensis (Fauvel, 1878)
Examined material: 2 exx. MM, Papua, Panang, (R.
Hornabrook leg. ?) 27.VI.1978.
Distribution: Philippines, Borneo, Sumatra, Bali,
Lombok, Sumbawa (Bordoni 2002), New Guinea,
Solomon Isl. (Bordoni 2010a).
Mitomorphus punctatissimus Bordoni, 2010a
Examined material: 1$ MM, 1$ CAB, Papua, Okapa,
Eastern Highlands, R. Hornabrook 6.11.1965.
Distribution: Papua (Herzog Mts., Wau, Rintobe)
(Bordoni 2010a).
Note: The holotype of the species, as the first
specimen listed here, bears the labels “Xantholinus
hornabrooki sp. n.”, “Type, H. Last det.” (on round
label with red border); the second listed specimen
bears the labels “Xantholinus papuensis sp. n.,
Holotype, H. Last det.”, “Type, H. Last det.” (on
round label with red border).
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank Dr. Dmitri Logunov (MM) for
providing the material to this study, Dr. Dmitry
Telnov (the Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga)
for accepting this contribution in the second book
devoted to biodiversity and biogeography of New
Guinea, and Guillaume de Rougemont (London,
United Kingdom) for the help with the English
version of this paper.
Bordoni A. 2005a. Revision of the Xantholinini of
Australia (Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). - Monografie
del Museo regionale di Scienze natural i, Torino 42:
435-614.
Bordoni A. 2005b. Revisione degli Xantholinini della
Nuova Zelanda (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). -
Bollettino del Museo regionale di Scienze natural!,
Torino 22, No. 2: 329-442.
Bordoni A. 2010a. Revisione degli Xantholinini
della Nuova Guinea e delle isole austromalesi
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). - Bollettino del Museo
regionale di Scienze naturali, Torino 27, No. 2: 253-
635.
Bordoni A. 2010b. Xantholinini of the Australasian
Region (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). III. Description
of Otagonia nunni n. sp. and new records from New
Zealand. - New Zealand Entomologist 33: 114-117.
Bordoni A. 2010c. Xantholinini from the Australian and
Oriental Regions. New genus, new species and
new records (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). - Zootaxa
2538: 38-46.
Bordoni A. 2010d. Remarks in the Xantholinini from
Australian Region. II. Three new species from
New Guinea (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae). - Linzer
biologische Beitrage 42, No. 1: 529-534.
Bordoni A. 2011. Xantholinini of the Australian region
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). V. New species
collected by Alexander Riedel in Arfak and
Cyclops Mts., New Guinea: 59-64. In: Telnov
D. (ed.) Biodiversity , Biogeography and Nature
Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea. Volume
1. The Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga: 434
pp, 92 pis.
Bordoni A. 2013. Revisione degli Xantholinini
della sottoregione polinesiana (Coleoptera
Staphylinidae). - Memorie della Societa
entomologica italiana 90: 1-63.
Last H.R. 1980. Records of New Guinea Staphylinidae
(Coleoptera) in the Hungarian Natural History
Museum. - Annales historico-naturales Musei
nationalis hungarici 72: 155-161.
References
Bordoni A. 2002. Xantholinini della Regione Orientale
(Coleoptera: Staphylinidae). Classificazione,
filogenesi e revisione tassonomica. - Monografie
del Museo regionale di Scienze naturali, Torino 33:
998 pp.
143
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
144
Brock, P.D.: A new species of leaf insect (Phasmida: Phylliidae) from West Papua, Indonesia
(plates 2-3)
A new species of leaf insect (Phasmida: Phylliidae)
from West Papua, Indonesia
Paul D. Brock
The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, South Kensington, SW7 5BD, London, United
Kingdom; pauldbrock@btinternet.com
Abstract: A new leaf insect species Phyllium ( Phyllium ) telnovi is described based on a single male specimen from
the Tamarau Mountains, West Papua, Indonesia. An overview is also provided on leaf insect (Phylliidae) taxonomy.
Keywords: Phasmida, Phasmatodea, Phyllium telnovi sp. nov., taxonomy.
Introduction
Leaf insects have always fascinated
entomologists but have only been moderately well
studied since 2000. This paper discusses a leaf
insect found on a 2012 zoological expedition by the
Entomological Society of Latvia to Indonesia (West
Papua) (Plates 2-3) which has been found to be new
to science, namely Phyllium ( Phyllium ) telnovi sp.
nov. Including this new species, there are now fifty-
two species of leaf insects (Phylliidae) in four genera
(Brock 2013) from Australasia and South-East Asia.
This is a substantial increase from the thirty-seven
described species referred to only ten years ago
(Brock, Hasenpusch 2003), reflecting recent work
by several amateur phasmid specialists; there
are also still undescribed taxa in some museum
collections visited by the author. The Phylliidae is
one of the smallest phasmid families, with just
1.7% of described phasmids (Brock 2013) but apart
from introduced specimens i.e. as curiosities from
sailors, they are limited to parts of two continents
and are rather restricted in movement, as females
cannot fly. Leaf insects are seldom recorded not
only because of their camouflage, but it is likely
that some species reside in the canopy of trees,
hence sometimes only males are known, which are
good fliers and are occasionally attracted to lights.
Recent research on Phylliidae
There have been the following recent notable
papers and books on leaf insects, prior to this the
only detailed publication in the last century was
Klante (1976):
Brock & Hasenpusch (2003): A revision of
Australian species, clarifying confusion in the
literature regarding the identity of species.
Grosser (2001, 2008): A popular book [in
German] on Phylliidae, with much effort made to
illustrate adults and eggs.
Zompro & Grosser (2003): A generic revision.
Hennemann etal. (2009): A revision of species
from the Philippines and reclassification, including
clarification of several identifications.
Material and Methods
The holotype is deposited in the Natural History
Museum, London collection. It has been compared
with all Phylliidae, either by examination of type
material (including reference to type photographs
in Brock 2013) or literature.
In view of detailed revisions (see recent
research above) no keys are provided in this paper.
Acronyms used in the text:
BMNH - The Natural History Museum, London, United
Kingdom.
Description
Phylliidae llliger, 1798
Phyllium ( Phyllium ) llliger, 1798
Type species: Gryllus siccifolius Linnaeus, 1758
(= Phyllium siccifolium ), by original monotypy.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
For full details, see Brock (2013), for diagnosis
and keys, Hennemann etal. (2009).
Phyllium ( Phyllium ) telnovi sp. nov. (Plates 2-3)
Holotype S BMNH(E)#845382, INDONESIA E, West
Papua, Tamarau Mts, Fef vill. ~ 11 km W, 00°46’12"S,
132°19’56"E, -800 m, 13.11.2012, primeval lowland
rainforest, MV light, leg. D.Telnov.
Derivatio nominis: Named after the collector,
the well-known coleopterist Dmitry Telnov (Latvia).
Measurements: Holotype S'- Body length 50
mm, head 3.1 (width 2.9 mm), antennae 32 mm,
pronotum 2.9, mesonotum 3, metanotum 3 (+
median segment 2 mm), forewing 16 mm, hindwing
40 mm, femora: fore 10 mm, mid 10 mm, hind 10
mm; tibiae: fore 6 mm, mid 6 mm, hind 7 mm. Cerci
2 mm.
Description of male: Yellowish green insect
(green when alive, with brown patches on fore legs
and mid femora) Distinguished from other Phyllium
species by the conspicuous shape of the abdomen;
fore tibiae also with larger teeth on the interior lobe
than in other related species in the P. siccifolium
group. Head: Marginally longer than broad, eyes
largeand dark brown. Three ocelli present. Antennae
with 23 segments, basal segment flattened and
broadened, segment 2 short. Segments 3-19 much
gradually increasing in length, with long black hairs
(longer than width of segment). Segments 20-23
are shorter than previous segments, with short
hairs. Thorax: Pronotum a little shorter than head
and slenderer, with bold central line and median
depression. Mesonotum and metanotum smooth,
aboutthesame length as pronotum, but mesonotum
broadened towards hind part, as is typical in male
leaf insects. Upper ridge of mesonotum with 5 well
spaced teeth laterally, decreasing in size towards
posterior. There are 7 well spaced teeth laterally on
lower ridge, with smaller teeth beneath. Metanotum
broadening to abdomen. Abdomen: Distinctly
shaped, segment 3 with a slightly curved base, very
broadened rounded 4th segment, taperingsharply to
segment 6, then narrowed significantly in segment
7, still tapering to anal segment, which is rounded
at tip. Cerci fairly stout, leaf-like. Vomer tapered
to a pointed tip. Wings: Forewings elongate, leaf¬
like, exceeding end of second abdominal segment.
Hiindwings long, translucent; reaching beyond end
of 9th abdominal segment. Subgenital plate broad,
tip rounded. Legs: Characteristic of the genus, with
large triangular lobes interior and exteriorly. Interior
lobes of fore femora with five spines anteriorly
(resulting in unusually large ‘u’ shaped gaps), the
central spine being very short. The lobe is more
than half length of the fore femur The mid and
hind femora have minute spines anteriorly; almost
half of mid femur brown posteriorly, with brownish
banding near teeth of fore femur and on lobe of
fore tibia. The fore tibiae lack an exterior lobe.
Sexual dimorphism: Female not known, but
from the author’s evaluation of other taxa, is
expected to have a very rounded abdomen.
Diagnosis: Closely related to Phyllium ( Phyllium )
siccifolium (Linnaeus, 1758) and placed in the
Phyllium siccifolium group [the distribution range
of P. siccifolium is Moluccas: Halmahera, Ambon,
Seram, Sula Islands, Banggai Island and Buru
(Hennemann etal. 2009), although further research
may be needed on the distribution range as this
involves Indonesian islands separated by deep water
straights. Grosser (2011)] has already disputed the
arrangement (see ‘Discussion’ section). P. telnovi
differs from P. siccifolium by the considerably more
broadened abdomen and distinct ‘u’ shaped gaps
on interior lobes of fore femora. It is interesting that
out of 28 described Phyllium ( Phyllium ) species,
only three other species are recorded from ‘New
Guinea’, i.e. P. caudatum Redtenbacher, 1906
(New Britain, Papua New Guinea, Solomon Islands),
P. elegans Grosser, 1991 (North New Guinea) and
P. zomproi Grosser, 2001 (Aseki, Morobe Province,
Papua New Guinea), whereas six of the 12 Phyllium
(Pulchri phyllium) species are from ‘New Guinea’
(mostly Papua New Guinea), with some other
species found in nearby islands.
Ecology: This species was collected in lowland
primary rainforest at mercury-vapour light.
Distribution: so far only known from the type
locality, the Tamarau Mountains, West Papua,
Indonesia.
Discussion
There is disagreement over taxonomy
of certain Phyllium species, with a history of
misidentifications, repeated descriptions of the
same species and general confusion (there are 52
species of Phyllidae, many described from a single
specimen, yet there are another 21 invalid species
names (Brock 2013)). For example, Phyllium
( Phyllium ) tobeloense Grosser, 2007 was regarded
as a synonym of Phyllium ( Phyllium ) siccifolium
by Hennemann et al. (2009) but returned to valid
species status by Grosser, 2011, although doubts
still remain over the correct placement, with a
convincing discussion by Hennemann et al. (2009).
146
Brock, P.D.: A new species of leaf insect (Phasmida: Phylliidae) from West Papua, Indonesia
(plates 2-3)
For the time being the species are separated in
the online Phasmida Species File (Brock 2013),
a Ithough th is on ly reflects the most recent taxonom ic
change, pending further evaluation by specialists.
There has been considerable confusion even by
a basic distinguishing feature to place species in
subgenera of Phyllium i.e. the presence (subgenus
Pulchriphyllium ) or absence (subgenus Phyllium )
of exterior lobes on the fore tibiae, as clarified by
Grosser (2008: 85) [assuming subgenera are
even warranted]. Molecular phylogenetics such as
DNA Barcoding would be useful in order to help
solve such disputes, particularly with isolated
island populations. However, the difficulty in
obtaining even specimens of both sexes means
this is unlikely, but a mindset change is also
needed by phasmid enthusiasts to consider the
potential benefits of molecular work alongside
other taxonomic methodology. It is considered that
DNA barcoding would work well with leaf insects,
particularly isolated island populations and it is
hoped that a scientist will take up the challenge
in future, including providing maps of taxa (of
ittle relevance at present, particularly with some
species just known from ‘New Guinea’). At present
the range is unlikely to be accurate due to lack of
material and misinterpretation of forms. However,
from morphological studies it is believed the new
species described from the Tamarau Mountains (an
understudied location some considerable distance
from other related species), differs significantly
from species known from only one sex (frequent in
Phylliidae) and adds to our limited knowledge of the
Phylliidae from this vast region. The answer to other
questions, such as are subgenera necessary and is
the extensive range of some taxa correct, may be
subject to debate by phasmid specialists for some
time.
Orthoptera Research 11, No. 2: 199-205.
Grosser D. 2001. Wandelnde Blatter. Ein Katalog aller
bisher beschriebenen Phylliinae-Arten und deren
Eier mitdrei Neubeschreibungen. Edition Chimaira,
Frankfurt am Main: 119 pp.
Grosser D. 2008. Wandelnde Blatter. Ein Katalog aller
bisher beschriebenen Phylliinae-Arten und deren
Eier mit drei Neubeschreibungen. 2nd Edition
Chimaira, Frankfurt am Main: 175 pp.
Grosser D. 2011. New insights and critical remarks
on certain species of Walking Leaves (Insecta:
Phasmatodea: Phylliidae). - Arthropoda generalis
3: 1-17.
Hennemann F.H., Conle O.V., Gottardo M., Bresseel J.
2009. On certain species of the genus Phyllium
llliger, 1798, with proposals for an intra-generic
systematization and the descriptions of five
new species from the Philippines and Palawan
(Phasmatodea: Phylliidae: Phylliinae: Phylliini). -
Zootaxa 2322: 1-83.
Klante H. 1976. Die „Wandelnden Blatter". Eine
taxonom ische Revision der Gattung Phyllium
III. (Insecta, Orthoptera, Phasmatoptera). -
Zoologische Beitrage 22: 49-76.
Zompro 0., Grosser D. 2003. A generic revision of the
insect order Phasmatodea: The genera of the
areolate stick insect family Phylliidae (Walking
Leaves) (Insecta, Orthoptera). - Spixiana 26, No.
2: 129-141.
Numerous other references for Phylliidae are available
from Brock (2013).
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Dr. Dmitry Telnov (the Entomological
Society of Latvia, Riga) for donating the holotype to
BMNH and providing a habitat figure for this paper.
References
Brock P.D. 2013. Phasmida Species File Online.
Version 5. 0/5.0 [16/04/2013] http://Phasmida.
SpeciesFile.org
Brock P.D., Hasenpusch J. 2003. Studies on the Leaf
Insects (Phylliidae) of Australia. - Journal of
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
148
Golovatch, S.I., Stoev, P.: Review of the Papuan millipede genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009, with descriptions ...
(plate 4)
Review of the Papuan millipede genus Silvattia Jeekel,
2009, w th descriptions of three new species (Diplopoda:
Polydesmida: Paradoxosomatidae: Eustrongylosomatmi)
Sergei I. Golovatch \ Pavel Stoev 2
1 - Institute for Problems of Ecology and Evolution, Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky pr. 33,
119071, Moscow, Russia; sgolovatch@yandex.ru
2 - Pensoft Publishers and National Museum of Natural History, Boulevard Tsar Osvoboditel 1, 1000,
Sofia, Bulgaria; pavel.e.stoev@gmail.com
Abstract: The oligotypic genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009, which has hitherto been known to comprise only two species
from New Guinea, is rediagnosed and shown to include further three species from Papua New Guinea: Silvattia
petarberoni sp. nov., S. perplexa sp. nov. and S. jeekeli sp. nov. A key is given to all five species of the genus.
Keywords: Millipede, Silvattia, taxonomy, new species, key, New Guinea.
Introduction
The genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009 has recently
been proposed to incorporate two species: S.
horvathi (Silvestri, 1899) (the type species), from
Eriba, Astrolabe Bay, Madang Province, and Malu
(incorrectly spelled as Matu, actually also being
equal to Malu Ambunti or Male near Ambunti), East
Sepik, both localities in Papua New Guinea, as well
as S. digulana Jeekel, 2009, from Upper Digul,
Papua Province, Indonesia (Jeekel 2009).Thegenus
was assigned to the tribe Eustrongylosomatini and
characterized by the pa rate rga being mostly missing,
coupled with the gonopods showing the femorite
strongly expanded into a dorsal serrulate lamella
and also equipped with an apical transverse spine,
while the solenophore being elongate, ribbon-like
and carrying a small spine at midway.
Prompted by the discovery of a small material
of Silvattia Jeekel in the collection of Diplopoda
from Papua New Guinea, housed in the National
Museum of Natural History, Sofia (NMNHS), we
present here an amended diagnosis of the genus
to incorporate three new species described below.
In addition, a key is provided to all five species of
Silvattia known to date.
This is our fifth joint publication dealing with
millipedes from Papua New Guinea, based on the
collections of Petar Beron taken in 1975 by the
British Speleological Expedition (see also Golovatch
and Stoev 2009, 2010, 2011, Golovatch et al.
2010). The expedition focused on the exploration
of caves in the region of Telefomin and the
neighbouring Finim Tel Plateau, Bahrman Range,
situated north of the Hindenburg Wall. A detailed
description of the region, its geological and climatic
characteristics and the expedition's results can be
found in Brook (1976). Nearly all type material is
deposited in the collection of NMNHS, with only a
single paratype donated to the Zoological Museum,
Moscow State University, Russia (ZMUM), as
indicated hereafter.
Taxonomical part
Silvattia perplexa sp. nov. (Figs 1-8, plate 4, fig. 1)
Holotype $ NMNHS, Papua New Guinea: West Sepik
Province, Telefomin area, 1700 m, September 1975, leg.
P. Beron.
Derivatio nominis: To emphasize the particularly
complex gonopod femorite and solenophore.
Diagnosis: The gonofemorite and solenophore of
this new species are both remarkably complex as
compared to all known Eustrongylosomatini.
Description: Length ca 21 mm, width of midbody
pro- and metazona 1.5 and 1.9 mm, respectively.
Coloration generally brown to dark brown; antennae
dark brown, growing increasingly infuscate towards
antennomere 6; legs and sterna light brown; collum
with a small median greyish spot in anterior third;
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
following segments with similar light grey bands
extending from about ozopore level dorsally in
front halves (Plate 4, fig. 1). Telson with a similar,
but smaller spot mid-dorsally. In width, head =
segments 2 and 3 > collum < 4 < 5 = 17, thereafter
body gently tapering towards telson. Front half of
head densely setose, caudal half bare. Antennae
short, slightly clavate, reaching behind collum
when stretched dorsally; antennomere 2 longest,
slightly longer than 6th, the latter highest and only
slightly longer than subequal antennomeres 3-5;
antennomere 7 shortest. Paraterga nearly wanting
on collum, small flaps, rounded both anteriorly and
posteriorly, in segment 2, very small and rounded
ridges delimited by a very faint sulcus only dorsally
in segments 3-5; onwards until segment 19 faint,
transverse, rounded bulges increasingly poorly
developed towards telson (Fig. 1, plate 4, fig.
1). Ozopores small, but evident, lying laterally in
caudal quarter of paraterga (Fig. 1). Tergal setae
missing, setation pattern untraceable. Body slightly
moniliform, transverse metatergal sulcus totally
missing. Tegument smooth and shining. Stricture
between pro- and metazona almost smooth, deep,
only sometimes very faintly striolate. Pleurosternal
carinae missing. Sternites densely setose,
cross impression evident. Epiproct moderately
emarginated, lateral pre-apical papillae very small
(Fig. 2). Hypoproct subtrapeziform, caudal setae
strongly separated, placed on minute knobs (Fig.
3). Sternal lobe between coxae 4 missing, with
2+2 bunches of setae instead (Fig. 4). Legs rather
short and stout, about as long as midbody height,
tarsal brushes absent only from last two leg-pairs.
Gonopods highly complex (Figs 5-8). Coxa with a
few setae distoventrally, rather short, much shorter
than telopodite. Prefemoral part short, as usual,
densely setose; femorite only slightly longer than
solenophore, but strongly expanded, with a distinct
sublateral arm (k) and several folds, distal part with
two distinct spines: a longer and subflageliform,
b short, stout and dentiform. Subapical part of
solenophore (x) tripartite, unusually complex.
Silvattia petarberoni sp. nov. (Figs 9-14, plate 4,
fig. 2)
Holotype S NMNHS, Papua New Guinea: West Sepik
Province, Telefomin, 1600 m, 2 August 1975, leg. P.
Beron.
Derivatio nominis: Honours Petar Beron, the
famous Bulgarian naturalist who collected all
material treated in this paper.
Diagnosis: Differs from all species of this genus
in the absence of any outgrowths in the distal part
of the gonofemorite and by the peculiar shape of
the solenophore.
Description: Length ca 22 mm, width of midbody
pro- and metazona 1.5 and 1.9 mm, respectively.
All characters like in S. perplexa sp. nov., except
as follows. Coloration generally dark brown with
light greyish paraterga and a rather wide, oblong
axial spot on all metaterga, including collum and
telson (the latter without lateral spots). Antennae
a little slenderer, reaching behind until midway of
segment 2 when stretched dorsally; antennomere
6 longest and highest, slightly longer than subequal
antennomeres 2-5 (Plate 4, fig. 2). In width, head
= 5-17 > collum > 2-4, thereafter body gently
tapering towards telson. Paraterga nearly wanting
on collum, small flaps, rounded both anteriorly and
posteriorly, in segment 2, very small and rounded
ridges delimited by a very faint sulcus only dorsally
in segments 3-4; onwards until segment 18 faint
longitudinal bulges increasingly poorly developed
towards telson (Fig. 9, plate 4, fig. 2). Axial line
barely traceable. Legs longer and slenderer, about
1.3 times as long as midbody height, tarsal brushes
gradually reduced towards legs of segment 14.
Stricture between pro- and metazona faintly striate
dorsally. Epiproct very poorly concave at tip, small
lateral pre-apical papillae and similarly small dorsal
papillae (Fig. 10). Hypoproct subtrapeziform (Fig.
11). Sternal lobe between coxae 4 very evident,
linguiform, densely setose apically (Fig. 12).
Gonopods much like in S. perplexa sp. nov., but
far less strongly elaborate (Figs 13-14); femorite
shorter than solenophore, strongly expanded, with
two distinct lobes on mesa I side (/I and 12); II
serrate, ventral, while 12 smooth, larger and dorsal;
distal part of femorite devoid of any outgrowths,
solenophore subcircular, with a distinct ventral
spine (v) and a dorsal lobe (y) near midway. Tip of
solenophore a simple ribbon.
Silvattia jeekeli sp. nov. (Figs 15-26, plate 4, figs 3-4)
Holotype S NMNHS, Papua New Guinea: West Sepik
Province, Tifalmin, 14.IX.1975, leg. P. Beron.
Paratypes 8specimens: 2<$ & 1$ NMNHS, IS ZMUM,
same locality, date and collector as in holotype; IS
NMNHS, Telefomin area, 1700 m, September, 1975, leg.
P. Beron; 1<$ & 1$ NMNHS, Chimbu Province, village of
Goglme, Cave Ogon I, 1975, leg. P. Beron; ±S NMNHS,
Western Province, Finim tel, 2300 m, 19 August 1975,
leg. P. Beron.
Derivatio nominis: Honours the late Casimir
Willem Jeekel, an outstanding specialist in diplopod
150
Golovatch, S.I., Stoev, P.: Review of the Papuan millipede genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009, with descriptions ...
(plate 4)
Figures 1-8. Silvattia perplexa sp. nov., holotype. 1 - Segment 10, lateral view; 2 - Tip of epiproct, dorsal view;
3 - Hypoproct, ventral view; 4 - Sternum between coxae 4, ventral view; 5-8 - Right gonopod, lateral, dorsal, mesal
and subventral views, respectively [scale bar 1.0 mm (Figs 1-4) and 0.5 mm (Figs 5-8)].
taxonomy.
Diagnosis: Differs from other congeners by the
characteristic colour pattern, long legs, combined
with the peculiar shapes of the relatively slender
gonofemorite and the small distogonofemoral
process, as well as by the peculiar shape of the
solenophore.
Description: Length 23-26 (c?) or 25-28 mm ($);
width 1.7-2. 0 and 2. 0-2. 5 mm (c?) or 2. 4-2. 7 and
2.8-3. 0 mm ($) of midbody pro- and metazona,
respectively. Length of holotype ca 24 mm, width
of midbody pro- and metazona 2.0 and 2.3 mm,
respectively. All characters like in S. perplexa sp.
nov., except as follows. Coloration blackish brown
to brown with a vivid pattern (Plate 4, fig. 3); collum
usually with a rather narrow, axial, horologiform,
greyish spot running from front to caudal margin
and merging frontally with a similarly narrow band
along front margin and extending onto paraterga.
Subsequent metaterga with a large, central,
transverse, greyish band extending from near
stricture to caudal edge, often extending down
like a narrow ribbon to merge with similarly grey
paraterga; epiproct also grey. In the paratype from
Finim tel, pattern slightly different (Plate 4, fig. 4):
central spots on collum and subsequent metaterga
taking up entire dorsal surface, but paraterga
remaining dark. Legs and antennae blackish to dark
brown. In width, head = collum = segment 3 < 4 <
2 = 5 = 17, or head = segment 5 = 16>2>3>4
> collum ((?(?); head < collum = segment 3 = 4 < 2
< 5 = 17 (9$). Antennae reaching behind segment
2 (c?c?) or collum ($$) when stretched dorsally;
antennomere 6 longest and highest, sometimes
subequal in length to antennomere 2 or to each
of antennomeres 3-5. Paraterga poorly developed,
but visible in segments 2 and 3(4) due to a dorsal
sulcus, this also being barely traceable in segment
5; following paraterga increasingly poorly developed,
longitudinal, rounded bulges until segment 17 or
18 (Figs 15, 21, plate 4, fig. 3). Epiproct deeply
emarginated between apical papillae, subapical
lateral papillae very small (Figs 16, 22). Hypoproct
subtrapeziform (Fig. 17, 23). Stricture between
pro- and metazona very finely striolate to smooth,
sternal lobe between coxae 4 linguiform, densely
setose apically (Figs 18, 24). Axial line barely
traceable to absent. Legs either long and slender,
151
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figures 9-14. Silvattia petarberoni sp. nov., holotype. 9 - Segment 10, lateral view; 10 - Tip of epiproct, dorsal view;
11 - Hypoproct, ventral view; 12 - Sternal lobe between coxae 4, ventral view; 13-14 - Left gonopod, mesa I and
lateral views, respectively [scale bar 1.0 mm (Figs 9-12) and 0.5 mm (Figs 13-14)].
ca 1.3 times longer than midbody height (<$<$), or
short and slender, 0.9 times longer than midbody
height ($5). Gonopods showing slight variations in
different structures (Figs 19-20, 25-26). Femorite
rather slender (Figs 19-20, 25-26), about as long
as solenophore, lateral face distinctly folded; lobe
II narrow, lobe 12 not as strongly expanded as in
other congeners; distofemoral process (m) short
and slender; midway process (z) of solenophore
slender and unciform. Tip of solenophore with a
serrulate lobe (n).
Position of Silvattia Jeekel, 2009 within
Eustrongylosomatini
The tribe Eustrongylosomatini contains only a
few genera (Jeekel 1968) which mainly occur in New
Guinea and adjacent areas. Only one genus, the
monobasic Diglossosternoides Golovatch, Korsos,
1992, is endemic to the Seychelles (Golovatch &
Korsos 1992). The largest and most widespread
is Eustrongylosoma Silvestri, 1896, which
contains more than 30 described and a number
of undescribed species ranging from Borneo and
the Philippines in the west, to Micronesia in the
north, and to Melanesia and New Guinea in the
east (Golovatch & Stoev 2011, 2013; Golovatch &
Geoffroy 2013).
To properly incorporate the above three new
species, several amendments to the diagnosis of
Silvattia as quoted above appear to be necessary.
For example, the presence of one or more
distofemoral outgrowths on the gonopod is not
obligatory, these structures being absent from
S. petarberoni sp. nov. In this respect Silvattia
fails to differ from Eustrongylosoma. Most of
Eustrongylosoma species are devoid of distofemoral
processes other than the usual apicolateral lobe,
but a few show quite prominent distal processes,
e.g. E. exiguum Hoffman, 1978, from Papua New
Guinea, £ kuekenthali (Attems, 1897), from Borneo
and Sulawesi, and E. penevi Golovatch, Stoev,
2013, from Luzon, Philippines (Hoffman 1978;
152
Golovatch, S.I., Stoev, P.: Review of the Papuan millipede genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009, with descriptions ...
(plate 4)
Figures 15-20. Silvattia jeekeli sp. nov., S paratype from Telefomin. 15 - Segment 10, lateral view; 16 - Tip of
epiproct, dorsal view; 17 - Hypoproct, ventral view; 18 - Sternal lobe between coxae 4, ventral view; 19-20 - Left
gonopod, mesal and lateral views, respectively [scale bar 1.0 mm (Figs 15-18) and 0.45 mm (Figs 19-20)].
Golovatch 1997; Golovatch & Stoev 2013). A long
distogonofemoral process is also characteristic of
Diglossosternoides .
As regards the presence in the gonofemorite of
a large dorsal serrulate lobe as quoted above, it can
likewise be non-serrulate and rather modest, e.g., in
S. jeekeli sp. nov. In this respect Silvattia again fails
to differ from numerous Eustrongylosoma species.
The last gonopod trait quoted above concerns
the presence in Silvattia of a midway process on
the solenophore. This structure also appears too
variable to be considered of generic importance.
One or more processes are located in various places
on the solenophore in all three new species. In
addition, numerous Eustrongylosoma species have
one or two similar structures on the solenophore
(Golovatch & Stoev 2011).
The underdeveloped paraterga in Silvattia
do not hold either, as the same condition is also
observed, e.g., in E. pallidum Golovatch, Stoev,
2011, E. prodelum (Chamberlin, 1945) and E.
macu latum Golovatch, Stoev, 2011 (Golovatch
& Stoev 2011). However, Silvattia does show
several traits that define this genus against
Eustrongylosoma, probablytheclosestamongallies.
Such is the relatively short, stout and elaborate
gonopod femorite often, but not always, bearing
a distal process, as well as again sometimes, but
not always a particularly hypertrophied dorsal lobe.
In addition, the solenophore in Silvattia carries at
least two distinct outgrowths, being more elaborate
than in Eustrongylosoma. The underdeveloped
paraterga is still another character that defines
the genus against most, but not all, species of
Eustrongylosoma. We may soundly suggest that,
due to a whole number of presumably derived
conditions such as the paraterga strongly reduced
and certain parts of the gonopod especially
elaborate, Silvattia represents an evolutionary
summit among the genera of EustrongylosomatinL
A new diagnosis of Silvattia is thus necessary.
Silvattia Jeekel, 2009
Diagnosis: A genus of Eustrongylosomatini
153
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
with 20 segments and a normal ozopore formula.
Paraterga 6-17(18) longitudinal rounded bulges
increasingly poorly developed towards telson.
Gonopod femorite relatively short, stout and
elaborate (about as long as solenophore),
sometimes with a marked dorsal lobe and often
with a distal process. Solenophore also elaborate,
suberect to subcircular, bearing at least two distinct
processes in various places.
Type species: S. horvathi (Silvestri, 1899), by
original designation.
Key to species of Silvattia
1 Size small, midbody metaterga 1.1-1.2 mm wide, transverse sulcus present in segments 5-18; gonopod with a
distal femoral process directed transversely . 2
- Size larger, mid body metaterga at least 1.9 mm wide; transverse metaterga I sulcus absent; gonopod with a distal
femoral process directed distad . 3
2 Colour pattern: dark chestnut brown with a yellow to yellowish brown dorsal band in front of metatergal sulcus
present only in posterior segments; distogonofemoral process rather short, solenophore elaborate only near tip ....
. S. digulana
- Colour pattern: red-brown with a yellowish dorsal band in front of metatergal sulcus in all segments, segments
2-5 and 19 with a similar central spot also on prozona; distogonofemoral process long, about 0.5 times as long as
femorite, solenophore with a midway process, tip less elaborate . S. horvathi
3 Sternal lobe between male coxae 4 missing, with 2+2 bunches of setae instead (Fig. 4); legs rather short and
stout, about as long as midbody height ($) (Fig. 1); gonopods highly complex (Figs 5-8), femorite with a distinct
sublateral arm (k) . S. perplexa sp. nov.
- Sternal lobe between male coxae 4 present; legs longer and slenderer, about 1.3 times as long as midbody height
(c ?); gonopods less elaborate, sublateral arm on femorite absent (Figs 13, 25) . 4
4 Epiproct very poorly concave at tip (Fig. 10); gonopods as in Figs 13 and 14 . S. petarberoni sp. nov.
- Epiproct deeply emarginated between apical papillae (Figs 16, 22); gonopods as in Figs 19, 20, 25 and 26 .
. S. jeekeli sp. nov.
Figures 21-26. Silvattia jeekeli sp. nov., S paratype from Cave Ogon I. 21 - Segment 10, lateral view; 22 - Tip of
epiproct, dorsal view; 23 - Flypoproct, ventral view; 24 - Sternal lobe between coxae 4, ventral view; 25-26 - Left
gonopod, mesal and lateral views, respectively [scale bar 1.0 mm (Figs 21-24) and 0.5 mm (Figs 25-26)].
154
Golovatch, S.I., Stoev, P.: Review of the Papuan millipede genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009, with descriptions ...
(plate 4)
Figure 27. Distribution of Silvattia species in New Guinea. 1 - S. horvathi; 2 - S. digulana; 3 - S. petarberoni sp. nov.,
S. perplexa sp. nov., S. jeekeli sp. nov.; 4 - S. jeekeli sp. nov.
Conclusions
The distribution pattern of Silvattia species in
New Guinea seems to be rather sporadic, albeit
all three new species occur sympatrically at least
at Telefomin. In addition, four species seem to be
confined to the western part of the island (Fig. 27).
Flowever, admitting so many lacunae existing in our
knowledge of the Papuan millipedefauna, revealing
many more congeners would be hardly surprising,
including those in the eastern parts of New Guinea.
Acknowledgements
We are most grateful to the Bulgarian - Russian
Interacademician Exchange Programme which
allowed the authors for brief research exchanges
in 2012 to be made. Petar Beron (NMNHS) kindly
provided certain important information concerning
his 1975 trip to Papua New Guinea, while Dr. Dmitry
Tel nov (the Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga)
helpfully precised one of the relevant localities.
References
Brook D. (compiler) 1976. The British New Guinea
Speleological Expedition, 1975. - Transactions of
the British Cave Research Association 3, No. 3/4:
117-243.
Golovatch S.l. 1997. On several new or poorly-
known Oriental Paradoxosomatidae (Diplopoda
Polydesmida), V. - Arthropoda selecta 5, No. 3
(1996): 131-141.
Golovatch S.I., Korsos Z. 1992. Diplopoda collected by
the Soviet Zoological Expedition to the Seychelles
Islands in 1984. - Acta zoologica academiae
scientiarum hungaricae 38, No. 1/2: 1-31.
Golovatch S.I., Stoev P. 2009. New or poorly-known
millipedes (Diplopoda) from Papua New Guinea, 1.
- Arthropoda selecta 18, No. 3/4: 125-130.
Golovatch S.I., Stoev P. 2010. New or poorly-known
millipedes (Diplopoda) from Papua New Guinea, 3.
- Arthropoda selecta 19, No. 3: 145-152.
Golovatch S.I., Stoev P., VandenSpiegel D. 2010. New or
poorly-known millipedes (Diplopoda) from Papua
New Guinea, 2. - Arthropoda selecta 19, No. 3:
129-143.
Golovatch S.I., Stoev P. 2011. Review of the millipede
genus Eustrongylosoma Silvestri, 1895 in the
island of New Guinea, with descriptions of
nine new species (Diplopoda: Polydesmida:
Paradoxosomatidae). - International Journal of
Myriapodology 5: 1-26.
Golovatch S.I., Stoev P. 2013. The millipede family
Paradoxosomatidae in the Philippines, with a
description of Eustrongylosoma penevi sp. n.,
and notes on Anoplodesmus anthracinus Pocock,
1895, recorded in Malaysia and Sri Lanka for the
first time (Diplopoda, Polydesmida). - Biodiversity
Data Journal 1: e957. DOI: 10.3897/BDJ.l.e957
155
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Golovatch S.I., Geoffroy J.-J. 2013. On several species of
the millipedegenusEustrongy/osomaSilvestri, 1896
from Vanuatu, Melanesia, southwestern Pacific
(Diplopoda: Polydesmida, Paradoxosomatidae). -
Arthropoda selecta 22, No. 3: 189-200.
Hoffman R.L. 1977-1978. Diplopoda from Papuan Caves
(Zoological Results of the British Speleological
Expedition to Papua New Guinea, 1975, 4). -
International Journal of Speleology 9: 281-307.
Jeekel C.A.W. 1968. On the classification and
geographical distribution of the family
Paradoxosomatidae ( Diplopoda , Polydesmida).
Academisch Proefschrift. Rotterdam: 168 pp.
(privately published).
Jeekel C.A.W. 2009. Records of Paradoxosomatidae from
New Guinea (Diplopoda, Polydesmida). - Myriapod
Memoranda 11: 75-82.
156
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 5-7)
To the knowledge of Macroheterocera of Southeast
Asia and New Guinea. I. Snouted Tiger moths
(Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia
Oleg G. Gorbunov \ Alexey N. Zamesov 2
1 - A.N. Severtsov Institute of Ecology & Evolution, Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky
Prospect 33, 119071, Moscow, Russia; gorbunov.oleg@mail.ru
2 - A.N. Severtsov Institute of Ecology & Evolution, Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky
Prospect 33, 119071, Moscow, Russia; zygaena@mail.ru
Abstract: A small collection containing eight species of snouted tiger moths, family Aganaidae (Lepidoptera:
Noctuoidea), from the western part of the island of New Guinea is presented and illustrated. Bibliography of this
group is discussed. Synonymy is given.
Keywords: Lepidoptera, Aganaidae, Indonesia, Papua Province, New Guinea.
Introduction
The present article begins a series of
publications dealing with Macroheterocera
(Lepidoptera) of Southeast Asia and New Guinea.
A rather abundant material for the series has
been collected by the authors and our colleagues
in various places of this highly interesting region.
The first publication is devoted to the snouted tiger
moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of the Indonesian
part of the island of New Guinea. The material was
collected by the second author and V.V. Sinyaev
(“Eco-Design Studio”, Moscow, Russia) in the
following three localities of Papua Province from
the late December of 2008 to the beginning of
February 2009.
Collecting site 1 (Plate 5 figs 1-2) is an
agricultural land in the foothills of Cyclops
Mountains, with remnants of a primary forest
on steep slopes and a secondary vegetation in
the floodplain, cocoa plantations, banana and
vegetable crops. The exact locality is as follows:
Indonesia, W New Guinea, Papua, Sentani env.,
Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S, 140°28’E, ca. 300 m a.s.l.,
26-29.XII.2008 and 03-06.11.2009.
Collecting site 2 (Plate 5 figs 3-4) is a primary
rain forest on the slopes with local fellings for
vegetable gardens. The exact locality is the following:
Indonesia, W New Guinea, Papua, Genyem env.,
02°38’S, 140°10’E, ca 500 m a.s.l., 30.XII.2008-
02.1.2009 and 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Collecting site 3 (Plate 5 figs 5-6) is a lowland
primary rain forest in a valley, sometimes boggy,
with an abandoned village on the river bank.
The exact locality is as follows: Indonesia, W
New Guinea, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, ca. 60 m a.s.l., 05-16.1.2009.
Up to now there has been no consensus
among researchers as to the status of this group
and its place in the classification of Lepidoptera.
It has been assigned either to Lithosiidae (Snellen
1888) or Arctiidae (Seitz 1914; Watson 1980),
or Noctuidae (Holloway 1988), or referred to as
a distinct family (Inoue et al. 1982; Speidel et al.
1996; Kuznetzov, Stekolnikov 2001). Now, based
on the results of chemical and molecular studies
(Zahiri et al. 2010, 2012), this group is being
placed in the rank of a subfamily in the Erebidae
Leach, 1815.
Here we do not intend to address the problems
of the systematics of higher taxa of Lepidoptera,
yet we consider it necessary to give our opinion
concerningthe study methods and their application
to taxonomic issues. Certainly, we agree that all
currently used classifications of Lepidoptera have
the right to exist, but at the same time any student
is free to choose and use the system he or she
considers the most adequate.
Regarding the classification of the Noctuoidea
proposed by Zahiri et al. (2010, 2012), both their
cluster analysis and all of its modifications have
certain drawbacks and limitations. In particular, the
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
composition and number of clusters depends on
the criteria selected for analysis. Besides this, the
application of different methods of cluster analysis
for different data of a certain range of objects can
lead to very different results. Furthermore, despite
the fact that cluster analyses use a hierarchical
strategy in their calculations, this hierarchy is not
what is meant in the hierarchical taxonomy of
biological objects where all taxa are strictly ranked.
One should also keep in mind that the sequence of
nucleotides in the DNA macromolecule is not yet
a biological organism. Therefore, the phylogenetic
hypothesis proposed by Zahiri et al. (2010, 2012)
on the basis of a cluster analysis of DNA sequence
data of a few genes can be taken as only one of
the possible, whereas the taxonomic rank of the
clusters remains purely subjective. Observing this
group of moths in nature, we can agree neither with
Minet (1986) and Holloway (1988) nor with Zahiri
et al. (2010, 2012), following instead the opinion of
Speidel et al. (1996) and Kuznetzov & Stekolnikov
(2001) who regard Aganaidae as a distinct family
of Noctuoidea.
Because the species of Aganaidae are
widespread and most of them have subspecies or
forms, we have restricted the synonymy lists mainly
to the taxa which have been described from New
Guinea and neighbouring archipelagos. In addition,
we exclude all homonyms and infrasubspecific
names. All of the synonyms in the text are given
in the quotation marks because they have been
checked in original publications.
At present, only 11 Aganaidae species from
four genera have been reported from the island
of New Guinea (Zwier 2011). We have found eight
species representing three genera. All of them have
been taken from new localities, thus providing new
faunistic records. All taxa mentioned and illustrated
herein are housed in the collection of the second
author.
Key to the genera of Aganaidae Boisduval, 1833 (Lepidoptera: Noctuoidea) of Papua Province,
Indonesia based on external characters
1 Alar expanse less than 30 mm; forewing sepia-brown with a broad, irregular greyish-white band, spotted here and
there with brown . Digama Moore, 1860 (D. marmorea )
- Alar expanse more than 35 mm; forewing pattern different . 2
2 Forewing bright yellow with a few light brown spots; hindwing entirely bright yellow .
. Agape Felder, 1875 (A. chloropyga ) (Plate 6 figs 1-2)
- Fore- and hindwing with different colour pattern . 3
3 Forewing grey with strong blue sheen, with white to dirty-white veins; hindwing white with a broad black with strong
blue sheen outer margin, with a large black discal spot .
. Neochera Hubner, 1819 [“1816”] {N. dominia) (Plate 6 figs 3-4)
- Forewing yellow, brown, dark brown or black with spotted or longitudinal pattern type; hindwing without a large
black discal spot . Asota Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]
List of the Aganaidae Boisduval, 1833
(Lepidoptera: Noctuoidea) of Papua Province,
Indonesia
Genus Agape Felder, 1875 1
“Agape ...” - Felder R. in Felder C., Felder R. &
Rogenhofer 1875: [1], Tab. 106, Fig. 4. Type
species: Agape cyanopyga Felder, 1875 [= Hypsa
chloropyga Walker, 1854], by monotypy.
= “Spilobotys, gen. nov.” - Butler 1887b: 123. Type
species: Spilobotys arctioides Butler, 1887, by
monotypy.
1 - According to Higgins (1963), the publication date of fourth
booklet (Helf 4) in the Lepidoptera section of the “Navara
Reise” must be considered as January 5th, 1875, not 1874.
Note: A small genus comprising only up to five
species.
Distribution: The Oriental and Australian regions
from India in the west and southern China in the
north to northern Australia and Vanuatu in the
south and southeast.
Agape chloropyga (Walker, 1854) (Plate 6 figs 1-2)
“Hypsa chloropyga.” - Walker 1854: 455. Type
locality: “Australia”.
= “Hypsa ana I is.” - Walker 1856: 1677. Type locality:
“Ceram” [= Indonesia, Moluccas, Seram Island].
= “Agape cyanopyga F.” - Felder R. in Felder C.,
Felder R. & Rogenhofer 1875: [1], Tab. 106, Fig. 4.
Type locality: “Amboina (Doleschall), Luzon
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 5-7)
(Semper)” (explanation to the plates) [= Indonesia,
Moluccas, Ambon Island; the Philippines, Luzon
Island].
= “[Agape] chloropyga var. snelleni n. var.” - Gaede
1914: 74. Type locality: "... aus Ceram” [= Indonesia,
Moluccas, Seram Island].
Material examined: 3c? Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 1$ (Plate 6 figs 1-2), same
locality, 25-26.1. 2009.
Note: The species cannot be confused with any
other aganaid by the peculiar coloration of the
forewing and abdomen. At present, the species is
not divided into subspecies.
Distribution: This species is the most widespread
in the genus, ranging from India in the west,
southern China in the north, northern Australia in
the south and the Solomon Islands in the east.
Genus Neochera Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]
“Neochera ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 173. Type
species: Phalaena dominia Cramer, 1780, by
subsequent designation by Kirby (1892: 389).
= “Philona.” - Walker 1854: 456. Type species:
Hypsa inops Walker, 1854, by monotypy.
Note: A small genus consisting of four species
only.
Distribution: The Oriental and Australian regions
from the state of Sikkim in India in the west to Papua
New Guinea in the east, and from the province of
Hubei, China in the north to the central parts of
Australia in the south.
Neochera dominia (Cramer, 1780) (Plate 6 figs
3-4)
“[Phalaena] Dominia .” - Cramer 1780: 123, pi. 258,
figs A, B. Type locality: "... Cote de Coromandel, ...”
[= India: Coromandel coast].
= “[Phalaena] Eugenia.”- Stoll in Cramer 1782: 235,
pi. 398, fig. M. Type locality: "... de I’lsle Molucque
d’Amboine” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Ambon Island].
= “Neochera stibostethia, n. sp.” - Butler 1875: 329.
Type locality: “Bourou ...” [= Indonesia: Maluku,
Buru Island].
= “Aganais Eugenia Gram. Var. Herpa Walker ...”
- Snellen 1879: 78. Type locality: “Bonthain” [=
Indonesia: South Sulawesi, Bantaeng].
= “Hyps.[a] basilissa, n. sp.” - Meyrick 1886: 767.
Type locality: “Cooktown and Cairns, Queensland;
...” [= Australia: Queensland, Cooktown].
= “Neochera eugenia javana Rothsch. subsp. nov.”
- Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1896: 198. Type
locality: “Java” [= Indonesia: Java].
= “Neochera eugenia fumosa Rothsch. subsp. nov.”
- Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1896: 198. Type
locality: “Sambawa (type; ...); Pulu Laut. ...; Pura ...
.” [= Indonesia: West Nusa Tenggara, Sumbawa
Island].
= “Neochera eugenia proxima Rothsch. subsp.
nov.” - Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1896: 199.
Type locality: “Timor (...type; Oinainisa ...); Alor ...;
Adonara ...; Kalao ...; Port Darwin, N.W. Australia ...”
[= East Timor].
= “Neochera eugenia affinis Rothsch. subsp. nov.”
- Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1896: 200.
Type locality: “Halmahera (type;...); Ternate ...;
Batjan ...; Morotai ...” [= Indonesia: North Maluku,
Halmahera].
= “Neochera eugenia papuana Rothsch. subsp.
nov.” - Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1896:
200. Type locality: “Dutch and German N. Guinea
(type from Humboldt Bay); Waigen [= Waigeo]; Aru;
Mysol; and probably all the islands near the western
peninsula of N. Guinea.” [= Indonesia: Papua: Yos
Sudarso Bay].
= “Neochera eugenia fuscipennis Rothsch. subsp.
nov.” - Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1896: 201.
Type locality: “New Britain ...” [= Papua New Guinea:
New Britain Island].
= “Neochera Hbn. contra ria spec, nov.” - Reich
1936: 419. Type locality: “Neu-Hebriden” [=
Republic of Vanuatu].
Material examined: 3c? & 1$ Indonesia,
Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30.XII. 2008-02. 1.2009; 1(? & 1$, same locality,
25.1-02. 11.2009; 1? (Plate 6 figs 3-4), same
locality an date; lc?, same locality, 30.1.2009; 2c?,
Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: Based on the coloration of the wings, this is
a well-defined species among Aganaidae. Currently,
there are about two dozen subspecies that often
live sympatrically, this actually meaning that all
of them are in need of a serious revision. In New
Guinea, the subspecies papuana Rothschild, 1896
is known to occur.
Distribution: N. dominia is the most widespread
species of the genus, being known almost
everywhere in the Oriental and Australian regions.
Genus Asota Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]
“Asota ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 164. Type
species: Phalaena javana Cramer, 1780, by
subsequent designation by Jordan in Rothschild,
Jordan (1896: 203).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
= “Hypsa ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 172.
Type species: Phalaena silvandra Stoll, 1781 [=
Phalaena heliconia Linnaeus, 1758], by subsequent
designation by Kirby (1892: 388).
= “Psephea Eg.” - Billberg 1820: 86. Type species:
Noctua caricae Fabricius, 1775, by original
designation.
= “Genre Aganais. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 248.
Type species: Noctua caricae Fabricius, 1775, by
subsequent designation by Kirby (1892: 385 2).
Note: This is the largest genus in the family.
It contains slightly more than 50 species.
Unfortunately, many of the species-level taxa
described in this genus are in need of revision.
Distribution: The Afrotropical, Oriental and
Australian regions from Sierra Leone and Togo in
the west and from Hubei Province, central China in
the north to the southeastern part of Queensland,
Australia in the south and the Solomon Islands in
the East.
Asota australis (Boisduval, 1832) (Plate figs 5-6)
“Aganais australis. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 252,
pi. 5, fig. 3. Type locality: “Nouvelle-Guinee” [= New
Guinea].
= “Hypsa aequalis.” - Walker 1864: 214. Type
locality: “Aru” [= Indonesia, Moluccas, Aru islands].
= “A. [sofa] australis sinuosa subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 329.
Type locality: “Amboina ... Buru, ...” [= Indonesia,
Moluccas, Ambon Id., Buru Island].
= “A. [sofa] australis septentrionalis subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 330. Type
locality: “Halmahera ..., ... Batjan ...” [= Indonesia,
Moluccas, Bacan Island].
= “A. [sofa] australis lineata subsp. nov.” - Rothschild
in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 330. Type locality: “Kei
Tocal ...” [= Indonesia, Moluccas, Kei Islands].
= “A. [sofa] australis assimilis subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 330. Type
locality: “Port Darwin, N.W. Australia, ...”.
Material examined: 1$ (Plate 6 figs 5-6),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 25.1-02.11. 2009.
Note: Currently, this species has been divided
on a few subspecies which, in our opinion, are in
need of a serious revision. Very likely, they are only
individual forms of one species.
Distribution: The species is known from New
Guinea and neighbouring islands, as well as the
northern and eastern parts of Australia.
Key to Asota Hubner, 1819 species of Papua Province, Indonesia by wing pattern
1 Hindwing entirely black with strong blue sheen . A. eusemioides (Plate 6, figs 13-16)
- Hindwing yellow or white with or without dark pattern . 2
2 Hindwing with yellow ground colour . 3
- Hindwing with white ground colour . 7
3 Hindwing with black spots . A. caricae (Plate 7, figs 17-18)
- Hindwing without black spots . 4
4 Forewing yellow with brown veins, without discal spot . A. vulvia
- Forewing with contrast veins and with a yellow discal spot . 5
5 Forewing with a small discal spot only . A. strigosa (Plate 7, figs 25-26)
- Forewing with discal and antemedial spots . 6
6 Forewing with pale yellow spots . A. australis (Plate 6, figs 11-12)
- Forewing with yellow to yellow-orange spots, if spots pale yellow then hindwing completely yellow .
. A. orbona
7 Forewing with a large white spot medially: hindwing white anally . A. plana (Plate 7, figs 23-24)
- Forewing with a clavate white spot on Cu-stem and discal vein; hindwing black anally .
. A. heliconia (Plate 7, figs 19-22)
2 - Previous indications that the type species of the genus
had been fixed by monotypy (Watson et al. 1980) are incorrect,
because the original description of Aganais had included six
species. Besides this, the proposal of Aganais borbonica Bois¬
duval, 1833 as the type species by Snellen (1888) is invalid,
because originally Boisduval had not included this species in
the genus.
Asota caricae (Fabricius, 1775) (Plate 7 figs 1-2)
“Noctua Caricae .” - Fabricius 1775: 596 3. Type
locality: “... Indiae orientalis” [= Eastern India].
= “[Phalaena] Alciphron.” - Cramer 1775: 58,
3 - The priority of the papers on Lepidoptera published in
1775 has been fixed under the Plenary Powers of the Interna¬
tional Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN 1958).
160
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 5-7)
pi. 133, fig. E 4. Type locality: "... de la Cote de
Coromandel a Tranquebar” [= India: Tamil Nadu,
Tharangambadi].
= “A.[sota] caricae euroa subsp. nov.” - Rothschild
in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 316. Type locality:
“Solomon Islands: Alu ...” [= Solomon Islands:
Shortland Island].
= “Asota anawa, nov.” - Swinhoe 1903: 66. Type
locality: “Bukit Besar, Nawngchik; Biserat, Jalor.” [=
southern Thailand: Pattani and Yala provinces].
Material examined: ±S (Plate 7 figs 1-2),
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008.
Note: This is the most common and, based on
hindwing coloration, the most easily recognizable
species of Asota. We believe that all of its described
subspecies are simply its individual forms.
Distribution: This species is widespread nearly
across the entire Austro-Oriental Region from the
state of Sikkim in India to the Solomon Islands. It is
also known in Queensland, Australia.
Asota eusemioides (Felder, 1875) (Plate 6 figs
7-10)
“Aganais eusemioides F.“ - Felder R. in Felder C.,
Felder R. & Rogenhofer 1875: [1], Tab. 106, Fig.
I. Type locality: “Nov. Guinea” (explanations to the
plates) [= New Guinea].
= “A.[sota] versicolor subrupta subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 337. Type
locality: “Duke of York I.” [= Papua New Guinea:
East New Britain Province, Duke of York Island].
= “Asota albiluna Rothsch., sp. nov.” - Rothschild in
Rothschild, Jordan 1899: 433. Type locality: “Milne
Bay, Dutch N. Guinea, ...” [= Papua New Guinea:
Milne Bay].
= “[Asota versicolor ] Form ... novobibernica ...” -
Pagenstecher 1900: 48. Type locality: "... von Neu-
Mecklenburg” [= Papua New Guinea: New Ireland
Province, New Ireland Island].
Material examined: ±S (Plate 6 figs 7-8),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 30.1.2009; 1 S, same locality and date; 1<$,
same locality, 31.1.2009; 1<$ Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02.
II. 2009; 1$ (Plate 6 figs 9-10), same locality and
date.
Note: Due to the dark coloration of the hindwing,
this species cannot be confused with any other
aganaid of New Guinea.
4 - Pages 1-132 and plates 1-84 of Cramer’s work were pub¬
lished in 1775 (Fletcher, Nye 1982).
Distribution: This species is known from Sulawesi
and New Guinea with surrounding islands.
Asota heliconia (Linnaeus, 1758) (Plate 7 figs 3-6)
“Phalaena. ... heliconia .” - Linnaeus 1758: 511.
Type locality: “... in Calidis regionibus.” [= Indonesia:
Maluku, Ambon Island].
= “[ Noctua ] Dama.” - Fabricius 1775: 596. Type
locality: "... in nova Hollandia” [= Australia].
= “ A.[ganais ] Doryca. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832:
251. Type locality: "... a la Nouvelle-Guinee” [= New
Guinea].
= “Hypsa intacta”- Walker 1854: 451. Type locality:
“Java” [= Indonesia: Java].
= “Hypsa ieuconeura , n. sp.” - Butler 1879: 161.
Type locality: “... New Ireland ...” [= Papua New
Guinea: New Ireland Province, New Ireland Island].
= “Hypsa semifusca, sp. n.” - Butler 1887a: 220.
Type locality: “Alu ...” [= Solomon Islands: Western
Province, Shortland Island].
= “Hypsa malisa. n. sp.” - Swinhoe 1892: 87. Type
locality: “North Halmaheira ...” [= Indonesia: North
Maluku, Halmahera Island].
= “Hypsa ghara. n. sp.” - Swinhoe 1892: 89, pi.
3, fig. 1. Type locality: “Ke Island” [= Indonesia:
Maluku, Kei Islands].
= “A.[sota] heliconia enganensis subsp. nov.”
-Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 345. Type
locality: “Engano Island, ...” [= Indonesia: Bengkulu,
Enggano Island].
= “A.[sota] heliconia timorana subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 349. Type
locality: “Timor: Dili, Portuguese Timor ..., Oinainisa,
Dutch Timor ...” [= Indonesia / East Timor: Timor
Island].
= “A.[sota] heliconia kalaonica subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 349. Type
locality: “Kalao Island, south of Celebes ...” [=
Indonesia: Sulawesi Tenggara, Pulau Kalao].
= “A.[sota] heliconia sangirensis subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 351. Type
locality: “Sangir Is. ...” [= Indonesia: North Sulawesi,
Sangir Island].
= “A.[sota] heliconia bandana subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 354. Type
locality: “Banda Islands ...” [= Indonesia: Maluku,
Banda Islands].
= “A.[sota] heliconia kiriwinae subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 356. Type
locality: “Kiriwina, Trobriand Islands ...” [= Papua
New Guinea: Milne Bay Province, Kiriwina Island].
= “Aganais (Asota) unicolor n. sp.” - Hagen 1902:
338. Type locality: “... den Mentawej-lnseln.” [=
Indonesia: West Sumatra, Mentawai Islands].
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
= “Asota latiradia, nov.” - Swinhoe 1905: 618. Type
locality: “Babber Island, west of Timor-Laut; ...” [=
Indonesia: Maluku, Barbar Island].
= “Asota heliconia toekangbesiensis nov. subsp.”
- Jurriaanse, Lindemans 1920: 34, pi. 5, figs 531,
532. Type locality: "... van den Toekang Besie Arch.”
[= Indonesia: Southeast Sulawesi, Tukangbesi
Islands].
= “A.[sota] heliconia atrata subsp. nov.” - Jordan
1924: xxxv. Type locality: “St. Mathias and Squally
...” [= Papua New Guinea: Bismarck Archipelago,
St. Mathias Island].
Material examined: 1<$ Indonesia, Papua,
Sentani env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S, 140°28’E,
300 m, 26-29.XII.2008; 1$ (Plate 7 figs 5-6),
same locality, 28.XI 1.2008; 1<?, same locality,
03.11.2009; 1$ Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env.,
02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m, 31.XII.2008; 1? (Plate
7 figs 3-4), same locality, 25-26.1.2009; 1$, same
locality and date; 4c?, same locality, 25.1-02.
11.2009; IS, same locality, 27.1.2009; 5 S & 1?,
same locality, 30.1.2009; 1? Indonesia, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60
m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: In the original description, Linnaeus (1758)
noted this species as living “in Calidis regionibus”,
or warm regions. Somewhat later, he wrote that
“Phalaena Noctua heliconia ” “Habitat in Indiis”
(Linnaeus 1764: 385). In his work, Seitz (1914:
231) wrote, “As the typical heliconia L. ... I consider
the form occurring in the Moluccas, Solomon
Islands and the Bismarck Archipelago, where Linne
found a specimen from Amboina”. Following Seitz,
the island of Ambon must be considered as the
type locality of this species. Seitz also stated, “Of
this very common butterfly distributed over a great
part of the Indian region more than 30 forms have
been described” (l.c.: 231). Now we can add that
most of them are simply individual forms without
any status in nomenclature.
Distribution: “One of the most widely distributed
and very common species ..., which ranges from
India to the Solomons...” (Jordan 1924: xxxiv).
Asota plana (Walker, 1854) (Plate 7 figs 7-8)
“Hypsa plana." - Walker 1854: 450. Type locality:
“Java. ... Ceylon. ... Silhet.” [= Indonesia: Java 5].
= “Hypsa complana.” - Walker 1864: 213. Type
locality: “Timor” [= Indonesia / East Timor: Timor
5 - Since no lectotype of the nominotypical subspecies has
been selected and fixed yet, we follow the opinion of K. Jordan
(Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 360) and regard the island of Java
as the type locality of the species.
Island].
= “Aganais albifera F.” - Felder R. in Felder C., Felder
R. & Rogenhofer 1875: [1], Tab. 106, Fig. 3. Type
locality: “Celebes, Java, Borneo ...” [= Borneo 6].
= “A.[sota] plana transiens subsp. nov.” - Rothschild
in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 359. Type locality:
“Endano ...” [= Indonesia: Bengkulu, Enggano
Island].
“A.[sota] plana centralis subsp. nov.” - Rothschild
in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 360. Type locality:
“S. Celebes: Lorn pa Battan, ... Macassar, ...
Bantimoerong, ...” [= Indonesia: South Sulawesi,
environs of Makassar].
= “ A.[sota ] plana cincta subsp. nov.” - Rothschild in
Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 361. Type locality: “Burn
...” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Buru Island].
= “A.[sota] plana commixta subsp. nov.” - Rothschild
in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 361. Type locality:
“Dutch N. Guinea: Humboldt Bay ..., Etna Bay ...” [=
Indonesia: Papua: Yos Sudarso Bay].
= “A.[sota] plana fergussonis subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild in Rothschild, Jordan 1897: 362. Type
locality: “Fergusson I., D’Entrecasteaux Is. ...”
[= Papua New Guinea: D’Entrecasteaux Islands,
Fergusson Island].
Material examined: 1$ (Plate 7 figs 7-8),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: Based on the broadly white forewing, this
species is clearly distinguished from all other Asota
in New Guinea. Like in the previous one, numerous
species-group taxa have also been described
within this species. In general, their taxonomic
status remains unclear, but it is assumed that the
subspecies commixta Rothschild, 1897 inhabits
New Guinea.
Distribution: This species is widely distributed
in the Oriental Region and New Guinea with the
adjacent islands.
Asota strigosa (Boisduval, 1832) (Plate 7 figs
9-10)
“[Aganais] Strigosa. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 250.
Type locality. “... a la Nouvelle-Guinee.” [= New
Guinea].
Material examined: 1? Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m, 500 m,
30.XI 1.2008-02.1.2009; 1<$ (Plate 7 figs 9-10),
same locality, 31.XII.2008; 1 <?, same locality and
6 - This locality was referred to as type by K. Jordan (Roth¬
schild, Jordan 1897: 359), even though no lectotype of this
taxon has been selected yet.
162
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 5-7)
date; 1<$, same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009.
Note: This species somewhat resembles A.
caricae (F.), but clearly differs by the coloration of
the hindwing which is unspotted.
Distribution: The species is restricted to New
Guinea and some adjacent islands.
Acknowledgements
We wish to express our hearty thanks to
Valentin A. Kalinin (Moscow, Russia)forthefinancial
support, Victor V. Sinyaev (“Eco-Design Studio”,
Moscow, Russia) for his kind help during our
excursion to New Guinea. Our cordial thanks also
go to our porters David Usman and John F. Warwar
(Sentani, Papua, Indonesia) for their heavy work in
the Papuan jungles. Many thanks are due to Sergei
Yu. Sinev (Zoological Institute of Russian Academy
of Sciences, St. Petersburg, Russia), Wolfgang
Speidel (Witt Museum, Munich, Germany) and Jaap
H.H. Zwier (Zelhem, the Netherlands) for the help in
searching for the literature.
We are indebted to Ekaterina Yu. Zamesova
(Scientific-Production Firm DIEM, Moscow, Russia)
and Sergei I. Golovatch (A.N. Severtsov Institute
of Ecology and Evolution, Russian Academy of
Sciences, Moscow, Russia) for carefully checking
the English of an advanced draft.
References
Billberg G.J. 1820. Enumeratio insectorum in Museo
Gustav Johan Billberg. Holmiae, Gadelianis: [2] +
138 pp.
Boisduval J.A. 1832. Voyage de la corvette TAstrolabe:
execute par ordre du roi, pendant les annees 1826-
1827-1828-1829/ sous le commandement de J.
Dumont d’Urville. Pemiere partie. Lepidopteres. J.
Paris, Tastu: 267 pp, 5 pis.
Butler A.G. 1875. A list of the Lepidoptera referable to
the genus Hypsa of Walker’s List, with descriptions
of new genera and species. - The Transactions of
the Entomological Society of London 1875, No. 4:
315-329.
Butler A.G. 1879. On the Heterocera in the Collection of
Lepidoptera from New Ireland obtained by the Rev.
G. Brown. - Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings
of the Zoological Society of London 1879, No. 1:
160-166.
Butler A.G. 1887a. Descriptions of new species of
Bombycid Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands.
- The Annals and Magazine of Natural History ,
Including Zoology Botany and Geology Series 5,
19, No. 29: 214-225.
Butler A.G. 1887b. Descriptions of new species of
Heterocerous Lepidoptera (Pyralites) from the
Solomon Islands. - The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History Including Zoology Botany and
Geology Series 5, 20, No. 9: 114-124.
Cramer P. 1775. De uitlandsche kapellen , voorkomende
in de drie waereld-deelen Asia , Africa en America
( Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
TAsie , TAfrique et TAmerique), Volume 1.
Amsterdam, Chez S.J. Baade: 132 pp, 84 pis.
Cramer P. 1780. De uitlandsche kapellen , voorkomende
in de drie waereld-deelen Asia , Africa en America
( Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde ,
TAsie , TAfrique et TAmerique), Volume 3.
Amsterdam, Chez S.J. Baade: 105-176, pis 253-
288.
Cramer P. 1782. De uitlandsche kapellen , voorkomende
in de drie waereld-deelen Asia , Africa en America
( Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde,
TAsie, TAfrique et TAmerique ), Volume 4.
Amsterdam, Chez S.J. Baade: 165-252, pis 373-
400.
Fabricius J.C. 1775. Systema entomologiae, sistens
insectorum classes, ordines, genera, species,
adiectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus,
observationibus. Lipsiae, Kort, Flensburgi: [31] +
832 pp.
Felder R. 1875. Lepidoptera: atlas. In: Felder C., Felder
R., Rogenhofer A.F. Reise der Osterreichischen
Fregatte Novara urn die Erde in den Jahren 1857,
1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore
B. von Wullerstorf-Urbair. Zoologischer Theil, 2
(2), No. 5. Wien, Kaiserlich-Konigliche Hof- und
Staatsdruckerei: [1-20], pis 108-140.
Fletcher D.S., Nye I.W.B. 1982. Bombicoidea,
Castnioidea, Cossoidea, Mimallonoidea, Sesioidea,
Sphingoidea, Zygaenoidea. In: Nye I.W.B. (ed.) The
generic names of moths of the world, Volume 4.
London, Trustees of the British Museum (Natural
History): xiv + 192 pp.
Gaede M. 1914. Ueberdie Lepidopteren-Gattung Agape
Snellen. - Entomologische Rundschau 31, No. 13:
74.
Hagen B. 1902. Schmetterlinge von den Mentawej-
Inseln. - Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen
Naturforschenden Gesellschaft 20, No. 3: 309-
339.
Higgins L.G. 1963. Dates of publications of the Novara
Reise. - Journal of the Society for the Bibliography
of Natural History 4: 153-159.
Holloway J.D. 1988. The moths of Borneo, part 6: family
Arctiidae , subfamilies Syntominae, Euchrominae,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Arctiinae; Noctuidae misplaced in Arctiidae
(Camptoloma, Aganainae). Kuala Lumpur, the
Malayan Nature Society: 101 pp, 6 pis.
Hubner J. 1816-[1826]. Verzeichniss bekannter
Schmettlinge [sic!]. Augsburg: 431 + 72 pp.
ICZN (International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature) 1958. Opinion 516. Determination
underthe Plenary Powers of the relative precedence
to be assigned to certain works of the Order
Lepidoptera (Class Insecta) published in 1775 by
PieterCramer, Michael Denis &lgnazSchiffermuller,
Johann Christian Fabricius, Johann Casper Fuesley,
and S.A. von Rottemburg respectively. - Opinions
and Declarations rendered by the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 19, No.
1: 1-44.
Inoue H., Sugi S., Hiroito H., Moriuti S., Kawabe A. 1982.
Moth of Japan, Volume 1. Tokyo, Kodan-sha: 967
pp.
Jordan K. 1924. A race of Asota heliconia L. (Hypsidae),
which has lost the orange warning colour of the
body. - The Proceedings of the Entomological
Society of London 1924: xxxiv-xxxv.
Jurriaanse J.H., Lindemans J. 1920. Bijdgage tot de
kennis der Lepidoptera van Z.O. -Celebes en
omliggendeeilangen. - Tijdschrift voor Entomologie
62, Supplement: 1-39, pis 1-5.
Kirby W.F. 1892. A Synonymic Catalogue of Lepidoptera
Heterocera (Moths). Sphinges and Bombyces,
Volume 1. London, Gurney & Jackson: xii + 951 pp.
Kuznetzov V.I., Stekolnikov A.A. 2001. [New approaches
to the system of Lepidoptera of the world fauna
(based on the functional morphology of the
abdomen)]. St. Petersburg, Nauka: 462 pp [in
Russian].
Linnaeus C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria
naturae , secundum classes , ordines, genera ,
species, cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis,
locis. Editio decima, reformata, Volume 1. Holmiae,
Laurentii Salvii: [4] + 824 pp.
Linnaeus C. 1764. Museum S:ae R:ae M:tis
Ludovicae Ulricae reginae Svecorum, Gothorum,
Vandalorumque &c. &c. &c. in quo animalia rariora,
exotica, imprimis insecta & conchilia describuntur
& determinantur prodromi instar editum. Flolmiae,
Salvius: [1-7] + 1-720 + [1-2].
Meyrick E. 1886. Revision of Australian Lepidoptera.
- The Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales, Second series, 1, No. 3: 687-802.
Minet J. 1986. Ebauche d’une classification moderne
de I’ordre des Lepidopteres. - Alexanor 14, No. 7:
291-313.
Pagenstecher A. 1900. Die Lepidopteren fauna des
Bismarck-Archipels. Mit Berucksichtigung der
thiergeographischen und biologischen Verhaltnisse
systematised dargestellt. II. Theil: Die Nachtfalter.
Zoologica. Helf 29. Stuttgart, Erwin Nagele: 268
PP, 2 pis.
Reich P. 1936. Neue Arctiidae. - Entomologische
Rundschau 53, No. 29: 418-424.
Rothschild W., Jordan K. 1896. Notes on Heterocera,
with descriptions of new genera and species. -
Novitates zoologicae 3, No. 2: 185-208, pi. 4.
Rothschild W., Jordan K. 1897. Notes on Heterocera,
with descriptions of new genera and species. -
Novitates zoologicae 4, No. 2: 314-365, pi. 4.
Rothschild W., Jordan K. 1899. On some new Lepidoptera
from the East. - Novitates zoologicae 6, No. 3: 429-
444.
Seitz A. 1914-1915. 5th Family: Arctiidae. In: Seitz A.
(ed.) The Macrolepidoptera of the world. II. Division:
Fauna Exotica, 10 (Bombyces and Sphinges of the
Indo-Australian Region). Stuttgart, A. Kernen: 105-
290, pis. 13-30.
Snellen P.C.T. 1879. Lepidoptera van Celebes, verzameld
door Mr. M.C. Piepers, met aanteeken ingen en
beschrijving van nieuwe soorten. - Tijdschrift voor
entomologie uitgeeten door de Nederlandsche
Entomologische Vereeniging 22: 61-123.
Snellen P.C.T. 1888. Tot de kennis van de Aganaidea
Herrich-Schaffer (Lepidoptera Heterocera,
familia Lithosina). - Tijdschrift voor entomologie
uitgeeten door de Nederlandsche Entomologische
Vereeniging 31: 109-146, 2 pis.
Speidel W., Fanger H., Naumann C.M. 1996. The
phytogeny of the Noctuidae (Lepidoptera). -
Systematic Entomology 21: 219-251.
Swinhoe C. 1892. Catalogue of Eastern and Australian
Lepidoptera Heterocera in the collection of the
Oxford Museum. Part 1, Sphinges and Bombyces.
Oxford, Clarendon Press: 324 pp, 8 pis.
Swinhoe C. 1903. Report on the Heterocera. In:
Annandale N., Robinson H.R. (eds) Fasciculi
Malayenses. Anthropological and zoological results
of an expedition to Peral and the Siamese Malay
states, 1901-1902. Zoology. Part 1: 51-109.
Swinhoe C. 1905. On new and little-known species of
Eastern and Australian Lepidoptera. - The Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, Including Zoology,
Botany and Geology ; Series 7, 16: 612-629.
Walker F. 1854. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
insects in the collection of the British Museum,
Volume 2. London, Edward Newman: 279-581.
Walker F. 1856. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
insects in the collection of the British Museum,
Volume 7. London, Edward Newman: 1508-1808.
Walker F. 1864. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
insects in the collection of the British Museum,
164
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 5-7)
Volume 3. London, Edward Newman: 321 pp.
Watson A., Fletcher D.S., Nye I.M.B. 1980. Noctuoidea
(part.): Arctiidae, Cocytiidae, Ctenuchidae,
Dilobidae, Dioptidae, Lymantriidae, Notodontidae,
Strepsimanidae, Thaumetopoeidae, Thyretidae.
In: Nye I.W.B. (ed.) The generic names of moths of
the world. Volume 2. London, The Trustees, British
Museum (Natural History): viii, 228 pp.
Zahiri R., Kitching I.J., Lafontaine J.D., Mutanen M.,
Kaila L., Holloway J.D., Wahlberg N. 2010. A new
molecular phylogeny offers hope for a stable family
level classification of the Noctuoidea (Lepidoptera).
- Zoologies scripta 40: 158-173.
Zahiri R., Holloway J.D., Kitching I.J., Lafontaine J.D.,
Mutanen M., Wahlberg N. 2012. Molecular
phylogenetics of Erebidae (Lepidoptera,
Noctuoidea). - Systematic Entomology 37: 102-
124.
Zwier J. 2009. Asota eusemioides Felder, 1874, a new
identity for an old moth “versicolor", from New
Guinea. - Suara Serangga Papua 4, No. 2: 46-51.
Zwier J.H.H. 2011. The Snouted Tigers (Lepidoptera:
Erebidae, Aganainae) of Papua Indonesia. -
http://www.papua-insects.nl/insect%20orders/
Lepidoptera/Erebidae/Aganainae/Aganainae%20
list.htm [updated 5th May 2011] [last accessed: 12
January 2014]
165
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
166
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
To the knowledge of Macroheterocera of Southeast
Asia and New Guinea. II. Hawk moths (Lepidoptera:
Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia
Oleg G. Gorbunov 1, Alexey N. Zamesov 2
1 - A.N. Severtsov Institute of Ecology & Evolution Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky
Prospect 33, 119071, Moscow, Russia; gorbunov.oleg@mail.ru
2 - A.N. Severtsov Institute of Ecology & Evolution Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky
Prospect 33, 119071, Moscow, Russia; zygaena@mail.ru
Abstract: A collection of the Hawk moths family Sphingidae containing 33 species of 15 genera from the Indonesian
part of the island of New Guinea is listed and figured. Bibliography of this group is discussed. Synonymy is given.
Keywords: Lepidoptera, Sphingidae, Indonesia, Papua Province, New Guinea.
Introduction
This publication is the second in a series1
dedicated to Macroheterocera of Southeast Asia
and New Guinea. It deals with a collection of Hawk
moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) taken during a
two-month long expedition to New Guinea by the
second author together with V.V. Sinyaev (“Eco-
Design Studio, Moscow, Russia). The places and
dates of collection are described in detail and
illustrated in our first publication of this book (page
157, plate 5 figs 1-6).
It is obvious that the Hawk moths should be
considered one of the best-studied groups of
Macroheterocera in both the Oriental and Australian
regions. There are many publications dealing with
this interesting group. Unfortunately, most of them
are descriptions of new species or subspecies and
only a few of them concerns reviews or revisions
of certain groups of species or genera. Some such
works are cited in the bibliography in the end of this
paper.
We should not forget about the existence
of sites on the Internet, that introduce us to this
interesting group of Lepidoptera. The more complete
and professional of such sites should be noted. We
consider the sites of Beck and Kitching (2008),
Kitching and co-authors (Kitching et al. 2013) and
Hogenes (2013) to be in this category. But you
1 - The first publication in the series concerns the Aganaidae
(Lepidoptera: Noctuoidea) of Papua Province, Indonesia. It is
published in the present volume on pp 157-165, pis 5-7.
should always keep in mind that any Internet site is
not a publication, and data from the site should be
used very carefully. We used data from these sites
to ascertain species distribution.
As in our previous publication (Gorbunov,
Zamesov 2014), we have restricted the synonymy
lists mainly to the taxa described from New Guinea
and neighbouring archipelagos. In addition, we
have excluded all homonyms and infrasubspecific
names. All synonyms in the text are given in
quotation marks because they have been checked
in original publications.
The result of processing the collected material
was the discovery of 34 species representing 15
genera which is 42.5% and 78.95% of Hawk moths
fauna of the Indonesian Papua, respectively. All of
them have been collected in new localities, thus
providing new faunistic records. All taxa mentioned
and illustrated herein are housed in the collection
of the second author.
The order of all taxa in the list is given with
accordance of our conception of the phylogenetic
relationships within the family.
List of the Sphingidae (Lepidoptera) of Papua
Province, Indonesia
Acherontia [Laspeyres], 1809
"... Acherontia ...” - [Laspeyres] 1809: 100. Type
species: Sphinx a tropos Linnaeus, 1758, by original
designation.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
= “Brachyglossa. Mihi.” - Boisduval 1828: 33.
Type species: Sphinx atropos Linnaeus, 1758, by
monotypy.
= “ Atropos Oken” - Agassiz 1846: 9. Type species:
Sphinx atropos Linnaeus, 1758, by monotypy (Oken
1815).
Note: Superficially, this genus is distinguished
very easily from other Hawk moths. It contains only
three species. The list of the species of the genus
was published by Eitschberger (2003a). All species
are known as active migrants and therefore the
presence of subspecies is highly questionable for
the species of the genus. Only a single species
occurs in New Guinea. It is represented in our
material.
Distribution: The Afrotropical, Oriental and
Australian regions.
Acherontia lachesis (Fabricius, 1798) (Plate 8 figs
1-2)
“Sphinx. ... Lachesis.” - Fabricius 1798: 434. Type
locality: "... in India orientali ...” [= East India].
= “Acherontia Satanas, sp. n.” - Boisduval 1836:
5, pi. 16, fig. 1. Type locality: “Indes orientales.” [=
East India].
= “Sphinx (/ Acheronthia ) lethe, Westw.” - Westwood
1848; 87, pi. 42, fig. 2. Type locality: "... various
parts of the East Indies, Ceylon, & c.” [= East India,
Sri Lanka].
= “Acherontia Sojejimae Mats.” - Matsu mura 1908:
27, pi. 4, fig. 4. Type locality: “Locality-Kyushu
(Saga)” [= Japan: Kyushu, Saga Prefecture].
Material examined: 1$ (Plate 8 figs 1-2)
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140°10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: This species can easily be distinguished
from the other Hawk moths of New Guinea by
the figure of a “dead head” on the mesothorax
dorsally and an interrupted medial light blue stripe
on the abdomen. Presently it is divided into two
subspecies, but we do not welcome the separation
of populations of the Philippines as a separate
subspecies A. lachesis diehli Eitschberger, 2003.
Distribution: This species is widespread nearly
across the entire Austro-Oriental Region from
Pakistan to the New Guinea Island. It is also known
in eastern part of the Palaearctic Region.
Agrius Hiibner, 1819 [“1816”]
“Agrius ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 140. Type
species: Sphinx cingulata Fabricius, 1775, by
subsequent designation by Tutt (1902: 355).
= “Timoria, gen. nov.” - Kaye 1919: 93. Type
species: Timoria concolorata Kaye, 1919, by
original designation.
Note: This small genus consists of six species only.
Some of them are known as active migrants. Two
species are known in New Guinea. Both of them are
present in our material from New Guinea.
Distribution: This genus is ubiquitous, occurring
throughout the world.
Agrius convolvuli (Linnaeus, 1758) (Plate 8 figs
3-6)
“Sphinx. Convolvuli.” - Linnaeus 1758: 490. Type
locality: not stated. [Europe?].
= “[Sphinx] Patatas ...” - Menetries 1857: 90. Type
locality: “Ta'iti.” [= French Polynesia, Tahiti Island].
= “Sphinx Convolvuli (var. S. di stans).” - Butler 1874:
30, pi. 9, fig. 11. Type locality: “New Zealand ...”.
= “Protoparce orientalis, n. sp.” - Butler 1876: 609,
pi. 41, figs 16, 17. Type locality: “North India ...;
Scinde? ...; North Bengal ...; Moulmein ...; Ceylon
...; Hong-Kong ...; Java ...; Hakodadi ...” [= North
and North East India; Sri Lanka; Hong Kong; Java;
Japan: Hokkaido, Hakodate].
= “[ Agrius convolvuli, Linne.] var. javanensis, n.
var.” - Tutt 1904: 333. Type locality: not stated [=
Indonesia: Java?].
= “[ Agrius convolvuli, Linne.] var. ichangensis, n.
var.” - Tutt 1904: 333. Type locality: "... from Ichang,
...” [= China: Hubei Province, Yichang].
= “[Agrius convolvuli, Linne.] var. tahitiensis, n.
var.” - Tutt 1904: 333. Type locality: “The Tahitian
race ...” [= French Polynesia: Tahiti Island].
= “Protoparce convolvuli var. indica ...” - Skell
1913: 56. Type locality: “Petoemboekan,
Sumatras Ostkuste, ...” [= Indonesia: Sumatra,
Petoemboekan].
= “Herse convolvuli marschallensis subsp.nov.”
- Clark 1922: 3. Type locality: “Taluit, Marschall
Islands.” [=Marschall Islands: Jaluit Atoll].
Material examined: 1<$ Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30.XI 1.2008-02.1.2009; 1$ (Plate 8 figs 5-6), same
locality and date; 1<$ (Plate 8 figs 3-4), Indonesia,
Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S,
138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: It can be easy distinguished from the New
Guinean congener by the pink pattern on the
abdomen. This species has a very high migratory
ability.
Distribution: It is distributed throughout the Old
World. Nearly everywhere, it is very common.
168
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Agrius luctifera (Walker, 1864) (Plate 8 figs 7-8)
“Macrosila luctifera.” - Walker 1864: 35. Type
locality: “New Guinea, Mysol, Ceram.” [= Indonesia:
Maluku Islands, Seram Island; New Guinea Island].
= “Protoparce Schmeltzii, sp. n.” - Butler 1882: 158.
Type locality: “Australian region.” [= Australia?].
= “Phlegethontius lixi sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1894:
94. Type locality: “Nicura, British New Guinea ...” [=
^apua New Guinea].
= “ P.[rotoparce ] triangulifera, sp. nov.” — Holland
1900: 556. Type locality: “[Burn]” [= Indonesia:
Maluku Islands, Buru Island].
= “Timoria concolorata, sp. n.” - Kaye 1919: 93.
Type locality: “Tenimber Island ...” [= Indonesia:
Maluku Islands, Tanimbar Islands].
= “Herse luctifera elegans, subsp. nova.” - Gehlen
1932: 65, Fig. 2. Type Locality: “Halmaheira.” [=
Indonesia: Maluku Islands, Halmahera Island].
Material examined: 1$ (Plate 8 figs 7-8),
ndonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008.
Note: This species differs from the previous one
because of the presence of a white discal spot on
the forewing and absence of pink scales on the
abdomen.
Distribution: Restricted to Wallacea, New Guinea
and the islands off to the NE and E of the latter.
Megacorma Rothschild, Jordan, 1903
“Megacorma gen. nov.” - Rothschild, Jordan 1903:
6 (key), 15. Type species: Macrosila obliqua Walker,
1856, by original designation.
Note: A small genus consisting of 4-5 species.
However, due to the fact that several slightly
different species were described inside the area of
the widespread type species (Eitschberger 1999,
2003b, 2007), we believe that this genus is in need
of a thorough revision. Superficially, species of the
gen us a re large and robust with a very long proboscis
and with a yellowish-grey forewing with a dark grey
and black pattern. They somewhat resemble the
species of the genera Meganoton Boisduval, 1875
[“1874”] and Psilogramma Rothschild, Jordan,
1903. A single species is known in New Guinea.
Distribution: The Oriental and Australian regions
from India in the northwest to northeastern Australia
and Solomon Islands in the south and southeast.
Megacorma obliqua (Walker, 1856) (Plate 8 figs
9-10)
“Macrosila obliqua.” - Walker 1856: 208. Type
locality: “Ceylon.” [= Sri Lanka].
= “ S.[phinx ] Nestor. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1875
[“1874”] 2: 113. Type locality: “... de I’Himalaya.” [=
Himalaya Mts.].
= “Megacorma obliqua remota subsp. nov.” - Jordan
1924: 298. Type locality: “Arawa, Bouganville,
...” [= Papua New Guinea: Autonomus Region of
Bougainville, Arawa Island].
Material examined: IS Indonesia, Papua,
Taritatu riv.,SEfrom Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60
m, 05-16.1.2009; 3<$ Indonesia, Papua, Genyem
env., 02°38’S, 140‘10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02.11.2009;
lc? (Plate 8 figs 9-10) same locality and date.
Note: A large and superficially easy to recognize
species, which cannot be confused with any Hawk
moth species of New Guinea. Usually it does not
divided into subspecies.
Distribution: The Oriental and Australian regions
from India in the northwestto northeastern Australia
and Solomon Islands in the south and southeast.
Meganoton Boisduval, 1875 [“1874”]
“Meganoton. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1875 [“1874”]:
58. Type species: Macrosila nyctiphanes Walker,
1856, by subsequent designation by Kirby (1892:
682).
Note: Asmall genus consistingof five or sixspecies.
Superficially, the species of the genus are somewhat
similar to those of Megacorma Rothschild, Jordan,
1903 and Psilogramma Rothschild, Jordan, 1903.
Only two species are known to occur in New Guinea.
We have on hand only a pair of a single species
from New Guinea.
Range: The genus occurs in the eastern
Palaearctic, in the Oriental and the northern part of
the Australian regions.
Meganoton rubescens (Butler, 1875) (Plate 8 figs
11-14)
“Diludia rubescens.” - Butler 1875c 3: 623. This is
the new name for Diludia rufescens Butler, 1875b4:
260 [nec Diludia rufescens Butler, 1875a 5: 12)].
2 - Butler (1876: 513) wrote: “Dr. Boisduval’s long expected
work on the Sphingidae has recently appeared, bearing date
1874; that it was not, however, procurable earlierthan February
22nd, 1875, I have evidence in a letter from the author, dated
18th of February, 1875,
3 - This paper was published in “Proceedings ...” 16th of
November 1875, what is shown in the top of pages.
4 - This paper was published in “Proceedings ...” 16th of March
1875, what is shown in the top of pages.
5 - This paper was published in “Proceedings ...” 5th of January
1875, what is shown in the top of pages.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Type locality: “North India”.
= “ M.[acrosila ] Severina, n. sp.” - Miskin 1891:
25. Type locality: "... Cape York.” [= Australia:
Queensland, Cape York Peninsula].
= “Meganoton thielei nov. spec.” - Huwe 1906:
316, Taf. 6, Fig. 1. Type locality: "... Sumatra ...” [=
Indonesia: Sumatra].
= “Mega noton rufescens [sic!] joachimi subsp.
nov.” - Clarck 1926: 45. Type locality: “Ceram.” [=
Indonesia: Seram Island].
= “Maganoton rufescens [sic!] titan, subsp. nova.”
- Gehlen 1933: 78. Type locality: “Von Halmaheira”
[= Indonesia: Maluku, Halmahera Island].
= “Meganoton rufescens [sic!] amboinicus subsp.
nov.” - Clark 1938: 38. Type locality: "... on Amboina,
Moluccas.” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Ambon Island].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 8 figs 11-12)
Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009; 1$ (Plate
8 figs 13-14) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env.,
02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009.
Note: The species is somewhat variable in wing
colour patterns as well as background coloration.
Presently it is divided into six subspecies, of which
subspecies severina Miskin, 1891 inhabits New
Guinea and northeastern Australia.
Distribution: It is widespread from north India
and south China in the northwest and north to north
and northeastern Australia and Solomon Islands in
the south and southeast.
Psilogramma Rothschild, Jordan, 1903
“Psilogramma gen. nov.” - Rothschild, Jordan 1903:
29 (key), 42. Type species: Sphinx menephron
Cramer, 1780, by original designation.
Note: Superficially the extremely variable species
of the genus resembles those of the genera
Meganoton Boisduval, 1875 [“1874”], Megacorma
Rothschild, Jordan, 1903, and somewhat Agrius
Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]. Until the beginning
of this century, this genus included only four
species (Holloway 1987; Meng 1990). Thanks
to the diligence of some researchers (Brechlin
2001; Eitschberger 2001; 2010a) during the first
decade the number of species in the genus has
been brought up to more than 60 (Eitschberger
2010b). We completely agree with the opinion of
Zolotuhin and Ryabov that “the system and score
of the genus became very complicate after the last
works ...” (Zolotuhin, Ryabov 2012: 37). Besides
that we have to add that now this genus is in need
of revision using not only morphological but also
molecular data. At present three species are known
to occur in New Guinea. All of them are present in
our collection.
Distribution: This genus inhabits the southern
and eastern parts of Palaearctic, Oriental and
Australian regions.
Psilogramma mastrigti Eitschberger, 2001 (Plate
9 figs 1-6)
“Psilogramma mastrigti spec, nov.” - Eitschberger
2001a (14th of May): 7, Abb. 15; Taf. 22, Abb. 1-6;
Taf. 23, Abb. 1-4. Type locality: “Indonesia, Irian
Jaya, Kabu paten Jayapura, Kecamatan Lehre, Rifi
Taja, 2000 m, ...” [= Indonesia: Papua Province,
Jayapura area].
= “Psilogramma papuensis Brechlin n. sp.” -
Brechlin 2001 ([31th] of May): 16, Abb. 19, 20,
42, 43, 84, 85. Type locality: “Papua New Guinea,
Western Highlands - province, Kubang near Kol,
1800 m, ...” [= Papua New Guinea: West Highlands
Province, environs of Mount Hagen].
= “Psilogramma mastrigti aruensis subsp. nov”
- Eitschberger 2004: 5, Farbtaf. 2, Abb. 4, 5;
Farbtaf. 3, Abb. 1, 2. Type locality: “Indonesia,
Aru Archipelago, 7 m, Island of Wokam, Province
Maluku, Kabupatan Maluku, ...” [= Indonesia:
Maluku Islands, Aru Islands, Tanahbesar Island].
Material examined: 1 S (Plate 9 figs 3-4)
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 4c?, 2$, same
locality and date; 5c?, same locality, 27-30.1.2009;
10(?, 1$ (Plate 9 figs 5-6), same locality, 25.1-02.
11.2009; 3c? Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SEfrom
Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009;
lc ? (Plate 9 figs 1-2), same locality and date; lc?
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 04-06.11.2009.
Note: The status of this species, as well as all newly
described ones are in need a careful revision. At
present this species is divided into two subspecies,
of which the nominotypical one occurs in New
Guinea.
Distribution: Restricted to the eastern Maluku,
New Guinea and north and eastern Australia.
Psilogramma wernerwolfi Eitschberger, 2001
(Plate 9 figs 7-10)
“Psilogramma wernerwolfi spec, nov.” - Eitschberger
2001a (14th of May): 8, Abb. 17, Taf. 27, Abb. 1-6,
Taf. 28, Abb. 1-4. Type locality: “Indonesia, Irian
Jaya, Sentani, 60 m, ...” [= Indonesia: Papua
Province, Sentani].
= “Psilogramma kitchingi Brechlin & Lachlan “n.
170
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
sp.” - Brechlin, Lachlan in Brechlin 2001 ([31th] of
May): 18, Abb. 18, 27, 44, 66, 67. Type locality:
“Indonesia, Irian Jaya, Nabire, 25 km S Manokwari,
Arfak Mts., Ngat Biep, river Ngat valley, 250 m. ...”
[= Indonesia: West Papua, environs of Manokwari].
Material examined: 2c?, 1$ Indonesia,
Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30.XI 1.2008-02.1.2009; lc? (Plate 9 figs 7-8), 1$
(Plate 9 figs 9-10), same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009;
lc?, same locality and date.
Note: Superficially, this species is somewhat
lighter in coloration and smaller than previous one.
Distribution: The species seems to be endemic
to New Guinea.
Psilogramma anne Eitschberger, 2001 (Plate 9
figs 11-18)
“Psilogramma anne spec, nov.” - Eitschberger
2001a: 10, Abb. 25; Taf. 41, Abb. 1-4; Taf. 42, Abb.
1, 2. Type locality: “Indonesia, Irian Jaya, Sentani,
60 m, ...” [= Indonesia: Papua Province, Sentani].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 9 figs 13-14),
I? (Plate 9 figs 17-18) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem
env., 02°38’S, 140'10'E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-
02.1.2009; 9c?, same locality and date; 2c?, 1$
(Plate 9 figs 15-16), same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009;
lc?, same locality, 27-30.1.2009; lc? (Plate 9 figs
11-12) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from
Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009; 5
c?, same locality and date.
Note: This is the darkest species of the genus in
the fauna of New Guinea.
Distribution: As the previous one, it is known to
occur in New Guinea only.
Ambulyx Westwood, 1848
“Sphinx ( Ambulyx ) ...” - Westwood 1848 6: [61]. Type
species: Sphinx ( Ambulyx ) substrigilis Westwood,
1848, by monotypy.
= “Oxyambulyx gen. nov.” -Rothschild, Jordan 1903:
173 (key), 192. Type species: Sphinx substrigilis
Westwood, 1848, by original designation.
Note: This is a large genus which contains up to
60 described species with a lot of subspecies. This
6 - We cannot agree with the opinion of Fletcher and Nye
(1982) and some other lepidopterists (Brechlin 2009a, 2009b;
Zolotuhin, Ryabov 2012) that the date of publication of this
taxon should be “1847”, which is indicated for the colour plate
with the picture of the type species, since this plate does not
have any name. The name “ Ambulyx ” is given in the text, for
which the date “1848" is shown on the title-page of the work.
Sherborne (1922) held the same opinion.
genus cannot by confused with any other Hawk
moths of New Guinea because of the shape and
colour pattern of the forewing. At present, four
species only have been collected in New Guinea.
We have on hand only three species from the island.
Distribution: This genus is distributed in the
eastern part of the Palaearctic, Oriental and
Australian regions from Pakistan and North India
in the west to The Solomon Islands in the east,
from Korea and Japan in the north and northern
Australia in the south.
Ambulyx wildei Miskin, 1891 (Plate 10 figs 1-6)
“ A.[mbulyx ] Wildei, n. sp.” - Miskin 1891: 20. Type
locality: “Cairns.” [= Australia: Queensland, Cairns].
Material examined: lc? Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140° 10’ E, 500 m,
30.XII. 2008-02. 1.2009; lc?, same locality,
25.1.2009; lc? (Plate 10 figs 1-2), same locality,
25.1-02. 11.2009; lc? (Plate 10 figs 3-4), lc? (Plate
10 figs 5-6) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from
Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009;
2(?, same locality and date.
Note: This species is somewhat similar to A.
phalaris Jordan, 1919 and A. dohertyi Rothschild,
1894, but can be distinguished from them by the
more contrast coloration of the wings.
Distribution: It inhabits New Guinea and coastal
areas of Queensland in Australia.
Ambulyx phalaris (Jordan, 1919) (Plate 10 figs 7-8)
“Oxyambulyx phalaris Jord.” - Jordan 1919: 190.
Type locality: “Dutch and British New Guinea, ...” [=
Papua New Guinea].
= “ 0.[xyambulyx ] phalaris carycina subsp. nov.” -
Jordan 1919: 191, Type locality: “Rook Island, ...”
[= Papua New Guinea: Umboi Island].
Material examined: 1$ (Plate 10 figs 7-8)
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140° 10 ’E, 500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: It is a rather rare species in collections.
Presently it is known from a few localities.
Distribution: This species inhabits the island of
Seram in the eastern Maluku and the island of New
Guinea.
Ambulyx dohertyi Rothschild, 1894 (Plate 10 figs
9-12)
“Ambulyx dohertyi sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1894: 87.
Type locality: “Humboldt Bay, N. New Guinea ...” [=
Indonesia: Papua Province, Yos Sudorso Bay].
= “Oxyambulyx dohertyi salomonis subsp. nov.”
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
- Rothschild, Jordan 1903: 209. Type locality:
“Guadalcanar [sic!], Solomon Is., ...” [= Solomon
Islands: Guadalcanal Island].
= “Oxyambulyx dohertyi queenslandi subsp.
nov.” - Clark 1928: 40. Type locality: “Kuranda,
Queensland, Australia.” [= Australia: Queensland.].
= “Ambulyx dohertyi riovoirlandensis n. ssp.” -
Brechlin, Kitching 2010: 21. Type locality: “PNG,
New Ireland prov.; Lelet plateau, 5 km SE Kamiraba;
...” [= Papua New Guinea: New Ireland Province,
New Ireland Island].
= “Ambulyx dohertyi novobritannica n. ssp.” -
Brechlin, Kitching 2010: 22. Type locality: “PNG/
West New Britain prov.; Bereme, 57 km SE Kimbe,
...” [= Papua New Guinea: West Britain Province,
New Britain Island].
Material examined: 1<$ (Plate 10 figs 9-10)
Indonesia, Papua, Genyemenv.,02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 1<$ (Plate 10 figs
11-12), same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; 2 S, same
locality and date; AS Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu
riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-
16.1.2009.
Note: One of the most variable species of the
genus in the region. At present, it is divided into
five subspecies, which, in our opinion, is completely
unjustified.
Distribution: It occurs in New Guinea and
surrounding islands ranging from Raja Ampat
Islands in the west to Solomon Islands in the east.
It is know in northern Australia as well.
Gnathothlibus Wallengren, 1858
“Gnathothlibus. Mihi.” - Wallengren 1858: 137.
Type species: Gnathothlibus erotoides Wallengren,
1858 [= Sphinx eras Boisduval, 1832], by original
designation.
= “Chromis ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 138 [nec
Chromis Lacepede, 1802 (Pisces)]. Type species:
Sphinx erotus Cramer, 1777, by monotypy.
Note: The species of the genus can be easy
separated from other genera of the region by the
colour pattern of the forewing and bright yellow or
orange coloration of the hindwing. Currently, there
is no consensus on the species structure of the
genus. Its composition includes from 7 (Zolotuhin,
Ryabov 2012) to 12 (Beck, Kitching 2008; Kitching
et al. 2013) species.
Distribution: This genus is distributed in the
Oriental and Australian regions from Sri Lanka in
the west to East Polynesia in the east and southeast
Australia in the south.
Gnathothlibus eras (Boisduval, 1832) (Plate 10
figs 13-16)
“D.[e/7epb/7a] eras, Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 185.
Type locality: “... a TaTti.” [= French Polynesia: Tahiti
Island].
= “Gnathothlibus erotoides n. sp.” - Wallengren
1860: 43. Type locality: “Ad Sidney Novae
Hollandiae ...” [= Australia].
= “Chaerocampa [sic!] ... Sapor” - Koch 1871: 239.
Type locality: “dem Australischen ...” [= Australia].
= “Chaerocampa [sic!] ... Eroides” - Koch 1871: 240.
Type locality: “vom Australischen ...” [= Australia].
Material examined: ±S (Plate 10 figs 13-
14) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140°10’E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; lS
(Plate 10 figs 15-16) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu
riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-
16.1.2009.
Note: Some authors (Hogenes 2013) consider
this taxon to be a subspecies of G. erotus (Cramer,
1777). In our opinion the population east of
Sumatra and Borneo should be considered as a
separate species.
Distribution: The species occurs the Philippines,
Celebes and Java in the west to eastern Polynesia
in the east and Southeast Australia in the South.
Gnathothlibus heliodes (Meyrick, 1889) (Plate 10
figs 17-20)
“Deilephila heliodes, n. s.” - Meyrick 1889: 455.
Type locality: “... from New Guinea.” [= New Guinea].
= “Theretra alberti sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1895:
162, pi. 9, fig. 9. Type locality: “Fergusson Island,
D’Entrecasteaux Islands ...” [= Papua New Guinea:
Milne Bay Province, Fergusson Island].
Material examined: ±S (Plate 10 figs 17-18),
lS (Plate 10 figs 19-20) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu
riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, OB-
16. 1.2009; 1(J, 1$, same locality and date.
Note: This species is somewhat similar to an
endemic G. meeki (Rothschild, Jordan, 1907), but
it can be distinguished by the colour pattern of the
hindwing.
Distribution: Restricted to New Guinea and some
islands off to the northwest (Waigeo Island) and
east (Fergusson Island).
Daphnis Hubner 1819 [“1816”]
“Daphnis ...” Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 134.
Type species: Sphinx nerii Linnaeus, 1758, by
subsequent designation by Curtis (1837: 626).
= “Histriosphinx Varis, gen. n.” - Varis 1976: 127.
172
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Type species: Sphinx nerii Linnaeus, 1758, by
original designation.
Note: Thespeciesofthegenusarelargeand robust.
The ground colours of the wings are green, brown,
dark green or dark olive with a characteristic wing
pattern. At present the genus contains 12 species
(Eitschberger, Melichar 2010; Haxaire, Melichar
2011). There are four species in New Guinea, of
which we have three species in our collection.
Distribution: Afrotropical, Oriental and Australian
regions. The type species of the genus is known as
a vagrant to the eastern Pa laea retie.
Daphnis moorei (WJ. MacLeay, 1866) (Plate 11
figs 1-2)
“Darapsa Moorei nov. sp.” - WJ. Macleay 1866: Iv.
Type locality: “[Cape York]” [= Australia: Queensland,
Cape York Peninsula].
= “ Daphnis pallescens, n. sp.” - Butler 1875a:
6. Type locality: “Queensland.” [= Australia:
Queensland].
= “Daphnis magnifica, n. sp.” - Butler 1877a: 461.
Type locality: “Rockhampton, Queensland.” [=
Australia: Queensland, Rockhampton].
= “Deilephila gigantea spec, nov.” - Rober 1921:
11. Type locality: “Sudwest-Neuguinea; ...” [=
Indonesia: West Papua].
Daphnis hypothous auctorum, nec Daphnis
hypothous (Cramer, 1780) (Plate 11 figs 3-4).
Material examined: 1<? (Plate 11 figs 1-2)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008; 3c?
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 5c?, same locality,
25.1-02. 11.2009; 2c?, same locality, 27-30.1.2009;
5c? Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: This taxon was raised from a subspecies of
D. hypothous (Cramer, 1780) (Plate 11 figs 1-2) to
specific level by Eitschberger and Melichar (2010).
Currently, it is not divided into subspecies. A rather
common species.
Distribution: It occurs in New Guinea and
surrounding islands off to the east up to Vanuatu,
known from Queensland, Australia as well
(Eitschberger, Melichar 2010).
Daphnis dohertyi Rothschild, 1897 (Plate 11 figs
5-8)
“Daphnis dohertyi sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1897: 307.
Type locality: “Kapaur, Dutch S. W. New Guinea, ...”
- Indonesia: West Papua, environs of Fakfak].
= “Deilephila dohertyi callusia subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild, Jordan 1916: 120. Type locality:
“Solomon Islands: Choiseul (type) ...” [= Solomon
Islands: Choiseul Island].
Material examined: 1(? (Plate 11 figs 5-6), lc?
(Plate 11 figs 7-8) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env.,
02°38’S, 140’10'E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009;
4c?, 25, same locality and date; lc?, same locality,
25.1-02. 11.2009; lc?, same locality, 31.1-02. 11.2009;
lc? Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: Currently, it is divided into two subspecies,
of which the nominotypical one inhabits the Island
of New Guinea and the nearest islands to the
northeast. A rather common species. It can be
separated from ail other congeners of New Guinea
by the higher contrast wing pattern.
Distribution: It occurs in New Guinea and
surrounding islands off to the east up to Solomon
Islands.
Daphnis protrudens R. Felder, 1875 (Plate 11 figs
9-10)
“ D.[aphnis ] protrudens R. Felder.” - R. Felder 18757:
3, Tab. 76, Fig. 7. Type locality: “Molucc (Type)
Lorquin.” (Rothschild, 1919: 242) [= Indonesia:
Maluku Islands].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 11 figs 9-10)
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140° 10 ’E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009.
Note: At present, this species is divided into
two subspecies, of which the nominotypical one
populates New Guinea.
Distribution: It occurs from the island of Sulawesi
in the west to the Solomon Islands in the east.
Beside that, it is known from Queensland, Australia
as well.
Acosmeryx Boisduval, 1875 [“1874”]
“Acosmeryx. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1975 [“1874”]:
214. Type species: Sphinx anceus Stoll, 1781, by
subsequent designation by Kirby (1892: 648).
Note: The species of the genus cannot be confused
with any other genera of New Guinea because of
the shape and coloration of the forewing, which
is brown or grey-brown with a well-visible rose or
violet sheen. “There is no unified point of view on
7 - The exact dates of the publication of the “Novara Reise”
were published by Higgins (1963). According to this work,
the date of publication of the fourth part (“Heft 4”) of the
Lepidoptera section is January 7th, 1875.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
the amount of species, and the number of species
included into it varies from 15 to 20” (Zolotuhin,
Ryabov 2012: 108). Only two species of the genus
are known to occur in New Guinea. Both of them
are in our collection.
Distribution: The genus occurs in the southern
and eastern Palaearctic, in the Oriental and
Australian regions.
Acosmeryx anceus (Stoll, 1781) (Plate 11 figs 11-
20)
“Anceus. ...Spninx ...” - Stoll 1781: 124, pi. 355, fig.
A. Type locality: "... I’lsle Moluque d’Amboine ...” [=
Indonesia: Maluku Islands, Ambon Island].
= “Zonilia mixtura.” - Walker 1864: 34. Type locality:
“Aru.” [= Indonesia: Maluku Islands, Aru Islands].
= “Enyo cinnamomea HS.” - Herrich-Schaffer
1869: 3, Tab. [98], Fig. 558. Type locality: “Aus
Nordaustralien.” [= North Australia].
= “A.[cosmeryx] Daulis. Boisd.” Boisduval 1875:
218. Type locality: “Decrit sur un individu unique et
don’t nous ignorons la patrie” [= unknown].
= “ A.[cosmeryx ] anceus subdentata subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild, Jordan 1903: 528. Type locality: “North
India to Sambawa.” [= North India: Megahalaya,
Sikkim; Butan; Indonesia: Sumatra, Java].
= “Acosmeryx anceus bismarckiana ssp. n.” -
Brechlin, Kitching 2007: 7, Abb. 7, 8, 13. Type
locality: “Papua New Guinea, W-New Britain prov.,
Talasea peninsula; Bulumuv (near Bulu Murli),
rainforest, Lake Dakataua, 250 m; ...”. [= Papua
New Guinea: West Britain Province, Talasea
Peninsula].
Material examined: 12c?, 2$ Indonesia, Papua,
Sentani env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S, 140°28’E,
300 m, 26-29.XII.2008; lc? (Plate 11 figs 15-16),
same locality, 04-06.11.2009; 8c? Indonesia, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60
m, 05-16.1.2009; 1$ (Plate 11 figs 19-20), same
locality, 05-06.1.2009; lc?, 1? (Plate 11 figs 17-
18) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140° 10 ’E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 6c?,
same locality, 27-30.1.2009; 2c? (Plate 11 figs
11-14), same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; lc?, same
locality and date.
Note: The smallest species of the genus. The
forewing with strong rose-purple sheen. Currently,
it is divided into three subspecies, of which the
nominotypical one inhabits New Guinea and
surrounding islands.
Distribution: Widely distributed in the Oriental
and Australian regions from North India in
the northwest to Queensland, Australia in the
southeast.
Acosmeryx miskinoides Vaglia, Haxaire, 2007
(Plate 12 figs 1-6)
“Acosmeryx miskinoides sp. n.” - Vaglia, Haxaire
2007: 7. Type locality: “Nouvelle-Guinee, Morobe,
Vallee de Wau en direction de Bulolo, ...” [= Papua
New Guinea: Morobe Province, Wau].
Acosmeryx miskini auctorum, nec Acosmeryx
miskini Murray, 1873.
Material examined: lc? Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140° 10’ E, 500 m,
31.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 4c?, same locality, 27-
30.1.2009; lc?, same locality, 31.1-02. II. 2009; 2c?
(Plate 12 figs 1-4), 1$ (Plate 12 figs 5-6) Indonesia,
Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S,
138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009; lie?, 2$, same
locality and date; 4c? Indonesia, Papua, Sentani
env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m,
04-06.11.2009.
Note: This species is very similar to A. miskini
(Murray, 1873) from Queensland, Australia. They
differ from each other in the minute details in the
male genitalia. Beside that, they have a difference
of 4% in the C0I gene (Vaglia, Haxaire 2007). A
rather common species.
Distribution: It is known in New Guinea and
surrounding islands.
Eupanacra Cadiou, Holloway, 1989
Eupanacra Cadiou, Holloway 1989: 139. Type
species: Panacra dohertyi Rothschild, 1894, by
original designation.
Note: Species of the genus are small or medium
in size with an elongated forewing. A rather large
genus including 23-25 species. Three species are
known to occur in New Guinea, of which we have on
hands only one species.
Distribution: Restricted to Orienta land Austra Nan
regions from North India in the northwest to
Solomon Islands and Queensland, Australia in the
southeast.
Eupanacra micholitzi (Rothschild, Jordan, 1893)
(Plate 12 figs 13-14)
“Panacra Micholitzi, sp. n.” - Rothschild, Jordan
1893: 456. Type locality: “Simbang, near
Finschhafen, German New Guinea ...” [= Papua
New Guinea: Morobe Province, Simbang].
= “Panacra hollandiae sp. nov.” - Clark 1931: 80.
Type locality: “Dutch New Guinea.” [= Indonesia:
West Papua or Papua Province].
174
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Material examined: 1<$ (Plate 12 figs 13-14)
Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: This species cannot be confused with any
other Hawk moths of New Guinea because of the
colour pattern on the wings. It is a rather rare
species.
Distribution: It inhabits New Guinea and islands
off to the east (the D’Entrecasteaux Islands).
Eurypteryx R. Felder, 1875
“Eurypteryx ... Felder.” - R. Felder 1875: 4, pi. 76,
fig. 1. Type species: Eurypteryx molucca R. Felder,
1875, by monotypy.
= “ Indiana , n. g.” - Tutt 1903: 101 [nec Indiana
Matthew, 1902 (Crustacea)]. Type species: Darapsa
bhada Moore, 1865, by original designation.
Note: The wings of the species of the genus are
brown with an indistinct pattern. Besides that, the
males have a well-developed anal tuft. Currently,
eight species are included into the genus, of which
two are known to be from New Guinea. We have on
hand a single species only.
Distribution: Restricted to Oriental and Australian
regions from Nepal in the northwest to the Louisiade
Archipelago in the southeast.
Eurypteryx falcata Gehlen, 1922 (Plate 12 figs
7-8)
“Eurypteryx falcata sp. n.” - Gehlen 1922: 360,
Abb. 1. Type locality: “Deutsch-Neue-Guinea,
Kaiser-Wilhelm-Land ...” [= Northern part of Papua
New Guinea].
Material examined: ±S (Plate 12 figs 7-8)
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140° 10 ’E, 500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: This species is easily differentiated from the
congener from New Guinea (E. molucca R. Felder,
1875) by the falciform apex and colour pattern of
the forewing.
Distribution: This species seems to be endemic
to the island of New Guinea.
Macroglossum Scopoli, 1777
“Macroglossum. Scop.” - Scopoli 1777: 414. Type
species: Sphinx stellatarum Linnaeus, 1758, by
monotypy.
= “Psithyros ...” Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 132. Type
species: Sphinx stellatarum Linnaeus, 1758, by
subsequent designation by Rothschild, Jordan
(1903: 616).
= “Rhamphoschisma. Mihi.” - Wallengren 1858:
139. Type species: Rhamphoschisma fasciatum
Wallengren, 1858 [= Psithyros trochilus Hubner,
1823 [“1806”]], fixed by original designation.
= “Rhopalopsyche, n. gen.” - Boisduval 1875b:
239. Type species: Rhopalopsyche nycteris Kollar,
1844, fixed by original designation.
Note: Many authors (Fletcher, Nye 1982; Danner
et al. 1998; Zolotuhin, Ryabov 2012) use the name
“Bombylia Hubner, 1822”, as a synonym of the
genus Macroglossum Scopoli, 1777 which, in our
opinion, is an unavailable name and should be
completely excluded from Zoological Nomenclature.
The generic name “Bombylia” appeared for the first
time in Hubner’s “Tentamen” (Hubner 1806). The
latter was subsequently rejected for nomenclatural
purposes by the International Commission on
Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN 1926, 1954) as an
unpublished work. Further, the name “Bombylia”
is given in Hubner (1822) in the combination
“Bombylia vulgaris” on pages 10, 11, 13 and as
“Bombylia aequivoca” on page 12. These two
species-group names are unavailable because they
where not accompanied by either a description or
a definition (nomen nudum) (Article 12.1. of the
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature)
(ICZN 1999) Therefore Bombylia Hubner, 1822 is
an unavailable genus-group name on the basis of
Article 67.1 of the International Code of Zoological
Nomenclature (ICZN 1999). In accordance with
the Article 11.5.2. of the International Code of
Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN 1999) “the status of
a previously unavailable name is not changed by its
mere citation (that is, without adoption for a taxon)
even if accompanied by a reference to the work in
which the name was published but was not made
available”. Kirby in 1892 cited the name Bombylia
as a synonym of the genus Macroglossa [sic!],
but did not use it as the valid name (“Bombylia,
Hubn. Tentamen, p. 1 (1810?)”) (Kirby 1892: 629).
Finally, Rothschild and Jordan also did not make
this taxon available, quoting it in synonymy, but
with an incorrect authorship by Kirby (Rothschild,
Jordan 1903: 616).
A large genus which contains more than 110
described species. All of them are day-flying moths.
At present, 23 species are known from New Guinea,
of which we have on hands a single species only.
Distribution: Th is genus is d istr i buted everywhere
in the Old World, but with the greatest diversity in
South-East Asia.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Macroglossum nubilum Rothschild, Jordan, 1903
(Plate 12 figs 15-16)
“Macroglossum nubilum spec, nov.” - Rothschild,
Jordan 1903: 652, pi. 4, fig 17; pi. 50, fig. 46; pi. 56,
fig. 26. Type locality: "... Milne Bay, Brit. N. Guinea,
...” [= Papua New Guinea: Milne Bay Province,
Milne Bay].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 12 figs 15-16)
Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: This species can be easily distinguished
from all congeners from New Guinea by the colour
pattern of the hindwing and abdomen dorsally.
Distribution: It inhabits New Guinea and islands
off to the east (Louisiade Archipelago). It is known
in Queensland, Australia as well.
Hippotion Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]
“Hippotion ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 135.
Type species: Sphinx celerio Linnaeus, 1758, by
subsequent designation by Kirby (1892: 747).
= “Isoples ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 135.
Type species: Sphinx thyelia Linnaeus, 1758, by
subsequent designation by Kirby (1897: 24).
= “Panacra.” - Walker, 1856 77 (key), 154. Type
species: Panacra lignaria Walker, 1856 [= Sphinx
vigil Guerin-Meneville, 1843; = Sphinx velox
Fabricius, 1793], by subsequent designation (as
Sphinx vigil Guerin-Meneville, 1843) by Moore
(1882 8: 25).
Note: Species of the genus are ochre, brown or
grey-brown in coloration, sometimes with bright
pink or red hindwing. Usually the forewing has a
longitudinal pattern. The genus includes up to 40
species, some of them are know as an extremely
active vagrant. Seven species are known to occur
i n New G u i nea . We have on ly th ree i n ou r col lection .
Distribution: This genus inhabits the Afrotropical,
Oriental and Australian regions. The distribution of
some species extends to the southern parts of the
Pa laea retie.
Hippotion velox (Fabricius, 1793) (Plate 12 figs
9-12)
“[Sphinx] velox.” - Fabricius 1793: 378. Type
locality: “... in India orientali ...” [= East India].
= “Panacra lignaria.” - Walker 1856: 156. Type
locality: “... Ceylon. ... Cape York, Australia.” [=
Sri Lanka; Australia: Queensland, Cape York
Peninsula].
8 - The dates of publication of the “Lepidoptera of Ceylon” by
Moore were discussed by Griffin (1939).
= “ C.[oerocampa ] Yorkii. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1875a:
248. Type locality: “... du cap York ...” [= Australia:
Queensland, Cape York Peninsula].
= “Panacra rosea sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1894: 79.
Type locality: “Lifu, Loyalty Islands.” [= France (New
Caledonia): Loyalty Islands, Lifou Island].
= “Panacra lifuensis sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1894:
79. Type locality: “Lifu, Loyalty Islands.” [= France
(New Caledonia): Loyalty Islands, Lifou Island].
= “Panacra griseola sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1894:
80. Type locality: “Lifu, Loyalty Islands.” [= France
(New Caledonia): Loyalty Islands, Lifou Island].
= “Panacra pseudovigil sp. nov.” - Rothschild 1894:
80. Type locality: “?” [= unknown].
= “Hippotion beddoesii sp. nov.” - Clark 1922: 19.
Type species: “Suva, Fiji.” [= Republic of Fiji: Viti
Levu Island, Suva].
= “Hippotion noel sp. nov.” - Clark 1923: 68. Type
locality: “Christmas Island.” [= Australia: Christmas
Island].
Material examined: 2(?, 1$ (Plate 12 figs 11-
12) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140°10’E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; lc?
(Plate 12 figs 9-10), same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009;
1 S, same locality, 31. 1-02. II. 2009; 1 S Indonesia,
Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S,
138°34TE, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: A very common species, which can be easily
differentiated from all congeners from New Guinea
by the colour pattern of the forewing.
Distribution: It occurs from India in the west to
the Fiji Islands in the east.
Hippotion boerhaviae (Fabricius, 1775) (Plate 12
figs 17-22)
“[Sphinx] Boerbaviae.” - Fabricius 1775: 542. Type
locality: “... in Indiae ...” [= India].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 12 figs 17-18)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008;
2<$, same locality and date; lc?, same locality,
28.XII.2008; 2c?, 1$, same locality, 04-06.11.2009;
lc? (Plate 12 figs 19-20), 1$ (Plate 12 figs 21-22),
same locality, 05.11.2009; lc? Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140‘10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02.
11.2009.
Note: There is still no consensus on the systematic
position of this taxon because many researches
believe that it is conspecific with H. rosetta
(Swinhoe, 1892). We accept it as a distinct species.
Distribution: This species is widespread from
India in the west to the Fiji Islands in the east.
176
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Hippotion brennus (Stoll, 1782) (Plate 12 figs 23-
30)
“Brennus. ... Sphinx ...” - Stoll in Cramer 1782:
233, pi. 398, fig. B. Type locality: "... I’lsle Molucque
d’Amboine, ...” [= Indonesia: Maluku Islands,
Ambon Island].
= “Choerocampa Johanna .” - Kirby 1877: 241.
Type locality: “Brisbane.” [= Australia: Queensland,
Brisbane].
= “Hippotion rubribrenna, sp. n.” - Joicey, Kaye
1917: 307. Type locality: “Dutch New Guinea,
Central Arfak Mts., 3500 ft., ...” [= Indonesia: West
Papua, Arfak Mts.].
= “Hippotion brennus funebris m. subs pec. nova.”
- Gehlen 1926: 175. Type locality: “Malu, am
Kaiserin-Augusta FluB (Sepik) in Neu-Guinea, ca.
100 km von der Kuste entfernt.” [= Papua New
Guinea: ca 100 km upstream of the Sepik River
mouth].
= “Hippotion novaebrittaniae sp. nov.” - Clark
1932: 41. Type locality: “New Britain.” [= Papua
New Guinea: New Britain Island].
= “Hippotion brennus viettei n. subsp.” - Darge
1975: 180. Type locality: “Lorengau, Manu Island,
...” [= Republic of Fiji: Mamanuca Islands, Manu
Island].
Material examined: ±S (Plate 12 figs 25-26)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008; 1(?
(Plate 12 figs 23-24), same locality, 04-06.11.2009;
lc? (Plate 12 figs 27-28) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem
env., 02°38’S, 140'10'E, 500 m, 30.XII.2008-
02.1.2009; 1<?, same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; 1<?
(Plate 12 figs 29-30) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu
riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S, 138‘34’E, 60 m, OS-
16. 1.2009; 4c?, same locality and date.
Note: This very common and rather variable
species can be distinguished from all congeners
from New Guinea by the coloration of the hindwing
and the coloration of the abdomen.
Distribution: It occurs in New Guinea and
surrounding islands from north Maluku Islands in
the west to the Solomon Islands in the east, known
to occur in Queensland, Australia as well.
Theretra Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]
“Theretra ...” Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 135. Type
species: Sphinx equestris Fabricius, 1793 [= Sphinx
nessus Drury, 1773], by subsequent designation
(as Sphinx nessus Drury, 1773) by Kirby (1892:
659).
= “Oreus ...” - Hubner 1819 [“1816”]: 136. Type
species: Sphinx gnoma Fabricius, 1775, by
subsequent designation by Rothschild, Jordan
1903: 387.
= “Gnathostypsis. Mihi.” - Wallengren 1858: 137.
Type species: Gnathostypsis ostracina Wallengren,
1858 [= Sphinx capensis Linnaeus, 1764], by
original designation.
= “Hathia.” -Moore 1882 9: 19. Type species: Sphinx
clotho Drury, 1773, by subsequent designation by
Kirby (1883: 183).
= “Fiorina, n. g.,” - Tutt 1903a: 76. Type species:
Choerocampa japonica Boisduval, 1867, by original
designation.
= “Lilina, n. g.” - Tutt 1903b: 101. Type species:
Sphinx pinastrina Butler, 1876 [= Choerocampa
balsaminae Walker, 1856], by original designation.
Note: Superficially, the species of this genus are
very similar to the previous one, but they can be
distinguished by the structure of the labial palpus.
At present, the genus contains slightly more than
60 species. Only 13 species of the genus are known
from New Guinea, of which eight are present in our
collection.
Distribution: Restricted to tropics and subtropics
of the Old World. It is known from the southern part
of the Palaea retie Region as well. Some species are
active migrants and can be found far away from
their native area.
Theretra nessus (Drury, 1773) (Plate 13 figs 1-6)
“Nessus. ...Sph.[inx]” - Drury 1773: [91], pi. 27, fig.
1. Type locality: “... Madras.” (Drury, 1773: 46) [=
India: Tamil Nadu State, Chennai].
= “[Sphinx] equestris.” - Fabricius 1793: 365. Type
locality: “... in India orientali ...” [= East India].
= “Chaerocampa [sic!] Nessus Or. v. rubicundus”
- Schaufuss 1870: 18. Type locality: “[Java]”
[Indonesia: Java Island].
= “Theretra nessus albata ssp. n.” - Fukuda 2003:
118, figs 1-4, 11. Type locality: “Fiji, Viti Levu Is.,
Nuku, ...” [= Republic of Fiji: Viti Levu Island].
Material examined: 1<?, 7$ Indonesia, Papua,
Sentani env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S, 140° 28’ E,
300 m, 26-29.XII.2008; 1( ?, 4$, same locality, 04-
06.11.2009; 1 S (Plate 13 figs 1-2) Indonesia, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E,
60 m, 05-16.1.2009; 4c?, 1$, same locality and
date; 4c?, 1$ (Plate 13 figs 5-6) Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02.
9 - Pages 1-32 and plates 72-89 of the second volume of
Moore’s “Lepidoptera of Ceylon” were issued 31 August 1882.
Dates of publication of this work were discussed by Griffin
(1939).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
11.2009; 1$, same locality and date; 1$, same
locality, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 1$ (Plate 13 figs
3-4), same locality, 25.1.2009; 1$, same locality
and date; 4$, same locality, 27-30.1.2009.
Note: This species can be easily distinguished
from other congeners from New Guinea by the
presence of two golden stripes on the abdomen.
It is a most common species as in New Guinea,
and within the area of its distribution. Currently this
species is divided into two subspecies, which we
think is hardlyjustified.
Distribution: This species is widespread in the
Indo-Australia from India in the west and Japan
in the north to Fiji in the east and Australia in the
south.
Theretra insularis (Swinhoe, 1892) (Plate 13 figs
7-10)
“Choerocampa insularis. n. sp.” - Swinhoe 1892:
18. Type locality: “Ceram ... Ke ...” [= Indonesia:
Maluku, Seram Island, Kei Islands].
= “Theretra rhesus valens, subsp. n.” -Jordan 1926:
108. Type locality: "... Talasea, New Britain ...” [=
Papua New Guinea: West New Britain Province,
Talasea District].
= “Theretra rhesus mollis, subsp. n.” - Jordan 1926:
108. Type locality: “... St. Mathias [sic!] and Squally
Islands ...” [= Papua New Guinea: New Ireland
Province, St. Matthias Islands].
= “Theretra rhesus lenis, subsp. n.” - Jordan 1926:
108. Type locality: “Solomon Islands, ...”.
= “Theretra insularis ambrymensis subsp. n.”
- Lachlan 2004: 169, figs 1-3, 7. Type locality:
“Vanuatu: Olal Catholic Mission area, north Ambrym
Is., ...” [= Vanuatu: Ambrym Island].
Material examined: 1<? (Plate 13 figs 9-10)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008;
1<?, same locality and date; 1? (Plate 13 figs
7-8), same locality, 04-06.11.2009; 2c? Indonesia,
Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30.XI 1.2008-02.1.2009; 7?, 1$, same locality,
25.1-02. 11.2009; 1?, same locality, 27-30.1.2009.
Note: This species has been revised by Vaglia and
coauthors (Vaglia et al., 2010). They have shown
that this species is divided into five subspecies, of
which the nominotypical one populates the island
of New Guinea. A rather common species.
Distribution: It occurs in New Guinea and
surrounding islands from Seram in the west to
Vanuatu in the east.
Theretra radiosa Rothschild, Jordan, 1916 (Plate
13 figs 11-14)
“Theretra radiosa spec, nov.” - Rothschild, Jordan
1916: 263. Type locality: "... Goodenough Island,
2500-4000 ft . type; ...” [= Papua New Guinea:
Milne Bay Province, D’Entrecasteraux Islands,
Goodenough Island].
Material examined: 1 <? (Plate 13 figs 13-
14) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140‘10'E, 500 m, 31.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 1?
(Plate 13 figs 11-12), same locality, 27-30.1.2009.
Note: Superficially this species is similar to the
previous one, but differs from it in some details of
the coloration of the wings and abdomen.
Distribution: This species occurs in New Guinea
and surrounding islands from the Raja Ampat
Islands in the west to the Louisiade Archipelago in
the east. It is known in Queensland, Australia as
well.
Theretra silhetensis (Walker, 1856) (Plate 13 figs
15-16)
“Chaerocampa [sic!] Silhetensis.” - Walker 1856:
143. Type locality: “Ceylon. ... North India. ... Silhet.
... Nepaul. ... North China. ...” [= Sri Lanka; North
India; Bangladesh: Silhet; Nepal].
= “Chaerocampa [sic!] bisecta, Horsfield Sp.” -
Moore 1858 [“1857”]: 278. Type locality: “Java. ...
N. India. ...” [= Indonesia: Java; North India].
= “Chaerocampa [sic!] intersecta, n. sp.” - Butler
1875c: 623. Type locality: “Queensland ...” [=
Australia: Queensland].
Material examined: 1? (Plate 13 figs 15-16)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008.
Note: Superficially this species is similar to two
previous species, but differs from them by the
presence of the bright silvery-white line on the
abdomen dorsally and in some details of the
coloration of the wings. Besides that, it is the
smallest species of the genus. Currently this
species is divided into two subspecies, of which
ssp. intersecta Butler, 1875 is known to be from
New Guinea.
Distribution: It is widespread from the North India
and Nepal in the west to the Vanuatu Archipelago
in the east.
Theretra celata (Butler, 1877) (Plate 13 figs 17-
18)
“Chaerocampa [sic!] celata, n. sp.” - Butler 1877b:
472. Type locality: “Cape York.” [= Australia:
178
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Queensland, Cape York Peninsula].
= “ C.[haerocampa ] [sic!] Cloacina, n. sp.” - Miskin
1891: 16. Type locality: "... Brisbane ...” [= Australia:
Queensland, Brisbane].
= “Choerocampa luteotincta, nov. sp.” - Lucas
1891: 894. Type locality: “Brisbane.” [=Australia:
Queensland, Brisbane].
= “Theretra babarensis spec, nov.” - Eitschberger
2005: 264, Farbtaf. 18, Abb. 1, 2; Taf. 1, Abb. 1-6;
Taf. 2, Abb. 1-6; Taf. 3, Abb. 1-6; Taf. 4, Abb. 3-6;
Taf. 5, Abb. 1-5; Taf. 6, Abb. 1-3; Taf. 7, Abb. 2-4;
Taf. 8, Abb. 2-4. Type locality: “Indonesia, Moluccas,
7-10 m, Babar Archipel, Wetan [sic!] Island, ...” [=
Indonesia: Maluku Islands, Babar Islands, Wetar
Island].
Material examined: 1 S (Plate 13 figs 17-
18) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140° 10 ’E, 500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: This species has been revised by Vaglia
and coauthors (Vaglia et al. 2010). They divided
this species into two subspecies, of which the
nominotypical one inhabits the Island of Papua
New Guinea.
Distribution: This species occurs in New Guinea
and surrounding islands from Buru and Seram in
the west to Solomon Islands in the east. It is found
in northern Queensland, Australia as well.
Theretra indistincta (Butler, 1877) (Plate 14 figs
1-4)
“Choerocampa indistincta , n. sp.” - Butler 1877a:
460. Type locality: “Rockhampton, Queensland.” [=
Australia: Queensland, Rockhampton].
= “ C.[haerocampa ] [sic!] Cleopatra , n. sp.” - Miskin
1891: 15. Type locality: “Brisbane.” [= Australia:
Queensland, Brisbane].
= “Choerocampa curvilinea, nov. sp.,” - Lucas
1891: 834. Type locality: “Brisbane.” [= Australia:
Queensland, Brisbane].
= “Theretra clotho manuselensis, subsp. nov.”
- Joicey, Talbot 1921: 108. Type locality: “...
Mount Manusela, Central Ceram, 6000 ft., ...” [=
Indonesia: Maluku Islands, Seram Island].
- “Theretra clotho papuensis, subsp. nov.” - Joicey,
Talbot 1921: 108. Type locality: “Wandammen
Mts., 3-4000 ft. D. N. Guinea ...” [= Indonesia:
West Papua Province, Wandammen Peninsula,
Wandammen Mts.], designated by lectotype fixed
by Lachlan (2009: 85).
= “Theretra indistincta bismarcki, subsp. n.” -
Jordan 1926: 208. Type locality: “A series from the
Bismarck Archipelago. Type from New Ireland.” [=
Papua New Guinea: New Ireland Province, New
Ireland Island].
Material examined: IS (Plate 14 figs 1-2)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140° 28’ E, 300 m, 04-06.11.2009;
lc?, same locality and date; 1$ (Plate 14 figs
3-4) Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140°10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: Habitually this species is similar to the
previous one, but can be distinguished from it by
the presence of pinkish scales on the antenna,
upper side of the wings and abdomen. Currently
it is divided into four subspecies, of which ssp.
papuensis Joicey, Talbot, 1921 populates the island
of New Guinea.
Distribution: This species populates the islands
from Sulawesi and Maluku Islands in the east to
Bismarck and the Louisiade Archipelago in the east
and the province of Queensland, Australia in the
south.
Theretra tabubilensis Lachlan, 2009 (Plate 14 figs
5-8)
“Theretra tabubilensis n. sp.” - Lachlan 2009: 85,
figs 10, 11, 20. Type locality: “Papua New Guinea.
Tabubil, Western Province, ...” [= Papua New
Guinea: Western Province, Tabubil].
Material examined: 2c? (Plate 14 figs 5-8)
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140° 10 ’E, 500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: Superficially, this species resembles Th.
indistincta (Butler, 1877), but it is slightly smaller
and without pinkish scales.
Distribution: This species seems to be endemic
to New Guinea and nearby islands.
Theretra latreillii (W.S. MacLeay, 1826 [“1827“])
(Plate 14 figs 9-12)
“Sphinx Latreillii, (n. s.)” - W.S. Macleay 1826
[“1827“] 10. 464. Type locality: not stated [=
Australia?].
= “Chaerocampa [sic!] comminuens.” - Walker
1864: 31. Type locality: “Moreton Bay.” [= Australia:
Queensland, Moreton Bay].
= “Chaerocampa [sic!] deserta, n. sp.” - Butler
1876: 638. Type locality: “Hunter River, Australia
...” [- Australia: New South Wales].
= “Choerocampa Walduckii, n. sp.” - Butler 1877c:
398, pi. 9, fig. 2. Type locality: “Australia ...” [=
Australia: Queensland].
= “Choerocampa amara, n. sp.” - Swinhoe 1892:
10 - According to Sherborn, “this work was issued 10 Ap.
1826” (Sherborn 1922: Ixxiii).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
21, pi. 1, fig. 9. Type locality: “Mysol ... Amboyna
...” [= Indonesia: West Papua, Raja Ampat Islands,
Misool; Maluku, Ambon Island].
= “Theretra prattorum sp. nov.” - Clark 1924: 19.
Type locality: “Kako Tagalago, central Buru, 2700
ft. May, 1922, ...” [= Indonesia: Maluku Islands,
Buru Island].
Material examined: 1? (Plate 14 figs 9-10)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008;
4c?, same locality and date; 1? (Plate 14 figs
11-12) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from
Dabra, 03‘15’S, 138°34?E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009;
1? Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140°10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: This species differs from all congeners
from New Guinea by the absence of a black spot
on the abdomen laterally at the base. Presently,
it is divided into three subspecies, of which the
nominotypical one inhabits New Guinea.
Distribution: This species is widespread in the
Indo-Australia from India in the west and Southeast
China and Taiwan in the north to the Solomon
Islands in the east and Australia in the south.
Theretra tryoni (Miskin, 1891) (Plate 14 figs 13-
18)
“ C.[haerocampa ] [sic!] Tryoni , n. sp.” - Miskin
1891: 17. Type locality: “Brisbane.” [= Australia:
Queensland, Brisbane].
Material examined: 2$ (Plate 14 figs 13-16)
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008; 2?,
4$, same locality and date; 1$ (Plate 14 figs 17-
18) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009; 1?, same
locality and date.
Note: Superficially, thisspecies issomewhatsimilar
to the previous one, but differs from it because
of the presence of a black spot on the abdomen
laterally at the base. It is a rather common species.
Distribution: From Sulawesi in the west to Fiji in
the east and Queensland, Australia in the south.
Cechenena Rothschild, Jordan, 1903
“Cechenena gen. nov.” - Rothschild, Jordan 1903:
674 (key), 799. Type species: Philampelus helops
Walker, 1856, by original designation.
Note: This genus is closely related to the two
previous genera and differs from them in the
structure of the labial palpus and fore and hind
tarsi. More recently, this genus had included 12
species, but Zolotuhin with Ryabov separated four
species into a distinct genus Cechetra Zolotuhin,
Ryabov, 2012 with the type species of Cechenena
subangustata Rothschild, 1920 (Zolotuhin, Ryabov
2012). Thus, at the present time the genus
Cechenena includes only eight species.
Distribution: Restricted to Orienta land Austra Nan
regions from North India in the west to New Guinea
and nearby islands in the east.
Cechenena helops (Walker, 1856) (Plate 14 figs
19-24)
“Philampelus Helops .” - Walker 1856: 180. Type
locality: “Port Natal.” [= South Africa: KwaZulu-
Natal Province, Durban 11].
= “Philampelus orientalis Felder.” - R. Felder 1875:
8, pi. 77, fig. 1. Type locality: “Sikkim (Stolicka)” [=
India: State Sikkim].
= “ C.[echenena ] helops papuana subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild, Jordan 1903: 802. Type locality: “Milne
Bay, ...”[= Papua New Guinea: Milne Bay Province,
Milne Bay].
= “Cechenea [sic!] helops interposita, subsp.
nov.” - Joicey, Talbot 1921: 108. Type locality:
“Mout Mansuela, Central Ceram, 6000 ft., ...” [=
Indonesia: Maluku Islands, Seram Island].
Material examined: 1<? Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140° 10’ E, 500 m,
30.XI 1.2008-02.1.2009; 3?, 1$ (Plate 14 figs 23-
24), same locality, 25.1.2009; 1? (Plate 14 figs 21-
22), same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; 1? (Plate 14
figs 19-20) Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from
Dabra, 03‘15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: This species cannot be confused with any
other Hawk moths of New Guinea because of the
coloration of wings and body. Currently, it is divided
into three subspecies, of which the subspecies ssp.
papuana Rothschild, Jordan, 1903 populates New
Guinea and Bismarck Archipelago. A very common
species.
Distribution: It is widespread from the North
India in the west to the Bismarck Archipelago in the
east.
Acknowledgements
We wish to express our hearty thanks to
Valentin A. Kalinin (Moscow, Russia) for the
financial support, Victor V. Sinyaev (“Eco-Design
11 - As stated Fletcher and Nye: “this evidently incorrect, for
the species does not occur in Africa, but is widely distributed in
the Oriental Region” (Fletcher, Nye 1982: 32).
180
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Studio”, Moscow, Russia) for his kind help during
our excursion to New Guinea, Mr. David Usman and
Mr. John F. Warwar (Sentani, Papua, Indonesia)
for their major contributions and constant support
during lepidopterological survey in the Papuan
jungles. Many thanks are due to Prof. Dr. Sergei Yu.
Sinev (Zoological Institute of Russian Academy of
Sciences, St. Petersburg, Russia) and Dr. Satoshi
Hashimoto (Kiyosu, Aichi, Japan) for help with
searching of literature.
We are indebted to Ms. Nadezhda Deryugin
(Palo Alto, California, U.S.A.) for carefully checking
the English of the manuscript.
Bibliography
Beck J., Kitching I.J. 2008. The Sphingidae ofSoutheast-
Asia (incl. New Guinea , Bismarck & Solomon
Islands). Version 1.5. http://www.sphin-sea.unibas.
ch/SphinSEA/SphinSEA_home.htm [last accessed:
17 January 2014].
Boisduval J.A. 1828. Europaeorum lepidopterorum index
methodicus. Parisiis, Bruxellis, Apud Mequignon-
Marvis, Crochard: 103 pp.
Boisduval J.A. 1832. Voyage de la corvette T Astrolabe :
execute par ordre du roi, pendant les annees 1826-
1827-1828-1829 / sous le commandement de
J. Dumont dVrville. Pemiere partie. Lepidopteres.
Paris, J. Tastu: 267 pp, 5 pis.
Boisduval J.A. 1836. Histoire naturelle des insectes.
Species general des Lepidopteres. Volume 1. Paris,
Roret: xii + 690 + 6, 24 pis.
Boisduval J.A. 1875. Sphingides, Sesiides, Castnides. In:
Boisduval J.A., Guenee A. (eds) Histoire naturelle
des insects: species general des lepidopteres.
Volume 1. Paris, Librairie encyclopedique de Roret:
568 pp.
Brechlin R. 2001. Einige generelle Anmerkungen zur
Gattung Psilogramma Rothschild & Jordan, 1903
mit Beschreibung neuer Arten (Lepidoptera,
Sphingidae). — Arthropoda, Magazin fur Wirbellose
im Terrarium 9, No. 2: 6-47.
Brechlin R. 2009a. Four newtaxa of the genus Ambulyx
Westwood, 1847 (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). —
Entomo-Satsphingia 2, No. 2: 50-56.
Brechlin R. 2009b. EinigeAnmerkungenzursericeipennis-
Gruppe der Gattung Ambulyx Westwood, 1847 mit
Beschreibung eines neuen Taxons (Lepidoptera,
Sphingidae). — Entomo-Satsphingia 2, No. 2: 60-
66.
Brechlin R., Kitching I.J. 2007. Zwei neue Taxa aus der
Gattu ng Acosmeryx Boisduval, [1875] (Lepidoptera,
Sphingidae). — Nachrichten des entomologischen
Vereins Apollo , neue Folge 28, No. 1/2: 5-10.
Brechlin R., Kitching I.J. 2010. Einige Anmerkungen zur
moorei-G ruppe der Gattung Ambulyx Westwood,
1847 mit Beschreibung neuer Taxa (Lepidoptera:
Sphingidae). — Entomo-Satsphingia 3, No. 3: 20-
26.
Butler A.G. 1874. The Lepidoptera of New Zealand: 28-
51, pis. 8-10. In: Richardson J., Gray J.E. (eds) The
zoology of the vorage of H.M.S. Erebus & Terror ;
under the command of captain sir James Clark
Ross, R.N. F.R.S. during the years 1839 to 1843.
Volume 2. Reptiles, Fisches, Crustacea, Insects,
Mollusca. London, E.W. Janson: 17 + viii + 139 + 5
+ 51 + 7, pis 20 + 60 + 4 + 10 +4.
Butler A.G. 1875a. Descriptions of thirty-three new or
little-known species of Sphingidae in the collection
of the British Museum. — Proceedings of the
Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of
London 1875: 3-16, pis 1-2.
Butler A.G. 1875b. Descriptions of new species of
Sphingidae. — Proceedings of the Scientific
Meetings of the Zoological Society of London 1875:
238-261, pis 36-37.
Butler A.G. 1875c. On a collection of butterflies from the
New Hebrides and Loyalty Islands, with descriptions
of new species. — Proceedings of the Scientific
Meetings of the Zoological Society of London 1875:
610-623, pi. 67.
Butler A.G. 1876. Revision of the Heterocerous
Lepidoptera of the family Sphingidae. —
Transactions of the Zoological society of London 9,
No. 10: 511-644, pis 60-64.
Butler A.G. 1877a. Descriptions of several African and
Australian Lepidoptera in the collection of the
British Museum. — The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, Including Zoology , Botany and
Geology, Series 4, 19, No. 114: 458-462.
Butler A.G. 1877b. On a collection of Lepidoptera from
Cape York and the South-east coast of New Guinea.
— Proceedings of the scientific meetings of the
Zoological society of London 1877, No. 3: 466-475.
Butler A.G. 1877c. Descriptions of a new genus and two
new species of Sphingidae, with general remarks on
the family. — The Transactions of the Entomological
Society of London 1877, No. 4: 395-399.
Butler A.G. 1882. Descriptions of new species of
Lepidoptera, chiefly from Duke-of-York Island and
New Britain. — The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History , Including Zoology, Botany and Geology,
Series 5, 10, No. 56: 149-160.
Cadiou J.-M., Holloway J.D. 1989. Endemic Sphingidae
from Sulawesi (Lepidoptera). — Lambillionea 89:
130-158.
Clark B.P. 1922. Twenty-five new Sphingidae. —
181
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Proceedings of the New England Zoological Club 8:
1-23.
Clark B.P. 1923. Thirty-three new Sphingidae. —
Proceedings of the New England Zoological Club 8:
47-77.
Clark B.P. 1924. Twelve new Sphingidae. — Proceedings
of the New England Zoological Club 9: 11-21.
Clark B.P. 1926. Descriptions of twelve new Sphingidae
and remarks upon some other species. —
Proceedings of the New England Zoological Club 9:
45-59.
Clark B.P. 1928. Sundry notes on Sphingidae and
descriptions often new species. — Proceedings of
the New England Zoological Club 10: 33-46.
Clark B.P. 1931. Descriptions of seven new Sphingidae
and a note on one other. — Proceedings of the New
England Zoological Club 12: 77-83.
Clark B.P. 1932. Descriptions of four new Sphingidae
and notes concerning two others. — Proceedings of
the New England Zoological Club 13: 39-42.
Clark B.P. 1938. Eight new Sphingidae and notes on
two others. — Proceedings of the New England
Zoological Club 17: 37-44.
Cramer P. 1780. De uitlandsche kapellen, voorkomende
in de drie waereld-deelen Asia , Africa en America
( Papillons exotiques de s trois parties du monde
I’Asie, I’Afrique et I’Amerique). Volume 3.
Amsterdam, Chez S.J. Baade: 104 pp, pis 193-288.
Cramer P. 1782. De uitlandsche kapellen , voorkomende
in de drie waereld-deelen Asia , Africa en America
( Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde
/'As/e, I’Afrique et I’Amerique). Volume 4.
Amsterdam, Chez S.J. Baade: 165-252, pis 373-
400.
Curtis J. 1837. British entomology: being illustrations
and descriptions of the genera of Insects found
in Great Britain and Ireland: containing coloured
figures from nature of the most rare and beautiful
species, and in many instances of the plants upon
which they are found. Volume 14. London, printed
for the author: 623-673 pis.
Danner E, Eitschberger U., Surholt B. 1998. Die
Schwarmer der westlichen Palaearktis. Bausteine
zu einer Revision (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae).
— Herbipoliana 4, No. 1/2: 1-368, 84 maps
(Textband); 1-719, 571 pis (Tafelband).
Darge P. 1975. Note sur Hippotion brennus (Stoll) (Lep.
Sphingidae). — Bulletin de la Societe entomologique
de France 80, No. 5/6: 179-180.
Drury D. 1773. Illustrations of Natural History. Wherein
are exhibited upwards of two hundred and twenty
figures of exotic Insects, according to their different
genera, very few of which have hitherto been
figured by any author, being engraved and coloured
from nature, with the greatest accuracy, and
under the author’s own inspection, on fifty copper¬
plates. With particular description of each Insect:
interspersed with remarks and reflections on the
nature and properties of many of them, 2. London,
printed for the author: 90 + [2], 50 pis.
Eitschberger U. 1999. Zwei neue Schwarmerarten von
der Insel Sulawesi (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae). —
Entomologische Zeitschrift mit Insekten-Bdrse
109, No. 5: 182-191.
Eitschberger U. 2001a. Neubeschreibungen von
Arten in der Gattung Psilogramma Rothschild &
Jordan, 1903 (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — Neue
Entomologische Nachrichten, Supplement 1: 3-63.
Eitschberger U. 2001b. Revision der Psilogramma
Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 mit der Beschreibung
weiterer neuer Arten (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). —
Neue Entomologische Nachrichten 52: 3-174.
Eitschberger U. 2003a. Checkliste aller Taxa der
Gattung Acherontia [Laspeyres], 1809 mit der
Beschreibung einer neuen Unterart von Acherontia
lachesis (Fabricius, 1798), zusammen mit einem
morphologischen Vergleich der Genitalarmaturen
verschiedenerPopulationendieserArt(Lepidoptera,
Sphingidae). — Neue Entomologische Nachrichten
54: 67-103.
Eitschberger U. 2003b. EineweitereneueArtderGattung
Megacorma Rothschild & Jordan, 1903 von Ceram
[sic!]. — Neue Entomologische Nachrichten 54:
113-135.
Eitschberger U. 2004. Weitere Studien an der Gattung
Psilogramma Rothschild & Jordan, 1903
(Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — Neue Entomologische
Nachrichten 57: 3-134, 212-231.
Eitschberger U. 2005. Theretra babarensis spec. nov.
vom Babar-Archipel (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). —
Atalanta 36, No. 1/2: 264-285, 410-415.
Eitschberger U. 2007. Eine weitere neue Art aus dem
Megacorma obliqua (Walker, 1856)-Artenkomplex
(Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — Neue Entomologische
Nachrichten 60: 181-185.
Eitschberger U. 2010a. 5. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Gattung Psilogramma Rothschild & Jordan, 1903
(Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — Neue Entomologische
Nachrichten 64: 7-121.
Eitschberger U. 2010b. Checkliste der Taxa des Genus
Psilogramma Rothschild & Jordan, 1903. 6.
Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung (Lepidoptera,
Sphingidae). — Neue Entomologische Nachrichten
64: 122-133.
Eitschberger U., MelicharT. 2010. DieTaxa der Gattungen
Daphnis Flubner, 1819, die Neugliederung der
Unterarten von Daphnis hypothous (Cramer,
1780) mit neuer Unterartbeschreibung und der
182
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Neotypusdesignation von Sphinx hypothous
Cramer, 1780 (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — The
European Entomologist 2, No. 3/4: 49-91.
Fabricius J.C. 1775. Systema entomologiae, sistens
insectorum classes , ordines, genera , species,
adiectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus,
observationibus. Lipsiae, Kort Flensburgi: [31] +
832 pp.
Fabricius J.C. 1793. Entomologia systematica emendata
et aucta. Secundum classes, ordines, genera,
species adjectis synonimis, locis, observationibus,
descriptionibus. Volume 3, part 1. Hafniae, Proft:
[5] + 487 + [1] pp.
Fabricius J.C. 1798. Supplementum entomologiae
systematicae. Hafniae, Proft et Storch: [iv] + 572
pp.
Felder R. 1875. Lepidoptera: atlas. In: Felder C., Felder
R., Rogenhofer A.F. (eds) ReisederOsterreichischen
Fregatte Novara urn die Erde in den Jahren 1857,
1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore
B. von Wullerstorf-Urbair. Zoologischer Theil,
2(2), No 4. Wien, Kaiserlich-Konigliche Hof- und
Staatsdruckerei: 1110, pis 75-107.
Fletcher D.S., Nye I.W.B. 1982. Bombicoidea,
Castnioidea, Cossoidea, Mimallonoidea, Sesioidea,
Sphingoidea, Zygaenoidea. In: Nye I.W.B. (ed.). The
generic names of moths of the world, 4. London,
Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History):
xiv + 192 pp.
Fukuda H. 2003. A new subspecies of Theretra
nesus (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae) from Fiji. — The
Transactions of the Lepidopterological Society of
Japan 54, No. 2: 116-119.
Gehlen B. 1922. Eine neue Sphingidae aus Deutsch-
Neu-Guinea: Eurypteryx falcata sp. n. — Deutsche
entomologische Zeitschrift 1922, No. 3: 360-361.
Gehlen B. 1926. Neue Sphingiden. — Internationale
entomologische Zeitschrift 20, No. 21: 172-176.
Gehlen B. 1932. Neue Sphingiden. — Entomologische
Rundschau 49, No. 8: 65-66.
Gehlen B. 1933. Neue Sphingiden. — Entomologische
Zeitschrift 47: 78-80.
Gorbunov O.G., Zamesov A.N. 2014. To the knowledge
of Macroheterocera of South East Asia and New
Guinea. I. Snouted tiger moths (Lepidoptera:
Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia: 157-165,
pis 5-7. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity ; Biogeography
and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New
Guinea. Volume II. Riga, the Entomological Society
of Latvia: 458 pp, 126 pis.
Griffin F.J. 1939. The “Lepidoptera of Ceylon” vols 1-3,
by F. Moore. 1880-1887. — Journal of the Society
for the Bibliography of Natural History 1, No. 7: 206.
Haxaire J., Melichar, 2011. Description d’un nouveau
Sphingidae de ITIe de Madagascar Daphnis
kitchingi sp. n. (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — The
European Entomologist 3, No. 4: 189-195.
Herrich-Schaffer G.A.W. 1869. Sammlung neuer
Oder wenig bekannter aussereuropaischer
Schmetterlinge, 2. Regensburg, in Commission bei
G.J. Manz: 4 pp, 8 pis.
Higgins L.G. 1963. Dates of publication of the Novara
Reise. — Journal of the Society for the Bibliography
of Natural History 4: 153-159.
Hogenes W. 2013. The Hawkmoths (Lepidoptera:
Sphingidae) of Papua Indonesia. http://www.
papua-insects.nl/insect%20orders/Lepidoptera/
Sphingidae/Sphingidae%20list.htm [last accessed:
April 4, 2013].
Holland W.J. 1900. The Lepidoptera of Burn. Part II.
Heterocera. — Novitates zoologicae 7, No. 3: 555-
591.
Holloway J.D. 1987. The moths of Borneo. Part 3.
Superfamily Bombycoidea: families Lasiocampidae,
Eupterotidae, Bombycidae, Brahmaeidae,
Sturniidae, Sphingidae. Kuala Lumpur, Southdene
Sdn. Bhd.: 199 pp, 20 pis.
Hubner J. 1806. Tentamen determinationis digestionis
atque denominationis singularum stirpium
Lepidopterorum, peritis ad inspiciendum et
dijudicandum communicatum , a Jacobo Hubner.
Manuscript: 2 pp.
Hubner J. 1816-[“1826”]. Verzeichniss bekannter
Schmettlinge [sic!]. Augsburg: 431 + 72 pp.
Hubner J. 1822. Systematisch-alphabetisches
Verzeichniss aller bisher bey [sic!] den Furbildungen
zur Sammlung europaischer Schmetterlinge
angegebenen Gattungsbenennungen; mit
Vormerkung auch augsburgischer Gattungen.
Augsburg: [III] + IV-VI + [l]-2-81.
Huwe A. 1895. Verzeichniss der von Hans Fruhstorfer
wahrend seines Aufenthalts auf Java in der Jahren
1891 bis 1893 erbeuteten Sphingidae. — Berliner
entomologische Zeitschrift 40, No. 3: 356-372.
Huwe A. 1906. Neue Oder anscheinend noch
unbeschriebene und wenig bekannte Sphingiden
meiner Sammlung. — Berliner entomologische
Zeitschrift 50: 315-372, pi. 6.
ICZN (International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature) 1954. Opinion 278. Addition to
the Official List of Generic Names in Zoology of the
names often genera of the Sub-Order Rhopalocera
of the Order Lepidoptera (Class Insecta), species of
which were cited in the undated leaflet commonly
known as the Tentamen, prepared by Jacob
Hubner, which is believed to have been distributed
to correspondents in 1806, a leaflet rejected in
Opinion 97. — Opinions and Declarations rendered
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
by the International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature 6, No. 10: 135-178.
ICZN (International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature) 1926. Opinion 97. Did Hubner’s
Tentamen, 1806 create monotypic genera? —
Smithsonian miscellaneous collections 73, No. 4:
19-30.
ICZN (The International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature) 1999. International Code of
zoological nomenclature. Fourth Edition. The
International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature,
London: xxix + 309 pp.
Joicey J.J., Kaye WJ. 1917. New species and forms of
Sphingidae. — The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History ; Including Zoology ; Botany and Geology ;
Series 8, 20, No. 119: 305-309.
Joicey J.J., Talbot G. 1921. New forms of Sphingidae. —
The Entomologist , an Illustrated Monthly Journal of
General Entomology 54, No. 696: 105-109.
Jordan K. 1919. Some Sphingidae from the East. —
Novitates zoologicae 19, No. 1: 190-192.
Jordan K. 1924. Two new subspecies of Sphingidae. —
Novitates zoologicae, 31, No. 2: 298.
Jordan K. 1926. Some new Eastern Sphingidae in Tring
Museum. — The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History , Including Zoology ; Botany and Geology,
Series 9, 18, No. 104: 207-209.
Kaye W.J. 1919. New species and genera of
Nymphalidae, Syntomidae, and Sphingidae in the
Joicey collection. — The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History , Including Zoology, Botany and
Geology, Series 9, 4, No. 20: 84-94.
Kirby W.F. 1877. Notes on the new or rare Sphingidae
in the Museum of the Royal Dublin Society, and
remarks on Mr. Butler’s recent revision of the
family. — The Transactions of the Entomological
Society of London, 1877, No. 3: 233-244.
Kirby W.F. 1883. Lepidoptera. In: Rye E.C. (ed.) Zoological
Records. — Insecta 19: 152-234.
Kirby W.F. 1892. A Synonymic Catalogue of Lepidoptera
Heterocera (Moths). Sphinges and Bombyces, 1.
London, Gurney & Jackson: xii + 951 pp.
Kirby W.F. 1897. A hand-book to the order Lepidoptera.
Moths. 4 (2). London, Edward Lloyd: xlii + 246 pp.
Kitching I.J., Scoble M.J., Smith C.R., James S., Young
R., Blagoderov V. 2013. CATE Sphingidae, CATE
Sphingidae Team. http://www.cate-sphingidae.
org?view = 08f9317 8-c769-494a-8208-
6df09b3a3a98 [last accessed: 24 May, 2013].
Koch G. 1871. Meine Besprechung seiner Schrift uber
die Indo-Australische Lepidopterenfauna: 238-
241. In: Prittwitz 0. von. Lepidopterologisches. —
Entomologische Zeitung herausgegeben von dem
entomologischen Vereine zu Stettin 32, No. 7/9:
237-253.
Lachlan R.B. 2004. A new subspecies and a revised
status in Theretra Flubner(Lepidoptera: Sphingidae)
of Vanuatu and New Caledonia. — The Australian
Entomologist 31, No. 4: 169-176.
Lachlan R.B. 2009. Two new species of Gnathothlibus
Wallengren from Fiji and Samoa and a new species
of Theretra Hubnerfrom New Guinea (Lepidoptera:
Sphingidae). — Records of the Australian Museum
61, No. 1, 73-87.
[Laspeyres J.H.] 1809. Naturgeschichte. — Jenaische
allgemeine Literatur-Zeitung 4, No. 240: 97-104.
Linnaeus C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria naturae,
secundum classes, ordines, genera, species, cum
characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Editio
decima, reformata. Volume 1. Holmiae, Laurentii
Salvii: [4] + 824 pp.
Lucas T.P. 1891. Descriptions of two new butterflies
and nine new Sphingidae or hawk moths found in
Queensland. — The Queenslander, May: 834, 894.
MacLeay W.S. 1826 [“1827”]. Catalogue of Insects,
collected by Captain King, R.N.: 438-469. In: King
Ph.P. (ed.) Narrative of a surveya of the intertropical
and western coasts of Australia. Performed
between the years 1818 and 1822 by Captain
Phillip P. King, R.N. F.R.S. F.L.S. and member of the
Royal Asiatic Society of London. Volume 2. London,
John Murray: viii + 637 pp.
MacLeay W.J. 1866. List of the lepidopterous insects
from Cape York, presented to the Museum by Mr.
Moore of H.M.S. “Salamander”, and which had been
exhibited by Mr. Krefft at a previous meeting of the
Society. — The Transactions of the Entomological
Society of New South Wales 1: liii-lvi.
Matsu mura S. 1908. Thousand insects of Japan.
Supplement. 1. Tokyo, Keiseisha Shoten: 141 pp,
16 pis, index [no pagination].
MengX. 1990. A new species of the genus Psilogramma
(Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) from China. —
Entomotaxonomia 12, No. 2: 130-140.
Meyrick E. 1889. On some Lepidoptera from New
Guinea. — The transactions of the Entomological
Society of London 1889, No. 4: 455-522.
Miskin W.H. 1891. A revision of the Australian Sphingidae.
— Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland
8, No. 1: 1-26 + [2].
Moore F. 1858. Catalogue of Lepidopterous Insects.
In: Florsfield T., Moore F.A. (eds) Catalogue of the
Lepidopterous Insects in the Museum of the Hon.
East-lndia Company. Volume 1. London, Wm.H.
Allen and Co: v + 278 + iv + 11, 18 pis.
Moore F. 1882-1883. The Lepidoptera of Ceylon.
Volume 2. London, L. Reeve & Co: viii + 162 pp.
pis. 72-143.
184
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 8-14)
Oken L.L. 1815. Okens Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte.
Jena, Schmidt: 723 pp, 40 pis.
RoberJ. 1921. Ueberbekannteund neueSchmetterlinge.
— Entomologische Rundschau 38, No. 3: 11.
Rothschild W. 1894. Notes on Sphingidae, with
descriptions of new species. — Novitates zoologicae
1, No. 1: 65-98, pis 5-7.
Rothschild W. 1895. A new species of Theretra from the
D’Entrecasteaux Islands. — Novitates zoologicae 2,
No. 2: 162, pi. 9.
Rothschild W. 1897. Some new species of Heterocera. —
Novitates zoologicae 4, No. 2: 307-313, pi. 7.
Rothschild W. 1919. List of types of Lepidoptera in the
Tring Museum. Part 1. — Novitates zoologicae 26,
No. 1: 193-251.
Rothschild W., Jordan K. 1893. Two new species of
Lepidoptera from German New Guinea. — The
Annals and Magazine of Natural History ; Including
Zoology Botany and Geology Series 6, 12, No. 72:
455-457.
Rothschild W., Jordan K. 1903. A revision of the
Lepidopterous family Sphingidae. — Novitates
zoologicae 9, Supplement: cxxv + 972 pp, 67 pis.
Rothschild W., Jordan K. 1916. Corrections of and
additions to our “Revision of the Sphingidae”. —
Novitates zoologicae 23, No. 1: 115-123.
Schaufuss L.W. 1870. Die exotischen Lepidoptera
der fruher Kaden’schen Sammlung. — Nunquam
otiusus 1: 7-23.
Scopoli J.A. 1777. Introductio ad Historiam naturalem,
sistens genera Lapidum, Plantarum et Animalium
hactenus detecta , caracteribus essentialibus
donata, in tribus divisa, subinde ad leges naturae.
Pragae, Wolfgangum Gerle: [4] + 506 + [32] pp.
Sherborn C.D. 1922. Index Animalum sive index
nominum quae ab a.d. MDCCLVIII generibus
et speciebus animalum imposita sunt. Sectio
secunda. A kalendis lanuariis, MDCCCI usque
ad Finem Decembris, WDCCCL. London, British
Museum: xlix + 128 pp.
Skell F. 1913. Ein Massenauftreten von Protoparce
convolvuli var. indica in Ost-Sumatra. — MitteUungen
der Munchener entomologischen Gesellschaft e.V.
4, No. 1/2: 56-61.
Stoll C. 1781. [pp 91-164, pis 337-372]. In: Cramer
P. (ed.) De uitlandsche kapellen , voorkomende in
de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America
( Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde
I’Asie, TAfrique et TAmerique). Volume 3.
Amsterdam, ChezS.J. Baade: 176 pp. pis. 193-288.
Stoll C. 1782. [pp 165-252, pis 373-400]. In: Cramer
P. (ed.) De uitlandsche kapellen, voorkomende in
de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America
( Papillons exotiques des trois parties du monde
I’Asie, TAfrique et TAmerique). Volume 4.
Amsterdam, Chez S.J. Baade: 252 pp. pis. 289-
400.
Swinhoe C. 1892. Catalogue of Eastern and Australian
Lepidoptera Heterocera in the collection of The
Oxford Museum. Part 1, Sphinges and Bombyces.
Oxford, Clarendon Press: 324 pp. 8 pis.
Tutt J.W. 1903a. Some genera of the eumorphid
sphinges. — The Entomologist’s Record and Journal
of Variation 15, No. 3: 75-76.
Tutt J.W. 1903b. Some genera of the eumorphid and
daphnid sphingids. — The Entomologist’s Record
and Journal of Variation 15, No. 4: 100-101.
Vaglia T., Haxaire J. 2007. Un nouveau Sphingidae du
genre Acosmeryx Boisduval, 1875: Acosmeryx
miskinoides sp. n. (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — The
European Entomologist 1, No. 1: 7-13.
Vaglia T., Haxaire J., Kitching I., Liyous M. 2010.
Contribution a la connaissance des Theretra
Hubner, 1819, des complexes clotho (Drury,
1773), boisduvaUi (Bugnion, 1839) et rhesus
(Boisduval, [1875]) d’Asie continentale et du Sud-
est (Lepidoptera, Sphingidae). — The European
Entomologist 3, No. 1: 41-77.
Walker F. 1856. List of the specimens lepidopterous
Insects in the collection of the British Museum, 8.
London, Edward Newman: 271 pp.
Walker F. 1864. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
Insects in the collection of the British Museum, 31,
Supplement. London, Edward Newman: 321 pp.
Wallengren S.M. 1858. Nya fjarilslagten. Nova genera
Lepidopterorum. — Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-
Acadamiens Forhandlingar 15: 75-84, 135-142,
209-215.
Westwood J.0. 1848. The cabinet of Oriental Entomology;
being a selection of some of the rerer and more
beautiful species of Insects, natives of India and
the adjacent Islands, the greater portion of which
are now for the first time described and figured.
London, William Smith, 88 pp, 42 pis.
Zolotuhin V.V., Ryabov S.A. 2012. Heterocera of Vietnam.
Lepidoptera: Sphingidae. Ul’yanovsk, Korporatsiya
tekhnologiy prodvizheniya: 239 pp, 16 pis.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
186
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897
(Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae)
from the Papuan region: taxonomic review
Kristine Greke
r
Darza iela 10, LV-2130, Dzidrinas, Stopinu novads, Latvia; k.greke@gmail.com
Abstract: The gastropod genus Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from New Guinea,
Raja Ampat and the Moluccan Archipelago is revised. Six informal species groups of 27 species are recognized for
the study region including twelve new species, which are described and illustrated: Ditropopsis alta sp. nov., D.
halmaherica sp. nov., D. magna sp. nov., D. majalibit sp. nov., D. monticola sp. nov., D. pallidioperculata sp. nov.,
D. pyramis sp. nov., D. tamarau sp. nov., D. teinovi sp. nov., D. unicarinata sp. nov., D. waigeoensis sp. nov., and D.
wallacei sp. nov. Redescriptions of two insufficiently described species are given. An updated faunal checklist, key
to Ditropopsis species and a short biogeographical analysis are presented for the Papuan region.
Keywords: Mollusca, Gastropoda, Cyclophoridae, Ditropopsis, Papuan region, the Moluccas, Raja Ampat, New Guin¬
ea, taxonomy, biogeography, new species, identification, endemism.
Introduction
Until recently (Greke 2011a, 2011b) the ge¬
nus Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 was considered a
small and insignificant element of the Papuan mal-
acofauna, with only eight previously described spe¬
cies. Earlier records from the region were restricted
to Ambon and Haruku Islands in the Central Mo¬
luccas, Misool Island in southern Raja Ampat, and
the Onin Peninsula, Biak Island and Madang area
of New Guinea.
Recent sampling efforts starting in 2009,
generated numerous new records, broadening the
distribution area of Ditropopsis toward the North
(North Maluku) and South-East (Bird’s Neck isth¬
mus of New Guinea) and resulted in the descrip¬
tion of five new taxa and the first ever checklist and
identification key to the Papuan species (Greke
2011a, 2011b).
In the present work, twelve additional species
are described from the Bird’s Head Peninsula of
New Guinea and Raja Ampat Islands: Ditropopsis
alta sp. nov., D. halmaherica sp. nov., D. magna sp.
nov., D. majalibit sp. nov., D. monticola sp. nov., D.
pallidioperculata sp. nov., D. pyramis sp. nov., D.
tamarau sp. nov., D. teinovi sp. nov., D. unicarinata
sp. nov., D. waigeoensis sp. nov., and D. wallacei
sp. nov. Additionally, two insufficiently known spe¬
cies - D. ingenua (0. Boettger, 1891) and D. moel-
lendorffi (0. Boettger, 1891) - are redescribed and
new information on the distribution of several previ¬
ously known species is presented and an updated
species checklist and identification key to the Pap¬
uan Ditropopsis are presented. Biogeographical
patterns and endemism are discussed in brief.
Diagnoses of recently described or redescribed
species (Greke 2011a, 2011b) or those sufficiently
described by earlier authors are not being repeated
in this work.
Currently the genus Ditropopsis is represented
by 27 species in the Papuan region, of them 25 de¬
scribed and two species remain unnamed. It makes
Ditropopsis of one among the species-richest gen¬
era of terrestrial molluscs in this area.
Material and Methods
All specimens described below were collected
by hand and are preserved in 100% ethanol, except
historical type material, which is stored dry. Speci¬
mens were studied using a Leica S6D stereomicro¬
scope. Specimen photographs were taken using a
Canon EOS 450D SLR camera attached to the mi¬
croscope, and CombineZP (© Alan Hadley) software
was used for image stacking. Holotypes of the new¬
ly described species are deposited in the collection
of Natural History Museum of Erfurt. All species are
listed alphabetically, since a phylogenetic arrange¬
ment is impossible. All label data are reproduced
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
exactly, with no corrections or additions; labels (if
more than one for the same specimen) are sepa¬
rated by slashes ( / ). If not stated otherwise, all
labels are printed. Author’s comments are placed
in square brackets [ ].
In the present publication, two types of shell
carinae are being differentiated. ‘External carinae’
are those on the surface of shell includingthe basal
carina encircling the umbilicus, but not counting ca¬
rinae in the umbilical channel. ‘Umbilical carinae’
are those located within umbilical channel. For spe¬
cies with free whorls forming a cornucopia-like shell
I always give the total number of carinae, because
these species lack a true umbilicus, as far as their
whorls are not attached to one another. I also intro¬
duce the conception of ‘detached’ apical whorl(s),
e.g. free apical whorls resulting in shell umbilicus
being open from the top (umbilical channel visible
in apical view).
Acronyms used in the text:
BMNH - British Museum (Natural History), London, U.K.;
KGC - collection Kristine Greke, Dzidrinas, Latvia;
MBBJ - Museum zoologicum bogoriense, Cibinong, In¬
donesia;
NME - Naturkundemuseum Erfurt, Germany;
RMNH - Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histoire, Leiden,
the Netherlands;
SMF - Senckenberg Forschungsinstitut und Naturmu-
seum, Frankfurt am Main, Germany;
FSMC - Florida Museum of Natural History, University of
Florida, Gainesville, U.S.A.
Definition of the geographical area
The zoogeographic term ‘Papuan Region’ (or
the Papuan subregion of the Australian region)
commonly occurs in zoological literature. ‘New
Guinea’ sometimes is incorrectly used as a syn¬
onym for this term (Darlington 1962; 1971). In this
paper I follow the concept of it defined by Gressitt
(1982), Beehler et al. (1986), and Riedel (2002).
The study area is relatively easy to define as
the Sahul continental shelf islands with the Pacific
Ocean north and east of New Guinea and Torres
Strait south of it. The situation is different in the
west where chains of islands extend between the
Sahul shelf and Sunda shelf. These islands, the
Moluccas, have a high percentage of Papuan fau¬
nal elements similar to the Solomon Islands, which
are also considered part of the Papuan region. Con¬
sequently, the Moluccas are included in the study
region, but other islands to the west, for example,
Sulawesi and to the south-west of New Guinea (e.g.
Timor, and Nusa Tenggara) are excluded. Gener-
Map 1. Map of New Guinea and the adjacent territories defining the study area. The ‘Papuan Region s. s.’ is shaded
in medium grey. The ‘Papuan Region s. I.’ (= study area) is shaded in pale grey (from Riedel 2002).
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
ally, I follow the Weber’s Line as a line of faunal
balance, east of which the Papuan faunal elements
are in numerical superiority over Oriental elements
(Whitmore 1981). The study area is presented on
map 1.
A western part of the study area (Indonesian
provinces of Northern and Central Moluccas in par¬
ticular) is defined as one among 25 World biodiver¬
sity hotspots (Myers et al. 2000).
The genus Ditropopsis E.A. Smith
The genus Ditropopsis was established by E.A.
Smith (1897) for Ditropopsis papuana and ‘D. (?)
fultoni’. Ditropopsis papuana E.A. Smith, 1897 is
the type species of the genus by original designa¬
tion (correcting Greke 2011a). According to E.A.
Smith (1897: 417), Ditropopsis s. str. differs from
related taxa in having derivative operculum, e.g.
with median process on outer side. Fukuda (2000)
listed the following subgenera of Ditropopsis : Ditro¬
popsis s. str., Diaspira Soos, 1911, Ditropiphorus
Fukuda, 2000, and Ditropisena Iredale, 1933. Di¬
aspira was synonym ized with Ditropopsis (Greke
2011a) and Ditropisena was moved to the Assimi-
neidae (Fukuda & Ponder 2003). I am not familiar
with the morphology and anatomy of Ditropiphorus,
which considered an element of the Oriental mala-
cofauna and never reported from the area East of
Wallace’s Line and I cannot comment on the cur¬
rent position of this taxon. Consequently, all Pap¬
uan species belong to nominative subgenus Ditro¬
popsis s. str.
Commonly using conchiological characters
only, like shell shape and structure, earlier authors
have largely ignored opercular characters. In fact,
the operculum is highly variable in all Papuan Ditro¬
popsis, with specific peculiarities in structure and
shape. In this work I use the term ‘simple opercu¬
lum’, what actually means plesiomorphic for the
Papuan Ditropopsis, but apomorphic for the Cyclo¬
phoridae (should not be considered as ‘primitive’).
This plesiomorphic type of operculum consists of
two plates (internal and external) connected by
short to very short median tube; it is concave exte¬
riorly in all Papuan Ditropopsis. This type of opercu¬
lum occurs in D. fultoni E.A. Smith, 1897, D. hetero-
spirifera (van Benthem Jutting, 1958), D. magna
sp. nov., D. moellendorffi (0. Boettger, 1891), D.
pyramis sp. nov.
‘Derivative opercula’ are those apomorphic for
the Papuan Ditropopsis, with narrow or broad short
or long pubescent or non-pubescent median perio-
stracal process on the external surface. Usually this
process ends in a median pit (in D. papuana E.A.
Smith, 1897 according to the original description
and figure given by E.A. Smith, the median process
is triangular in shape). Such operculum occurs in
remaining 18 Papuan species.
The opercula of four species: Ditropopsis
aenigmatica (van Benthem Jutting, 1963), Ditro¬
popsis spiralis (0. Boettger, 1891), and two unde¬
scribed species, listed as ‘sp.’ in the present publi¬
cation are unknown.
All Papuan Ditropopsis species are associ¬
ated with calcareous limestone (karst) formations,
calcareous soils or dolomite. The most recent col¬
lections were made from limestone’s areas on the
islands of Misool, Waigeo, and New Guinea’s Onin
Peninsula and Bird’s Neck isthmus. Ditropopsis
usually inhabit primary rainforests with permanent
leaf litter. In almost all cases specimens are found
on the underside of decomposing leaves and not
on bare soil, under rocks or on decomposing wood.
Ditropopsis do not show preference for large or
small leaves and are found in moist to very moist
microstations. Sometimes specimens of the same
species are found in aggregations in a small forest
patch or around a large tree, but not in nearby visu¬
ally similar areas within the rainforest.
Papuan Ditropopsis are known from the Mo¬
luccas, Raja Ampat Islands and Indonesian New
Guinea, but are not yet reported from southern and
eastern New Guinea or the Solomon Islands.
Even according to our limited data on the dis¬
tribution of species of Ditropopsis in the Papuan
region, it is quite clear that these small terrestrial
snails demonstrate very high level of local ende¬
mism. Because species appear to be restricted to
moist microhabitats within rainforests, it is likely
that habitat modifications, that affect forest cover
or hydrology, would adversely impact populations of
Ditropopsis.
Species groups
Six species groups are herewith defined within
Papuan Ditropopsis, based on conchiological char¬
acters. It should be emphasized, that these species
groups are established as an informal groups of
convenience. Polyphyletic origin is not excluded for
any of these groups. 15 species were placed into 6
newly defined groups, another 12 species were not
placed in any of the groups primarily because their
shells and/or opercular characters were unique.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi group
Shell brown, low conical; whorls are convex,
apical whorls are attached to the spire. Shell bears
one or two strong carinae. Umbilicus width about
1/3 of the shell diameter, peristome thickened,
double. Operculum derivative.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: D. benthemjuttingi Greke, 2011a, D.
obiensis Greke, 2011b, D. wallacei sp. nov.
Ditropopsis mirabilis group
Shell creamy coloured, cornucopia-like, whorls
more of less distinctly free (except IV2-2 embryonic
ones). Shell bears three or more carinae, peristome
slightly thickened. Operculum derivative with tubu¬
lar process.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: D. biroi Soos, 1911, D. mirabilis Greke,
2011a, D. spiralis (0. Boettger, 1891).
Ditropopsis moellendorffi group
Shell shiny and transparent, cream. Shell
shape low conical, depressed, with bulging apical
whorls. Apical whorls are attached to the spire.
Whorls almost 4, bears two or three strong carinae.
Umbilicus wide. Operculum simple or derivative
with very short process.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: D. halmaherica sp. nov., D. moellendorf¬
fi (0. Boettger, 1891).
Ditropopsis fultoni group
Shell shape conical, shiny, transparent, yel¬
lowish, whorls (about 5) are convex, apical whorls
partly detached from the spire; first IV2 whorl is tilt¬
ed over obliquely to one side and partly covers the
umbilical opening on top of the shell. Shell bears
two or three strong and continuous carinae, one Ca¬
rina disappears after some whorls. Umbilicus wide.
Peristome thickened, slightly double. Operculum
derivative.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: D. fultoni E.A. Smith, 1897, D. tritonen-
sis Greke, 2011a.
r 7
Ditropopsis tamarau group
Shell transparent; colour light brown. Shell
shape conical. Whorls 5, convex, apical whorls are
attached to the spire; shell bears one or two strong
carinae. Umbilicus wide. Peristome thickened and
double. Operculum derivative.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: D. pallidioperculata sp. nov., D. tamarau
sp. nov., D. unicarinata sp. nov.
Ditropopsis telnovi group
Shell transparent; colour creamy. Shell shape
conical. Whorls about 5, apical whorls partly de¬
tached from the spire; first 2 whorls are tilted over
obliquely to one side and partly the umbilical open-
ingon top of the shell. Shell bears three strong exter¬
nal carinae and two or three fine umbilical carinae.
Umbilicus wide. Peristome thickened. Operculum
derivative with broad and short process.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: D. telnovi sp. nov., D. waigeoensis sp.
nov.
Additional faunal information on Ditropopsis spe¬
cies from the Papuan region
Ditropopsis (s. str.) benthemjuttingi Greke, 2011a
Materia 1, 3 specimens KGC: INDONESIA E, Raja Am pat,
Misool Island S, Biga vill. -7,50 km W, River Biga valley,
02°01’23”S, 130°12’38”E, 45-78 m, 03.11.2012, pri¬
mary lowland rainforest on limestone, at base of lime¬
stone hill, leg. D. Telnov; 6 specimens NME & 7 KGC: IN¬
DONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Misool Island (central), River
Gam upstream, Gamta vill. 12-14 km NW, 01°57’50”S,
130°ir09”E, 70-350 m, 04-06.11.2012, primary low¬
land rainforest on limestone, leg. D. Telnov.
Variability: Three subadult specimens with shells
lacking spiral striation but radial lines present.
Ecology: Specimens were sampled from under¬
side of decomposing leaves, in dense leaf litter of
primary lowland rainforest at base of a limestone
hill.
Note: The holotype of this species was incorrectly
listed for River Biga valley by Greke (2011a: 70),
but in fact mentioned specimens were collected in
the valley of River Gam. Therefore, the holotype la¬
bel of this species should read ‘INDONESIA E, Prov.
Raja Ampat, distr. Misool Barat, Lilinta (Lelintah)
vill. -13,5 km NW, Gam vill. -11 km NWW, River
Gam valley in the middle of course, 01°57’49”S,
130°iri0”E, 03.IV.2009, primary lowland rainfor¬
est on limestone, leg. K.Greke’.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) heterospirifera (van Benthem
Jutting, 1958)
Material, 4 specimens KGC: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat,
Misool Island S, Biga vill. -7,50 km W, River Biga valley,
02°01’23”S, 130°12’38”E, 45-78 m, 03.11.2012, pri¬
mary lowland rainforest on limestone, at base of lime¬
stone hill, leg. D.Telnov; 1 specimen KGC: INDONESIA
E, Raja Ampat, Misool Island S, between Lilinta (Lelin¬
tah) and Biga vill., 02°02’14”S, 130°16’14”E, 20 m,
190
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
03.11.2012, primary lowland rainforest, leg. D.Telnov; 5
specimens KGC: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Misool Is¬
land (central), River Gam upstream, Gamta vill. 12-14
km NW, 01°57’50”S, 130°11’09”E, 70-350 m, 04-06.
11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on limestone, leg.
D.Telnov; 2 specimens SMF & 3 KGC: INDONESIA E, Raja
Ampat, Misool Island (central), River Gam upstream,
Gamta vill. 12-14 km NW, 01°57’50”S, 130°11’09”E,
350 m, 06.11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on lime¬
stone ridge, leg. D.Telnov.
Variability: Measurements of selected adult
shells (height x width): 2.2 x 2.3 mm; 2.4 x 2.6 mm;
2.6 x 2.6 mm. Quantity of umbilical carinae not
constant and varies from 3 to 4. All studied shells
are non-pubescent (see also van Benthem Jutting
1958: 310). The upper external carinae decrease
in size on penultimate and body whorls.
Note: This species seems abundant in southern
Misool Island. Specimens were sampled from the
underside of decomposing leaves, in dense leaf lit¬
ter in primary lowland rainforest at the base of a
limestone hill. An additional specimen was sampled
in a creek valley in lowland rainforest, from the un¬
derside of decomposing leaves on muddy ground
-200 m from the seacoast.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) moellendorffi (O. Boettger,
1891)
Material, 2 specimens KGC: INDONESIA E, Prov. Ma¬
luku tengah, Seram N, distr. Seram Utara, Trans-Seram
road between Masohi and Sawai, Horale (former Saka)
vill. -7 km SW, river valley, 02°59’15”S, 129°02’37”E,
07.IV.2009, 300-450 m, primary lowland rainforest, leg.
K.Greke; 1 specimen KGC: INDONESIA E, Prov. Maluku
tengah, Seram N, distr. Seram Utara, Trans-Seram road
between Masohi and Sawai, between Makariki and
Horale (former Saka) vills., -13 km SW Horale (former
Saka) vill., river valley, 03°02’57”S, 129°02’21”E,
08.IV.2009, 350-450 m, secondary lowland rainforest,
leg. K.Greke.
Ecology: Specimens of this species were found in
leaf litter of primary and disturbed lowland rainfor¬
est in the central range of Seram Island.
Note: These are the first records since the origi¬
nal description. This species was previously known
only from the locus typicus - Ambon Island of Lease
Islands.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) perlucidula (Greke, 2011b)
Material, 10 specimens UF: 426253 JDS-0941 Ma¬
luku Utara Province Obi Island, W shore of Danau Sagu,
8 km NNE of Kawassi -1,51723 127,4514 John Slapcin-
sky 2008.10.23 250 meters; 2 specimens UF: 426266
JDS-0942 Maluku Utara Province Obi Island, border of
garden and rainforest 2.3 km N Woi -1,7044 127,6067
John Slapcinsky 2008.10.26 150 meters.
Note: First records since original description, det.
J. Slapcinsky, 2013.
Diagnoses of new and selected insufficiently
known species
Ditropopsis (s. str.) alta sp. nov. (Plate 15 figs 1-6,
map 4)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Misool Is¬
land (central), River Gam upstream, Gamta vill. 12-14
km NW, 01°57’50"S, 130° 11’09”E, 350 m, 06.11.2012,
primary lowland rainforest on limestone ridge, leg.
D.Telnov.
Derivatio nominis: Named from Latin ‘altus’
[tall], because of the shell shape.
Measurements: Holotype shell height 3.5 mm,
width 3.2 mm, operculum diameter 1.1 mm.
Description: Shell dull, shiny on the base, trans¬
parent; colour horny. Shell shape high conical.
Whorls 5V4, first two whorls are smooth, following
ones striated by dense radial lines. Shell bears
three acute weak carinae: the first, peripheral,
covers the suture, the second, basal, encircling
the umbilical opening, the third, is hardly visible,
and located within the narrow umbilical opening.
Whorls are convex. Umbilicus narrow (less than 1/7
of the shell diameter). Base flat. Aperture circular,
channelled at the carina. Peristome pentagonal,
white, thickened and double. Operculum derivative,
colour cream. Interior surface arched, formed by
distinct concentric growth lines; transparent at the
centre (Plate 15 fig. 4). Exterior surface with broad
and short periostracal process with wide median
pit (V2 of the operculum diameter). This process is
trapezoidal in lateral view (Plate 15 fig. 6).
Diagnosis: Most similar to Ditropopsis pyramis
sp. nov. (Raja Ampat Islands: Misool Island; see de¬
scription of this species below). D. alta differs by
less quantity of whorls, smaller shell size and de¬
rivative operculum (simple in D. pyramis). D. alta
is unique within its genus due to narrow umbilicus.
Ecology: The single known specimen of this spe¬
cies collected on the ground in semidry leaf litter
in old growth lowland rainforest growing on a lime¬
stone ridge.
Distribution: Only known from locus typicus, cen¬
tral part of Misool Island (Raja Ampat Islands).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Ditropopsis (s. str.) halmaherica sp. nov. (Plate 16
figs 1-6, map 3)
Holotype MBBJ: INDONESIA E, North Moluccas, central
Halmahera, creek Moreala valley E of Weda, 0°19’47”N,
127°49’57”E, 200-210 m, 06.VII.2013, primary lowland
rainforest on limestone, leg. K.Greke
Pa ratypes 5 specimens. 1 MBBJ, 2 NME, 2 KGC: same
data as in the holotype [two of them subadult and one -
juvenile with slightly damaged shell]
Derivatio nominis: The name derived from locus
typicus of this species, Halmahera Island.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 1.9 mm,
width 3.3 mm, operculum diameter 0.8 mm. Para-
types, selected adult shells: Height 1.6 mm, width
2.9 mm, operculum diameter 0.7 mm; height 1.8
mm, width 3.0 mm operculum diameter 0.8; height
1.9 mm, width 3.2 mm operculum diameter 0.8.
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour
cream. Shell shape low conical, depressed, with
bulging apical whorls. Whorls 4V2, first two whorls
pitted, following ones reticulated with rough and
dense spiral lines and delicate radial striae. Shell
bears two acute and strong carinae: the first is pe¬
ripheral, the second - basal. One fine almost invis¬
ible carina is within the umbilicus. Suture covered
by peripheral carina. Whorls are convex. Umbilicus
wide (less than V2 of the shell diameter). Base
rounded. Aperture circular, channelled at the ca¬
rinae. Peristome quadrangular and thickened, its
basal and palatal margins are distinctly broadened.
Palatal margin is projecting over the columellar
one. Operculum derivative; colour brown, transpar¬
ent in the centre (Plate 16 fig. 4). Interior surface
of operculum arched, formed by distinct concentric
growth lines. Exterior side concave, with broad and
very short periostracal process with median pit.
This process is trapezoidal in lateral view (Plate 16
fig- 6).
Diagnosis: Most similar to Ditropopsis obiensis
Greke, 2011b (North Moluccas: Bisa Island), also
to D. moellendorffi (O.Boettger, 1891) (Central Mo¬
luccas: Ambon & Seram islands). Shell is dull and
brown in D. obiensis, but shinier, transparent and
paler in colour in D. halmaherica; shape more de¬
pressed in D. halmaherica. D. halmaherica charac¬
terized by absence of dense spiral striation within
the umbilicus (umbilicus densely spirally striate in
D. obiensis), but presence of rough spiral lines on
the top side and the base of the shell (D. obien¬
sis has fine spiral striae). Also D. halmaherica has
similar shell colour and shape to D. moellendorffi,
but clearly differs by presence of two acute carinae
(three in D. moellendorffi ) and derivative opercu¬
lum.
Ecology: This species was collected in remnants
of primary lowland rainforest on a limestone ridge,
in leaf litter on underside of decomposing leaves
(Plate 28 fig. 4).
Distribution: Only known from locus typicus, cen¬
tral part of Halmahera Island (North Moluccas).
Remarks: Umbilical carinae are invisible in some
specimens.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) ingenua (0. Boettger, 1891)
(Plate 17 figs 1-3, map 5)
Redescription based on syntypic specimen from
Ambon (SMF), consider the original description for
more information.
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour¬
less. Shell shape low conical, with apical whorls
partly detached from the spire and wide umbilicus.
Whorls 4, first two whorls are smooth, subglobose,
indistinctly tilted over obliquely to one side, covers
less than 1/3 of the umbilical opening on top of
the shell. Shell delicately radially striated, bearing
two (in some specimens three) acute and strong
carinae: the first, peripheral, partly covers the su¬
ture, the second and largest, on the base. A third
very weak carina is sometimes located on the top
of each whorl near the suture. Four weaker carinae
are visible within the umbilicus. Suture deep. Um¬
bilicus is wide approximately V2 of the shell diam¬
eter. Base broad. Aperture circular, channelled at
external carinae. Peristome irregularly triangular,
double; its basal margin is distinctly broadened,
palatal one is curl. Operculum derivative; colour
brown. Interior surface not visible in syntype. Exteri¬
or surface concave with very broad median tubular
periostracal process, which is hollow in the middle
(Plate 17 fig. 1).
Diagnosis: This species has uncommon shell
shape and therefore doesn’t have similar species
in the Papuan region.
Note: As this redescription is based on the pho¬
tographs of the syntype, no measurements were
taken.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) magna sp. nov. (Plate 18 figs
1-6, map 4)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Am pat, Misool Island
S, Biga vill. -7,50 km W, River Biga valley, 02°01’23”S,
130°12’38”E, 45-78 m, 03.11.2012, primary lowland
rainforest on limestone, at base of limestone hill, leg.
D. Telnov.
Pa ratypes 118 specimens. 10 NME, 21 KGC: same
data as in the holotype [three of these paratypes are
192
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
juvenile shells]; 10 NME, 5 SMF, 36 KGC: INDONESIA
E, Prov. Raja Ampat, Misool, distr. Misool Barat, Lil-
inta (Lelintah) vill. env., 02°02’54”S, 130°16’19”E,
01.IV.2009, secondary moist lowland forest, under
fallen tree and in litter, leg. K.Greke; 10 NME, 23 KGC:
INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Misool Island S, Lilinta (Lelin¬
tah) vill. env., 02°02’57”S, 130°15’58”E, 6 m, 02-03.
11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on limestone, creek
valley, leg. D.Telnov; 3 KGC: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat,
Misool Island S, between Lilinta (Lelintah) and Biga vill.,
02°02’14”S, 130 ° 16’ 14” E, 20 m, 03.11.2012, primary
lowland rainforest, leg. D.Telnov [one of these paratypes
is juvenile shell].
Derivatio nominis: Named from Latin ‘magnus’
[large, big], as one of largest Ditropopsis species in
the Papuan region.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 4.6 mm,
width 6.1mm, operculum diameter 1.7 mm. Select¬
ed adult paratype shells (height x width):
River Biga
valley
4.2 x 6.0
4.5 x 5.7
4.7 x 6.1
4.8 x 6.8
between Lilinta
& Biga
3.8 x 5.6
Lilinta env.
3.5 x 5.2
3.7 x 5.3
4.0 x 4.8
4.2 x 5.2
4.2 x 5.4
Description: Shell dull, colour brown, apical whorl
colourless. Shell shape low conical, with apical
whorls partly detached from the spire and wide um¬
bilicus. Whorls 41/4, the first whorl is subglobose, in¬
distinctly tilted over obliquely to one side and covers
approximately 1/3 of the umbilical opening on top
of the shell. Shell reticulated with dense radial lines
on the top side of the shell and delicately striated
by radial lines and spiral striae on the base. Shell
bears three carinae, two of them acute, strong and
continuous: one at the periphery and covers the su¬
ture, another on the base. The third carina is on the
upper side of each whorl halfway between suture
and periphery which disappears on the body whorl.
Penultimate and body whorls are convex. Umbili¬
cus wide (1/3 of the shell diameter). Base broad,
slightly rounded. Aperture circular, channelled at
the carinae. Peristome quadrangular, nacreous,
thickened and double. Its columellar and basal
margins are broadened. Palatal margin is project¬
ing over the columellar one, slightly curved. Opercu¬
lum simple; brown internally, light horny, nacreous
externally; thin, not transparent at the centre (Plate
18 fig. 4). Interior surface of operculum is arched,
formed by distinct concentric growth lines. Exterior
surface concave.
Variability: Some paratypic shells vary in shell
shape and size, also in width of peripheral carinae.
Some specimens have white coloured exterior sur¬
face of operculum. Elder specimens have white co¬
loured margin.
Diagnosis:Similarto Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi
Greke, 2011a (Raja Ampat: Misool Island) and D.
wallacei sp. nov. (Raja Ampat: Waigeo Island; see
description of this species below), but clearly differs
by larger shell and rough sculpture (fine in both D.
benthemjuttingi and D. wallacei), presence of two
carinae (single in both abovementioned species),
and simple operculum (operculum with long and
narrow periostracal process in both D. benthemjut¬
tingi and D. wallacei).
Ecology: This species inhabit primary lowland
rainforests and been found at base of old lime¬
stone hills and in the valley of limestone creek.
Specimens were sampled from underside of de¬
composing leaves, in dense leaf litter and on un¬
derside of fallen tree (Plate 28 fig. 3). Additional
specimens sampled in creek valley from underside
of decomposing leaves on muddy ground -200 m
from seacoast. Species sampled on altitudes 6, 20,
45 and 78 m.
Distribution: Only known from southern part of
Misool Island (Raja Ampat Islands).
Ditropopsis (s. str.) majalibit sp. nov. (Plate 17 figs
4-6, map 3)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Is¬
land, Majalibit Bay, Waisai 19 km NE, River Werabiai val¬
ley, 00°18’02”S, 130°56’00”E, 40-60 m, 20.11.2012,
primary lowland rainforest on limestone, leg. D.Telnov.
Paratype 1 specimen KGC: same data as in the holo¬
type [the paratype shell is damaged].
Derivatio nominis: The name (used as noun)
derived from locus typicus of this species, Majalibit
Bay in Waigeo Island.
Measurements: Height 1.8 mm, width 1.9 mm,
operculum diameter 0.6 mm.
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour
pale cream, two apical whorls colourless. Shell
shape conical, with apical whorls partly detached
from the spire and wide umbilicus. Whorls 4 Va, first
two whorls are subglobose, indistinctly tilted over
obliquely to one side and covers approximately V2
of the umbilical opening on top of the shell. These
first whorls are smooth, following ones striated with
dense radial lines on the top side of whorls below
the suture. Shell bears three acute and strong ca¬
rinae: one at the periphery and covers the suture,
the second encircling the umbilical opening, the
third carina situated on the upper side of each
193
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
whorl nearby the first one. One fine carina is visible
within the umbilicus. Whorls are convex. Suture not
deep. Umbilical surface reticulated by fine, almost
invisible radial and spiral striae. Umbilicus is wide
approximately 1/4 of the shell diameter. Base flat¬
tened. Aperture circular, channelled at external ca-
rinae. Peristome almost pentagular, slightly thick¬
ened, not fully developed. Operculum derivative;
colour brown. Interior surface of operculum arched.
Exterior surface concave with very broad median
tubular periostracal process, which is hollow in the
middle. It seems similar to opercula of Ditropopsis
ingenua (0. Boettger, 1891) (Plate 17 fig. 1) and D.
mirabilis Greke, 2011a. As operculum is presented
only in the holotype, I am not going to remove it.
Diagnosis: Most similar to Ditropopsis hetero-
spirifera (van Benthem Jutting, 1958) (Raja Ampat:
Misool Island), D. telnovi sp. nov., D. waigeoensis
sp. nov. (both - Raja Ampat: Waigeo Island), as to
D. tritonensis Greke, 2011a (W New Guinea: Bird’s
Neck isthmus). D. majalibit clearly differs by radial
striation near upper suture (both D. tritonensis and
D. waigeoensis are radially striated on whole sur¬
face; D. telnovi and D. heterospirifera reticulated
with dense and delicate radial and spiral lines on
whorls’ upper surface), absence of carina between
peripheral one and suture (its presence in D. het¬
erospirifera, D. telnovi , and D. waigeoensis; D. tri¬
tonensis has discontinuous carina), partly covering
the suture (fully covered in D. telnovi, D. tritonensis
and D. waigeoensis; open in D. heterospirifera).
From D. telnovi and D. waigeoensis differs in high¬
er spire; from D. heterospirifera, D. telnovi and D.
waigeoensis - in distance between peripheral and
upper carinae. Shell is bigger in D. heterospirifera
and D. tritonensis than in D. majalibit.
Ecology: This species inhabits primary lowland
rainforests and has been found in karst formations
at the base of old limestone cliffs not far from the
sea (Plate 28 fig. 6). Specimens were sampled from
dense and wet leaf litter accumulated around lime¬
stone outcrops and large trees.
Distribution: Only known from locus typicus, val¬
ley of River Werabiai in southern part of Majalibit
Bay in Waigeo Island.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) moellendorffi (0. Boettger,
1891) (Plate 19 figs 1-6, map 5)
Redescription based on specimen from Central
Seram (consider the chapter ‘Additional faunal in¬
formation on Ditropopsis species from the Papuan
region’ above for locality data).
Measurements: Height 1.6 mm, width 2.4 mm,
operculum diameter 0.7 mm.
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, pale cream.
Shell shape low conical, depressed, with bulging
apical whorls. Whorls almost 4, first two whorls pit¬
ted, following ones reticulated with fine and dense
radial lines and spiral striae. Shell bears three
acute carinae: strongest at the periphery, second
on the upper side halfway between suture and pe¬
riphery, and third on the base. Suture covered by
peripheral carina. Umbilicus wide (less than 1/3 of
the shell diameter). Base rounded. Aperture circu¬
lar, channelled at the carinae. Peristome triangular,
its basal and palatal margins are distinctly broad¬
ened. Operculum simple, colour brown, transpar¬
ent in the centre (Plate 19 fig. 4). Interior surface
of operculum arched, formed by distinct concentric
growth lines. Exterior surface concave.
Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis perlucidula
Greke, 2011b (North Moluccas: Obira Island), but
clearly differs by shell shape (discoid in D. perlu¬
cidula), presence of three carinae (two in D. perlu¬
cidula), also by simple operculum. Also similar to D.
halmaherica sp. nov. (North Moluccas: Halmahera
Island; see description and differential diagnosis of
this species above).
Ecology: This species inhabit both primary and
secondary lowland rainforests, found in river val¬
leys under decomposing leaves (Plate 28 fig. 1).
Distribution: Known from Ambon Island and Se¬
ram Island (Central Moluccas).
Remarks: All specimens from Seram are con¬
stantly smaller than measurements of the holo¬
type, which is 4.0 mm in width according to its origi¬
nal description.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) monticola sp. nov. (Plate 20
figs 1-7, map 6)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, West Papua, Tamarau
mts, Fef vill. ~6 km E, 00°49’24”S, 132°29’48”E, 450-
500 m, 12.11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on lime¬
stone, leg. D.Telnov [the holotype shell slightly damaged
on the top].
Paratype 1 specimen KGC: same data as in the holo¬
type [damaged shell with only upper part present].
Derivatio nominis: Named from Latin ‘monti¬
cola’ [mountaineer], because this species inhabits
central part of the Tamarau Mountains.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 3.4 mm,
width 6.1 mm, operculum diameter 1.5 mm.
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour light
brown. Shell shape low conical. Whorls 43/4, with
delicate growth lines, last IV2 whorl with dense ra¬
dial striae below the suture. Shell bears two acute
194
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
carinae: one extraordinary wide, peripheral, covers
the suture, another is on the base. Whorls weakly
convex. Umbilical opening is wide (1/3 of the shell
diameter). Base flattened. Aperture circular, chan¬
nelled at the carina. Peristome thickened, its basal
and palatal margins are curl and double. Palatal
margin is projecting over the columellar one. Oper¬
culum derivative, colour brown. Interior surface of
operculum arched, formed by distinct concentric
growth lines; not transparent at the centre (Plate
20 fig. 5). Exterior surface thin and concave, with
long median tubular periostracal process, which
is hollow in the middle and widened to the top. It
is formed by two concentric growth tubes. One of
them is twice higher, curved to outside edge and
cream coloured (Plate 28 figs. 6-7).
Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis benthemjut-
tingi Greke, 2011a (Raja Ampat Islands: Misool Is¬
land), D. obiensis Greke, 2011b (North Moluccas:
Bisa Island), D. papuana E.A. Smith, 1897 (W New
Guinea: On in Peninsula), and D. wallacei sp. nov.
(Raja Ampat Islands: Waigeo Island; see descrip¬
tion of this species below). D. monticola has gener¬
ally larger shell than any of mentioned species; less
convex whorls than D. benthemjuttingi , D. obiensis
and D. wallacei, but shell less depressed than in D.
papuana. Presence of two carinae distinguishes D.
monticola from unicarinate D. benthemjuttingi and
D. wallacei, as also from tricarinate D. papuana. D.
monticola characterized by absence of dense spi¬
ral striation within the umbilical opening (umbilicus
densely spirally striate in D. benthemjuttingi, D.
obiensis and D. wallacei). Shell is dull in D. obiensis
but shinier and transparent in D. monticola. Perios¬
tracal process of operculum is longer and more ro¬
bust (double) in D. monticola, but shorter and less
broad in D. benthemjuttingi, D. obiensis and D. wal¬
lacei; in D. papuana, median periostracal process
is triangular according to the original description of
this species & figure given by E.A. Smith (1897) (no
operculum was available for this study).
Ecology: This species was collected in primary
lowland rainforest with limestone outcrops sur¬
rounded by high ridges of the Tamarau Mountains
at altitude 450-500 m (Plate 28 fig. 2). Specimens
sampled from underside of decomposing leaves
accumulated in a limestone cavity.
Distribution: Only known from locus typicus, cen¬
tral part of the Tamarau Mountains in central Bird’s
Head Peninsula, W New Guinea.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) pallidioperculata sp. nov.
(Plate 21 figs 1-6, map 6)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, West Papua, Sorong
13-17 km E, 00°50’44"S, 131°22’34"E, 100-110 m,
22.11.2012, river valley, secondary lowland rainforest,
leg. D.Telnov [the holotype shell slightly damaged on the
top].
Paratypes 2 specimens KGC: same data as in the
holotype [one of the paratypes is juvenile shell; second
paratype is slightly damaged and deformed adult shell].
Derivatio nominis: The name derived from com¬
bination of Latin ‘pallidus’ [pale] and ‘operculum’,
to indicate on pale operculum.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 3.3 mm,
width 4.2 mm. Operculum diameter 1.2 mm.
Description: Shell dull, shiny on the base, trans¬
parent; colour light brown. Shell shape conical.
Whorls 5, first IV2 whorl is smooth, following ones
with delicate growth lines, last IV2 whorl with dense
radial striae. Shell bears one acute and strong pe¬
ripheral carina, which covers the suture. Whorls
are convex. Umbilical opening is wide (more than
1/4 of the shell diameter). Base flattened. Aperture
circular, channelled at peripheral carina. Peristome
slightly triangular, almost rounded, whitish, slightly
thickened and double; its palatal margin is pro¬
jecting toward the columellar one. Operculum de¬
rivative; cream internally, white externally. Interior
surface of operculum arched, hollow in the middle,
formed by distinct concentric growth lines (Plate
21 fig. 4). Exterior surface concave, with long and
narrow median tubular periostracal process, which
is hollow in the middle without covering on interior
surface and slightly widened distally (Plate 21 figs
5-6).
Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis fultoni E.A.
Smith, 1897 (W New Guinea: Onin Peninsula) and
D. tritonensis Greke, 2011a (W New Guinea: Bird’s
Neck isthmus), but clearly differs by fewer number
of shell carinae and apical whorls, which are at¬
tached to the spire. D. pallidioperculata is also very
similar to D. tamarau sp. nov. and D. unicarinata
sp. nov. (both - W New Guinea: Bird’s Head Penin¬
sula) in shell shape. Unicarinate shell and presence
of long tubular periostracal process of operculum
separates D. pallidioperculata from D. tamarau. D.
unicarinata have more angulate aperture, smaller
and shinier shell, narrower peripheral carina and
dark operculum.
Ecol ogy : Specimens of this species were collected
from decomposing leaves in secondary rainforest,
on riverside (Plate 28 fig. 7) just 2 meters higher
than present water level.
Distribution: Occurs in W part of Bird’s Head
Peninsula in West New Guinea, near Sorong.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Ditropopsis (s. str.) pyramis sp. nov. (Plate 22 figs
1-6, map 4)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Misool
Island (central), River Gam upstream, Gamta vill. 12-
14 km NW, 01°57’50”S, 130°11’09”E, -200 m,
05.11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on limestone,
limestone ridge, leg. D. Telnov [the holotype shell dam¬
aged on the top].
Pa ratypes 4 specimens RMNH [all are juvenile shells].
1 specimen: Zoolog. Museum. Amsterdam, [printed] Dit-
roois fultoni (Smith) Fakal Misool, 0-75 m. hoog 7 Oct.
1948 leg. M.A. Lieftinck [handwritten, partly underlined]
/ Zoologisch Museum Amsterdam 76. 10 1 ex. Ditropis
(Ditropopsis) fultoni (Edg. Smith) NEW GUINEA, Fakal,
Misool 0.75 m. - 7.10.1948 leg. M.A.Lieftinck [print¬
ed, partly bold] / NCB Naturalis -Leiden Cyclophori-
dae 40380 Ditropis fultoni Smith ZMA.M0LL.316841
[printed, partly bold]; 3 specimens: Zoolog. Museum.
Amsterdam, [printed] Ditropis fultoni (Smith) Waima
Misool, 0-75 m. hoog 10 Sept. 1948 leg.M.A. Lieftinck
[handwritten, partly underlined] / Zoologisch Museum
Amsterdam 76. 10 3 ex. Ditropis (Ditropopsis) fultoni
(Edg. Smith) NEW GUINEA, Waima, Misool 10.9.1948
-leg.M.A. Lieftinck [printed, partly bold] / NCB Naturalis -
Leiden Cyclophoridae 40380 Ditropis fultoni Smith ZMA.
M0LL.316843 [printed, partly bold].
Derivatio nominis: Named from Latin ‘pyramis’
[pyramid], because of pyramid-shaped, large shell.
Measurements: Holotype shell height 5.4 mm,
width 5.5 mm, operculum diameter 1.5 mm.
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour
light brown. Shell shape high conical, with apical
whorls partly detached from the spire and wide um¬
bilicus. Whorls about 6, densely striated by radial
lines. Shell bears three carinae, two of them acute,
strong and continuous: one, peripheral, covers the
suture, the second encircling the umbilical open¬
ing. The third carina is on the upper side halfway
between suture and periphery which disappears af¬
ter 3 whorls; on next whorls only a mark of carinae
present. Whorls are convex. Umbilicus wide (1/3 of
the shell diameter). Base flattened. Aperture circu¬
lar, channelled at the carinae. Peristome quadran¬
gular, nacreous, indistinctly double; its margins are
broadened, palatal one is curved. Operculum sim¬
ple; brown internally, white externally; not transpar¬
ent at the centre (Plate 22 fig. 4). Interior surface of
operculum is arched, formed by distinct concentric
growth lines. Exterior surface concave.
Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis alta sp. nov.
(Raja Ampat: Misool Island). See description and
differential diagnosis of this species above.
Eco I ogy : The holotype was collected on the ground
in rich and wet leaf litter in old growth lowland rain¬
forest growing on a limestone ridge. No data avail¬
able on habitat of the paratypes.
Distribution: Known from Fagen, KasimandGam
river valleys in Misool Island (Raja Ampat Islands).
Ditropopsis (s. str.) tamarau sp. nov. (Plate 23 figs
1-7, map 6)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, West Papua, Tamarau
mts, Bamus Bama vill. env., 00°45’19”S, 132°15’48”E,
730 m, 13-14.11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on
limestone, leg. D.Telnov.
Derivatio nominis: The name derived from locus
typicus of this species, the Tamarau Mountains in
central Bird’s Head Peninsula of New Guinea.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 2.9 mm,
width 3.7 mm. Operculum diameter 1.1 mm.
Description: Shell dull, shiny on the base,
transparent, colour light horny. Shell shape coni¬
cal. Whorls 5, first IV2 -2 whorls are globose and
smooth, almost unsculptured, following ones re¬
ticulated with delicate radial and spiral striae. Shell
bears two acute carinae: one at the periphery cov¬
ers the suture, the second encircling the umbilical
opening. Whorls are convex. Umbilical opening is
wide (a little more than 1/3 of the shell diameter).
Base flattened. Aperture circular, channelled at
the carinae. Peristome quadrangular, slightly thick¬
ened, indistinctly double; its margin is broadened
at the base. Operculum derivative; brown internally,
white externally. Interior surface of operculum very
slightly arched, almost flat; formed by distinct con¬
centric growth lines; thin, weakly transparent at the
centre (Plate 23 fig. 5). Exterior surface with broad
and short periostracal process with median pit
This process is trapezoidal in lateral view (Plate 23
fig. 7).
Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis fultoni E.A.
Smith, 1897 (W New Guinea: Onin Peninsula) and
D. tritonensis Greke, 2011a (W New Guinea: Bird’s
Neck isthmus), but clearly differs by fewer number
of shell carinae and apical whorls, which are at¬
tached to the spire. D. tamarau especially similar to
D. unicarinata sp. nov. (Raja Ampat Islands: Waigeo
Island) and D. pallidioperculata sp. nov. (W New
Guinea: Bird’s Head Peninsula) in shell shape, but
can be separated from both in its bicarinate shell
(unicarinate both in D. unicarinata and D. pallid¬
ioperculata) and periostracal process of operculum
being short and broad.
Ecology: This species was collected under de¬
composing leaf in primary lowland rainforest with
sparse limestone outcrops (Plate 28 fig. 2).
196
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
Distribution: Only known from locus typicus, cen¬
tral part of the Tamara u Mountains in central Bird’s
Head Peninsula, W New Guinea.
Ditropopsis (s. str.) telnovi sp. nov. (Plate 24 figs
1-6, map 3)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Is¬
land, Waisai 10 km NWW, 00°24’46”S, 130°44’H”E,
70-200 m, 19.11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on
limestone, leg. D.Telnov.
Derivatio no minis: Patronymic. This species is
named in honor of my husband Dmitry Telnov, PhD,
a well-known Latvian coleopterist who first collect¬
ed this species and assisted me during expeditions
to the Papuan region.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 2.0 mm,
width 2.6 mm, operculum diameter 0.8 mm.
Description: Shell glossy, transparent, colour
cream, two apical whorls colourless. Shell shape
conical, with apical whorls partly detached from
the spire and wide umbilicus. Whorls almost 4V2,
first two whorls are subglobose, indistinctly tilted
over obliquely to one side and covers 1/5 of the
umbilical opening on top of the shell. These first
whorls are smooth, following ones reticulated with
dense and delicate radial and spiral lines. Shell
bears three acute and extraordinary broad waved
carinae: one at the periphery covers the suture, the
second encircling the umbilical opening, the third,
largest expands rapidly on last lVfe-2 whorls till 0.3
mm in the broader part, located on the upper side
of each whorl halfway between suture and periph¬
ery. Two less distinct carinae are visible within the
umbilical opening. Third whorl bears additional Ca¬
rina on its top, disappearing in the suture of the
next whorl. Umbilical surface densely reticulated by
spiral lines and fine radial striae. Penultimate and
body whorls are almost vertical between two upper
carinae. Umbilicus wide (1/4 of the shell diameter).
Base flat. Aperture circular, channelled at external
carinae. Peristome somehow pentagonal, slightly
thickened and nacreous. Operculum derivative;
pale brown, nacreous externally; thin, not transpar¬
ent at the centre (Plate 24 fig. 4). Interior surface of
operculum is arched, formed by distinct concentric
growth lines. Exterior surface with broad and short
periostracal process with median pit. This process
is trapezoidal in lateral view (Plate 24 fig. 6).
Diagnosis: Most si m i la r to Ditropopsis waigeoen-
sis sp. nov. (Raja Ampat: Waigeo Island; see de¬
scription of this species below). D. telnovi has spi¬
ral lines on the top side of the shell (absent in D.
waigeoensis), extraordinary broad and waved cari¬
nae (not extremely broad in D. waigeoensis), size
of umbilicus (wider in D. waigeoensis), presence
of two continuous umbilical carinae (three in D.
waigeoensis), sculpture of the umbilical opening,
paler operculum with stronger developed perios¬
tracal process (operculum darker and periostracal
process shorter in D. waigeoensis), shell surface is
more glossy than in D. waigeoensis. Also similar to
D. majalibit sp. nov. (Raja Ampat: Waigeo Island).
See description and differential diagnose of this
species above.
Ecology: This species was collected under decom¬
posing leaf in primary lowland rainforest (Plate 28
fig. 5) with very rich leaf litter on very wet place.
Distribution: Only known from southern part of
Waigeo Island (Raja Ampat Islands).
Ditropopsis (s. str.) unicarinata sp. nov. (Plate 25
figs 1-6, map 3)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Is¬
land, Waisai 10 km NWW, 00°24’46”S, 130°44’11”E,
70-200 m, 19.11.2012, primary lowland rainforest on
limestone, leg. D.Telnov [the holotype shell slightly dam¬
aged on the top].
Paratypes 24 specimens [6 of them are juvenile
shells]. 10 NME, 14 KGC: same data as in the holotype.
Derivatio nominis: The name derived from com¬
bination of Latin ‘unus’ [one, single] and ‘carinatus’
[carinate], because of presence of single peripheral
carina on the shell.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 2.6 mm,
width 3.2 mm. Operculum diameter 1.0 mm. Se¬
lected adult paratype shells (height x width):
2.6 x 3.2
2.6 x 3.5
2.8 x 3.3
2.9 x 3.3
Description: Shell shiny, transparent; colour light
brown, first 2-2V2 whorls are whitish. Shell shape
conical. Whorls almost 5, first IV2 whorl is globose
and smooth, following ones with delicate growth
lines, the last two whorls with dense radial striae
below the suture. Shell bears one acute peripheral
carina, which covers the suture. Whorls are convex.
Umbilical opening is wide (1/4 of the shell diam¬
eter). Base flattened. Aperture circular, channelled
at peripheral carina. Peristome triangular, whitish,
thickened and double. Operculum derivative; brown
internally, white externally. Interior surface of oper¬
culum arched, formed by distinct concentric growth
lines; weakly transparent at the centre (Plate 25 fig.
4). Exterior surface concave, with long and narrow
median tubular periostracal process, which is hoi-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
low in the middle and slightly widened distally; co¬
lour dark brown (Plate 25 fig. 6).
Variability: Some specimens have slightly de¬
veloped carina encircling the umbilical opening
on body whorl. Species also slightly varies in shell
shape.
Diagnosis: Similar to Ditropopsis fultoni E.A.
Smith, 1897 (W New Guinea: Onin Peninsula) and
D. tritonensis Greke, 2011a (W New Guinea: Bird’s
Neck isthmus), but clearly differs by unicarinate
shell with apical whorls, which are attached to the
spire. Shell shape is especially similar to this in D.
tamarau sp. nov. and D. pallidioperculata sp. nov.
(both from Bird’s Head Peninsula of W New Guinea;
see descriptions above). Shell is bicarinate and
operculum bears short and broad periostracal pro¬
cess by D. tamarau. Aperture is less angular in D.
pallidioperculata, shell is larger and dull, peripheral
carina is broader and operculum is pale in this spe¬
cies.
Ecology: This species was collected from decom¬
posing leaves in rich leaf litter of primary lowland
rainforest (Plate 28 fig. 5) on very wet places.
Distribution: Only known from southern part of
Waigeo Island, found in Majalibit Bay (Raja Ampat
Islands).
Ditropopsis (s. str.) waigeoensis sp. nov. (Plate 26
figs 1-6, map 3)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Is¬
land, Waisai 4,5 km SW, Waiwo dive resort, 00° 26’07"S,
130°46’45”E, 10-15 m, 21.11.2012, primary lowland
rainforest on limestone, leg. D. Telnov.
Paratypes 18 specimens. 3 NME, 4 KGC: same label
as in the holotype [three of them are juvenile shells]; 3
NME, 8 KGC: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Island,
Waisai 4-6 km W (around Waisai airport), 00°24’46"S,
130°44’ir’E, 10-100 m, 17.11.2012, primary lowland
rainforest on limestone & karst, leg. D. Telnov [one of
these paratypes is juvenile shell].
Derivatio nominis: The name derived from locus
typicus of this species, Waigeo Island.
Measurements, holotype: Shell height 2.1mm,
width 2.5 mm, operculum diameter 0.7 mm. Se¬
lected adult paratype shells (height x width):
1.8 x 2.5
1.95x2.6
2.0 x 2.7
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour
cream, two apical whorls colourless. Shell shape
conical, with apical whorls partly detached from
the spire and wide umbilicus. Whorls 4V2, first
two whorls are subglobose, indistinctly tilted over
obliquely to one side and covers Va of the umbili¬
cal opening on top of the shell. These first whorls
are smooth, following ones striated with dense ra¬
dial lines on upper side of the shell and delicately
reticulated by radial lines and spiral striae on the
base and lateral side. Shell bears three acute and
strong carinae: one at the periphery covers the su¬
ture, the second encircling the umbilical opening,
the third carina situated on the upper side of each
whorl halfway between suture and periphery. Three
less distinct carinae are visible within the umbilical
opening. Third whorl bears additional carina on its
top, disappearing in the suture of the next whorl.
Umbilical surface densely striate by distinct, but
very fine irregular radial ridges. Two and half last
whorls are almost vertical between two upper ca¬
rinae. Umbilicus wide (more than 1/3 of the shell
diameter). Base flat. Aperture circular, channelled
at external carinae. Peristome quadrangular, na¬
creous, slightly thickened, double. Operculum de¬
rivative; brown internally, light horny, nacreous ex¬
ternally; thin, not transparent at the centre (Plate
26 fig. 4). Interior surface of operculum is arched,
formed by distinct concentric growth lines. Exterior
surface with broad and short periostracal process
with median pit. This process is trapezoidal in lat¬
eral view (Plate 26 fig. 6)
Variability: Some paratypic shells are generally
darker, width of umbilical carinae varies, roughness
of radial lines on the top side of the shell varies too
as also as shell’s height. Whorl quantity varies from
4 Va to 4V2.
Diagnosis: Most similar to Ditropopsis telnovi sp.
nov. and to D. majalibit sp. nov. (both - Raja Ampat:
Waigeo Island). See descriptions and differential di¬
agnoses of these species above.
Ecology: This species inhabit primary lowland
rainforests and been found in karst formations at
base of old limestone cliffs not far from the sea.
Specimens were sampled from dense and wet leaf
litter accumulated around limestone outcrops and
large trees. Specimens sat on underside of decom¬
posing leaves. Species sampled at altitudes 10-
100 m.
Distribution: Only known from southern part of
Waigeo Island (Raja Ampat Islands).
Ditropopsis (s. str.) wallacei sp. nov. (Plate 27 figs
1-6, map 3)
Holotype NME: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Is¬
land, Majalibit Bay, Waisai 19 km NE, River Werabiai val¬
ley, 00°18’02”S, 130°56’00”E, 40-60 m, 20.11.2012,
primary lowland rainforest on limestone, leg. D. Telnov
[the holotype shell slightly damaged on the top].
198
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
Paratypes 23 specimens KGC: same data as in the
holotype.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. This species is
named after f Alfred Russel Wallace, the first natu¬
ralist visited Majalibit Bay on Waigeo Island, and
in order to commemorate 100th anniversary of his
death.
Measurements: Holotype shell height 3.0 mm,
width 3.9 mm, operculum diameter 1.3 mm. Se¬
lected adult paratype shells (height x width):
2,6 x 3,7
2.8 x 3.7
2.9 x 3.8
2.9 x 3.9
Description: Shell shiny, transparent, colour
brown, first two whorls paler. Shell shape low coni¬
cal. Whorls almost 4, first I-IV2 whorl is smooth,
following ones striated by dense radial lines. Shell
bears one acute and strong peripheral carina,
which covers the suture. Whorls are convex. Um¬
bilicus wide (less than 1/3 of the shell diameter).
Base almost rounded. Aperture circular, channelled
at the carina. Peristome almost round, white, thick¬
ened, double. Operculum derivative; light brown
internally, white externally. Interior surface of oper¬
culum arched, formed by distinct concentric growth
mes; transparent at the centre (Plate 27 fig. 4).
Exterior surface concave, with long and narrow me¬
dian tubular non-pubescent, distally widened perio-
stracal process, which is hollow in the middle (Plate
28 fig. 6).
Variability: Some paratypic shells are lighter in
colour, as slightly different in shell size and shape.
Diagnosis: Extremely similar to Ditropopsis ben-
themjuttingi Greke, 2011a (Raja Am pat: Misool
Island), but differs in slightly higher and thicker
shell with more distinct striation. Shell base less
rounded, slightly angular. Peristome thicker, carina
narrow and adherent to the suture, begins from the
third whorl (in D. benthemjuttingi carina is broad,
begins from the second whorl, only partly covering
the suture). Carina is punctured in D. wallacei, but
spirally striated in D. benthemjuttingi. Also simi¬
lar to D. obiensis Greke, 2011b (North Moluccas:
Bisa Island), but differs in higher spire, unicarinate
shell (bicarinate in D. obiensis ) and in structure of
operculum (with long tubular process in D. walla¬
cei, short and broad in D. obiensis ). Shell is dull in
D. obiensis, but more shiny and transparent in D.
wallacei.
Ecology: Specimens of this species collected in
old growth lowland rainforest on limestone (Plate
28 fig. 6), found on the ground in leaf litter on a very
wet place.
Distribution: Only known from locus typicus, val¬
ley of River Werabiai in southern part of Majalibit
Bay in Waigeo Island.
Annotated checklist of Ditropopsis from the Pap¬
uan region
Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897
Subgenus Ditropopsis s. str. E.A. Smith, 1897
Type of genus: Ditropopsis papuana E.A. Smith, 1897
[original designation]
= Diaspira Sods, 1911 [synonymy proposed by Greke
2011a]
Type of genus: Diaspira biroi Soos, 1911 [monotypy]
Ditropopsis aenigmatica (van Benthem Jutting, 1963)
References: van Benthem Jutting (1963: 680), as
Ditropis aenigmatica; Greke (2011a: 74, map 1); Greke
(2011b: 166).
Distribution: Cenderawasih Bay: Biak Island (Map 6).
Ditropopsis alta sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Misool Island.
Ditropopsis benthemjuttingi Greke, 2011a
References: Greke (2011a: 70, 73-74, plate 19 figs
1-5); Greke (2011b: 165).
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Misool Island (Map
2).
Ditropopsis biroi (Soos, 1911)
References: Soos (1911: 346), as Diaspira Biroi; Le-
schke (1912a: 144), as Diaspira biroi; (1912b: 73), as
Diaspira biroi; Thiele (1929: 97), as Ditropis (? subgen.
Diaspira ) biroi; van Benthem Jutting (1963: 679), as
Ditropis biroi; Wiktor (1998: 9), as Ditropis biroi; Greke
(2011a: 70, 73-74), new synonymy for Diaspira; Greke
(2011b: 165).
Distribution: Papua New Guinea: Madang Province
(Map 7).
Ditropopsis fultoni E.A. Smith, 1897
References: E.A. Smith (1897: 417), as Ditropopsis
(?) Fultoni; Kobelt & Moellendorff (1899: 132), as Ditro¬
pis (Ditropopsis) fultoni; Kobelt (1902: 79), as Ditropis
(Ditropopsis) fultoni; Zilch (1955: 195), as Ditropis (Dit-
ropisena) fultoni; van Benthem Jutting (1958: 308), as
Ditropis fultoni; (1963: 679), as Ditropis fultoni; Greke
(2011a: 71, plate 9 fig. 1, plate 11, figs 1-6, map 1);
Greke (2011b: 166).
Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: Onin Peninsula
(Map 6).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Note: Records from Misool (van Benthem Jutting
1958; 1963) and the northern coast of New Guinea
(van Benthem Jutting 1963) are based on misidentified
specimens of D. pyramis sp. nov. (Misool Island) and on
undescribed species (northern New Guinea). Poor condi¬
tion of the single specimen from northern New Guinea
prevent it from being described.
Ditropopsis halmaherica sp. nov.
Distribution: North Moluccas: Halmahera Island.
Ditropopsis heterospirifera (van Benthem Jutting, 1958)
References: van Benthem Jutting (1958: 309), as
Ditropis heterospirifera; (1963: 680), as Ditropis het¬
erospirifera; Greke (2011a: 71, 73-74, plate 12 figs 1-6,
map 1); Greke (2011b: 166).
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Misool Island (Map
2).
Note: This species was incorrectly listed for River Biga
valley by Greke (2011a: 71), but in fact mentioned speci¬
mens were collected in the valley of River Gam.
Ditropopsis ingenua (0. Boettger, 1891)
References: 0. Boettger (1891: 292), as Ditropis in¬
genua; Kobelt (1902: 75), as Ditropis s. str. ingenua; van
Benthem Jutting (1953: 285), as Ditropis ingenua; Zilch
(1955: 193), as Ditropis s. str. ingenua; Strack (1993:
51, 52); Greke (2011a: 74); Greke (2011b: 166).
Distribution: Central Moluccas, Lease Islands: Ambon
Island (Map 5).
Ditropopsis magna sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Misool Island.
Ditropopsis maja libit sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Waigeo Island.
Ditropopsis mirabilis Greke, 2011a
References: Greke (2011a: 70-74, plate 13 figs 1-7,
map 1); Greke (2011b: 165).
Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: Onin Peninsula
(Map 6).
Ditropopsis moellendorffi (0. Boettger, 1891)
References: 0. Boettger (1891: 292), as Ditropis moel¬
lendorffi; Kobelt (1902: 76), as Ditropis s. str. Moellen¬
dorffi; van Benthem Jutting (1953: 285), as Ditropis
moellendorffi; Zilch (1955: 194), as Ditropis s. str. moel¬
lendorffi; Greke (2011a: 73-74); Greke (2011b: 165).
Distribution: Central Moluccas: Seram Island, Lease
Islands: Ambon Island.
Ditropopsis monticola sp. nov.
Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: central Bird’s
Head Peninsula, the Tamarau Mountains.
Ditropopsis obiensis Greke, 2011b
References: Greke (2011b: 161, 165, figs 1-6, map
1).
Distribution: North Moluccas, Obi Islands: Bisa Island
(Map 4).
Ditropopsis pallidioperculata sp. nov.
Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: western Bird’s
Head Peninsula, Sorong area.
Ditropopsis papuana E.A. Smith, 1897
References: E.A. Smith (1897: 416); Kobelt & Moel-
lendorff (1899: 132), as Ditropis (Ditropopsis) papuana;
Kobelt (1902: 79), as Ditropis (Ditropopsis) papuana;
van Benthem Jutting (1963: 680), as Ditropis papuana;
Greke (2011a: 70-74, plate 9 fig 2), unnecessary des¬
ignated as the type species for genus Ditropopsis E.A.
Smith, 1897; Greke (2011b: 165 & 165 footnote 1).
Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: Onin Peninsula
(Map 6).
Ditropopsis perlucidula Greke, 2011b
References: Greke (2011b: 164-165, figs 7-10, map
1).
Distribution: North Moluccas, Obi Islands: Obira Is¬
land (Map 4).
Ditropopsis pyramis sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Misool Island.
Ditropopsis spiralis (0. Boettger, 1891)
References: O.Boettger (1891: 293), as Ditropis spi¬
ralis; Kobelt (1902: 78), as Ditropis s. str. spiralis; van
Benthem Jutting (1953: 285), as Ditropis spiralis; Zilch
(1955: 194), as Ditropis s. str. spiralis; Greke (2011a:
73-74); Greke (2011b: 165).
Distribution: Central Moluccas, Lease Islands: Haru-
ku (Map 5).
Ditropopsis tamarau sp. nov.
Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: central Bird’s
Head Peninsula, the Tamarau Mountains.
Ditropopsis telnovi sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Waigeo Island.
Ditropopsis tritonensis Greke, 2011a
References: Greke (2011a: 72, 74, plate 14 figs 1-8,
map 1); Greke (2011b: 166).
Distribution: Indonesian New Guinea: southern Bird’s
Neck isthmus, Triton Bay (Map 6).
200
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
Ditropopsis unicarinata sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Waigeo Island.
Distribution: Northern New Guinea: between Jayapu-
ra and River Mamberamo mouth (Map 7).
Note: Condition of single specimen at RMNH is not good
enough to provide description.
Ditropopsis waigeoensis sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Waigeo Island.
Ditropopsis sp.2
Ditropopsis wallacei sp. nov.
Distribution: Raja Ampat Islands: Waigeo Island.
Distribution: Papua New Guinea: WestSepik Province
(Map 7).
Ditropopsis sp.l
Note: Condition of specimens at UF is not good enough
to provide adequate description, as opercula are miss-
References: van Benthem Jutting (1963: 679), as D/t- ing.
ropis fultoni [misidentificationj; Greke (2011a: 71, 74)
[citing previous author].
Updated identification key to Ditropopsis species from the Papuan region
1 Shell cornucopia-like with whorls (except IV2-2 embryonic ones) more of less distinctly free .... 2 ( mirabilis group)
- Shell not cornucopia-like, whorls connected one with another along suture (in some species, a gap is presented
between the embryonic whorls and the rest of spire) . 4
2 Shell high conical, penultimate and body whorls diverging by about 30°; non-embryonic whorls with totally 3 spiral
carinae; operculum externally with median tubular process which is not pubescent . D. mirabilis
- Shell low conical, penultimate and body whorls diverging by much less than 30°, often almost subparallel; non-
embryonic whorls with 3-4 spiral carinae; operculum externally with median tubular process, which is pubescent or
not pubescent . 3
3 Shell whorls with totally 4, rarely 3 spiral carinae; operculum externally with bristle of long hairs covering the me¬
dian tubular process from outside . D. biroi
- Shell whorls with totally 3 spiral carinae; operculum not pubescent externally [this character was not controlled by
me] . D. spiralis
4 Shell apical whorls partly detached from the spire (a gap is presented between the embryonic whorls and the rest
of spire) . 5
- Shell apical whorls are not detached from the spire (a gap is presented between the embryonic whorls and the rest
of spire) . 14
5 One of three largest species in the region (about 5.4 x 5.5 mm). Shell high conical, has three external carinae: two
continuous , third presented on first three whorls, but atrophied to a markon forthcoming whorls; operculum simple,
white and not nacreous externally . D. pyramis sp. nov.
- Shell smaller (except D. magna), shape broader. Other characters not meet together . 6
6 Umbilicus is wide approximately V2 of the shell diameter; shell transparent, colourless; whorls 4; shell has 2 or 3
external and four umbilical carinae . D. ingenua
- Umbilicus narrower; shell coloured; whorls more than 4 . 7
7 One of three largest species in the region (3.5-4.8x4.8-6.8 mm). Shell low conical, has three external carinae: two
continuous , third disappears on the last whorl; operculum simple, white nacreous externally . D. magna
- Shell generally smaller; operculum derivative or simple, not white nacreous externally . 8
8 Shell low conical, rather small (about 1.6 x 2.5 mm), has 3-4 external and 3-4 umbilical carinae . D. aenigmatica
- Shell shape higher . 9
9 Shell additionally to 2 external carinae has intermediary carina, which located on the upper side of each whorl half¬
way between suture and periphery, become weak on next whorls till disappears on penultimate and body whorls ...
10 ( fultoni group)
. 11
. D. fultoni
. D. tritonensis
- Shell without or with discontinuous carina on the third whorl, which disappears in suture
10 Shell without umbilical carina; operculum simple
-Shell with umbilical carina, operculum derivative
11 Shell base with rough spiral striation; suture open, not covered by carina; operculum simple . D. heterospirifera
- Shell base without rough spiral striation; suture covered or partly covered by carina
12
ۤ%SSi^if'
201
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
12 Whorls 41/4, first 2 cover approximately V2 of the umbilical opening, shell with radial striation near upper suture.
Distance between peripheral and upper carinae relatively small. Umbilical surface reticulated by fine radial and spi¬
ral striae, has single umbilical carina. Suture partly covered . D. majalibit
- Whorls about 5, first 2 whorls cover Va or less of the umbilical opening. Shell with 3 external and 2 or 3 umbilical
carinae. Suture covered . 13 ( telnovi group)
13 Shell glossy, with extraordinary broad (~0.3 mm) and waved 3 external carinae, and 2 indistinct constant um¬
bilical carinae; top side of the shell with fine spiral lines; umbilical surface reticulated. Umbilicus is Va of the shell
diameter . D. telnovi
- Shell shiny, with 3 external and 3 not distinct umbilical carinae, with rough shell sculpture; top side of the shell
without spiral lines; umbilical surface without reticulation. Umbilicus is more than 1/3 of the shell diameter .
. D. waigeoensis
14 Shell high conical, higher than wide, with apical whorls, which are not detached from the spire. Umbilicus very
narrow (less than 1/7 of the shell diameter). Shell with two weak external carinae . D. a/ta
- Shell shape different, less high, umbilicus comparatively wider . 15
15 Shell discoid; has two external carinae. Exterior surface of operculum converged toward centre; with median hol¬
low . D. perlucidula
- Shell conical or low conical (not discoid); has up to 3 carinae. Exterior surface of operculum not converged toward
centre . 16
16 One of three largest species in the region (3.4 x 6.1 mm). Shell low conical, has two external carinae. Whorls
weakly convex . D. monticola
- Shell smaller. Other characters not meet together . 17
17 Shell bicolour, depressed, and low conical; has 2 external and single umbilical carina. Umbilicus wide (more than
1/3 of the shell diameter) . D. papuana
- Shell unicolour, shape various, from low conical to conical; has up to 3 external, but lack umbilical carinae. Umbili¬
cus same wide or narrower . 18
18 Shell depressed, low conical, with bulging apical whorls, has 2 or 3 external carinae ... 19 (moellendorffi group)
- Shell not depressed, whorls are convex, apex different, has 1 or 2 external carinae . 20
19 Shell has 3 external carinae. Operculum simple . D. moellendorffi
-Shell has 2 external carinae. Operculum derivative . D. halmaherica
20 Shell low conical. Peristome almost round . 21 ( benthemjuttingi group)
- Shell conical. Peristome triangular or quadrangular . 22 ( tamarau group)
21 Shell shiny and transparent with almost invisible striation; has single broad and spirally striated external carina,
which begins from the second whorl. Suture partly covered. Whorls 5 . D. benthemjuttingi
- Shell shiny and transparent with more distinct striation; has single and punctured external carina, which begins
from the third whorl. Whorls 4 . D. wallacei
- Shell dull, reticulated with rough striation; has two impunctured external carinae. Whorls 5 . D. obiensis
22 Shell has two external carinae . D. tamarau
- Shell with single external carina . 23
23 Shell shiny. Operculum brown internally . D. unicarinata
-Shell larger, dull. External carina is broader. Operculum pale internally . D. pallidioperculata
Bsogeographic patterns and endemism in the
Papuan Ditropopsis
Twenty seven Ditropopsis species (of them 25
named and 2 undescribed) are now known from
the Papuan region. The genus seems to be abun¬
dant on all insular systems in the western part of
the biogeographical region (The Moluccas, Raja
Ampat and Cenderawasih Bay Islands), but no spe¬
cies are hitherto known from archipelagos east of
New Guinea (Bismarck Archipelago, Louisiade and
Solomon Islands etc.), but these are very few re¬
cent publications on soil (micro)malacofauna in
these regions. None of the Papuan Ditropopsis
species are shared with neighbouring areas of the
Oriental or Australian region. Consequently, 100%
of Papuan Ditropopsis species are considered en¬
demics to the biogeographical unit. Moreover, 96%
of the presently known Papuan Ditropopsis species
are classified as local endemics (maximum dis¬
tance between localities 11-70 km) (Hamer, Slotow
2002). Only one species (4%), D. moellendorffi (0.
Boettger, 1891) is classified as a regional endemic
(maximum distance between localities 71-150 km).
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
Generally, the distribution of 96% known spe- geographic element - montane ridge, peninsula
cies is restricted to single small island or single etc. (Tab. 1)
Table 1. Diversity and rate of endemism in Ditropopsis species from the Papuan region.
In tropical regions with high mountains (for
example, New Guinea and Seram), changes in the
vegetation along an altitudinal gradient are clear
(Humboldt, in Hauff 1874). The fauna also changes
significantly with altitude. I have analysed Ditro¬
popsis species diversity at different altitudes and
in diverse altitudinal vegetation zones. Such an as¬
sessment has not been performed before for the
^apuan non-marine malacofauna. Thus, for a final
analysis, the amount of available data is not yet
sufficient. However, some general considerations
are possible.
All species of Ditropopsis from the Papuan re¬
gion are known from the lowland rainforest zone
0-700 m, with 200 m zone overlap) except for D.
tamarau sp. nov. which has been recorded within
the transition zone between lowland and lower
montane (701-1800 m, with 200 m zone overlap)
zones, at an altitude of 730 m. It is a bit surprisingly
that the rate of endemism in both lowland and low¬
er montane zones is so high (up to 100% for most
of islands or their geological parts) for almost all
Ditropopsis species and their collecting sites.
Acknowledgements
The author is highly grateful to Jonathan Ablett
(BMNH), Dr. Jeroen Goud and Valesca Lindenberg
(RMNH), Dr. Ronald Janssen (SMF) and Dr. John
Slapcinsky (UF) for providing the material, inclusive
type specimens, and friendly help in producing pho¬
tographs of type specimens stored in the RMNH
and SMF. Dr. Dmitry Telnov (the Entomological So¬
ciety of Latvia, Riga) is thanked for preparing colour
photographs of specimens and distribution maps.
John Slapcinsky (UF) is thanked for kind as¬
sistance with proof reading the final version of the
manuscript.
References
Beehler B.M., Pratt T.K., Zimmerman D.A. 1986. Birds of
New Guinea. Handbook No. 9 of the Wau Ecology
Institute. New Jersey, Princeton University Press: xiii
+ 293 pp.
Boettger 0. 1891. Ad. Strubell’s Konchylien aus Java II
203
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
und von den Molukken. - Bericht der Senckenber-
gischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Frank¬
furt a. M. 1891: 241-318, pis 3-4.
Darlington P.J., Jr. 1962. The Carabid beetles of New
Guinea. Part I. Cicindelinae, Carabinae, Harpalinae
through Pterostichini. - Bulletin of the Museum of
Comparative Zoology 126: 321-564, pis. 1-4.
Darlington P.J., Jr. 1971. The Carabid beetles of New
Guinea. Part IV. General considerations, analysis
and history of the fauna, taxonomic supplement.
- Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology
142: 129-337.
Fukuda H. 2000. A new replacement name for Ditropis
Blanford, 1869 (non Kirschbaum, 1868) (Gastrop¬
oda, Architaenioglossa, Cyclophoridae). - Basteria
64, No. 1/3: 1-2.
Fukuda FI., Ponder W.F. 2003. Australian freshwater
assimineids, with a synopsis of the recent genus-
group taxa of the Assimineidae (Mollusca: Caeno-
gastropoda: Rissooidea). - Journal of Natural His¬
tory 37, No. 16: 1977-2032.
Greke K. 2011a. Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith,
1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the
Papuan region: 69-76, pis 9-14. In: Telnov D. (ed.)
Biodiversity , biogeography and nature conserva¬
tion in Wallacea and New Guinea. Volume 1. Riga,
the Entomological Society of Latvia: 434 pp + 92
pis.
Greke K. 2011b. First record of the genus Ditropopsis
E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophori¬
dae) from North Moluccas. - Vernate 30: 161-166.
Gressitt J.L. 1982. General introduction. In: Gressitt J.L.
(ed.) Monographiae Biologicae 42, Biogeography
and ecology of New Guinea. Dr. W. Junk Publishers,
the Hague: 3-13.
Hauff H. 1874. Alexander von Humboldts Reise in die Ae-
quinoctial-Gegenden des neuen Continents. Stutt¬
gart, Cotta. Volume 1: x + 1-256, volume 2: 1-259.
Kobelt W. 1902. Cyclophoridae. In: Kobelt W. (ed.)
Das Tierreich. Eine Zusammenstellung und Ken-
nzeichnung der rezenten Tierformen 16. Berlin,
R.Friedlander und Sohn: l-XXXIX + 1-662.
Kobelt W., Moellendorff 0. von 1899. Katalog der ge-
genwartig lebend bekannten Pneumonopomen.
Nachtrage und Berichtigunegen. - Nachrichten-
blatt der Deutschen Malakozoologischen Gesell¬
schaft 31, No. 9/10: 1-140.
Leschke M. 1912a. Mollusken der Hamburger Sudsee-
Expedition 1908/09. (Admiralitatsinsel, Bismarck-
archipel, Deutsch-Neugiunea). - Mitteilungen aus
dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Hamburg 29
(1911): 89-172, 1 pi.
Leschke M. 1912b. Mollusca (mit Einschluss der Soleno-
gastren und Polyplacophoren) fur 1911 (Faunistik,
Systematik, Biologie). - Archiv fur Naturgeschichte
78, No. 11: 24-91.
Myers N., Mittermeier R.A., Mittermeier C.G., da Fonseca
G.A.B., Kent J. 2000. Biodiversity hotspots for con¬
servation priorities. - Nature 403: 853-858.
Riedel A. 2002. Taxonomy , Phytogeny , and Zoogeography
of the Weevil Genus Euops (Insecta: Coleoptera:
Curculionoidea) in the Papuan Region. Disserta¬
tion zur Erlangung des Doktorgrades der Fakultat
fur Biologie der Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitat
Munchen: 216 pp.
Smith E.A. 1897. On a collection of land-shells from New
Guinea. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural His¬
tory 20, No. 6: 409-420, pi. 9.
Soos L. 1911. On a collection of land shells from New
Guinea and adjacent islands. - Annales Muse/ Na-
tionalis hungarici 9: 345-356.
Strack H.L. 1993. Results of the Rumphius Biohistori-
cal expedition to Ambon (1990). Part 1. General
account and list of stations. - Zoologische Verhan-
delingen Leiden 289: 1-72, pis. 1-4.
van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1953. Annotated list of the
non-marine Mollusca of the Moluccan islands Am¬
bon, Haruku, Saparua and Nusa Laut. - Treubia
22, No. 2: 275-318.
van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1958. Non-marine Mollusca
of the island of Misool. - Nova Guinea: A Journal
of Botany , Zoology, Anthropology, Ethnography , Ge¬
ology and Palaeontology of the Papuan Region 9:
293-338.
van Benthem Jutting W.S.S. 1963. Non-marine Mollusca
of West New Guinea. Part 2, Operculate land shells.
- Nova Guinea: A Journal of Botany, Zoology, An¬
thropology , Ethnography, Geology and Palaeontol¬
ogy of the Papuan Region 23: 653-726, pis XXVII-
XXX.
Whitmore T.C. (ed.) 1981. Wallace’s Line and plate tec¬
tonics. Oxford Monographs in Biogeography 1. Ox¬
ford, Clarendon Press: xii + 91 pp.
Wiktor A. 1998. Terrestrial gastropods of the province
of Madang in Papua New Guinea. I. Terrestrial Pro-
sobranchia. - Archiv fur Molluskenkunde 127, No.
1/2: 1-20.
Zilch A. 1955. Die Typen und Typoide des Natur-Muse-
ums Senckenberg, 15: Mollusca, Cyclophoridae,
Cyclophorinae - Cyclophoreae (2). - Archiv fur Mol¬
luskenkunde 84, No. 4/6: 183-210.
204
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
Map 2. Records of Ditropopsis species on Misool Island. Circle - D. heterospirifera (van Benthem Jutting 1958);
filled circle - D. pyramis sp. nov.; rhomb - D. a/ta sp. nov.; filled rhomb - D. magna sp. nov.; filled triangle - D. ben-
themjuttingi Greke, 2011a (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
Map 3. Records of Ditropopsis species on Waigeo Island. Circle - D. unicarinata sp. nov.; filled circle - D. waigeoen-
sis sp. nov.; filled triangle - D. teinovi sp. nov.; square - D. majalibit sp. nov.; filled square - D. wallacei sp. nov.
(prepared with Arc View 9.0).
205
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Map 4. Records of Ditropopsis species from North Moluccas. Square - D. halmaherica sp. nov.; circle - D. obiensis
Greke, 2011b; filled circle - D. perlucidula Greke, 2011b (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
206
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
(plates 15-28)
Map 5. Records of Ditropopsis species from Central Moluccas. Square - D. spiralis (0. Boettger, 1891); circle - D.
moellendorffi (0. Boettger, 1891); filled circle - D. ingenua (0. Boettger, 1891) (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
Map 6. Records of Ditropopsis species from West New Guinea. Square - D. pallidioperculata sp. nov.; filled square -
D. fultoni( E.A. Smith, 1897); circle - D. aenigmatica (van Benthem Jutting, 1963); filled circle - D. tritonensis Greke,
2011a; rhomb - D. papuana (E.A. Smith, 1897); triangle - D. mirabilis Greke, 2011a; filled triangle - D. monticola
sp. nov.; star - D. tamarau sp. nov. (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
207
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Map 7. Records of Ditropopsis species from northern New Guinea. Circle - D. biroi (Soos, 1911); filled circle - D.
sp.l; questionmark - D. sp.2 (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
208
Hava, J.: Contribution to the genus Orphinus Motschulsky, 1858 from New Guinea (Coleoptera: Dermestidae)
Contribution to the genus Orphinus Motschulsky,
1858 from New Guinea (Coleoptera: Dermestidae:
Megatominae)
Jim Hava
Department of Forest Protection and Entomology, Faculty of Forestry and Wood Sciences, Czech
University of Life Sciences, Kamycka 1176, CZ-165 21, Prague 6 - Suchdol, Czech Republic;
jh.dermestidae@volny.cz
Abstract: Two new species of Dermestidae are described, illustrated and compared: Orphinus wau sp. nov. and
Orphinus newirelandicus sp. nov., both new species belong to the nominotypical subgenus.
Keywords: Coleoptera, Dermestidae, Orphinus, New Guinea, taxonomy, new species.
Introduction
The presented article follows of my preceding
paper about Dermestidae from New Guinea (Hava
2011; Gressitt & Flornabrook 1985) not mentioned
genus Orphinus Motschulsky, 1858 from New
Guinea. In the present article is summarized
species belonged to the genus Orphinus known
from New Guinea, with descriptions of two new
species.
Material and Methods
The following measurements were made: Total
length (TL) - linear distance from anterior margin
of pronotum to apex of elytra. Elytra I width (EW) -
maximum linear transverse distance.
Abbreviations:
JHAC - Private Entomological Laboratory & Collection,
Unetice u Prahy, Prague-West, Czech Republic.
Taxonomical part
Genus Orphinus Motschulsky, 1858
Subgenus Orphinus s. str.
Orphinus biroi Pic, 1956
Type locality: New Guinea, Erima, Astrolabe Bay.
Material examined: 1$ JHAC, Nieuw Guinea,
Tami river, Hollandia 1930.
Distribution: Species known only from Papua
New Guinea.
Orphinus fasciatus (Matsumura, Yokoyama,
1928)
Material examined: 1$ JHAC, N Guinea,
Friedrich-Wilh.-hafen, 1901.
Distribution: Species known from Japan,
Philippines (Luzon), Taiwan, Papua New Guinea.
Orphinus newirelandicus sp. nov. (Figs 1-4)
Holotype $ JHAC, PNG, New Ireland Pr., Hans Meyer
Range, 60 km SE Namatanai, Hirudan Riv., 04°00’41”S
152°50’79"E, 9. iii.2000, A. Weigel Igt.
Type specimen labelled with red, printed labels
bearing the text as follows: HOLOTYPE Orphinus (0.)
newirelandicus sp. nov. J. Hava det. 2012.
Derivatio nominis: Named according to the type
locality.
Description: Female. Body black and reddish
on dorsal surfaces, black on ventral surfaces;
generally large and oval. Body TL 3.05 mm,
EW 1.78 mm. Head finely punctate with long
yellow pubescence. Palpi brown; pubescence
on mentum denser. Eye very large with brown
setae. Ocellus on front present. Antennae brown
with yellow setae, 11-segmented, antennal club
2-segmented, terminal antennal segment small,
circular (Fig. 2). Pronotum black discaly, reddish
on lateral parts; on the disc punctate like head,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
densely foveolate posteriorly, with long yellow,
recumbent pubescence. Scutellum triangular
without pubescence. Elytra finely punctate with
long yellow, recumbent pubescence on reddish
fasciae; other part of cuticle black covered by short,
black pubescence (Fig. 1). Legs brown with yellow
pubescence. Mesosternum coarsely punctate
laterally, otherwise finely punctate, covered by
yellow, long, recumbent pubescence. Abdominal
sternites with long, recumbent, yellow pubescence,
10th sternite as in Fig. 3. Female genitalia (Fig. 4).
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Differential diagnosis: The new species differs
2
from all known species by the characteristic elytral
fasciae and structure of antennae, from Guinean
species differs by the following characters:
1 Each elytron with one anterior, transverse fasciae
(Fig. 1) . 0. newirelandicus sp. nov.
- Each elytron with one transverse fasciae and
apical spot . 2
2 Apical spot very large, transverse fasciae broad
. 0. biroi
- Apical spot small, transverse fasciae narrow .
. 0. fasciatus
Orphinus testaceipes (Pic, 1915)
Type locality: New Guinea, Stephansort,
Astrolabe Bay.
Type material: Holotype S MNHN, Stephansort,
Figures 1-4. Orphinus newirelandicus sp. nov., holotype $. 1 - Left elytron; 2 - Left antenna; 3 - Sternite 10;
4 - Female genitalia.
Hava, J.: Contribution to the genus Orphinus Motschulsky, 1858 from New Guinea (Coleoptera: Dermestidae)
Astrolabe B., D.N. Guinea, (Kunzmann 1894)
[printed label] / Type [small, yellowish, handwritten
label] / Thaumaglossa testaceipes Pic [handwritten
label] / Orphinus probabl [handwritten label].
Additional material studied: 1$ JHAC, N
Guinea, Stephansort, Astrolabe Bay, 1900.
Distribution: Species known only from Papua
New Guinea.
Orphinus wau sp. nov. (Figs 5-6)
Holotype $ JHAC, Papua New Guinea, Wau, 4000 ft.,
24-30. vi. 1974. Type specimen was labelled with red,
printed labels bearing the text as follows: HOLOTYPE
6
Figures 5-6. Orphinus wau sp. nov., holotype 5 - Left
elytron; 6 - Left antenna.
Orphinus (O.) wau sp. nov. J. Hava det. 2012.
Derivatio nominis: Named according to the type
locality.
Description: Female. Body black on dorsal
and ventral surfaces; generally small and oval.
Body TL 2.93 mm, EW 1.60 mm. Head coarsely
punctate with long whitish-grey pubescence.
Palpi brown; pubescence on mentum denser.
Eye very large with brown setae. Ocellus on front
present. Antennae dark brown with brown setae,
11-segmented, antennal club 2-segmented,
terminal antennal segment small, circular (Fig. 6).
Pronotum on the disc punctate like head, densely
foveolate posteriorly, with long whitish-grey, erected
pubescence. Scutellum triangular without whitish-
grey pubescence. Elytra finely punctate with long
white and brown, erected pubescence; cuticle
black; each elytrown with four fasciae from whitish-
grey pubescence (Fig. 5). Legs brown with short,
white pubescence. Mesosternum coarsely punctate
laterally, otherwise finely punctate, covered by
whitish-grey, short, recumbent pubescence.
Abdominal sternites with short, recumbent, whitish-
grey pubescence.
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Differential diagnosis: The new species is
very similar to O. subfasciatus Pic, 1927 (the
Philippines: Mindanao) but differs from it by the
following characters:
1 Antennae yellowish-brown; elytra I pubescence
recumbent; three elytral transverse fasciae from
grey pubescence narrow . 0. subfasciatus
- Antennae dark brown; elytral pubescence erected
and rucumbent; four elytral fasciae from whitish-
grey pubescence erected and broad .
. 0. wau sp. nov.
List of Orphinus Motschulsky, 1858 species from
New Guinea
Orphinus bird Pic, 1956
= Orphinus bird var. seminotatus Pic, 1956
Distribution: Papua New Guinea.
Orphinus fasciatus (Matsumura, Yokoyama, 1928)
= Orphinus rufopictus Kalfk [unpublished name]: Hava,
in Hava et Votruba, 2005
Distribution: Japan, the Philippines (Luzon), Taiwan,
Papua New Guinea.
211
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Orphinus fulvipes (Guerin-Meneville, 1838)
= Attagenus [?] defectus Walker, 1858
= Trogoderma brasiliensis Reitter, 1881
= Cryptorhopalum brevicorne Sharp, in Blackburn et
Sharp, 1885
= Trogoderma unicolor Kolbe, 1910
= Orphinus ruficollis Kalik, 1955
Distribution: Cosmopolitan species.
Orphinus newirelandicus sp. nov.
Distribution: Papua New Guinea (described in this
publication).
Orphinus testaceipes (Pic, 1915)
Distribution: Papua New Guinea.
Orphinus wau sp. nov.
Distribution: Papua New Guinea (described in this
publication).
Acknowledgements
I would like to express my thanks to Andreas
Weigel (Wernburg, Germany) for passing me the
interested material and to Dr. Dmitry Telnov (the
Entomological Society of Latvia, Riga) for reading
the manuscript. This research was supported by the
Internal Grant Agency (IGA n. 20124364), Faculty of
Forestry and Wood Sciences, Czech University of
Life Sciences Prague.
References
Gressitt J.L., Hornabrook R.W. 1985. Handbook of
common New Guinea Beetles. Wau Ecology
Institute, Handbook 2: 1-87.
Hava J. 2011. Key to species of Dermestidae (Coleoptera)
recorded from the island of New Guinea: 79-82.
In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity ; Biogeography and
Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea.
Volume 1. Riga, The Entomological Society of
Latvia: 434 pp, 92 pis.
212
Kalashian, M.Yu., Kuban, V.: New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) ...
(plates 29-30)
New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810
(Coleoptera: Buprestidae) from Sulawesi, Indonesia
and from Australia
Mark Yu. Kalashian 1, VItezslav Kuban 2
1 - Scientific Center of Zoology and Hydroecology, National Academy of Sciences of Armenia,
7, P. Sevak Street, 375014, Yerevan, Armenia; mkalashianl@gmail.com
2 - Narodnf Muzeum v Praze, Department of Entomology, Zamek Kunratice, 148 00, Praha 4 -
Kunratice, Czech Republic; vkuban@nm.cz
Abstract: Aphanisticus barclayi sp. nov., Aphanisticus sulawesicus sp. nov. from Sulawesi (Indonesia), and
Aphanisticus australasiae sp. nov., Aphanisticus queenslandicus sp. nov. from Queensland, Australia are described
and figured. The species from Sulawesi belong to A. chloris Obenberger, 1928 species-groups and those from
Australia belong to A. endeloides Carter, 1924 species-group. Keys to species of both groups are provided.
Key words: Coleoptera, Buprestidae, Sulawesi, Australia, Aphanisticus queenslandicus sp. nov., Aphanisticus
barclayi sp. nov., Aphanisticus sulawesicus sp. nov., Aphanisticus australasiae sp. nov.
Introduction
The present paper is continuing our studies on
the genus Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Kalashian
1993, 1994, 1996, 1999, 2003, 2004; Kuban &
Kalashian 2006) and is dedicated to descriptions
of two new species from Sulawesi, Indonesia
and another two from Queensland, Australia.
The species from Sulawesi belong to A. chloris
Obenberger, 1928 species-groups and those from
Australia belong to A. endeloides Carter, 1924
species-group.
Material studied is deposited in the following
collections:
BMNH - The Natural History Museum, London, United
Kingdom;
MKCY - M. Kalashian collection, Yerevan, Armenia;
MNHP - Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
France;
NMPC - Narodnf Muzeum v Praze, Prague, Czech
Republic;
VKCB - V. Kuban collection in Narodnf Muzeum, Prague,
Czech Republic;
ZIN - Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences,
St. Petersburg, Russia.
Taxonomical part
Species-group Aphanisticus endeloides Carter,
1924
Body small and narrow, strongly convex, dark
bronzy, bronzy-black or black with bronzy reflection.
Frontovertex deeply concave, oculofrontal margins
sharp, keel-shaped. Antennomeres 9-11 strongly
widened, forming flat club. Pronotum on disc
with two transversal gibbosities and with strongly
elevated anterior and posterior margins. Each
elytron prolonged a pica I ly into laterally situated
acute-angled tooth; elytra I surface with distinct
slightly irregular and obtuse longitudinal medial
keel approximately equidistant from suture and
lateral margin, and shorter and less distinct
presutural keel between the first one and suture.
The group was first established by Kalashian
(2004) as A. denticauda Kalashian, 1993 species-
group for three species, two from South-East Asia
and one from Lombok, Indonesia (within Wallacea).
Study of paratype of Aphanisticus endeloides
Carter, 1924 in MNHP labelled “Cairns, Australie
[handwritten] / Cairns [handwritten] / Aphanisticus
endeloides Carter [handwritten] / Cotype, H.J.C.
[handwritten] / endeloides Carter, Paratype
[handwritten]" illustrated that this species belongs
to the same group and thus the group is here
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
renamed afterthe name of oldestspecies. Two more
species from Australia are described below. Thus,
this group is one of species-groups of Buprestidae
crossing Wallace’s Line and being presented both
in South-East Asia and in Australia (Carter 1929).
Aphanisticus queenslandicus sp. nov. (Fig. 1, plate
29 fig. 5)
Holotype $ BMNH, S.E. Queensland, Tambourine Mts.,
1-9.V.1935/ AUSTRALIA: R.E. Turner, Brit. Mus., 1935-
240.
Paratypes 5 specimens: IQ MKCY, same data as in
holotype, but 18-25. v.1935; 1<$, 1$ BMNH, Port Darwin,
N.W. Australia, J/J/Walker; 1$ MKCY, AUSTRALIA: Qld.
[Queensland], Bundaberg, 19/ R.C.L. Perkins Coll., B.M.
1942-95; 1$ BMNH, G.C. Champion Coll., B.M. 1927-
409, without locality data.
Derivatio nominis: The new species is named
after Queensland province of Australia where type
material was collected.
Description: Body strongly elongate, 3.80-
3.85 times as long as wide, bronzy-black, surface
distinctly microreticulated with silky luster. Nearly
glabrous, with few almost invisible very short
hairs on abdominal stern ites. Total body length
2.55-2.75 mm, width 0.65-0.71 mm. Head 1.45
times narrower than pronotum, rather large, with
sides slightly convex, weakly convergent anteriorly.
Clypeus turned back, situated horizontally, nearly
equilaterally triangular, deeply arcuately concave
distally. Postclypeal fovea large and deep, almost
regularly rounded. Frons distinctly widened
posteriorly, frontovertex deeply concave, irregularly
narrowed to back, nearly “bottle-shaped” in dorsal
aspect, concavity posteriorly not reaching anterior
margin of pronotum. Oculofrontral margins sharp,
keel-shaped, eyes rather large, reniform with narrow
and slightly concave upper half and wide finely
convex lower part. Surface of vertex and temples
with shallow moderately dense punctures of
moderate size. Antennomers 1 and 2 big, swollen,
3-8 small, finely enlarged distally, 9-11 strongly
widened, forming flat club. Pronotum very slightly
wider than elytra, approximately 1.25-1.30 times
as wide as long, cordiform, widest approximately
near anterior 2/5, sides slightly irregularly serrate,
nearly regularly arcuate, sinuate just before
posterior angles, anterior margin concave, very
slightly bisinuate, posterior angles nearly straight.
Posterior margin bisinuate with triangular medial
lobe. Pronotum flattened along lateral margins,
with rather deep and large foveiform depressions
medially of posterior angles, disk convex, convexity
divided by transversal depressions into convex
anterior and posterior margins and two large
transversal gibbosities. Surface with single very
shallow, rounded punctures of moderate size.
Scutellum punctiform, very small, nearly invisible.
Elytra approximately 2.7 times as long as wide,
their sides sinuately very slightly divergent to
posterior 2/5 where elytra are widest, then firstly
finely convexly, then slightly sinuately narrowed to
apices; elytra lateroapically with large acute teeth
d u I led a pica I ly. E I y t r a with deep na r row tra nsverse
depressions along base medially of humeral
tubercles, narrowly flattened along anterior 2/5-
1/2 of sides, disk between medial keels anteriorly
convex, posteriorly adpressed along suture, suture
convex. Each elytron with medial keel smoothed
in posterior third of elytra, presutural keel distinct
in anterior third of elytra, then corroded by rough
structure consisting of deep and large irregular
cells, bordered longitudinally with these keels or
longitudinal wrinkles, separated from each other
by strong irregular transverse wrinkles, laterally
of keels surface with strong and deep punctures
anteriorly; sculpture smoothed posteriorly and in
posterior fourth of elytra nearly inconspicuous.
Ventral surface with several rather large irregular
shallow punctures distinct in sternum including its
medial portion, to back this structure smoothed,
in last abdominal sternites nearly invisible. Male
genitalia as in Fig. 1.
Sexual dimorphism: Anal sternite in male
irregularly arcuate, in female cut distally with two
pairs of short acute-angled teeth.
Differential diagnose: See key below.
Distribution: Australia: Queensland.
Aphanisticus australasiae sp. nov. (Thery in coll.)
(Fig. 2, plate 29 fig. 2)
Holotype S BMNH, [Australia] Adelaide River, 91-
49/ 997/ Type [round with red margin] / Aphanisticus
australasiae Thery [handwritten] TYPE [printed, red].
Derivatio nominis: We are keeping the name
proposed by A. Thery and originated from the name
of the country of distribution.
Description: Body moderately elongate, 3.25
times as long as wide, black with inconspicuous
bronzy luster, bronze, surface distinctly
microreticulated with silky lustre. Nearly glabrous,
with few almost invisible very short hairs on
abdominal sternites. Total body length 2.85
mm, width - 0.88 mm. Head 1.6 times narrower
than pronotum, rather large, with sides slightly
convex, rather distinctly convergent anteriorly.
214
Kalashian, M.Yu., Kuban, V.: New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) ...
(plates 29-30)
Clypeus turned back, situated horizontally, nearly
equilaterally triangular, deeply arcuately concave
distally. Postclypeal fovea large and deep, almost
regularly rounded. Frons distinctly widened
posteriorly, frontovertex deeply concave, irregularly
narrowed to back, nearly “bottle-shaped” in dorsal
aspect, concavity posteriorly not reaching anterior
margin of pronotum. Oculofrontral margins sharp,
keel-shaped, eyes rather large, reniform with narrow
and slightly concave upper half and wide finely
convex lower part. Surface of vertex and temples
with very shallow sparse punctures. Antennomers
1 and 2 big, swollen, 3-8 small, finely enlarged
distally, 9-11 strongly widened, forming flat club.
Pronotum slightly wider than elytra, 1.55 times as
wide as long, cordiform, widest approximately near
anterior 2/5, sides slightly irregularly serrate, nearly
regularly arcuate, sinuate just before posterior
angles, anterior margin concave, very slightly
bisinuate, posterior angles somewhat obtuse-
angled, widely rounded. Posterior margin bisinuate
with triangular medial lobe. Pronotum flattened
along lateral margins, with rather deep and large
foveiform depressions medially of posterior angles,
disk convex, convexity divided by transversal
depressions into convex anterior and posterior
margins and two large transversal gibbosities.
Surface with single large, very shallow, rounded
punctures. Scutellum punctiform, very small,
nearly invisible. Elytra approximately 2.4 times
as long as wide, widest just behind humeri, sides
sinuately very weekly convergent to posterior 2/5,
then firstly finely convexly, then slightly sinuately
narrowed to sharp lateroapical teeth. Elytra with
deep narrow transverse depressions along base
medially of humeral tubercles, narrowly flattened
along anterior 2/5-1/2 of sides, disk between
medial keels flattened, posteriorly ad pressed along
suture, suture convex. Each elytron with medial keel
smoothed in posterior third of elytra, presutural
keel short, distinct in anterior fourth of elytra, then
corroded by rough structure consisting of deep and
large irregular cells, bordered longitudinally with
these keels or longitudinal wrinkles, separated
from each other by strong irregular transverse
wrinkles, laterally of keels surface with strong and
deep punctures anteriorly; sculpture smoothed
posteriorly. Ventral surface with several rather
large irregular shallow punctures distinct in lateral
areas of sternum and nearly invisible medially and
posteriorly; anal stern ite irregularly arcuate. Male
genitalia as in Fig. 2.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Differential diagnose: See key below.
Distribution: Australia: Queensland.
Key to species of Aphanisticus endeloides Carter species group
1 Bigger species, body length 4 mm, body nearly black with distinct greenish luster. Eyes with whole surface
slightly convex. Elytra with slight keels. Dorsal surface with smoothed microreticulation, looks shinier. Australia
(Queensland) . A. endeloides Carter, 1924
- Smaller species, body 2.55-3.05 mm. Eyes with slightly concave upper half and finely convex lower part. Body dark
bronzy or black with bronzy luster, elytral keels more prononced. Dorsal surface microreticulated, with silky lustre .
. 2
2 Body more elongate, 4.25 times as long as wide. Body 2.85 mm. Indonesia (Lombok) .
. A. bolmi Kalashian, 2004 (Plate 29, fig. 4)
- Body more robust, 3.25-3.85 times as long as wide . 3
3 Pronotum cordiform, widest approximately near anterior 2/5. Species from Australia (Queensland) . 4
- Pronotum not cordiform, widest approximately at middle or behind it. Species from South-East Asia . 5
4 Body more elongate, 3.80-3.85 times as long as wide. Smaller species, body 2.55-2.75 mm .
. A. queenslandicus sp. nov. (Plate 29, fig. 5)
- Body more robust, 3.25 times as long as wide. Bigger species, body 2.85 mm .
. A. australasiae sp. nov. (Plate 29, fig. 2)
5 Elytra 2.6-2. 7 times as long as wide, their sculpture rougher, presutural keels shorter, somewhere corroded by
rough punctures. Head less widened posteriorly. Body 2.75-2.96 mm. Thailand .
. A. kolibaci Kalashian, 1999 (Plate 29, fig. 1)
- Elytra 2.45 times as long as wide, their sculpture finer, presutural keels longer and more distinct. Head more
widened posteriorly. Body 3.05 mm. Vietnam . A. denticauda Kalashian, 1993 (Plate 29, fig. 3)
215
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Species-group Aphanisticus chloris Obenberger,
1928
Body small and narrow, moderately convex,
dark bronzy, bronzy-black, rarely bicolorous with
head and pronotum bronzy-black and elytra black
with steel lustre. Head rather small, narrowed
anteriorly, frontovertex deeply concave, eyes large,
convex, distinctly projected from head outline,
oculofrontal margins obtuse. Antennae serrate
starting from antennomere 8. Pronotum widely
cordiform, disc with big moderately convex central
gibbosity sometimes bearing pair of shallow
transversal adpressions laterally. Elytra moderately
convex, with rows of punctures somewhere hyphen¬
shaped and fused into more or less long striae.
Species-group was established by Kalashian
(2003). Majority of species are distributed in the
Philippines, one species described from Malaysia
(Obenberger 1928; Kalashian 2003). Two more
species from Sulawesi, Indonesia are described
below.
Aphanisticus barclayi sp. nov. (Fig. 4, plate 30 fig.
1)
Holotype $ BMNH, INDONESIA: SULAWESI UTARA
Dumoga-Bone N.P., February 1985/Rithamsted light
trap, site 1, 200 m, H. Barlow/ R.Ent.Soc.Lond., Project
Wallace, B.M. 1985-10.
Patatypes 8 specimens: 1$ BMNH, same data as
in holotype, but Lowland forest ca. 200m/ Malaise
trap; 1$ BMNH, same data as in holotype, but March
1985/ lowland forest ca. 200m/ malaise trap; 1$
BMNH, same data as in holotype, but 13-20 March
1985/ plot B, ca.300m lowland forest/ malaise trap;
±S MKCY, same data as in holotype, but Tray 107/ FOG
11, 230m, 10.iii.85, BMNH Plot A; 1$ BMNH, same
data as in holotype, but April, 1985; ±S BMNH, same
data as in holotype, but July 1985/ Tray 84/ FOG 13,
230m, ll.vii.85, BMNH Plot A; 1$ MKCY, same data as
in holotype, but July 1985/ Plot A, ca. 200 m, Lowland
forest/ trap Flight interception; 1$ MKCY, same data
as in holotype, but December 1985/ lowland forest ca.
200m/ malaise trap.
Derivatio nominis: The new species is dedicated
to M.Sc. Maxwell V.L. Barclay, Head Curator,
Coleoptera Department of Entomology of BMNH,
with our deepest gratitude and respect.
Description: Body elongate, 3.0-3.25 times
as long as wide, moderately convex, dark bronzy.
Surface with inconspicuous microreticulation,
rather shiny. Total body length 2.32-2.85 mm, width
- 0.71-0.95 mm. Head 1.65-1.75 times narrower
than pronotum, with sides moderately convex,
distinctly convergent anteriorly. Clypeus turned
back, situated horizontally, longitudinally triangular,
deeply arcuately concave distally. Postclypeal fovea
large and deep, transversally oval. Frons rather
narrow, very weakly widened posteriorly, frontovertex
deeply arcuately concave, concavity posteriorly not
reaching anterior margin of pronotum. Oculofrontral
margins obtuse, rounded, eyes convex, distinctly
projected from head outline. Surface of vertex
and temples with single nearly indistinct small
punctures. Antennae serrate from antennomere 8,
antennomers 1 and 2 big, swollen, 3-7 small, finely
enlarged distally, 8-10 approximately equilateral,
11 transversally oval. Pronotum slightly narrower
than elytra, 1.48-1.5 times as wide as long, widely
cordiform, widest between middle and anterior 1/3,
sides inconspicuously irregularly serrate, nearly
regularly arcuate, very weakly sinuate just before
posterior angles, anterior margin slightly bisinuate,
posterior margin bisinuate with triangular medial
lobe, posterior angles approximately straight.
Pronotum flattened along lateral margins, with
large moderately deep depressions medially of
posterior angles, disc with big nearly regularly
convex medial gibbosity, anterior portion and
posterior margin of pronotum convex. Lateral
flattened portions of pronotum with irregular single
nearly indistinct small punctures, gibbosity with
inconspicuous traces of punctures. Scutellum
rather big, triangular, slightly convex. Elytra 2.08-
2.24 times as long as wide, widest just behind
humeri and/ or behind middle, in this portion with
slightly sinuate subparallel sides, then firstly finely
convexly, then very weakly sinuately narrowed to
separately slightly irregularly arcuate apices. Elytra
moderately convex, narrowly flattened along sides
behind humeri in anterior half, flattened or slightly
ad pressed along posterior 1/2-1/3 of suture.
Surface of elytra with rows of punctures, anteriorly
and medially round, rough, laterally and posteriorly
smoothed, hyphen-like, somewhere fused into
short longitudinal striae; anteriorly elytra also with
irregular shallow transversal wrinkles. Prosternal
process with single very small inconspicuous
punctures, sternum laterally with rather dense and
large flat punctures, sculpture smoothed medially
and posteriorly, in middle portion of sternum and
in abdominal sternits nearly invisible. Anal sternite
rounded distally in both sexes. Male genitalia as in
Fig. 4.
Sexual dimorphism: Sexual dimorphism very
slightly pronounced in the structure of anal sternite
which is slightly narrower in male than in female.
216
Kalashian, M.Yu., Kuban, V.: New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) ...
(plates 29-30)
Differential diagnose: See key below.
Distribution: Indonesia: North Sulawesi, Bogani
Nani Wartabone National park.
Aphanisticus sulawesicus sp. nov. (Fig. 3, plate 30
fig. 4)
Holotype S BMNH, INDONESIA: SULAWESI UTARA
Dumoga-Bone N.P., February 1985/Tray 11 / Fog 5, 400
m, ll.ii.1985, BMNH Plot 0/ R. Ent. Soc. Lond., Project
Wallace, B. M. 1985-10.
Paratypes 8^ specimens: 1$ MKCY, same data as
in holotype, but Tray 112/ Fog 3, 315 m, 8.ii.l985,
BMNH Plot B; 1$ BMNH, same data as in holotype, but
March 1985/ Plot B, ca 300 m, Lowland forest/ Flight
interception trap; 1$ MKCY, same data as in holotype,
but March 1985/ Plot C, ca 400 m, Lowland forest/
Flight interception trap; 1$ BMNH, the same data, but
April 1985/ Malaise trap/ Lowland forest, 200-300 m;
2$ BMNH, 1$ MKCY, same data as in holotype, but
July 1985/ Plot A, ca 200 m, Lowland forest/ Flight
interception trap; 1$ BMNH, same data as in holotype,
but November 1985/ Plot A, ca 200 m, Lowland forest/
Flight interception trap.
Derivatio nominis: The new species is named
after Sulawesi Isl., Indonesia where type material
was collected.
Description: Body elongate, 2.95-3.10 times
as long as wide, moderately convex, dark bronzy.
Surface with inconspicuous microreticulation,
rather shiny. Total body length 2.83-2.90 mm, width
- 0.93-0.98 mm. Head 1.65-1.70 times narrower
than pronotum, with sides moderately convex,
distinctly convergent anteriorly. Clypeus turned
back, situated horizontally, nearly equilaterally
triangular, deeply arcuately concave distally.
Postclypeal fovea large and deep, almost regularly
rounded. Frons rather wide, moderately widened
posteriorly, frontovertex deeply arcuately concave,
concavity posteriorly not reaching anterior margin of
pronotum. Oculofrontral margins obtuse, rounded,
eyes rather convex, moderately projected from
head outline. Surface of vertex and temples with
sparse small inconspicuous punctures. Antennae
serrate from antennomere 8, antennomers 1 and
2 big, swollen, 3-7 small, finely enlarged distally, 8
approximately equilateral, 9- 10 strongly transversal,
11 transverselly oval. Pronotum very slightly
narrower than elytra, 1.51-1.63 times as wide as
long, widely cordiform, widest between middle
and anterior 1/3, sides inconspicuously irregularly
serrate, nearly regularly arcuate, weakly sinuate
just before posterior angles, anterior margin slightly
bisinuate, posterior margin bisinuatewith triangular
medial lobe, posterior angles approximately
straight. Pronotum flattened along lateral margins,
with large and deep depressions medially of
posterior angles, disc with big medial gibbosity
bearing pair of shallow transversal depressions
laterally, anterior portion and posterior margin
of pronotum convex. Lateral flattened portions of
pronotum with irregular single small inconspicuous
punctures, gibbosity with nearly indistinct traces of
punctures. Scutellum rather big, triangular, slightly
convex. Elytra 2.05-2.21 times as long as wide,
widest just behind humeri and/ or behind middle,
in this portion with very slightly sinuate subparallel
sides, then firstly finely convexly, then very weakly
sinuately narrowed to separately slightly angularly
arcuate apices. Elytra moderately convex, narrowly
flattened along sides behind humeri in anterior
half, flattened or slightly ad pressed along posterior
1/2-1/3 of suture. Surface of elytra with rows of
punctures, anteriorly round, rough, laterally and
posteriorly smoothed, hyphen-like, somewhere
fused into short longitudinal striae; anteriorly
elytra also with rather rough irregular transversal
wrinkles. Prosterna I process with single very small
inconspicuous punctures, sternum with rather
dense and large flat punctures, sculpture smoothed
medially and posteriorly, but distinct in middle
portion of sternum and in 1st abdominal sternite.
Anal sternite cut distally in both sexes, with widely
rounded angles. Male genitalia as in Fig. 3.
Sexual dimorphism: Very slightly pronounced in
the structure of anal sternite which is cut distally
slightly narrower in male than in female.
Differential diagnose: See key below.
Distribution: Indonesia: North Sulawesi, Bogani
Nani Wartabone National park.
Key to species of Aphanisticus chloris Obenberger species group
1 Head small, about two times narrower than pronotum . 2
- Head bigger, less than 1.9 times narrower than pronotum . 3
2 Dorsal surface unicolorous, dark bronzy. Elevation of pronotum less convex, foveae near its base a little larger and
deeper. Elytra less convex. The Philippines (Luzon). Body 3. 1-3. 2 mm .
. A. limayicus Obenberger, 1928 (Plate 30, fig. 6)
217
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
- Dorsal surface bicolorous, with head and pronotum bronzy-black and elytra black with steel luster. Elevation of
pronotum more convex, foveae near its base a little smaller and shallower. Elytra more convex. Body 2.90-3.18 mm.
Malaysia . A. microcephalus Kalashian, 2003 (Plate 30, fig. 5)
3 Smaller species, body lenght 2.4 mm, more robust, 2.85 times as long as wide. The Philippines (Luzon) .
. A. brevior Obenberger, 1928 (Plate 29, fig. 7)
- Bigger species, body lenght exceeds 2.75 mm, more elongated, more than 2.95 times as long as wide . 4
4 Head somewhat smaller, 1.85-1.9 times narrower than pronotum. Body 2.75-3.0 mm. The Philippines (Luzon) ...
. A. apayaoi Obenberger, 1928 (Plate 29, fig. 6)
- Head somewhat bigger, 1.65-1.8 times narrower than pronotum . 5
5 Central elevation of pronotum with transversal adpressions lateralli . 6
- Central elevation of pronotum rather regularly convex, without adpressions. Body 2.32-2.85 mm. Sulawesi .
. A. barclayi sp. nov. (Plate 30, fig. 1)
6 Body less elongate, 2.95-3.10 times as long as wide. Body 2.83-2.90 mm. Sulawesi .
. A. sulawesicus sp. nov. (Plate 30, fig. 4)
- Body more elongate, 3. 2-3. 3 times as long as wide. Species from the Philippines (Luzon) . 7
7 Head more distinctly narrowed anteriorly, with sides very finely convex. Eyes smaller, less projected from head
outline. Body 3.3 mm . A. chloris Obenberger, 1928 (Plate 30, fig. 3)
- Head less distinctly narrowed anteriorly, with sides more convex. Eyes bigger, more projected from head outline.
Body 2.78-3.38 mm .
Acknowledgements
Authors would like to express their deepest
gratitude to M.Sc. Maxwell V.L. Barclay (BMNH),
to Dr. Mark G. Volkovitsh (ZIN), and to Prof. Jean
J. Menier (MNHP) for the loan of materials from
the collections of their institutions, Dr. Volkovitsh
also thanked for photograph of Apahnisticus
denticauda Kalashian. Special thanks to Dr. Kirill
V. Makarov (Moscow State Pedagogical University,
Russia) for his continuous help in preparation of the
photographs of beetles. The work was carried out
partly with the institutional support from Ministry of
Culture of the Czech Republic to National Museum
(DKRV0 2014/13, 00023272).
References
Carter H.J. 1929. A check list of the Australian
Buprestidae. With tables and keys to sub-families,
tribes, and genera by Andre Thery, correspondant
de museum de Paris; and figures (plates xxxi. to
xxxiii.) drawn by Cedric Deane, A.M.I.E. (Aust.). -
Australian Zoologist 5: 265-304.
Kalashian M.Yu. 1993. Material on thefauna of buprestid
beetles (Coleoptera, Buprestidae) of Vietnam. I.
Genus Aphanisticus Latreille. - Entomologicheskoe
Obozrenie 72, No. 3: 601-605 [in Russian, English
abstract].
Kalashian M.Yu. 1994. Contribution to the knowledge
of the jewel-beetles of Vietnam. II. Addition to the
genus Aphanisticus (Coleoptera, Buprestidae). -
A. pseudochloris Kalashian, 2003 (Plate 30, fig. 2)
Zoosystem atica rossica 3, No. 1: 97-98.
Kalashian M.Yu. 1996. Two new species of the buprestid
genus Aphanisticus Latreille from Thailand. -
Entomologicheskoe Obozrenie 75, No. 2: 307-309
[in Russian, English abstract].
Kalashian M. Yu. 1999. New species of Aphanisticus
and Endelus (Coleoptera : Buprestidae) from South-
East Asia. - Folia heyrovskyana 7, No. 5, 293-300.
Kalashian M.Yu. 2003. New species of the genus
Aphanisticus Latreille (Coleoptera, Buprestidae)
from South-East Asia and Philippines. - Eurasian
Entomological Journal 2, No. 2: 119-124 [in
Russian, English abstract].
Kalashian M.Yu. 2004. New species of the buprestid
genus Aphanisticus Latreille (Coleoptera,
Buprestidae) from Indo-Malayan region.
Entomologicheskoe Obozrenie 83, No. 3: 629-635
[in Russian, English abstract].
Kalashian M.Yu. 2005. New species of Aphanisticus
Latreille from India and Indonesia (Coleoptera,
Buprestidae): 253-260. In: Konstantinov A.,
Tishechkin A., Penev L. (eds) Systematics and
biology of insects. Festchrift in honour of I.K.
Lopatin. Sofia & Moscow, Pensoft: 388 pp.
Kuban V., Kalashian M.J. 2006. Subtribe Aphanisticina:
45; 404-406. In: Lobl I., Smetana A. (eds) Catalogue
of Palaearctic Coleoptera. Volume 3. Stenstrup,
Apollo Books: 690 pp.
Obenberger J. 1928. De generis Aphanisticus Latr. (Col.
Bupr.) speciebus orientalibus. Orientalni druhy rodu
Aphanisticus Latr. - Acta entomologica musaei
nationalis pragae 6: 99-106.
218
Kalashian, M.Yu., Kuban, V.: New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) ...
(plates 29-30)
Figures 1-4. Aphanisticus spp., male genitalia. 1 - A. queenslandicus sp. nov., paratype MKCY; 2 - A. australasiae
sp. nov., holotype BMNH; 3 - A. sulawesicus sp. nov., holotype BMNH; 4 - A. barclayi sp. nov., paratype MKCY
[scale bar 0.5 mm].
219
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
220
Kalnins, M.: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata: Argiolestidae)
(plates 31-34)
Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata:
Argiolest dae)
Martins Kalnins
r r
The Entomological Society of Latvia, Dzervenu iela 9-12, Siguldas novads, LV-2150, Sigulda,
Latvia; martins.kalnins@biology.lv
Abstract: A new species of Argiolestes is described: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. (type locality: Indonesia, West Papua,
S Bird’s Neck, east from Kaimana, Triton bay, Lobo village environment, deposited LINC). Ecological notes on habitat
(forest brooks) of holotype and paratypes localities are given.
Keywords: Odonata, dragonfly, Zygoptera, Megapodagrionidae, Argiolestidae, Argiolestes , taxonomy, New Guinea.
Introduction
Quite recently the former subfamily Argioles-
tinae of family Megapodagrionidae was raised to
family level (Kalkman, Theischinger 2013). The
genus Argiolestes Selys, 1862, currently includes
11 species, found on New Guinea and adjacent
islands, the northern Moluccas and on Sulawesi.
Most species appear to have small ranges and
none are known from more than five records (Kalk¬
man, Theischinger 2013). The type species of Ar¬
giolestes is A. australis (Guerin-Meneville, 1830).
In this article a new species of Argiolestes is
described, also concise ecological notes are given.
Material and methods
Specimens described below were collected us¬
ing an insect net during hiking along the riverside in
River Lengguru valley, in Lobo and Oray villages en¬
vironment (West Papua, S Bird’s Neck isthmus, Kai¬
mana 40 km E, Triton bay), when all brooks along
the small (~1 m wide) footpath were inspected. The
footpath was located in the valley of lower reaches
of the large river. The river valley covered by prime¬
val lowland rainforest, except relatively small areas
covered by secondary lowland rainforest and gar¬
dens around the villages and forest houses. Forest
was wet with numerous small brooks and pools.
Approximately 100-200 m long stretches were in¬
vestigated in every brook. All visually observed or
disturbed specimens were collected. Inspections
were made during daytime (from 9 to 15 o’clock) in
sunny weather, with temperature in forest shadow
+25-30°C. Information on habitat - rainforest type,
dominant vegetation, brook width and flow was col¬
lected.
All specimens were preserved in 70 % ethanol.
They were studied using a Leica S6D stereomicro¬
scope. Specimen and habitat photographs in the
field were taken using an Olympus E-500 camera,
in the laboratory - using a Canon EOS 450D SLR
camera attached to the microscope, and Combine-
ZP software was used for image stacking. Holotype
and paratypes of the new species are currently de¬
posited in the Latvian Invertebrate collection (LINC)
in Sigulda, Latvia. The holotype will be deposited in
a publicly funded institution in the future.
All label data are reproduced exactly, with no
corrections or additions. All labels are printed on
orange paper, meaning invertebrate caught outside
of the territory of Latvia.
The following abbreviations are used:
LINC - Latvian Invertebrate collection (author’s collec¬
tion), Sigulda, Latvia;
Fw - forewings;
Hw - hindwings.
Unique characteristics within Argiolestidae
The males of the genus Argiolestes, previously
considered as Argiolestes s. str. (Kalkman et al.
2010), have several well marked characters differ¬
ent from other species of Argiolestidae (Kalkman &
Theischinger 2013):
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
• the two apical lobes of the genital ligula are at
least four times as long as broad;
• part of S10 and cerci are pale (whitish or blue
in life) contrasting with darker S9 (clearly vis¬
ible in the field). This is only visible in fully ma¬
ture specimens and is more easily seen in living
individuals;
• base of cercus possesses a basal flange in all
species except A. celebensis Kalkman, 2007
and A. tuberculiferus Michalski, Oppel, 2010
(Kalkman 2007; Michalski, Oppel 2010).
Description of new species
Argiolestes zane sp. nov. (Plates 31-34, map 1)
Holotype $ LINO, INDONESIA E, 16.09.2010. West
Papua, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 40 km, E, Triton bay,
Lobo vill. env. 03°45’33”S, 134°06’11”E, 20 m; gar¬
dens & secondary rainforest on limestone, near small
streams Leg. M.Kalnins.
Paratypes A$ LINO, INDONESIA E, 13.09.2010. West
Papua, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 35 km, E, Triton bay, River
Lengguru valley at Oray vill. 03°43’26”S, 134°06’06”E,
20 m; 1-2 m wide creek in second, rainforest on lime¬
stone Leg. M.Kalnins.
Derivatio nominis: This species is named after
my dear friend, the beautiful Zane PTpkaleja, who
supported me during expeditions to the Wallacea
and New Guinea. The name is a person’s name in
the nominative case (in apposition to the generic
name).
The description below is based on the male ho¬
lotype. This is the same specimen which is shown
in Plate 31, fig. 1. The specimen is well preserved,
however one leg and the tip of the abdomen (S9-
S10 and appendages) are broken off, but all parts
are in one tube. One of paratype specimens also
has a broken off tip of the abdomen (S8-S10 and
appendages), but all parts are also in one tube.
Information on color pattern is partly based on
the photographs of the living insect, because pre¬
served specimens lost the blue color on thorax and
abdomen and partly lost the blue color on the face.
The paratype specimens correspond very closely to
the holotype and confirm the information given on
coloration.
Measurements [mm]: Total body length 44, ab¬
domen (S1-S10, without appendages) 34, Fw 29;
Pt in Fw 1.9 (costal length), 2.3 (greatest length);
Pt in Hw 2.0 (costal length), 2.4 (greatest length).
Head: Labium pale brown with the anterior third
shiny dark brown to black. Front of face, including
labrum, mandibles, side margins of postclypeus
bluish grey; anteclypeus dark, and lower posterior
corner of genae black. The bluish grey color extends
along the margin of the eye; remainder of head
including antennae dull black (Plate 31, figs 2-3).
Thorax: Prothorax dark brown throughout, anterior
lobe of pronotum slightly paler, posterior lobe low
but raised at the sides and abruptly depressed in
the middle; rim with long pale hairs. Ground color
of synthorax is black with a clear pattern as shown
in Plate 32, fig. 1; pattern grayish-brown in the stud¬
ied specimen, but blue when alive. Coxae mottled
brown, trochanters pale brown, femora pale brown,
but black at the knees and with a black stripe later¬
ally. Inner side of femora not flattened. Tibiae and
tarsi dark brown to black; spines black. The femora
of the first, the second and the third pair of legs with
respectively 9, 8, and 10 spines on outer side. Tibi¬
ae of first pair of legs with 12 spines on outer side;
tibiae of second and third pair of legs with 8 and
10-11 spines on outer side respectively. Fw and Hw
hyaline. Venation black. Fw and Hw of equal length
and all with 2 Ax. Fw with 23-26 Px; Hw with 18-24
Px. Arculus distal to level of Ax2; discoidal cell in Fw
very long, costal side ca 1.5 times as long as dis¬
tal side, most acute angle ca 40° . Ac closer to Axl
than to Ax2. Three cells between discoidal cell and
subnodus. Pt - pale brown. Almost all cells beyond
Pt divided. Up to three rows of cells between anal
vein and hind margin of Hw. Fields between IR2 and
R3, between R3 and IR3, and between IR3 and R4
containing each three or more rows of cells distally
(Plate 32, figs 2-3). Abdomen: SI and S2 dark
brown (black when alive), S2 with ventral half and
sides pale brown, S3-S7 dark brown (black when
alive) with blue/white marks on sides and ventral
part on the anterior fifth. As can be seen on Plate
33 (Fig. 1), the hind margin of S10 was white when
the specimen was alive and this would probably be
visible in better-preserved specimens. Hind margin
of S10 without spines and slightly depressed in the
middle. Epiproct upturned and prominent in dor¬
sal view. Superior appendages as in Plate 33 (Figs
1-2). Both superior and inferior appendages white;
inferiors ca 2/3 the length of superiors. As can be
seen in Plate 33 (Fig. 2), the inferior appendages
have two well distinguished bends with a straight or
slightly curved stretch in the middle part between
them and an obtuse-angled subtriangular apex.
Basal flange of superior appendages ca 1/3 the
length of superior appendages. Lower apical flange
of superior appendages moderately expanded and
simple. Upper flange far less prominent and visible
mainly due to a row of black blunt denticles. The
222
Kalnins, M.: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata: Argiolestidae)
(plates 31-34)
apical part of the lower apical flange is divided from
the apex of the appendages by a deep incision. Out¬
er border of superior appendages bears two mod¬
erately large and one or two small spines. Genital
ligula as in Plate 33, fig. 3, with two very long and
slender lateral horns.
Differential diagnosis: The male of A. zane sp.
nov. can be distinguished from all other species of
Argiolestes by the combination of the largely (includ¬
ing labrum) blue face, the front of synthorax lacking
a pair of large, well-defined, marks, up to only three
rows of cells between anal vein and hind margin of
Hw, the moderately expanded and simple lower api¬
cal flange of the superior appendages (nearly iden¬
tical with A. room Kalkman, Richards, Polhemus,
2010, Fig. 2a in Kalkman et al. 2010), the long (ca
2/3 the length of superior appendages) inferior ap¬
pendages having two well distinguished bends with
straight or slightly curved stretch in the middle part
between them and an obtuse-angled triangular
apex (similar to A. muller Kalkman, Richards, Pol¬
hemus, 2010, Fig. 3c in Kalkman etal. 2010).
Ecological notes: What is now the holotype
specimen was observed and photographed (and
later collected) when resting on dead branches
and leaves approximately 0.7 m above the ground,
along a small, shallow brook in secondary lowland
rainforest, between gardens (Plate 34, fig. 1). The
brook was narrow, not exceeding 0.5 m in width at
the type locality, and the clear water was flowing
strongly through a series of small pools and shal¬
low riffles. The brook runs down a mountain slope,
through dense Sago palms Metroxylon sp., bam¬
boo and other vegetation and was heavily shaded,
with several sunny patches. What are now para-
type specimens were collected on a different forest
brook (Plate 34, fig. 2) some kilometers from the
first, but at the base of the same mountain. This
brook was narrow, not exceeding 1.5 m in width,
and otherwise very similar to the one described
above. It is a small unnamed tributary of the Leng-
guru River.
Discussion
According to Kalkman & Theischinger (2013)
the species of Argiolestes occur on New Guinea
and adjacent islands, the northern Moluccas and
on Sulawesi. The new records of A. zane sp. nov.
partly fill the gap in presently known distribution
of Argiolestes on New Guinea between records of
A. roon on Roon and Mioswaar islands, A. foja Kalk¬
man, Richards, Polhemus, 2010 on Foja Mountains
and A. macrostylis Ris, 1913 on Lorentz River ter¬
ritory (Ris 1913; Kalkman et al. 2010). However
most species of Argiolestes Selys seem to have
limited distributions and none is known from more
than five records (Kalkman, Theischinger 2013).
The now known distribution of Argiolestes is
larger to meanwhile available unidentified speci¬
mens from several places on Onin peninsula col¬
lected by the author and by Dmitry Telnov (see
Map 1). The current finding of A. zane sp. nov.
complements and confirms current limited infor¬
mation on habitats of the species, that the larvae
of Argiolestes probably live in seepages and small
brooks in rainforest.
Acknowledgements
I am greatly indebted to Dr. Vincent J. Kalkman
(Naturalis Biodiversity Centre, Leiden, the Nether¬
lands) for providing literature on the Australasian
region, Dr. Dmitry Telnov (the Entomological Society
of Latvia, Riga) for valuable suggestions useful in
the preparation of the final version of the article,
Katrine Latkovska (Riga, Latvia) for corrections of
the article, Maris Lielkalns (Riga Zoo, Riga, Latvia)
for figure processing, and to Laszlo Wagner (http://
www.east-indonesia.info) and the local people of
Lobo village for guiding and help in expeditions.
References
Kalkman VJ. 2007. Argiolestes celebensis spec. nov.
from Sulawesi, Indonesia (Zygoptera: Megapodag-
rionidae). Notes on Old World Megapodagrionidae
1. - Odonatologica 36: 295-299.
Kalkman V.J., Richards S.J., Polhemus D.A. 2010. Three
new species of Argiolestes, with a key to the males
of Argiolestes). - International Journal ofOdonatol-
ogy 13, No. 1: 75-88.
Kalkman V.J., Theischinger G. 2013. Generic revision of
Agriolestidae (Odonata), with four new genera. - In¬
ternational Journal of Odonatology 16, No. 1: 1-52.
Michalski J., Oppel S. 2010. Two new species of Ar¬
giolestes from Papua New Guinea (Odonata: Mega¬
podagrionidae). - International Journal of Odona¬
tology 13, No. 1: 63-74.
Ris F. 1913. Die Odonata von Dr. H.A. Lorentz Expedition
nach Sudwest-Neu-Guinea 1909 und einige Odo¬
nata von Waigeu. - Nova Guinea: Uitkomsten der
Nederlandsche Nieuw-Guinea-Expeditie in 1903 ,
1907, 1909, 1913, 1920 et 1926. Volume 17. Zo¬
ology 3: 471-512.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
9
^ • Argiolestes zane sp. nov.
Map 1. Distribution of Argiolestes Selys, 1862. Based on records in the Melanesian Odonata Database with locality
of Argiolestes zane sp. nov. and localities of unidentified specimens (updated from Kalkman, Theischinger 2013).
224
Medvedev, L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea and islands of South-East Asia
(plate 35)
New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae)
from New Guinea and islands of South-East Asia
Lev N. Medvedev
Severtsov Institute for Problems of Ecology and Evolution, Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky
pr. 33, 119071, Moscow, Russia; lev.n.medvedev@mail.ru
Abstract: Eighteen new species and one subspecies of Alticinae are described from islands of South East Asia:
Nonarthra dembickyi sp. nov., Hemi pyxis laysi sp. nov., Trachytetra nigricollis sp. nov., Chabria pascali sp. nov.,
Acrocrypta manfredi sp. nov., A. marginipermis sp. nov., A. fulva palawanica ssp. nov., Phygasia luzonica sp. nov.
(Philippines), Trachytetra malucuana sp. nov., Manobia riedeli sp. nov., M. malukuana sp. nov. (Maluku), Sutrea
sulawesiana sp. nov., Lipromorpha sulawesiana sp. nov. (Sulawesi), Sutrea cyanea sp. nov., S. papuana sp. nov.,
Chabria minuta sp. nov., Arsipoda fulvicornis sp. nov., A. fulva sp. nov., and A. gorbunovi sp. nov. (New Guinea).
Key words: Chrysomelidae, Alticinae, SE Asia, New Guinea, new taxa, key to Arsipoda.
Introduction
Oriental Alticinae of Southeast Asian islands
and especially New Guinea are studied till now
quite unsatisfactory, for example, practically no
species were known from Maluku Islands. Below I
describe 18 new species and 1 new subspecies of
Alticinae, among them 8 species from New Guinea
3 species from Maluku, 2 species from Sulawesi
and 6 taxa from the Philippines.
In addition a key to the genus Arsipoda
Erichson, 1842 from New Guinea is given.
Material and methods
Standard taxonomical method of study was
used. Body length measurements include head.
Male genitalia were fixed with water-soluble glue
to beetle-bearing card. Locality labels of the type
material are cited in the original version.
Acronyms of type material collections
NHMB - Naturhistorisches Museum, Basel, Switzerland;
SMNS - Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde, Stuttgart,
Germany;
CLM - Collection Lev N. Medvedev, Moscow, Russia
(all the holotypes currently stored in CLM will be
donated to the Zoological Institute of Russian
Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, Russia).
Descriptions of new taxa
Nonarthra dembickyi sp. nov. (Fig, 1, plate 35 fig.
1)
Holotype $ NHMB, Philippines; Luzon; Kalinga-Ap./
abra pr., passatl7°30’N, 121° O’E, 1600 m, 28.111.2000,
leg. L. Dembicky.
Paratypes 1 ex. NHMB, 1 ex. CLM, same locality and
date as in holotype.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. This species is
named after its collector.
Description: Head fulvous with black vertex,
sometimes only on sides, antennae black with 4
basal segments more or less fulvous, prothorax
and scutellum fulvous, elytra fulvous with black
posterior half (Fig. 1), underside piceous with
margins and apex of abdomen fulvous, legs
including coxae fulvous. Body ovate, 1.5 times as
long as wide. Head shining, with a few very sparse
punctures on vertex, frontal tubercles feeble, partly
delimited posteriorly. Antennae reach anterior third
of elytra, proportions of segments are as 10-5-8-9-
10-11-11-10-13, segments 4-9 widened, segment
4 elongate-triangular, 1.5 times as long as wide
(Plate 35, fig. 1). Prothorax twice as wide as long,
broadest at base, with straight side at margins,
surface shining, practically impunctate. Scutellum
triangular, smooth. Elytra 1.2 times as long as wide,
shining, very finely punctuate. Aedeagus (Fig. 7) with
broadly rounded apex, without any impressions on
underside. Length of male 3. 7-3. 9 mm, of female
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
4.1 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Differs well from
numerous Philippinese species with unusual
elytral pattern and structure of antennae, having
combination of triangular 4th segment and elongate
5-9 segments.
Hemipyxis laysi sp. nov. (Fig. 2, plate 35 fig. 2)
Holotype $ CLM, Philippines, N. Luzon, Kalinga
province, Tulgao, 23.VI.1988, secondary vegetation, leg.
Pascal Lays.
Derivatio nominis: Species is named after its
collector.
Description: Fulvous, antennae black with
piceous basal segment, elytra black with base and
side margin, narrowed posteriorly fulvous (Fig. 2),
tibiae and tarsi black. Body elongate, 1.85 times as
long as wide. Head practically impunctate, clypeus
with high and long central ridge, prolonged to
interantennal space, frontal tubercles subquadrate,
and flat, touch each other and delimited behind
with deep impressed line. Antennae almost reach
middle of elytra, proportions of segments are as
16-7-12-14-15-14-14-11-11-11-13, preapical
segments about 3 times as long as wide. Prothorax
2.1 times as wide as long, broadest in middle,
side margins rounded, anterior angles distinct
and thickened, posterior angles broadly rounded,
surface shining and impunctate. Scutellum
triangular, impunctate. Elytra 1.5 times as long as
wide, almost parallel-sided, surface shining, finely
and densely punctuate. Length of body 5.2 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Near H. maculata (L.
Medvedev, 1993) differs in other elytral pattern
and black antennae, tibiae and tarsi.
Trachytetra malucuana sp. nov. (Fig. 8, plate 35
fig- 3)
Holotype S SMNS, Malucu: Is. Ternate, Marikurubu,
Gn. Gamalama, 700-1500 m, 29.X.1999, leg. A. Riedel.
Pa ratypes 1$ SMNS, 1$ CLM, same locality and date
as in holotype.
Derivatio nominis: A name of the species is
connected with its type locality.
Description: Metallic blue, antennae black,
underside and legs black to piceous.
Labrum and clypeus sharply triangular, flat and
slightly concave along midline, impunctate, frontal
tubercles triangular, obliquely placed and delimited
posteriorly with transverse impressed line, vertex
shining, impunctate. Antennae reach behind middle
of elytra, proportions of segments are as 7-5-6-6-6-
5-6-6-5-5-8, preapical segments about 1.5 times as
long as wide. Prothorax 1.45-1.5 times as wide as
long, slightly rounded on sides, broadest in middle,
anterior angles thickened and oblique, posterior
angles obtusely angulated, surface without basal
impression, strongly and densely punctuate, with
narrow and microsculptured interspaces. Scutellum
small, triangular. Elytra 1.45 times as long as
wide, surface without basal convexity, strongly
and densely punctuate, interspaces narrow, but
mostly flat and shining. Segment 1 of fore tarsus
moderately widened in male. Aedeagus (Fig. 8)
cuneiform with acute apex and evenly convex on
underside. Length of male 2.5 mm, of female 2.7-
2.8 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Near T. mindanaica L.
Medvedev, 1993 from the Philippines (Mindanao,
Basilan), which also has metallic color of upperside
and cuneiform aedeagus, but with fulvous antennae
and legs, except hind femora.
Trachytetra ( Philaphthona ) nigricoSlis sp. nov.
(Fig. 9, plate 35 fig. 4)
Holotype S NHMB, Philippines: Mindoro W., Amnay
river valley, 25 km SE Santa Cruz, 12°57’N, 120°56’E,
17.IV.2000, leg. Dembicky.
Paratype 1$ CLM, same locality and date as in
holotype.
Derivatio nominis: A name of species is
connected with its color.
Description: Head and prothorax black, antennae
fulvous with segment 1 and 6-8 black, scutellum
and elytra red, underside fulvous, legs black with
fulvous bases of femora.
Body elongate ovate, convex. Head impunctate,
shining, clypeus sharply triangular, flat,
interantennal space convex, frontal tubercles
triangular, delimited posteriorly with transverse
impressed line. Antennae reach apical slope of
elytra, proportions of segments are as 10-5-9-8-
10-9-9-8-8-6-11, preapical segments about twice
as long as wide. Prothorax 1.5 times as wide as
long, broadest in anterior third near thickened and
angulated anterior angles, side margins straight,
posterior angles distinct and slightly produced,
surface shining, impunctate, with deep and
slightly arcuate basal impression. Scutellum small,
triangular. Elytra 1.6 times as long as wide, surface
without basal convexity, shining, finely punctuate.
Abdominal process between hind coxae with two
sharp short ridges. Segment 1 of anterior tarsus
of male practically not enlarged. Aedeagus (Fig. 9)
with broadly rounded apex. Length of male 3.2 mm,
226
Medvedev, L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea and islands of South-East Asia
(plate 35)
of female 3.3 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Differs from numerous
species from the Philippines with unusual
combination of black prothorax and red elytra, as
well as specific color of antennae. This species
entirely corresponds to Philaphthona L. Medvedev,
1993, which was described as an independent
genus, but I reduce it now to subgen us of Trachytetra
Sharp, 1886, which is very alike to subgenus
Zipangia Heikertinger, but differs in having ridges
on anterior abdominal process.
Chabria pascali sp. nov. (Plate 35, fig. 5)
Holotype $ CLM, Philippines, N. Luzon, Ifugao province,
Mayoyao, 16° 59’N, 121° 14’E, 28.VII-18.VIII.1988,
secondary vegetation, leg. Pascal Lays.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. This species is
named after its collector.
Description: Fulvous, antennal segments 5-8
and legs black except fulvous anterior tibiae, which
are only slightly blackish on upperside.
Body short ovate, 1.5 times as long as wide.
Head impunctate, frontal tubercles transverse,
sharply delimited, moderately convex. Antennae
reach anterior third of elytra, proportions of
segments are as 15-5-10-10-10-10-10-9-9-9-11,
preapical segments about 1.5 times as long as
wide. Prothorax 1.9 times as wide as long, side
margins feebly arcuate, anterior angles thickened
and slightly angulated, surface impunctate and
shining. Scutellum triangular with rounded apex,
impunctate. Elytra 1.25 times as long as wide,
with rather fine and moderately dense punctures,
shining, with feeble but distinct humeral tubercle.
Wings present. Length of body 4.6 mm.
Differential diagnosis: This species is near Ch.
flava (Jacoby, 1908) and Ch. angulicornis (Clark,
1865) (= Dimax media Weise, 1913). The first of
them is much larger, with rounded anterior angles
of prothorax, impunctate and much more elongate
elytra and fulvous legs. The second species widely
distributed from Thailand to Palawan, has strongly
angulate anterior angles of prothorax, only one
apical antennal segment fulvous and much more
fine punctures of elytra.
Chabria minuta sp. nov. (Fig. 10)
Holotype $ CLM, Indonesia, Papua Barat, environs of
Sorong, 0° 55’S, 131° 20’E, 60 m, 27.IV-6.V.2008, leg.
0. Gorbunov.
Derivatio nominis: A name of the species is
connected with small size of body.
Description: Head black, antennae black with 3
basal and apical one fulvous, prothorax fulvous,
scutellum black, elytra dark metallic blue with
posterior half of lateral margin very narrowly
fulvous, underside black, legs fulvous with black
hind femora.
Body short ovate, 1.5 times as long as wide.
Head impunctate, frontal tubercles obliquely
placed. Antennae short, reach humeral tubercle,
proportions of segments are as 10-4-3-2-4-4-5-5-
6-6-9, preapical segments about as long as wide,
5 apical segments distinctly widened. Prothorax
twice as wide as long, broadest behind middle, side
margins arcuate, anterior angles rounded, surface
impunctate, shining, without any trace of lateral
callus. Scutellum triangular, impunctate. Elytra 1.2
times as long as wide, with dense and moderately
strong punctures, humeral tubercle very feeble,
almost indistinct. Wings developed. Segment 1 of
anterior tarsus practically not widened. Aedeagus
(Fig. 10). Length of body 2.3 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Differs from all species
of this genus with very small size and unusual
combination of fulvous prothorax and metallic blue
elytra.
Manobia riedeli sp. nov. (Fig. 11)
Holotype $ SMNS, Maluku: Is. Halmahera Buli, Maba,
50-650 m, 8.XI.1999, leg. A. Riedel.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. This species is
named after its collector.
Description: Head and upperside dark metallic
blue, antennae, underside and legs black.
Head impunctate, interantenna I space narrow
and convex, frontal tubercles not divided from
each other and posteriorly, but sharply delimited
on sides with straight frontal grooves going from
interantenna I space to apical margin of eyes,
interocular space a little wider than transverse
diameter of eye. Antennae reach anterior third of
elytra, proportions of segments are as 11-9-10-
10-11-11-12-12-12-11-15, preapical segments
about 2.5 times as long as wide. Prothorax 1.65
times as wide as long, broadest near angulate and
produced anterior angles, with slightly arcuate side
margins, basal lobe arcuate, antebasal transverse
impression feebly arcuate, widened in middle,
without punctures, remainder of surface convex,
impunctate. Elytra 1.3 times as long as wide,
basal convexity high and impunctate, postbasal
impression shallow, remainder of surface with
rows of moderately strong punctures, disappearing
on apical slope, interspaces flat on dorsum and
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
costate on sides. Segment 1 of fore and mid tarsi
not widened, narrower than segment 3. Aedeagus
thin, with acute triangular apex (Fig. 11). Length of
body 2.5 mm.
Differential diagnosis: This is the first species
of the genus found on Maluku. It resembles
M. metallescens L. Medvedev, 1993 from the
Philippines (Mindanao), but differs with black
antennae and legs as well as other form of
aedeagus.
Manobia malukuana sp. nov.
Holotype SMNS, Maluku: Is. Halmahera Ibu, Kamp.
Baru, Gn. Alon, 100-800 m, 25.XI.1999, leg. A. Riedel.
Derivatio nominis: A name of the species is
connected with its type locality.
Description: Head dark fulvous with feeble
metallic sheen, antennae black with segments
1-5 fulvous and apical segment pale flavous,
prothorax greenish violaceous, scutellum blackish,
elytra metallic blue, underside black with fulvous
abdomen, legs fulvous with black femora.
Head im punctate, interantenna I space narrow,
ridged, this ridge is partly prolonged to clypeus,
frontal tubercles poorly delimited, interocular
space a little wider than transverse diameter
of eye. Antennae reach middle of prothorax,
proportions of segments are as 10-5-5-5-6-6-6-
6-5-5-9, preapical segments about 1.5 times as
long as wide. Prothorax 1.6 times as wide as long,
broadest at base and feebly narrowed anteriorly,
with almost straight side margins and rounded
basal lobe, antebasal transverse impression feeble
and biarcuate, not widened in middle, all surface,
including impression, impunctate. Elytra 1.4 times
as long as wide, basal convexity moderately high,
with a few fine punctures, postbasal impression
shallow, remainder of surface with rows of
moderately strong rows reduced on apical slope, all
interspaces flat. Length of body 2.9 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Differs from preceding
species mostly with color of antennal, abdomen
and legs. From all species of this genus differs with
combination of metallic color of upperside and
tricolor antennae.
Sutrea cyanea sp. nov. (Fig. 12, plate 35 fig. 6)
Holotype $ CLM, Indonesia, Papua Barat, environs of
Sorong, 0° 55’S, 131° 20’E, 60 m, 27.IV-6.V.2008, leg.
0. Gorbunov.
Paratypes 2$ CLM, same locality and date as in
holotype.
Derivatio nominis: A name is connected with
body color.
Description: Metallic blue, antennae with
segments 4-7 or 5-7 black, segments 2-3 or 2-4 and
8-11 fulvous to dark fulvous, legs and scutellum
black.
Body ovate. Head impunctate, interantennal
space moderately broad and convex, frontal
tubercles cuneiform, divided from each other
with impressed line and delimited posteriorly with
shallow transverse impression. Antennae reach
middle of elytra, proportions of segments are as
13-7-8-8-10-12-12-12-11 (next segments absent),
preapical segments about 4 times as long as
wide. Prothorax twice as wide as long, broadest
in middle, side margins rounded, anterior angles
feebly thickened and broadly rounded, posterior
angles obtusely rounded, surface shining and
practically impunctate. Scutellum triangular,
impunctate. Elytra 1.4—1.45 times as long as wide,
broadest behind middle, surface with rather strong
and dense punctures and well developed basal
convexity. Segment 1 of fore tarsi feebly widened in
male. Aedeagus (Fig. 12). Length of male 3.5 mm,
of female 4.2 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Differs well from all
known species of this genus, having fulvous or
rarely black prothorax, with entirely metallic color
of upperside.
Sutrea papuana sp.nov. (Fig. 3, plate 35 fig. 7)
Holotype $ CLM, Indonesia, Papua Barat, environs of
Sorong, 0° 55’S, 131° 20’E, 60 m, 27.IV-6.V.2008, leg.
0. Gorbunov.
Derivatio nominis: A name is connected with its
type locality.
Description: Head black, antennae fulvous with
5 apical segments piceous, prothorax pale flavous,
scutellum black, elytra black with transverse spot
before middle and other on apical slope pale
flavous (Fig. 3), underside black, legs dark fulvous
with black femora, except apices. Body elongate
ovate. Head impunctate, shining, frontal tubercles
cuneiform, strongly convex, divided by a deep
impression and delimited from vertex with sharp
transverse impression, interantennal space narrow
and convex. Antennae reach middle of elytra,
proportions of segments are as 9-4-7-7-9-8-7-6-
6-6-7, preapical segments about 3 times as long
as wide. Prothorax twice as wide as long, widest
in middle, lateral margins arcuate, anterior angles
thickened and rounded, posterior angles distinct,
slightly produced, hind margin without basal lobe,
228
Medvedev, L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea and islands of South-East Asia
(plate 35)
surface impunctate, shining. Scutellum triangular
with rounded apex, impunctate. Elytra 1.5 times
as long as wide, shining, very finely punctuate, with
feeble basal convexity. Length of body 5.6 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Near S. balyi Jacoby,
1885 from New Guinea, differs with very fine
punctures of prothorax and color of underside. It
can not be a color form of S. sexmaculata Jacoby,
1894, in which antennae without dark apical
segments, prothorax more transverse, legs fulvous
with only hind femora black, body distinctly smaller.
Sutrea sulawesiana sp. nov. (Figs 4 & 17, plate 35
fig. 8)
Holotype $ CLM, Indonesia, Sulawesi Utara, Duluduo,
Tarout, 0° 34’N, 123° 54’E, 600 m, 17-23. IV.2008, leg.
0. Gorbunov
Paratype 1$ CLM, same locality and date as in
holotype.
Derivatio nominis: A name is connected with its
locality.
Description: Fulvous, elytra after basal quarter
black (Fig. 4). In holotype apical segments of
antennae slightly darkened. Body elongate, but
very distinctly widened to behind. Head finely
punctuate on vertex, shining, interantennal space
moderately broad, flat, frontal tubercles long,
cuneiform, divided by a deep impression, but poorly
delimited from vertex. Antennae reach anterior
third of elytra, proportions of segments are as 8-4-
6-7-8-7-7-6-6-6-7, preapical segments about 3
times as long as wide. Prothorax 2.3 times as wide
as long, widest in middle, lateral margins arcuate,
anterior angles thickened, feebly rounded, posterior
angles distinct, obtuse, hind margin without basal
lobe, surface shining, with microscopical sparse
punctures. Scutellum triangular with rounded
apex, impunctate. Elytra 1.3 times as long as wide,
shining, not strongly and very densely punctuate,
with distinct basal convexity. Spermatheca (Fig.
17). Length of body 5.6 - 69 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Very near to Sutrea
dimidiatipennis Jacoby, 1885, but latter species
has impunctate head, feeble and not very distinct
humeral tubercles, black apices of hind femora and
the third antennal segment more than twice as long
as the second.
Lipromorpha sulawesiana sp. nov. (Fig. 13, plate
35 fig. 9)
Holotype <$ CLM, Indonesia, Central Sulawesi, W. Lore
Lindu NP, 120 km. S Palu, 800-1000m, 21.IV.2005,
Teabroma cacao, under forest remnants, leg. M. M. Bos.
Derivatio nominis: Named after its locality.
Description: Black, anterior part of head and
antennal segments 2-5 fulvous.
Body elongate, upperside not pubescent. Head
impunctate, interantennal space carinate, frontal
grooves very deep, forming almost right angle
in the middle, vertex finely microsculptured.
Antennae thin and long, reach apical slope of
elytra, proportions of segments are as 11-6-10-10-
10-9-7-7-7-7-10, preapical segments about twice
as long as wide. Prothorax 1.2 times as wide as
long, slightly constricted behind arcuate anterior
angles and much stronger in basal third, lateral
margins between these constrictions straight, hind
angles obtuse, surface impunctate, with feeble
transverse impression behind anterior margin and
practically interrupted in middle and deeply and
arcuately depressed in basal quarter. Scutellum
triangular with rounded apex. Elytra 1.6 times as
long as wide, parallel-sided with rounded apex, with
distinct horizontal and vertical part divided with
more strongly costate interspace, basal convexity
and postbasal impression very well developed,
all rows distinct to apex, interspaces more or less
convex, surface shining. Segment 1 of anterior
tarsus not widened in male. Aedeagus (Fig. 13)
strongly widened to distinctly bilobed apex. Length
of body 2.4 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Resembles!, fulvilabris
Jacoby from Java, 1893, but differs with black legs
and sculpture of upperside; also alike at L nigra
L. Medvedev, 1993 and L tenebrosa L. Medvedev,
1993, both from Mindanao, differs from the first
with quite other form of aedeagus (Medvedev,
1993a), from the second, having also bilobed apex
of aedeagus, with absence of metallic tint, black
tarsi and other proportion of aedeagus.
Arsipoda fulvicornis sp. nov. (Fig. 14, plate 35 fig.
10)
Holotype $ CLM, Indonesia, Papua Barat, environs of
Sorong, 0° 55’S, 131° 20’E, 60 m, 27.IV-6.V.2008, leg.
0. Gorbunov.
Derivatio nominis: A name is connected with
color of antennae.
Description: Head, antennae, prothorax,
scutellum, pro- and mesosternum fulvous, elytra
dark metallic blue, metasternum, abdomen and
legs black. Body elongate ovate, 2.35 times as
long as wide. Head shining, impunctate, clypeus
with straight anterior margin, interantennal
space moderately broad, strongly convex,
frontal tubercles strongly transverse and placed
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figures 1-10. New Chrysomelidae taxa. 1-6: Elytral pattern. 1 - Nonarthra dembickyi sp. nov.; 2 - Hemipyxis laysi sp.
nov.; 3 - Sutrea papuana sp. nov.; 4 - Sutrea sulawesiana sp. nov.; 5 - Acrocrypta manfredi sp. nov.; 6 - Acrocrypta
marginipennis sp. nov.; 7-10: Aedeagi, ventral view. 7 - Nonarthra dembickyi sp. nov.; 8 - Trachytetra malucuana
sp. nov.; 9 - Trachytetra nigricollis sp. nov.; 10 - Chabria minuta sp. nov.
transversely, delimited posteriorly with impressed
me, prolonged onsides in narrow and sharp ocular
furrows. Antennae reach apical quarter of elytra,
proportions of segments are as 13-7-11-11-14-13-
13-11-11-11-16, segments 5-10 a little more thick
and pubescent, preapical segments about twice
as long as wide. Prothorax 2.3 times as wide as
long, widest near base, feebly narrowed anteriorly
and only in apical quarter more quickly converging,
anterior angles thickened and narrowly arcuate,
posterior angles right-angled, all angles with
bristle, surface shining, very finely punctuate and
feebly impressed on each side of base. Scutellum
triangular, impunctate. Elytra 1.3 times as long as
wide, broadest behind middle, feebly rounded on
sides and broadly rounded on apex, surface shining,
with very feeble rows of punctures, interspaces flat
and finely punctuate. Aedeagus (Fig. 14). Length of
body 5.9 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Near A. nigripennis
230
Medvedev, L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea and islands of South-East Asia
(plate 35)
Figures 11-18. New Chrysomelidae taxa. 11-16: Aedeagi, ventral view (Fig. 16 also lateral view). 11 - Manobia
riedeli sp. nov.; 12 - Sutrea cyanea sp. nov.; 13 - Lipromorpha sulawesiana sp. nov.; 14 - Arsipoda fulvicornis sp.
nov.; 15 - A. fulva sp. nov.; 16 - Acrocrypta manfredi sp. nov.; 17-18. Spermathecas. 17 - Sutrea sulawesiana sp.
nov.; 18 - Phygasia luzonica sp. nov.
Weise, 1917, differs with entirely fulvous and long
antennae, dark metallic elytra and black underside
and legs.
Arsipoda fulva sp. nov. (Fig. 15, plate 35 fig. 11)
Flolotype $ CLM, Indonesia, Papua Barat, environs of
Sorong, 0° 55’S, 131° 20’E, 60 m, 27.IV-6.V.2008, leg.
0. Gorbunov.
Paratype 1$ CLM, same locality and date as in
holotype
Derivatio nominis: A name is connected with
color of body.
Description: Entirely fulvous, only a few apical
segments of antennae more or less darkened.
Body elongate ovate, 1.65 times as long as wide.
Head impunctate, shining, clypeus with straight
anterior margin, interantenna I space moderately
broad, convex, frontal tubercles subtriangular,
feebly convex, separated posteriorly with straight
impressed line, which curved near eyes to behind,
231
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
forming rather deep furrow along eye. Antennae
reach middle of elytra, proportions of segments are
as 12-6-11-10-11-11-12-11-11-10-12, segments
5-11 slightly widened and densely pubescent,
preapical segments about twice as long as wide.
Prothorax 2.2 times as wide as long, side margins
nearly straight and slightly converging from base to
thickened anterior angles, posterior angles obtuse
all angles with a bristle, surface shining, with fine
and very sparse punctures, impressed on either
side near base with ill-defined shallow groove.
Scutellum small, triangular, impunctate. Elytra
1.35 times as long as wide, feebly rounded on
sides and broadly rounded on apex, very regularly
punctuate, but punctures became feebler on apical
slope, interspaces flat, finely punctuate. Segment
1 of fore tarsus of male practically not widened.
Aedeagus (Fig. 15). Length of male 4.4 mm, of
female 4.6 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Differs from all other
species known from New Guinea with entirely
fulvous color of body
Arsipoda gorbunovi sp. nov. (Plate 35, fig. 12)
Holotype $ CLM, Indonesia, Papua Barat, environs of
Sorong, 0° 55’S, 131° 20’E, 60 m, 27.IV-6.V.2008, leg.
0. Gorbunov.
Derivatio nominis: Named after its collector.
Description: Black, 4 basal antennal segments
piceous to dark fulvous, elytra with feeble aeneous
sheen. Body elongate ovate, 1.8 times as long as
wide. Head impunctate, anterior margin of clypeus
straight, interantennal space moderately broad,
convex, frons 1.5 times as wide as transverse
width of eye, frontal tubercles transverse, obliquely
placed, delimited behind with arcuate impressed
line, prolonged along in deep ocular furrows.
Antennae short, reach a little behind humeral
tubercle, proportions of segments are as 13-8-10-
9-12-11-11-10-10-9-14, segments 5-11 slightly
thickened and densely pubescent, preapical
segments about twice as long as wide. Prothorax
2.2 times as wide as long, widest behind middle,
side margins rounded, anterior angles thickened
and rounded, posterior angles distinct, they all
with bristle, surface with fine dense punctures and
distinct impression on each side of base. Scutellum
triangular, small, very finely punctuate. Elytra 1.4
times as long as wide, broadest near middle,
feebly rounded on sides and narrowly rounded on
apex, with regular rows of punctures, more feeble
a pica I ly, interspaces flat and punctures. Length of
body 6.0 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Near A. moerens Baly,
1877, differs in having legs and apical segments of
antennae black, aeneous luster of elytra and larger
size.
Acrocrypta manfredi sp. nov. (Figs 5 & 16, plate
35 fig. 13)
Holotype $ CLM, [Philippine islands] Mindanao,
Surigao.
Derivatio nominis: I dedicate this species to my
friend Dr. Manfred Doberl, eminent specialist on
Alticinae, who revised this genus.
Description: Reddish fulvous, antennae black
with segments 1-3 reddish fulvous and two apical
segments fulvous, elytra each with 4 small black
spots: two near base and other two just before
middle (Fig. 5). Body ovate, 1.3 times as long as
wide. Head shining, clypeus and frons impunctate,
vertex with fine sparse punctures, anterior margin
of clypeus straight, interantennal space broad,
larger than diameter of antennal insertion and
moderately convex, frontal tubercles triangular,
feebly convex, divided from each other with hind
part of antennal insertion and delimited posteriorly
with arcuate impressed line. Antennae short, reach
only humeral tubercle, proportions of segments are
as 10-4-7-8-7-6-5-5-5-10, preapical segments as
long as wide, subquadrate. Prothorax 2.65 times
as wide as long, broadest at base, side margins
almost straight, anterior angles broadly rounded
and thickened, posterior angles narrowly rounded,
surface finely punctuate, more densely in middle.
Scutellum triangular, shining and impunctate.
Elytra 1.3 times as long as wide, oval, surface
shining, with feeble humeral tubercles, densely
punctuate, with punctures stronger than on middle
of prothorax. Aedeagus (Fig. 16) parallel-sided with
almost truncate apex, 4.5 times as long as wide, its
underside feebly convex. Length of body 4.9 mm.
Differential diagnosis: This genus is rather well
studied in the Philippines (Medvedev, 1993, 1994,
1996) and later entirely revised (Doberl 2001). This
new species is near A. octopunctata Doberl, 2001,
which also has 4 spots on each elytron, which are
however placed as 1-2-1, besides this species has
very thin aedeagus (about 10 times as long as
wide) and elongate-triangular apex.
Acrocrypta marginipennis sp. nov. (Fig. 6, plate 35
fig. 14)
Holotype $ CLM, Philippine islands, Samar, Catbalogan.
Derivatio nominis: A name is connected with
232
Medvedev, L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea and islands of South-East Asia
(plate 35)
elytra I pattern.
Description: Black, antennae fulvous, elytra
reddish fulvous with black lateral margin including
outer part of epipleurae and blackish, poorly
delimited apical area (Fig. 6), tibiae piceous, more or
less mixed with fulvous color. Body ovate, 1.4 times
as long as wide. Head impunctate, shining, clypeus
with straight anterior margin, interantennal space
broader than antennal insertion, flattened, frontal
tubercles triangular, almost touch each other,
feebly convex, not sharply delimited posteriorly
with shallow impression. Antennae thin and very
long, reach apical slope of elytra, proportions of
segments are as 10-5-7-10-10-10-10-10-10-10-
10, preapical segments about 5 times as long as
wide. Prothorax 2.2 times as wide as long, broadest
near middle, side margins feebly arcuate, anterior
angles thickened, rounded with slight angulation,
posterior angles broadly rounded, surface shining,
finely and sparsely punctuate. Scutellum triangular,
impunctate, finely microsculptured. Elytra 1.25
times as long as wide, oral, surface shining,
extremely finely, almost indistinctly punctuate.
Length of body 5.7 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Near A. obsoleta
Jacoby, 1896 from Sumatra and Malacca, differs
with other elytral pattern and very long and entirely
fulvous antennae.
Acrocrypta fulva palawanica ssp. nov. (Plate 35,
fig. 15)
Holotype S MNHB, Palawan, Cleopatra Needle N.P.,
Tanabank river valley, 300 m, 20-22.XII.1990, leg. Bolm.
Paratypes 3 exx MNHB, 2 exx CLM, same locality and
date as in holotype.
Derivatio nominis: A name of subspecies is
connected with its locality.
Description: Fulvous with elytra reddish fulvous,
antennae black with 4 basal segments and basal
half of apical segments fulvous. Morphologically
identical with A. fulva L. Medvedev, 1994 sensu
lato, but elytra very finely and sparsely, sometimes
almost indistinctly punctate. Aedeagus same as in
other 3 subspecies. Length of body 5. 6-6.0 mm.
Differential diagnosis: 3 subspecies of A. fulva
differs only in number of apical fulvous segment.
A new subspecies is nearest to A. fulva sibuyana
L. Medvedev, 1996 from Sibuyan, which has only
one fulvous apical segment, but differs in having
more reddish elytra with very feeble punctures and
bicolor apical antennal segments.
Phygasia luzonica sp. nov. (Fig. 18, plate 35 fig.
16)
Holotype $ CLM, Luzon, Imugan.
Derivatio nominis: A name of this species is
connected with its locality.
Description: Fulvous, apices of femora, tibiae
and tarsi black. Body elongate. Head impunctate,
clypeus with elevated anterior margin andtransverse
impression on each side divided with central ridge
prolonged into narrow interantennal space, frontal
tubercles triangular, sharply delimited posteriorly
with transverse impression, interocular space
4 times as wide as transverse diameter of eye.
Proportions of antennal segments are as 12-5-10-
11-13, next segments absent, segments 3-5 about
2.5 times as long as wide. Prothorax 1.8 times as
wide as long, broadest in anterior third, side margins
and anterior angles rounded, posterior angles
obtusely angulated, surface impunctate, shining,
with sha I low basa I groove. Scutel I u m tria ngu la r with
rounded apex, finely punctuate. Elytra 1.65 times
as long as wide, finely and densely punctuate, with
two ridges behind middle in lateral area and 2-3
feeble folds placed more internally. Spermatheca
(Fig. 18). Length of body 8.1 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Differs from other
fulvous species: P. silacea (I Niger, 1807) from India
and P. pallida L. Medvedev, 2009 from Vietnam
with twice more large body, partly black legs and
specific sculpture of clypeus.
Key to Papuan species of Arsipoda Erichson,
1843
A genus Arsipoda Erichson, 1843 is known
mostly from Austra I ia , but 6 species were descri bed
from New Guinea (Heikertinger, Csiki 1940).
Position of one species, A. pulchra Tryon, 1892,
within the genus is quite unclear; a key to other
species of New Guinea is given below.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
1 Body entirely fulvous, only a few apical antennal segments darkened. Body length 4. 4-4.6 mm .. A. fulva sp. nov.
- Upperside not entirely fulvous . 2
2 Prothorax fulvous or reddish . 3
- Upperside black, sometimes with metallic sheen . 5
3 Elytra black. Antennae black with 4 basal segments fulvous reach to middle of elytra. Underside and legs fulvous.
Body length 5. 5-7.0 mm . A. nigripennis Weise, 1917
- Elytra metallic to dark metallic . 4
4 Elytra metallic green. Antennae fulvous with darkened apices, reach middle of elytra. Underside and legs reddish
fulvous. Body length 8.0 mm . A. viridipermis Weise, 1917
- Elytra dark metallic blue. Antennae entirely fulvous, reach apical quarter of elytra. Metasternum, abdomen and
legs black. Body length 5.9 mm . A. fulvicornis sp. nov.
5 Upperside black . 6
- Upperside black with distinct metallic luster . 7
6 Underside black, fore and mid legs and hind tarsi fulvous. Body length 5. 7-5.8 mm . A. moerens Baly, 1877
- Breast piceous, abdomen fulvous, legs fulvous with hind femora and tibiae black to piceous. Length 6.8 mm .
. A. wallacei Baly, 1877
7 Legs black with fulvous tarsi. Prothorax with aeneous, elytra with blue luster. Body length 4.5 mm .
. A. fulvitarsis Weise, 1917
- Legs entirely black. Elytra with feeble aeneous luster. Body length 6.0 mm . A. gorbunovi sp. nov.
Acknowledgements
I thank Dr. Michel Brancucci (NHMB) and Dr.
Wolfgang Schawaller (SMNS) for the opportunity
to study an interesting material under their care,
and Dr. Dmitry Telnov (the Entomological Society of
Latvia, Riga) for color photographs of specimens.
References
Doberl M. 2001. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung
Acrocrypta (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae, Alticinae).
- Russian Entomological Journal 10, No. 1: 17-27.
Heikertinger F., Csiki E. 1940. Chrysomelidae, Halticinae.
In: Junk W., Schenkling S. (eds) Coleopterorum
Catalogus. Volume 25, pars 166- 169. Gravenhage,
Junk, Schenkling: 635 pp.
Medvedev L.N. 1993. Alticinae of the Philippine islands
(Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae). Part 1. - Russian
Entomological Journal 2, No. 3/4: 12-31.
Medvedev L.N. 1994. Alticinae of the Philippine Islands
(Coleoptera, Chrysomeldae). Part 2. - Russian
Entomological Journal 2, No. 5/6: 11-32.
Medvedev L.N. 1996. New data on Alticinae (Coleoptera,
Chrysomelidae) from the Philippines. - Russian
Entomological Journal 5, No. 1/4: 65-83.
234
Mey, W.: Gerontha peterseni sp. nov. - a new species from Papua New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Tineidae) ...
(plate 36)
Gerontha peterseni sp. nov. - a new species from Papua
New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Tineidae) found in material
of the “Kaiserin Augusta-Fluft- Expedition”
Wolfram Mey
Museum fur Naturkunde, Leibniz Institute an der Humboldt Universitat, InvalidenstraBe 43,
D- 10115, Berlin, Germany; wolfram.mey@mfn-berlin.de
Abstract: This paper is a first result of the study of Microlepidoptera collected by the Kaiserin Augusta-FluS-
Expedition in 1912-13. A short account introduces the expedition. The genus Gerontha Walker, 1864 contains 24
species including the herein described species G. peterseni sp. nov. The male genitalia are illustrated and compared
with the genitalia of G. acrosthenia Zaguljaev, 1972, which occurs sympatrically with the new species in Papua-New
Guinea. A list of all species of the genus is provided.
Key words: Insecta, Lepidoptera, Tineidae, Gerontha peterseni sp. nov., Papua New Guinea, Kaiserin Augusta-FluS-
Expedition.
Introduction
The northern part of Papua-New Guinea was
a German colonial territory from 1884 to 1915.
During this short period of time the scientific
explorations of the islands natural history
was intensively promoted and ensured by the
German Government. Besides activities of private
collectors and ventures of individual scientists the
exploration of the country was closely connected
with a series of smaller and larger expeditions that
were conducted to investigate the islands off the
northern and eastern coast, the coastal areas and
the interior of New Guinea. The last, but probably
the most important expedition was undertaken
from 1912-1913. It was organised by “Kaiserliches
Colonial Amt” (= Imperial Office for the colonies) in
Berlin and became known as the “Kaiserin Augusta-
FluB-Expedition”. The target area was the Sepik (=
Kaiserin Augusta FluB) and its extensive catchment
area. The expedition used a specially reconstructed
river boat and advanced to the foothills of the
central mountain ranges to the points where the
rivers became un navigable. Initial results of the
expedition were published by Stolle (1914) and
Behrmann (1917), who also wrote a narrative of
the expedition five years later (Behrmann 1922).
He was the geographer of the expedition and
provided a detailed account of the topography,
geology, watershed, and climate in the researched
area, and reported on the economic situation of
the indigenous people. The report did not include
any data on botany, zoology, anthropology and
ethnology. Results from these disciplines were
published separately by members of the expedition
and their co-workers (e.g. Roesicke 1914). Dr. J.
Burgers was the medical doctor and zoologist of
the expedition. He collected a wide spectrum of
invertebrates and vertebrates and took care of
its proper preservation and safe transport. The
material was sent to the Zoological Museum Berlin,
where it was prepared, labelled and sorted to
groups. The scientific study of the material began
shortly afterwards and was carried out by group
experts. Monographic treatments were produced
for e.g. Phasmatodea (Gunther 1929), Dermaptera
(Gunther 1930), Orthoptera (Gunther 1938), Aves
(Stresemann 1923) and Reptilia (Vogt 1932). More
often, and now eventually as the typical mode,
the results were published not in monographic
treatments of the material of the expedition, but
rather as included parts of revisions, catalogues,
biogeographic and taxonomic articles (e.g. Ulmer
1915, 1938). These have appeared in a variety
of journals after World War I, and even 100 years
after the expedition new species descriptions have
been published based on expedition material (e.g.
Mey 2006, and the present article). Today, the
scattered literature makes it difficult or impossible
to get an idea of the zoological achievements
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
of the expedition in general. Its significance is
clearly documented in the fields of geography and
ethnology, but not in zoology and also not in botany.
The causes for this discrepancy are still obscure
but they are probably connected with the outbreak
of World War I, which led to a deep change in the
organisation and structures of scientific institutions
in Germany. We do not know about the intentions
and plans of J. Burgers after his return to Germany.
He did not publish on the expedition, nor was he in
contact with scientists of the Berlin museum, where
all his material was deposited. His fate remains
obscure until today.
The expedition did not collect only the insect
groups mentioned above. The book of entries of
the Lepidoptera section of the museum contains
several inscriptions about the receipt of butterflies
and moths collected and provided by Dr. Burgers
from 1912-1914. With a total of more than 6000
specimens it is an important and rich collection
of Lepidoptera from north-eastern New Guinea.
The material was received in samples of dried
specimens carefully packed in paper envelopes of
d ifferent sizes. By 1915 the materia I was completely
set and labelled. The butterflies and larger moths
were made available to experts who studied and
sorted the species into the systematic collection.
In contrast, the material encompassing the
Microlepidoptera was transferred to the cabinets
where accessions are deposited. Here, the drawers
remained nearly untouched for the next 90 years.
A hundred years have elapsed since the end
of the expedition. The collection of Lepidoptera was
made at a time when New Guinea was in its original
state. The natural environment was unspoiled and
the aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems complete
and intact. In the subsequent years, the catchment
area of the Sepik has been gradually altered. The
original environment was transformed in many
places to meet the needs of a growing population
and developing civilisation. The Lepidoptera of the
Kaiserin Augusta-FluB-Expedition is thus a window
into the past. It is a reflection of the entomofauna
of an intact environment at a time from where we
have only scattered and scanty information.
The author decided to embark on a study of
the material of the expedition. The present article
provides not only a first, small result but is also an
announcement of the existence of this material
and an invitation for interested lepidopterists to
participate.
Taxonomy
Tineidae: Myrmecozelinae
Gerontha Walker, 1864
Type species by monotypy: G. captiosella Walker,
1864: 782.
An exhaustive description of the genus was
provided by Robinson & Nielsen (1993). To date, a
total of 24 species are included in the genus (see
Table 1).
Species of Gerontha Walker, 1864 are
remarkableandeasytorecogniseTineid moths. They
are large insects with conspicuously long hindlegs.
Because the moths are frequently attracted to light
they are readily observed, collected and identified
by most microlepidopterists.
At the species level the correct identification
is more difficult. According to Robinson (2009)
the majority of species cannot be differentiated by
external characters, even by comparing long series.
Genitalia preparations are thus indispensable. The
male genitalia differ in the shape of uncus, gnathos
and valva. These characters provide sufficient
information for the establishment of species groups.
This should be done when more species are added
to the genus in the future and when the unknown
males of four species become known. The female
genitalia are very similar to each other and exhibit
only few features, which can be used for separating
species. They can be found in the sterigmal area
around the genital opening on the ventral side of
sternum VIII.
The genus has a typical Australasian
distribution (cf. Mey 2001), with extensions to the
eastern Pa laea retie region and to Polynesia. The
taxonomic diversity is highest in the Oriental region
which points to an oriental origin of this group
and a subsequent colonisation of the fvlalesian
Archipelago beyond the Sunda Shelf towards
Australia.
Gerontha acrosthenia Zagulajev, 1972 (Figs 1, 3,
5, 8)
Material: 1$, 1? MFN, D.N. Guinea 1913/ Hauptlfa]
g[er]. b[ei]. Malu 1.111.1913/ Kais[erin]. Augustafl[uss].
Exp[etition] / Burgers S. G., 4869 and 4863, genitalia
slide Mey 11/13.
Note: This is the first record of the species from
Papua New Guinea. It was expected to occur here
since it was discovered in northern Australia too
(Robinson, Nielsen 1993). For general distribution
of this species see Table 1.
236
Mey, W.: Gerontha peterseni sp. nov. - a new species from Papua New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Tineidae) ...
(plate 36)
Figures 1-2. Male genitalia of Gerontha species, lateral view. 1 - G. acrosthenia Zagulajev, 1972; 2 - G. peterseni
sp. nov., holotype, genitalia slide Mey 12/13.
Figures 3-4. Male genitalia of Gerontha species, dorsal view. 1 - G. acrosthenia Zagulajev, 1972; 2 - G. peterseni
sp. nov., holotype, genitalia slide Mey 12/13.
237
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Gerontha peterseni sp. nov. (Figs 2, 4, 6, plate 36
fig. 1, map 1)
Holotype S MFN: D.N. Guinea IV 1912/ Standlager
b[ei]. Malu / Kaiserin Augustafl[uss]. Exp[etition] /
Burgers S. G.“, genitalia slide Mey 12/13.
Paratype ±S MFN: D.N. Guinea 1913/ Hauptl[a]g[er].
b[ei]. Malu l-ll. / Kais[erin]. Augustafl[uss]. Exp[etition]/
Burgers S. G., 768/69.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The new species
is named in memory of Gunter Petersen, famous
specialist of Tineidae and kind colleague who
passed away in 2012.
Description: Length of forewing 8.5-9 mm, wing
span 13-15 mm; vestiture of fro ns and vertex
grey-brown; proboscis well developed, galeae not
dissociated, in apical part with small, lateral villi;
labial palps ascending, second segment longest,
with appressed dark brown scales on lateral sides
and long, black piliform scales on ventral side;
maxillary palps short, folded over base of proboscis;
scape with appressed, grey-brown scales, pecten
absent, flagellomeres thick, each with complete
Figures 5-6. Male genitalia of Gerontha spe¬
cies, ventral view. 1 - G. acrosthenia Zagulajev,
1972; 2 - G. peterseni sp. nov., holotype, geni¬
talia slide Mey 12/13.
annulus of scales and a basal whorl of
long, bent ciliae; fore- and middle tibia with
a brush of black hairs on dorsal side, tarsus
of fore and middle legs white, of hindlegs
brown, tarsal segments with apical spines;
forewings pale brown, with scattered darker
flecks and some patches of larger, semi-
erect scales, R4 and R5 with a long stalk;
media in cell absent, anal veins with short
basal loop; hindwings with two frenular
bristles, wing membrane in the centre
translucent, towards wing margin covered
with small brown scales, fringe long and
brown; media in cell complete, Ml and M2
with short stalk, Aland A2 with a basal loop,
Al+2 curved and forming a large anal field.
Male genitalia (Figs 2, 4, 6): Vinculum
short, triangular in lateral view, nearly
rectangular in ventral view, saccus as long
as valvae; apex of uncus shortly bilobed,
curved somewhat ventrad, lateral sides
hairy, with a long bristle close to the base;
gnathos broad, plate-like; basal apophyses
of valvae short, without processes and
without sclerotised transtilla; valvae ribbon¬
like, curved dorsad, aedeagus a long,
slender tube, without cornuti.
Remarks: Whilesorting micromoths of the material
of the Kaiserin Augusta-FluB-Expedition I found two
species of Gerontha : one of normal size and the
other conspicuously smaller. A closer examination
of the genitalia confirmed the presence of two
distinct species, which occur sympatrically near
the base camp of the expedition (Fig. 9). The larger
one was identified as G. acrosthena Zaguljaev and
the smaller one turned out to be undescribed. Both
species, though differing clearly in size, have very
similar genitalia. They can be distinguished by the
form of the valvae and the breath of the gnathos
in dorsal view. In addition, the long bristle on
the lateral side of the uncus complex of the new
species emerges in the middle, whereas in G.
peterseni sp. nov. the origin of this bristle is close
to the base. Both species are closely related. Its
synapomorphy is the plate-like gnathos, which
separates this species pair from all other members
of Gerontha , where the gnathos is usually elongate
and triangular.
238
Mey, W.: Gerontha peterseni sp. nov. - a new species from Papua New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Tineidae) ...
(plate 36)
130° 135° 140° 145° 150° 155°
locus typicus of Gerontha peterseni sp. nov.
Table 1. List of hitherto described species of Gerontha Walker, 1864.
Species (arranged alphabetically)
Distribution
G. acrosthenia Zagulajev, 1972,
G. albidicomans Moriuti, 1989 1
G. amplitera Ponomarenko, Park, 1996
G. akahatii Moriuti, 1989
G. borea Moriuti, 1977
G. captiosella Walker, 1864
G. diascopa Diakonoff, 1967 2
G. dolichophallica Moriuti, 1989
G. dracuncula Meyrick, 1928
= G. siroii Moriuti, 1989 [synonymised by Robinson &
G. flexura Huang, Hirowatari, Wang, 2006
G. hoenei Petersen, 1987
G. hyalina Moriuti, 1989
G. melanopalpalis Moriuti, 1989 3
G. monostigma Diakonoff, 1967
G. namhaensis Ponomarenko, Park, 1996
G. navapuriensis Moriuti, 1989
G. nivicaput Diakonoff, 1967
G. opaca Moriuti, 1989
G. peterseni sp. nov.
G. siamensis Moriuti, 1989
G. stheacra Zagulajev, 19721
G. sumihiroi Moriuti, 1989
G. thailandiae Moriuti, 1989
G. tudai Moriuti, 1989
Indonesia: Papua; Australia; Papua New
Guinea
Malaysia: Sabah
Korean Peninsula
Japan: Ryukyu Islands
Japan; Korean Peninsula
Sri Lanka
The Philippines: [islands]; Malaysia: Sabah
Indonesia: Sulawesi
Andaman Islands
1996] Thailand
China: Hainan Island
China: Yunnan
Malaysia: Sabah
Indonesia: Sulawesi
The Philippines: Mindanao
Korean Peninsula
Thailand
The Philippines: Luzon & Mindanao
Indonesia: Sulawesi
Papua New Guinea
Thailand
Indonesia: Sumatra
Thailand; West Malaysia
Thailand
Thailand
1, 2 & 3 - These species are known from female specimens only.
239
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
References
Behrmann W. 1917. Der Sepik (Kaiserin-Augusta-FluB)
und sein Stromgebiet. - Mitteilungen aus den
deutschen Schutzgebieten, Erganzungsheft 12:
100 pp.
Behrmann W. 1922. Im Stromgebiet des Sepik. Eine
deutsche Forschungsreise in Neuguinea. Berlin,
August Scherl GmbH: 359 pp.
Diakonoff A. 1967. Microlepidoptera of the Philippine
Islands. - Bulletin of the Smithsonian Institution
257: 484 pp.
Gunther K. 1929. Die Phasmoiden der Deutschen
Kaiserin Augusta-FluS-Expedition 1912/13,
ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Phasmoidenfauna
Neuguineas. - Mitteilungen aus dem zoologischen
Museum Berlin 14: 739-810.
Gunther K. 1930. Die Dermapteren der Deutschen
Kaiserin Augusta-FluS-Expedition 1912/13. -
Mitteilungen aus dem zoologischen Museum Berlin
15: 53-83.
Gunther K. 1938. Acrydiinen (Orthoptera, Acrid idae) von
Neu Guinea. - Nova Guinea: A Journal of Botany ;
Zoology Anthropology Ethnography Geology and
Palaeontology of the Papuan Region , new series 2:
1-46.
Huang G.-H., Hirowatari T., Wang M. 2006. A
new Gerontha Walker (Lepidoptera, Tineidae)
from Hainan, China. - Transactions of the
Lepidopterological Society of Japan 57, No. 2: 132-
136.
Mey W. 2001. Australasian distribution in Trichoptera
(Insecta) - a frequent pattern or a rare case? 255-
268. In: Metcalf I., Smith J.M.B., Morwood M.,
Davidson I. (eds) Faunal and floral migrations and
evolution in SE Asia -Australasia. Lisse, Balkema
Publishers: 416 pp.
Mey W. 2006. Chimarra guentheri sp. nov. - a new
species from New Guinea (Insecta, Trichoptera).
- Mitteilungen aus dem Museum fur Naturkunde
Berlin , Zoologische Reihe 82, No. 2: 261-263.
Moriuti S. 1989a. Eleven new species of Gerontha from
Southeast Asia, with notes on others (Lepidoptera:
Tineidae). - Microlepidoptera of Thailand 2: 87-
112.
Moriuti S. 1989b. A new Gerontha (Lepidoptera:
Tineidae) from Japan. - Nota lepidopterologica 12,
No. 3: 179-182.
Petersen G. 1987. A new Gerontha from China (Tineidae).
- Tinea 12, Supplement: 152-154.
Ponomarenko M., Park K.T. 1996. Notes on someTineids
from Korea and Russian Far East, with descriptions
of four new species (Lepidoptera: Tineidae). -
Korean Journal of Applied Entomology 35, No. 4:
273-279.
Robinson G.S. 2009. Biology distribution and diversity
of Tineid moths. Kuala Lumpur, Southdene Sdn
Bhd.: 143 pp. + 16 pis.
Robinson G.S., Nielsen E.S. 1993. Tineid genera of
Australia (Lepidoptera). Monographs on Australian
Lepidoptera. Volume 2. Canberra, CSIRO: XVI + 344
pp.
Robinson G.S., Tuck K.R. 1996. A revisionary checklist
of the Tineidae (Lepidoptera) of the Oriental region.
Occasional Papers on Systematic Entomology 9:
1-29.
Roesicke A. 1914. Mitteilungen uber ethnographische
Ergebnisse der Kaiserin Augusta-FluS-Expedition. -
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie , Berlin 46: 507-522.
Stolle A. 1914. Uberblick iiber den Verlauf der Kaiserin
Augusta-FluS-Expedition. - Zeitschrift der
Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde, Berlin 4: 249.
Stresemann E. 1923. Dr. Burgers' ornithologische
Ausbeute im Stromgebiet des Sepik. Ein Beitrag zur
Kenntnis der Vogelwelt Neuguineas. - Archiv fur
Naturgeschichte , AbteilungA, 89, No. 7/8: 1-92.
Ulmer G. 1915. Trichopteren des Ostens, besonders
von Ceylon und Neu-Guinea. - Deutsche
entomologische Zeitschrift 1915: 41-75.
Ulmer G. 1938. Einige neue Trichopteren von Neu-Guinea
aus dem Berliner Museum. - Sitzungsberichte der
Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu Berlin
1938: 398-403.
VogtT. 1932. Beitrag zur Reptilienfauna der ehemaligen
Kolonie Deutsch-Neuguinea. - Sitzungsberichte
der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde zu
Berlin 1932, No. 5/7: 281-294.
Walker F. 1864. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
insects in the collection of the British Museum 29.
London, Tineites. Newman: 563-835.
Zagulajev A.K. 1972. New and little known species of
Tineidae, Deuterotineidae, Ochsenheimeriidae
(Lepidoptera). - Proceedings of the Zoological
Institute Leningrad 52: 332-356 [in Russian].
240
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
(plates 37-43)
Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der
Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen Region
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Lamimae)
Revision der Gattung Sybra Pascoe, 1865: Teil 4. Die
Arten der Sybra incana- Gruppe ohne Philippinen
Andre Skale 1, Andreas Weigel 2
1 - BlucherstraBe 46, D-95030, Hof, Deutschland; andre.skale@online.de
2 - Am SchloBgarten 6, D-07381, Wernburg, Deutschland; rosalia@versanet.de
Zusammenfassung: Auf Grund morphologischer und genitalmorphologischer Unterschiede konnen von der
GroSgattung Sybra Pascoe, 1865, eine Reihe von Arten abgegrenzt werden, die wir als Sybra incana-Gr uppe
behandeln. Zu dieser Sybra incana-Gr uppe konnen derzeit 13 valide Arten gruppiert werden. In der vorliegenden
Arbeit werden lediglich die funf Arten auSerhalb der Philippinen revidiert sowie taxonomische und faunistische
Angaben aufgefuhrt. Von den derzeit mindestens acht bekannten philippinischen Arten, die sich zoogeografisch gut
abgrenzen lassen, liegt nur wenig Material vor, so daB die Revision dieser Arten erst zu einem spateren Zeitpunkt
erfolgt. Eine Art von Bali, Sybra yokoi sp. nov. wird hier neu beschrieben. Sybra incanoides Breuning, 1942 syn. nov.
erwies sich als jungeres Synonym von Sybra arator Pascoe, 1865. Alle behandelten Arten werden abgebildet und
eine Bestimmungstabelle gegeben.
Keywords: Cerambycidae, Lamiinae, Apomecynini, Sybra, new species, lectotype designations, faunistics, Oriental
and Australian region.
Einleitung
Innerhalb der heterogenen GroSgattung
Sybra Pascoe, 1865, mit bisher mehr als
580 beschriebenen Taxa, lassen sich eine
Reihe von Arten sowohl habituell als auch
genitalmorphologisch differenzieren. Insbesondere
die kompakte Korperform, ein auf den Flugeldecken
bei den meisten Exemplaren vorhandener
typischer, dunkler Apikalmakel (Tafel 37, Abb. 1)
und die gruppenspezifisch gestalteten Fibula im
Innensack (Tafel 37, Abb. 2), charakterisieren diese
abgrenzbaren Arten gut. Wir nennen diese Gruppe
nahe verwandter Arten Sybra incana-G ruppe,
nach der zuerst beschriebenen Art Sybra incana
(Pascoe, 1859). Zu der Sybra incana-G ruppe
konnen derzeit 13 valide Arten zugeordnet werden,
die in der orientalischen und australischen Region
verbreitet sind. Auf den Philippinen sind bisher acht
Arten bekannt, von alien konnten die Holotypen
untersucht werden. Diese sind auSerordentlich
ahnlich und meistens nur mittels der mannlichen
Genitale zu differenzieren. Von fast alien dieser
Arten liegt bisher nur das Typenmaterial vor, so daS
eine Revision derzeit nicht moglich ist. Zudem liegen
weitere Exemplare von den Philippinen vor, die
keiner dieser bekannten Arten zugeordnet werden
konnen. Es handelt sich hier sehr wahrscheinlich
um noch nicht beschriebene Arten. Von Borneo
ist bisher keine Art a us der Sybra incana-G ruppe
beschrieben. Es liegen bisher nur zwei mannliche
Exemplare vor, die zu unterschiedlichen Arten
gehoren. Mehrere weibliche Exemplare von Borneo
lassen sich nicht eindeutig zuordnen. Das trifft
auch fur das bei Makihara & Noerdjito (2004)
aufgefuhrte weibliche Exemplar zu, das sicher nicht
zu Sybra incana gehort. Auf Grund des geringen
Materia I umfanges sehen wir derzeit von einer
Beschreibungen dieser sehr wahrscheinlich neuen
Arten ab.
Die hier behandelten funf Arten sind von der
malaysischen Halbinsel und Sumatra (Indonesien)
bis in den pazifischen Raum (Salomon Inseln)
verbreitet, und besitzen meistens gut abgegrenzte
Areale. Lediglich Sybra incana ist weiter verbreitet.
Mit Sybra yokoi sp. nov. wird eine fur die
241
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Wissenschaft neue Art, von der indonesischen
Insel Bali beschieben. Die Verbeitung der Arten ist
auf der Karte 1 dargestellt.
Abkurzungen
BMNH - British Museum of Natural History, London,
GroSbritannien;
CBT - Collection Shinichi Befu, Tokyo, Japan;
CMS - Collection Ole Mehl, Struer, Danemark;
CSH - Collection Andre Skale, Hof, Deutschland;
CTR - Collection Dmitry Telnov, Riga, Lettland;
CWW - Collection Andreas Weigel, Wernburg,
Deutschland;
CYR - Collection Yaheita Yokoi, Ratingen, Deutschland;
HNHM - Hungarian National History Museum Budapest,
Ungarn;
MNHN - Museum Nationale d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
Frankreich;
NNM - Naturalis (Nationaal Natuurhistorisch Museum),
Leiden, Niederlanden;
NUS - Raffles Museum of Biodiversity Research
(National University of Singapore), Singapur;
SMNS -Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde Stuttgart,
Deutschland;
USNM - Smithsonian Institution and United States
National Museum (Washington), U.S.A.;
ZMB - Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt Universitat
Berlin, Deutschland;
IM - leg. 0. Mehl;
IR - leg. A. Riedel;
IS - leg. A. Skale;
IT - leg. D. Telnov;
ITG - leg. D. Telnov & K. Greke;
IW - leg. A. Weigel;
IY - leg. Y. Yokoi;
Ex. - Exemplar(e);
HT - Holotypus;
PT - Paratypus;
LT - Lectotypus;
PLT - Para lectotypus;
juv. - juvenil.
Material und SVSethodik
Es konnten insgesamt 35 Holo- und Paratypen
sowie 185 sonstige Exemplare der Sybra incana-
Gruppe untersucht werden. Das Material stammt
auseigenen Aufsam ml ungen, privaten Kollektionen
und verschiedenen Museumssammlungen. Die
mannlichen Exemplare wurden zum GroSteil
genitalmorphologisch untersucht, Typen
allerdings nur bei gutem Erhaltungszustand.
Die herauspraparierten Genitalien wurden
zusammen mit dem Exemplar auf einem weiSen
Kartonplattchen fixiert. Zur Preparation der
mannlichen Genitalstrukturen siehe Weigel,
Skale (2009). Der Innensack (Endophallus) ist
fur die Diagnose der Arten der /ncana-Gruppe,
im Gegensatz zu anderen Sybra-G ruppen, nicht
von Bedeutung, da hier kaum verwendbare Oder
lediglich sehr ahnliche Oberflachenstrukturen
vorkommen (Tafel 43). Der unspezifische Aedeagus
der hier aufgefuhrten Arten ist fur eine Artdiagnose
nicht von Bedeutung, erwird dementsprechend nur
einmal von Sybra incana abgebildet (Tafel 37).
Differenzierung der Fibula
Wie bereits bei (Weigel, Skale 2009, 2011)
erwahnt ist die Fibula am Ende des Innensackes
der mannliches Aedeagus ein charakteristisches
Merkmal der Gattung Sybra. Die Fibula ist
artspezifisch und die Arten konnen daran leicht
differenziert werden. Bei den Arten der Sybra
/ncana-Gruppe ist die Fibula sehr ahnlich gestaltet,
sie ist urn die 0,5 mm lang und 0,3 mm breit.
Zur Differenzierung der Fibula werden folgende
Bezeichnungen verwendet (Tafel 37, Abb. 2). Der
sklerotisierte Hauptteil der Fibula wird als „main
piece" bezeichnet. Die Bezeichnung „main piece"
und „Distallobus“ ist beispielsweise bei der Gattung
Hydraena Kugelann gebrauchlich (Jach et al.
2005). Der „main piece" ist in Dorsalansicht immer
symmetrisch, oft charakteristisch V-formig gebildet
(z.B. Tafel 40). Urn den „main piece" befindet sich
ein hautiger Sack, der als Medialsack bezeichnet
wird. Der Medialsack kann bei der Preparation sehr
leicht zerstort werden. Fur die Diagnose der Arten
hat er keine weitere Bedeutung. Der Distallobus
ist ein hyaliner Anhang am „main piece", beim
ausgestulpten Endophallus am distalen Ende der
Fibula. Bei den Arten der Sybra /ncana-Gruppe
ist der Distallobus, der urn die mittig gelegene
Spermaoffnung ausgebildet ist, immer mit faltigen
Strukturen versehen. Diese Spermaoffnung der
Fibula, die immer charakteristisch und artspezifisch
gestaltet ist, nennen wir „Fibulaport“. Am apikalen
Ende des Distallobus hangen hyaline, hautige
und oftmals blasenformige Anhange, die als
Apicalappendices bezeichnet werden.
Nach der Sektion der Fibula aus dem
Innensack, muS diese zur Diagnose in ein flussiges
Medium gelegt werden, am besten in Milchsaure
(Acidium lacticum), damit die voll entfalteten
Strukturen zu erkennen sind.
242
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
(plates 37-43)
China
ietnam
alaysia
Sybra arator
rneo
Sybra incana
Sybra strigina
donesia
Karte 1. Verbreitung der Arten der Sybra incana- Gruppe.
k
Diagnose der Sybra incana Gruppe
Alle bisher untersuchten 13 Arten,
einschlieBlich des Typen materia Is der
philippinischen Arten (s. u. Checkliste), werden der
Sybra incana Artengruppe innerhalb der Gattung
Sybra zugeordnet. Die 6,5-11,5 mm groBen Arten
sind in der orientalischen und australischen Region
verbreitet. Die Arten der Sybra incana-G ruppe
konnen mit folgenden gemeinsamen Merkmalen
differenziert werden:
1) Stirn trapezformig, punktiert, mit nach innen
gerichteter, einfarbig, grauer Oder gelblicher
Tomentierung; Clypeus gerade bis leicht nach innen
gewolbt (Tafel 37, Abb. 3); Augen grob facettiert, am
medialen Innenrand der unteren Augenloben mit
je einer, nach auBen geneigten, langen, dunklen
„Sinnes“-Borste (diese ist oft abgebrochen).
2) Fuhler mindestens korperlang, beim Mannchen
meist langer a Is beim Weibchen, unten gefranst;
Skapus am basalen „Kugelgelenk“ deutlich
punktiert; 3. und 4. Fiihlerglied annahernd gleich
lang, ab dem 5. Glied gleichmaBig an Lange
abnehmend.
3) Halsschild trapezformig, breiter als lang, basal
mit einer mehr Oder weniger breiten Querfurche
in Basisnahe, die Hinterecken nur angedeutet,
im Bereich der Hinterecken mit deutlich groberer
Punktur, und einem groBeren Porenpunkt, mit
abstehender, langer, dunkler „Sinnes“-Borste
(diese ist oft abgebrochen); Halsschildvorderrand
243
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
in der Mitte ungerandet; Tomentierung von
einheitlich grau bis gelblich, oft mit einzelnen
gelblichen Makeln Oder verkOrzten Langsbinden.
4) FlOgeldecken gestreift punktiert, lediglich
um das Schildchen mit einer unregelmaBig
punktierten Flache und der Apex meist unpunktiert;
Zwischenraume unpunktiert; Epipleuren
unpunktiert; Apex immer schrag abgestutzt,
AuBenecke zum Teil deutlich ausgezogen (S.
palawana Aurivillius, 1927, S. luzonica Breuning,
1939, einzelne Exemplare von S. incana (Pascoe,
1859)), dieses Merkmal kann jedoch stark
variieren; Tomentierung einheitlich graulich Oder
gelblich, oft mitdunkler, sichelformiger Apikalmakel
(auBer bei S. biochreopunctipennis Breuning,
1966, S. luzonica Breuning, 1939, S. sibuyana
Aurivillius, 1927, S. sexguttata Breuning, 1939, S.
strigina Pascoe, 1865 und einzelne Exemplare von
S. incana (Pascoe, 1859)) und einzelnen, kleinen,
weiBen Oder gelblichen Makeln, drei dieser Makel
werden als „Grundmakel“ bezeichnet, welche auBer
bei S. luzonica meist deutlich hervorgehoben sind
(Tafel 37, Abb. 1):
- die vordere Makel (Basalmakel) befindet
sich am Ende des ersten FlOgeldeckendrittels im 4.
Zwischenraum (ohne Nahtsaum),
- eine weitere Makel (Media I makel 1)
liegt im selben Zwischenraum am Ende des 2.
rIOgeldeckendrittels,
- die dritte Makel (Medialmakel 2) liegt
im 6. Zwischenraum und ist meist etwas vor,
selten h inter der Medialmakel 1 gelegen (S.
palawana, S. subincana Breuning, 1968), bei
S. preapicetriangularis Breuning, 1973, S.
preapicefuscofasiata Breuning, 1964 und S. arator
Pascoe, 1865 feh It diese Makel (Tafel 38);Schultern
deutlich ausgepragt; Geschlechtsdimophismus
meist deutlich: Mannchen schmaler, von den
Schultern bis zur Mitte mehr Oder weniger parallel
Oder geradlinig verengt, beim Weibchen meist zur
Mitte deutlich verbreitert (auBer bei S. yokoi).
5) Bei ne „sybra“-typisch (siehe Weigel, Skale
2009), mit groBtenteils gleichformigen Toment;
Innenseiten der Mittel- bzw. Hinterschienen apikal
mit langerer, zum Teil abstehender Behaarung.
6) Unterseite: Vorderbrustfortsatz etwas niedriger
als Vorderh Often, Mittel brustfortsatz so hoch wie
die Mittel h Often, Mittel brust wenigstens teilweise
medial langsgefurcht; Analsternit beim Mannchen
mit eckiger Ausbuchtung, beim Weibchen mit
spezifischer, grubenformiger Vertiefung.
7) Aedeagus (Tafel 37, Abb. 4-6): ventrale Lobe
in Ventralansicht apikal verschmalert, meist
zugespitzt und mit Medialfurche bis zum Apex;
in Lateralansicht deutlich nach hinten gebogen
(auBer bei S. incana (Pascoe, 1859) und S.
strigina Pascoe, 1865, hier nur wenig nach hinten
gebogen), dorsale Lobe von ahnlicher Form,
gerade (Lateralansicht) und immer deutlich kOrzer;
Innensack ohne markante Oberflachenstrukturen;
Fibula gruppenspezifisch, Grundaufbau siehe Tafel
37, Abb. 2, Parameren mit lang ausgezogenen
Apikalloben und mit spezifischer, mehr Oder
weniger stark behaarter Erweiterung an der Basis,
diese in Lateralansicht deutlich vorstehend.
Checkliste der Arten der Sybra incana- Gruppe
Sybra arator Pascoe, 1865
Verbreitung: Malaysische Halbinsel, Indonesien
(Sumatra), Indien (Sikkim-Darjeeling = patria falsa).
Sybra incana (Pascoe, 1859)
Verbreitung: Indonesien (Molukken, West-Papua),
Papua Neuguinea, Salomon-lnseln.
Sybra strigina Pascoe, 1865
Verbreitung: Molukken (Buru, Seram, Kei-lnseln).
Sybra subincana Breuning, 1968
Verbreitung: Indonesien (Sulawesi).
Sybra yokoi sp. nov.
Verbreitung: Indonesien (Bali).
Arten der Philippinen (hier nicht mit revidiert)
Sybra biochreopunctipennis Breuning, 1966
Verbreitung: Philippinen (Bucas).
Sybra flavostictipennis Breuning, 1966
Verbreitung: Philippinen (Leyte).
Sybra luzonica Breuning, 1939
Verbreitung: Philippinen (Luzon).
Sybra palawana Aurivillius, 1927
Verbreitung: Philippinen (Palawan).
Sybra preapicefuscofasciata Breuning, 1964
Verbreitung: Philippinen (Luzon).
244
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
(plates 37-43)
Sybra preapicetriangularis Breuning, 1973
Verbreitung: Philippinen (ohne nahere Angabe).
Sybra sexguttata Breuning, 1939
Verbreitung: Philippinen (Mindanao).
Sybra sibuyana Aurivillius, 1927
Verbreitung: Philippinen (Sibuyan).
Taxonomischer Teil
Sybra arator Pascoe, 1865 (Tafel 38, Abb. 1-7)
Sybra arator Pascoe, 1865: 210
= Sybra incanoides Breuning, 1942: 150 syn. nov.
Untersuchtes Typenmaterial:
Sybra arator: Holotypus S BMNH, Sybra arator Pasc.
Singaporr [sic!] [handschriftlich]; Pascoe Coll. 93-60
[gedruckt, auf Unterseite] // Type // Singapora [sic!]
[handschriftlich, blaues ovales Etikett] // Sybra arator
Typ Pasc. [handschriftlich] / arator [handschriftlich].
Zustand: Toment gut erhalten, linkes Vorderbein
mit zwei Tarsengliedern, rechter Fuhler mit 10
Gliedern, GroBe: 10 mm.
Sybra incanoides : Holotypus S USNM, Darjeeling /
Inde britan. / Coll. J. Clermont // TYPE [rot, gedruckt]
// Sybra incanoides mihi Typ det. Breuning // BLNO
000975 [hellblau] // Sybra / arator Pascoe, 1865 / rev.
Skale & Weigel 2012.
Zustand: Toment relativ gut erhalten, bei beiden
Fuhlern nur Skapus vorhanden, rechtes Mittelbein
ohne Tarsus, GroBe: 6,7 mm.
Die morphologische und genitalmorphologische
Untersuchung der Holotypen ergab, das beide
Arten konspezifisch sind, somit ist Sybra incanoides
ein jungeres Synonym von Sybra arator. Geringe
morphologische Unterschiede liegen innerhalb der
Variationsbreite der Art und sind zum Teil auf den
deutlichen GroBenunterschied zuruckzufuhren. Der
locus typicus von S. incanoides in Darjeeling(lndien)
liegt weit auBerhalb des Verbreitungsgebietes
der Arten der Sybra incana-G ruppe, so daB eine
Fundortverwechslung Oder Verschleppung mit
importierten Holz zu vermuten ist.
Weiteres Material 13 Exx:
SINGAPUR: IS NNM, SINGAPORE: 0. J. Saunders. B.
M. 1933-227; 1$ NUS, SINGAPORE Dairv Farm CLF &
CYW 29.3.2008 on Fallen Terantang twig; IS CWW,
SINGAPORE: Nee Soon Pipeline CLF & CYW 5. April 2008;
IS CSH, SINGAPORE CLF & CYW Dr. Venus 24.1.2009;
1$ NUS, SINGAPORE CLF & CYW Dr. Venus 25.1.2009.
SUMATRA: 2$ CYR, Indonesia, W. Sumatra, Annai Valley,
Padang, 14.-20.April 2006, IY.
MALAYSIA: IS CSH, Malaysia, Selangor Bukit Lagong
Alt. 200m, 24. Feb. 2008 Shinichi Befu leg. / Shinichi
Befu Collection 03028; 1$ CSB, Malaysia, Selangor
Bukit Lagong Alt. 200m, 24. Feb. 2008 Shinichi Befu
leg. /Shinichi Befu Collection 03029; 1 S CSB, Malaysia,
Kuala Lumpur Mont Kiara Alt. 200m, 14. May. 2006
Shinichi Befu leg. / Shinichi Befu Collection 00456; 1$
CWW, Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur Mont Kiara Alt. 200m, 26.
May. 2006 Shinichi Befu leg. / Shinichi Befu Collection
00482; 1$ CSB, Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur Mont Kiara Alt.
200m, 26. May. 2006 Shinichi Befu leg. / Shinichi Befu
Collection 00483; IS CSB, Malaysia, Pahang, Bentong
Alt. 250m, 16. Dec. 2006 Shinichi Befu leg. / Shinichi
Befu Collection 01153.
Diagnose: GroBe: Mannchen: 6,7-10,0 mm,
Weibchen: 8, 0-8, 7 mm. Kopf: dunkelbraun;
Taster einfarbig rotlichbraun (HT), Oder basal leicht
angedunkelt, letztes Glied schmal, zugespitzt,
langer a Is das vorletzte; Clypeus gerandet, fast
gerade; Stirn zwischen den Augen maBig dicht
punktiert, Zwischen rau me meist deutlich groBer
als der Punktdurchmesser, schutter gelblichweiB
tomentiert, die Tomentierung nach innen gerichtet,
zwischen den oberen Augenloben mit deutlicher
Langsfurche; Schlafen meist locker und weitlaufig
punktiert. Fuhler: langer als der Korper, beim
Mannchen etwa zwei Glieder, beim Weibchen
etwa 1 Glied langer als die Flugeldecken; Skapus
walzenformig, fast parallelseitig, etwas hinter der
Mitte am breitesten, oben weiBlich tomentiert;
Fuhlerglied 3 und 4 gleichlang, die folgenden
gleichmaSig kurzer werdend, Fuhlerglieder ab
den 5. Glied basal etwas aufgehellt. Halsschild:
Basis gerade und breiter als der Vorderrand,
deutlich breiter als lang, mit deutlicher, subbasaler
Vertiefung; Halsschildseiten maBig gerundet,
groBte Breite etwa in der Mitte, manchmal
annahernd parallelseitig, vorallem bei kleineren
Exemplaren; Punktierung kraftig und dicht,
Punktzwischenraume oft kleiner als die Punkte;
Durchmesser der lateralen Punkte, vor a llem in
den Hinterecken, deutlich groBer als im mittleren
Teil der Scheibe; Tomentierung gelblich, mit drei
dichter tomentierten Streifen, Lateralstreifen
leicht schrag nach auBen zeigend, basal etwa
bis zur Mitte reichend, dort unterbrochen, am
Vorderrand wieder deutlicher, Medialstreifen
kurzer und deutlich schmaler. Flugeldecken:
braun; Punktreihen mit engstehender, kraftiger
Punktur, Punkte nach hinten kleiner werdend und
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
weiter auseinanderstehend, apikal erloschen;
Zwischenraume leicht gewolbt; Grundtomentierung
hellbraun, Grundmakel weiS tomentiert und kaum
merklich nach hinten ausgezogen, Basalmakel
maSig groB, Medialmakel 1 meist von gleicher
GroBe, selten kleiner, Medialmakel 2 fehlend;
eine weitere weiBe Makel befindet sich im 7.
Zwischenraum, etwas hinter der Schulterbeule, im
Basalbereich je zwei gelblich tomentierte Streifen
(2. und 4. Zwischenraum), diese Tomentierung
verschwommen und zum Teil auf andere
Zwischenraume ubergreifend, die inneren Streifen
gegen liber den lateralen Halsschildstreifen
gelegen; mitdeutlicher, sichelformiger Apikalmakel,
diese von gelber Tomentierung umgeben, davor oft
mit einzelnen weiBlichen Punkten; Apex schrag
abgestutzt, mit etwas ausgezogener, seitlich
abstehender AuBenecke; Schildchen gelblich bis
grau tomentiert, apikal abgerundet. Beine: braun;
Schenkel, Schienen und Tarsen „sybra“-typisch
(siehe Weigel, Skale 2009); Tomentierung weiBlich,
Schenkel auf der Unterseite immer mit zahlreichen,
eingestreuten dunkleren Fiecken; Mittelschienen
kurz, die apikale Halfte beim Mannchen auf der
Innenseite leicht verbreitert; Schienen medial zum
Teil mit verdichteter, weiBlicher Tomentierung;
Trochantern der Vorderbeine nach vorn, die der
Mittel- und Hinter-Beine nach hinten, dicht mit
weiBen, zum Teil langeren, abstehenden Haaren
besetzt. Unterseite Mannchen: rotlichbraun;
Tomentierung schmutziggelb, einzelne Fiecken
der Mittelbrust und zwei Reihen mit kleinen
Tomentflecken auf den ersten 4 Stern iten weiBlich;
Mittelbrust seitlich locker und grob punktiert,
medial punktfrei; eine Mittel la ngslinie nur in der
apikalen Halfte deutlich und vertieft, zur Basis
nur angedeutet; Mittel brustfortsatz un punktiert,
matt, apikal leicht ausgebuchtet und mit einfacher
Tomentierung; Prosterna Ifortsatz matt, unpunktiert,
mit tiefen Gruben und lateralen Erhohungen,
neben der Tomentierung nur mit wenigen langeren,
abstehenden Haaren; letztes Sternit apikal
tief ausgebuchtet. Unterseite Weibchen:
Mittel brustfortsatz sehr variabel, meist gerade, zum
Teil aber auch deutlich dreieckig ausgeschnitten;
Prosterna Ifortsatz ahnlich wie beim Mannchen mit
einzelnen, abstehenden Haaren; letztes Sternit
medial mit deutlicher, langlicher Vertiefung, diese
fast fiber das ganze Sternit reichend. Aedeagus:
ventrale Lobe am Apex breit, spitz auslaufend; in
Lateralansicht nur wenig nach hinten gebogen;
dorsale Lobe von ahnlicher Form, kurzer; Innensack
vor der Fibula leicht angedunkelt. Fibula (Tafel
38, Abb. 4-7): 0,41-0,46 mm (HT) lang; main piece
einteilig, basal ventralwarts erweitert, Erweiterung
in Ventralansicht kraftig, U-formig, an den Enden
ausgerandet; main piece in Lateralansicht
basal gerundet erweitert; Medialsack auBerst
engmaschig strukturiert, leicht angedunkelt;
Distallobus ventral mit breiter, fast gerader Basis,
die stark wulstigen Fa Iten lateral fast gerade,
medial nur unmittelbar unterhalb des Fibulaport
stark gewellt, in Lateral- und Dorsalansicht mit
kraftigen, meist geraden Fa Iten; Fibulaport hyalin,
mitschwer sichtbaren Strukturen, in Lateralansicht
deutlich zahnartig vorstehend; Apicalappendices
hyalin, ohne Strukturen, basal miteinander
verbunden, apikal abgerundet, in Lateralansicht
apikal zugespitzt. Parameren (Tafel 38, Abb. 3):
Apikalloben gerundet verengt; langere Behaarung
am Apex und oberhalb der schmal verrundeten
Erweiterung an der Basis, diese in Lateralansicht
deutlich vortretend, medial neben wenigen
langeren Haaren nur mit kurzen, meist nach auSen
gerichteten Borsten besetzt. Genitaltergit:
trapezformig, subapikal, meist abgerundet, selten
mit angedeuteten AuSenecken; Vorderrand medial
meist seicht ausgebuchtet und mit kraftiger,
dunkler Behaarung.
Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Mannchen mit
deutlich langeren Fuhlern und ohne langliche
Vertiefung im letzten Sternit.
Differentia I diagnose: Von den ahnlichen Sybra
incana (Pascoe) und Sybra subincana Breuning
durch den fehlenden Medialmakel 2 und das oft
parallelseitig wirkende Pronotum verschieden. S.
subincana hatzudem einen einfarbigen Halsschild
und im mannilchem Geschlecht deutlich langere
Fuhler.
Da bisher nur wenig Material vorliegt und
die Variationsbreite dementsprechend nur
ungen ugend abgeschatzt werden kann, ist die
Differenzialdiagnose als vorlaufig zu werten.
Verbreitung: Bisher von West-Malaysia und
Sumatra (Indonesien) bekannt, die Angabe von
Indien (HT von S. incanoides) ist als patria falsa zu
werten.
Sybra incana (Pascoe, 1859) (Tafel n 39-40)
Sybra incana (Pascoe, 1859): 50
= Sybra mucronata Pascoe, 1865: 214 (Weigel,
Skale 2009)
= Sybra pseudincana Breuning, 1939: 251 (Weigel,
Skale 2009)
Untersuchtes Typenmaterial:
Sybra incana : Holotypus ^ BMNH, Ropica incana typ
Pasc [handschriftlich]//Type//Aru/Sybra incana, Pasc.
246
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
(plates 37-43)
Aru Is. / Pascoe Coll. 93-60 [gedruckt, auf Unterseite].
Sybra mucronata: Holotypus $ BMNH, Sybra
mucronata Pasc. Geilolo [Halmahera] / Pascoe Coll. 93-
60 [gedruckt, auf Unterseite] // Type // Geil. / Sybra
mucronata.
Sybra pseudincana : Holotypus S BMNH, Sybra
pseudincana mihi Typ det. Breuning// Type // Pres, by
Imp. Inst. En ?./B. M. 1938-29// 1421 //SOLOMON IS
/ Guadalcanal / Kookoom / 31.iii.19 / R. A, Lever.
Weiteres Material 37 Exx, weitere 89 Exx siehe
Weigel, Skale (2009):
MOLUKKEN: 2$, 1$ CMS & CSH, INDONESIA or. ARU-
ISLANDS, Warmar island, vie. Dobo, S5°47’54”/
E134°13’0”, 20m, 14.-17. 1 1.2011 (12), IM, IS; 3$, 2$
CMS, CSH & CWW, INDONESIA or. ARU-ISLANDS, Wokam
island, vie. Samang vill., S5°40’20”/E134°15’08”, 10-
20m, 15.11.2011 (12), IM, IS, IW.
W-PAPUA: IS CTR, INDONESIA E, Prov. Raja Ampat,
distr. Misool Barat, Yan Island, Lilinta (Lelintha) vill.
20 km SW, 02°07’53”S, 130°07’17”E, 02.IV.2009,
primeval coastal semidry vegetation, beaten from dry
branches, ITG; 1$ CMS, INDONESIA W. PAPUA 10km NE
Kaimana (02), l.ii.2011, S3°34’42”, E133°42’41”;
5(3\ 4^ CMS, CSH & CWW, INDONESIA W-PAPUA vie.
Kaimana, road 18 km NE, S3°3rH”/E133o40’15”,
50-80m, 21.- 25.11.2011, IM, IS, IW; 2$ CTR, INDONESIA
E, West PAPUA, S Bird's Neck, Kaimana 2-4 km NE,
3°39’26”S, 133°46’21”E, 150-200 m, 19-20.IX.2010,
primeval lowland rainforest & fresh clearing, limestone,
IT; 2$ CTR, INDONESIA E, 16.09.2010 West Papua, S
Bird's Neck, Kaimana 40 km, E, Triton bay, Lobo vill.
env., 03°44’08”S, 134°05’40”E, 100 m, gardens,
secondary coastal forest Leg. M. Kalnins; 1 S, 1$ CSH
& CWW, INDONESIA W-PAPUA 50km SE Kaimana, Triton
Bay, vie. Kamaka vill., S3°49’50”/E134°11’27”, 10-
50m, 02. - 05.11.2011, IS, IW; 1$ CMS, INDONESIA
W.PAPUA 130km SE Kaimana (08), Yamor river vie.,
9-11. ii. 2011, S84°05’49”, E134°54’09”, IM; 1 $, 3$
CMS, INDONESIEN Oriental Biak Is., Mniber vie., Dec.
2006, Biak Mniber, 00.43.288S, 135.46.018E, IM; 1
Ex. CMS, INDONESIEN Or. Yapen Is., 20km W Serui, Dec.
2006, Yapen Serui and vie., 01.52. 114S, 136.14.189E,
IM; 2 S, 1? CMS, INDONESIEN Oriental Yapen Is.,
20km W Serui vie., Jan. 2007, Yapen Serui and vie.
01.52.114S, 136.14.189E, IM; 1 Ex. CTR, INDONESIA E,
Raja Ampat, Waigeo Island, Waisai 3km W, 00°26’04”S,
130°47’41”E, 40-50m, 20.11.2012, secondary lowland
rainforest on limestone & clearing, MV light, IT.
PAPUA NEUGUINEA: 1$ ZMB, Neu Britannien, 26. Ralum,
7.96, F. Dahl S. Sybra flavomarmorata Br., Breuning det.
BORNEO: 1$ Gunung Sari (Makihara, Noerdjito 2004),
das Exemplar wurde von uns nicht untersucht, es gehort
sicher nicht zu Sybra incana. In Borneo sind mindestens
zwei weitere, bisher nicht beschrieben Arten aus der
Sybra incana- Gruppe bekannt (siehe oben).
Bemerkung: Die Untersuchung von
umfangreichem Material hat gezeigt, daB es
sich bei S. incana um eine weit verbreitete
und sehr variable Art handelt. Insbesondere
bei Inselvorkommen (Halmahera, Misool, Biak,
Yapen) treten starkere individuelle Abweichungen
bei einzelnen morphologischen Merkmalen (z.B.
Farbung, Flugeldeckenstreifung, Apexform etc.) auf.
Die Ausbildung der charakteristischen Fibula, als
sicheres und konstantes artspezifisches Merkmal,
erlaubt die eindeutige Diagnose zumindest von
mannlichen Individuen.
Diagnose: GroBe Mannchen: 7,0-10,9 mm,
Weibchen: 7,8-10,7 mm. Kopf: dunkelbraun;
Taster einfarbig hellbraun, letztes Glied schmal,
zugespitzt, deutlich langer als das vorletzte;
Clypeus gerandet, meist nach innen gewolbt, selten
annahernd gerade; Stirn zwischen den Augen dicht
punktiert, Zwischen rau me meist annahernd so
groB wie der Punktdurchmesser, seltener groBer;
schutter braunlich behaart, diese Behaarung nach
innen gerichtet; zwischen den oberen Augenloben
mit deutlicher Langsfurche; Schlafen fein bis
deutlich punktiert, bei Tieren von Halmahera
unpunktiert. Fuhler: Fuhlerlange variabel, oft
abhangig von der GroBe des Exemplars, beim
Mannchen den Korper meist um 1 bis 2 Glieder
uberragend, bei einem groBen Mannchen aus
Yapen fast um 3 Glieder langer, beim Weibchen
zum Teil deutlich kurzer als die Flugeldecken,
selten diese um maximal 1 Glied uberragend;
Skapus walzenformig, fast parallelseitig, medial
nur wenig verbreitert, Oberflachenstruktur wie
restliche Fuhlerglieder; Tomentierung braunlich,
ab 5. Glied basal nur geringfugig aufgehellt, beim
Mannchen 4. Glied etwas langer als 3. Glied, bei
den Weibchen 3. und 4. Fuhlerglieder meistens
annahernd gleichlang, Glieder ab den 5. Glied
gleichmaBig kurzer werdend. Halsschild:
auffallend breit(besonders bei einzelnen Weibchen
aus Biak), Basis gerade, zum Vorderrand leicht
gerundet verengt, mit deutlich angedeuteten
Hinterecken und deutlicher subbasaler Vertiefung;
Punktierung variabel, medial meist dicht,
Punktzwischenraume meist kleiner als die Punkte,
zum Teil rugulos, Punktzwischenraume und
Punktur lateral groBer werdend; bei den Tieren aus
Biak ist die mediale Halsschildpunktur auffallend
fein, die Punktzwischenraume deutlich groBer als
die Punkte; Tomentierung hellbraunlich, die drei
Basalstreifen immer nur undeutlich erkennbar
Oder fehlend, am deutlichsten bei den Tieren
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
aus Raja Ampat zu erkennen. Flugeldecken:
braun; Punktreihen mit engstehender, kraftiger
Punktur, Punkte nach hinten kleiner werdend,
apikal erloschen; Zwischenraume gewolbt;
Grundtomentierung braunlich; Grundmakel meist
weiB, selten gelblich Oder rotlich tomentiert, zum
Teil schwer erkennbar; Basalmakel meist rund,
selten bei groBeren Tieren (meist Weibchen) spitz
nach hinten ausgezogen, Punktreihen an dieser
Stelle oft gestort; Medialmakel 1 oft ebenso groB
und rundlich; Medialmakel 2 meist deutlich davor
liegend, bei einzelnen Weibchen von Halmahera
und Yapen liegen beide Makel annahernd auf
gleicher Hohe, eine weitere weiBe Oder braunliche,
oft undeutliche Makel im 8. Zwischenraum,
etwas unterhalb der Schulter, diese bei Tieren
von Halmahera am deutlichsten ausgebildet;
die sichelformige Apikalmakel meist deutlich
ausgebildet, bei Tieren von Yapen und Biak kann
diese Makel fehlen; Apikalmakel von gelblicher
und weiBlicher, selten auch rotlicher Tomentierung
umgeben,dieseoftbiszuden Medialmakel reichend;
undeutliche gelbliche Tomentaufhellungen auch in
der Umgebung des meist gelblich tomentierten,
apikal abgerundeten Schildchens; Apex schrag
abgestutzt, Innenecke abgerundet, AuBenecke
mehr Oder weniger spitz ausgezogen, bei den
Tieren von Halmahera dieser Auszug fingerformig
und relativ groB, bei einigen Tieren von Biak, Yapen
und Raja Ampat der Auszug breiter zugespitzt
und etwas nach auBen geneigt. Beine: braun;
Schenkel, Schienen und Tarsen „sybra“-typisch
(siehe Weigel, Skale 2009); Tomentierung meist
weiBlich, heller als Fliigeldeckentoment, seltener
Mittel- und Vorderschenkel braunlich tomentiert,
Tomentierung der Schenkel oft mit einzelnen
dunkleren Flecken durchsetzt. Unterseite
Mannchen: Mittel brust dunkelbraun bis schwarz;
Vorderbrust und Abdomen, vor allem die zwei
letzten Sternite heller braun; Tomentierung
schmutziggelb, in den Mittel bereichen locker,
nach den Seiten deutlich dichter werdend; ein
schmaler seitlicher Randbereich aller Sternite
deutlich dichter tomentiert und bei frischen Tieren
rosa gefarbt; Mittel brust zentral unpunktiert
und mit schmaler, glanzender Mittellangslinie,
welche bis zum Mittel brustfortsatz reicht und auf
der hinteren Halfte deutlich vertieft ist, seitlich
mit deutlichen, locker stehenden Kahlpunkten
besetzt; Mittel brustfortsatz matt, basal mit einigen
groBeren Punkten, sonst unpunktiert, auffallig lang
und abstehend behaart, apikal leicht dreieckig
ausgeschnitten (durch dichte Behaarung oft
schwer zu erkennen); Prosterna Ifortsatz matt,
basal mit einzelnen groberen Punkten besetzt und
auffallend lang, gelblich behaart; letztes Sternit
mitapikaler, gerundeter Ausbuchtung. Unterseite
Weibchen: Prosternal- und Mittel brustfortsatz
nur kurz, anliegend behaart; letztes Sternit
ohne apikalen Ausschnitt, mehr Oder weniger
gleichmaBig verrundet und mit deutlicher, fast
uber die gesamte Lange reichender Vertiefung;
ansonsten mit der Unterseite der Mannchen
ubereinstimmend. Aedeagus: ventrale Lobe
apikal kurz zugespitzt und am Apex verrundet,
in Lateralansicht apikal nur leicht nach hinten
gebogen (Tafel 37, Abb. 4-5); dorsale Lobe von
ahnlicher Form, gerade und kurzer; sehr ahnlich
der S. strigina, aber der Apex meist etwas spitzer.
Fibula (Tafel 40, Abb. 1-7, 9-10): 0,54-0,63 mm
lang (nicht abhangig von der GroSe des Tieres!),
main piece in Ventralansicht zweiteilig, basal
offen Oder geschlossen, zur Basis gerundet Oder
eckig erweitert; in Lateralansicht wenig gebogen,
basal kaum erweitert; die Basis auch innerhalb
einer Population sehr variabel (Tafel 40, Abb.
2-7); Medialsack auBerst engmaschig strukturiert,
dadurch etwas angedunkelt; Distallobus ventral
mit breiter, relativ kurzer, wulstig gefalteter Basis,
diese Falten apikal wulstig aufgebogen und dort
deutlich dunkler, lateral und dorsal ohne wulstige
Falten; Fibula port ebenfalls wulstig gefaltet,
apikal verschmalert, lateral von zwei kraftig
chitinisierten, dornformigen Fortsatzen begrenzt;
Apicalappendices hyalin, aus zahlreichen, blasigen
Schwellungen bestehend, in Ventralansicht
medial immer durch eine annahernd gerade,
glatte Flache verbunden. Parameren (Tafel 40,
Abb. 8): Apikalloben meist lateral geschwungen
verengt, mit langerer Behaarung am Apex und
oberhalb der breit verrundeten Erweiterung an der
Basis, medial neben wenigen langeren Haaren
nur mit kurzen, meist nach auBen gerichteten
Borsten besetzt. Genita Iter git: sehr variabel, oft
innerhalb einer Population; trapezformig; subapikal
meist abgerundet, seltener mit angedeuteten
AuBenecken; am Vorderrand medial mit kleiner
Ausbuchtung Oder tief dreieckig ausgeschnitten,
immer mit kraftiger, dunkler Behaarung.
Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Mannchen oft
kleiner und schlanker, mit langeren Fuhlern und
deutlich ausgeschnittenem letzten Sternit.
Differentialdiagnose: Von der sehr ahnlichen
S. subincana Breuning morphologisch nur
durch die im mannlichen (und meist auch im
weiblichen) Geschlecht kurzeren Fuhler und dem
kurzeren, kraftigeren Skapus verschieden; Fibula
artspezifisch und am ehesten mit der von S. strigina
248
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
(plates 37-43)
Pascoe zu verwechseln, diese im Durchschnitt
allerdings groBer, main piece kraftiger und in
Lateralansicht basal immer deutlicher erweitert.
Okologie: Die Art wird oft in anthropogen
gepragten Bereichen (Plantagen, Garten,
Holzzaunen) gefunden, und sitzt hier meisten in
Oder an abgestorbenen Blattern. DieTierespreitzen
im Klopfschirm ih re Vorderbeine nach vorn ab
und verfallen kurzzeitig in Thantose. Aus frisch
abgestorbenen Zweigen (Umgebung Kaimana
und Yamor River) schlupften am 19.06.2011 zwei
Exemplare. Die Larven fressen zuerst unter der
Rinde und gehen spater ins Holz. Die Verpuppung
erfolgt in einer ovalen Puppenwiege an der
Holzoberflache (pers. Mitt, von 0. Mehl). Auf Batanta
(West-Pa pua) wurden einige Exemplare von Kakao-
Baumen ( Theobroma cacao), im Randbereich der
Plantagen, geklopft.
Verbreitung: Es handeltsich urn die am weitesten
verbreitete und wohl auch haufigste Art der Sybra
incana-G ruppe mitVorkommen auf den Molukken,
West-Papua und Papua Neuguinea.
Sybra strigina Pascoe, 1865 (Tafel 41, Abb. 1-6)
Sybra strigina Pascoe, 1865: 212
= Ropica decemmaculata Breuning, 1965: 178
(Weigel, Skale 2011)
Untersuchtes Typenmaterial:
Sybra strigina: Holotypus S BMNH, Sybra strigina Pasc.
Bouru [handschriftlich] / Pascoe Coll. 93-60 [gedruckt,
auf Ruckseite] // Type // strigina [handschriftlich] / Bou.
[rundes, weiBes Etikett, handschriftlich].
Zustand: Toment guterhalten, vollstandig, GroBe:
10,5 mm.
Ropica decemmaculata: Holotypus $ ZMB, Ins.
Key [gedruckt] // Sybra sp. Aur. [handschriftlich] //
Holotypus [rot, gedruckt] // Ropica decemmaculata mihi
Breuning det. Typ.
Zusta nd : Toment gut erhalten; linker Fuhler mit 9
Gliedern, rechter Fuhler mit4 Gliedern; Klauenglied
vorn links fehlt, Tarsenglieder Mitte links fehlen,
hinten rechts nur ein Tarsenglied vorhanden,
GroBe: 8,5 mm.
Weiteres Material 37 Exx:
MOLUKKEN / KEI-INSELN: 18c?, 17$ CMS, CSH & CWW,
INDONESIA or. KEI-ISLANDS, 10km W Tual city, vie.
Ohoidertawun vill., 10m, S5°37’13V E132°39’20'\
17.-20. II. 2011, IM, IS, IW (013); 1$ HNHM, Kei Ins,
Sybra patrua strigina Pasc. [handschriftlich], Breua[n]
ing det., Sybra patrua strigina Pasc. [handschriftlich],
det. Breuning 1952.
MOLUKKEN / SERAM: 1$ CMS, MALUKU, Seram Solea,
12km S. of Wahai, 16/x-4/xi-1998, IM.
Diagnose: GroBe fvlannchen: 7,8-10,7 mm,
Weibchen: 8,3-11 mm. Kopf: dunkelbraun; Taster
einfarbig braun, letztes Glied schmal, zugespitzt,
deutlich langer als das vorletzte; Clypeus gerandet,
leicht nach innen gewolbt; Stirn zwischen den
Augen dicht punktiert, Zwischenraume meist wenig
groBer als Punktdurchmesser; sch utter gelblich
behaart, diese Behaarung nach innen gerichtet;
zwischen den oberen Augenloben mit deutlicher
Langsfurche; Schlafen ohne Punktierung, selten
mit einzelnen Punkten und gelb tomentiert.
Fuhler: etwas langer als der Korper, beim
fvlannchen wenig langer als beim Weibchen;
Skapus walzenformig, fast parallelseitig, medial
nur wenig verbreitert, Oberflachenstruktur
wie restliche Fiihlerglieder; Glieder oben grau
tomentiert, Glied 3 und 4 etwa gleich lang, die
folgenden ab dem 5. Glied gleichmaBig kurzer
werdend. Halsschild: Basis gerade, breiter als
Vorderrand, mit subbasaler Vertiefung; Seiten
gerundet, groBte Breite h inter der Mitte (bei groBen
Exemplaren kann der Halsschild auch in Basisnahe
am breitesten sein); Halsschildhinterecken in
unmittelbarer Basisnahe mit einer eckigen,
zahnartigen Erweiterung; Punktierung variabel,
medial meist sehr dicht, Punktzwischenraume
meist kleiner als die Punkte, selten aber auch mit
einzelnen, zum Teil wulstahnlichen punktfreien
Zwischenraumen, Punktzwischenraume zu
den Seiten zu groBer werdend; Tomentierung
ockergelblich, mit drei Streifen, welche sich
meist nur im Basalbereich deutlich abheben; bei
frischen Tieren auch am Halsschildvorderrand
mit verdichteter Tomentierung. Flugeldecken:
braun; Punktreihen mit engstehender, kraftiger
Punktur, Punkte nach hinten kleiner werdend und
weiter auseinanderstehend, apikal oft erloschen;
Zwischenraume leicht gewolbt; Grundtomentierung
hellbraunlich bis gelblich; Grundmakel gelblich
tomentiert (auBer HT und bei dem Exemplar von
der Insel Seram, hier weiS bzw gelb-weiB, siehe
auch Weigel, Skale 2011); Basalmakel meist
rund und relativ groB; Medialmakel 1 ebenso
groB, rund bis oval, in seltenen Fallen als kurzer
Langsstreifen ausgebildet; Medialmakel 2 immer
deutlich davor liegend, meist kleiner, rund, selten
etwas oval ausgezogen; bei der Basalmakel und
der Medialmakel 1 die Punktreihen oft gestort,
der Zwischenraum erweitert; bei einzelnen
Exemplaren ist noch eine weitere Makel im
zweiten Zwischenraum, zwischen Basalmakel
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
und Medialmakeln vorhanden, diese jedoch nicht
so deutlich wie die Grundmakel; desweiteren
eine verdichtete Tomentierung jederseits des
Schildchens; das Apikaldrittel kaum merklich
aufgehellt (bei S. biochreopunctipennis deutlich
weiSlich aufgehellt), ohne sichelformige
Apikalmakel; Apex schrag abgestutzt, AuSenecke
oft leicht zugespitzt; Schildchen gelb tomentiert,
apikal abgerundet. Beine: braun; Schenkel,
Schienen und Tarsen „sybra“-typisch (siehe Weigel,
Skale 2009); Tomentierung dicht, gleichformig,
wenig heller als Flugeldeckentoment. Unterseite
Mannchen: Mittelbrust dunkelbraun; die
letzten vier Sternite zumindest basal aufgehellt;
Tomentierung gelblich, in den Medialbereichen
locker bis fehlend; Mittelbrust seitlich mit
locker gestellten groSeren Kahlpunkten, medial
punktfrei und dicht, abstehend pelzartig behaart;
Mittellangslinie deutlich und in der apikalen
Halfte vertieft; Mittelbrustfortsatz breit, matt,
unpunktiert, lang abstehend behaart und apikal
dreieckig ausgeschnitten; Prosterna Ifortsatz matt,
lang abstehend gelblich behaart, bei groBen Tieren
zwischen den Vorderh Often wulstig aufgebogen;
alle Trochanteren dicht behaart, mit zahlreichen
langeren, abstehenden Haaren besetzt; letztes
Sternit mit einem tiefen, dreieckigen Ausschnitt.
Unterseite Weibchen: Mittelbrust dunkelbraun,
Vorderbrust und Abdomen heller; Tomentierung
gelblich, Sternite und Vorderbrust lateral dichter
tomentiert; Mittelbrust medial unpunktiert, lateral
zerstreut mit Kahlpunkten besetzt; Mittellangslinie
bis zum Mittelbrustfortsatz reichend und in
der apikalen Halfte vertieft; Mittelbrust- und
Prosterna Ifortsatz matt, unpunktiert und ohne
langere Behaarung; letztes Sternit mit subbasaler,
mehr Oder weniger punktformiger Vertiefung und
apikal etwas abgestutzt verundet. Aedeagus:
ventrale Lobe apikal kurz zugespitzt und am Apex
verrundet, in Lateralansicht apikal nur leicht
nach hinten gebogen (Apexform variabel, zum Teil
groSenabhangig); dorsale Lobe von ahnlicher Form
und kurzer; sehr ahnlich S. incana, aber der Apex
meist etwas breiter verrundet. Fibula: (Tafel 41,
Abb. 6) 0,59-0,64 mm (HT), die Unterschiede zur
der individuell stark variierenden Fibula von Sybra
incana (Tafel 40, Abb. 1-7, 9-10) sind nurgeringfugig
und kaum zu differenzieren, es wird deshalb keine
separate Abbildung aufgefuhrt. Parameren (Tafel
41, Abb. 5): Apikalloben meist lateral geschwungen
verengt; langere Behaarung am Apex und oberhalb
der breit verrundeten Erweiterung an der Basis,
medial neben wenigen langeren Haaren nur mit
kurzen, meist nach auBen gerichteten Borsten
besetzt. Genital ter git: trapezformig; subapikal
mit angedeuteten AuBenecken; Vorderrand medial
mit kleiner Ausbuchtung und kraftiger, dunkler
Behaarung.
Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Mannchen
meistens kleiner, mit etwas langeren Fuhlern und
deutlich ausgeschnittenem letzten Sternit, bei
Exemplaren gleicher GroSe haben die Mannchen
langere Hintertibien.
Differentialdiagnose: Sehr ahnlich der S.
biochreopunctipennis Breuningvon den Philippinen,
jedoch mit etwas kraftigeremSkapus,unpunktierten
Schlafen und ohne weiBe Tomentierung im
Apikaldrittel, das weibliche Exemplar von der Insel
Seram jedoch mit angedeuteten Aufhellungen im
Apikaldrittel. Im Verbreitungsgebiet mit einzelnen
Exemplaren von S. incana, die keine sichelformige
Apikalmakel besitzen, zu verwechseln, diesejedoch
immer mit weiBen Grundmakeln und ohne auffallig
gelb tomentiertes Schildchen (Vorsicht bei alteren,
ausgeblichenen Tieren).
Verbreitung: Bisher nur von den zentralen und
sudlichen Molukken (Buru, Seram, Kei-lnseln)
bekannt.
Sybra subincana Breuning, 1968 (Tafel 42, Abb.
1-6)
Sybra subincana Breuning, 1968: 704
Untersuchtes Typenmaterial:
Sybra subincana : Lectotype: $ MNHN [hiermit
designiert,: W. Celebes / Biromaroe Paloe / J. P. Ch.
Kalis 1937. // Sybra subincana mihi Typ / Breuning det.
// MUSEUM PARIS / 1952 / COLL R OBERTHUR // TYPE
[rot, gedruckt] // LECTOTYPUS / SYBRA / subincana
Breuning / des. A. Weigel 2007.
Zustand: Toment gut erhalten; beide Fuhler mit
9 Gliedern, 2 Tarsenglieder Mitte rechts nur zwei
Tarsenglied vorhanden, GroSe: 9,1 mm.
Paralectotype: $ MNHN [hiermit designiert], gleiche
Angaben wie Lectotypus.
Weiteres Material 21 Exx:
SULAWESI: 1$, 1$ SMNS, SULAWESI: Kotamobagu,
Matalibaru > Torosik, Gn. Tongara, 9.XII.1999, 850-
900m, IR; 1$ BMNH, INDONESIA: SULAWESI UTARA,
Dumoga-Bone N.P., November 1985, Plot B, ca 300m,
Lowland forest, Malaise trap, R. Ent. Soc. Lond.,
PROJECT WALLACE B.M., 1985-10, 126.87; 2$, 1$ CSH
& CWW, INDONESIA N-Sulawesi, 5 km SE Batu Putih,
250m, N 1°32’43”, E 125°07’29”, 18.11.2009, (002),
IS, IW; 16\ 1$ BMNH, INDONESIA: SULAWESI UTARA,
Dumoga-Bone N.P., July 1985, Fog 13 230m, ll.vii.85,
BMNH Plot A, R. Ent. Soc. Lond., PROJECT WALLACE
250
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
(plates 37-43)
B.M., 1985-10, TRAY 25, 203; ±S CWW, INDONESIA
N-Sulawesi, 7km S Lolak, vie. Polili, 180m, N 0°48’65”,
E124°01’23”, 22.11.2009, UWS (10a), IW; 3^ CWW,
INDONESIA N-Sulawesi, vie. Raja Basar b. Moutong, N
0°29’78”, E 121° 12’99”, 28.11.2009,15m, riv. valley
(16), IW; 2$ CSH, INDONESIA C-Sulawesi, ca. 20km
NE Palu, ca. 3[k]m W Tawaeli, 170m, S 0°43’56”, E
119°55’30”, 03.111.2009, river valley (020), IS; <oS CSH
& CWW, INDONESIA C-Sulawesi ca. 20km NE Palu, ca.
5km W Tawaeli, 250m, S 0°43’45”, E 119°55’95”,
02.111.2009 (19), IS, IW; 1$ CWW, INDONESIA Sulawesi,
Lore Lindu-Nat.-Park, Kanorora 13.-18. 1 V.1994, leg. R.
Gerstmeier.
Diagnose: GroBe Mannchen: 6,9-9, 7 mm,
Weibchen: 7,6-10 mm. Kopf: schwarz; Taster
braun, letztes Glied schmal, zugespitzt, deutiich
langer als das vorletzte und basal oft angedunkelt;
Clypeus gerandet, gerade bis leicht nach innen
gewolbt; Stirn zwischen den Augen variabel dicht
punktiert, Zwischen rau me meist wenig groBer als
Punktdurchmesser, mit schutterer, nach innen
gerichteter gelblicher Oder weiBlicher Behaarung,
zwischen den oberen Augenloben meist mit
deutlicher Langsfurche, diese kann sehr undeutlich
sein und in seltenen Fallen fehlen; Schlafen
deutiich, relativ dicht punktiert und wie der ubrige
Kopf tomentiert. Fuhler: in beiden Geschlechtern
deutiich langer als der Korper, beim Mannchen
uberragen die letzten 3-4 Glieder, beim Weibchen
die letzten 1-2 Glieder die Flugeldecken; Skapus
walzenformig, schlank, fast parallelseitig, medial
nur wenig verbreitert; Oberflachenstruktur wie
restliche Fuhlerglieder, oben graulich tomentiert; 3.
Glied wenig kiirzer als das 4. Glied, die folgenden
gleichmaBig kurzer werdend, das letzte deutiich
kurzeralsdas 10. Glied. Halsschild:trapezformig;
groSte Breite in Basisnahe; Basis gerade, breiter als
Vorderrand, mit deutlicher, subbasaler Vertiefung;
Punktierung kraftig und eng stehend, vor allem
medial zum Teil rugulos, meist nur am Vorderrand
mit groBeren Zwischen rau men; Tomentierung
gelblich, m it unregelmaBigenTomentverdichtungen.
Flugeldecken: dunkelbraun bis schwarz;
Punktreihen mit engstehender, kraftiger Punktur,
Punkte nach hinten kleiner werdend und weiter
auseinanderstehend; Zwischen rau me leicht
gewolbt, apikal ohne Punktreihen und meist glatt;
Grundtomentierung fleckig, hellbraunlich bis
gelblich, selten weiBlich; Grundmakel weiB, selten
etwas gelblich tomentiert; Basalmakel rund und
maBiggroB, Punktrei he selten gestort; Medialmakel
1 kleiner, zum Teil schwer sichtbar Oder fehlend,
selten nur auf einer Seite erkennbar; Medialmakel
2 oft undeutlich Oder fehlend, meist wenig hinter
Medialmakel 1 liegend; bei zwei Exemplaren aus
Palu davor gelegen; die dunkle, sichelformige
Apikalmakel immer deutiich, selten der gesamte
Apex dunkel, davor zum Teil schmal weiBlich Oder
gelblich aufgehellt; Schildchen wie der Halsschild
gelblich tomentiert, apikal abgerundet. Beine:
braun, Schenkel, Schienen und Tarsen „sybra“-
typisch (siehe Weigel, Skale 2009), Tomentierung
maBig dicht, gleichformig, farblich wie
Flugeldeckentoment. Unterseite Mannchen:
Mittelbrust dunkelbraun bis schwarz; Vorderbrust
und Abdomen etwas heller; Tomentierung weiBlich,
in den Mittelbereichen locker bis fehlend, zu den
Seiten dichter werdend; Mittelbrust nur an den
Seiten mit locker gestellten groBeren Kahlpunkten;
Mittellangslinie nur in der apikalen Halfte deutiich
und leicht vertieft; Mittelbrustfortsatz matt, nur basal
mit groBeren Punkten besetzt und lang abstehend
behaart; apikal seicht gerundet ausgeschnitten;
Prosterna Ifortsatz matt, mitgroben Punkten besetzt
und lang abstehend gelblich behaart; Unterseite
der Mittelschenkel einschlieBlich Trochanteren
mit starren, abstehenden weiBen Haaren besetzt;
Trochanteren der Vorderschenkel ebenfalls mit
langen, nach vorn gerichteten Haaren besetzt;
letztes Stern it medial mit seichtem Ausschnitt.
Unterseite Weibchen: Prosterna Ifortsatz wie beim
Mannchen, allerdings die abstehende Behaarung
etwas kurzer; ohne auffallige Behaarung der
Mittelschenkel und Trochanteren; letztes Sternit
subbasal mit kleiner, punktformiger Vertiefung und
ohne Ausschnitt, diese Vertiefung deutiich kleiner
als bei S. incana; ansonsten mit der Unterseite der
Mannchen ubereinstimmend. Aedeagus (Tafel
37, Abb. 6): ventrale Lobe schon ab dem apikalen
Drittel zugespitzt, am Apex immer spitz auslaufend,
in Lateralansicht apikal stark nach hinten gebogen;
dorsale Lobe von ahnlicher Form, aber kurzer.
Fibula (Tafel 42, Abb. 3-6): 0,52-0,61 mm; main
piece einteilig, basal ventralwarts kraftig erweitert,
Erweiterung in Ventralansicht breit, meist V-formig,
zum Teil aber mit leicht gerundeten Seiten und
dann annahernd U-formig; in Lateralansicht
basal stark eckig erweitert; Medialsack auSerst
engmaschig strukturiert, leicht angedunkelt;
Distallobus in Ventralansicht basal fast gerade,
medial nur wenig ausgebuchtet, die stark
wulstigen Falten lateral fast gerade, auch medial
nur wenig gewellt; in Lateral- und Dorsalansicht
basal mit kraftigen Falten; Fibulaport hyalin und
ohne Strukturen; Apicalappendices hyalin und
aus blasigen Schwellungen bestehend, gerade
zur Langsachse verlaufend, medial miteinander
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
verbunden, in Lateralansicht mit deutlichem,
basalwarts gerichtetem Fortsatz. Parameren
(Tafel 42, Abb. 2): Apikalloben auf der AuBenseite
seicht geschwungen, apikal maBig lang behaart,
oberhalb der verrundeten Erweiterung an der
Basis ebenfalls mit langeren Haaren besetzt;
medial neben wenigen langeren Haaren nur mit
kurzen, meist nach auBen gerichteten Borsten
besetzt. Genitaltergit: trapezformig, subapikal
seicht abgerundet, seltener mit angedeuteten
AuBenecken, Vorderrand medial mit kleiner
Ausbuchtung und kraftiger, dunkler Behaarung.
Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Mannchen
schlanker, mit langeren Fuhlern und ohne
punktformiger Vertiefung im letzten Stern it.
Differentialdiagnose: Der S. arator Pascoe
ahnlich, von dieser morphologisch durch einfarbig
tomentiertes Halsschild und etwas dichtere
Halsschildpunktur verschieden. Die Fiihler im
mannlichen Geschlecht deutlich langer als bei S.
arator. Von S. incana (Pascoe) vor a llem durch die
im mannlichen Geschlecht deutlich langeren Fuhler
und dem schlankeren Skapus verschieden (bei
Tieren von gleicher GroBe!). Genitalmorphologisch
durch die V-formige Basis der Fibula von alien Arten
der Sybra incana Gruppe deutlich zu differenzieren.
Verbreitung: Bisher nur von Sulawesi bekannt
und hier vermutlich endemisch.
Sybra yokoi sp. nov. (Tafel 43, Abb. 1-10)
Holotypus S NME, Bumbugan / Jembrana W. Bali /
Indonesia / 14.-15. Nov. 2005 / leg. Y. Yokoi.
Paratypen 16 Exx: ±S, 5$ CSH & CYR, gleiche Daten
wie HT; 1£ CYR, Bumbugan / Jembrana W. Bali /
Indonesia / 22.Nov. 2005 / leg. Y. Yokoi; ±S, 3$ CYR,
Bumbugan / Jembrana W. Bali / Indonesia / ll.April
2005 / leg. Y. Yokoi; 1$, 4$ CWW & CYR, Tungpan /
West Bali Indonesia / lO.April 2005 / leg. Y. Yokoi; ±S
CYR, Gunung Prada / Jembrana Bali / Indonesia / 17.-
18. Apr. 2005 /Y. Yokoi.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymisch. Die neue Art
wird nach ihrem Entdecker, unseren verehrten
Kollegen und Bockkaferspezia listen Yaheita Yokoi
benannt.
Diagnose: GroBe HT: 9,8 mm, PT: Mannchen:
7,9-11 mm, Weibchen: 9,1-10,5 mm. Kopf:
dunkelbraun; Taster einfarbig rotlich braun Oder
basal angedunkelt, letztes Glied schmal, zugespitzt,
deutlich langer als das vorletzte; Clypeus gerandet,
leicht nach innen gewolbt; Stirnpunktierung
zwischen den Augen variabel, meist maBig dicht
punktiert, Zwischenraume zum Teil zwei- bis dreimal
so groB wie Punktdurchmesser, selten so groB wie
diese; von den oberen Augenloben bis zum Clypeus
mit mehr Oder weniger deutlicher Langsfurche,
diese selten medial endend; Tomentierung meist
gelblich, seltener weiBlich und zwischen den Augen
deutlich nach innen gerichtet; Schlafen immer
deutlich punktiert und gelblich tomentiert. Fuhler:
Fuhlerlange variabel, beim Mannchen 1 Oder 2
Fiihlerglieder die Flugeldecken uberragend, beim
Weibchen meist mit den Flugeldecken endend,
selten diese urn etwa ein Fuhlerglied uberragend;
Skapus walzenformig, annahernd parallel,
medial kaum verbreitert, Oberflachenstruktur wie
restliche Fiihlerglieder; oben graulich tomentiert,
basal aufgehellt; Fuhlerglied 3 und 4 annahernd
gleichlang, die folgenden gleichmaBig kurzer
werdend. Halsschild: Basis gerade, wenig
breiter als Vorderrand, nur wenig breiter als lang;
hinter einer schmalen, unpunktierten Basis mit
deutlicher, subbasaler Vertiefung; Seiten mehr
Oder weniger gerundet, groBte Breite etwa in der
Mitte; Punktierung variabel, Punktzwischenraume
meist etwa gleich den Punktdurchmessern, zum
Teil aber auch deutlich groBer; Punktdurchmesser
lateral kaum groBer werdend, meist nur in der Nahe
der Hinterecken wenige grobere Punkte als im
Medialbereich; Tomentierung gelblich und fleckig,
immer mit einem auffalligen, meist langlichen,
gelben Tomentfleck in der subbasalen Vertiefung
gegenuber dem Schildchen. Flugeldecken:
braun, Punktreihen mit engstehender, kraftiger
Punktur, Punkte nach hinten kleiner werdend,
apikal erloschen; Zwischenraume leicht gewolbt;
Grundtomentierung gelbllichgrau; Grundmakel
gelb tomentiert; Basalmakel rund, meist nach
unten spitz ausgezogen und den gesamten
Zwischenraum einnehmend, die Punktreihe an
dieser Stelle selten verbreitert; Medialmakel 1 von
gleicher Form, aber immer kleiner; Medialmakel
2 sehr klein, meist nur angedeutet, selten ganz
fehlend, immer vor Medialmakel 1 liegend; der 2.
Zwischenraum basal mitverdichteterTomentierung;
die schwarze, sichelformige Apikalmakel immer
deutlich ausgepragt und mit kraftiger, gelblicher
Tomentierung umgeben; beim Weibchen meist
mit ausgedehnterer Apikalmakel, oft ist sogar
der gesamte Apex schwarz (Tafel 43, Abb. 3);
Apex schrag abgestutzt, AuBenecke wenig spitz
ausgezogen; Schildchen gelblich tomentiert, apikal
abgerundet. Beine: braun; Schenkel, Schienen
und Tarsen „sybra“-typisch (siehe Weigel, Skale
2009); Tomentierung maBig dicht, meist weiBlich,
selten gelblich, die gelbliche Tomentierung zum Teil
nur auf ein Beinpaar beschrankt, machmal fleckig
erscheinend. Unterseite Mannchen: Mittelbrust
252
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
(plates 37-43)
schwarz; Vorderbrust und Abdomen dunkelbraun;
Tomentierung gelblich; auf der Mittelbrust ziemlich
gleichmaBig verteilt, auf dem Abdomen zwei
Reihen mit ringformig verdichteter Tomentierung;
auf dem ersten Stern it basal mit zwei groSeren
Tomentflecken; ein schmaler lateraler Bereich aller
Stern ite und das letzte Stern it meist mit zusatzlicher
rotlicher Tomentierung; Mittelbrust seitlich locker
und maSig kraftig punktiert, zentral unpunktiert,
mit deutlicher, etwas vertiefter Mittellangslinie in
der apikalen Halfte; Mittelbrustfortsatz matt, auch
basal unpunktiert und ohne langere Behaarung;
apikal fast gerade endend; Prosterna Ifortsatz
matt, zwischen den Vorderhuften auffallig kraftig
punktiert und neben der normalen Tomentierung
mit einzelnen langeren Haaren besetzt; letztes
Sternit apikal tief dreieckig ausgeschnitten.
Unterseite Weibchen: letztes Sternit medial
mit mehr Oder weniger langlicher Vertiefung; in
Basisnahe mit deutlicher grubenformigerVertiefung
und apikal ohne Ausschnitt; ansonsten identisch
mit Mannchen. Aedeagus: ventrale Lobe apikal
zugespitzt, leicht nach hinten gebogen; dorsale
Lobe kurzer; Innensack (wie bei alien der hier
behandelten Arten) auf der Oberflache mit kleinen,
runden und dicht stehenden Noben (Tafel 43, Abb.
11). Fibula (Tafel 43, Abb. 4-7): 0,60-0,63 mm;
main piece einteilig, basal ventralwarts erweitert,
Erweiterung in Ventralansicht sehr schmal, flach
U-formig; main piece in Lateralansicht basal
gerundeterweitert;Medialsackau6erstengmaschig
strukturiert, leicht angedunkelt; Distallobus ventral
mit breiter, lateral stark rundlich verbreiteter Basis,
die stark wulstigen Falten lateral fast gerade, medial
stark gewellt, in Lateral- und Dorsalansicht mit
kraftigen, meist geraden Falten; Fibula port hyalin,
mitschwer sichtbaren Strukturen, in Lateralansicht
nicht vorstehend; Apikalappendices hyalin und aus
sehr kleinen, blasigen Schwellungen bestehend, in
Ventralansicht gerade zur Langsachse verlaufend,
basal miteinander verbunden, apikal leicht
zugespitzt, in Lateralansicht annahernd eiformig.
Parameren (Tafel 43, Abb. 7): Apikalloben lateral
leicht S-formig geschwungen verengt; langere
Behaarung am Apex (ventral und dorsal) und
oberhalb der schmal verrundeten Erweiterung an
der Basis; medial meist nur mit kurzen Borsten
besetzt. Genital ter git: trapezformig, subapikal
gleich maSig verrundet, ohne angedeutete
AuSenecken; Vorderrand medial mit seichter
Ausbuchtung und kraftiger, zum Teil dunkler
Behaarung.
Geschlechtsdimorphismus: Mannchen mit
langeren Fuhlern; Weibchen oftmitdeutlich dunkler
gefarbtem Fltigeldeckenapex; Unterschiede in
der Korperform, welche bei den Arten der Sybra
incana-G ruppe oft auftreten, fehlen bei dieser Art.
Differentialdiagnose: Von der ahnlichen S.
incana (Pascoe) durch gelbe Grundmakel und bei
gleicher GroSe deutlich schlankeren Halsschild
unterschieden; von S. strigina Pascoe durch die
stets vorhandene, deutliche Apikalmakel sicher zu
trennen.
Verbreitung: Bishernurvon Insel Bali (Indonesien)
bekannt.
Bestimmungsschlussel fur die Arten der Sybra incana Gruppe (ohne Philippinen)
1 Arten ostlich der Wallace-Linie verbreitet . 2
- Arten westlich der Wallace-Linie verbreitet . 4
2 Grundmakel auffallig groS und gelb, Flugeldecken ohne deutliche, sichelformige Apikalmakel . S. strigina
-Grundmakel kleinerund weiS, Flugeldecken mit schwarzer, sichelformiger Apikalmakel (diesefehlt nur bei einzelnen
Tieren von S. incana) . 3
3 Mannchen mit langeren Fuhlern und schlankerem Skapus, Art von Sulawesi . S. subincana
- Weit verbreitete und haufige Art von den Molukken, Neuguinea und benachtbarten Inseln . S. incana
4 Grundmakel gelb, Art von Bali . S. yokoi sp. nov.
- Grundmakel weiS, Lateralstreifen des Halsschildes schrag, Art von West-Malaysia und Sumatra . S. arator
Identification key to species of Sybra incana group (Philippine Islands excluded)
1 Species occur eastwards of the Wallace’s Line . 2
- Species occur westwards of the Wallace’s Line . 4
2 Main maculae conspicuous large and yellow, elytral apex without a falciform spot . S. strigina
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
- Main maculae smaller and white; elytral apex with a black falciform spot (absent only by certain specimens of S.
incana) . 3
3 Species from Sulawesi; male with longer antennae and slender scapus . S. subincana
- Common and widespread species from the Moluccas, New Guinea and neighbouring islands . S. incana
4 Main maculae yellow, species from Bali . S. yokoi sp. nov.
- Main maculae white, lateral stripes of pronotum oblique, species from western Malaysia and Sumatra .. S. arator
Danksagung
F ir die Moglichkeit der Untersuchung von Typen
und weiterem Material gilt unserer besonderer Dank
Frau S. Shute (BMNH), Herrn M.V.L. Barclay (BMNH),
Herrn 0. Merkl (HNHM), Herrn G. Szel (HNHM), Herrn
Dr. W. Schawaller (SMNS), Herrn Dr. J. Frisch (ZMB),
Herrn L.F. Cheong (NUS), Herrn Dr. S.W. Lingafelter
(USNM), Frau H.K. Lua (NUS), Herrn Prof. Dr. R.
Gerstmeier (Munchen, Deutschland), Herrn S. Befu
(Tokio, Japan), Herrn 0. Mehl (Struer, Danemark),
Herrn Dr. A. Riedel (Karlsruhe, Deutschland), Herrn
Dr. D. Telnov (Lettischer Entomologenverein, Riga,
Lettland), G. Withaar (Stadskanaal, Niederlande)
und Herrn Y. Yokoi (Ratingen, Deutschland). Fur die
Anfertigung der Habitusfotos von Sybra yokoi sp. nov.
gebuhrt Herrn Dr. U. Schmidt (Selbitz, Deutschland)
besonderer Dank.
and New Guinea. Volume I. Riga, the Entomological
Society of Latvia: 434 pp + 92 pis.
Literatur
Jach M.A., Beutel R.G., Delgado J.A., DiazJ.A. 2005. 11.1.
Hydraenidae Mulsant, 1844: 224-251. In: Beutel
R.G., Leschen R.A.B. (eds) Handbook of Zoology,
Volume IV (Part 38) Coleoptera, Beetles, Volume
1: Morphology and Systematics (Archostemata,
Adephaga, Myxophaga, Polyphaga partim). Walter de
Gruyter, Berlin, New York: 567 pp.
Makihara H., Noerdjito W.A. 2004. Longicorn beetles of
Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, identified by Dr.
E. F. Gilmour, 1963 (Coleoptera: Disteniidae and
Cerambycidae). - Bulletin of the Forestry and Forest
Products Reseach Institute 3 (1): 49-98.
Weigel A., Skale A. 2009. Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie
und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-
australischen Region (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae,
Lamiinae). Revision der Gattung Sybra, Teil 1. -
Vernate 28: 421-450.
Weigel A., Skale A. 2011. Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie
und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-
australischen Region (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae,
Lamiinae). Revision der Gattung Sybra und
Anmerkungen zu weiteren Gattungen, Teil 2: 335-
350, pis 78-83. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity,
Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Taxonom ic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895
(Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) from the Indo-
Australian transition zone, with remarks on some
Oriental and Australian taxa
Dmitry Telnov
Darza iela 10, LV-2130, Dzidrinas, Stopinu novads, Latvia; anthicus@gmail.com
Abstract: Species of Sapintus Casey, 1895 from Wallacea and the Papuan region were revised. Thirty one species
confirmed for the study area. Ten species new to science are described and illustrated, namely Sapintus (s. str.)
airi sp. nov. (Solomon Islands), S. (s. str.) celeripes sp. nov. (W New Guinea), S. (s. str.) curvitibia sp. nov. (Solomon
Islands), S. (s. str.) densepunctatus sp. nov. (W New Guinea), S. (s. str.) geminus sp. nov. (Papua New Guinea), S. (s.
str.) gemitus sp. nov. (Sulawesi), S. (s. str.) macrops sp. nov. (W New Guinea), S. (s. str.) malut sp. nov. (North Moluc¬
cas), S. (s. str.) monstrosiantennatus sp. nov. (Sulawesi), and S. (s. str.) sexualis sp. nov. (W New Guinea). Redescrip¬
tions of another 21 species are given. Thirteen new combinations and 12 new synonymy are proposed. One revised
status and two new names are proposed. Seven lectotype designations are made. An identification keys to species
of Sapintus Casey, 1895 of the study area and an annotated species list are presented. Biogeographical peculiari¬
ties of Sapintus Casey, 1895 in the Indo-Australian transition zone are discussed for the first time. Ecological and
bionomical observations are analysed. Possible mimicry cases among Sapintus and other beetle families (Cleridae,
Chrysomelidae) were discussed. Additionally, eight species new to science from the Oriental region are described
and illustrated, namely S. andreaskopetzi sp. nov. (Nepal), S. angulapex sp. nov. (The Philippines: Palawan), S. cur-
vatus sp. nov. (Thailand), S. echinatus sp. nov. (Indonesian Borneo), S. gracilentus sp. nov. (Vietnam), S. hartmanni
sp. nov. (Nepal), S. lao sp. nov. (Laos), and S. vietnamensis sp. nov. (Vietnam).
Key words: Coleoptera, Anthicidae, Anthicinae, Sapintus, Wallacea, Papuan region, Sulawesi, the Moluccas, Raja
Ampat, New Guinea, Solomon Islands, biodiversity, taxonomy, biogeography, new species, identification key, mim¬
icry, adaptive colouration, checklist.
Introduction
Almost all the main groups of the Anthicidae
from the Indo-Australian transition zone have
been revised during the last eight years (Telnov
2006a, 2007a & b, 2011a & b, 2012); the genus
Sapintus Casey is the only remaining species-rich
group not to have been subjected to taxonom ic-
biogeographical revision. Sapintus Casey, 1895 is
a diverse and large genus of Anthicini (Anthicinae)
with cosmopolitan distribution and over 175 recent
species worldwide (no fossil records are hitherto
known for this genus). Tropical areas of Oriental and
Afrotropical chorons are where most of Sapintus
species were recorded. Nearctic, Neotropical and
Australian faunas seem less diverse (or have been
researched less), but they still host several dozens
of Sapintus species each. One subgenus is defined
within this genus - Barbigerosapintus Telnov,
1998, which is distributed throughout tropical Asia
as far as the Philippines, but not reaching the Indo-
Australian transition zone.
Species of Sapintus demonstrate general
uniformity in external morphology and body
colouration. About 2/3 of all Sapintus species
were originally described by Maurice Pic. As most
entomologists know, these descriptions and his
diagnoses of new taxa too insufficient and contain
no information or figures about the genital organs
which are an essential characteristic in defining
new taxa. Large number of Pic’s types stored at the
MNHN have for a longtime remained unattainable
to anthicidologists; some of these types are
now missing (destroyed or lost). Many of older
descriptions could easily apply to several species
at least. All the aforementioned facts were a cause
for common confusions made by earlier authors -
numerous synonyms have been established and
only few specimens of Sapintus have been identified
correctly subsequent to the original descriptions of
255
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
these species.
Very few successful examples of taxonomical
revisions of Sapintus species are known. Bonadona
(1958) presented a good review of Madagascan
species. Werner (1962, 1983) successfully
revised Nea retie and Neotropical species and also
noted the importance of male genitalia for proper
identification of specimens. Werner and Chandler
(1995) did good work on New Zealand fauna of
Anthicidae. On the other hand, an attempt by
Uhmann in 2007 to compile Anthicidae fauna of
Australia was unsuccessful and made little sense
since this author did not study type material of most
of Australian species, and also failed to consider
genital organs for treating species (Telnov 2011b).
In this publication I follow the concept by
Bonadona (1958) who broaden the definition of
Sapintus compared to Werner (1962, 1983). The
present study aims to describe results of long-term
taxonomically-faunistic and ecological investigation
on the genus Sapintus in the Indo-Australian
biogeographical transition zone - the Wallacea,
New Guinea and the Solomon Islands, as well as
to give preliminary biogeographical analysis of all
species. In total, there are 31 species confirmed
for the study area. Six informal species-groups are
established. Descriptions of 10 new species are
given. 13 new combinations are proposed, seven
lectotypes are designated. Original identification
key to species of Sapintus in the study area as well
as an annotated checklist are presented. Available
ecological data are summarized. For some reason,
redescriptions and descriptions of some Oriental
species of Sapintus are also given.
Generally, Sapintus s. str. is large and quite
uniform group of the Anthicidae especially diverse
in Oriental and Afrotropical chorons. Many species
are very insufficiently described and are now hardly
recognizable.
Material and methods
Over 400 specimens of Sapintus from the
Indo-Australian transition zone and adjacent areas
were morphologically and anatomically studied.
Type specimens of all previously known species
and subspecific taxa of Sapintus from Australia,
Indonesia, Malaysia, Micronesian islands, New
Caledonia, Papua New Guinea, and the Philippines
were investigated (except for the two most common
species, S. plectilis (Pic) and S. oceanicus (LaFerte-
Senectere)). The material studied comefrom various
scientific collections across Europe, U.S.A., Asia and
Australia. A significant part of the material has been
collected by the author during several expeditions
to remote parts of the Moluccas, Raja Am pat
Islands and New Guinea. The specimens under
study are all mounted on paper slides. In average,
over 60% of all examples were dissected and their
genital organs were investigated. Within large
series of specimens, merely random dissection has
been performed. Genital organs were mounted on
microscopic slides and fixed in Apathy’s gum-syrup
to make the objects permanent. For morphological
studies, a Leica S6D binocular stereomicroscope
with attached external Canon EOS 450D SLR
camera was used. Genital organs were studied and
photographed using a Meji optical microscope with
attached external digital camera for imaging.
Acronyms for scientific collections:
BMNH - The Natural History Museum (British Museum,
Natural History), London, U.K.;
HMNH - Hungarian National Museum of Natural History,
Budapest, Hungary;
IRSN - Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Bel¬
gique, Brussel, Belgium;
MNHN - Museum National d’histoire naturelle, Paris,
France;
MSNG - Museo Civico di Storia Naturale ‘Giacomo
Doria’, Genova, Italy;
NHMW - Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Austria;
MHUB - Museum fur Naturkunde der Humboldt-Univer-
sitatzu Berlin, Germany;
NHMB - Naturhistorisches Museum Basel, Switzerland;
NHRS - Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, Swe¬
den;
NME - Naturkundemuseum Erfurt, Germany (here also
specimens collected by A.Skale & A. Weigel does be¬
long);
NMNZ - Museum of New Zealand, Wellington, New Zea¬
land;
OUNH - Oxford University Museum of Natural History,
U.K.;
RMNH - Nationaal natuurhistorisch Museum (Natu-
ralis), Leiden, The Netherlands;
SDEI - Senckenberg Deutsches Entomologisches Insti¬
tut, Eberswalde, Germany;
SMNS - Staatliches Museum fur Naturkunde Stuttgart,
Germany;
ZIN - Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences,
St.-Petersburg, Russia;
ZMUC - Zoological Museum, University of Copenhagen,
Denmark;
ZSM - Zoologische Staatssammlung Munchen, Germa¬
ny;
256
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
DCC - Collection Donald S. Chandler, Durham, U.S.A.;
DTC - Collection Dmitry Telnov, Riga, Latvia;
PAC - Collection Paul Aston, Hong Kong, China;
SKC - Collection Sergey Kurbatov, Moscow, Russia.
The study area (Map 1) extends over a large
territory of -4.800 km from Sulawesi and Lombok
on the West to the Solomon Islands on the East. The
study area further included the following insular
systems and large islands: the classic Wallacea
(inclusive Sulawesi, the Moluccas, Lesser Sunda
Islands, Timor, Tanimbar Islands, Banda Islandsand
Kei Islands), Raja Ampat Islands (inclusive Batanta,
Kofiau, Misool, Salawati and Waigeo), New Guinea
with satellite islands (Aru Islands, Cenderawasih
Bay islands of Biak, Numfor and Yapen, Bismarck
and Admiralty archipelagos, as well as Louisiade
Archipelago and D’Entrecasteaux Islands), and
the Solomon Islands. Species of Sapintus from
adjacent territories as for example Greater Sunda
Islands, Peninsular Malaysia, the Philippines,
Australia, New Caledonia and Micronesia (further
mentioned as ‘neighbouring areas’) were also
studied and revised. Taxonomic & biogeographical
data of Sapintus from these neighbouring areas
will be the subject of further publications.
For more convenient use and because a
phylogenetic arrangement is not yet possible,
all species-groups and species are listed
alphabetically. All label text is reproduced exactly,
with no corrections or additions. All labels are
printed unless otherwise stated. The author’s
comments are placed in square brackets [ ].
Already published localities referred to are given
in quotation marks; the corresponding reference
always follows the quote. If not stated otherwise,
all examples mentioned in this publication can
be proved by the author. All type specimens of
new species described in the present publication
are provided with an additional black-bordered
label printed in red ‘Holotypus’ or ‘Paratypus’.
Consequently, lecto- and paralectotype specimens
designated below are provided with the additional
labels ‘Lectotypus’ or ‘Paralectotypus’.
Last visible ventrites (last fully exposed
terminal tergite and sternite) discussed by each
species’ description are the morphological
sternite & tergite VII. The omoplates and postbasal
transverse impression of the elytra are usually not
mentioned if they are vague indicated as is typical
for this genus.
Historical overview
The genus Sapintus was first proposed by
Casey in 1895 for ten Nea retie species. A type
species was not been originally proposed but was
later designated by Werner (1962). For a long
time Sapintus was considered an element of the
115*
I
125*
I
130*
I
135*
140*
I
145*
I
150*
I
160*
I
Map 1. Study area is shaded dark grey; Sahul shelf and Sunda shelf are shaded light grey (from Telnov 2011).
257
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
American fauna until Bonadona (1958) expanded
the generic definition by Casey, included numerous
Afrotropical and Oriental species in it and suggested
a possible Gondwanan origin of Sapintus.
Subsequently over 150 species have been included
or described in Sapintus by numerous authors,
mostly split in short separate papers.
The taxonomically-faunistic (zoological)
exploration of Sapintus in the Indo-Australian
transition zone has been recorded continuously
for a long time. But these efforts are poorly
differentiated and mostly represented by original
descriptions and only a few faunistic publications,
as well as one single outdated checklist.
Almost all previously published descriptions
of Sapintus species from the study area are
based on material collected by few zoological and
zoogeographical expeditions. These expeditions
are chronographically listed below:
Expeditions by Alfred Russel Wallace and his
assistant Charles Allen 1856-61 visited Sulawesi, the
Moluccas, and Raja Ampat Islands, Aru and Kei islands,
as well as coastal areas of Bird’s Head Peninsula of New
Guinea. Wallace’s material, usually very comprehensive
on various groups of Coleoptera, does not include a
single specimen of Sapintus. However his expeditions
are of such great importance that it is worth mentioning
them.
Luigi Maria d’Albertis 1871-78 carried out several
expeditions to the northern Bird’s Head Peninsula and
to the southern lowlands, and also went up the Fly River
(Capocaccia, Poggi 1982).
Lamberto Loria collected material in eastern parts
of New Guinea 1889-94. He visited Papuan Peninsula,
Milne Bay islands, as well as coastal territories of
Astrolabe Bay and Gulf of Papua (Capocaccia, Poggi
1982).
Lajos Biro travelled along the coast of German New
Guinea 1896-1904 and successfully collected several
species of Sapintus.
J.O. Burgers 1912-13 was a doctor and also
zoological collector of the ‘Kaiserin-Augusta-FluS
Expedition’. During this important expedition, the valley
of River Sepik and its tributaries were explored both
geographically and zoologically.
Bernhard C.E. Rensch was one of only a few
invertebrate specialists who visited Lesser Sunda
Islands with the zoological expedition in 1927. Amongst
the copious material collected on Sumbawa Island there
were also few specimens of Sapintus.
Expedition ‘Noona Dan’ performed by the Zoological
Museum University of Copenhagen (Denmark) 1961-
1962. The only zoological expedition visited Bismarck
Archipelago and collected Sapintus specimens.
Important material was collected on the Solo¬
mon Islands by entomologists and naturalists Pe¬
nelope Jean Macleod Greenslade and Philip John
Marsh Greenslade (both actively collected material
on the Solomon Islands in 1960-70), also Peter No¬
lan Lawrence (participant of the Royal Society Solo¬
mon Islands Expedition) and in Papua New Guinea
by Mick E. Bacchus. Very rich Anthicidae material is
also available from two long-term international proj¬
ects- ‘Project Wallace’ of the BMNH in northern Su¬
lawesi (Bogani Nani Wartabone National park) and
‘Canopy Mission’ of the IRSN in Madang province
of Papua New Guinea. A Sot of new and interest¬
ing ecological data was collected during these two
projects, employing different collecting techniques.
The first species nowadays known as Sapintus
from the Indo-Australian transition zone was
described from Sumbawa by Maurice Pic (1895).
Later, he (Pic 1900) followed with 12 Papuan
taxa described from the collection of MSNG in
Genova (L. Loria’s and L.M. d’Albertis’s collected
specimens) and two years later three new Papuan
taxa collected by L.Biro were added (Pic 1902).
All these taxa were originally placed in Anthicus
Paykull, the largest and highly diverse genus of
Anthicidae. Pic (1911) also published a single
hitherto outdated catalogue of worldwide anthicids
including the (at that time) known taxa from the
Indo-Australian transition zone, i.e. 15 species
with two subspecies. Bonadona (1981) described
three new species from Bismarck Archipelago
from material collected by ‘Noona Dan’ expedition.
Uhmann (1995a) added one more Papuan species.
Werner’s (1965) account and key to Anthicidae of
Micronesia does not overlap with our study area,
but is important enough to be mentioned, as some
species are shared between two areas; four species
of Sapintus are described in this publication.
Totally, 17 taxa of Sapintus were recorded
from the study area prior to the start of the current
research.
Systematics
Subfamilia Anthicinae Latreille, 1819
Tribus Anthicini Latreille, 1819
Genus Sapintus Casey, 1895: 732
Subgenus Sapintus sensu stricto Casey, 1895: 732
Type species: Anthicus pubescens LaFerte-Senec-
tere, 1849a: 76, subsequent designation by Wer¬
ner 1962: 493
258
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Subgenus Barbigerosapintus Telnov, 1998: 88
Type species: Sapintus confertopunctatus Telnov,
1998: 90, original designation by Telnov 1998: 88.
Morphology and anatomy of Sapintus
Appearance: Body small, of typical Anthicini
shape, 2-5.5 mm long. Dorsal surface (with some
exceptions) uniformly black, brown or pale brown,
often with yellow or black markings on elytra. Dorsal
surface usually densely punctured and covered by
numerous suberect to erect setae. Elytra in most
species with double pubescence consist from a
layer of short appressed undersetae (directed
obliquely laterally in most species) arising from
tiny punctures and a layer of longer sub- to erect
oversetae arising from distinct macropunctures
(pores).
Head midsized to large, on base rounded,
subtruncate or truncate. Frontoclypeal sulcus
present in form of thin line. Eyes small to large, more
or less prominent, with clearly visible intrafacetal
setae. Maxillary palps with 2nd palpomere elongate,
3rd palpomere shortened and angulated on mesal
margin, terminal palpomere oblique apically,
widest at middle. Antennae short to long, in certain
species with intermediary antennomeres modified
- enlarged, angulated or strongly shortened
(modifications in males only; if also present in
females, than these are usually less distinct).
Terminal antennomere usually asymmetrical,
longer than or as long as penultimate one.
Pronotum comparatively small, in most
species narrower than head, short in New World
species, short to elongate in Old World and
Australian species, more or less strongly converged
laterally toward narrower base (in some species
distinctly narrowed posterior to middle, in other
species almost as wide on anterior as on basal
margin). Pronotal disc flattened to slightly convex.
Apical collar always presented. Basal transverse
sulcus angled anteriorly at lateral margins.
Elytra elongate, rarely widened on sides.
Omoplates and postbasal transverse impression
feebly indicated. Sutural striae present, complete
or reduced to apical part of elytra. Punctures always
confused, but indistinct rows of punctures adjacent
to suture extending from scutellum and can reach
to apex. Dorsal pubescence (with few exceptions)
double and consists of short and dense appressed
undersetae (in many species directed obliquely
laterally) and longer suberect or erect oversetae.
Micropunctures are often very poorly visible even
under magnification of 60x.
Underside usually of same colouration like
on dorsum. The mesosternum is simple. Lateral
margins of mesosternum nearly straight, with
a weak lateral curve to middle. Lateral margins
of mesepisterna with a fringe of setae covering
mesepimera (Plate 63 figs 5-6). Mesepimera
atrophied as cavity extending from mesocoxae to
subhumeral angle, with a distinct fovea projecting
i nto body cavity as a n i nvagi nation from mesepi mera
(Werner, Chandler 1995) (Plate 63 figs 5-6). Basal
transverse sulcus of pronotum continued laterally
to foveae above procoxae. Notopleural sulcus
well defined above coxae, extended or reduced
posteriorly. Procoxa I cavities open externally,
closed internally. Mesocoxal cavities separated
by mesosternum. Mesosternum narrowly meets
metasternum medially.
First visible sternite (morphological sternite
III) of abdomen (Plate 63 fig. 7) with narrow
transverse cavities behind each metacoxa obscured
by covering fringe of dense whitish setae (Plate 63
fig. 8). Phallobase and tegmen of male genitalia
distinct. Tegmen simple to tripartite apically. Penis
is shorter than combined length of phallobase
and tegmen. Internal sac of male aedeagus may
be provided with spines or not, primary gonopore
located away from the apex of the sac and forms
a large diverticulum in Nearctic and Neotropical
species. In East Palaearctic, Afrotropical, Indo-
Australian transition zone’s and most Oriental
species the primary gonopode of male genitalia
is terminal on the internal sac. Anatomy of male
genitalia almost unknown in Australian Sapintus,
but species from New Zealand may have both
spinose and spine-less internal sac (Werner,
Chandler 1995). Male tergite IX with articulate
lateroapical arms, T- or Y-shaped. Mesothorax with
large mesothoracic glands present at least in some
Nearctic, Afrotropical, Oriental & Papuan taxa.
Legs setose, claws simple. Males often with
spinose pro- or mesotrochanters. Male tibiae (all
of them) can possess recurved apical spines or
median spines or denticles. Metatibiae can be
modified in males - curved, flattened, spatulate, or
covered with long setae. Claws long in all species
from the Indo-Australian transition zone.
Sexual dimorphism may be well-defined
or not. Protarsi can be slightly thickened in males
rather than in females. Intermediate antennomeres
of male with modifications in certain species.
Trochanters and pro- or metatibiae may be
derivative in males (modified: curved, spinose
or denticulate). Extra exposed abdominal tergite
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
(morphological tergite VIII) present in males; this
tergite is broader than long. Male stern ite VII often
excavated or truncate apically (different than in
females of same species). Male sternite VIII simple
and retracted, sclerotized apically. Profemora can
be more thickened in males rather than in females.
Preimaginal stage known for Sapintus
vexator (Werner, 1965) (Kitayama 1982): Average
body measurements 5 x 0.6 mm, antenna about
1/4 of head width. Epi pharynx almost circular. Left
mandible bisetose on dorsolateral margin, right
mandible monosetose. Molar area angulated, not
facing mola of opposite mandible. Hypopharynx with
three rows of spines, two lateral and one posterior.
Prothoracic legs with massive coxa, almost 2x
longer than trochanter. Femur 2x longer than
trochanter. Urogomphi without inner projections,
not circular, meeting and finely notched at base,
forming interrupted acute emargination. Urogomphi
provided with a pair of fine lateral chalazaeon inner
margin.
Remarks on colouration patterns and possible
mimicry among Sapintus from the Indo-Austra-
lian transition zone
Four main colour schemes can be recognized
among Papuan and Pacific Sapintus (Table 1). The
first group are uniformly dark coloured species -
black or brown, sometimes with paler appendages.
The second colour scheme comprises a contrasting
bicoloured body with pale forebody and appendages
and dark coloured elytra. The third colour scheme,
the most common, consists of bi- or multicoloured
species with a dark or pale forebody and distinct
pale markings on generally dark elytra. These ely¬
tra I markings vary in size, shape and quantity; usu¬
ally there are two pale spots (yellow, orange or pale
red) on each elytron. The fourth colour scheme may
be just a branch of the third and is often hard to
separate from it, and includes generally pale spe¬
cies with more or less distinct dark markings on the
elytra. I was unable to assign S. adonis (Pic) and
S. plectilis (Pic) to any colour scheme due to their
specific colourations.
Table 1. Common colour schemes in Papuan and Pacific Sapintus and their representatives.
260
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
It is clear that most Sapintus species in the
study region are generally dark coloured with four
more or less distinct elytra I spots. Moreover, at
least a third of Oriental Sapintus are coloured in
that way (only a few Nea retie, Neotropical, Afrotropi-
cal or Australian Sapintus are similar; these spe¬
cies not listed here). Some remarkable Cleridae are
coloured in a very similar way: species of Anthicoc-
lerus Schenkling 1906 (distributed from Sri Lanka
though mainland SE Asia to New Guinea) posses
four large yellow spots on black elytra (Schenkling
1906; Mawdsley 1994). Similarly spotted coloura¬
tion (dark elytra marked with 4 pale spots) is also
not uncommon in Oriental and Papuan species of
galerucine and alticine Chrysomelidae (L. Medve¬
dev, personal communication). Among these leaf
beetles, reverse cases are not rare, with black
spotted generally pale elytra (L. Medvedev, person¬
al communication). Also Coccinellidae species are
often coloured in a similar way, but bear completely
different - rounded and globose - body shape. I
was unable to find any publications on general co¬
lour patterns on Coleoptera with hypothetical expla¬
nations for colour scheme. According to the theory
of natural selection, body colouration will be related
to or depends on the natural environment (adaptive
background of colouration).
I hypothesize that the aforementioned simi¬
larities in colouration among different coleopteran
taxa (and probably other insects) can be explained
by mimicry. With some exceptions (see comments
below), pale spotted Sapintus, Anthicoclerus, Ga-
lerucinae and Alticinae species are diurnal. Sapin¬
tus dilensis (Pic) was attracted to light in large num¬
bers, but this fact is not controversial as this species
is also collected during the daytime. Nocturnal and
crepuscular Sapintus species may not be selected
to evolve mimetic colouration, in contrast to diurnal
species attacked by visually-oriented predators like
insectivorous birds.
Mawdsley (1994) analysed mimic interactions
in Cleridae and assumed for Anthicoclerus that
‘although this name implies mimicry of Anthicidae
(Coleoptera), it is probable that the two species in
this genus and the anthicids for which this genus
was named mimic Formicidae (Mymenoptera)’. I
cannot reject or confirm this, but at least one well-
known fact speaks against it. Many anthicidan taxa
are considered to be canthariphilous (Young 1984)
and bear a pair of specific mesothoracic glands. The
role of these glands in the ecology of the Anthicidae
was discussed previously (Hemp, Dettner 1997).
Mesothoracic glands are only known be present
in two beetle families - Anthicidae and Meloidae
(Hemp, Dettner 1997). Mesothoracic glands of the
Anthicidae contain iridoid components and glands
are present in both sexes (Hemp, Dettner 1997).
According to the studies carried by Hemp & Dettner
(1997), secretions of the glands cause topical ir¬
ritancy on potential predators, such as Lasius and
Myrmica ants: ‘ants ..., topically treated with freshly
dissected ... mesothoracic glands [of the Anthici¬
dae], showed similar reactions as described for iri-
domyrmecin as a topically acting insecticide ... All
specimens made intensive cleaning movements ...
the ants were completely disorientated, turning in
circles. The legs also seemed to be paralysed. After
30-60 minutes, the ants returned to normal behav¬
iour’. Iridoid components of mesothoracic glands,
as also with cantharidin itself, are also poisonous
to vertebrates, causing severe chemical burns (in
cases of topical contact) or strong poisoning (when
swallowed).
Young (1984) and Hemp (1994) listed sever¬
al species of Sapintus as canthariphilous insects,
three of them occur in the study region ( S.javanus
(Pic), S. malayensis (Pic), S. plectilis (Pic)). The first
two are questionable (consider comments under
‘ecology & biology’ of each species). This informa¬
tion confirms Sapintus spp. as a potentially harmful
group of insects.
In my opinion, all the taxa of Anthicidae ( Sap¬
intus ), Cleridae ( Anthicoclerus ) and Chrysomelidae
(Alticinae & Galerucinae) discussed above are pos¬
sible part of a Batesian mimicry complex (when a
group of harmless species [Cleridae, Chrysomeli¬
dae] share the same basic colour pattern and body
form of toxic or harmful species [Sapintus spp.]).
The possible role of Coccinellidae in aforemen¬
tioned mimicry complex cannot be properly evalu¬
ated. This only can be proved by further investiga¬
tions.
The main question remaining unanswered is
why there are so many similarly coloured pale-spot¬
ted species among Oriental & Papuan Sapintus. My
second hypothesis is that these species are mem¬
bers of a Mullerian mimicry complex (when a group
of toxic or harmful species share the same basic
colour pattern and body form). In this case all these
species belong to the same taxonomical group.
Diversity and distribution of Sapintus
Distribution: Worldwide except Antarctic,
absent at high latitudes. Sapintus are most diverse
in tropical and subtropical regions of Asia (including
both mainland and insular systems) and Central
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Africa. Several species like S. oceanicus (LaFerte-
Senectere, 1849) are distributed over huge areas
and recorded from several biogeographical regions
(numerous Pacific islands, coastal areas of Asian
and Australian mainland, various Indian islands,
eastern coast of Africa, Madagascar). On the other
hand, other species may have limited or very limited
distribution areas, like endemics of Pacific islands
New Caledonia -S. austrocaledonicus (Montrousier,
in Perroud et Montrousier, 1865), Ryukyu Islands -
S. hamai (Nomura, 1964), or Samoa - S. samoanus
(Pic, 1908). Subgenus Barbigerosapintus Telnov,
1998 seems a group of 10 or over Oriental species
limited to Asian mainland northwards to southern
slopes of Himalayas, Sri Lanka and reaching the
Philippines on insular systems isolated from Sunda
shelf.
Biogeographical regions: Palaearctic,
Afrotropical, Oriental, Nearctic, Neotropical,
Australian. This group demonstrates signs of
Gondwanan origin (Bonadona 1958).
Diversity, recent species and lower rank
taxa: Nearctic and Neotropical faunal composition
is better known, as these been two revisions by
Werner (1962, 1983). Nearctic fauna consist of
14 species partly shared with Neotropical fauna
(species reaching Central America or Caribbean
Islands in their distribution). Neotropical fauna as
far as known is richer and consists of 19 species
plus 7 shared with Nearctic fauna. Palaearctic
fauna consists of 19 species mostly distributed
along southern and eastern limits of this choron;
additional 13 species are shared with the Oriental
region and one (S. oceanicus ) - with both Oriental
and Australian regions. Oriental fauna counting no
less than 40 species plus same 13 shared with the
Palaearctic fauna. Afrotropical region is as far as
known the richest on Sapintus with over 58 species
recorded from here. Notably, 99% of sub-Saharan
African Sapintus are endemic to this choron and
only single species is shared with the Oriental
and Australian regions. Australian fauna is poorly
studied but no less than 20 species occur here. The
Indo-Australian transition zone’s fauna of Sapintus
according to this study contains 31 species.
Diversity, fossil species: No fossil records
hitherto known for Sapintus.
Ecology and biology of Sapintus
No special attention was paid by previous
authors to ecological preferences and the biology
of Sapintus. Fragmentary data from literature
supplemented with the author’s personal
observations are summarized below.
Three main ecological groups could be defined
within Sapintus on the basis of geographical
distribution of species. The main part of Nearctic
species considered silvicol and are associated with
mesophytic forested areas. Inhabitants of open
habitats of South Palaearctic, South Nearctic, East
and South Afrotropical and Australian (Queensland
species excepted) faunas are deserticol, as these
connected with arid to semi-arid regions. Silvicol
species of tropical, subtropical and temperate
rainforests of East Nearctic, Neotropical, East
Palaearctic, Central Afrotropical, Oriental and
North-East Australian faunas is the most diverse
ecological group. On Sulawesi, several specimens
were obtained from flood debris along forest
streams (possible riparian species).
Many ecological niches recorded as inhabited
by Sapintus. Adults of most Nearctic and some East
Palaearctic species are reported to be associated
with riparian habitats (Chandler 2002; Werner,
Chandler 1995; Telnov, unpublished data) and
considered riparian. Similar niche preferences
demonstrate few Nearctic (Werner 1962) as well
some Afrotropical species found in sand dunes.
S. bagiuniensis Ronchetti, Colombini, Chelazzi,
1986 from coastal sandy dunes of Somalia coast
considered psammophyl and riparian (Ronchetti,
Colombini, Chelazzi 1986), S. brincki Bonadona,
1986 reported from sandy shores of Sri Lanka
(Bonadona 1986). Silvicol species are reported
from wet leaf litter (epigeic species) (Werner,
Chandler 1995), as also from tree leafs and
branches of lower (understorey) and canopy layer
(Telnov, unpublished data). These silvicol species
are known to have been mostly taken or beaten
from vegetation (Werner 1962, 1983), under tree
bark (Werner 1962), in moss ‘roots’ or under fallen
wood (Werner 1962).
Sapintus are reported from various plants
- grass level, bush or high trees. Werner and
Chandler (1995) mentioned that monocots were
being visited by various Nearctic, Neotropical and
New Zealand species of Sapintus. Werner (1962)
reported Sapintus associated with Typha spp.,
found beetles between dry leaves at the bases
of plants and on stem. Sapintus pellucidipes
(Broun, 1880) confirmed for both New Zealand
autochthonous and imported monocots ( Carex
spp., Freycinetia baueriana (A. Cunningham),
Gahnia lacera A.Richard, G. setifolia Hook, Uncinia
spp., Cortaderia jubata (Lemoine) Stapf) (Kuschel
1990). This species found on bushes and in bush
262
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
canopy. Nearctic species also recorded from
Medicago sativa (Linnaeus) and on cotton buds
(Werner 1983). Argentinean Sapintus decerptus
(Pic, 1904) was collected from blossoms of
Aeschynomene montevidensis Vogel, Cynara
cardunculus (Linnaeus), and Eryngium eburneum
Decne (Werner 1983). At least one species -
Sapintus monstrosiantennatus sp. nov. (see
description of this species below) - recorded from
cocoa tree ( Theobroma cacao Linnaeus). Males
of widespread Pacific-Pa puan-Orienta I S. vexator
(Werner, 1965) collected from Portulaca lutea
Soland. ex G.Forst. (Werner 1965).
Interesting seems a report on adults and
larvae of Neotropical Sapintus similis Werner,
1983 obtained from the egg sac of Tetragnatha sp.
spider (Werner 1983).
Various species of Sapintus have different
preferences of sunlight and are diurnal, nocturnal
or crepuscular. For example, specimens of
Sapintus malut sp. nov. were beaten in large
numbers from secondary roadside vegetation in
Central Halmahera during the hot midday, on the
open sun (Telnov, unpublished data). Somalia’s S.
bagiuniensis reported be active at dawn during the
dry season (Ronchetti, Colombini, Chelazzi 1986).
Many species recorded were attracted to light
(Werner 1983; Telnov, unpublished data; Weigel,
personal communication). Among species of Indo-
Australian transition zone, at least S. dilensis, S.
gracilicornis and S. vexator were attracted to white
(Telnov, unpublished data), UV (Werner 1983), or
mercury vapour light (Bonadona 1981; Telnov,
unpublished data).
As already stated above, several if not all
Nearctic, Afrotropical, Oriental and Papuan
Sapintus are canthariphilous.
Nomenclatural changes
For Anthicinae it was a typical case by earlier
authors to place most of their new species to
Antbicus sensu lato. Many Anthicinae species
originaly described 50-100 years ago and their
descriptions are insufficient. Consequently,
almost each taxonomical review results in several
nomenclatural changes.
Thirteen new combinations made here are
based on morphological and anatomical characters
of the genus Sapintus presented in studied
specimens (these characters are discussed above
in ‘Morphology and anatomy of Sapintus'). All new
combinations based on study of type specimens.
Sapintus (s. str.) adonis (Pic, 1900) comb. nov.
(from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus (s. str.) alfurus (Pic, 1900) comb. nov.
(from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus anguliceps (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849)
comb. nov. (from Cyclodin us Mulsant et Rey)
Sapintus (s. str.) bizoneiius (Marseul, 1882a)
comb. nov. (from Anthicus Paykull) (see also
Telnov 2006a)
Sapintus (s. str.) bryanti (Pic, 1911) comb. nov.
(from Anthicus Paykull) (see also Telnov 2007a)
Sapintus (s. str.) dybasi (Werner, 1965) comb. nov.
(from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus (s. str.) hirtipennis (Pic, 1900) comb. nov.
(from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus (s. str.) insulanus (Pic, 1900) comb,
nov. (described as Anthicus Paykull, Uhmann
(1990: 142) moved this species to Hirticomus
Pic (now Hirticollis Marseul). This species was
subsequently cited as Hirticomus by Uhmann
(2000))
Sapintus (s. str.) insularis (Werner, 1965) comb.
nov. (from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus (s. str.) latioricollis (Pic, 1929) comb. nov.
(from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus (s. str.) loriae (Pic, 1900) comb. nov. (from
Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus (s. str.) quadrinotatus (Pic, 1900) comb.
nov. (from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus (s. str.) semirugosus (Pic, 1902) comb.
nov. (from Anthicus Paykull)
Sapintus subopaciceps (Pic, 1913) stat. rev. (from
Anthicus Paykull)
Originally described as Anthicus, this species was
first placed to Sapintus by Uhmann (1993: 401).
Telnov (2007c: 32) studied the holotype and moved
this species back to Anthicus. In fact, the holotype
was an old specimen collected or stored under in¬
sufficient conditions and therefore lacking mesepi-
sternal setae. After getting in to my hands a fresh
specimen from Indonesian Borneo it was re-con¬
firmed, this species have Sapintus- typical setose
mesepisterna. Consequently, I am restoring this
species in Sapintus, as it was proposed by Uhmann
(1993).
The following new synonymy was confirmed:
Sapintus anguliceps (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849a)
= Sapintus apicatus (Fairmaire, 1896) syn.
nov.
= Sapintus apicatus birmanicus (Pic, 1907)
syn. nov. (see also Chandler, Nardi, Telnov 2004)
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Sapintus dilensis (Pic, 1900)
= Sapintus relatus Bonadona, 1981 syn. nov.
Sapintus flavonotatus (Pic, 1908)
= Sapintus barbei Bonadona, 1978 syn. nov.
Remark: I am not familiar with the taxon de¬
scribed as Sapintus barbei ceylonicus Bonadona,
1986. This taxon to be remained as subspecies of
S. flavonotatus until type material will be located
and studied.
= Anthicus meritorius Pic, 1914 syn. nov.
Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic, 1895)
= Anthicus gracilicornis v. semiobliteratus Pic,
1900 syn. nov.
= Anthicus neoguineensis Pic, 1900 syn. nov.
= Sapintus repentinus Bonadona, 1981 syn.
nov.
Sapintus insularis (Werner, 1965)
= Sapintus placitus Bonadona, 1981 syn. nov.
Sapintus javanus (Marseul, 1882a)
= Sapintus sodalis (Pic, 1895) syn. nov.
Sapintus oceanicus (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849a)
= Anthicus oceanicus var. Franqoisi Pic, 1902
syn. nov.
Sapintus rarus (King, 1869)
= Sapintus deitzi Werner, Chandler, 1995 syn.
nov.
King (1869: 22) described Anthicus rarus
from Australia. MacLeay (1872: 307) added a new
variation, A. rarus var. propinquus. This taxon was
synonymised with nominative form by Lea (1895:
621). Uhmann (1995a: 525) proposed a new com¬
bination for A. rarus to Sapintus where it remained
until now. Later, Uhmann (2007: 51) mentioned
Anthicus propinquus MacLeay as a good species
of Anthicus and separately from Sapintus rarus
(King). Bonadona (1981: 195) described Sapintus
propinquus from Bismarck Archipelago which have
been consequently cited by Telnov (1999: 78).
Thereafter, van Hille (1988: 324) described Anthi¬
cus (Aulacoderus) propinquus (now Aulacoderus)
from South Africa. Last taxon has never been cited
since the original description. I propose the follow¬
ing new names for the following aforementioned
taxa:
Sapintus dyaulensis nom. nov., new name for Sap¬
intus propinquus Bonadona, 1981
Aulacoderus nigroelytratus nom. nov., new name
for Anthicus (Aulacoderus) propinquus van Hille,
1988 [I am not familiar with current status of this
species].
Species groups
At least six species groups can be treated
among the Sapintus inhabiting the study region
and adjacent territories. These groups are informal
and are based on morphological similarities rather
than on phylogenetic relationships.
Sapintus celeripes group
Species with pale markings in form of spots or
transverse bands on generally dark elytra. Prono-
tum distinctly narrowed postmedium laterally. Fore¬
body very densely punctured, intervening spaces
smaller than punctures and whole dorsal surface
of forebody looks opaque (certain specimens of S.
celeripes sp. nov. are sparse punctured on head
with intervening spaces generally broader than
punctures). Male or female metatibiae modified -
widened or slightly curved.
The following species are herewith arranged to
this group: S. celeripes sp. nov., S. malut sp. nov., S.
sexualis sp. nov. (all from Papuan region).
Sapintus gracilicornis group
Generally large species (S. carolinensis is the
smallest within the group) with long and slender an¬
tennae and four pale spots on generally dark elytra
(anterior pair or spots may be more or less reduced
in certain specimens). Dorsal surface coarse and
dense punctured, but generally smooth between
punctures. Elytra I pubescence often very long,
erect to suberect. Male aedeagus long and slender,
pubescent or not pubescent laterally, slightly pro¬
longate apically.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: S. andreaskopetzi sp. nov. (Nepal), S.
binhensis (Pic, 1922) (Vietnam), S. carolinensis
(Werner, 1965) (Micronesia), S. cochaeres (Lewis,
1895) (Japan, Far East of Russia), S. cruciellus
(Marseul, 1882a) (Indonesia: Java), S. dyaulensis
Telnov (consider name change above) (Bismarck
Archipelago & New Guinea), S. gracilicornis (Pic,
1895) (Oriental & Papuan region), S. hirtisetosus
(Marseul, 1884) (Indonesia: Sumatra, The Philip¬
pines: Luzon, Palawan), S. inspoliatus Bonadona,
1981 (The Philippines: Tawi-Tawi), S. litorosus (Lew¬
is, 1895) (Japan), S. longehirsutus (Pic, 1922) (Viet¬
nam), S. longepilosus (Pic, 1942) (China, without
264
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
precise location), S. marseuli (Pic, 1892) (Japan,
S & E China, Nepal, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam), S.
nomurai Nardi, 2004 (Japan: Ryukyu Islands), S.
subrubrocinctus (Marseul, 1882a) (Indonesia: Su¬
matra), S. triparticornis (Pic, 1926) (Vietnam).
Sapintus horvathi group
Species with pale markings in form of spots or
transverse bands on generally dark elytra (S. hirti-
pennis is generally paler than other members of the
group). Pronotum distinctly narrowed postmedium
laterally. Head and anterior portion of pronotum (at
least) smooth and shiny, sparsely punctured. Elytra
with feeble but visible postbasal transverse impres¬
sion. Tegmen of male aedeagus broad, setose on
lateral margins, broadly rounded or obtuse angu-
late a pica I ly.
The following species are herewith placed in
this group: S. geminus sp. nov., S. hirtipennis (Pic,
1900), S. horvathi (Pic, 1902) (all from Papuan re¬
gion).
Sapintus javanus group
Small, very coarse punctured species with two
pairs of pale spots on generally black elytra (first
pair distinctly larger). Eyes small, tempora almost
straight, head base very broadly rounded. Antennae
bicolourate (pale at base). Male aedeagus elongate
and slender, pointed apically, with or without little
preapical lateral denticles.
This group contains S. hartmanni sp. nov. (Ne¬
pal), S. javanus (Marseul, 1882a) (Oriental & Pap¬
uan regions), S. latioricollis (Pic, 1929) (Vietnam,
Thailand).
Sapintus oceanicus group
Species with four pale spots on generally dark¬
er elytra. Forebody densely punctured, intervening
spaces narrower than punctures (in certain speci¬
mens of S. vexator punctures may also me gen¬
erally coarser and sparser). Male aedeagus quite
simple with more or less strongly prolongate apex.
This group contains: S. densepunctatus sp.
nov., S. dilensis (Pic, 1900) (both from Papuan re¬
gion), S. oceanicus (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849a), S.
vexator (Werner, 1965) (both widely distributed in
coastal areas of the Pacific and Indian oceans).
Sapintus plectilis group
Generally pale species with or without dark
markings on elytra. Male intermediary a nten no-
meres modified in some species. Tegmen of male
aedeagus (in species with males described) slightly
spatu late-like widened preapically, with narrow and
somewhat prolongate apex.
This group contains: S. insulanus (Pic, 1900)
(Papuan region, possible Australia: Queensland),
S. insignatipennis (Pic, 1943) (S India), S. monstro-
siantennatus sp. nov. (Wallacea), S. plectilis (Pic,
1910) (Wallacea & Oriental region), S. pollocki Uh-
mann, 1999 (Australia: Queensland).
Diagnoses of Sapintus species from the Indo-Aus-
tralian transition zone
Please refer to ‘Material and methods’ for
additional information on the structure of the
current chapter.
Sapintus (s. str.) adonis (Pic, 1900) (Plate 44 figs
1-2)
Holotype $ MSNG: Nuova Guinea Fly River
L.M.D’ Albertis 1876-77 [printed, black border] / Typus
[printed, label red, black border] / Adonis Pic [handwrit¬
ten, black border] / A. adonis Pic n sp. [handwritten] /
Mus. Civ. Genova [printed].
Measurements, holotype §: Total body length
3.12 mm, maximum combined width immediately
postmedium of elytra 0.90 mm. Head 0.62 mm
long, across the eyes 0.60 mm broad, pronotum
0.60 mm long, maximum width 0.50 mm, elytra
1.90 mm long, 0.90 mm postmedium broad.
Description: Head, pronotum and scutellum or¬
ange-red. Elytra black with apical third orange (pal¬
er than forebody). Three basal antennomeres are
pale, remaining antennomeres are black-brown.
Palpi yellowish, partly darkened. Femora reddish
to reddish brown, tibiae and tarsi blackish-brown.
Underside uniformly black. Head dorsally and
ventrally smooth and shiny. Eyes midsized, slightly
protruding from outline of the head. Tempora about
1/4 shorter than the length of an eye, converging
toward a very broadly rounded, subtruncate base.
Punctures very fine and sparse, hardly visible. In¬
tervening spaces much larger than punctures. Dor¬
sum of head fine, whitish, very sparse but quite long
pubescence. Antennae long and slender, reaching
over elytral humeri in the female. Second anten-
nomere shorter than the next one. Antennomeres
3-8 elongate, slightly thickened distally. Terminal
antennomere asymmetric, blunt, 1/4 longer than
the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere
large and somewhat axeform. Pronotum smooth
and shiny, somewhat globose dorsally, with feeble
postmedian lateral transverse impression, narrow¬
er than the head. Anterior margin broadly rounded.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
On sides and near base with numerous large pores,
on disc very sparsely punctate. Intervening spaces
ranging from larger than punctures (in basal part)
to much larger than punctures (on disc). Pubes¬
cence extremely sparse, somewhat longer than on
the head, with separate erect tactile setae on the
sides and on the disc. Scutellum rounded apically,
densely pubescent. Elytra elongate, smooth and
shiny. Punctures very large (pore-like) in the bas¬
al half, getting smaller postmedium. In the basal
half, intervening spaces range from as large as the
punctures to twice as large as the punctures. In¬
tervening spaces getting larger postmedium. A very
long erect white tactile seta rises from each pore.
Pubescence simple, with no undersetae present
on the dorsum. Sutural striae complete and broad.
Hind wings fully developed. Legs long and slender.
Female basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs
as long as the combined length of the remaining
metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite
and sternite VII not studied. Genital organs not
studied.
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Distribution: This species is only known by the
holotype collected by L.M. D’Albertis on the River
Fly in the southern lowlands of Papua New Guinea
and without precise locality. D’Albertis reached up
to 580 miles (-937 km) upriver during his expedi¬
tion. Consequently, the locus typicus of this species
is somewhere between the delta and 937 km of the
River Fly course.
Remarks: A very atypical Sapintus with a smooth
and very sparsely punctured forebody and lacking
undersetae on the elytra. The holotype, however,
has remnants of the fringe of the setae on the lat¬
eral margins of the mesepisterna, as in a typical
Sapintus.
Sapintus (s. str.) airi sp. nov. (Figs 1-7, map 2, plate
44 figs 3-4)
Holotype $ BMNH: at light [printed] / SOLOMON IS¬
LANDS: San Cristoval, S. Wainoni. 25.vii.65 P.N. Law¬
rence. B.M. 1966-1. [printed].
Paratypes 4specimens. 1<$ BMNH: Guadalcanal [print¬
ed] 9th Dec [handwritten] 196 [printed] 5 [handwritten]/
M. McQuillan [printed] 21 0 1 6 [handwritten] SOLOMON
IS. [printed] / SOLOMON IS: Pres. P.J.M.Greenslade.
B.M. 1966-477. [printed]; IQ BMNH: at light [printed] /
SOLOMON ISLANDS: Guadalcanal, nr. Honiara, Kukum.
Vii-viii.65. P.N. Lawrence, [printed]; 1<$ BMNH: SOLOMON
IS. Guadalcanal [printed] 4644. Conga 4/3. [handwrit¬
ten] 196 [printed] 3. [handwritten] P.Greenslade [printed]
/ SOLOMON IS: Pres. P.J.M.Greenslade. B.M.1966-477.
[printed].
Derivatio nominis: Named after ‘airi’, the mythi¬
cal shark of Solomon Islands traditional mythology.
Measurements, holotype male: Total body length
2.51 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.77 mm. Head 0.56 mm long,
across the eyes 0.51 mm broad, pronotum 0.45
mm long, maximum width 0.40 mm, elytra 1.50
mm long, 0.77 mm broad. Measurements, para-
type female from Guadalcanal: Total body length
2.56 mm, maximum combined width across preapi-
cal third of elytra 0.84 mm. Head 0.56 mm long,
across the eyes 0.52 mm broad, pronotum 0.54
mm long, maximum width 0.42 mm, elytra 1.46
mm long, 0.84 mm broad.
Description: Forebody orange, head is darker.
Elytra yellow with black markings, consisting of a
little humeral and a large semicircular median spot
on each elytron, plus a large combined spot cov¬
ering the apices. Antennae, with the exception of
2-3 terminal antennomeres, palpi and legs yellow.
Protibiae (in one paratypic specimen also mesotib-
iae) darkened, brown. Underside reddish-brown to
orange, pro- and mesocoxae yellow-coloured. Body
colouration somewhat resembles the Palaearctic
Stricticollis peplifer (Marseul, 1879) or the Papuan
Sapintus hirtipennis (Pic, 1900). Head smooth
dorsally, weakly shiny. Eyes midsized, weakly prom¬
inent, in the dorsal view slightly longer than the
straight tempora. Temporal angles broadly round¬
ed. Head base truncate or subtruncate. Punctures
quite large but very flat and sparse, intervening
spaces mostly larger than punctures. Large ar¬
eas on frons and vertex are impunctured. Pubes¬
cence yellow, fine and long. Antennae slender, in
both sexes reaching over elytral humeri. Second
antennomere in male 1/4 shorter than next one.
Antennomeres 3-8 elongate and slender. Antenno¬
meres 9-10 slightly shortened and thickened. Ter¬
minal antennomere asymmetric, conical, pointed,
1/4 longer than penultimate one. Terminal maxil¬
lary palpomere somewhat axeform. Pronotum
rounded anteriorly, narrower than head, strongly
narrowed postmedium laterally toward base. Dor-
sally smooth, densely and confusedly punctured
on disc (especially postmedium). Punctures of
variable size, intervening spaces smaller than
punctures. Antero-lateral margins smooth, almost
impunctured. Pubescence yellow, fine, long and
dense, appressed, with separate long erect tactile
setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutellum nar¬
rowly triangular, pointed apically. Elytra elongate
and slightly widened across middle or postmedium,
smooth dorsally. Humeri rounded. Punctures large
and dense, getting more flat in apical third. Inter-
266
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
vening spaces ranging from smaller than punctures
to as large as punctures. Pubescence yellowish,
long and dense, suberect, with several very long
erect to suberect tactile setae present on the disc.
Undersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural stri¬
ae broad, developed from apices toward postbasal
Figures 1-5. Sapintus am sp. nov., holo-
type S- 1 - Tergite VII; 2 - Sternite VII;
3 - Spiculum gastrale; 4 - Aedeagus;
5 5 - Tegmen of aedeagus & penis.
6 7
Figures 6-7. Sapintus airi sp. nov., paratype 6 - Tergite
VII; 7 - Sternite VII.
267
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
transverse impression of elytra. Hind wings fully de¬
veloped. Legs long and slender. Protibiae slightly
thickened in both sexes, but in the male with very
feeble excavation on inner distal part. Female
metatibiae thickened compared to slender male
tibiae. Male basal tarsomere of the metathoracic
legs as long as the combined length of the remain¬
ing metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite
VII in male trapezoid, truncate on apical margin
(Fig. 1). Morphological sternite VII in male short,
very broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig. 2).
Male aedeagus with apically narrowly prolongated
tegmen (Figs 4-5). Tegmen with strong basal hook
on each side. Morphological tergite VII in female
broadly rounded and with long setation on apical
margin (Fig. 6). Morphological sternite VII in female
broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig. 7).
Sexual dimorphism: Almost not indicated. Inter¬
mediary antennomeres (3-7) comparatively slightly
shorter in female than in male. Female metatibiae
thickened compared to slender metatibiae of male.
Ecology & biology: Two of the type specimens
were collected at light.
Differential diagnosis: Among all Sapintus
species from the Indo-Australian transition zone,
Sapintus airi is conspicuous due to its generally
pale dorsal body colouration. S. hirtipennis (Pic,
1900) (Papuan Peninsula of New Guinea) is very
similarly coloured, but is different, primarily due to
its rounded head base (truncate / subtruncate in S.
airi), short tempora (in dorsal view almost as long
as the eye in S. airi), punctures being coarse and
partly rugulose on the pronotal disc (dense but not
rugulose in S. airi), elytra I punctures being smaller
and sparser (large and dense in S. airii ). The male
genital organs were not studied in S. hirtipennis
(the male is unknown).
Distribution: This species is known from the
eastern part of the Solomon Islands, particularly
from San Cristobal (= San Cristoval) and Guadalca¬
nal islands (map 2).
Sapintus (s. str.) albertisi (Pic, 1900) (Figs 8-9,
plate 44 figs 5-7)
Lectotype $ MSNG [herewith designated]: Nuova
Guinea Fly River L.M.D’Albertis 1876-77 [printed, black
border] / Typus [printed, label red, black border] / Alber-
tisii [sic!] Pic [handwritten, black border] / A. Albertisi Pic
n sp. [handwritten] / Mus. Civ. Genova [printed].
Paralectotypes 18 specimens [herewith designated]:
12 MSNG: Nuova Guinea Fly River L.M.DAIbertis 1876-
77 [printed, black border] / type [handwritten] / TYPE
[printed, label red, black border] / albertisii [sic!] Pic
[handwritten]; 5 MNHN, 1 DTC: Nuova Guinea Fly River
L.M.D’Albertis 1876-77 [printed, black border] / type
[handwritten] / TYPE [printed, label red] / A Albertisi Pic
[printed, black border].
Measurements, lectotype $: Total body length
3.15 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.05 mm. Head 0.60 mm long,
across the eyes 0.69 mm broad, pronotum 0.58
mm long, maximum width 0.50 mm, elytra 1.97
mm long, 1.05 mm broad.
Description: Forebody black, elytra dark brown
to black. Antennae black-brown with three basal
antennomeres paler. Maxillary palpi brown. Fem¬
ora brown, tibiae and tarsi black to dark brown.
Underside uniformly black to dark brown. Head
with large prominent eyes, very densely punctate.
Tempora about 1/3 of the length of an eye. Head
base almost truncate, very broadly rounded. Punc¬
tures of two sizes: basic punctures very small and
dense, covering the whole dorsum of the head and
with intervening spaces being smaller than these
punctures. Additional larger - but flat and much
sparser - punctures scattered over the frons and
the vertex. Pubescence fine, whitish, quite long and
dense. Antennae long and slender, reaching over
elytral humeri in the female. Second antennomere
shorter than the next one. Antennomeres 3-8 elon¬
gate, slightly thickened distally, 9-10 stronger, wid¬
ened distally. Terminal antennomere asymmetric,
pointed, slightly longer than the penultimate one.
Terminal maxillary palpomere large and somewhat
axeform. Pronotum very densely punctate dorsal-
ly, with weak postmedian lateral transverse impres¬
sion, significantly narrower than the head. Anterior
margin broadly rounded. Punctures double, similar
to the ones on the head, but both groups of punc¬
tures are generally larger. Pubescence like on the
head but generally longer and with separate erect
tactile setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutel-
lum truncate apically. Elytra elongate, smooth and
shiny. Punctures very large and dense but getting
somewhat smaller in apical third. Intervening spac¬
es smaller or equal to punctures. Main pubescence
pale brown, long and dense, suberect. Undersetae
dense, directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae
complete and broad. Hind wings fully developed.
Legs long and slender. Female basal tarsomere
of the metathoracic legs as long as the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in female broadly rounded
on apical margin (Fig. 8). Morphological sternite VII
in female short and broad, broadly rounded on api¬
cal margin (Fig. 9).
Sexual dimorphism: The antennae are compar-
268
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
8 9
Figures 8-9. Sapintus albertisi (Pic, 1900), paralectotype 8 - Tergite VII; 9 - Sternite VII.
atively shorter in the female than in the male.
Distribution: This species is only known by the
holotype collected by l.M. D’Albertis on the River
Fly in the southern lowlands of Papua New Guinea
and without precise locality. D’Albertis reached up
to 580 miles (-937 km) upriver during his expedi¬
tion. Consequently, the locus typicus of this species
is somewhere between the delta and 937 km of the
River Fly course.
Sapintus (s. str.) alfurus (Pic, 1900) (Map 3, plate
45 figs 1-2)
Holotype $ MSNG: N. GUINEA MER. KAPAKAPA Mag.
Giugno.1891 L.Loria [printed, text partly italic, black bor¬
der] / Typus [printed, text red, red border] / alfurus Pic
[handwritten, black border] / Anthicus alfurus Pic typus
! [handwritten] / Mus. Civ. Genova [printed, label pale].
Measurements, holotype (?: Total body length
2.46 mm, maximum combined width immediately
behind the middle of elytra 0.84 mm. Head 0.55
mm long, across the eyes 0.53 mm broad, prono-
tum 0.47 mm long, maximum width 0.51 mm, ely¬
tra 1.44 mm long, 0.84 mm postmedium broad.
Description: Forebody black, elytra black-brown.
Antennae pale brown with three black-brown ter¬
minal antennomeres. Palpi brown to yellowish
brown. Legs brown to black. Underside uniformly
black-brown. Head smooth and somewhat shiny,
with large prominent eyes. Tempora about a half
of an eye’s length, slightly converging toward a
subtruncate head base. Punctures of variable
size - smaller and large, with smooth intervening
spaces that also vary widely in size. Frons with dis¬
tinct broad impunctured median line. Vertex feebly
impressed medially. Pubescence greyish, long and
quite dense. Antennae short, hardly reaching ely¬
tra I humeri in the male. Second antennomere more
or less as long as the next one. Antennomeres 8-10
shortened and distinctly thickened distally. Termi¬
nal antennomere asymmetric, bluntly conical, 1/4
longer than the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary
palpomere broad, somewhat axeform. Pronotum
dorsally very densely punctate, flattened, broadly
rounded anteriorly and the lateral margins distinct¬
ly constricted posterior to the pronotal midpoint,
just slightly narrower than the head. Punctures
very dense and coarse, intervening spaces much
smaller than the punctures. Pubescence greyish,
fine, long and dense, suberect, with several erect
tactile setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutel-
lum small, triangular. Elytra elongate, smooth and
shiny. Punctures very large and dense in the basal
half, getting much smaller and sparser postmedi-
ally. Intervening spaces irregular, in the basal half
mostly smaller, in the postmedian half ranging from
as large to 3 times larger than punctures. Pubes¬
cence yellowish, fine, long and dense, directed
obliquely laterally. Undersetae directed obliquely
laterally. Sutural striae broad, developed from the
middle toward the apices. Hind wings fully devel¬
oped. Legs long and slender, especially femora.
Morphological tergite VII and sternite VII not stud¬
ied. Male aedeagus with prolongate and pointed
apex.
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: This species is only known by the
holotype collected at Kapa Kapa (= Gabagaba) vil¬
lage in Central Province, Papua New Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) celeripes sp. nov. (Figs 10-15,
map 3, plate 46 figs 1-4)
Holotype S NME: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA, S Bird’s
Neck, Kaimana 47 km E, Triton Bay, Kamaka (former
Warika) vill., 3°46’42”S, 134°10’24”E, 50-130 m,
10.IX.2010, secondary rainforest on limestone & clear-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
ings, leg. D.Telnov.
Pa ratypes 4 specimens. 1$ DTC: same labels as in ho-
lotype; 1<$ NME: W-PAPUA Raja Am pat Prov. Salawati Isl.
or., Kalobo 01°03’15”S, 131°04’32”E 24.-28.1.2004
leg. A.Skale; 1$ DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA, S
Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 47 km E, Triton Bay, Lobo vill.
env., 3°44’55’’S, 134°06’42”E, 0-50 m, 15.IX.2010,
sago swamp, leg. D.Telnov; 1$ DTC: INDONESIA E, West
PAPUA, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 2-4 km NE, 3°39’26”S,
133°46’21”E, 150-200 m, 19-20.IX.2010, primeval
lowland rainforest & clearing, limestone, leg. D.Telnov.
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin
‘celeripes’ [outrunner], because of the adults being
very agile and quick moving.
Measurements, holotype <J: Total body length
2.50 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.75 mm. Head 0.56 mm long,
across the eyes 0.52 mm broad, pronotum 0.52
mm long, maximum width 0.45 mm, elytra 1.40
mm long, 0.75 mm broad. Measurements, para-
type $ from vicinity of Kaimana: Total body length
2.95 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.90 mm. Head 0.70 mm long,
across the eyes 0.66 mm broad, pronotum 0.55
mm long, maximum width 0.58 mm, elytra 1.70
mm long, 0.90 mm broad.
Description: Forebody orange, head darker in
some paratypic specimens. Elytra black with pale
markings, consisting of a yellow-to-orange broad
postbasal transverse band and broad circular or
transverse spot in the apical third of each elytron.
Anterior band is not bearing lateral margins of ely¬
tra, can be narrowly interrupted by darker coloura¬
tion of suture. Posterior spot or band not bearing
lateral margin and is narrowly interrupted on su¬
ture, its anterior margin not straight but with point¬
ed projection of black colouration in the middle. An¬
tennae, palpi and legs yellow-to-orange. Underside
reddish-brown to orange, coxae paler coloured.
Head smooth, with large prominent eyes. Tempora
broadly rounded together with base. Punctures flat,
very dense around the eyes and on the frons, in¬
tervening spaces smaller than punctures. Vertex is
much more sparsely and finely punctured, smooth
and shiny. Pubescence yellowish, fine and long,
sparse. Antennae slender, in both sexes reaching
the postbasal transverse impression of the elytra.
Second antennomere in male 1/5 shorter than the
next one. Antennomeres 3-7 elongate and slender.
Antennomeres 8-10 slightly shortened, of which
9-10 are thickened distally. Terminal antennomere
asymmetric, conical, pointed, 1/4 longer than the
penultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere
somewhat axeform. Pronotum broadly rounded
anteriorly, significantly narrower than the head,
strongly narrowed postmedium laterally toward
narrow base. Very densely and confusedly punc¬
tured on disc, intervening spaces much smaller
than punctures. Antero-lateral margins smooth,
covered with numerous but much finer punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, fine, long and dense, ap-
pressed, with separate long erect tactile setae on
the sides and on the disc. Scutellum narrowly trian¬
gular, pointed apically. Elytra elongate and slightly
widened across middle, smooth dorsally. Humeri
rounded. Postbasal transverse impression feeble
but visible. Punctures large, getting smaller in api¬
cal third. Intervening spaces ranging from smaller
than the punctures to slightly larger than the punc¬
tures. Pubescence yellowish, long and dense, su¬
berect, with numerous very long erect to suber¬
ect tactile setae present on the disc. Undersetae
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae broad,
completely developed. Hind wings fully developed.
Legs long and slender. Protibiae slightly thickened
in both sexes, with very feeble excavation on inner
distal part in the male. Female metatibiae thick¬
ened compared to slender male tibiae. Male basal
tarsomere of the metathoracic legs as long as the
combined length of the remaining metathoracic
tarsomeres. Male basal tarsomere of metathoracic
legs distinctly thickened. Morphological tergite VII
in male is short, trapezoid, truncate on apical mar¬
gin (Fig. 10). Morphological sternite VII in male is
short, very broadly rounded on apical margin. Male
aedeagus has a pointed tegmen, which is setose
preapically (Figs 12-13). Morphological tergite VII in
female is narrowly rounded and with long setation
on apical margin (Fig. 14). Morphological sternite
VII in female is broadly rounded with very short me¬
dian projection (Fig. 15).
Sexual dimorphism: Metatibiae thickened in fe¬
male. Protibiae in male with feeble excavation on
inner distal margin.
Variability: The size and shape of the pale elytral
markings vary. The specimens vary in body length
from 2.50 to 2.95 mm.
Ecology & biology: The specimens were collect¬
ed in both primary and disturbed lowland rainfor¬
est, and in sago swamps, from green leaves and
dead thin branches.
Differential diagnosis: Sapintus celeripes
is close to S. geminus sp. nov. (described below;
Papua New Guinea: Madang Province) and S. hor-
vathi (Pic, 1902) (New Guinea & Central Moluccas).
The tegmen of the aedeagus is narrowly pointed in
new species and not spatulate like in S. geminus ,
270
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Figures 10-15. Sapintus celeripes sp. nov. 10-13: Holotype S, 10 - Tergite VII; 11 - Spiculum gastrale; 12 - Aedea-
gus; 13 - Tegmen of aedeagus. 14-15: Paratype 14 - Tergite VII; 15 - Stern ite VII.
or broadly and shortly pointed like in S. horvathi. It
is especially close to S. malut sp. nov. (described
below; North Moluccas), but differing in the tegmen
of the aedeagus, setose prea pica I ly (without pubes¬
cence in S. malut).
Distribution: This species is known from the
southern part of Bird’s Neck isthmus and the east¬
ern (lowland) part of Salawati Island (Raja Ampat
Islands).
Sapintus (s. str.) curvitibia sp. nov. (Figs 16-22,
map 6, plate 45 figs 5-6)
Holotype S BMNH: at light [printed] / SOLOMON IS¬
LANDS: San Cristoval,S. Wainoni. 25.vii.65 P.N. Lawrence.
B.M. 1966-1. [printed].
Pa ratypes 4 specimens. 1<$ & 2$ BMNH: same labels
as in holotype; IS BMNH: Black light [printed] / SOLO¬
MON ISLANDS San Cristoval, camp 2,150’. 28.vii.65.
Ros. Soc. Exped. B.M. 1966-1. [printed].
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘cur-
vus’ [curved, bent] + ‘tibia’ [tibia], because of the
modified male metatibiae.
Measurements, holotype S'- Total body length
3.30 mm, maximum combined width immediately
postmedium of elytra 1.08 mm. Flead 0.60 mm
long, across the eyes 0.67 mm broad, pronotum
0.60 mm long, maximum width 0.52 mm, elytra
2.10 mm long, 1.08 mm broad. Measurements,
paratype $: Total body length 3.57 mm, maximum
combined width immediately postmedium of ely¬
tra 1.05 mm. Head 0.66 mm long, across the eyes
0.67 mm broad, pronotum 0.57 mm long, maxi¬
mum width 0.52 mm, elytra 1.95 mm long, 1.05
mm broad.
Description: Head black, pronotum reddish-black
to black, elytra black with orange markings in form
of broad postbasal transverse band more or less
narrowly interrupted on suture and narrow oblique
preapical spot on each elytron. Anterior pale band
in holotype occupies almost the whole of the basal
third, leaving only humeri narrowly black. Anterior
pale marking bearing or not bearing lateral margin,
posterior spot not bearing lateral margin. Antennae
brown, 1-3 basal a ntennomeres yellow. Palpi yellow.
Femora yellow, tibiae completely or partly darkened.
Thorax orange or brown, abdominal ventrites black-
brown, coxae and trochanters yellow. Head smooth
271
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
and shiny dorsally, with very large prominent eyes.
Tempora much shorter than the eye length, with
rounded temporal angles. Base truncate. Punc¬
tures large and dense but flat, intervening spaces
smaller than punctures. Pubescence whitish, long
and dense. Antennae long and slender, in male
reaching the feeble postbasal transverse impres¬
sion of the elytra. Second antennomere 1/3 short¬
er than the next one. Antennomeres 3-9 elongate
and slender, slightly thickened distally. Penultimate
antennomere indistinctly shortened and thickened.
Terminal antennomere elongate, pointed, 1/3 lon¬
ger than the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary
palpomere broadly cultriform. Pronotum smooth
and shiny dorsally, rounded anteriorly, significantly
narrower than the head, with shallow longitudinal
16
17
18
19
Figures 16-22. Sapintus curvitibia sp. nov. 16-20:
Paratype S- 16 - Tergite VII; 17 - Sternite VII; 18
- Spiculum gastrale; 19 - Aedeagus; 20 - Tegmen
20 of aedeagus. 21-22: Paratype 21 - Tergite VII;
22 - Sternite VII.
272
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
impression on disc near anterior margin [very in¬
distinct in some paratypes]. Postmedium strongly
converged on sides toward narrow base. Punc¬
tures large, dense and coarse on disc, especially
in basal half. Intervening spaces irregular but all
much smaller than punctures. Antero-lateral angles
smooth, almost impunctured. Pubescence whitish,
fine, long and dense, suberect, with separate long
erect setae on sides and disc. Scutellum triangu¬
lar, pointed apically. Elytra elongate, weakly wid¬
ened on sides postmedium, dorsally smooth and
partly shiny. Postbasal transverse impression flat
but quite well defined. Punctures very large, dense
and coarse in basal half, intervening spaces irregu¬
lar in size, smaller or much smaller than punctures.
In apical fourth, punctures getting less coarse, but
not much sparser. Pubescence yellowish, long and
dense, suberect. Undersetae developed in apical
2/3 of elytral length, directed almost perpendicular¬
ly to lateral margin. Sutural striae broad, developed
from apices toward postbasal transverse impres¬
sion. Hind wings fully developed. Legs very long
and slender. Male metatibiae slightly curved. Male
basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs as long
as the combined length of the remaining metatho¬
racic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII in male
is trapezoid, truncate on apical margin (Fig. 16).
Morphological sternite VII in male is very short, very
broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig. 17). The teg-
men of the male aedeagus has a short and narrow,
pointed apex (Figs 19-20). Morphological tergite VII
in female is broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig.
21). Morphological sternite VII in female is broadly
rounded on apical margin (Fig. 22).
Sexual dimorphism: Female metatibiae not or
indistinctly curved, legs generally comparatively
shorter. Antennae shorter and more stout in the
female, antennomeres 3-9 less slender and more
thickened distally.
Ecology & biology: The specimens were attract¬
ed to light. One paratypic specimen was collected
at an altitude of 655 m.
Differential diagnosis: This species is very
distinctive due to the shape of the pronotum (very
strongly constricted laterally postmedium), slightly
curved male metatibiae, very long male antennae
and an appearance of shallow longitudinal impres¬
sion on the anterior part of the pronotal disc.
Distribution: This species is only known from
San Cristobal (= San Cristoval, = Makira), the east¬
ernmost main island of Solomon Archipelago.
Sapintus (s. str.) densepunctatus sp. nov. (Figs 23-
27, map 3, plate 61 figs 1-2)
Holotype S NME: INDONESIA Irian Jaya Nabire 100km
W Yeretua Wondowoi Mts. VIII. 1998 leg. M. Balke 100m
uNN.
Paratype IS NME: INDONESIA, Irian Jaya Nabire
distr.,Wondiwol Mts., Yeretua IX.1998,100 m NN leg. M.
Balke.
Derivatio nominis: Named from a combination of
the Latin ‘dense’ [densely, tightly] + ‘punctatus’
[punctate], because of the very densely punctured
dorsal surface of the forebody.
Measurements, male: Total body length 3.24
mm, maximum combined width across the middle
of elytra 1.07 mm. Head 0.60 mm long, across the
eyes 0.66 mm broad, pronotum 0.70 mm long,
maximum width 0.56 mm, elytra 1.94 mm long,
1.06 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum black, basal collar of prono¬
tum yellowish brown, with two pairs of yellow spots
on each elytron. Anterior spots somewhat oblique,
situated in the basal third, not bearing lateral mar¬
gin nor suture. Posterior spot pair irregular, ovoid,
situated in apical third, also not bearing lateral
margin nor suture. Antennomeres 1-4(5) yellow to
yellowish brown, other antennomeres darkened
(brown). Palpi and legs uniformly yellow. Underside
brown, pro- and mesocoxae yellow, metacoxae red¬
dish brown. All trochanters yellow. Head smooth
and shiny dorsally, densely punctured, with large
prominent eyes. Tempora short, straight, about 1/3
of the eye length. Temporal angles rounded. Head
base truncate or subtruncate. Punctures various
in size, intervening spaces mostly smaller than
punctures except along head midline and on ver¬
tex, where punctures are distinctly sparser (but not
smaller). Pubescence whitish, very fine and sparse.
Antennae long and slender in male, reaching base
of elytra. Male second antennomere short, about
half the size of the next one. Male antennomeres
3-8 short and thickened distally in the paratype,
slender and longer in the holotype. Male antenno¬
meres 9-10 stronger, thickened distally and shorter
than the previous ones. Terminal antennomere
slightly asymmetric, bluntly conical, indistinctly lon¬
ger than the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary
palpomere broad, somewhat axeform. Pronotum
stout, very densely punctured dorsally, opaque,
broadly rounded anteriorly, narrower than head.
Narrowed postmedium laterally toward base. Punc¬
tures very dense but flat, intervening spaces rang¬
ing from smaller to much larger than punctures. Pu¬
bescence whitish, fine, sparse and appressed, with
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
several long erect tactile setae on the sides and
on the disc. Scutellum broadly rounded apically.
Elytra elongate, smooth dorsally. Punctures large,
coarse and dense, getting smaller and flat but not
much sparser in apical third. Intervening spaces ir¬
regular but all smaller than punctures. Pubescence
yellowish, fine, long and dense, suberect. Underse-
tae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae vis¬
ible from apices toward basal third. Hind wings fully
developed. Frontal margins of mesepisterna with a
fringe of long setae directed upwards; these setae
are exposed from under the humeri in the dorsal
view. Legs long and slender. Male basal tarsomere
of the metathoracic legs as long as the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in male broadly trapezoid,
truncate on apical margin (Fig. 23). Morphological
sternite VII in male is short and broad, truncate on
apical margin (Fig. 24). Male aedeagus with teg-
V
Figures 23-27. Sapintus densepunctatus sp. nov., par-
type (S'. 23 - Tergite VII; 24 - Sternite VII; 25 - Spiculum
gastrale; 26 - Aedeagus; 27 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
men prolongate apically, rounded (Figs 26-27).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Ecology & biology: This species was collected in
pristine lowland rainforest at an altitude of 100 m.
Differential diagnosis: This species is very
close to S. dyaulensis Telnov (see nomen novum
below) from New Guinea and the Bismarck Archi¬
pelago, but differs in the finely punctured forebody
and the less prolongate tegmen apex of the male
aedeagus. Also very similar to widespread and vari¬
able S. vexator Werner (Central and southern Pa¬
cific, Papuan region, coastal SE Asia, Sri Lanka).
First, the basal piece of the aedeagus is longer in S.
vexator (longer than the tegmen) and shorter in S.
densepunctatus (shorter than or as long as the teg¬
men). Second, the hooks at the base of the tegmen
are much less developed and less sclerotized in S.
densepunctatus than in S. vexator. Third, the dorsal
intervening spaces on the head are not microreticu-
late in S. densepunctatus , but are almost always
microreticulate in S. vexator (these characteristics
given confusedly by Werner (1964: 264-265): first
as ‘... intervals finely but distinctly microreticulate
throughout’ (p. 264, description), than as ‘... often
microreticulate intervals ...’ (p. 265, diagnose). In
all the S. vexator specimens I’ve examined, the in¬
tervening spaces on the head were at least partly
microreticulate.
Distribution: The species is known from the sur¬
roundings of Nabire in the northern Bird’s Neck
isthmus of New Guinea.
Remarks: The correct spelling of the collecting lo¬
cality is Wondowoi Mountains and not ‘Wondiwol’,
274
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
as is written on the paratype’s label.
Sapintus (s. str.) dilensis (Pic, 1900) (Figs 28-34,
maps 2 & 4 [partial distribution], plates 47, 55
figs 6-7)
= Anthicus dilensis var. Csikii Pic, 1902
= Sapintus relatus Bonadona, 1981 [consider
new synonymy above]
Lectotype $ MSNG [herewith designated]: N. Guinea
Dilo LoriaVI.VII.90 [printed, black border] / Typus [print¬
ed, label red, black border] / dilensis Pic [handwritten,
black border] / A. dilensis Pic n sp. [handwritten] / Mus.
Civ. Genova [printed].
Para lectotype 1 specimen MNHN [herewith designat¬
ed]: N. Guinea Dilo LoriaVI.VII.90 [printed, black border]
/ TYPE [printed, label red] / A. dilensis Pic [handwritten].
Holotype $ Anthicus dilensis var. Csikii HMNH: N.
Guinea Biro 96 [printed] / Erima Astrolabe B. [printed]
/ Holotypus [printed, text red] 1902 Anthicus Csikii Pic
[handwritten, red border] / A. dilensis Pic var [hand¬
written] / Csikii Pic [handwritten] / Anthicus Csikii Pic
[handwritten] det.M. Pic [printed] Typus ! [handwritten,
text red].
Paratypes 2 specimens Anthicus dilensis var. Csikii:
1$ HMNH: N. Guinea Biro 97. [printed] / Erima Astro¬
labe B. [printed] / Paratypus [printed, text red] 1902
Anthicus Csikii Pic [handwritten, red border] / dilensis
var Csikii Pic [handwritten]; 1 specimen DCC: N. Guinea
Biro 96 [printed] / Fried rich-Wilh.-hafen [printed] / 3104
[printed] / Paratypus [printed, label red] 1902 Anthicus
Csikii Pic [handwritten, red border].
Holotype S Sapintus relatus ZMUC: Bismarck Islands,
Lavongai, Banatam 21. March 1962 Noona Dan Exp. 61-
62 [printed] / HOLOTYPE [printed, label red] / Sapintus
relatus n.sp [handwritten] P.Bonadona det. 19[printed]
78 [handwritten].
Additional material: 1 specimen OUNH: N. Gui Wal¬
lace / Coll. (1830-73) WWSaunders Ex coll.H.E. Cox.
dd.1916 Mrs. Cox / Hope Entomological Collection Ex.
Cabinet 6, drw 9; 1 specimen MNHN: N. Guinea Biro 96
/ Friedrich-Wilh.-hafen / 3106; 1 specimen MNHN: N.
Guinea Biro 1898 / Stephansort Astrolabe Bai [sic!] /
3105 / Ant. dilensis Pic var. / Csikii Pic; 2 specimens
BMNH: Stn. No. 116. / NEW GUINEA: Morobe Dist., Lae.
lO.xii. 1964 / M.E. Bacchus. B.M. 1965-120; 5 speci¬
mens ZSM: 30 IX 79 PNG/Morobe Umg. Kaiapit / Sapin¬
tus dilensis (Pic) det.G.Uhmannl989; 1 specimen IRSN:
Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA NEW GUINEA Canopy Mission
Madang Province Baileta, Light Misc 8 10-111-1993 Leg
Olivier Missa; 1 specimen IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA
NEW GUINEA Canopy Mission Madang Province Baile¬
ta, Light Ml 18-111-1993 Leg Olivier Missa; 1 specimen
IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA NEW GUINEA Canopy Mis¬
sion Madang Province Baileta, Light XG 25-IV-1996 Leg
Olivier Missa; 1 specimen DTC: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. Canopy
mission P.N.G. Madang province Baileta, LIGHT AR 14
4.V.1996 Leg. Olivier Missa; 1 specimen IRSN: Coll.
I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA NEW GUINEA Canopy Mission Madang
Province Baileta, Light Ml 3-VI-1996 Leg Olivier Mis¬
sa; 1 specimen IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. Canopy mission
P.N.G. Madang province Baileta, Light AR22 12. VI. 1996
Leg. Olivier Missa; 1 specimen IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B.
PAPUA NEW GUINEA Canopy Mission Madang Province
Baileta, Light X P 18-IV-1996 Leg Olivier Missa; 1 speci¬
men IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA NEW GUINEA Canopy
Mission Madang Province Baileta, Light AR 60 03-VII-
1996 Leg Olivier Missa; 1 specimen NME, 1 specimen
DTC: INDONESIA, Irian Jaya Jayapura distr. Genyem,50m
NN;IV.-V.1999,leg.M.Balke; 3 specimens NME, 1 speci¬
men DTC: PNG: E New Britain Prov. 30km SW Kokopo,
Arabam, 200m 04°35’75”S 152°06’84”E 21.ll.-04.
111.2000 leg. A. Weigel KL; 1 specimen NME: PNG: E
New Britain Prov. 30km SW Kokopo, Arabam, 200m
04°35’75”S 152°06’84”E 21.11.2000 leg. A. Weigel
Dorf LF; 1 specimen NME: PAPUA - NEUGUINEA E New
Britain Prov. 30km SW Kokopo vie. Arabam, S,200m, S
04°35’75”, E 152°06’64” 25.11.2000, KL, leg. A.Weigel,
sec. forest; 1 specimen NME: W-PAPUA Raja Ampat Prov.
Batanta Isl. mer., Wallebet 0o54’01”S, 130°39’37”E,
18.-21.1.2004 leg. A.Skale; 1 specimen NME, 46 speci¬
mens NME & DTC: W-PAPUA, Manokwari Pr.,14km NE
Ransiki Warbiati (Oransbari) / light trap,01°18.41’S
134°14.24’E,cut.area 02.111.2007 leg. A.Weigel; 1 spec¬
imen NME: W-PAPUA Manokwari Prov. Ransiki, Motel,
01°30.37’S 134°10.27’E, 02.111.2007 leg. A.Skale at
light; 1 specimen DTC: W-PAPUA Manokwari Prov.6km N
Manokwari, Desa Pami, 180m 0°48.34’S, 134°03.15’E
09.111.2007, leg. A.Skale; 6 specimens DTC: INDONESIA,
prov. Maluku Utara (North Moluccas), Halmahera tengah
(Central), Weda Selatan dist., Loleo vill. SW env., Tilope
vill. env., 0°13’58,16"N 127°54’27,18”E, 09.IX.2007,
plantations, UV light, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke; 1 speci¬
men DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku Utara (North Mo¬
luccas), Halmahera, Halmahera tengah (Central), Weda
Selatan dist., Loleo vill. S env., Tilope vill. 15-18 km
SW, Oham, 0°14’46,74”N 127°52’38,19”E, -150 m,
13-14. IX.2007, primary lowland forest, UV light, leg.
D.Telnov & K.Greke; 2 specimens DTC: INDONESIA, prov.
Maluku Utara (North Moluccas), Halmahera, Halma¬
hera tengah (Central), Weda Selatan dist., Wairoro vill.
-10 km W, Gunung Benteng mt. ridge, 0°12’20,19”N
127°48’44,87”E, 150-450 m, 18-20.IX.2007, primary
rain forest, river valley, UV light, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke;
7 specimens DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku Utara
(North Moluccas), Halmahera, Halmahera tengah (Cen¬
tral), Weda Selatan dist., Wairoro vill. -10 km W, Gunung
Benteng mt. ridge, 0°12’20,19"N 127°48’44,87”E,
150-450 m, 19. IX.2007, primary rain forest, small
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
clearing, beaten, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke; 1 specimen
DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA, S Bird’s Neck, Kai-
mana 47 km E, Triton Bay, Kamaka (former Warika) vill.,
3°46’42”S, 134°10’24”E, 50 m, 07.IX.2010, edge of
primeval lowland rainforest on limestone, UV light, leg.
D.Telnov; 5 specimens DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA,
S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 47 km E, Triton Bay, Kamaka
(former Warika) vill., 3°46’42”S, 134°10’24’’E, 50 m,
08.IX.2010, edge of primeval lowland rainforest, white
light, leg. D.Telnov; 10 specimens DTC: INDONESIA E,
West PAPUA, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 47 km E, Triton Bay,
Kamaka (former Warika) vill., 3°46’42”S, 134°10’24’’E,
50 m, 09.IX.2010, edge of primeval lowland rainforest,
white light, leg. D.Telnov; 3 specimens DTC: INDONESIA E,
West PAPUA, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 47 km E, Triton Bay,
Kamaka (former Warika) vill., 3° 46’42”S, 134°10’24”E,
50 m, 09.IX.2010, edge of primeval lowland rainforest,
white light, leg. M.Kalnins; 13 specimens DTC: INDO-
28
31
32
Figures 28-34. Sapintus dilensis (Pic, 1900). 28-
32: S from Triton Bay, Indonesian New Guinea. 28
- Tergite VII; 29 - Sternite VII; 30 - Spiculum gas-
trale; 31 - Aedeagus; 32 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
33-34: $ from Waisai env., Waigeo Island, Raja Ap-
mat. 33 - Tergite VII; 34 - Sternite VII.
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
NESIA E, West PAPUA, S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 47 km
E, Triton Bay, Kamaka (former Warika) vill., 3°46’42”S,
134°10’24”E, 50 m, 10.IX.2010, edge of primeval low¬
land rainforest, white light, leg. D.Telnov; 7 specimens
DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA, S Bird’s Neck, Kai¬
mana 47 km E, Triton Bay, Kamaka (former Warika) vill.,
3°46’42”S, 134° 10’ 24” E, 50 m, 10.IX.2010, edge of
primeval lowland rainforest, white light, leg. M.Kalnins;
1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA, S Bird’s
Neck, Kaimana 40 km E, Triton Bay, Lobo vill. & env.,
3°45’33”S, 134°06’11’’E, 15 m, 12.IX.2010, second¬
ary rainforest & gardens on limestone, white light, leg.
M.Kalnins; 1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA,
S Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 40 km E, Triton Bay, Lobo vill. &
env., 3°45’33”S, 134°06’11”E, 15 m, 14.IX.2010, sec¬
ondary rainforest & gardens on limestone, white light, leg.
D.Telnov; 2 specimens DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA,
5 Bird’s Neck, Kaimana 40 km E, Triton Bay, Lobo vill. &
env., 3°45’42”S, 134°05’40”E, 15 m, 15.IX.2010, sec¬
ondary rainforest on limestone, UV light, leg. D.Telnov;
1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA E, West PAPUA, S Bird’s
Neck, Kaimana 40 km E, Triton Bay, Lobo vill. & env.,
3°45’33”S, 134°06’11”E, 15 m, 16.IX.2010, second¬
ary rainforest & gardens on limestone, white light, leg.
D.Telnov; 2 specimens DTC: INDONESIA E, Raja Am-
pat, Waigeo Island, Waisai 2-3 km W, 00°25’40”S,
130°47’36”E, ~70 m, 16-17.11.2012, secondary lowland
rainforest on limestone, MV light, leg. D.Telnov; 25 speci¬
mens DTC: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Island,
Waisai 3 km W, 00°26’04”S, 130°47’41”E, 40-50 m,
18.11.2012, secondary lowland rainforest on limestone
6 clearing, MV light, leg. D.Telnov; 32 specimens DTC:
INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Island, Waisai 3 km
W, 00°26’04”S, 130°47’41”E, 40-50 m, 20.11.2012,
secondary lowland rainforest on limestone & clearing,
MV light, leg. D.Telnov.
This redescription is based on a male specimen
from Waigeo Island, Raja Ampat, Indonesia.
Measurements, lectotype $: Total body length
2.75 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.86 mm. Head 0.54 mm long,
across the eyes 0.60 mm broad, pronotum 0.50
mm long, maximum width 0.51 mm, elytra 1.71 mm
long, 0.86 mm broad. Holotype $ Anthicus dilensis
var. Csikii : Total body length 2.49 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle of elytra 0.81
mm. Head 0.50 mm long, across the eyes 0.55 mm
broad, pronotum 0.48 mm long, maximum width
0.46 mm, elytra 1.51 mm long, 0.81 mm broad.
S from Manokwari surroundings, Indonesian New
Guinea: Total body length 2.75 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle of elytra 0.90
mm. Head 0.60 mm long, across the eyes 0.60 mm
broad, pronotum 0.50 mm long, maximum width
0.47 mm, elytra 1.65 mm long, 0.90 mm broad.
Description: Forebody brown, dark reddish brown
or black. Elytra black with yellow or orange markings
consisting of a broad postbasal transverse band
and narrower oblique A-shaped transverse band in
the apical third. The anterior band is usually com¬
plete while the posterior one is often narrowly inter¬
rupted on the suture. Antennae pale - yellowish or
orange; in some specimens only the basal anten-
nomeres 1-4 are pale, while the rest are darkened.
Maxillary palpi yellow. Legs yellow or black, with
partly yellow tibiae. Underside uniformly brown,
reddish brown or black-brown, pro- and mesocoxae
and all trochanters pale. Head smooth and some¬
what shiny, with midsized prominent eyes. Tempora
about a half of the eye length, with rounded tempo¬
ral angles. Head base truncate. Punctures of two
sizes: basic punctures large and flat with interven¬
ing spaces equal to or twice as large as punctures.
Especially on the frons, intervening spaces be¬
tween large punctures covered by small and dense
punctures. Vertex sparsely punctured, more shiny.
Pubescence fine, yellowish, quite long and dense.
Antennae long, almost reaching the middle of the
elytra in the female. Second antennomere about
1/3 shorter than the next one. Antennomeres 3-7
elongate, slightly thickened distally. Antennomeres
8-10 shorter and stronger, thickened distally. Ter¬
minal antennomere asymmetric, elongate, coni¬
cal, pointed, 1/4 longer than the penultimate one.
Terminal maxillary palpomere broad, somewhat
axeform. Pronotum dorsally not or partly smooth,
flattened, broadly rounded anteriorly, narrower than
the head. Strongly narrowed postmedium laterally
toward narrow base. Punctures of two sizes: larger
ones mostly present on anterior half and with inter-
veningspaces rangingfrom smaller than to as large
as these punctures. Between larger punctures, and
especially in the basal half, there are dense, much
smaller punctures, which get extremely dense at
the base, to the extent of almost not leaving vis¬
ible spaces in between. Punctures less dense on
antero-lateral margins. Pubescence yellowish, fine,
dense and long, with numerous long erect tactile
setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutellum nar¬
rowly truncate apically. Elytra elongate, smooth
and shiny. Punctures large and dense in basal half,
getting smaller and sparser postmedia I ly. Interven¬
ing spaces irregular, in basal half mostly smaller, in
postmedian half 2-3 times larger than punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, long and dense, suberect.
Undersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural
striae almost complete, visible from basal fourth to-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
ward apices. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long
and slender. Male basal tarsomere of the metatho-
racic legs as long as the combined length of the
remaining metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphologi¬
cal tergite VII in male truncate (rarely feebly exca¬
vate) and densely setose on apical margin (Fig. 28).
Morphological sternite VII in male broadly rounded
and densely setose on apical margin (Fig. 29). Male
aedeagus with elongate and apically rounded apex,
basal piece slightly longer than parameres (Figs
31-32). Morphological tergite VII in female broadly
rounded on apical margin (Fig. 33). Morphological
sternite in female broadly rounded on apical margin
(Fig. 34).
Sexual dimorphism: Not indicated, but the an-
tennomeres are comparatively shorter in females.
Variability: This species is variable in body length
and colouration. Certain specimens are completely
black coloured with pale markings on the elytra.
Other specimens have a pale orange forebody and
a brown elytra (with markings). Elytral markings
can be yellow, orange or orange-red. The posterior
pale band of the elytra can be more or less broadly
interrupted on the suture. Leg colour varies from
black to yellow, and the coxae and trochanters can
be darkened in some specimens. Body size varies
2.40 - 2.80 mm.
Distribution: This species is widespread in the
Indo-Australian transition zone but was not yet
recorded outside this region. Hitherto confirmed
from North (Halmahera Island), Raja Ampat Islands
(Batanta & Waigeo islands), Indonesian Papua
(Bird’s Head Peninsula & northern coast of Bird’s
Neck isthmus), Papua New Guinea (Papuan Penin¬
sula, Madang & Morobe Provinces), and Bismarck
Archipelago (Lavongai & New Britain islands).
Sapintus (s. str.) dyaulensis Telnov (Figs 35-36,
maps 2-3, plate 61 figs 3-5)
= Sapintus propinquus Bonadona, 1981 [con¬
sider name change above]
Holotype S ZMUC: Bismarck Isl. Dyaul Sumuna 4.
March 1962 Noona Dan Exp. 61-62 [printed] / Caught by
Mercury - light [printed] / HOLOTYPE [printed, label red]
/ Sapintus propinquus n.sp [handwritten] P.Bonadona
det. 19[printed] 78 [handwritten].
Additional material: 1 specimen NME: Indonesia,
Irian Jaya, Nabire 100 km W Yeretua, Wondowoi Mts.,
VII. 1998, leg. M.Balke, 100 m uNN.
This redescription is based on a male specimen
from the Nabire surroundings, Indonesian New
Guinea.
Measurements, S from Nabire surroundings, In¬
donesian Papua: Total body length 3.51 mm, maxi¬
mum combined width postmedium of elytra 1.20
mm. Head 0.67 mm long, across the eyes 0.71 mm
broad, pronotum 0.67 mm long, maximum width
0.61 mm, elytra 2.17 mm long, 1.20 mm broad.
Description: Dorsal surface dark brown. Elytra
with pale markings, consisting of one postbasal and
one preapical yellowish transverse or oblique spot
on each elytron, distinctly interrupted on the suture
and also not reaching lateral margins. Spots vary in
size and form, the anterior pair is almost completely
reduced in the specimen from the Nabire surround¬
ings. Two basal antennomeres yellow, the rest of
the antennae pale brown. Legs yellow with basal
half of all tibiae darkened. Head smooth dorsally
on intervening spaces, with very large prominent
eyes occupying almost the whole sides of the head.
Tempora about 1/4 of the eye length, with rounded
temporal angles. Head base truncate. Punctures
large and deep, intervening spaces smooth and
smaller than punctures. Vertex is not much more
sparsely punctured than the frons. Pubescence
whitish, fine and long, dense. Antennae compara¬
tively short and slender, reaching over the base
of the elytra in the male. Second antennomere in
male short, half the size or less of the third anten¬
nomere. Antennomeres 3-7 elongate and slender
[three ultimate antennomeres missing in the Nabi¬
re specimen and also not described in detail by Bo¬
nadona (1981)]. Terminal maxillary palpomere axe-
form. Pronotum smooth dorsally on intervening
spaces, rounded anteriorly, significantly narrower
than the head, with a distinct lateral postmedian
transverse impression. Punctures generally larger
and denser than on the head, dense and coarse,
intervening spaces much smaller than punctures.
Pubescence whitish, fine, dense and long, with sep¬
arate long erect tactile setae on the sides and on
the disc. Scutellum truncate apically. Elytra elon¬
gate, smooth and shiny. Punctures large and dense
in basal half, getting smaller and sparser postme¬
dium. Intervening spaces irregular in size - ranging
from smaller than the punctures in the basal half
to as large as those in the postmedian half. Pubes¬
cence whitish, long but not very dense, appressed.
Undersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural stri¬
ae complete and broad. Hind wings fully developed.
Legs long and slender. Male basal tarsomere of
the metathoracic legs as long as the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Male aedeagus long, tegmen strongly elongated to
the apex, finely setose laterally preapically (Figs 35-
36) [last ventrites were not available for this study].
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
278
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
35 36
Figures 35-36. Sapintus dyaulensis nom. nov. S from
Nabire env., Indonesian New Guinea. 35 - Aedeagus;
36 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
Ecology & biology: Collected at altitudes of
-100 m.
Distribution: The species is possibly widespread
on New Guinea. Hitherto known from Dyaul Island
(also known as Djaul) in the Bismarck Archipelago
and from the Nabire area (northern Bird’s Neck
isthmus, Indonesian New Guinea).
Sapintus (s. str.) ge minus sp. nov. (Figs 37-43,
map 3, plate 46 figs 5-6)
Holotype $ IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA NEW GUINEA
Madang Province Baiteta-LICFIT AR T2 24 III 1993 Leg.
Olivier Missa [printed, label orange].
Paratype 1$ IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA NEW GUIN-
EA Canopy Mission Madang Province Baiteta Light AR 16
04-VI-1996 Leg Olivier Missa [printed, label orange].
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘gem i-
nus’ [very similar, twin], because of outstanding
morphological similarity with the Papuan Sapintus
horvathi (Pic, 1902).
Measurements, holotype S'- Total body length
2.80 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.80 mm. Head 0.62 mm long,
across the eyes 0.57 mm broad, pronotum 0.64
mm long, maximum width 0.47 mm, elytra 1.50
mm long, 0.80 mm broad. Measurements, para¬
type $: Total body length 2.55 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle of elytra 0.78
mm. Head 0.60 mm long, across the eyes 0.52 mm
broad, pronotum 0.50 mm long, maximum width
0.41 mm, elytra 1.42 mm long, 0.78 mm broad.
Description: Head brown, mouth parts yellow.
Pronotum brown, paler on base. Elytra black or
black-brown with pale markings. These markings
consist of a yellow postbasal transverse band
and a transverse spot in the apical third of each
elytron, not bearing their lateral margin. Antennae
brown, 3-4 terminal antennomeres slightly paler.
Legs brown, all male femora and female mesofem-
ora yellow in basal part. Underside reddish-brown
or brown, trochanters and coxae generally paler.
Head smooth and shiny, with midsized prominent
eyes. Tempora slightly shorter than the eye length,
very broadly rounded on temporal angles together
with base. Punctures deep and dense, intervening
spaces smaller than punctures. The vertex is much
more sparsely and finely punctured than the frons.
Pubescence yellowish, fine and long. Antennae
long and slender, reaching slightly over the elytral
humeri in the male. Second antennomere in male
1/5 shorter than the next one. Antennomeres 3-8
elongate and slender. Antennomeres 8-10 slightly
shortened and thickened distally. Terminal anten¬
nomere asymmetric, conical, pointed, 1/3 longer
than the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary pal-
pomere somewhat axeform. Pronotum broadly
rounded anteriorly, significantly narrower than
the head, strongly constricted postmedium later¬
ally toward narrow base. Very densely punctured
on the disc, with punctures becoming very large
and coarse in the basal half. Intervening spaces
ranging from smaller to much smaller than punc¬
tures. Antero-lateral margins smooth, minutely and
sparsely punctate. Pubescence yellowish, fine, long
and sparse, appressed, with separate very long
erect tactile setae on the sides and on the disc.
Scutellum narrowly elongate, rounded apically. Ely¬
tra elongate and slightly widened across the mid¬
dle, smooth dorsally. Humeri rounded. Feeble but
distinct postbasal transverse impression present.
Punctures variable in size, sparse, getting smaller
in the apical third. Intervening spaces irregular in
size, ranging from as large to twice as large as the
punctures. Pubescence yellowish, long and sparse,
suberect. Undersetae directed obliquely laterally.
Sutural striae broad, developed from apices toward
postbasal transverse impression. Hind wings fully
developed. Legs long and slender. Male metati¬
biae slightly thickened. Male basal tarsomere of
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
the metathoracic legs is longer than the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in male is trapezoid, trun¬
cate on apical margin and covered with long seta-
tion (Fig. 37). Morphological sternite VIS in male
is short, broadly rounded on apical margin and
covered with long setation (Fig. 38). The male ae-
deagus has a spatulate tegmen, which is pubes¬
cent preapically (Figs 40-41). Morphological tergite
VII in female broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig.
42). Morphological sternite VII in female short and
broad, broadly rounded and densely setose on api¬
cal margin (Fig. 43).
Sexual dimorphism: The metatibiae are slender
in the female and the tempora are comparatively
shorter.
Variability:Theforebody is less coarse and dense¬
ly punctured in the female, except for the basal half
37
Figures 37-43. Sapintus geminus sp. nov. 37-41:
Holotype S- 37 - Tergite VII; 38 - Sternite VII; 39
- Spiculum gastrale; 40 - Aedeagus; 41 - Tegmen
of aedeagus. 42-43: Paratype 42 - Tergite VII;
43 - Sternite VII.
280
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
of the pronotum. The posterior pale spots of the
elytra are very narrow (strongly transverse) in the
female. The femora are darker in the female (basal
yellow colouration reduced).
Ecology & biology: This species is very close
to S. horvathi (Pic, 1902) (New Guinea & Central
Moluccas) and is distinctive because of the shape
of the male tegmen (not pointed a pica I ly, opposite
pointed in S. horvathi ) and comparatively longer
tempora and broadly rounded head base (tempora
are shorter in S. horvathi and the head base is gen¬
erally less broadly rounded). Moreover, the anten¬
nae are somewhat shorter in the new species, not
reaching the postbasal transverse impression of
the elytra.
Distribution: This species is known from the
eastern edge of Adelbert Range in Madang Prov¬
ince, Papua New Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) gemitus sp. nov. (Figs 44-50, map
5, plate 48 figs 1-3)
Holotype S BMNH: Vert.Series lm actinic code:
[printed] 15.111.80 [handwritten] / SULAWESI TEN-
GAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980 /
S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-281.
Paratypes 16 specimens: 1 specimen BMNH: At MV
light / SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River
Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980 / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-
281; 1 specimen BMNH: Vert.Series lm actinic code:
[printed] 14.11.80 [handwritten] / SULAWESI TEN¬
GAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980
S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-281; 3 specimens BMNH:
Vert.Series lm actinic code: [printed] 15.11.80 [handwrit¬
ten] /SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area.
27.i.-20.iv.l980 / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M.1980-281;
1 specimen BMNH: SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali,
Ranu River Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980 / Vert.Series lm ac¬
tinic code: [printed] 17.11.80 [handwritten] / S.L.Sutton
C.J.Rees B.M.1980-281; 1 specimen BMNH: SULAWESI
TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980
/ Vert.Series lm actinic code: [printed] 18.ii.80 [hand¬
written] / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M.1980-281; 1 speci¬
men BMNH: SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu Riv¬
er Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980 / Vert.Series lm actinic code:
[printed] 23.11.80 [handwritten] / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees
B.M.1980-281; 1 specimen BMNH: Vert.Series lm ac¬
tinic code: [printed] 4. III. 80 [handwritten] / SULAWESI
TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980
/ S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M.1980-281; 3 specimens
BMNH: SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River
Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980 / Vert.Series lm actinic code:
[printed] 14.111.80 [handwritten] / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees
B.M.1980-281; 3 specimens BMNH: Vert.Series lm ac¬
tinic code: [printed] 16.111.80 [handwritten] / SULAWESI
TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980
/S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M.1980-281; 1 specimen BMNH:
Vert.Series 30m. actinic code: [printed] 16.111.80 [hand¬
written] / SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River
Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980 / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M.1980-
281 / 408.
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘gemi¬
tus’ [sigh, groan], in honour of all taxonomists do¬
ing the often routine work of naming and describ¬
ing, describing , describing new taxa.
Measurements, holotype S'- Total body length
3.51 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.12 mm. Head 0.71 mm long,
across the eyes 0.70 mm broad, pronotum 0.65
mm long, maximum width 0.53 mm, elytra 2.15
mm long, 1.12 mm broad. Measurements, para-
type Total body length 3.35 mm, maximum com¬
bined width across the middle of elytra 1.05 mm.
Head 0.69 mm long, across the eyes 0.70 mm
broad, pronotum 0.65 mm long, maximum width
0.51 mm, elytra 2.01 mm long, 1.05 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum red to orange-red. Elytra
with black markings consisting of a small humeral
spot, a large median spot (bearing or not bearing
the lateral margin of the elytra) and a large apical
spot. Antennae, palpi and legs pale orange to yel¬
low, tibiae somewhat darkened basally. Underside
uniformly orange-red. Head smooth and shiny, with
large prominent eyes. Tempora slightly converged
toward base, about half of the eye length, broadly
rounded on temporal angles. Head base truncate.
Punctures variable in size, deep and large but
sparse, intervening spaces ranging from smaller
than (on frons) to twice as large (on the vertex) as
punctures. Pubescence yellowish, fine and long. An¬
tennae long and slender, reaching the area of post-
basal transverse impression of elytra in the male.
Second antennomere in male half the size of the
third antennomere. Antennomeres 3-10 elongate
and slender; of these 9-10 are slightly shortened.
Terminal antennomere elongate, conical, pointed,
about as longasthe penultimate one. Terminal max¬
illary palpomere somewhat axeform. Pronotum
elongate, smooth dorsally, broadly rounded anteri¬
orly, significantly narrower than the head, narrowed
postmedium laterally toward base. Very densely
and coarsely punctured on disc. Intervening spaces
ranging from smaller to much smaller than punc¬
tures. Antero-lateral angles smooth, minutely and
sparsely punctate. Pubescence yellowish, long and
dense, with several very long erect tactile setae on
the sides and on the disc. Scutellum truncate api-
cally. Elytra elongate and slightly widened across
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
middle, smooth and shiny dorsally. Punctures large,
deep and coarse in the basal half, getting smaller
and more flat in the apical half. Intervening spaces
smaller than the punctures in the basal half, get¬
ting slightly larger in the apical third. Pubescence
yellowish, long and sparse, suberect. Undersetae
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae broad,
complete. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long
and slender. Basal tarsomere of the metathoracic
legs in both sexes about as long as the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in the male is trapezoid,
truncate or feebly excavated on the apical margin,
covered with long setae (Fig. 44). Morphological
sternite VII in male is short, broadly rounded on
the apical margin and covered with long setation
(Fig. 45). The male aedeagus is slender, elongate
and pointed apically, with setose tegmen (Fig. 47-
Figures 44-50. Sapintus gemitus sp. nov. 44-48:
Holotype S- 44 - Tergite VII; 45 - Sternite VII; 46
- Spiculum gastrale; 47 - Aedeagus; 48 - Tegmen
of aedeagus. 49-50: Paratype 49 - Tergite VII;
50 - Sternite VII.
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
48). Morphological tergite VII in female is narrowly
rounded on the apical margin (Fig. 49). Morphologi¬
cal sternite VII in female is broadly rounded on the
apical margin (Fig. 50).
Sexual dimorphism: Almost not indicated. The
intermediary antennomeres (3-8) are comparative¬
ly shorter in the female.
Variability: The punctures of dorsum are variable
in size and density. The black markings of the elytra
vary strongly in shape and size.
Ecology & biology: Collected in primary tropical
rainforest, attracted to light.
Differential diagnosis: This species is similar
to S. subrubrocinctus (Marseul, 1882a) (Sumatra)
due to the body colouration and general appear¬
ance. The holotype of Marseul's species is a fe¬
male, other identifications made by Uhmann (from
Borneo, Nias, Peninsular Malaysia) need further
confirmation. Consequently, I was unable to com¬
pare the male genital organs of both species. The
head base is broadly rounded in S. subrubrocinctus
(truncate in S. gemitus ) and the Sumatran species
is a bit larger (4.0 mm compared to -3.50 mm in
S. gemitus), otherwise the two species look very
similar.
Distribution: This species is known from Central
Sulawesi.
Sapintus (s. str.) gracilicornis (Pic, 1895) (Figs 51-
65, plates 49, 50, 56 figs 5-6)
= Anthicus gracilicornis v. semiobliteratus Pic,
1900 [consider new synonymy above]
= Anthicus neoguineensis Pic, 1900 [consider
new synonymy above]
= Sapintus repentinus Bonadona, 1981 [con¬
sider new synonymy above]
Holotype $ Sapintus gracilicornis MNHN: o [small cir¬
cular purple label without text] / Balabac (Staudinger)
[handwritten] / pres hirtisetosus Mars [handwritten] /
Type [handwritten] / TYPE [printed, label red] / a. gracili¬
cornis Pic n sp. [handwritten].
Holotype ^ Anthicus neoguineensis MSNG: N. Guinea
Dilo LoriaVI.VII.90 [printed, black border] / Typus [print¬
ed, text red, red border] / neoguineensis Pic [handwrit¬
ten, black border] / Anthicus neoguineensis Pic typus !
[handwritten] / Mus. Civ. Genova [printed].
Lectotype $ Anthicus gracilicornis var. semioblitera¬
tus MSNG [herewith designated]: Nuova Guinea Fly Riv¬
er L.M.D’Albertis 1876-77 [printed, black border] / type
[handwritten] / TYPE [printed, label red] / v. semioblit¬
eratus Pic [handwritten].
Para lectotype $ Anthicus gracilicornis var. semioblit¬
eratus MNHN [herewith designated]: Nuova Guinea Fly
River L.M.D’Albertis 1876-77 [printed, black border] /
type [handwritten] / TYPE [printed, label red] / v. semi¬
obliteratus Pic [handwritten].
Holotypus S Sapintus repentinus ZMUC: Philippines,
Tawi Tawi Tarawa kan north of Batu Batu 13. Nov. 1961
Noona Dan Exp. 61-62 [printed] / HOLOTYPE [printed,
label red] / Sapintus repentinus n.sp [handwritten]
P.Bonadona det. 19[printed] 78 [handwritten].
Paratypus $ Sapintus repentinus ZMUC: Philippines,
Tawi Tawi Tarawa kan north of Batu Batu 15. Nov. 1961
Noona Dan Exp. 61-62 [printed] / Caught by Mercury -
light [printed] / ALLOTYPE [printed, label red] / Sapintus
repentinus n.sp [handwritten] P.Bonadona det. ^[print¬
ed] 78 [handwritten].
Additional material: 2 specimens MNHN: o [small
circular purple label without text] / Balabac (Staudinger)
[handwritten] / pres hirtisetosus Mars [handwritten] / a.
gracilicornis Pic n sp. [handwritten]; 2 specimens MNHN:
Nuova Guinea Fly River L.M.D’Albertis 1876-77 [printed,
black border]; 27 specimens MSNG: Nuova Guinea Fly
River L.M.D’Albertis 1876-77 [printed, black border]; 1
specimen DTC: S. Celebes / $ / 99370 / subrubrocinc¬
tus det. V.Krekich; 2 specimens MHUB: D. N. Guinea 96
Hauptlager b. Malu Kais.AugustafluB Exp. 3.VII.12. Burg¬
ers S.G. / Zool. Mus. Berlin / Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic)
det.G.Uhmannl991; 1 specimen MHUB: D. N. Guinea
97 Hauptl. b. Malu 10.-30.VI.12 Burgers S.G. / Zool.
Mus. Berlin / Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic)
det.G.Uhmannl991; 2 specimens MHUB: D. N. Guinea
99 Kais.AugustafluB Exp. VII. 12. Burgers S.G. / Zool.
Mus. Berlin / Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic)
det.G.Uhmannl991; 1 specimen BMNH: NEW GUINEA:
Papua. J.B. Jackson. B.M. 1938-496.; 2 specimens
BMNH: Hollins Is. Asau, Savaii 24.xi.68 A.K. Walker / x
coconut log / UN/6PC 1608 /Hocking Colin B.M. 1980-
386; 2 specimens BMNH: Hollins Is. Samoa 26 XII 1968
B. Hockking SWEEPT / Anthicus oceanicus Laf. / Hock¬
ing Colin B.M. 1980-386; 1 specimen BMNH: Vert.Se-
ries lm. actinic code: 16.111.80 / SULAWESI TENGAH:
Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-281 / Anthicidae R.J.W.
Aldridge det. 1982 / 400; 1 specimen BMNH: SULAWESI
TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980
/ Vert.Series lm. actinic code: 14.111.80 / S.L.Sutton
C. J.Rees B.M.1980-281; 2 specimens BMNH: SULAWESI
TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980
/ Vert.Series lm. actinic 18.11.80 / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees
B. M.1980-281; 6 specimens BMNH: SULAWESI TEN¬
GAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
Vert.Series lm. actinic code: 22.11.80 / S.L.Sutton
C. J.Rees B.M.1980-281; 3 specimens BMNH: Vert.Se¬
ries lm. actinic code: 16.111.80 / SULAWESI TENGAH:
Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M.1980-281; 2 specimens BMNH:
Vert.Series lm.actinic code: 19.11.80 / SULAWESI TEN-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
GAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
S.L.Sutton CJ.Rees B.M. 1980-281; 1 specimen BMNH:
Vert.Series lm. actinic code: 28.11.80 / SULAWESI TEN-
GAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-281; 3 specimens BMNH:
Vert.Series lm. actinic code: 10.111.80 / SULAWESI TEN-
GAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-281; 1 specimen BMNH:
Vert.Series lm.actinic code: 28.11.80 / SULAWESI TEN-
GAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-281 / Anthicidae R.J.W.
Aldridge det. 1982; 1 specimen BMNH: Vert.Series lm.
actinic code: 14.11.80/ SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali,
Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees
B.M. 1980-281 / Anthicidae R.J.W. Aldridge det. 1982; 1
specimen BMNH: SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali,
Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 / Vert.Series lm.ac¬
tinic code: 23.11.80/ S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M. 1980-281;
1 specimen BMNH: Vert.Series lm.actinic code: 14.11.80
/ SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area.
27.I.-20.IV.1980 / S.L.Sutton C.J.Rees B.M.1980-281;
36 specimens BMNH: Lowland rain forest. / At light /
SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.1.-
20.IV.1980 / M.J.D.Brendell B.M. 1980-280; 2 speci¬
mens BMNH: Lowland rain forest. / SULAWESI TENGAH:
Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 /
M. J.D.Brendell B.M. 1980-280; 1 specimen BMNH: At
light/ SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali, Ranu River Area.
27.I.-20.IV.1980 / M.J.D.Brendell B.M.1980-280; 1
specimen BMNH: SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr.Morowali,
Ranu River Area. 27.I.-20.IV.1980 / M.J.D.Brendell
B.M.1980-280; 2 specimens DTC: Borneo, Sarawak
Niah Caves N.P. 13°46’E 3°48’N 25.4.-3.5.1981, leg.
Bogenberger / Sapintus oceanicus (Laf.)
det.G.Uhmannl9; 1 specimen DTC: Borneo, Sarawak,
Niah Caves N.P. 25.IV-3.V.1981, leg. Bogenberger 1
specimen BMNH: flood refuse / Banks of R.Tumpah /
Lowland forest ca 200m. / INDONESIA : SULAWESI
UTARA, Dumoga-Bone N.P. January 1985. / R.Ent.Soc.
Lond. PROJECT WALLACE B.M. 1985-10; 1 specimen
BMNH: Site 2, 200m Toraut bank J.D. Holloway 29-
31.1.1985 / R.Ent.Soc. Lond. PROJECT WALLACE B.M.
1985-10 / INDONESIA : SULAWESI UTARA, Dumoga-
Bone N.P. January 1985. / 112.21; 1 specimen BMNH:
flood refuse / Banks of R.Tumpah / Lowland forest ca
200m. / INDONESIA : SULAWESI UTARA, Dumoga-Bone
N. P. January 1985. / R.Ent.Soc.Lond. PROJECT WAL¬
LACE B.M. 1985-10; 2 specimens BMNH: INDONESIA :
SULAWESI UTARA, Dumoga-Bone N.P. January 1985./ At
light/ Base camp area ca 190m / R.Ent.Soc.Lond. PROJ¬
ECT WALLACE B.M. 1985-10; 2 specimens MSNG: SU¬
LAWESI UT. Dumoga-Bone Base Camp Sweeping
18.V.1985 Franciscolo; 2 specimens DTC:
PHILIPPINES,PANAY 10 KM E SIBALOM 10.DEC 1990
BOLM LGT. 100 M; 1 specimen DTC: PHILIPPINES, 150
m Palawan, PORT BARTON 14.-18.Dec 1990 Bolm Igt.; 1
specimen MHUB: Philippinen, Luzon Bicol NP., 200m
28.111.2000, LF leg. Mey & Ebert; 3 specimens BMNH:
INDONESIA- SERAM Solea, Malaise Trap on River bank,
viii.1987 M.C. Day BMNH{E}2004-198; 1 specimen DTC:
IR 21 - W. New Guinea, track Nabire/llaga KM 65, Kali
Utowa, 250M, 18.-19. vii. 1991 Balke & Hendrich leg.; 1
specimen NME: INDONESIASUMATRA/ INDONESIA, Umg.
Bukitlawa, LF 08.111.1995 leg.U.Buchsbaum; 1 specimen
NME: Indonesia, Irian Jaya, Nabire 100km W Yeretua
Wondowoi Mts. VII. 1998, leg. M. Balke, 100m uNN; 1
specimen NME, 1 specimen DTC: Sapintus gracilicornis
(Pic) det. D. Telnov, 2002 / INDONESIA, Irian Jaya Jaya-
pura district Genyem,50m NN,IV.-V.1999,leg. M. Balke; 3
specimens NME, 1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA Irian Jaya
Asori N Somyangga 02°37’S,136°13’E KU 07.1.1999
leg.A.Weigel; 1 specimen NME, 1 specimen DTC: INDO¬
NESIA Irian Jaya Asori/Wapoga River, N Umg. Somyangga
KL 02°37’S,136°13’E UWP 08.1.1999 leg.A.Weigel; 15
specimens BMNH: INDONESIA: Borneo Kalimantan Ten-
gah Busang / Rekut confl. 0°03’S, 113°59’E / August
2001 MV light Brendell / Mendel / Barito Ulu 2001'
BMNH(E) 2001-191; 1 specimen NME: INDONESIA Su¬
lawesi bor. 1km S Sawangan, FluStal b. River Park resort
250-300m 01o22’51”N, 124°56’56”E 01.-03.ll. 2004
LF leg. A.Skale; 2 specimens MHUB: Sulawesi Selatan
Malili, Karebbe am Larona, 14.X.2005 leg. W. Mey; 1
specimen MHUB: Sulawesi Selatan Leduledu b. Sorowa-
ko Koro Kandara, Turm 15.X.2005, LF leg. W. Mey; 3c/ &
5$ MHUB: Borneo Sabah Danum Valley F.C. 15.-17.
VIII. 2005 Sg. Palum Tambun, light tower, leg. Mey & Eb¬
ert; 2 specimens DTC: INDONESIA, central Borneo, Prov.
Kalimantan Barat, Putussibau N env., 0°53’N,
112°56’E, 02-10.1.2009, secondary rainforest, leg. A.
Napolov; 1 specimen SMNS: BORNEO, Sabah, Danum
Valley, Rainforest Lodge, 19.-20.X.2009, leg. U. + H.J.
BREMER; 1 specimen NME: Indonesia, Irian Jaya, Nabire
100 km W Yeretua, Wondowoi Mts., VII. 1998, leg. M.
Balke, 100 m uNN.; 1 specimen NME: INDONESIA, Irian
Jaya Nabire distr. , 150mNN Cemara River VIII. 1998, leg.
M. Balke / Sammlung NATURKUNDEMUSEUM ERFURT; 1
specimen NME: INDONESIA, Irian Jaya Nabire distr.,
Wondiwol Mts., Yeretua IX.1998, 100 m NN leg. M. Balke
/ Sammlung NATURKUNDEMUSEUM ERFURT; 6 speci¬
mens NME: INDONESIA, Irian Jaya Jayapura district Ge-
nyem, 50m NN, IV.-V.1999, leg. M. Balke; 16 specimens
BMNH: INDONESIA: Borneo Kalimantan Tengah Busang
/ Rekut confl. 0°03’S, 113 0 59’ E/ August 2001 MV light
Brendell / Mendel / Barito Ulu 2001’ BMNH(E) 2001-
191.; 1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku Utara
(North Moluccas), Halmahera tengah (Central), Weda
Selatan dist., Loleo vill. SW env., Tilope vill. env.,
0° 13’58,16”N 127°54’27,18’’E, 18-19.IX.2007, white
284
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
light, leg. D. Telnov & K.Greke; 3 specimens DTC: INDO¬
NESIA, prov. Maluku Utara (North Moluccas), Halma-
hera, Halmahera tengah (Central), Weda Selatan dist.,
Wairoro vill. ~10 km W, Gunung Benteng mt. ridge,
0° 12’20,19”N 127°48’44,87”E, 150-450 m, 18-20.
IX.2007, primary rain forest, river valley, UV light, leg.
D. Telnov & K.Greke; 4 specimens NME, 2 specimens
DTC: INDONESIA C-Sulawesi 20km NE Palu, 5km W
Tawaell 250m S 0°43’45”, E 119°55’95” 02.111.2009
leg. A. Skale LF (019); 3 specimens NME, 1 specimen
DTC: INDONESIA C-Sulawesi ca. 20km NE Palu, ca. 3m
[sic!] W Tawaell 170m S 0°43’56", E 119°55’30” 03.
III. 2009 leg. A. Skale river valley (020); 1 specimen DTC:
INDONESIA E, Prov. Maluku tengah, Seram N, distr. Se¬
ram Utara, Horale (former Saka) vill. env., 02°56’15"S,
129°04’54”E, 06.IV.2009, shrubs, gardens and sec¬
ondary lowland forest, white light, leg. D. Telnov & K.
Greke; 1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA E, Prov. Maluku ten¬
gah, Seram N, distr. Seram Utara, Trans-Seram road be¬
tween Masohi and Sawai, Horale (former Saka) vill. ~7
km SW, river valley, 02°59’15"S, 129°02’37”E, 07.
IV. 2009, primeval lowland rainforest, on young trees
along the river, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke; 1 specimen
NME: INDONESIA W-PAPUA 130km SE Kaimana, Omba
(=Yamor) river 10-20km from coast, S4°05’49”/
E134°54’09”, 10-20m, 09.-ll.ll. 2011 leg. A. Skale
(008); 1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat,
Waigeo Island, Waisai 2-3 km W, 00°25’40”S,
130°47’36”E, ~70 m, 16-17.11.2012, secondary lowland
rainforest on limestone, MV light, leg. D.Telnov; 1 speci¬
men DTC: INDONESIA E, Raja Ampat, Waigeo Island,
Waisai 3 km W, 00°26’04"S, 130°47’41"E, 40-50 m,
18.11.2012, secondary lowland rainforest on limestone &
clearing, MV light, leg. D.Telnov.
This redescription is based on a male specimen
from Danum Valley, Sabah, Malaysian Borneo.
Measurements, S\ Total body length 4.07 mm,
maximum combined width across the middle of ely¬
tra 1.20 mm. Head 0.75 mm long, across the eyes
0.80 mm broad, pronotum 0.80 mm long, maxi¬
mum width 0.65 mm, elytra 2.50 mm long, 1.20
mm broad. Measurements, $: Total body length
3.62 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.40 mm. Head 0.70 mm long,
across the eyes 0.75 mm broad, pronotum 0.70
mm long, maximum width 0.55 mm, elytra 2.20
mm long, 1.40 mm broad. Measurements, holotype
5 Anthicus neoguineensis : Total body length 3.57
mm, maximum combined width across the middle
of elytra 1.13 mm. Head 0.67 mm long, across the
eyes 0.72 mm broad, pronotum 0.69 mm long,
maximum width 0.62 mm, elytra 2.21 mm long,
1.13 mm broad.
Description: Dorsal surface black, occasionally
forebody is reddish-black. Elytra with pale mark¬
ings, consisting of one postbasal and one preapical
yellow-to-orange transverse spot on each elytron.
These spots can build transverse bands interrupted
or not interrupted on the suture. The shape of the
spots often contains irregular (waved/curved) ante¬
rior and posterior margins. The posterior spots are
usually smaller than the anterior ones. Antennae
and palpi yellow, orange or brown with the basal
and the terminal antennomeres being paler. Legs
with femora usually yellow but tibiae and tarsi dark¬
ened. Trochanters, pro- and mesocoxae usually
yellow, metacoxae brown to reddish brown. Under¬
side of head and abdomen usually black or dark
brown, thorax reddish-black; certain specimens
have a uniformly black venter. Head smooth and
slightly shiny, with midsized prominent eyes. Tem-
pora about a half of the eye length, with rounded
temporal angles. Head base truncate. Punctures
large and deep, intervening spaces smooth and
of variable size, ranging from smaller than the
punctures to twice as large as the punctures. The
vertex is more sparsely punctured than the frons.
Pubescence yellowish, fine and long, more or less
dense. Antennae very long and slender, reaching
the middle (and slightly over) of the elytra in the
male. Second antennomere in male short, half or
less the size of the third antennomere. Antenno¬
meres 3-9 elongate and slender. Penultimate an¬
tennomere slightly shorter than preceding ones.
Terminal antennomere elongate and slender, about
as long as the penultimate one (in some specimens
the terminal antennomere is even slightly shorter
than the penultimate one). Terminal maxillary pal-
pomere elongate, cultriform. Pronotum smooth
and slightly shiny dorsally, rounded anteriorly, sig¬
nificantly narrower than the head, with a feeble lat¬
eral postmedian transverse impression. Punctures
large, dense and coarse, with intervening spaces
much smaller than punctures. Pubescence yellow¬
ish, fine, dense and long, with separate long erect
tactile setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutel-
lum truncate apically. Elytra elongate, smooth
and shiny. Punctures large and dense in the basal
half, getting smaller and sparser postmedially. In¬
tervening spaces irregular in size but smaller than
punctures. Pubescence yellowish, long and dense,
suberect. Undersetae directed obliquely laterally.
Sutural striae complete and broad. Hind wings ful¬
ly developed. Legs long and slender. Male basal
tarsomere of the metathoracic legs as long as the
combined length of the remaining metathoracic
tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII in male is
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figures 51-60. Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic, 1895). 51-52: S from Danum Valley, Sabah, Borneo. 51 - Tergite VII; 52
- Sternite VII. 53-54, 59: S from Nabire surroundings, Indonesian New Guinea. 53 - Tergite VII; 54 - Sternite VII;
59 - Spiculum gastrale. 55-56: from North Sulawesi. 55 - Tergite VII; 56 - Sternite VII. 57-58, 60: $ from Central
Seram, Central Moluccas. 57 - Tergite VII; 58 - Sternite VII; 60 - Spiculum gastrale.
trapezoid, shallowly excavated on the apical mar¬
gin and covered with long dense setae (Figs 51, 53,
55). Morphological sternite VII in male is short and
broad, broadly rounded on the apical margin and
covered with long dense setae (Figs 52, 54, 56).
Male aedeagus long, tegmen tapered to apex, se¬
tose laterally preapically (Figs 61-65). Morphologi¬
cal tergite VII in female is narrowly rounded on the
apical margin and covered with long setae (Fig. 57).
Morphological sternite VII in female is short and
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Figures 61-65. Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic, 1895). 61: Aedeagus and penis, S from Danum Valley, Sabah, Borneo.
62-63: S from Nabire surroundings, Indonesian New Guinea. 62 - Aedeagus; 63 - Tegmen of aedeagus. 64: Ae¬
deagus, S from North Sulawesi. 65 - Aedeagus and penis, S from Nabire surroundings, Indonesian New Guinea.
broad, broadly round¬
ed and very densely
setose on the apical
margin (Fig. 58).
Sexual dimor¬
phism: Females with
comparatively shorter
antennae, with sec¬
ond antennomere
proportionally longer
and without exposed
morphological sternite
VIII.
Ecology & biology:
Sampled both in pri¬
mary and secondary
lowland rainforests,
from canopy or partly
dry branches/leaves,
also attracted to white,
MV & UV light. Inhabit
lowland rainforests,
collected at altitudes
of 10-450 m.
Variability: This spe¬
cies is variable in body length and colouration. Cer¬
tain specimens are completely black-coloured with
pale markings on the elytra. Other specimens have
a dark reddish forebody. Elytral markings can be yel¬
low or orange with irregularly formed margins and
are of various sizes. Both pairs of pale spots can
be strongly reduced to narrow (transverse) bands,
or anterior pair can be fully absent. The base of the
pronotum, or the whole forebody, is rufous in some
specimens. The body size varies from 3.25 mm ($
specimen from Central Flalmahera) to 5.30 mm
(c? specimen from the Nabire surroundings, New
Guinea).
Distribution: East Malaysia (Sabah), Indonesia
(Kalimantan, Sulawesi), the Philippines (Balabac,
Luzon, Tawi-Tawi), New Guinea (both Indonesian &
Papua New Guinea).
Remarks: Two different type localities are given
in the original description of this species, first as
‘Sumbawa’, a few rows behind as ‘lies Balabac et
Banguey’. As there is no indication of Sumbawa on
the holotype’s original collecting label, this record
should be considered as dubious. No specimens
are hitherto known from Banguey Island, so this
locality should also be ignored (this is not impos-
287
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
sible as a fact, because of the short distance be¬
tween Banguey and Balabac). In fact, occurrence
of this widespread species on both Sumbawa and
Banguey is not automatically excluded but just
needs further confirmation.
The taxon described as Anthicus gracilicornis var.
Semiobliteratus Pic is only a colour morph with re¬
duced pale markings of the elytra (the anterior pair
of pale spots can be completely absent, the poste¬
rior pair can be strongly reduced in size).
Sapintus (s. str.) hirtipennis (Pic, 1900) (Map 3,
plate 48 figs 6-7)
Holotype $ MSNG: N. Guinea Ighibirei Loria VI.VII.90
[printed, black border] / Typus [printed, text red, red
border] / hirtipennis Pic [handwritten, black border] / A.
hirtipennis Pic n sp. [handwritten] / Mus. Civ. Genova
[printed].
Measurements, holotype Total body length
3.24 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.0 mm. Head 0.70 mm long,
across the eyes 0.68 mm broad, pronotum 0.67
mm long, maximum width 0.59 mm, elytra 1.87
mm long, 1.0 mm broad.
Description: Forebody orange, the elytra some¬
what paler with darkened humeri, black median
transverse band (narrowly interrupted on suture)
and dark transverse band in apical third (broadly
interrupted on suture). Antennae, palpi and legs
yellow. Underside uniformly yellow to orange-yellow.
Head smooth and weakly shiny, with midsized
prominent eyes. Tempora distinctly shorter than the
length of an eye, temporal angles rounded. Head
base broadly rounded. Punctures large but flat,
not very dense, varying in size. Intervening spaces
mostly larger than punctures. The vertex is more
sparsely punctured than the frons. Pubescence
yellowish, fine and long, not very dense. Antennae
short and slender, hardly reaching elytral humeri in
the female. Second antennomere in female slightly
shorter than the next one. Antennomeres 3-8 elon¬
gate and slender. Penultimate antennomere slight¬
ly shorter than preceding ones and more distinctly
thickened distally. Terminal antennomere conical
and elongate, pointed, 1/3 longer than the penulti¬
mate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat
axeform. Pronotum smooth dorsally and weakly
shiny on antero-lateral angles, densely punctured
on disc, rounded anteriorly, significantly narrower
than the head. Strongly constricted postmedium
laterally toward narrow base. Punctures large and
very dense on disc, intervening spaces smaller or
much smaller than the punctures. On antero-lateral
angles, punctures are much sparser, with interven¬
ing spaces shiny and 2-3 times longer than the
punctures. On base, punctures are coarse and part¬
ly rugulose. Pubescence yellowish, fine, dense and
long, appressed and directed posteriorly on disc,
with separate long erect tactile setae on the sides
and on the disc. Scutellum rounded apically. Elytra
elongate and smooth. Humeri strongly rounded.
Punctures large but sparse in basal half, getting
smaller in the apical third. Intervening spaces irreg¬
ular in size, ranging from as large to 3 times larger
than the punctures. Feeble but distinct postbasal
transverse impression present. Pubescence yellow¬
ish, long and dense, suberect. Undersetae direct¬
ed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae complete and
broad. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long and
slender. Morphological tergite VII in female broadly
rounded on apical margin. Morphological sternite
VII in female short and broad, broadly rounded and
setose on apical margin.
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Distribution: This species is only known by the
holotype collected at Ighibieri (= Igibira) village in
Western Province, Papua New Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) horvathi (Pic, 1902) (Figs 66-70,
maps 3-4, plate 51 figs 1-3)
Holotype S HMNH: N. Guinea Biro 1898 [printed] /
S [printed] / Stephansort Astrolabe Bai [sic!] [printed]
/ Holotypus [printed, text red] 1902. Pseudoleptaleus
Horvathi Pic [handwritten, red border] / Pseudoleptale¬
us Horvathi Pic n sp. [handwritten] / Pseudoleptaleus
Horvathi Pic [handwritten] det.M. Pic [printed] Typus !
[handwritten, text red].
Paratype ±S HMNH: N. Guinea Biro 1898 [printed] /
Stephansort Astrolabe Bai [sic!] [printed] / Paratypus
[printed, text red] 1902 Pseudoleptaleus Horvathi Pic
[handwritten, red border] / Pseudoleptaleus Horvathi
Pic [handwritten] det.M. Pic [printed] Typus ! [handwrit¬
ten, text red].
Additional material: 1 specimen DCC: vie Hollandia
Dutch N.G. July-Sept 1944 Darlington [printed] / Pseu¬
doleptaleus [printed] horvathi Pic [handwritten] det.
G.Uhmann 19[printed] 91 [handwritten]; 2 specimens
NME,1 specimen DTC: Indonesia, Irian Jaya, Biak, 10m
[sic!] N Bosnik, 136°20’E, 01°05’S UWP, 13.11.1998,
leg. A. Weigel; 1 specimen NME: INDONESIA Irian Jaya
Japen [sic!], 12km W Serui 03.1.1999 UWS KL leg.
A.Weigel; 2 specimens DTC: INDONESIA E, Prov. Ma¬
luku tengah, Seram N, distr. Seram Utara, Horale (for¬
mer Saka) vill. env., 02°56’15”S, 129°04’54”E, 05-06.
IV.2009, shrubs, gardens and secondary lowland forest,
beaten, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke.
288
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Measurements, holotype S'- Total body length
2.52 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.78 mm. Head 0.50 mm long,
across the eyes 0.55 mm broad, pronotum 0.50
mm long, maximum width 0.40 mm, elytra 1.40
mm long, 0.78 mm broad.
Description: Forebody brown to black or black
with base of pronotum brown to reddish. Elytra
black or black-brown with pale markings. These
markings consist of a yellow or orange postbasal
transverse band (can expand anteriad along the su¬
ture, covering the scutellum and isolating the dark
colouration of the humeri) and an elongate trans¬
verse band in the apical third. The preapical band
is usually narrower than the postbasal one and can
be broadly interrupted on the suture into two elon¬
gate transverse spots. The shape of both anterior
and posterior spots is often with irregular (waved/
curved) anterior and posterior margins. Antennae
and palpi usually yellow to orange, basal and inter¬
mediary antennomeres can also be more or less
strongly darkened. Legs with femora bicolourate -
pale in basal and dark in distal half. Tibiae and tarsi,
if not pale, then partly or completely darkened. Un¬
derside reddish-brown, brown or black, trochanters
and coxae yellow if general colouration of a speci¬
men is not black. Head smooth and shiny, with
large prominent eyes. Tempora rounded together
with base. Punctures large but flat and sparse, in¬
tervening spaces larger than punctures. The vertex
is more sparsely punctured than the frons. Pubes¬
cence whitish to yellowish, fine and long, sparse.
Antennae long and slender, reaching postbasal
transverse impression of elytra in the male. Sec¬
ond antennomere in male 1/4 shorter than the
next one. Antennomeres 3-7 elongate and slender.
Antennomeres 8-10 slightly shortened and thick¬
ened distally. Terminal antennomere asymmetric,
66
•;$ ' .
nr
69
67
68
70
Figures 66-70. Sapintus horvathi (Pic, 1902) S
from Northern Seram, Central Moluccas. 66 - Ter-
gite VII; 67 - Sternite VII; 68 - Spiculum gastrale;
69 - Aedeagus; 70 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
289
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
conical, pointed, 1/3 longer than the penultimate
one. Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat axe-
form. Pronotum smooth and shiny dorsally, very
coarse, punctured and wrinkled in basal half of
disc. Broadly rounded anteriorly, significantly nar¬
rower than head, strongly narrowed postmedium
laterally toward narrow base. Anterior half and
angles very sparsely punctured. Basal half of disc
coarse, wrinkled, intervening spaces much smaller
than punctures. Pubescence yellowish, fine, dense
and long, appressed and directed posteriorly on
disc, with separate long erect tactile setae on the
sides and on the disc. Scutellum triangular, pointed
apically. Elytra elongate and widened across mid¬
dle, smooth dorsally. Humeri rounded. Feeble but
distinct postbasal transverse impression present.
Punctures variable in size, not very dense, getting
smaller in apical third. Intervening spaces irregu¬
lar in size, ranging from smaller than the punctures
to 3 times larger than the punctures. Pubescence
yellowish, long and dense, suberect. Undersetae
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae complete
and broad. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long
and slender. Metatibiae slightly thickened medially
in males. Male basal tarsomere of the metathorac-
ic legs slightly longer than the combined length of
the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres. Morpho¬
logical tergite VII in male broadly rounded on apical
margin (Fig. 66). Morphological sternite VII in male
truncate on apical margin (Fig. 67). Male aedeagus
setose laterally preapically, para meres strongly nar¬
rowed prior to short pointed apex (Figs 69-70).
Sexual dimorphism: Antennae comparatively
shorter in females and female morphological ster¬
nite VIII not exposed. Metatibiae without modifica¬
tions in females.
Variability: This species is variable in body length
and colouration. Certain specimens are completely
black coloured with pale markings on the elytra.
Other specimens have a reddish forebody. Elytral
markings can be yellow or orange with irregularly
formed margins and of various dimensions.
Distribution: This species is widespread and is
known from Yule Island (southern coast of Papuan
Peninsula, Papua New Guinea), Cenderawasih Bay
(Biak & Yapen islands), Central Moluccas (Seram
Island), Morobe Province of Papua New Guinea and
also from North Australia (Queensland).
Remarks: Yapen is the correct name for the col¬
lecting locality of one of the specimens (not ‘Japen’
as is erroneously specified on the original collecting
label). Specimens from Queensland have not been
anatomically studied.
Sapintus (s. str.) insulanus (Pic, 1900) (Map 3,
plate 48 figs 4-5)
Lectotype $ MSNG [herewith designated]: N. Guinea
Isola Yule [printed] V. [handwritten] 18[printed] 75
[handwritten] L.M.DAIbertis 1876-77 [printed] [black
border] / Typus [printed, text red, red border] / insulanus
Pic [handwritten, black border] / Anthicus insulanus Pic
typus ! [handwritten] / Mus. Civ. Genova [printed].
Para lectotype 1 specimen MNHN [herewith desig¬
nated]: N. Guinea Isola Yule [printed] V. [handwritten]
18[printed] 75 [handwritten] L.M.D’ Albertis 1876-77
[printed] [black border] / TYPE [printed, label red] / insu¬
lanus [handwritten].
Measurements, lectotype $: Total body length
2.48 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.83 mm. Head 0.58 mm long,
across the eyes 0.61 mm broad, pronotum 0.49
mm long, maximum width 0.48 mm, elytra 1.41
mm long, 0.83 mm broad.
Description: Dorsal surface orange, elytra some¬
what paler, with a broad dark transverse median
band on the elytra immediately behind the middle.
This band gets narrower on the sides and is most
broad on the suture. Antennae, palpi and legs yel¬
low to yellowish-orange. Underside orange. Head
smooth and shiny, with large prominent eyes. Tem-
pora half the size of the eye length, broadly rounded
together with base. Punctures large and deep but
sparse, intervening spaces ranging from as large
to two times larger than the punctures. Frons with
distinct broad impunctured median line. Pubes¬
cence whitish to yellowish, fine and long, sparse.
Antennae slightly thickened distally, reaching hu¬
meri of elytra. Second antennomere in female in¬
distinctly shorter than the next one. Antennomeres
7-10 thickened distally. Terminal antennomere
asymmetric, blunt, almost two times longer than
the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere
small, cultriform. Pronotum smooth and shiny
dorsally. Broadly rounded anteriorly, gradually nar¬
rowing toward base, significantly narrower than the
head, with 3 small blunt lateral denticles in anterior
half. Punctures very coarse on disc. On the disc, in¬
tervening spaces are mainly smaller than the punc¬
tures; punctures on the antero-lateral margins are
much smaller and sparser than on the disc. Pubes¬
cence yellowish, fine, dense and long, appressed,
with separate long erect tactile setae on the sides
and on the disc. Scutellum rounded apically. Elytra
relatively short, smooth and shiny dorsally. Punc¬
tures very large and deep, dense, getting smaller
and more flat (but not much sparser) in the apical
third. Intervening spaces irregular in size, mainly
290
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
smaller than or equal to punctures. Pubescence
yellowish, long and dense, suberect. Undersetae
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae broad,
developed from apices toward the basal third. Hind
wings fully developed. Legs long and slender.
Metatibiae slightly thickened medially in males.
Female basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs
slightly longer than the combined length of the re¬
maining metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological
tergite VII in female rounded on apical margin. Mor¬
phological stern ite VII in female not studied.
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Distribution: This species is only known by type
series collected on Yule Island near the mainland of
Central Province, Papua New Guinea. The records
from Australia (Queensland) by Uhmann (2000;
2007) and Dorey (Bird’s Head of New Guinea) (Uh¬
mann 2007) both need further confirmation.
Remarks: it is very possible that this species is
conspecific with the Australian S. pollocki Uhmann,
1999, but as long as no male specimen remains
known for S. insulanus it will be impossible to con¬
firm this hypothesis.
Sapintus (s. str.) insularis (Werner, 1965) (Map 1,
plate 51 figs 4-5, plate 55 figs 4-5)
= Sapintus placitus Bonadona, 1981 [consider
new synonymy above]
Paratype S S. insularis DCC: KUSAIE, Pakusrik [sic!]
I m. 11-13-53 V.F.G. Clarke [handwritten] / PARATYPE
Anthicus S insularis Werner [handwritten] / PARATYPE
[printed, label blue] / Genit Fig. [handwritten] / F. G. Wer¬
ner collection [printed].
Holotype S Sapintus placitus ZMUC: Bismarck Isl.
Dyaul Sumuna 4. March 1962 Noona Dan Exp. 61-62
[printed] / Caught by Mercury - light [printed] / HOLO¬
TYPE [printed, label red] / Sapintus placitus n.sp [hand¬
written] P.Bonadona det. 19[printed] 78 [handwritten].
Measurements, paratype (?: Total body length
2.85 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.05 mm. Head 0.55 mm long,
across the eyes 0.60 mm broad, pronotum 0.60
mm long, maximum width 0.55 mm, elytra 1.70
mm long, 1.05 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum and venter uniformly black
to dark black-brown. Antennae brown, two basal an-
tennomeres paler brown. Legs brown with paler tarsi.
All trochanters yellowish brown. Head very densely
punctured dorsally, with very large prominent eyes.
Tempora much shorter than the eye length. Tempo¬
ral angles broadly rounded. Base truncate to weak¬
ly concave. Punctures very dense but flat and fine,
intervening spaces much smaller than punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, fine and long, sparse. Anten¬
nae elongate and slender, reaching slightly over the
elytral humeri. Second antennomere in male half
shorter than the next one. Antennomeres 3-6 elon¬
gate and slender, slightly thickened distally. Anten¬
nomere 4 in male strongly thickened distally. Anten¬
nomeres 7-10 shortened and distinctly thickened
distally. Terminal antennomere slightly asymmetric,
elongate, ovoid, pointed, 1/3 longer than the pen¬
ultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere small,
cultriform. Pronotum very densely punctured
dorsally. Broadly rounded anteriorly, gradually nar¬
rowing toward base, slightly narrower than head.
Punctures larger than on head, flat and very dense.
Intervening spaces much smaller than punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, fine, long and sparse, ap-
pressed. Scutellum truncate apically. Elytra elon¬
gate, smooth dorsally. Punctures large and deep,
dense, getting smaller in apical third. Intervening
spaces irregular in size, mainly smaller than or
equal to punctures. Pubescence yellowish, long
and dense, suberect. Undersetae directed oblique¬
ly laterally. Sutural striae very narrow, developed in
apical third only. Hind wings fully developed. Legs
long and slender. Male metatarsi as long as metati¬
biae. Male basal tarsomere of the metathoracic
legs slightly longer than the combined length of the
remaining metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphologi¬
cal tergite VII in male truncate on apical margin (no
figure available). Morphological sternite VII in male
truncate apically. Aedeagus with simple, pointed
tegmen (see Werner, 1965).
Sexual dimorphism: The female was not avail¬
able for this study.
Distribution: Caroline Islands, Marshall Islands,
Hawaii, Dyaul (also known as Djaul) Island of the
Bismarck Archipelago (Papua New Guinea).
Remarks: The correct spelling of the type locality
is ‘Pukusrik’.
Sapintus (s. str.) javanus (Marseul, 1882a) (Figs
71-75, map 3, plate 51 figs 6-7)
= Anthicus javanus Marseul, 1882b [duplica¬
tive description]
= Anthicus luteonotatus Pic, 1913
= Sapintus sodalis (Pic, 1895) [consider new
synonymy above]
Syntype Sapintus javanus RMNH: deGavere Batavia
Java [handwritten] /javanus 107a [handwritten].
Syntype $ Anthicus luteonotatus SDEI: Anthicus lu¬
teonotatus Pic [handwritten] / Taihorin Formosa Sauter,
1911 [printed] VII [handwritten] / Syntypus [printed, la¬
bel red] /coll. DEI Eberswalde [printed]/ Anthicus luteo¬
notatus Pic [handwritten] (see also Telnov 2001a).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Holotype $ Sapintus sodalis MNHN: Sumatra (Grou-
velle) [handwritten] / type [handwritten] / TYPE [printed,
label red] / sodalis Pic [handwritten].
Additional material: 4 specimens MHUB: S.O. Bor¬
neo, Grabowsky / det. v. Krekich; 1 specimen BMNH:
Singapore. Dr. M. Cameron. B.M. 1936-555.; 1 speci¬
men BMNH: Spore / 434 / SINGAPORE: C.J.Saunders.
B.M. 1933-227.; 1 specimen DTC: R of.S.10.8.22 ....er-
side [text partly unreadable] /SINGAPORE: C.J.Saunders.
B.M. 1933-227.; 1 specimen NME: INDONESIA, Irian Jaya
Jayapura, Lake Sentani Sudufer, 100 m NN VI. 1998,
leg. M.Balke; 1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA, Irian Jaya
Jayapura, Cyclops Mts Sentani, 200 m NN VI. 1998, leg.
M. Balke; 1 specimen IRSN: Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. PAPUA
NEW GUINEA Canopy Mission Madang Province Baileta,
Light Misc 5 8-111-1993 Leg Olivier Missa; 1 specimen
SKC: NO Sarawak Niah N.P. O-lOOm 14-16.X.2001 leg.
S. Kurbatov; 1 specimen DTC: INDONESIA N-Sulawesi 5
km NE Tabulo, Manangga village 50-200m N 0°32’75”,
E 122° 10’ 10” 28.11.2009 leg. A. Skale (013); 1 speci¬
men NME: INDONESIA N-Sulawesi vie. Raja Basar b.
Mouting, 15m N 0°29’78”, E 121°12’99” 28.11.2009
leg. A. Skale (016); 1 specimen PAC: #30 of 30.viii.12
Tai 0 valley Lantau. HK.
This redescription is based on a male specimen
from the surrounding of Tabulo, North Sulawesi.
Measurements, S\ Total body length 2.26 mm,
maximum combined width across the middle of ely¬
tra 0.73 mm. Head 0.50 mm long, across the eyes
0.50 mm broad, pronotum 0.45 mm long, maxi¬
mum width 0.46 mm, elytra 1.31 mm long, 0.73
mm broad. Measurements, $ from Raja Basar sur¬
roundings, North Sulawesi: Total body length 2.37
mm, maximum combined width across the middle
of elytra 0.80 mm. Head 0.52 mm long, across the
eyes 0.53 mm broad, pronotum 0.45 mm long,
maximum width 0.48 mm, elytra 1.40 mm long,
0.80 mm broad.
Description: Forebody black or very dark red, ely¬
tra black or black-brown with pale markings. These
markings consist of a large postbasal yellow-to-
orange spot (narrowly interrupted on the suture or
fused together, bearing the lateral margin of the el¬
ytra) and a smaller ovoid preapical spot on each el¬
ytron. Antennomeres 2-4 pale, basal antennomere
and items 5-11, darkened, as is the palpi also. Legs
yellow to pale orange, femora darkened in some
specimens. Underside brown, pro- and mesothorax
reddish, pro- and mesocoxae yellow in some speci¬
mens. Head slightly shiny or opaque dorsally, with
small but prominent eyes. Tempora as long as or in¬
distinctly longer than the length of an eye, temporal
angles rounded. Head base very broadly rounded,
subtruncate. Punctures very large, dense and rough,
intervening spaces smooth, much smaller than the
punctures. Pubescence whitish, fine, sparse. An¬
tennae short and stout, reaching the base of the
elytra in the male. Second antennomere in male
elongate, slightly shorter than the next one. Anten¬
nomeres 3-6 slightly elongate, 7-11 shortened and
thickened, building weak club. Penultimate anten¬
nomere as long as it is broad, trapezoid. Terminal
antennomere strongly asymmetric, blunt, conical,
pointed, almost two times longer than the penul¬
timate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere some¬
what axeform. Pronotum slightly shiny or opaque
dorsally, broadly rounded anteriorly, narrower than
head, strongly narrowed laterally posteriad from an-
tero-lateral angles toward narrow base. Punctures
very large, dense and coarse, denser than on the
head. Intervening spaces smooth, distinctly small¬
er than these punctures. Pubescence whitish, fine,
quite long, appressed, with separate long erect se¬
tae on the sides and the disc. Scutellum triangu¬
lar, pointed apically. Elytra elongate, smooth and
shiny. Punctures large and dense in basal half, get¬
ting smaller and sparser in apical third. Intervening
spaces irregular in size, mostly smaller, rarely as
large as the punctures. Pubescence whitish or yel¬
lowish, fine, long and dense, suberect. Undersetae
long, directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae fine
and narrow, developed in apical third of elytra. Hind
wings fully developed. Legs slender. Male basal
tarsomere of the metathoracic legs as long as the
combined length of the remaining metathoracic
tarsomeres. Male protibiae slightly thickened on
internal margin. Morphological tergite VII in male
broadly trapezoid, truncate or shallowly excavate
on apical margin (Fig. 71). Morphological sternite
VII in male very short, very broadly rounded on api¬
cal margin (Fig. 72). Aedeagus slender, with elon¬
gate and pointed tegmen; preapical area of tegmen
tridentate on each lateral margin (Figs 74-75). Mor¬
phological tergite VII in female broadly rounded on
apical margin. Morphological sternite VII in female
short, very broadly rounded on apical margin.
Sexual dimorphism: Female with elytra less
elongate, more widened postmedium laterally. Pro¬
tarsi and protibiae less distinctly thickened in the fe¬
male than in the male.
Ecology & biology: Collected in secondary and
primary lowland rainforests and in lowland and
lower montane monsoon forests, also attracted to
white and mixed light. Hemp (1994) and Hemp &
Dettner (2001) listed this species among canthar-
iphilous Anthicidae, referring to Young (1984). As
was already mentioned above, identifications made
292
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Figures 71-75. Sapintus javanus (Marseul, 1882a)
S from Cyclops Mts., Indonesian New Guinea. 71
75 - Tergite VII; 72 - Sternite VII; 73 - Spiculum gas-
trale; 74 - Aedeagus; 75 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
by earlier authors were often not based on the study
of type specimens and/or their genital organs. Cur¬
rently I am unable to comment on which species of
Anthicini has been attracted to cantharidin in Thai¬
land and was consequently listed by Young (1984)
as Sapintus javanus. Therefore I cannot currently
approve or reject S. javanus as belonging to can-
thariphilous insects.
Distribution: This is a very widely distributed spe¬
cies, known from the Greater Sunda Islands (Java,
Sulawesi, Sumatra, the whole of Borneo), SE China
(inclusive of Hong Kong), India (except the arid and
semiarid areas of the West), Japan, Peninsular Ma¬
laysia, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam, New
Guinea (both the Indonesian part and Papua New
Guinea).
Remarks: The figure of the aedeagus presented
by Krekich-Strassoldo (1930: 259, figure 9P) is in¬
correct and represents different Sapintus species
which cannot be properly identified on base of this
figure. I cannot agree with the comment by Krekich-
Strassoldo (1930: 259) that S. javanus (Marseul)
and S. malayensis (Pic) are conspecific. These
two species are clearly different (see the chapter
‘Identification key to species of Sapintus from the
Indo-Australian transition zone’ and the individual
diagnoses).
Sapintus (s. str.) loriae (Pic, 1900) (Map 3, plate
52, figs 1-2)
Lectotype $ MSNG [herewith designated]: N. Guinea
Ighibirei Loria VI.VII.90 [printed, black border] / Typus
[printed, text red, red border] / Loriae Pic [handwritten,
black border] / A. Loriae Pic n sp. [handwritten] / Mus.
Civ. Genova [printed].
Paralectotypes 10 specimens [herewith designated]:
6 specimens MSNG: same label as in lectotype; 1 speci¬
men MSNG: N. Guinea Ighibirei Loria VI.VII.90 [printed,
293
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
black border] / Anthicus Loriae Pic Cotyp. [handwrit¬
ten] / Mus. Civ. Genova [printed]; 1 specimen MNHN:
N. Guinea Ighibirei Loria VI. VII. 90 [printed, black border]
/ type [handwritten] / TYPE [printed, label red] / A Loriae
Pic [handwritten]; 2 specimens MNHN: N. Guinea Ighibi¬
rei Loria VI.VII.90 [printed, black border] / type [hand¬
written].
Measurements, lectotype $: Total body length
3.15 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.15 mm. Head 0.66 mm long,
across the eyes 0.65 mm broad, pronotum 0.59
mm long, maximum width 0.52 mm, elytra 1.90
mm long, 1.15 mm broad.
Description: Forebody and scutellum red, elytra
black-brown with preapical area indistinctly paler.
Antennae pale on base, darkened atantennomeres
4-11. Palpi and legs orange. Underside brown, pro¬
thorax red. Head densely punctured dorsally, with
large prominent eyes. Tempora distinctly shorter
than the length of an eye, temporal angles round¬
ed. Head base very broadly rounded, subtruncate.
Punctures large and flat, sparse. Intervening spac¬
es larger than these punctures, but finely microstri-
ate and covered by very dense minute punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, fine, long and dense. Anten¬
nae slender, reaching slightly over the elytral hu¬
meri in the female. Second antennomere in female
slightly shorter than the next one. Antennomeres
3-9 elongate and slender. Penultimate antenno¬
mere slightly shortened and indistinctly thickened
distally. Terminal antennomere asymmetric, elon¬
gate, conical, pointed, 1/4 longer than the penulti¬
mate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat
axeform. Pronotum densely punctured dorsally
except for smooth antero-lateral margins, rounded
anteriorly, significantly narrower than the head.
Strongly narrowed postmedium laterally toward
narrow base. Punctures of two sizes: basic punc¬
tures very small, dense on the basal half of the disc
but much sparser on the anterior half and on the
sides. Intervening spaces smaller than these punc¬
tures. Larger punctures are much sparser, their in¬
tervening spaces are between as large to two times
larger than the punctures. Pubescence yellowish,
fine, long and dense, With separate long erect se¬
tae on the sides and the disc. Scutellum triangu¬
lar, pointed apically. Elytra elongate and smooth.
Punctures large and dense in the basal half, getting
smaller but not much sparser in the apical third.
Intervening spaces irregular in size, mostly smaller,
rarely as large as the punctures. Pubescence yel¬
lowish, long and dense, appressed. Undersetae
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae broad,
developed from apices toward the basal third of the
elytra. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long and
slender. Morphological tergite VII in female broadly
rounded on apical margin. Morphological sternite
VII in female short and broad, broadly rounded on
apical margin.
Sexual dimorphism: The male was not available
for this study.
Distribution: This species is only known by the
type series collected at Ighibieri (= Igibira) village in
Western Province, Papua New Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) macrops sp. nov. (Fig. 76, map 3,
plate 52 figs 3-4)
Holotype S NME: INDONESIA, Irian Jaya Nabire distr.,
150 m NN Cemara River VIII. 1998, leg. M.Balke [print¬
ed].
Paratypes 2$ MHUB: IR 21 - W.New Guinea, track
Nabire-llaga KM 65, Kali Utowa, 250M, 18.-19.vii.1991
Balke & Hendrich leg. [printed] / Sapintus [printed] ru-
gosicollis Pic [handwritten] det. G. Uhmann 19 [printed]
92 [handwritten].
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Greek ‘mac¬
ro’ [large] + ‘ops’ [eye], because of the very large
eyes of this species.
Measurements, holotype (?: Total body length
2.67 mm, maximum combined width across post¬
medium of elytra 0.85 mm. Head 0.57 mm long,
across the eyes 0.52 mm broad, pronotum 0.50
mm long, maximum width 0.47 mm, elytra 1.60
mm long, 0.85 mm broad. Measurements, $: Total
body length 2.55 mm, maximum combined width
across apical third of elytra 0.81 mm. Head 0.55
mm long, across the eyes 0.54 mm broad, prono¬
tum 0.45 mm long, maximum width 0.41 mm, ely¬
tra 1.50 mm long, 0.81 mm broad.
Description: Forebody reddish-orange, elytra
black. Antennae brown with basal antennomere
red-to-orange and antennomeres 2-3 slightly paler
than items 4-11. Palpi and legs orange (meso- and
metafemora brown in the holotype), terminal max¬
illary palpomere darkened. Pro- and mesothorax
reddish brown. All coxae and trochanters reddish
brown, abdomen brown to black-brown. Head
opaque dorsally, with very large and strongly promi¬
nent eyes covering almost the whole sides of the
head. Tempora very short, temporal angles round¬
ed. Head base truncate or subtruncate (very broad¬
ly rounded). Punctures very dense but fine and flat,
intervening spaces smaller than punctures on the
frons. Pubescence yellowish, fine, long and dense.
Antennae slender, in both sexes reaching slightly
over the elytral humeri. Second antennomere in
294
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
76
Figure 76. Sapintus macrops sp. nov., holotype S - Ter-
gite VII.
male 1/4 shorter than the next one. Antennomeres
3-7 elongate and slender, 7th antennomere thick¬
ened distally. Antennomeres 8-10 in male stouter,
distinctly thickened distally. Terminal antennomere
asymmetric, blunt, conical, 1/4 longer than the
penultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere
somewhat axeform. Pronotum opaque dorsally,
densely minutely punctured, rounded anteriorly,
narrower than head. Narrowed postmedium later¬
ally toward base, intervening spaces much smaller
than the punctures on the disc and in the pre-basal
area. Antero-lateral angles less densely punctured,
but also opaque. Pubescence yellowish, fine, long
and dense, appressed, with separate long erect
setae on the sides and the disc. Scutellum trian¬
gular, pointed apically. Elytra elongate, densely,
coarsely punctured, opaque or slightly shiny dorsal¬
ly. Punctures large and dense, almost not getting
smaller toward apices. Intervening spaces smaller
than punctures. Pubescence yellowish, long and
dense, appressed. Undersetae directed obliquely
laterally. Sutural striae broad, developed from api¬
ces toward the basal third of the elytra. Hind wings
fully developed. Legs long and slender. Male basal
tarsomere of the metathoracic legs as long as the
combined length of the remaining metathoracic
tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII in male trap¬
ezoid, rounded on apical margin (Fig. 76). Morpho¬
logical sternite VII in male short and broad, very
broadly rounded on apical margin. Tegmen of ae-
deagus tapered apically. Morphological tergite VII
in female broadly rounded on apical margin. Mor¬
phological sternite VII in female broad, very broadly
rounded on apical margin.
Sexual dimorphism: Almost not indicated. An¬
tennomeres 9-10 are comparatively broader in the
male than in the female. The eyes are comparative¬
ly larger in the male.
Ecology & biology: Collected in primary lowland
rainforest at an altitude of 250 m.
Differential diagnosis: This species morpho¬
logically resembles S. rugosicollis (Pic, 1900) (Pap¬
ua New Guinea: Trans-Fly lowlands) [I was unable to
study the male genital organs of this species]. The
eyes are smaller in S. rugosicollis, the tempora are
about 1/3 shorter than the eye length. The pubes¬
cence on the head and pronotum is less dense and
shorter, partly scale-like (especially near the base
of the pronotum) in S. rugosicollis. The pronotum is
coarsely punctured compared to the head in S. ru¬
gosicollis (about the same denseness and coarse¬
ness as in the S. macrops), with partly rugulose in¬
tervening spaces on the pronotum (not rugulose in
S. macrops ).
Distribution: The species is known from the sur¬
rounding regions of Nabire, in the northern Bird’s
Neck isthmus of New Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) madangensis Uhmann, 1995
(Figs 77-80, map 3, plate 52 figs 5-6)
Holotype $ NMNZ: GOGOL RIVER MADANG North East
New Guinea R.W.HORNABROOK [printed] Sept 1969
[handwritten] / Sapintus madangensis sp. n. det. G. Uh¬
mann 1995 [printed] / HOLOTYPE [printed, label red] /
Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tonga rewa, PO Box
467, Wellington, N.Z. [printed].
Measurements, holotype (?: Total body length
3.09 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.88 mm. Head 0.69 mm long,
across the eyes 0.61 mm broad, pronotum 0.60
mm long, maximum width 0.61 mm, elytra 1.80
mm long, 0.88 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum dark red to red-brown, ely¬
tra with irregular pale yellow markings consisting
of a broad postbasal transverse band, prolongated
along the suture to the scutellum and toward the
middle, where it meets with a median transverse
oval spot enclosed laterally and posteriorly by a
dark red pattern; in the apical third with another
broad transverse band, very narrowly interrupted
on the suture. Antennae, palpi and legs yellow, the
latest with slightly darker femora. Underside uni¬
formly pale orange. Head smooth dorsally, in part
densely punctured, with large prominent eyes. Tem¬
pora broadly rounded, together with a head base
which is indistinctly angulate medially. Punctures
large and coarse on the frons and the near eyes,
the intervening spaces much smaller than these
punctures. Head dorsum posterior to eyes and on
vertex extremely finely and sparsely punctured. Pu¬
bescence yellowish, fine, long and dense. Antennae
slender, reaching slightly over the elytral humeri in
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
the male. Second antennomere in male not or in¬
distinctly shorter than the next one. Antennomeres
3-6 elongate and slender, 7-8 thickened distally,
8-9 shortened. Terminal antennomere asymmetric,
elongate, conical, pointed, 1/4 longer than the pen¬
ultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere some¬
what axeform. Pro not urn very densely punctured
on the disc except for smooth antero-lateral angles,
rounded anteriorly, about of the same width as the
head. Strongly narrowed postmedium laterally to¬
ward narrow base. Punctures very dense and coarse
on the disc, with intervening spaces irregular and
much smaller than punctures. Antero-lateral mar¬
gins finely and sparsely punctured, smooth. Pubes¬
cence yellowish, fine, long and dense, appressed,
with separate long erect setae on the sides and the
disc. Scutellum triangular, rounded apically. Elytra
elongate and smooth. Punctures large and coarse
but sparse. Intervening spaces irregular in size,
ranging from as large to twice as large as the punc¬
tures. Pubescence yellowish, long and quite sparse,
suberect. Undersetae directed obliquely laterally.
Sutural striae complete and broad. Hind wings fully
developed. Legs long and slender. Male pro- and
metatibiae slightly thickened medially. Male basal
tarsomere of the metathoracic legs longer than the
combined length of the remaining metathoracic tar-
someres. Morphological tergite VII in male broadly
rounded on apical margin. Morphological sternite
VII in male excavated on apical margin (Fig. 77). Ae-
deagus with tegmen tripartite apically (Figs 79-80).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: This species is only known by the
holotype collected near Madang in Papua New
Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) malayensis (Pic, 1895) (Figs 81-
85, map 5, plate 53 figs 1-2)
Holotype $ MNHN: o [small circular blue label without
text] / type [handwritten] / TYPE [printed, label red] /
77
78
80
Figures 77-80. Sapintus madangensis Uhmann,
1995, holotype <$. 77 - Sternite VII; 78 - Spiculum
gastrale; 79 - Aedeagus; 80 - Tegmen of aedea-
gus.
296
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
malayensis Pic [handwritten] / pres bizonellus ... [hand¬
written, partly unreadable].
Additional material: 1$ MHUB: Sumbawa Besar
24.4.-2.5.27 B.Rensch S.G. / Anthicus malayensis Pic
det. Dr. R. F. Heberdey; 1$ BMNH: Under bark of fall¬
en tree / SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr. Morowali, Ranu River
Area. 27.i.-20.iv.l980 / M.J.D.Brendell B.M. 1980-280;
±S BMNH: At light / SULAWESI TENGAH: Nr. Kolono-
dale, Gililana village 1°55’S-121°22’E. 7-8.ii.1980 /
M.J.D.Brendell B.M.1980-280.
This redescription is based on a female specimen
from Sumbawa Besar and a male specimen from
Kolonodale surroundings, Central Sulawesi.
Measurements, S- Total body length 2.66 mm,
maximum combined width postmedium of elytra
0.78 mm. Head 0.51 mm long, across the eyes
0.57 mm broad, pronotum 0.52 mm long, maxi¬
mum width 0.45 mm, elytra 1.63 mm long, 0.78
mm broad. Measurements, $: Total body length
3.07 mm, maximum combined width postmedium
of elytra 0.97 mm. Head 0.67 mm long, across the
eyes 0.65 mm broad, pronotum 0.60 mm long,
maximum width 0.55 mm, elytra 1.80 mm long,
0.97 mm broad.
Description: Head and elytra pale orange, pro¬
notum dark orange. Elytra pale with black humeri,
broad median black transverse band interrupted on
the suture and the brown apices (dark colouration
prolonged antero-medially along the suture). Anten¬
nae, palpi and legs yellow. Underside uniformly or¬
ange or dark orange. Head smooth dorsally, with
large prominent eyes. Tempora about 1/3 shorter
than the eye length, with rounded temporal angles.
Base truncate to subtruncate. Punctures large and
dense on the frons and near the eyes, intervening
spaces mostly much smaller than these punctures.
Head dorsum posterior to eyes and on vertex more
81
Figures 81-85. Sapintus malayensis (Pic, 1895), S
85 from Ranu River area, Central Sulawesi. 81 - Ter-
gite VII; 82 - Sternite VII; 83 - Spiculum gastrale;
84 - Aedeagus; 85 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
297
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
sparsely punctured. Pubescence yellowish, fine,
long and dense. Antennae slender, in male reach¬
ing the postbasal transverse impression area, in
the female reaching slightly over the elytral humeri.
Second antennomere in the male 1/3 shorter than
the next one, in the female 1/4 shorter than the
next one. Antennomeres 3-8 elongate and slen¬
der, 9-10 somewhat thickened. Terminal antenno¬
mere in both sexes elongate, conical, pointed, 1/3
to 1/4 longer than the penultimate one. Terminal
maxillary palpomere cultriform. Pronotum very
densely and coarsely punctured, rounded anteri¬
orly, narrower than the head. Strongly constricted
postmedium laterally toward base. Punctures very
dense and coarse on disc, with intervening spaces
irregular and much smaller than punctures. Pubes¬
cence yellowish, fine, long and dense, appressed,
with separate very long erect setae on the sides
and the disc. Scutellum truncate apically. Elytra
elongate and weakly smooth. Punctures large and
coarse in basal half, intervening spaces irregular in
size, ranging from smaller than to as large as punc¬
tures. In the apical half the punctures get smaller
and more flat, but not much sparser. Pubescence
yellowish, long and quite sparse, suberect. Under-
setae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae
complete and broad. Hind wings fully developed.
Legs long and slender. The male basal tarsomere
of the metathoracic legs is as long as or slightly
longer than the combined length of the remaining
metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII
in male truncate or very feebly excavated on api¬
cal margin (Fig. 81). Morphological sternite VII in
male short and broad, broadly rounded on apical
margin (Fig. 82). Aedeagus with narrow, prolongate
but rounded apex (Figs 84-85). Morphological ter¬
gite VII in female broadly rounded on apical margin.
The morphological sternite VII in the female was not
studied.
Sexual dimorphism: Almost not indicated. Male
body more slender than the female. Antennae lon¬
ger on the male than on the female.
Variability: The forebody of the holotype is uni¬
formly dark red. A dark median transverse band is
not interrupted on the suture in the holotype. Spec¬
imens from Central Sulawesi are generally more
coarsely punctate on the head.
Ecology & biology: Gornitz (1937), Hemp (1994)
and Hemp & Dettner (2001) listed this species
among canthariphilous Anthicidae. As was already
mentioned above, identifications made by earlier
authors, for example, those by R.F. Heberdey (men¬
tioned Gornitz 1937), were often not based on stud¬
ies of type specimens and/or their genital organs.
Currently I am unable to comment on which species
of Anthicini have been attracted to cantha rid in near
Bangkok, Thailand and was consequently listed by
Gornitz (1937) as Anthicus malayensis. Therefore I
cannot currently approve or reject Sapintus malay¬
ensis as belonging to canthariphilous insects.
Distribution: This species originates from Sum-
bawa and Central Sulawesi (Wallacea), and is also
mentioned as being from Peninsular Malaysia (Uh-
mann 1995b; 2000), Southern Vietnam and Java
(Telnov 2001a). Records from Vietnam and Java
are based on misidentified specimens and are to
be ignored (but occurrence of this species in Java is
considered possible). No specimens from Peninsu¬
lar Malaysia were available for this study, but these
records are considered doubtful because most of
Uhmann’s identifications are not based on study
type material and male genital organs.
Sapintus (s. str.) malut sp. nov. (Figs 86-94, map 4,
plate 53 figs 3-4)
Holotype S NME: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku Utara
(North Moluccas), Halmahera, Halmahera tengah (Cen¬
tral), Weda Selatan dist., Loleo vill. S env., Tilope vill.
10 km SW, way to Oham (along Gunung Talaga mt.),
0° 13’ 15,10" N 127°53’28,25”E, 14.IX.2007, edge
of secondary lowland forest, beaten from freshly cut
branches, D. Telnov & K.Greke.
Paratypes 36 specimens. 1 DTC: same labels as in
holotype; 1 NME: IDO: N-Molukken Ternate, Laguna lake
45’44”N,127 0 21’6”E 29.1.2006 lake side leg. A.Weigel
KL; 3 NME, 1 DTC: INDONESIA N-Molukken Ternate Lagu¬
na lake, 0°45’44”N, 127°2r6"E 11.1.2006 leg. A.Skale
lake side (+ 29.1.2006); 4 NME, 1 DTC: IDO: N-Moluk-
ken Hiri Island, 3km N of Ternate 100-400m, 0°53’6”N,
127°20’E 22.1.2006 leg.A.Weigel plantage; 2/ NME,
2$ DTC: INDONESIA N-Molukken Hiri Island 3km N Ter¬
nate 100-400 m, 0°53’6”N, 127°20’E 22.1.2006 leg.
A.Skale; Indonesia Halmahera NW 21km N Jailolo, Goal
village, 100m, 1°14’H”N, 127°32’10”E 23.1.2006
leg. A. Skale plantage + riverside; 1 NME: IDO: Halma¬
hera NW 7km S Jailolo, 200m l°ri8"N, 127°31’39"E
27.1.2006 leg.A.Weigel; 1 NME: INDONESIA Halmahera S
2-3km N Dolik,Dolik river 0 ° 15’49”N [sic!], 127°42’40"E
18.1.2006 leg. A.Weigel plantage + UWS; 1 NME: IN¬
DONESIA S-Halmahera ca. 6km S Dolik, 18’29”N [sic!]
127°44’45”E 19.1.2006 leg. A. Weigel plantage; 2
NME, 1 DTC: INDONESIA N-Molukken Bacan, Labuha,
FluStal 3km S, 12.1.2006, leg. A.Skale plantage + UWS;
1 NME: INDONESIA N-Molukken N-Bacan, Gorogoro
23’27”N [sic!], 127°36’33”E 16.1.2006 leg.A.Weigel; 2
DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku Utara (North Moluccas),
Halmahera, Halmahera tengah (Central), Weda Selatan
dist., Loleo vill. SW env., Tilope vill. env., 0°13’58,16”N
298
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
127°54’27,18”E, 09.IX.2007, plantations, beaten,
leg. D. Telnov & K.Greke; 1 DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Ma¬
luku Utara (North Moluccas), Halmahera, Halmahera
tengah (Central), Weda Selatan dist., Loleo vill. SW
env., Tilope vill. env., 0°13’58,16"N 127°54’27,18”E,
09.IX.2007, plantations, beaten from freshly cut partly
dry branches, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke; 2 DTC: INDONE¬
SIA, prov. Maluku Utara (North Moluccas), Halmahera,
Halmahera tengah (Central), Weda Selatan dist., Loleo
vill. S env., Tilope vill. 10-15 km SW, between Gunung
Talaga mt. and Oham, 12.IX.2007, secondary lowland
forest, beaten from freshly cut branches, leg. D.Telnov &
K.Greke; 1 DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku Utara (North
Moluccas), Halmahera tengah (Central), Weda Selatan
dist., Loleo vill. SW env., Tilope vill. env., 0°13’58,16”N
127°54’27,18”E, 12.IX.2007, plantations, UV light, leg.
D.Telnov & K.Greke; 5 DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku
Utara (North Moluccas), Halmahera tengah (Central),
Weda Selatan dist., Loleo vill. SW env., Tilope vill. env.,
0° 13’58,16”N 127°54’27,18”E, 12.IX.2007 beaten
from dry leafs, roadside, between plantations, leg.
D.Telnov & K.Greke; 2 DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku
Utara (North Moluccas), Halmahera, Halmahera tengah
(Central), Weda Selatan dist., Loleo vill. S env., Tilope vill.
10-15 km SW, way from Gunung Talaga mt. to Oham,
14.IX.2007, primary lowland forest, beaten from branch¬
es, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke; 1 DTC: INDONESIA, prov.
Maluku Utara (North Moluccas), Halmahera, Halma¬
hera tengah (Central), Weda Selatan dist., Wairoro vill.
~10 km W, Gunung Benteng mt. ridge, 0°12’20,19”N
127°48’44,87”E, 150-450 m, 18-20.IX.2007, primary
rain forest, river valley, beaten, leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke;
1 DTC: INDONESIA, prov. Maluku Utara (North Moluc¬
cas), Halmahera, Halmahera tengah (Central), Weda
Selatan dist., Wairoro vill. ~10 km W, Gunung Benteng
mt. ridge, 0°12’20,19"N 127°48’44,87”E, 150-450 m,
19.IX.2007, primary rain forest, small clearing, beaten,
leg. D.Telnov & K.Greke.
Derivatio nominis: Named after its area of ori¬
gin, North Moluccas or Maluku Utara in Bahasa In¬
donesia.
Measurements, holotype (?: Total body length
2.75 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.90 mm. Head 0.60 mm long,
across the eyes 0.51 mm broad, pronotum 0.55
mm long, maximum width 0.43 mm, elytra 1.60 mm
long, 0.90 mm broad. Measurements, paratype 5
from Central Halmahera, Tilope surroundings: Total
body length 3.17 mm, maximum combined width
across the middle of elytra 0.85 mm. Head 0.72
mm long, across the eyes 0.60 mm broad, prono¬
tum 0.60 mm long, maximum width 0.51 mm, ely¬
tra 1.90 mm long, 0.85 mm broad.
Description: Forebody black (reddish-black in
some paratypic specimens), head somewhat pal¬
er at base, mouth parts orange. Elytra black with
pale markings, consisting of orange postbasal and
preapical transverse bands. The anterior band is
complete or narrowly interrupted on the suture,
bearing or not bearing the lateral margins of the
elytra; in most specimens the anterior pale colou¬
ration is prolongated along the suture and bearing
the base of the elytra. The posterior band is broadly
interrupted along the suture, not bearing the lat¬
eral margin of the elytra. Basal antennomeres 2-4
orange, remaining antennomeres darkened. Legs
black to brown, tibiae and tarsi somewhat paler.
Underside brown to black-brown, trochanters and
coxae paler coloured in some paratypic specimens.
Head opaque, with mid-sized and prominent eyes.
Tempora broadly rounded together with base. Punc¬
tures flat, large, very dense and coarse, intervening
spaces microreticulate, smaller than the punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, fine and long, dense. Anten¬
nae slender, in both sexes reaching the postbasal
transverse impression of the elytra. Second anten-
nomere in male 1/4 shorter than the next one.
Antennomeres 3-7 elongate and slender. Antenno¬
meres 8-10 slightly shortened, of them 9-10 thick¬
ened distally. Terminal antennomere asymmetric,
conical, pointed, 1/4 longer than the penultimate
one. Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat axe-
form. Pronotum opaque dorsally, broadly round¬
ed anteriorly, significantly narrower than the head,
strongly constricted postmedium laterally toward
narrow base. Very densely and coarsely punctured
on the disc, intervening spaces much smaller than
the punctures. Antero-lateral angles also opaque
but less coarsely punctured. Pubescence yellowish,
fine, long and dense, appressed, with several long
erect tactile setae on the sides and on the disc.
Scutellum narrowly triangular, pointed apically.
Elytra elongate and slightly widened across the
middle, smooth dorsally. Humeri rounded. Postbas¬
al transverse impression feeble. Punctures large,
getting much more flat in the apical third. Interven¬
ing spaces ranging from as large to twice as large
as the punctures. Pubescence yellowish, long and
dense, suberect, with numerous very long erect
to suberect tactile setae present on the disc. Un-
dersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae
broad, completely developed. Hind wings fully de¬
veloped. Legs long and slender. Both male and fe¬
male metatibiae slightly thickened, but stronger in
the female than in the male. Male basal tarsomere
of the metathoracic legs as long as the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Male basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs dis¬
tinctly thickened. Morphological tergite VII in male
trapezoid, truncate on apical margin (Fig. 86). Mor¬
phological sternite VII in male very short, broadly
rounded on apical margin (Fig. 87). Male aedeagus
with pointed tegmen (Figs 89-91). Morphological
tergite VII in female narrowly rounded and densely
setose on the apical margin (Fig. 92). Morphologi¬
cal sternite VII in female broadly rounded on apical
margin (Fig. 93).
Figures 86-94. Sapintus malut sp. nov. 86-91: S paratypes from Tilope surroundings, Central Halmahera, North Mo¬
luccas. 86 - Tergite VII; 87 - Sternite VII; 88 - Spiculum gastrale; 89 - Aedeagus; 90 & 91 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
92-94: $ paratypefrom Tilope surroundings, Central Halmahera, North Moluccas. 92 - Tergite VII; 93 - Sternite VII;
94 - Spiculum gastrale.
300
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Sexual dimorphism: Metatibiae more strongly
thickened in the female than in the male.
Variability: The size and shape of the pale elytral
markings vary. Specimens vary in body length from
2.50 to 3.17 mm.
Ecology & biology: Specimens were collected
during the hot and sunny daytime in both primary
and strongly disturbed lowland rainforest, and also
in gardens or small plantations. Specimens were
beaten from dry or partly dry leaves of fresh or dry
thin branches. One paratypic specimen was also at¬
tracted to UV light.
Differential diagnosis: Very close to S. ce/er/pes
sp. nov. (described above; Bird’s Neck isthmus of
New Guinea and Salawati Island of the Raja Am-
pat Islands), S. geminus sp. nov. (described above;
Papua New Guinea: Madang Province), S. horvathi
(Pic, 1902) (New Guinea & Central Moluccas), and
S. sexualis sp. nov. (described below; Raja Am pat
Islands). The tegmen of the aedeagus is narrowly
pointed in new species and not spatulate like in S.
geminus, or broadly and shortly pointed like in S.
horvathi. The male morphological tergite VII is trun¬
cate apically (excavated in S. sexualis). The male
morphological sternite VII is broadly rounded api¬
cally (feebly excavated in S. sexualis). The tegmen
of the aedeagus is not pubescent preapically in S.
malut sp. nov. (covered with a long pubescence in
S. celeripes).
Distribution: This species is known from North¬
ern Moluccas and hitherto registered from the is¬
lands of Halmahera, Ternate, Hiri and Bacan.
Remarks: An incorrect longitude is indicated on
the original labels of some specimens from Bacan
Island and the southern peninsula of Halmahera.
N [North] is to be replaced with S [South], because
the site is located in the Southern Hemisphere.
Sapintus (s. str.) monstrosiantennatus sp. nov.
(Figs 95-98, map 5, plate 53 figs 5-6)
Holotype $ NME: 2c 030505 F [printed] ANTH 3 [hand¬
written] / Indonesia \ C.Sulawesi Kab. Dongala, Toro
1°30’S, 120°02’E alt. 750-1000 m fogging, leg. M.Bos
[printed] / cacao plantation, planted Fabac shade, off T.
cacao (sample code and date) F [printed] 03. V. [hand¬
written] 200[printed] 5[handwritten].
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘mon¬
strum’ [monster, miracle] + ‘antenna’ [antenna],
because of the strongly modified male antennae.
Measurements, holotype $\ Total body length
2.27 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.90 mm. Head 0.49 mm long,
across the eyes 0.50 mm broad, pronotum 0.45
mm long, maximum width 0.41 mm, elytra 1.33
mm long, 0.90 mm broad.
Description: Head dark orange-brown, pronotum
and elytra orange, the latest with narrowly black
shoulders, a narrow and irregular black transverse
midband and a broad brown preapical transverse
band; both median and preapical bands not bearing
the lateral margin of the elytra. Antennae, palpi and
legs yellow. Underside in part orange, in part yellow¬
ish-brown. Head smooth and shiny dorsally, with
large prominent eyes. Tempora almost straight, 1/3
shorter than the eye length, rounded on temporal
angles. Base truncate. Punctures on the frons very
large and dense, intervening spaces smaller than
the punctures. The vertex is much more sparsely
punctured. Pubescence yellowish, fine, long and
sparse. Antennae heavy, reaching the elytral hu¬
meri in the male. Second antennomere in the male
as long as the next one. Antennomeres 4-6 in male
strongly shortened, 6th antennomere slightly trans¬
verse. Antennomeres 7-10 strongly enlarged and
thickened, with 7th antennomere the longest and
10th the shortest among the four. Terminal anten¬
nomere asymmetric, blunt, conical, more than two
times longer than the penultimate one. Terminal
maxillary palpomere somewhat axeform. Prono¬
tum trapezoid, dorsally smooth, broadly rounded
anteriorly, significantly narrower than the head.
Slightly narrowed postmedium laterally toward
base. Punctures very large, dense and coarse,
intervening spaces much smaller than the punc¬
tures. Pubescence yellowish, very long but quite
sparse, appressed, with a few long erect setae on
the sides and the disc. Scutellum broadly rounded
apically. Elytra elongate, ovoid, smooth and shiny
dorsally. Punctures very large, dense and coarse
in the basal half, intervening spaces smaller than
the punctures. In the apical third punctures get
less coarse but not sparser. Pubescence yellowish,
very long and dense, suberect. Undersetae sparse,
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae narrow,
developed in apical third only. Hind wings fully de¬
veloped. Legs long and slender. Male protarsi very
slightly thickened. Male mesotarsi as long as me-
sotibiae. Male basal tarsomere of the metathoracic
legs as long as the combined length of the remain¬
ing metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite
VII in male short, truncate and finely densely setose
on apical margin (Fig. 95). Morphological sternite
VII in male short, very broadly rounded on apical
margin (Fig. 96). Aedeagus of male almost paral¬
lel, tegmen slightly widened apically and with short
thin and pointed apex (Figs 97-98).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Ecology & biology: Collected on a plantation by
fogging a cocoa tree ( Theobroma cacao ) at the el¬
evation between 750-1000 m.
Differential diagnosis: Due to modifications
of the male antennae, the general appearance
looks very similar to S. insignatipennis (Pic, 1943)
(South India), S. plectilis (Pic, 1910) (Southern and
95
Figures 95-98. Sapintus moristrosiantennatus sp. nov.,
holotype <$. 95 - Tergite VII; 96 - Sternite VII; 97 - Ae-
deagus; 98 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
302
Eastern China, India (except the West), Indonesia
(Sulawesi), Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam) and S. pol¬
locki Uhmann, 1999 (Australia: Queensland). None
of the three mentioned species have dark elytral
markings like new species have. The tegmen of
the aedeagus in S. pollocki is spatulate preapically
and with a long thin apex; the tempora are some¬
what longer and more rounded, the head base
less strongly truncate. In S. pollocki the head base
is more rounded, the sides of the pronotum stron¬
ger converging posteriad, the elytral punctures are
comparatively less coarse. In S. insignatipennis the
head is much finely and sparsely punctate, the pen¬
ultimate antennomere very long and not shortened.
Distribution: This species is known from Central
Sulawesi.
Sapintus (s. str.) oceanicus (LaFerte-Senectere,
1849a) (Figs 99-107, plate 54 figs 2-6)
= Anthicus oceanicus LaFerte-Senectere,
1849b [duplicative description]
= Anthicus oceanicus var. Frangoisi Pic, 1902
[consider new synonymy above]
= Anthicus oceanicus var. guamensis Blair,
1942
Type material: Not studied for nominate form.
Syntype S Anthicus oceanicus var. guamensis BMNH:
Type [printed, label circular, border red] / R.L.Usinger
Collector [printed] / Yona, Guam [printed] 5-12-36
[handwritten] / ex pigeon pea [handwritten] / Pres.by
Imp.lnst.Ent. B.M.1940- [printed] 52 [handwritten] /
Anthicus oceanicus Laf. v. guamensis Blr. [handwritten]
det.K.G. Blair, [printed] Type [handwritten].
Additional material: 18 specimens [15 BMNFI,
3 DTC]: FIJI IS. Taveuni. Waiyevo. [printed] 5.VI.24. At
light. 1498-24. [handwritten] Dr.H.S. Evans, [printed] /
Pres.by Imp.lnst.Ent. B.M.1932- [printed] 412. [hand¬
written] / A. oceanicus var. Francoisi Pic [handwritten]
Dr. R. F. Heberdey [printed]; New Hebrides: Malekula,
Ounua, Feb. 1929. Miss L.E.Cheesman. B.M. 1929-280.;
1 specimen BMNH: New Hebrides: Malekula, Ounua.
Mar.&Apl.l929. Miss L.E.Cheesman. B.M. 1929-343.;
4 specimens BMNH: New Hebrides: Malekula, Ounua,
iv. v.1929. Miss L.E.Cheesman. B.M. 1929-371.; 3 speci¬
mens BMNH: New Hebrides: Malekula. Malua Bay.
v. 1929. Miss L.E.Cheesman. B.M. 1929-410. / 605;
1 specimen BMNH: New Hebrides: Malekula. Malua
Bay. vi.1929. Miss L.E.Cheesman. B.M. 1929-410.; 1
specimen BMNH: New Hebrides: Santo, viii.1929. Miss
L.E.Cheesman. B.M. 1929-343.; 1 specimen BMNH:
New Hebrides: Banks Is. Vanua Lava, xi.1929. Miss
L.E.Cheesman. B.M. 1930-8.; 4 specimens BMNH:
New Hebrides: Malekula. v.1930. Miss L.E.Cheesman.
B.M. 1930-393.; 2 specimens BMNH: ONTONG JAVA:
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Leuantua. 29.ix.1953. J.D. Bradley / RENNELL I. Expe¬
dition. B.M. 1954-222.; 1 specimen BMNH: SOLOMON
IS. Isabel 2/8. 1962 P. Greenslade 2413. / SOLOMON
IS: Pres. P.J.M. Greenslade. B.M. 1966-477.; 2 speci¬
mens ZMUC: Cook Is., Aitutaki, 11.1977, N.L.H.Krauss
leg.; 4 specimens [2 ZMUC, 2 DTC]: Cook Is., Aitutaki,
XII. 1977, N.L.H.Krauss leg.; 1 specimen NME: W-PAPUA
Raja Ampat Prov. Salawati Isl. or., Kalobo 01°03’15”S,
131°04’32”E 24. -28.1. 2004 leg. A.Skale.
This redescription is based on a male specimen
from Malekula Island, Vanuatu.
Measurements, S from Vanuatu: Total body
length 3.12 mm, maximum combined width post¬
medium of elytra 0.86 mm. Head 0.62 mm long,
across the eyes 0.60 mm broad, pronotum 0.60
mm long, maximum width 0.50 mm, elytra 1.90
mm long, 0.86 mm broad. Measurements, Total
body length 3.35 mm, maximum combined width
across the middle of elytra 1.10 mm. Head 0.65
mm long, across the eyes 0.65 mm broad, prono¬
tum 0.65 mm long, maximum width 0.57 mm, ely¬
tra 2.05 mm long, 1.10 mm broad.
Description: Forebody black, reddish brown or or¬
ange, head sometimes darker than the pronotum.
Elytra black to brown with orange or yellow mark¬
ings, consisting of a broad postbasal transverse
band not or narrowly interrupted on the suture and
a broad, somewhat slightly oblique or oval spot in
the apical third of each elytron. Antennae and palpi
brown, orange or yellow. Legs pale with a dark fem¬
ora. Underside uniformly brown, yellow or orange,
abdominal ventrites somewhat darker. Head very
densely punctured, with large prominent eyes. Tem-
pora short, with rounded temporal angles. Head
base truncate. Punctures small and very dense,
intervening spaces much smaller than punctures.
Pubescence whitish, fine, sparse. Antennae long
and slender, reaching over the elytral humeri in
the male. Second antennomere 1/3 shorter than
the next one. Antennomeres 3-8 elongate, slightly
thickened distally. Antennomeres 9-10 stronger,
thickened distally. Terminal antennomere slightly
asymmetric, elongate, conical, blunt, indistinctly
longer than the penultimate one. Terminal maxil¬
lary palpomere broad, somewhat axeform. Pro¬
notum very densely punctured dorsally, flattened,
broadly rounded anteriorly, narrower than the head.
Narrowed postmedium laterally toward base. Punc¬
tures very dense but flat, intervening spaces much
smaller than punctures. Pubescence whitish, fine,
sparse and appressed, with several long erect tac¬
tile setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutellum
truncate a pica I ly. Elytra elongate, smooth dorsally.
Punctures large, coarse and dense, getting smaller
but not much sparser in the apical third. Intervening
spaces irregular but all smaller than the punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, fine, long and dense, suber¬
ect. Undersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural
striae visible from apices toward basal third. Hind
wings fully developed. Legs long and slender. Male
basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs slightly
longer than the combined length of the remaining
metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII
in the male broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig.
99) . Morphological sternite VII in the male short
and broad, broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig.
100) . Aedeagus pointed, laterally with sparse and
very short setae (Figs 102-103). Morphological ter¬
gite VII (Fig. 104) - as well as sternite VII - broadly
rounded on the apical margin in the female (Figs
105-106).
Sexual dimorphism: Almost not indicated. Fe¬
males have a slightly more slender profemora than
males.
Variability: This species varies in main body co¬
louration from orange to black, and the pale mark¬
ings of the elytra vary from reddish to yellow. The
pale markings of the elytra vary in size; they can
also be more or less isolated (interrupted) on the
suture. The specimens also significantly vary in
body length from 2.50 mm to 3.65 mm (partly from
Werner, 1965). The intervening spaces on the head
vary strongly in size. In some specimens these are
visible and smooth intervening spaces, in other
specimens intervening spaces are rugulose and
much smaller than the punctures.
Distribution: This species is widely distributed
in the Pacific and on some Indian Islands, hitherto
recorded as surely known from the Marquesas Is¬
lands, Caroline Islands, Cook Islands, Fiji, French
Polynesia, Gilbert Islands, Guam Island, Leuan¬
tua Atoll (Ontong Java plateau, N of the Solomon
Islands), Mariana Islands, Marshall Islands, New
Caledonia, Ocean Islands, Palau, Society Islands,
Vanuatu, Northern and Eastern Australia, Comoros
Islands, India, Indonesia (Borneo, Krakatau, Men-
tawai, Raja Ampat), Japan (Ryukyu Islands), Kenya
(coastal areas), Madagascar, Mascarene Islands
(both Mauritius & La Reunion), Sri Lanka, Sey¬
chelles, Solomon Islands, Somalia (coastal areas),
South African Republic (coastal areas), Tanzania
(coastal areas), Thailand, Vietnam.
Remarks: Werner (1965: 261) points to the in¬
tervening spaces on the head being smooth and
shiny, as large as the punctures. In fact, in many
specimens (like Vanuatu’s specimen, redescribed
above, of Fiji specimens from BMNH) the head and
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
pronotal disc punctures are extremely dense, not Sapintus (s. str.) papuus (Pic, 1900) (Figs 108-111,
leaving any visible intervening spaces. map 3, plate 55 figs 1-3)
Lectotype $ MSNG [herewith designated]: N. Guinea
Dilo Loria VI.VII.90 [printed, black border] / Typus [print¬
ed, text red, red border] / papuus Pic [printed, black bor-
Figures 99-107. Sapintus oceanicus (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849a). 99-103: S from Vanuatu. 99 - Tergite VII; 100 -
Sternite VII; 101 - Spiculum gastrale; 102 - Aedeagus; 103 - Tegmen of aedeagus. 104-107: specimens. 104
- Tergite VII (Vanuatu); 105 & 106 - Sternite VII (Vanuatu & Santa Isabel Island, Solomon Islands); 107 - Spiculum
gastrale (Vanuatu).
304
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
der] / Anthicus papuus Pic typus ! [handwritten] / Mus.
Civ. Genova [printed].
Paralectotypes 25 specimens [herewith designated]:
20 specimens MSNG: same label as in the lectotype; 1
specimen MNHN: N. Guinea Dilo Loria VI.VII.90 [printed,
black border] / type [handwritten] / TYPE [printed, label
red] / A. papuus Pic [handwritten]; 1 specimen MNHN:
N. Guinea Dilo Loria VI.VII.90 [printed, black border]
/ type [handwritten] / A. papuus Pic [handwritten]; 3
specimens MNHN: N. Guinea Dilo Loria VI.VII.90 [printed,
black border] / type [handwritten].
Measurements, paralectotype S'- Total body
length 3.13 mm, maximum combined width across
the middle of elytra 0.95 mm. Head 0.68 mm long,
across the eyes 0.66 mm broad, pronotum 0.60
mm long, maximum width 0.58 mm, elytra 1.80
mm long, 0.95 mm broad. Measurements, lec¬
totype $: Total body length 3.11 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle of elytra 1.02
mm. Head 0.61 mm long, across the eyes 0.69 mm
broad, pronotum 0.61 mm long, maximum width
O. 56 mm, elytra 1.89 mm long, 1.02 mm broad.
Description: Head black to brown. Prothorax
reddish-brown to brown. Elytra brown, with reddish-
brown markings in the form of very broad postbasal
and preapical transverse spots, both very narrowly
interrupted on the suture and not bearing lateral
margins. Antennae reddish-brown to brown, two
basal antennomeres paler. Maxillary palpi yellow¬
ish-brown. Legs brown or yellow with darkened
tibiae. Underside uniformly brown to black-brown.
Head very densely punctured dorsally, with mid¬
sized prominent eyes. Tempora about half the size
of the length of an eye, with rounded temporal an¬
gles and a very broadly rounded base. Punctures
small, very dense and flat. Intervening spaces mi-
crostriate and smaller than punctures. Pubescence
greyish, fine and dense. Antennae short, reaching
the elytra I humeri in the male. Second antenno-
mere short, half shorter than the next one in the
male. Antennomeres 7-10 thickened distally. Termi¬
nal antennomere slightly asymmetric, bluntly coni¬
cal, indistinctly longer than the penultimate one.
Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat axeform.
Pronotum very densely punctured dorsally, round¬
ed anteriorly, significantly narrower than the head,
narrowed postmedium laterally toward base. Punc¬
tures large and dense, intervening spaces mostly
smaller than the punctures. Pubescence greyish,
fine, long and dense, appressed and covering the
sculpture of the disc, with separate long erect se¬
tae on the sides and the disc. Scutellum broadly
rounded apically. Elytra elongate. Punctures large
in the basal half, the intervening spaces ranging
from smaller than to as large as the punctures. In
the apical half, punctures getting smaller and more
flat, intervening spaces here mostly larger than
punctures. Pubescence greyish, long and dense,
appressed. Undersetae directed obliquely laterally.
Sutural striae broad, developed from apices toward
middle. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long.
Male basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs
as long as the combined length of the remaining
metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII
in male long, rounded on apical margin (Fig. 108).
Morphological sternite VII in male with feeble me¬
dian excavation on apical margin (Fig. 109). Male
aedeagus with tegmen very narrow and strongly
prolongated apically (Figs. 110-111).
Sexual dimorphism: Not indicated.
Variability: This species varies in dorsal coloura¬
tion and in the shape of the pale markings of the
elytra, as described above.
Distribution: This species is known from the sur¬
rounding areas of Dilo village in Central Province,
Papua New Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) plectilis (Pic, 1910) (Figs 112-
118, plate 56 figs 7-8)
Type material: Not studied.
Additional material: 2 specimens 0UNH: Celeb Wal¬
lace / Coll (1830-73) W W Saunders Ex coll. H.E. Cox
id. 1916 Mrs. Cox / Hope Entomological Collection Ex.
Cabinet 6, drw 9.
This redescription is based on a male specimen
from Tiammu Shan, Zhejiang, Southern China.
Measurements, S'- Total body length 2.50 mm,
maximum combined width across the middle of ely¬
tra 1.00 mm. Head 0.55 mm long, across the eyes
0.53 mm broad, pronotum 0.50 mm long, maxi¬
mum width 0.45 mm, elytra 1.45 mm long, 1.00
mm broad. Measurements, $: Total body length
2.42 mm, maximum combined width postmedium
of elytra 0.90 mm. Head 0.57 mm long, across the
eyes 0.52 mm broad, pronotum 0.45 mm long,
maximum width 0.46 mm, elytra 1.40 mm long,
0.90 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum and venter uniformly yellow
or pale yellow-brown, the forebody often orange.
Antennae, palpi and legs paler. Elytra in some
specimens with an indistinct oval postmedian dark
spot on the suture. Head smooth and shiny dorsal¬
ly, with midsized prominent eyes. Tempora slightly
shorter than the eye length, with rounded temporal
angles. Base truncate to subtruncate. Punctures
large and dense, intervening spaces smaller than
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
punctures. Pubescence yellowish, fine and sparse.
Antennae heavy, in both sexes reaching the elytral
humeri. Second antennomere in both sexes as long
as the next one. Antennomeres 4-6 in male strongly
shortened, 6th antennomere transverse. Antenno-
Figures 108-111. Sapintus papuus (Pic, 1900), holotype
108 - Tergite VII; 109 - Stern ite VII; 110 - Aedeagus;
111 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
meres 7-10 strongly enlarged and thickened, with
7th antennomere the longest and 10th the short¬
est among the four. Penultimate antennomere in
male is short, transverse. Terminal antennomere
asymmetric, bluntly conical, twice longer than the
penultimate one. In the female, there are no modi¬
fied antennomeres. Terminal maxillary palpomere
somewhat axeform. Pro not urn dorsally smooth,
broadly rounded anteriorly, narrower than head.
Constricted postmedium laterally toward base.
Punctures dense and coarse, intervening spaces
much smaller than punctures. Pubescence yellow¬
ish, fine, long and sparse, appressed, with separate
long erect setae on the sides and the disc. Scutel-
lum broadly rounded apically. Elytra elongate
ovoid, smooth and shiny dorsally. Punctures large
and coarse in the basal half, intervening spaces
smaller than punctures. In the apical third, punc¬
tures getting finer but not sparser. Pubescence
yellowish, long and dense, suberect. Undersetae
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae broad,
developed in the apical third only. Hind wings fully
developed. Legs long and slender. Male meso-
tarsi as long as mesotibiae. Male basal tarsomere
of the metathoracic legs as long as the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in male excavated on api¬
cal margin (Fig. 112). Morphological sternite VII in
male short and broad, broadly rounded on apical
margin (Fig. 113). Aedeagus of male short, slightly
spatu late-like, widened in apical part, with thin pro¬
longate apex (Figs 115-116). Morphological tergite
VII in female large, narrowly rounded on apical mar¬
gin (Fig. 117). Morphological sternite VII in female
short and very broad, broadly rounded on apical
margin (Fig. 118).
Sexual dimorphism: Females with antenno¬
meres 7-9 not enlarged and 4-6 not unusually
small.
Variability: Some specimens have a weakly de¬
fined dark postmedian spot on the suture. Body
length varies from 2.20 to 2.80 mm.
Ecology & biology: Young (1984), Hemp (1994)
and Hemp & Dettner (2001) listed this species
among canthariphilous Anthicidae. This species is
easy recognizable among other Oriental Sapintus,
consequently it is highly possible that it was identi¬
fied correctly.
Distribution: This species is widely distributed on
the Asian mainland and hitherto recorded in South¬
ern and Eastern China, India, Taiwan, Thailand, and
Vietnam. Records from Sulawesi are the only from
the insular systems of SE Asia. It is not impossible
that historical specimens (OUNH) are mislabelled.
306
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Sapintus (s. str.) quadrinotatus (Pic, 1900) (Figs
119-121, map 3, plate 56 figs 1-2)
Holotype S MSNG: N. Guinea Ighibirei Loria VII.VIII.90
[printed, black border] / Typus [printed, text red, red bor¬
der] / quadrinotatus Pic [handwritten, black border] / A.
quadrinotatus Pic n sp [handwritten] / Mus. Civ. Genova
[printed].
Measurements, holotype (?: Total body length
3.12 mm, maximum combined width immediately
behind the middle of elytra 0.99 mm. Head 0.61
mm long, across the eyes 0.61 mm broad, prono-
tum 0.60 mm long, maximum width 0.51 mm, ely¬
tra 1.93 mm long, 0.99 mm broad.
Description: Forebody orange. Elytra yellow or
pale orange with brown markings in the form of five
narrow and irregularly shaped transverse bands.
Antennae and palpi orange, legs slightly paler.
113
114
Figures 112-118. Sapintus plectilis (Pic, 1910), speci¬
mens from Sapa env., Northern Vietnam. 112-116:
112 - Tergite VII; 113 - Stern ite VII; 114 - Spiculum
gastrale; 115 - Aedeagus; 116 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
117-118: 117 - Tergite VII; 118 - Sternite VII.
1
115
117
116 Underside uniformly orange. Head smooth dor-
sally, densely punctured on frons, with very large
prominent eyes. Tempora broadly rounded together
with base. Punctures irregular, from small to large,
dense and very flat. Intervening spaces ranging
from smaller than to as large as punctures. Punc¬
tures sparser on the vertex, which is smooth. Pu¬
bescence whitish, fine and quite dense. Antennae
long and slender, reaching over the elytra I humeri in
the male. Second antennomere in male 1/3 short¬
er than the next one. Antennomeres 3-8 elongate
and slender, slightly thickened distally, 9-10 slightly
307
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
shortened, thickened distally. Terminal antenno-
mere slightly asymmetric, pointed, 1/4 longer than
the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere
somewhat axeform. Pronotum very densely punc¬
tured on the disc, smooth and shiny on antero-later-
al angles, rounded anteriorly, significantly narrower
than the head. Strongly constricted postmedium
laterally toward narrow base. Punctures on disc
small but very dense and coarse, intervening spac¬
es much smaller than punctures. Pubescence whit¬
ish, fine, long and dense, appressed and covering
sculpture of disc, with separate long erect setae on
the sides and the disc. Scutellum rounded apically.
Elytra elongate, smooth dorsally. Humeral angles
strongly rounded. Punctures large and sparse in
basal half, intervening spaces ranging from as large
to two times larger than punctures. In the apical
half punctures getting smaller, intervening spaces
here mostly larger than punctures. Pubescence yel¬
lowish, long and sparse, appressed. Undersetae
directed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae complete
and broad. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long
and slender. Male metatibiae slightly thickened.
Male basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs
longer than the combined length of the remaining
metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII
and stern ite VII were not studied. Aedeagus with
119 120
Figures 86-94. Sapintus quadrinotatus (Pic, 1900), holotype S. 119 - Aedeagus,
dorsal view; 120 - Aedeagus, lateral view; 121 - Tegmen of aedeagus, lateral view.
narrowly rounded apex (Figs 119-121).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: This species was originally col¬
lected at Ighibieri (= Igibira) village in Western Prov¬
ince, Papua New Guinea. Later, it was recorded
from Friedrich-Wilhelm Harbour (Madang Province)
and from the surroundings of Port Moresby (Central
Province). A record from New South Wales, Austra¬
lia (Uhmann 2000) seems outside of the species’
range and very dubious, and needs further confir¬
mation.
Sapintus (s. str.) rugosicollis (Pic, 1900) (Plate 56
figs 3-4)
Lectotype $ MSNG [herewith designated]: Nuova
Guinea Fly River L.M.DAIbertis 1876-77 [printed, black
border] / Typus [printed, text red, red border] / rugosicol¬
lis Pic [handwritten, black border] / A. rugosicollis Pic n
sp. [handwritten] / Mus. Civ. Genova [printed].
Paralectotypes 2 specimens MNFIN [herewith desig¬
nated]: Nuova Guinea Fly River L.M.D’Albertis 1876-77
[printed, black border] / type [handwritten] / TYPE [print¬
ed, label red] / rugosicollis Pic [handwritten]; Nuova
Guinea Fly River L.M.DAIbertis 1876-77 [printed, black
border] / type [handwritten].
Measurements, lectotype $: Total body length
3.12 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.10 mm. Head 0.57 mm long,
across the eyes 0.70 mm broad, pronotum 0.62
mm long, maximum width 0.51 mm, elytra 1.99
mm long, 1.10 mm broad.
Description: Forebody red, elytra black-brown
with the preapical area very slightly paler. Anten¬
nae brown with basal antennomere pale reddish.
Palpi and legs brown, lat¬
est with reddish femora.
Underside brown, pro-
coxae- and trochanters
red. Head very densely
punctured dorsally, with
large prominent eyes.
Tempora 1/3 shorter
than the length of an eye,
temporal angles round¬
ed. Head base truncate.
Punctures small and flat
but very dense. Interven¬
ing spaces much smaller
than punctures. Pubes¬
cence white, fine, short
and sparse. Antennae
slender, reaching slightly
over the elytral humeri in
121
308
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
the female. Second antennomere in female almost
half shorter than the next one. Antennomeres 3-8
elongate and slender, slightly thickened distally.
Penultimate antennomere slightly shortened and
indistinctly thickened. Terminal antennomere asym¬
metric, bluntly conical, 1/4 longer than the penul¬
timate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere some¬
what axeform. Pro not urn very densely punctured
dorsally, rounded anteriorly, significantly narrower
than the head. Constricted from the anterior third
laterally toward the base. Punctures larger than on
the head but flat, intervening spaces much smaller
than the punctures. Pubescence whitish, fine, short
and sparse, appressed. Some hairs look like slen¬
der elongate scales, especially near the base of the
pronotum, with separate long erect setae on sides
and disc. Scutellum triangular. Elytra elongate,
densely coarsely punctured dorsally. Punctures
large and dense, not or almost not getting smaller
toward apices. Intervening spaces irregular in size,
smaller than the punctures. Pubescence greyish,
short and sparse, appressed. Undersetae direct¬
ed obliquely laterally. Sutural striae complete and
broad. Hind wings fully developed. Legs long and
slender. Female basal tarsomere of the metatho-
racic legs longer than the combined length of the
remaining metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphologi¬
cal tergite VII in female broadly rounded on apical
margin. Morphological stern ite VII in female was
not studied.
Sexual dimorphism: Male not studied.
Distribution: This species is only known by the
holotype collected by L.M. D’Albertis on the River
Fly in the southern lowlands of Papua New Guinea
and without precise locality. D’Albertis reached up
to 580 miles (-937 km) upriver during his expedi¬
tion. Consequently, the locus typicus of this species
is somewhere between the delta and 937 km of the
River Fly course.
Sapintus (s. str.) semirugosus (Pic, 1902) (Figs
122-124, plate 57 figs 1-3)
Holotype $ HMNH: N. Guinea Biro 1898 [printed] /
Stephansort Astrolabe Bai [sic!] [printed] / Momo -
[handwritten] typus [printed, text red] 1902 Anthicus
semirugosus Pic [handwritten] [label border red] / A.
semirugosus Pic n sp. [handwritten, by M.Pic] / Anthicus
semirugosus Pic [handwritten] det. M. Pic [printed] Ty¬
pus ! [handwritten, text red].
Additional material: 1<$ DTC: N. Guinea Biro 1898
[printed] / Stephansort Astrolabe Bai [sic!] [printed] /
3108 [printed]/ A. dilensis Pic [handwritten].
Measurements, holotype S' Total body length
2.75 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.90 mm. Head 0.61 mm long,
across the eyes 0.60 mm broad, pronotum 0.49
mm long, maximum width 0.51 mm, elytra 1.65
mm long, 0.90 mm broad.
Description: Forebody red. Elytra black to reddish
brown with orange or yellow markings consisting of
a broad postbasal transverse band narrowly inter¬
rupted on the suture and a narrower oblique trans¬
verse spot in the apical third of each elytron. The
upper margin of the preapical spot is not straight.
Antennae pale on 3-4 basal antennomeres, rest of
antennae darkened. Legs orange or yellow, femora
darker than tibiae. Underside with red to reddish
brown thorax, brown abdominal ventrites and or¬
ange last visible tergite. Head very densely punc¬
tured, with midsized prominent eyes. Tempora
straight, with rounded temporal angles, slightly
shorter than the eye length. Head base truncate.
Punctures of different sizes but very dense and
flat, intervening spaces much smaller than punc¬
tures. Especially on the frons, intervening spaces
between large punctures are covered by small
and dense punctures. Pubescence yellowish, fine,
sparse. Antennae long, reaching over the elytral
humeri in the male. Second antennomere slightly
shorter than the next one. Antennomeres 3-7 elon¬
gate, slightly thickened distally. Antennomeres
8-10 shorter and thickened. Terminal antennomere
elongate, conical, pointed, 1/4 longer than the pen¬
ultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere broad,
somewhat axeform. Pronotum very densely punc¬
tured dorsally, flattened, broadly rounded anteri¬
orly, narrower than the head. Strongly constricted
postmedium laterally toward base. Punctures large
and very dense, but flat. Intervening spaces smaller
than punctures, rugulose. Pubescence yellowish,
fine, sparse and appressed, with several long erect
tactile setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutel¬
lum triangular. Elytra elongate. Punctures large,
coarse and dense, getting smaller and sparser in
apical third. Intervening spaces irregular, in the
basal part mostly smaller than or as large as the
punctures, in the preapical part up to three times
larger than the punctures. Pubescence yellowish,
long and dense, suberect. Undersetae directed
obliquely laterally. Sutural striae almost complete,
visible from apices toward postbasal fourth. Hind
wings fully developed. Legs long and slender. Male
basal tarsomere of the metathoracic legs as long
as the combined length of the remaining metatho¬
racic tarsomeres. Morphological tergite VII in male
broadly rounded on apical margin, covered with
very long setae (Fig. 122). Morphological sternite
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
122
123
Figures 122-124. Sapintus semirugosus (Pic, 1902),
holotype 122 - Tergite VII; 123 - Stern ite VII; 124 -
Aedeagus.
VII in male broadly rounded on apical margin, cov¬
ered with very long setae (Fig. 123). Aedeagus with
tegmen tapered apically (Fig. 124).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Distribution: This species is only known from
the type locality, Stephansort, in Madang Province,
Papua New Guinea.
Sapintus (s. str.) sexualis sp. nov. (Figs 125-132,
map 3, plate 57 figs 4-5)
Holotype S NME: W-PAPUA Raja Am pat Pr. Waywesar/
Batanta, 2km E 45’17”S, [sic!] 130°48’06”E 18.1.2004
leg.A. Weigel.
Pa ratypes 9 specimens. 1$ & 1$ NME, ±S DTC: same
labels as in holotype; 1^ & 2$ NME, 1$ DTC: W-PAP-
UA Raja Ampat Pr. Waywesar/ Batanta bor. 0°45’26”S,
130°46’55”E 13.1.2004 leg.A. Weigel; 1$ NME: W -
PAPUA Raja Ampat Prov. Batanta Isl. bor., Waywesar
0°45’26"S, 130°46’55”E 15.1.2004 leg. A.Skale UWP;
1$ NME: W-PAPUA Raja Ampat Prov. Batanta Isl. mer.,
Wallebet 0°54’01”S, 130°39’37”E 18.-21.1.2004 leg.
A.Skale; 1 specimen NME: W-PAPUA Manokwari Prov.
vie. Mokwam (Siyoubrig), 1400-1800m, 01°06.26’S
133° 54.41’ E, 24.-28.ll. 2007 leg. A. Skale; 1 specimen
NME, 1 specimen DTC: W-PAPUA Manokwari Prov.24km
SSE Manokwari, Warami 01° 10.50’S 134°09.16’E,
02.111.2007 leg. A. Skale; 1 specimen NME: W-PAPUA
Manokwari Pr. 14km NE Ransiki,Warbiatu (Oransbari),
01°18.25’S 134° 14.14’ E, 02.111.2007 leg. A.Weigel
cut. area; 2 specimens NME: W-PAPUA
Manokwari Prov. 18km NE Ransiki,
01°21.05’S 134° 12.46’E, 02.-08.
111.2007 leg. A. Skale cutting area.
Derivatio nominis: Named from
Latin ‘sexualis’ [female, female sex],
because of the distinctly thickened
female metatibiae.
Measurements, holotype (?: To¬
tal body length 3.15 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle
of elytra 0.92 mm. Head 0.68 mm
long, across the eyes 0.61 mm
broad, pronotum 0.60 mm long,
maximum width 0.57 mm, elytra
1.87 mm long, 0.92 mm broad.
Measurements, paratype $: Total
body length 2.41 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle
of elytra 0.78 mm. Head 0.56 mm
long, across the eyes 0.48 mm
broad, pronotum 0.45 mm long,
maximum width 0.41 mm, elytra
1.40 mm long, 0.78 mm broad.
Description: Forebody brown to orange, head
usually darker. Elytra black with pale markings,
consisting of an orange broad postbasal transverse
band and a broad transverse spot in the apical third
of each elytron. Anterior band is bearing the lateral
margin of the elytra and is not interrupted on the
suture. Posterior spots not bearing lateral margin
and are distinctly interrupted on the suture. Anten¬
nae and palpi yellow to orange, antennomeres 5-11
usually slightly darkened. Legs yellow with slightly
darkened metatibiae. Underside reddish-brown to
brown, pro- and mesocoxae yellow. Head opaque,
with large prominent eyes, very densely and
coarsely punctured. Tempora slightly prolongated,
narrowly rounded together with base. Punctures
flat, very dense, intervening spaces smaller than
punctures. The vertex is much sparser, smooth
and shiny. Pubescence yellowish, fine and long. An¬
tennae in both sexes reaching the elytra I humeri.
Second antennomere in male 1/4 shorter than
the next one. Antennomeres 3-7 elongate, slightly
thickened distally. Antennomeres 9-10 shortened
and stronger, thickened distally. Terminal anten¬
nomere tapered 1/4 longer than the penultimate
one. Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat
axeform. Pronotum broadly rounded anteriorly,
significantly narrower than the head, strongly con¬
stricted postmedium laterally toward narrow base.
Very densely and confusedly punctured on disc,
w
124
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
intervening spaces much smaller than the punc¬
tures. Antero-lateral angles smooth, dense but not
coarsely punctured. Pubescence yellowish, fine,
long and dense, appressed, with several long erect
tactile setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutel-
lum triangular, narrowly rounded apically. Elytra
elongate and slightly widened across the middle,
smooth dorsally. Humeri rounded. Postbasal trans¬
verse impression feeble. Punctures large, getting
smaller in the apical third. Intervening spaces
mostly smaller than punctures. Pubescence yellow¬
ish, long and dense, suberect, with numerous very
Figures 125-132. Sapintus sexualis sp. nov. 125-130: SS paratypes from Manokwari env., Indonesian New Guinea.
125 - Tergite VII; 126 - Sternite VII; 127 - Spiculum gastrale; 128 & 129 - Aedeagus; 130 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
131-132: $ paratypefrom Manokwari env., Indonesian New Guinea. 131 - Tergite VII; 132 - Sternite VII.
311
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
long erect to suberect tactile setae present on the
disc. Undersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutur¬
al striae broad, completely developed. Hind wings
fully developed. Legs stout. Metatibiae thickened
in both sexes, but much stronger in females rather
than in males. Basal tarsomere of the metathoracic
legs in both sexes longer than the combined length
of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres. Basal
tarsomere of the metathoracic legs in both sexes
thickened. Morphological tergite VII in male short,
trapezoid, truncate or very feebly excavate on api¬
cal margin (Fig. 125). Morphological sternite VII in
male short and broadly but feebly excavate on api¬
cal margin (Fig. 126). Male aedeagus with tegmen
slightly widened in apical part, pointed apically and
setose laterally in preapical area (Figs 128-130);
setation may be absent in certain specimens. Mor¬
phological tergite VII in female narrowly rounded
and with long setation on apical margin (Fig. 131).
Morphological sternite VII in female broadly round¬
ed on apical margin (Fig. 132).
Sexual dimorphism: Metatibiae stronger thick¬
ened in the female rather than in male. Antennae
comparatively shorter in the female.
Variability: The size and shape of the pale elytral
markings vary. Specimens vary in body length from
2.60 to 3.30 mm.
Ecology & biology: Specimens collected in low¬
land and lower montane (1400-1800 m) rainfor¬
ests during the daytime.
Differential diagnosis: Sapintus sexualis sp.
nov. is close to S. celeripes sp. nov. (described
above; Bird’s Neck isthmus of New Guinea, Sala-
wati Island of Raja Ampat Islands), S. geminus sp.
nov. (described above; Papua New Guinea: Madang
Province) and S. horvathi (Pic, 1902) (New Guinea
& Central Moluccas). The tegmen of the aedeagus
is not pointed apically in S. geminus, and is not wid¬
ened preapically in S. celeripes and S. horvathi.
Distribution: This species is known from Batanta
Island (Raja Ampat Islands) and the northern part
of Bird’s Head peninsula (Indonesian New Guinea).
Remarks: The holotype label has incorrect data
on the longitude, with a degree digit of South longi¬
tude missing.
Sapintus (s. str.) vexator (Werner, 1965) (Figs 133-
140, plate 58)
Paratypes 2 $ DCC: GILBERT IS. Buiartum I. Onotoa
Atoll VI 1 1-3-1951 [printed] / PacificSciBd. E.T.Moul,Collr.
#200 at light [printed] / PARATYPE Anthicus vexator
Werner [handwritten] / PARATYPE [printed, label blue] /
F.G.Werner collection [printed].
Additional material: 2 specimens 0UNH: Jul 1900.
Noumea. N. Caledonia. H.M.S.’Ring-arooma’. 1902.
/ E.M.M.p p.189-2 03. dd 1928 J.J.Walker / Anthicus
oceanicus Laf.; 18 specimens DTC: Vietnam (Cen¬
tral), Nge [sic!] Tinh prov., Cnalo N Vinh, 17.XII.1962,
leg. O.L.Kabakov; 4 specimens DTC: Cp. Bbemaivi
nAs>K Mops KyaAO 17.12.1963 KabaKOB; 1 specimen
NME, 1 specimen DTC: THAILAND, S,ca. 8 km E Khao
Lak,08°36’36”N 98°14’6r’E,plantage Umg.Merlin
resort, 30.VII.-14.VIII. 2007, leg.A.Skale; 4 specimens
NME, 1 specimen DTC: S-Thailand, ca. 8km s. Khao Lak,
08°36’36”N 098° 14’61”E plantage, Umg. Merlin resort
leg. A. Skale, 30.7. - 11.8.2007.
Measurements, paratype $\ Total body length
3.45 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.20 mm. Head 0.70 mm long,
across the eyes 0.70 mm broad, pronotum 0.65
mm long, maximum width 0.60 mm, elytra 2.10
mm long, 1.20 mm broad.
Description: Forebody orange to yellow. Elytra
black to brown with orange or yellow markings, con¬
sisting of a broad postbasal transverse band not
or narrowly interrupted on the suture and a broad,
somewhat slightly oblique spot in the apical third
of each elytron. Antennae, palpi and legs yellow
or pale orange. Underside uniformly yellow or pale
orange, with pro- and mesocoxae being somewhat
paler. Head densely punctured, with large promi¬
nent eyes. Tempora straight, with rounded tempo¬
ral angles, much shorter than the eye length. Head
base slightly concave. Punctures very dense but
flat, intervening spaces smaller than punctures, mi-
croreticulate. Pubescence yellowish, fine, sparse.
Antennae short, barely reaching the elytral humeri
in the male. Second antennomere half shorter than
the next one. Antennomeres 3-7 elongate, slightly
thickened distally. Antennomeres 9-10 shorter and
thickened. Terminal antennomere short, conical,
pointed, as long as or slightly longer than the pen¬
ultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere broad,
somewhat axeform. Pronotum very densely punc¬
tured dorsally, flattened, broadly rounded anteri¬
orly, narrower than the head. Constricted laterally
postmedium toward base. Punctures very dense
but flat, intervening spaces much smaller than
punctures. Pubescence yellowish, fine, sparse and
appressed, with several long erect tactile setae on
the sides and on the disc. Scutellum broadly trian¬
gular. Elytra elongate, smooth dorsally. Punctures
large, coarse and dense, getting smaller but not
much sparser in the apical third. Intervening spac¬
es irregular, mostly smaller than or as large as the
punctures. Pubescence yellowish, fine, long and
dense, suberect. Undersetae directed obliquely lat-
312
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
erally. Sutural striae visible from the apices toward
the basal third. Hind wings fully developed. Fron¬
tal margins of mesepisterna with a couple of long
setae directed upwards; these setae are exposed
from under the humeri in the dorsal view. Legs
long and slender. Male basal tarsomere of the
metathoracic legs slightly longer than the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in male truncate on the
apical margin (Fig. 133). Morphological sternite VII
in male short and broad, broadly rounded on the
apical margin (Fig. 134). Male aedeagus broad
Figures 133-140. Sapintus vexator (Werner, 1965). 133-138: SS from Kualo env., Central Vietnam. 133 - Tergite
VII; 134 - Sternite VII; 135 - Spiculum gastrale; 136 & 137 - Aedeagus; 138- Tegmen of aedeagus. 139-140: $
from Kualo env., Central Vietnam. 139 - Tergite VII; 140 - Sternite VII.
313
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
with apex shortly narrowed, pointed with or without
short lateral preapical setae (Figs 136-138). Mor¬
phological tergite VII in female narrowly rounded on
apical margin (Fig. 139). Morphological sternite VII
in female broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig.
140).
Sexual dimorphism: Females have a slightly
more slender profemora than males.
Variability: This species varies in body coloura¬
tion from pale brown to black, and the pale mark¬
ings of the elytra vary from reddish to pale yellow.
Specimens also significantly vary in body length
from 2.93 mm to 3.80 mm (Werner 1965). The
most important variable character is the density of
the punctures on the forebody, especially the pro-
notum. In specimens from Micronesia punctures
are often very fine and dense (intervening spaces
much smaller than punctures), but in specimens
from continental Asia, pronotal punctures are much
larger, with clearly visible microreticulate interven¬
ing spaces. The head base is much more distinctly
notched medially in certain specimens. The shape
of the pronotum is more elongate in certain speci¬
mens. An anterior pair of pale elytral spots often
takes almost the whole anterior half of the elytra
(like in paratypic specimens from Gilbert Islands);
anterior spots tending to anastomose across the
suture in generally paler coloured specimens, but
are distinctly separated on the suture in darker in¬
dividuals. Lateral setae on the aedeagus can be
absent or present (may depend on the age of speci¬
mens).
Ecology & biology: Recorded from Portulaca
lutea Soland. ex G.Forst. (Werner 1965). Collected
both at daytime and at light. The species inhabits
both natural and antropogenous habitats. It is not
recorded from inland or montane areas, distributed
mostly along the coast.
Distribution: This species is widely distributed
on the Pacific Islands, hitherto recorded from the
Caroline Islands, Marshall Islands, Gilbert Islands,
Hawaii, and New Caledonia. It is also recorded from
Sri Lanka, Vietnam & Thailand. Currently there are
no known records from the Indo-Australian transi¬
tion zone, but it seems obvious that this species
occurs in the study region.
Commented species list of Sapintus s. str. from
the Indo-Australian transition zone
Only original descriptions and references with data
from the study area are listed. For distribution of
species please refer to maps 2-6.
Anthicinae Latreille, 1819
Anthicini Latreille, 1819
Sapintus Casey, 1895: 732
Type species: Anthicus pubescens LaFerte-Se-
nectere, 1849, by Werner, 1962
Subgenus Sapintus s. str. Casey, 1895: 732
Type species: Anthicus pubescens LaFerte-Se-
nectere, 1849, by Werner, 1962
Sapintus adonis (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 605), as Anthicus Adon¬
is; Pic (1911: 31), as Anthicus Adonis.
Distribution: Trans-Fly lowlands (southern Papua
New Guinea).
Sapintus aid sp. nov.
Distribution: Makira (= San Cristobal, San Cris-
toval) and Guadalcanal islands (Solomon Islands).
Sapintus albertisi (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 605), as Anthicus Alber¬
tisi; Pic (1911: 31), as Anthicus Albertisi; Uhmann
(2000: 151), new combination.
Distribution: Trans-Fly lowlands and Papuan
Peninsula (Papua New Guinea).
Sapintus alfurus (Pic, 1900)
Pic (1900: 608), as Anthicus; Pic (1911: 31), as An¬
thicus.
Distribution: Papuan Peninsula (E Papua New
Guinea).
Sapintus celeripes sp. nov.
Distribution: Southern Bird’s Neck isthmus of
New Guinea, Salawati Island (Raja Ampat Islands).
Sapintus curvitibia sp. nov.
Distribution: Makira Island (= San Cristobal, San
Cristoval) (Solomon Islands).
Sapintus dilensis (Pic, 1900)
= Anthicus dilensis var. Csikii Pic, 1902
= Sapintus relatus Bonadona, 1981 [consider
new synonymy above]
References: Pic (1900: 607), as Anthicus; (Pic
1902: 409) as Anthicus Ciskii (var. de dilensis
?); Pic (1911: 44), as Anthicus dilensis and ? var.
Csikii; Uhmann (1990: 142), new combination; Uh¬
mann (1995a: 525): Uhmann (2000: 151): Telnov
(2006a: 62), new synonymy.
References S. relatus : Bonadona (1981: 196).
Distribution: North Moluccas (Halmahera Is¬
land), Raja Ampat Islands (Batanta Island, Waigeo
314
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Island), Indonesian Papua (Bird’s Head Peninsula,
Bird’s Neck isthmus, northern coast), Papua New
Guinea (Papuan Peninsula, Madang & Morobe
Provinces) and Bismarck Archipelago (Lavongai Is¬
land, New Britain Island).
Sapintus dyaulensis nom. nov.
References: Bonadona (1981: 201), as Sapintus
propinquus.
Distribution: Dyaul (= Djaul) Island (Bismarck
Archipelago), Indonesian Papua (Bird’s Neck isth¬
mus). Record from Thailand (Telnov 1999) is based
on misidentified specimen.
Sapintus geminus sp. nov.
Distribution: Adelbert Range (Madang Province,
E Papua New Guinea).
Sapintus gemitus sp. nov.
Distribution: Central Sulawesi.
Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic, 1895)
= Anthicus neoguineensis Pic, 1900 [consider
new synonymy above]
= Anthicus gracilicornis v. semiobliteratus Pic,
1900 [consider new synonymy above]
= Sapintus repentinus Bonadona, 1981 [con¬
sider new synonymy above]
References S. gracilicornis: Pic (1895: 94), as
Anthicus; Pic (1911: 51), as Anthicus , erroneous¬
ly mentioned ‘Sumbawa’ in distribution; Uhmann
(1990: 142), new combination; Uhmann (1995a:
525).
References A. neoguineensis: Pic (1900: 607),
as Anthicus; Pic (1911: 63), as Anthicus.
References var. semiobliteratus: Pic (1900: 607
footnote 1), as Anthicus gracilicornis v. semioblit¬
eratus; Pic (1911: 51), as var. semiobliteratus.
References S. repentinus: Bonadona (1981:
199).
Distribution: East Malaysia (Sabah), Indonesia
(Kalimantan, Sulawesi), the Philippines (Balabac,
Luzon, Tawi-Tawi), New Guinea (both Indonesian &
Papua New Guinea). Also reported from islands of
Sumbawa (Lesser Sunda Islands, Indonesia) and
Banguey (East Malaysia), but without specimens
corresponding to these localities.
Sapintus hirtipennis (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 604), as Anthicus; Pic
(1911: 52), as Anthicus.
Distribution: Papuan Peninsula (E Papua New
Guinea).
Sapintus horvathi (Pic, 1902)
References: Pic (1902: 407), as Pseudoleptale-
us Horvathi; Pic (1911: 29), as Leptaleus (Pseu-
doleptaleus) Horvathi; Uhmann (1995a: 525), as
Pseudoleptaleus; Uhmann (2000: 149), as Pseu-
doleptaleus; Telnov (2007: 71), new combination.
Distribution: Morobe Province & Yule Island (near
southern coast of Papuan Peninsula, Papua New
Guinea), Cenderawasih Bay (Biak & Yapen islands),
Central Moluccas (Seram Island), Queensland
(North Australia). North Australian record has not
been anatomically confirmed.
Sapintus insulanus (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 607), as Anthicus; Pic
(1911: 56), as Anthicus; Uhmann (1990: 142), as
Hirticomus; Uhmann (2000: 150), as Hirticomus;
Uhmann (2007: 44), as Hirticolles.
Distribution: Yule Island (near the southern coast
of Papuan Peninsula, Papua New Guinea), Morobe
Province (Papua New Guinea). Records by Uhmann
(2000, 2007) from Queensland (northern Austra¬
lia) and Bird’s Head Peninsula of New Guinea need
further confirmation.
Sapintus insularis (Werner, 1965)
= Sapintus placitus Bonadona, 1981 [consider
new synonymy above]
References: Werner (1965: 266), as Anthicus;
Werner (1967: 311-312), as Anthicus; Bonadona
(1981: 195), as Sapintus placitus.
Distribution: Caroline Islands, Marshall Islands,
Hawaii, Dyaul (= Djaul) Island (Bismarck Archipel¬
ago).
Sapintus javanus (Marseul, 1882a)
= Anthicus javanus Marseul, 1882b [duplica¬
tive description]
= Anthicus luteonotatus Pic, 1913
= Sapintus sodalis (Pic, 1895) [consider new
synonymy above]
References: Marseul (1882a: 62), as Anthicus;
Marseul (1882b: 121), as Anthicus; Pic (1911: 56),
as Anthicus.
Distribution: Greater Sunda Islands (Java, Su¬
lawesi, Sumatra, whole of Borneo), southern and
eastern China (inclusive Hong Kong), India (whole
territory except arid areas on the West), Japan,
West Malaysia, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, Thailand, Viet¬
nam, New Guinea (both Indonesian and Papua New
Guinea).
Sapintus loriae (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 606), as Anthicus Loriae;
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Pic (1911: 59), as Anthicus Loriae.
Distribution: Papuan Peninsula (E Papua New
Guinea).
Sapintus macrops sp. nov.
Distribution: Nabire area (northern Bird’s Neck
isthmus, Indonesian New Guinea).
Sapintus madangensis Uhmann, 1995
References: Uhmann (1995a: 523); Uhmann
(2000: 152).
Distribution: Papuan Peninsula and Madang
Province (E Papua New Guinea).
Sapintus malayensis (Pic, 1895)
References: Pic (1895: 94), as Anthicus ; Pic
(1911: 60), as Anthicus.
Distribution: Sumbawa (Lesser Sunda Islands),
Central Sulawesi. All other records based or cer¬
tainly based on misidentifications.
Sapintus malut sp. nov.
Distribution: North Moluccas (islands of Bacan,
Halmahera, Hiri, and Ternate).
Sapintus oceanicus (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849a)
= Anthicus oceanicus LaFerte-Senectere,
1849b [homonym]
= Anthicus oceanicus var. Frangoisi Pic, 1902
[consider new synonymy above]
= var. guamensis Blair, 1942
References: LaFerte-Senectere (1849a: 70), as
Anthicus Oceanicus ; LaFerte-Senectere (1849b:
170), as Anthicus Oceanicus, homonymy; Blair
(1942: 57), as variety guamensis ; Werner (1965:
261), as Anthicus, new synonymy.
Distribution: This species is mainly distributed
on Indian and Pacific islands, as also along coastal
areas of African, Asian and Australian mainland.
Hitherto recorded from Australia (northern coast
and Cocos Keeling islands), Comoros Islands, Cook
Islands (Rarotonga), Fiji, French Polynesia, Guam,
Hong Kong, India (western coast), Indonesia (Bor¬
neo, Krakatau, Mentawai Islands, Sulawesi, Suma¬
tra), Japan (Ryukyu Islands), Kenya, Leuantua atoll
(Ontong Java plateau N of Solomon Islands), Mad¬
agascar, Marquesas Islands, Mascarene Islands
(both Mauritius & Reunion), New Caledonia, the
Philippines (Luzon, Palawan), Samoa, Seychelles
Islands, Society Islands, Somalia, South African
Republic, Sri Lanka, Tanzania, Thailand, Vanuatu,
Vietnam, numerous Micronesian islands.
Note: Not yet confirtmed but should be present
also on New Guinea and Solomon Islands.
Sapintus papuus (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 603), as Anthicus; Pic
(1911: 66), as Anthicus; Uhmann (1990: 143), new
combination.
Distribution: Papuan Peninsula and Morobe
Province (E Papua New Guinea).
Sapintus plectilis (Pic, 1910)
References: Pic (1910: 71), as Anthicus; Pic
(1911: 67), as Anthicus; Uhmann (1983: 204), new
combination; Uhmann (1994: 674), mentioned ‘Su¬
lawesi’ without specimen locality data.
Distribution: Southern and eastern China, India
(whole territory except arid areas on the West), In¬
donesia (Sulawesi), Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam. Re¬
cords from Sulawesi possible based on mislabelled
specimens.
Sapintus quadrinotatus (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 604), as Anthicus; Pic
(1911: 69), as Anthicus; Uhmann (2000: 151), as
Anthicus.
Distribution: Papuan Peninsula and Madang
Province (E Papua New Guinea).
Note: Uhmann (2000) recorded this species from
Mount Victoria in New South Wales, Australia. Lat¬
er, in his review of Australian Anthicidae Uhmann
(2007) did not mention this species again. Record
from New South Wales seems very dubious for this
species and needs further confirmation.
Sapintus rugosicollis (Pic, 1900)
References: Pic (1900: 606), as Anthicus; Pic
(1911: 71), as Anthicus; Uhmann (1990: 143), new
combination.
Distribution: Trans-Fly lowlands and Madang
Province (Papua New Guinea). Record from Cook
Islands (Telnov 1999) is based on misidentified
specimens of S. oceanicus (LaF.).
Sapintus semirugosus (Pic, 1902)
References: Pic (1902: 410), as Anthicus.
Distribution: Madang Province (E Papua New
Guinea).
Sapintus sexualis sp. nov.
Distribution: Batanta Island (Raja Ampat Is¬
lands), Manokwari area (Bird’s Head Peninsula, In¬
donesian New Guinea).
Sapintus vexator (Werner, 1965)
References: Werner (1965: 264), as Anthicus.
Distribution: Caroline Islands, Gilbert Islands,
Hawaii, Marshall Islands, New Caledonia, New Heb-
316
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
rides, Peninsular Malaysia, the Philippines (Luzon, Note: Not yet confirtmed but should be present
Panay), Singapore, Sri Lanka, Thailand, Vietnam. also on New Guinea and Solomon Islands.
Identification key to Sapintus s. str. species from the Indo-Australian transition zone
This original key to adult Sapintus from the study area is primarily based on external morphology
characters. When necessary, differences in structure of genital organs also being discussed.
1 Elytral pubescence simple, long and erect, without short undersetae. Forebody red to orange, elytra black with
orange apical third . S. adonis
- Elytral pubescence double, with dense undersetae arranged obliquely laterally in most species. Dorsal colouration
different . 2
2 Dorsal body more or less uniformly dark, black or brown, or forebody darker than brown elytra. Appendages dark
or pale . 3
- Dorsal body generally dark or pale, or distinctly bi- or multi-coloured. Appendages dark or pale . 5
3 Head dorsum roughly punctured, with evident smooth intervening spaces. Head with impunctate median longitu¬
dinal line . S. alfurus
- Head dorsum very densely punctured, at least on frons, intervening smooth spaces not evident. Head without im¬
punctate median line . 4
4Tempora much shorter than eye, clearly shorter than one third of eye length. Pronotum distinctly widened in ante¬
rior half. Elytral punctures small and fine . S. insularis
- Tempora about one third of eye length. Pronotum rounded, barely widened anteriorly. Elytral punctures large and
deep . S. albertisi
5 Elytra pale with more than three brown or black irregular transverse bands of various widths, which can be com¬
plete or interrupted along suture . 6
- Elytra if pale then with less than three transverse brown or black bands . 7
6 Male aedeagus tripartite apically . S. madangensis
- Male aedeagus monopartite apically, bluntly pointed . S. quadrinotatus
7 Forebody distinctly paler than uniformly dark elytra . 8
- Forebody not or not distinctly paler than general colouration of elytra. Elytra not uniformly dark coloured, pale with
dark markings or vice versa . 10
8 Tempora about one third of eye length. Pubescence sparse and short on dorsal forebody . S. rugosicollis
- Tempora shorter than one third of eye length. Pubescence on forebody longer and denser . 9
9 Punctuation of head consisting of comparatively large punctures with intervening spaces (partly microstriate or
micropunctate) being larger than main punctures . S. loriae
- Punctuation of head consisting of small and dense punctures, intervening spaces smaller than punctures .
. S. macrops
10 Dorsal body uniformly yellow or pale brown, or with darker transverse median or postmedian spot or band on
elytra . 11
- Dorsal body colouration different . 12
11 Elytra usually without dark markings. Pronotal punctuation generally denser with comparatively smaller interven¬
ing spaces. Male antennomeres 7-10 derivative (strongly modified: 7th-9th widened and elongated, 10th widened and
shortened) . S. plectilis
- Elytra with large irregular median brown spot. Pronotal punctuation generally less dense. Male unknown .
. S. insulanus (is known only from the female holotype, therefore its correct identification may be difficult)
12 Body small (2.27 mm). Head base distinctly truncate. Male antennomeres 7-10 derivative (strongly modified:
7th-9th widened and elongated, 10th widened and shortened). Elytra with base narrowly dark and two narrow, curved
transverse dark bands. Pronotum ovoid . S. monstrosiantennatus
-Without this combination of characters . 13
13 Body small (2. 2-2. 4 mm). Eyes small, tempora about as long as eye length. Head base subtruncate. Pronotum
distinctly narrowed posteriad. Dorsal punctuation coarse, at least on pronotum intervening spaces smaller than
punctures. Two pale spots on each elytron, postmedian spot smaller than anterior . S.javanus
- Without this combination of characters . 14
317
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
14 Pronotal punctuation dense and coarse, irregular, intervening spaces therefore also very irregular in size. Head
smooth, sparsely punctured. Elytra with dark shoulders, broad dark median transverse band (posterior margin is
somewhat rounded in this band) and dark apices. Male aedeagus with narrow and prolongate tegmen apex (Figs
84-85) . S. malayensis
- Without this combination of characters. Pronotal punctuation less coarse and with more regular intervening spac¬
es. Male aedeagus different . 15
15 Forebody reddish or yellow, elytra yellow with dark humeri, apices and median transverse band (more or less
strongly interrupted on suture). Pronotal disc densely punctured, intervening spaces smaller than punctures . 16
- Dorsal body colouration if pale then reddish not yellow or intervening spaces between punctures on pronotal disc
at least as large as punctures . 17
16 Tempora about as long as eye length. Head base very broadly rounded, subtruncate . S. airi
-Tempora distinctly shorter than eye length. Head base broadly rounded . S. hirtipennis
17 Dorsal punctuation very dense, at least on head and pronotal discs, intervening spaces not evident or smaller
than punctures. Dorsal forebody distinctly opaque (species with very dense punctured forebody but smooth inter¬
vening spaces considered in both couplets) . 18
- Dorsal punctures even when large and dense always with smooth intervening spaces not smaller than punctures.
Dorsal forebody more or less smooth . 26
18 Metatibiae derivative - distinctly thickened in both sexes. Head base narrower rounded, prolonged posterior to
eyes (Plate 57, figs 5, 7). Forebody smooth on intervening spaces, not or slightly opaque. Male aedeagus with teg¬
men preapically widened (Figs 128-130) . S. sexualis
- Metatibiae simple, if derivative (thickened) than only in females (when also in males, than insignificantly thick¬
ened). Head base broadly rounded or truncate, not prolonged. Forebody opaque on intervening spaces (can be
partly smooth in S. celeripes, S. densepunctatus and S. vexator). Male aedeagus different . 19
19 Male aedeagus with tegmen strongly constricted and elongate in apical part (Figs 110-111). Forebody dorsal
punctuation large and crateriform (also smaller punctures present on head) . S. papuus
- Male aedeagus different. Forebody dorsal punctuation often minute, if larger than punctures not crateriform .. 20
20 Intervening spaces on head dorsum at least partly microreticulate. Head base truncate or almost truncate, with
more or less distinct median notch. Variable species with forebody very dense to relatively sparse punctate. Elytra
black each with two yellow spots very variably in size. Legs yellow . S. vexator
- Intervening spaces not evident but when evident - not microreticulate. Head base not notched medially . 21
21 Head base distinctly rounded . 22
- Head base truncate or subtruncate . 23
22 Metatibiae derivative in females, distinctly thickened. Forebody red or dark orange. Male aedeagus with tegmen
pubescent preapically . S. celeripes
- Metatibiae derivative in both sexes but thickened insignificantly. Forebody black, base of pronotum pale in certain
specimens. Male aedeagus with tegmen glabrous . S. malut
23 Punctures on dorsal forebody of two sizes, with sparser large punctures between very dense micropunctures ...
. S. dilensis
- Punctures on dorsal forebody more or less uniform in size . 24
24 Forebody smooth on intervening spaces . S. densepunctatus
- Forebody opaque, intervening spaces almost not evident . 25
25 Posterior elytral pale spot oval or circular, not or indistinctly prolongate anteriad along suture. Male aedeagus
tegmen microsetose laterally. Forebody usually black or brown. Very variable species . S. oceanicus
- Posterior elytral pale spot more cylindrical, aligned obliquely (prolonged anteriorly along suture). Male aedeagus
tegmen glabrous. Forebody reddish . S. semirugosus
26 Head base distinctly rounded . 27
- Head base truncate or sbtruncate . 31
27 Punctuation of dorsal forebody very dense, intervening spaces at least partly much smaller than punctures . 28
28 Metatibiae distinctly derivative - thickened in both sexes or in females only. Femora uniformly coloured . 29
- Metatibiae distinctly derivative - thickened in both sexes or in females only. Femora bicoloured - pale in basal,
darker in distal half . 30
29 Metatibiae distinctly thickened in both sexes. Head base narrower rounded, prolonged posterior to eyes (Plate
57, figs 5, 7). Forebody smooth on intervening spaces, not or slightly opaque. Male aedeagus with tegmen glabrous
(Figs 128-130) . S. sexualis
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
- Metatibiae distinctly thickened only in females, distinctly thickened. Head base comparatively broader rounded.
Male aedeagus with tegmen pubescent preapically (Figs 12-13) . S. celeripes
30 Male aedeagus tegmen broadly rounded apically . S. geminus
- Male aedeagus tegmen bluntly pointed apically . S. horvathi
31 Intervening spaces on head dorsum at least partly microreticulate. Head base truncate or almost truncate, with
more or less distinct median notch. Variable species with forebody very dense to relatively sparsely punctate. Elytra
black each with two yellow spots very variably in size. Legs yellow . S. vexator
- Intervening spaces not microreticulate. Head base not notched medially . 32
32 Punctures on dorsal forebody of two sizes, with sparser large punctures between very dense micropunctures ...
. S. dilensis
- Punctures more or less uniformly on dorsal forebody . 33
33 Forebody red or orange. Male aedeagus tegmen narrow, pubescent laterally . S. gemitus
- Without this combination of characters . 34
34 Pronotum strongly campanulate - widened in anterior half and strongly constricted posteriorly. Pronotal disc with
a shallow track of longitudinal impression. Male metatibiae derivative - slightly curved. Antennae very long .
. S. curvitibia
- Pronotum either cylindrical or slightly campanulate, without evidence of longitudinal impression on the disc. Metati¬
biae not modified . 35
35 Tegmen shorter than phallobase. Tegmen strongly narrowed apically with strongly prolonged apex (Figs 35-36)
. S. dyaulensis
- Tegmen about as long as phallobase. Tegmen narrowed apically but with less strongly prolonged apex . 36
36 Generally larger species, body length 3.25-5.30 mm. Posterior pale spot of elytra more transverse with anterior
margin curved, not straight (this characters is of course variable). Male aedeagus generally more slender, tegmen
pubescent laterally (Figs 61-65) . S. gracilicornis
- Generally smaller species, body length about 3.25 mm. Posterior pale spot of elytra ovoid, its anterior margin
evenly rounded. Male aedeagus generally stouter, tegmen glabrous (Figs 26-27) . S. densepunctatus
Geographic distribution and endemism in Sapin¬
tus s. str. from the Indo-Australian transition zone
The highest species diversity (72%, or 22 spe¬
cies of a total of 31) is registered from New Guinea,
with another 6 species (19%) being recorded from
Sulawesi (Tab. 2). Smaller islands (the Moluccas,
the Bismarck Archipelago or Raja Ampat) are rep¬
resented by lower Sapintus species diversity. Unfor¬
tunately, the material available for this study is not
enough to be able to make final conclusions and
only sketches the possible general pattern for this
genus in the study region.
Most of the main islands, or insular systems
in general, demonstrate high rates of geographi¬
cal endemism (66% for the Solomon Islands, 59%
for New Guinea, 33% for Sulawesi and the North
Moluccas). On the other hand, no endemic species
have hitherto been recorded from the Bismarck Ar¬
chipelago, Raja Ampat or the Lesser Sunda Islands,
principally due to the lack of material.
New Guinea is widely known for the high level
of geographical isolation between different parts of
this large island, and also between its geographi¬
cal features, like peninsulas or montane ridges. An
attempt to assess the diversity and endemism of
Sapintus in various parts of New Guinea is present¬
ed in Tab. 3.
The Central Cordillera, (and also the Ramu Riv¬
er valley with the Adelbert & Finisterre mountains)
is characterised by the highest species diversity of
Sapintus on the island. Registered endemism is
high in the same areas, plus the southern lowlands
(67%, 80% and 75% respectively). Again, the stud¬
ied material was not enough to be able to make
final decisions and my assessment only represent
the current state of our knowledge.
Only reliable information was used for this as¬
sessment; dubious records were not considered.
319
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Table 2. Diversity and rate of endemism in Sapintus species from the Indo-Australian transition zone.
Table 3. Diversity and endemism of Sapintus in the various geographical systems of New Guinea.
320
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Species richness and endemism of Sapintus s.
str. at different altitudes
The first assessments of the role of altitudinal
vegetation zones and their possible affect on Anth¬
icidae species diversity were made by Telnov (2011a
& b) for Tomoderinae and Macratriinae, respective¬
ly. Also, members of Sapintus demonstrate some
preferences for specific types of vegetation = verti¬
cal component (Tab. 4). Data currently available on
Sapintus are not sufficient to be able to make final
decisions. The greatest number of Sapintus species
is found in the lowland zone (13 species of a total of
31), which is distinctly greater than the species diver¬
sity in the lower montane (1 species, S. monstrosi-
antennatus sp. nov.) zone. No species were recorded
from the upper montane zone. One species (S. sexu-
alis sp. nov.) is not fitting in any of the zones.
Table 4. Number of the Papuan Sapintus species recorded for altitudinal zones.
Annex 1: New descriptions, redescriptions and
new records of Sapintus s. str. from the Oriental
and Australian region
Sapintus (s. str.) andreaskopetzi sp. nov. (Figs
141-142, plate 59 figs 1-2)
Holotype $ NME: NEPAL P: Seti/D: Bajhang 12
km NE Chainpur, Talkot Gad S of Talkot, N29°36’17”,
E81°17’54”, 1400m, 28.VI.2009 leg. A.Kopetz riverside
#37.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Named after
Andreas Kopetz (Erfurt, Germany) - well-known Ger¬
man coleopterist and the first collector of this spe¬
cies.
Measurements, holotype $: Total body length
4.98 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.52 mm. Head 1.03 mm long,
across the eyes 0.90 mm broad, pronotum 0.95
mm long, maximum width 0.68 mm, elytra 3.0 mm
long, 1.52 mm broad.
Description: Dorsal surface black, elytra with two
dark orange transverse bands. The anterior one
covering almost the whole basal third of the elytra
(leaving only a narrow black basal area) is bearing
the lateral margins of the elytra and is not interrupt¬
ed on the suture; the posterior one is almost half as
broad as the anterior, situated in the apical third,
very narrowly interrupted on the suture and almost
bearing the lateral margins of the elytra. Antennae
brown with basal antennomere black and terminal
- pale brown. Palpi are brown. Femora bicoloured,
yellow basally, black distally. Tibiae black, yellow¬
ish distally. Tarsi yellowish brown. Underside of
head and prothorax black, meso-, metathorax and
abdominal ventrites reddish black. Head smooth
and shiny, with midsized and moderately promi¬
nent eyes. Tempora indistinctly shorter than the
eye length, slightly converging toward base, with
rounded temporal angles. Head base very broadly
rounded and shallowly notched medially. Punc¬
tures small, fine and sparse, intervening spaces
much broader than punctures. Areas posterior to
each eye somewhat more densely punctured than
the rest of the head dorsum. Pubescence whitish,
fine and sparse. Antennae slender, reaching over
the base of the elytra in the female. Second anten¬
nomere in female short, about 1/2 the size of the
third antennomere. Antennomeres 3-5 elongate
and slender, of which the 3rd antennomere is dis¬
tinctly the longest. Antennomeres 6-9 shorter than
previous ones, slightly thickened distally. Penulti¬
mate antennomere cylindrical, slightly shorter than
the previous one. Terminal antennomere in female
elongate, blunt, 1/3 longer than penultimate one.
Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat axeform.
Pronotum smooth and shiny dorsally, rounded an¬
teriorly, significantly narrower than the head, with
a feeble lateral postmedian transverse impression.
Punctures vary in size but are generally large, deep
and quite dense. Intervening spaces vary in size,
ranging from much larger than to nearly as large
as the punctures. Pubescence whitish, fine, and
sparse. Anterior margin with a line of short dense
321
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
setae. Scutellum truncate apically. Elytra strongly
elongate, smooth and shiny. Punctures large, deep
and dense, irregularly arranged. Punctures getting
much more flat in the apical third. Intervening spac¬
es irregular in size, smaller than the punctures in
the basal half but slightly larger than the punctures
in the apical third. Pubescence yellowish, long and
dense, suberect. Undersetae directed obliquely
laterally. Sutural striae complete and broad. Hind
wings fully developed. Legs very long and slender.
Female meso- and metatarsi as long as their tibiae
respectively. Female basal tarsomere of the meta-
thoracic legs as long as the combined length of the
remaining metathoracic tarsomeres. Morphologi¬
cal tergite VII in female narrowly rounded on apical
margin (Fig. 141). Morphological sternite VII in fe¬
male broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig. 142).
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Ecology & biology: The holotype was sampled
on riverside at an altitude of 1400 m.
Differential diagnosis: This species is similar
to several East Pa laea retie, Oriental and Papuan
species of Sapintus - large in size and with pale
bands or spots on the elytra, namely S. binhen¬
sis (Pic, 1922) (Vietnam), S. cochaeres (Lewis,
1895) (Japan, Far East of Russia), S. cruciellus
(Marseul, 1882a) (Indonesia: Java), S. dyaulensis
Telnov (consider name change above; Bismarck
Archipelago & New Guinea), S. gracilicornis (Pic,
1895) (widespread in Oriental and Papuan region),
S. hirtisetosus (Marseul, 1884) (Indonesia: Suma¬
tra, the Philippines: Luzon, Palawan), S. inspoliatus
Bonadona, 1981 (The Philippines: Tawi-Tawi), S.
litorosus (Lewis, 1895) (Japan), S. longehirsutus
(Pic, 1922) (Vietnam), S. longepilosus (Pic, 1942)
(China, without precise location), S. marseuli (Pic,
1892) (Japan, Eastern and Southern China, Ne¬
pal, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam), S. nomurai Nardi,
2004 (Japan: Ryukyu Islands), S. subrubrocinctus
(Marseul, 1882a) (Indonesia: Sumatra; records
from Peninsular Malaysia and Borneo published by
Uhmann need confirmation), and S. triparticornis
(Pic, 1926) (Vietnam). Some of them (S. hirtiseto¬
sus, S. longehirsutus, S. marseuli, S. subrubrocinc¬
tus, S. triparticornis ) have a red or dark red prono-
tum or whole forebody. S. litorosus is generally pale
on the elytra, with dark areas restricted to a median
transverse band (interrupted on the suture) and
also the black base and apices. The male of this
species has modified intermediary antennomeres
4-6 (the male is unknown in S. andreaskopetzi).
Elytra I pubescence in S. andreaskopetzi is not as
extraordinarily long as in S. binhensis, S. longehir¬
sutus or S. longepilosus. The head base is distinctly
truncate in S. marseuli and S. triparticornis, but
broadly rounded in S. andreaskopetzi. Punctures of
the head are fine and sparse in S. andreaskopet¬
zi, not like in any of the afore-listed species (head
more coarse/densely punctured in all of them ex¬
cept S. binhensis and S. marseuli). S. binhensis
have strongly elongate male antennomeres 7-10;
female antennomeres are much less slender than
in S. andreaskopetzi. This new species is also re¬
markably large, with holotype’s body length almost
5.0 mm - a really rare case in Sapintus. S. cruciel¬
lus differs in having the head base truncate and a
denser punctured forebody.
Distribution: Only known from Nepal.
Sapintus (s. str.) angulapex sp. nov. (Figs 143-145,
plate 59 figs 3-4)
Holotype $ NHMB: PHILIPPINES, 150 m Palawan,
PORT BARTON 14.-18. Dec. 1990 Bolm Igt.
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘an-
gulus’ [angle] + ‘apex’ [apex, top], because of the
dent-like prolongated apices of the elytra.
Measurements, holotype $: Total body length
3.42 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.95 mm. Head 0.71 mm long,
across the eyes 0.70 mm broad, pronotum 0.70
mm long, maximum width 0.56 mm, elytra 2.01
mm long, 0.95 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum reddish orange, elytra paler
142
141
Figures 141-142. Sapintus andreskopetzi sp. nov., holotype 141 - Tergite VII; 142 - Sternite VII.
322
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
with black markings in the form of a broad median
transverse band (narrowly interrupted on the suture)
and a black preapical spot (leaving extreme apices
of the elytra yellow). Legs, palpi and antennae yel¬
low. Underside uniformly reddish orange, trochan¬
ters yellow. Head smooth dorsally, with midsized,
not very strongly prominent eyes. Tempora almost
straight, slightly shorter than the eye length, with
rounded temporal angles. Head base very broadly
rounded, subtruncate. Punctures are of two sizes.
Large punctures are quite deep, irregularly dis¬
persed with intervening spaces ranging from small¬
er than to larger than these punctures. Small and
fine punctures are unevenly dispersed between the
large punctures. Pubescence yellowish, short and
very fine, dense. Antennae long and slender, reach¬
ing postbasal impression of elytra in the female.
Second antennomere in female short, half the size
of the third antennomere. Antennomeres 3-6 elon¬
gate and slender, thickened distally. Antennomeres
7-10 stouter, more thickened, 10th antennomere is
the shortest among them. Terminal antennomere
asymmetrical, elongate and blunt, twice as long as
the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary palpomere
somewhat axeform. Pronotum opaque dorsally,
broadly rounded anteriorly, narrower than the head,
strongly narrowed postmedium toward base. Punc¬
tures vary in size but are generally larger than on
the head, dense and coarse, regularly dispersed,
with intervening spaces ranging from much smaller
than to about as large as the punctures. Interven¬
ing spaces densely microreticulate. Also, antero¬
lateral angles of pronotum densely punctate and
microreticulate. Pubescence yellowish, short and
dense, appressed. Scutellum truncate apically. Ely¬
tra strongly elongate, smooth dorsally. Postbasal
transverse impression weak but broad and visible.
Each sutural angle ends in a long dent (in females
only?). Punctures large and deep, irregularly dis¬
persed, getting much finer postmedium. Interven¬
ing spaces vary in size, ranging from smaller than
to twice as large as the punctures. Pubescence
yellowish, comparatively short, fine and dense, ap¬
pressed, with several very long erect tactile setae
on the sides and the disc. Undersetae directed
obliquely laterally. Sutural striae broad, developed
from apices toward postbasal impression. Legs
long and slender. Female metatibiae slightly thick¬
ened in the median part. Female basal tarsomere
of the metathoracic legs longer than the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in female broadly rounded
on apical margin and covered with dense long se¬
tae (Fig. 143). Morphological sternite VII in female
broadly rounded on apical margin and covered with
dense setae (Fig. 144).
Sexual dimorphism: Male is unknown.
Ecology & biology: Collected at an altitude of
150 m.
Differential diagnosis: This species is very dis¬
tinctive due to modifications of the elytra I apices
(only by females?).
Distribution: Only known from Palawan Island
(the Philippines).
Sapintus (s. str.) anguliceps (LaFerte-Senectere,
1849a) (Figs 146-151, plate 59 figs 5-6)
= Anthicus anguliceps LaFerte-Senectere,
1849b [duplicative description]
= Sapintus apicatus (Fairmaire, 1896) [con¬
sider new synonymy above]
= Sapintus apicatus birmanicus (Pic, 1907)
[consider new synonymy above]
Material: 1 specimen BMNH, Spore /
SINGAPORE: C.J.Saunders. B.M.1933-
227.; 1 specimen ZIN, BbETHAM, ropbi
NW TXAM-HryEH, 300 m, 13.9.1962 r.,
KadaKOB; 1 specimen ZIN, 60 kiviWBhhe.-
AMHb, Bbemaivi, 100-500 m, Ka6aKOB,
18.111.1963; 9 specimens ZIN, 2 speci¬
mens DTC, Cp. BbeTHaM, p. Koh OyKyH,
9.10.1963, KadaKOB; 2 specimens ZIN,
145
143
144
Figures 143-145. Sapintus angulapex sp. nov., holotype 143 - Tergite VII; 144 - Sternite VII; 145 - Spiculum
gastrale.
323
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
1 specimen DTC, CeB. Bbemaivi, 40 km NO TxanHryeH,
30.10.1963, KadaKOB; 2 specimens MHUB, Borneo, Sa¬
bah Kinabatangan 22. VIII. 2005, LF leg. Mey & Ebert; 1
specimen NME, THAILAND Khao Lak, Hotel Similana, 2
km NE, geklopft U. Schmidt 8.-22. XI. 2007; 1 specimen
IRSN, Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. Cambodia, Pursat prov. Phnom
Samkos W.S. P ram a oy, forest edge Light trap 16.iv.2005
Leg. K. Smets & I. Var; 2 specimens NME, S-Thailand, ca.
8km s. Khao Lak, 08°36’36”N 098°14’6r'E plantage,
Umg. Merlin resort leg. A. Skale, 30.7. - 11.8.2007; 56
specimens NME, 5 specimens DTC, INDIA, Tamil Nadu
Distr. Vilupparam Auroville, 12°0’N 79°48’E,leg. F.
Burger 01.VIII.-05.X.2012; 2 specimens NME, 2 speci¬
mens DTC, VIETNAM, N, Ninh Binh Pr. 90 km SW Ha¬
noi Cue PhuongNP, primat [sic!] rescue centre, 25.1V. /
2012, 190m, 20°14’24”N 109°42’53”E, leg. A. Weigel,
light trap.
Remarks: All published records and identifica¬
tions of S. anguliceps made by Uhmann need fur¬
ther confirmation, because this author not studied
the type of this species.
Sapintus (s. str.) aucklandensis (Werner, Chan¬
dler, 1995)
Material: 1 specimen BMNH, ? NEW ZEALAND / Sharp
Coll. 1905-313.; 1 specimen OUNH, Auckland H. Swale /
ex. J. J. Walker bequest 1939; 3 specimens OUNH, Nel¬
son NZ-2/02 JJWalker/ ex. J. J. Walker bequest 1939;
5 specimens OUNH, 2 specimens DTC, Wellington NZ
8/1902 JJWalker / ex. J. J. Walker bequest 1939; 4 spec¬
imens OUNH, Wellington, N.Z. J.J.Walker. Aug. 1902 / ex.
J. J. Walker bequest 1939; 1 specimen OUNH, 1 speci¬
men DTC, 15. IX. 1939. N. ZEALAND, Wellington, Paeka-
kariki. G.V.HUDSON. 1010-1940; 10 specimens BMNH,
2 specimens DTC, litter / AK: 12km S Waiuku / NEW
ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 2 specimens
BMNH, litter / AK: TUAKAU 9.xi.l983 / NEW ZEALAND
B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH, grass
heaps / AK:Auckland Wattle Bay ll.i.1984 / NEW ZEA-
150
Figures 146-151.
Sapintus anguliceps
(LaFerte-Senectere,
1849), $$ specimens
from Cambodia and
Thailand. 146 - Tergite
VII; 147 - Stern ite VII;
148 - Spiculum gas-
trale; 149 - Aedeagus;
150-151 - Tegmen of
aedeagus (dorsal &
dorso-lateral views).
151
147
148
324
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
LAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 2 specimens BMNH,
Tidal refuse / WO:Port Waikato shore debris 12. ii. 1984
/ NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 1 speci¬
men HMNH, NEW ZEALAND, Waikato District, Pirongia
Forest, 21.1. 1995, Z.Korsos.
Remarks: First records since original description.
Sapintus (s. str.) bataviensis (Marseul, 1882a)
(Plate 59 figs 7-8)
= Anthicus bataviensis Marseul, 1882b [dupli¬
cative description]
Syntype RMNH: de Gavere Batavia [handwritten] /
132a bataviens [handwritten].
Remarks: Genital organs were not studied. These
are lot of misidentifications of this species made
and published by previous authors. All records of
this species outside Java Island (locus typicus) to
be considered doubtful, as type material was not
studied by earier authors. I give the photographs of
this species for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) bizonellus (Marseul, 1882a)
(Plate 59 figs 9-10)
= Anthicus bizonellus Marseul, 1882b [dupli¬
cative description]
Syntype RMNH: Hekmeyer Ardjoeno Java or [handwrit¬
ten]/ bizonellus 111a [handwritten].
Remarks: Genital organs were not studied. I give
the photographs of this species for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) botanicus (Pic, 1952) (Plate 60
figs 1-2)
Holotype MNHN: SAIGON [printed] 27. I. 49 [handwrit¬
ten] J. BARBIER [printed] / v. botanicus mihi [handwrit¬
ten].
Remarks: Refer to Telnov (2007c) for the informa¬
tion on nomenclature of this species. I give the pho¬
tographs of this species for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) bryanti (Pic, 1911) [consider new
combination above]
Material: 4 specimens NHRS, Ma-landa / Queensl Mjd-
berg / Riksmuseum Stockholm; 1 specimen NHRS: Mt.
Tam-bourine / Queensl. Mjoberg / Riksmuseum Stock¬
holm; 5 specimens DTC, AUSTR.NSW. Border Ranges
N. Pk. Sheep-station Crk.cmpgrnd 375m 6-8.1. 1991
Pollock & Reichert / cantharidin; 2 specimens HMNH,
AUSTRALIA, N.S.W. Carai State Forest Kookaburra, 943
m / 31°01'434"S 152°20’288”E 27-28. X. 2000 leg.
A. Podlussany.
Remarks: Uhmann (2007: 68) already mentioned
New South Wales’ locality as ‘NSW, Border Ranges,
NP\ For some reason I give full locality data for it.
Sapintus (s. str.) carolinensis (Werner, 1965)
(Plate 45 figs 3-4)
Paratype Q DCC: KUSAIE, Pukusrik 1 m. [printed] IV-2
[handwritten] -53 J.F.G. Clarke [printed] / Mangrove
[handwritten] / light trap [printed] / PARATYPE Anthicus
carolinensis Werner [printed] Q [handwritten] / PARA¬
TYPE [printed, label blue].
Remarks: I give the photographs of this species
for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) cruciellus (Marseul, 1882a)
= Anthicus cruciellus Marseul, 1882b [dupli¬
cative description]
Holotype $ RMNH: Anthicus 928. bifasciatus cru¬
ciellus Java [handwritten] / Hekmeyer Ardjoeno Java or.
[handwritten, label circular] / Holotype [printed, label
red].
Remarks: This species is described from East Java
and remains only known by the holotype (see also
Telnov 2006). This species is generally very close to
or even conspecific with widespread S. gracilicornis
(Pic). The holotype of S. cruciellus is a female, so it
remains impossible to compare the male genitalia
of both taxa until the male specimens from the type
locality of S. cruciellus are available. Antennomeres
in S. cruciellus holotype are generally shorter than
in the typical S. gracilicornis. On the other hand, S.
gracilicornis is not yet confirmed from Java.
Sapintus (s. str.) curvatus sp. nov. (Figs 152-158,
plate 60 figs 3-4)
Holotype S NME: THAILAND, Phang-nga Prov., Takua-
pa distr., Khao Lak 08°37.623’N, 98°15.091’E, 50m
23.08.-02.09.2010, leg. A.Skale.
Paratypes 5 specimens: 2$ & IQ NME, 1$ DTC, same
label as in holotype; IQ NME, S-THAILAND, ca 10km e.
Khao Lak, 08°39’06”N, 098°17’22”E, Ton Chong Fah
Waterfall leg. A. Skale, 03.08.2007.
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘cur-
vatum’ [curved], because of the modified male
metatibiae.
Measurements, holotype $\ Total body length
3.06 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.84 mm. Head 0.61 mm long,
across the eyes 0.62 mm broad, pronotum 0.62
mm long, maximum width 0.50 mm, elytra 1.83
mm long, 0.84 mm broad. Measurements, para-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
type $ : Total body length 2.85 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle of elytra 0.82
mm. Head 0.58 mm long, across the eyes 0.61 mm
broad, pronotum 0.58 mm long, maximum width
0.48 mm, elytra 1.69 mm long, 0.82 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum dark orange, elytra with
black markings in the form of a median trans¬
verse band (complete or narrowly interrupted on
the suture, always bearing the lateral margins of
the elytra) and a black apical spot. Legs, palpi and
antennae yellow. Underside uniformly orange, tro¬
chanters yellow. Head smooth dorsally, with large
and prominent eyes. Tempora slightly converged to¬
ward base, abouta half of the length of the eye, with
rounded temporal angles. Head base very broadly
rounded, subtruncate. Punctures large and dense,
but flat. Intervening spaces ranging from as large
as the punctures to smaller than the punctures. Pu-
152
153
154
155
157
Figures 152-158. Sapintus curvatus sp. nov. 152-156:
Paratype S- 152 - Tergite VII; 153 - Stern ite VII; 154 -
Spiculum gastrale; 155 - Aedeagus; 156 - Tegmen of
aedeagus. 157-158: Paratype 157 - Tergite VII; 158
- Stern ite VII.
158
156 bescence yellowish, fine and dense. Antennae long
and slender, reaching far over the elytral humeri
in the male. Second antennomere in male slightly
shorter than third antennomere. Antennomeres 3-8
elongate and slender, slightly thickened distally. An¬
tennomeres 9-10 somewhat shortened, 10th anten¬
nomere is the shortest among the antennomeres
between 3 and 10. Terminal antennomere slightly
asymmetrical, elongate, conical, slightly more than
twice the length of the penultimate one in the male.
Terminal maxillary palpomere somewhat axeform.
Pronotum opaque dorsally, broadly rounded ante-
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
riorly, narrower than head, constricted postmedium
toward base. Punctures larger than on the head,
dense and coarse. Intervening spaces smaller or
much smaller than punctures. Also, antero-lateral
angles of pronotum densely punctate. Pubescence
yellowish, long and dense, appressed. Scutellum
rounded apically. Elytra strongly elongate, smooth
dorsally. Punctures large, deep and dense, getting
smaller postmedium. Intervening spaces vary in
size, ranging from smaller than to about the same
size of the punctures. Pubescence yellowish, long
and dense, suberect, with several extraordinary
long erect tactile setae on the sides and the disc.
Undersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural stri¬
ae broad, developed from apices toward postbasal
area. Legs long and slender, meso-and metatibiae
in both sexes with 5-6 pairs of extraordinary erect
setae on outer margin. Internal predistal margin of
male metatibiae curved and with callus-like thick¬
ening. Basal tarsomere of both male and female
metathoracic legs with a brush-like short and dense
pubescence on underside, as long as the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in male trapezoid, slightly
excavated on apical margin (Fig. 152). Morphologi¬
cal sternite VII in male is short, broadly rounded on
apical margin (Fig. 153). Aedeagus slender, with
pointed and microdentate tegmen (Figs 155-156).
Morphological tergite VII in female triangular, nar¬
rowly rounded on apical margin (Fig. 157). Morpho¬
logical sternite VII in female short, broadly rounded
on apical margin (Fig. 158).
Sexual dimorphism: Female metatibiae without
modifications, only with extraordinarily long setae.
Meso- and metathoracic legs setae comparatively
shorter in the female than the male.
Va r i a b i lity : Specimens slightly vary in body length,
from 2.70 mm to 3.06 mm.
Ecology & biology: No data available.
Differential diagnosis: This species is very
specific due to modifications of the male metati¬
biae and the presence of 5-6 pairs of extraordi¬
narily long setae on meso- and metatibiae in both
sexes. Somewhat similar to S. echinatus sp. nov.
(Indonesian Borneo), due to extraordinary setose
meso- and metatibiae, but it clearly differs from it in
that the male metatibiae are callus-like and thick¬
ened. Also similar to S. bizonellus (Marseul, 1882a)
(Java) but this species specifically different in head
shape and has simple male metatibiae.
Distribution: Only known from southern Thailand
(Malay Peninsula).
Sapintus (s. str.) dybasi (Werner, 1965) (Plate 45
figs 7-8)
Paratype $ BMNH: Para-type [printed, label circular,
border yellow] / KOROR I. Palau Islands 24Nov. 1947
[printed] / Pacific Sci. Board Ent.Surv.of Micronesia
H.S.Dybas leg. [printed] / PARATYPE [printed] $ [hand¬
written] Anthicus dybasi Werner [printed] / PARATYPE
[printed, label violet] / Brti.Mus. 1962-[printed] 619.
[handwritten]
Remarks: I give the photographs of this species
for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) echinatus sp. nov. (Figs 159-163,
plate 60 figs 5-6)
Holotype 3 NME: INDONESIA, central Borneo,
Prov. Kalimantan Barat, ~90 km E Putussibau N env.,
0°53’N, 112°56’E, 07.1.2009, secondary rainforest,
leg. A.Napolov.
Paratypes 16 specimens: 1 specimen BMNH, Borneo,
Sabah Danum Valley 4°58’N: 117°47’E At Light June
1999 / BMNH{E} 2005-177 H. Mendel; 3 specimens
NME, 4 specimens DTC, same label as in holotype; 2
specimens BMNH, INDONESIA: Borneo Kalimantan
Tengah Busang / Rekut confl. 0°03’S, 113°59’E /
August 2001 MV light Brendell / Mendel / ‘Barito Ulu
2001’ BMNH(E) 2001-191; 1 specimen BMNH, BOR¬
NEO, Sabah near Gum Gum Lower Kinabatangan June
2005, light trap / BMNH{E} 2005-178 H. Takano & T.
Owen-Edmunds; 1 specimen MHUB, Borneo, Sabah Kin¬
abatangan 22.VIII.2005, LF leg. Mey & Ebert; 1 speci¬
men BMNH, BORNEO: Sabah, Danau Girang field stn.
24.vii.2008. W. Simondson / malaise trap. Secondary
forest. Forest edge.; 1 specimen NME, 2 specimens
DTC, INDONESIA, central Borneo, Prov. Kalimantan
Barat, ~90 km E Putussibau N env., 0°53’N, 112°56’E,
10.1.2009, secondary rainforest, leg. A.Napolov.
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘echi¬
natus’ [bristly, spiny], because of the presence of
extraordinarily long pronotal and elytra I tactile se¬
tae and long setose tibiae.
Measurements, holotype <$: Total body length
3.35 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 1.00 mm. Head 0.70 mm long,
across the eyes 0.61 mm broad, pronotum 0.60
mm long, maximum width 0.49 mm, elytra 2.00
mm long, 1.00 mm broad. Measurements, para¬
type $ : Total body length 3.34 mm, maximum com¬
bined width across the middle of elytra 1.01 mm.
Head 0.70 mm long, across the eyes 0.67 mm
broad, pronotum 0.64 mm long, maximum width
0.58 mm, elytra 1.95 mm long, 1.01 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum and venter orange to dark
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
red, elytra with black markings. These black mark¬
ings are variable in size and shape, consisting of
a small humeral spot, a broad median transverse
band (mostly not bearing the lateral margin of the
elytra, interrupted on the suture or complete, pos¬
terior margin broadly excavated in the sutural area
in case this band is complete), and a broad apical
spot (extreme elytra I apices are pale in most of the
studied specimens). Antennae uniformly orange or
dark orange. Legs yellow, in some paratypic speci¬
mens meso- and metatibiae orange. Underside
orange- or reddish brown with yellow pro- and me-
socoxae. Head smooth and shiny dorsally, with
midsized prominent eyes. Tempora almost as long
as the eye length, with rounded temporal angles.
Head base broadly rounded. Punctures large but
flat and sparse. Intervening spaces ranging from
smaller than to twice as large as the punctures. Pu¬
bescence yellowish, long and dense. Antennae long
and slender, reaching the postbasal impression
of the elytra in the male. Second antennomere in
male short, half the size of the third antennomere.
Male antennomeres 4-10 elongate and evenly
thickened; penultimate antennomeres not shorter
and not thicker than preceding ones. Terminal an¬
tennomere elongate, bluntly conical, not or slightly
longer than the penultimate one. Terminal maxillary
palpomere somewhat axeform. Pronotum smooth
and shiny dorsally, elongate, rounded anteriorly,
significantly narrower than the head, with a feeble
lateral prebasal transverse impression. Punctures
large, dense and coarse, unevenly distributed,
sometimes building continuous rows of 3-4 punc¬
tures almost without intervals. Intervening spaces
vary in size, from much smaller to smaller than
punctures. Pubescence yellowish, long, dense, ap-
pressed, with several extraordinary long erect tac¬
tile setae on the sides and on the disc. Scutellum
162
163
Figures 159-163. Sapintus echinatus sp. nov., paratype
(S'. 159 - Tergite VII; 160 - Sternite VII; 161 - Spiculum
gastrale; 162 - Aedeagus; 163 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
truncate apically. Elytra strongly elongate, smooth
and shiny dorsally. Punctures very large, dense and
coarse, getting much smaller and flat in the apical
third (in some paratypic specimens punctures are
as large and dense in the apical third, similar to
the basal part of the elytra). Intervening spaces in
basal half much smaller than punctures, the post¬
medium spaces ranging from as large as to larger
than these. Pubescence yellowish, very long and
dense, suberect. Numerous extraordinary long
erect tactile setae on disc and sides (Plate 63 fig.
6). Undersetae directed obliquely laterally. Sutural
328
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
striae complete, broad. Hind wings fully developed.
Legs long and slender. Outer margin of all tibiae
in both sexes with 6-7 pairs of extraordinarily long
erect setae. Male protibiae with a weak thickening
on median inner margin; distal part of inner margin
densely setose. Male basal tarsomere of the meta-
thoracic legs slightly longer than the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in male short, trapezoid,
weakly excavated on apical margin and long setose
(Fig. 159). Morphological sterniteVII in male short
and broad, broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig.
160). Aedeagus with tegmen pointed apically (Figs
162-163) and setose preapically on sides. Morpho¬
logical tergite VII in female broadly rounded on api¬
cal margin.
Sexual dimorphism: Female antennomeres
4-7 comparatively shorter than in the male, more
slender than female antennomeres 8-10. Female
antennomere 10 shorter and slightly broader than
antennomere 9. Female protibia not or very indis¬
tinctly thickened on inner margin.
Ecology & biology: Collected in secondary low¬
land rainforest, some of the specimens were at¬
tracted to light.
Differential diagnosis: This species is simi¬
lar to several large and long setose Oriental and
Wallacean species, for example S. binhensis (Pic,
1922) (Vietnam), S. bizonellus (Marseul, 1882a)
(Java), S. botanicus (Pic, 1952) (Vietnam), S. gemi-
nus sp. nov. [described in this paper] (Sulawesi), S.
longehirsutus (Pic, 1922) (Vietnam), S. marseuli
(Pic, 1892) (widely distributed in East Asia), S. tri-
notatipennis (Pic, 1952) (Vietnam). Sapintus echi-
natus sp. nov. is specific primarily due to the pres¬
ence of two rows of long setae on each tibia and by
evenly elongate and thickened male antennomeres
4-10. Sapintus trinotatipennis also have similar
male antennae, but the pronotum of this species
is broader in anterior part and more strongly con¬
stricted toward the base; eyes are much larger
and male protibiae are not thickened on the inner
margin. In S. binhensis only antennomeres 7-9 are
elongate, but not 4-6. Meso- and metatibiae bear
very long setae in this species. S. curvatus sp. nov.
(Southern Thailand) also have extraordinary setose
meso- and metatibiae, but male metatibiae are
callus-like and thickened predistally in this species.
In S. bizonellus male antennomeres 4-10 not elon¬
gate nor thickened in this species.
Distribution: Known from West and Central Kali¬
mantan (Indonesian Borneo).
Sapintus (s. str.) flavonotatus (Pic, 1908) (Figs
164-165, plate 61 figs 6-7)
= Sapintus barbei Bonadona, 1978 [consider
new synonymy above]
= Anthicus meritorius Pic, 1914 [consider new
synonymy above]
Holotype S MNHN: Song Luong Blaise IX.02 [hand¬
written] / .... [text unreadable] / Anthicus Blaisei Pic in
litteris [handwritten] / type [handwritten] / flavonotatus
Pic type [handwritten].
Material: 1 specimen DTC, THAILAND occ.bor. 24.-
28.04.1991 Chom Thong Jan Farkac leg.; 1 specimen
DTC, S Vietnam, lam Dong pr., 120 NNE of Ho Chi Minh,
CatTien National Park, 1-5.VII.1995; 2 specimens NHMB,
1 specimen DTC, LAOS:N-VIENTIANE Prov. Vang-Vieng,
300 m, N18°55’23” E102°26’55”, 10-15.V. & 01-06.
vi. 2001, Jiri Kolibac leg.; 1 specimen DTC, Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B.
CAMBODIA Siem Reap, Angkor Thom 26.V.2003 Light
trap Leg. J. Constant, K. Smets & P. Grootaert; 2 speci¬
mens IRSN, Coll. I.R.Sc.N.B. CAMBODIA, 8Km North of
Sre Noi (road to AnlongVaeng) Light trap-29-V-2003 Leg
Constant&Smets.
Remarks: I give the photographs of this species
for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) gracilentus sp. nov. (Figs 166-
172, plate 60 figs 7-8)
Holotype S NME: BbETHAM ropbi NW Ban-TyoHr y
AaHr-TSHb 9.2.1963 r. KabaKOB.
Paratype $ DTC: same label as in holotype.
Derivatio nominis: Named from the Latin ‘graci¬
lentus’ [slender, elongate], because of the slender
body.
Measurements, holotype S'- Total body length
2.98 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.76 mm. Head 0.71 mm long,
across the eyes 0.58 mm broad, pronotum 0.63
mm long, maximum width 0.47 mm, elytra 1.64
mm long, 0.76 mm broad. Measurements, paratype
$ : Total body length 3.13 mm, maximum combined
width across the middle of elytra 0.94 mm. Head
0.71 mm long, across the eyes 0.59 mm broad, pro¬
notum 0.67 mm long, maximum width 0.51 mm,
elytra 1.75 mm long, 0.94 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum uniformly orange brown,
each elytron with a very narrow median transverse
black spot and a dark circular sutural spot in the
preapical area. Legs, palpi and antennae yellow¬
ish. Underside uniformly orange brown, pro- and
mesocoxae yellow. Paratypic specimen is teneral,
generally pale yellow with very indistinct dark mark¬
ings on the elytra. Head strongly elongate, smooth
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
dorsally, with small, not prominent eyes. Tempora
slightly converging toward base, about as long as
the eye length, with rounded temporal angles. Head
base rounded and feebly notched in the middle.
Punctures fine and flat, larger near the eyes and on
the frons, much sparser and smaller on the vertex.
Intervening spaces about as large as the punctures
on the frons, much larger than the punctures on
the vertex. With a narrow and slightly convex me¬
dian longitudinal impunctured line on the frons. Pu¬
bescence yellowish, fine and sparse. Antennae long
and slender, in both sexes reaching the postbasal
impression of the elytra. Second antennomere in
male short, 1/2 the length of the third antenno¬
mere. Antennomeres 3-8 elongate and slender,
of which 4-8 are thickened. Antennomeres 9-10
shorter than the preceding ones, thickened distally.
Terminal antennomere elongate and blunt, two and
a half times longer than the penultimate one. Ter¬
minal maxillary palpomere slightly axeform. Prono-
tum opaque dorsally, broadly rounded anteriorly,
narrower than the head, strongly constricted post¬
medium toward base. Punctures large, dense and
coarse, intervening spaces much smaller than the
punctures. Also, antero-lateral angles of pronotum
densely punctate. Pubescence yellowish, fine and
Figures 165-166. Sapintus flavonotatus (Pic, 1908), S
specimen from Sre Noi env., Cambodia. 164 - Aedea-
gus; 165 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
long, appressed, with 4-5 very extraordinary long
erect tactile setae on the sides. Scutellum trun¬
cate apically. Elytra strongly elongate and slender,
smooth dorsally. Humeral angles not indicated.
Punctures large and deep, irregularly dispersed,
getting much finer and sparser postmedium. In¬
tervening spaces vary in size, ranging from small¬
er than to three times larger than the punctures.
Pubescence yellowish, long and sparse, suberect,
with several extraordinarily long erect tactile setae
on sides and disc. Undersetae directed obliquely
laterally. Sutural striae broad, developed from
apices toward postbasal impression. Hind wings
completely atrophied in both sexes (wingless).
Legs long and slender. Male basal tarsomere of
the metathoracic legs longer than the combined
length of the remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in male truncate on api¬
cal margin and covered with dense long setae (Fig.
166). Morphological sternite VII in male broadly
rounded on apical margin and covered with dense
setae (Fig. 167). Aedeagus tegmen long pubescent
(Figs 169-170). Morphological tergite VII in female
broadly rounded on apical margin and covered with
dense long setae (Fig. 171). Morphological sternite
VII in female broadly rounded on apical margin and
covered with dense setae (Fig. 172).
Sexual dimorphism: Antennomeres 4-7 are not
thickened in the female like they are in the male.
No data available.
Ecology & biology: No data available.
Differential diagnosis: This species is specific
due to its slender body, unlike any other known
member of the genus. Another important character
unique among Oriental and Indo-Australian species
is the absence of hind wings.
Distribution: This species is only known from
Northern Vietnam.
Sapintus (s. str.) hartmanni sp. nov. (Figs 173-177
plate 52 fig. 7, plate 60 fig. 9)
Holotype S NME: NEPAL, Prov. Bheri D: Banke, Nepal-
ganj Hotel Kitchen Hut / 140m, NN, N28°04’97” E
81°38’56”, on light 23.-25.VI. 2011 leg.: M. Hartmann
#02.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. Dedicated to the
first collector, my good friend and respectful col¬
league, the director of the Naturkundemuseum in
Erfurt (Germany), Mr. Matthias Hartmann.
Measurements, holotype S'- Total body length
2.34 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.75 mm. Head 0.50 mm long,
across the eyes 0.51 mm broad, pronotum 0.50
330
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
166
ft
172
Figures 166-172. Sapintus gracilentus sp. nov. 166-170:
Holotype S. 166 - Tergite VII; 167 - Sternite VII; 168 -
Spiculum gastrale; 169 - Aedeagus; 170 - Tegmen of
aedeagus. 171-172: Paratype 171 - Tergite VII; 172
- Sternite VII.
j i.
169
170
171
mm long, maximum width 0.49 mm, elytra 1.34 mm
long, 0.75 mm broad.
Description: Forebody very dark red, base of pro-
notum somewhat paler. Elytra black or with large
pale markings. These markings consist of a large
postbasal yellow-to-orange spot (almost fused to¬
gether on the suture, bearing the lateral margins
of elytra) covering 1/3 of the elytra, and a smaller
ovoid oblique preapical spot on each elytron. Anten-
nomeres 2-4 pale, basal and 5th antennomere part¬
ly darkened, antennomeres 6-11 black, as is the
palpi. Legs yellow. Underside reddish brown with a
somewhat darker abdomen. This species is exter¬
nally very similar to the widely distributed Sapintus
javanus (Marseul, 1882a) (widely distributed in SE
Asia) and S. latioricollis (Pic, 1929) (Laos, Vietnam)
and can be differentiated by the following charac¬
teristics: Male aedeagus generally slender, tetra-
dentate on each side (Figs 176-177) (tridentate in
S. javanus, simple in S. latioricollis). Antennomeres
7-8 in male less elongate, more thickened. Morpho¬
logical tergite VII in male broadly trapezoid, shallow¬
ly excavate on apical margin (Fig. 173). Morphologi¬
cal sternite VII in male very short, broadly rounded
on apical margin (Fig. 174).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Ecology & biology: Attracted to light at an alti¬
tude of 140 m.
331
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Distribution: This species is only known from
south-western Nepal.
Sapintus (s. str.) lao sp. nov. (Figs 178-182, plate
62 figs 1-2)
Holotype $ NHMB, Laos:N-Vientiane Prov.,
Vang-Vieng, 300 m, N18°55’23" E102°26’55”, 10-15.V.
& 01-06. vi. 2001, Jim Kolibac leg.
Paratypes 3 specimens: 1$ DTC, same label as in
the holotype; l/> NHMB, Laos: S-Udomxai Prov. Pak Beng,
450 m N 19°53’37”, E 101°07,51" 18-27. v.2001 Jim
Kolibac leg.; 1$ NHMB, LAO,Phongsaly prov., 21° 41-
2’N 102° 06-8’ E, 28.v.-20.vi.2003, PHONGSALY env.,
~ 1500m, Brancucci leg.
Derivatio nominis: Named after Laos, the coun¬
try of origin of this species.
Measurements, holotype $\ Total body length
3.12 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.92 mm. Head 0.62 mm long,
across the eyes 0.59 mm broad, pronotum 0.60
mm long, maximum width 0.49 mm, elytra 1.90
mm long, 0.92 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum orange or pale orange, each
elytron with dark humeri, dark median transverse
band prolongated on anterior and broadly excavat¬
ed on posterior margin, and with dark apical spot
(leaving the very apex of elytra pale). Appendages
yellow. Underside uniformly orange. Head smooth
dorsally, with midsized prominent eyes. Tempora
rounded in broad arc together with the base. Punc-
tu ration sparse, intervening spaces much larger
than punctures. Pubescence yellowish, fine and
long, sparse. The antennae long and slender, in
male reaching over the anterior third of the ely¬
tra. The second antennomere in male 1/4 shorter
than the third antennomere. Antennomeres 3-10
elongate and slender, of them 4-10 thickened and
elongate-cylindrical. Antennomeres 9-10 slightly
shorter than preceding. Terminal antennomere
173
177
Figures 173-177. Sapintus hartmanni sp. nov., holotype
(S'. 173 - Tergite VII; 174 - Sternite VII; 175 - Spiculum
gastrale; 176 - Aedeagus; 177 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
elongate pointed, only 1/5 longer than penultimate
one. Terminal maxillary palpomere slightly axeform.
Pronotum smooth dorsally, broadly rounded ante¬
riorly, narrower than the head, constricted laterally
postmedium. Punctu ration large and coarse, inter¬
vening spaces (especially on the disc) smooth but
much smaller than the punctures. Also anterolat¬
eral angles of pronotum are coarse punctate. Pu¬
bescence yellowish, fine and long, appressed, with
some extraordinary long and erect tactile setae on
sides and on the disc. Scutellum truncate apically.
Elytra elongate, smooth dorsally. The humeral an-
176
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
gles broadly rounded. Puncturation large and deep
in the basal half (larger than on the pronotum),
dispersed irregularly but arranged in a single row
each side of the suture. Punctures getting much
finer and sparser postmedium. Intervening spaces
vary in size, smaller than (in basal half) to three
times larger than punctures (in posterior half). Pu¬
bescence yellowish, very long and dense, suberect,
with several extraordinary long erect tactile setae
on sides and the disc. Undersetae directed more
or less strongly obliquely laterally. Sutural striae
broad, completely developed. Hind wings fully de¬
veloped. Legs long and slender. Male basal tarso-
mere of the metathoracic legs as long as combined
length of remaining metathoracic tarsomeres.
Morphological tergite VII in the male truncate and
shallowly excavated on apical margin, with few very
long setae (Fig. 178). Morphological sternite VII in
the male broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig.
179). Aedeagus with strongly prolongate tegmen
apex (Fig. 181-182).
Sexual dimorphism: Female is unknown.
Ecology & biology: Collected at altitudes of 300
& 1500 m.
Differential diagnosis: This species is specific
due to elongate and slightly thickened male anten-
nomeres 4-10, as also because of generally slen¬
der body and specific elytra I colouration. S. pilipen-
nis (Pic, 1952) (Thailand, Vietnam) is quite similar
in colour, but its body is less elongate and anten-
nomeres 4-10 are simple, not modified. S. anguli-
ceps (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849) (widely distributed
in tropical SE Asia) is also similar in colour pattern
and dorsal puncturation, but differs in having sim¬
ple, not modified antennomeres and in different
shape of aedeagus.
Distribution: This species is only known from
Laos.
Sapintus (s. str.) latioricollis (Pic, 1929) [consider
new combination above]
Material: 2(5'6' DTC, S Vietnam, Lam Dongpr., 120 NNE
of Ho Chi Minh, Cat Tien National Park, 5-6. VII. 1995; 1
specimen NHMB, LAOS: S-UDOMXAI Prov. PAK BENG,
450 m N 19°53’37”, E 101°07’5 18-27. v.2001 Jifti
Kolibac leg.
Additional Vietnam records published by Telnov (1997,
1998) as S. sodalis (Pic).
Remarks: This species is very similar to S.javanus
(Marseul, 1882a) and S. hartmanni sp. nov. (see
new description above), but it differs in the simple,
non-dentate male aedeagus.
Figures 178-182. Sapintus lao sp. nov., paratype 178
- Sternite VII; 179 - Tergite VII; 180 - Spiculum gas-
trale; 181 - Aedeagus; 182 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Sapintus (s. str.) marseuli (Pic, 1892) (Plate 62
figs 3-4)
= Sapintus triparticornis (Pic, 1926) [consider
new synonymy above]
Material: 1 specimen DTC, Vietnam (Central), Thanh
Hoa prov., Langchanh, 12.111.1963, leg. O.L.Kabakov; 1
specimen DTC, Vietnam N, Laichan prov., W Sapa, Bin-
hen (500-600m), 28.V-2.VI. 1963, leg. O.L.Kabakov.
Remarks: After careful examination of the type
specimens of both taxa stored in MNHN, I came
to the conclusion that S. triparticornis (originally
described from Lac Tho, Central Vietnam, as Anthi-
cus s. I., moved to Sapintus by Telnov (2007c: 34))
is conspecific with the widespread East Asian S.
marseuli (known from Japan, the eastern parts of
China, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam.) A record of this
species from Nepal needs further confirmation.
Sapintus (s. str.) obscuricornis (Broun, 1880)
Material: 2 specimens BMNH, New Zealand. Ex Sim-
son.; 4 specimens OUNH, Westport, N.Z. JJ. Walker
Nov. 1901 / Anthicus obscuricornis Broun / ex. J. J.
Walker bequest 1939; 2 specimens DTC, Westport, N.Z.
J.J.Walker Nov. 1901 / ex. J. J. Walker bequest 1939; 2
specimens OUNH, Westport, N.Z. J.J.Walker Nov. 1901 /
Anthicus anthracinus Broun; 2 specimens OUNH, Picton,
N.Z. J.J.Walker Feb 1902/ ex. J. J. Walker bequest 1939;
2 specimens BMNH, New Zealand. / Sharp Coll. 1905-
313.; 2 specimens BMNH, Mouri Creek / New Zealand. /
Sharp Coll. 1905-313.
Sapintus (s. str.) pellucidipes (Broun, 1880)
Material: 1 specimen BMNH, New Zealand, ex. Sim-
son. / 130 / G.C. Champion Coll. B.M. 1927-409; 1 speci¬
men OUNH, Wellington Dist. N.Z.N.Id G.V.Hudson / ex.
J. J. Walker bequest 1939; 3 specimens OUNH, Waitak-
erei NZ 5/1902 JJWalker. / Anthicus pellucidipes Broun
/ ex. J. J. Walker bequest 1939; 1 specimen OUNH, Te
Aroha NZ 5/1902 JJW. / ex. J. J. Walker bequest 1939;
1 specimen OUNH, Wellington, N.Z. J.J.Walker. Oct 1902
/ Anthicus obscuricornis Broun; 2 specimens OUNH, 2
specimens DTC, Wellington NZ 10/1902 JJWalker / ex.
J. J. Walker bequest 1939; 1 specimen BMNH, sedges/
Matuka.Res: Bethals 29.X.1983 / NEW ZEALAND B.M.
1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 3 specimens BMNH: debris
by tidal Creek / AK:Bethells Beach. 5.xi. 1983 / NEW
ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 4 specimens
BMNH, AK:Bethells Beach. 5.xi.l983 / NEW ZEALAND
B.M. 1984-80 / P.M. Hammond; 2 specimens BMNH,
litter / AK: TUAKAU 9. xi. 1983 / NEW ZEALAND B.M.
1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 4 specimens BMNH, litter /
AK:Waitakere Ra. Cascades Kauri PK. 6.xi.l983 / NEW
ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen
BMNH, in agarics/ AK: Ahuroa forest reserve 15.xi.1983
/ NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 5 speci¬
mens BMNH, 1 specimen DTC, wet litter by stream / AK:
Ahuroa forest reserve 15.xi.1983 / NEW ZEALAND B.M.
1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen DTC: grass heaps
/ CL: Kopu 16.xi.1983 / NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80
P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH, Kauri forest litter /
AK:Waitakere Ra. 30.xi.1983. Nt.Huia / NEW ZEALAND
B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 2 specimens BMNH,
litter / TK:Egmont N.P. Dawson Falls Rd. 550m. 6-7.
xii.1983/ NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond;
2 specimens BMNH, shore debris / TK: MANAIA Kaupo-
korui Beach 7.xii.l983 / NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80
P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH, litter / TK: Everett
Pk. 8 km. ENE Inglewood 70m. 8.xii.l983 / NEW ZEA¬
LAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH,
TK: MOKAU VALLEY 8.xii.l983 / NEW ZEALAND B.M.
1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH, litter /
WO:Hamilton Gudex’s Bush 9.xii.l983/ NEW ZEALAND
B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 2 specimens BMNH, lit¬
ter / ND:Waipoua St.F. Waipoua Stm., 120m. 10-11.
xii.1983 / NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond;
1 specimen BMNH, streamside / AK:Waipoua St. F.
Waipoua Stm. 120m. 10-12.xii.1983 / NEW ZEALAND
B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH, Under
log / AK:Wenderholm Scenic. Res. 0-30m l.i.1984 / NEW
ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 4 specimens
BMNH, damp litter / AK:Wenderholm Scenic. Res. 0-30m
l.i.1984 / NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond;
4 specimens BMNH, litter / AK:Wenderholm Scenic.
Res.0-30m l.i.1984 / NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-
80 P.M. Hammond; 4 specimens BMNH, 1 specimen
DTC, Debris by stream / WA:Ruakokoputuna Blue
Rock Stm. 16. i. 1984 / NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80
P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH, cut grass heaps /
WN:LowerHutt garden debris 100m. 17.L1984 / NEW
ZEALAND B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond; 4 specimen
BMNH, 1 specimen DTC, forest litter /WA:Tuhita rata Res.
Lake Ferry 15m. 16. i. 1984 / NEW ZEALAND B.M. 1984-
80 P.M. Hammond; 1 specimen BMNH, WN:LowerHutt
garden debris 100m. 17.L1984 100m / NEW ZEALAND
B.M. 1984-80 P.M. Hammond.
Sapintus (s. str.) pilipennis (Pic, 1952) (Figs 183-
187, plate 62 fig. 5)
Material: 2 specimens DTC, Vietnam N, 160 km NNW
Hanoi, Tuyen Quang prov., 3 km NE from Na Hang, Pac
Ban vill. env., 900 m, primary rain forest, 11.VI.1996,
leg. A. Napolov; 1 specimen DTC, Vietnam N, 160 km
NNW Hanoi, Tuyen Quang prov., 3 km NE from Na Hang,
Pac Ban vill. env., 900 m, primary rain forest, 12-14.
VI. 1996, leg. A. Napolov; 1 specimen DTC, SICHUAN,
4 JUL 1995 JINSHA RIV. VAL. JINJIAN, 1400 m BOLM
Igt.; 2 specimens DTC, Vietnam - N, 180 km SSW Ha-
334
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
noi, 40 km SW Thanh Hoa, Ben En National Park, 50
m a.s.l., 23.VII-27.VIII. 1998, leg. A.Napolov; 1 specimen
NME, THAILAND, S,ca. 10km E Khao Lak,08°39’06”N
98°17’22”E,Ton Chong Fah Waterfall, 03.VIII.2007
leg.A.Skale; 1 specimen NME, THAILAND Khao Lak, Ho¬
tel Similana, 2 km NE, geklopft U. Schmidt 8.-22.XI.2007.
Remarks: First records since original description.
First records from Thailand and Yunnan (China). I
give the photograph of this species for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) pollocki Uhmann, 1999 (Plate 62
figs 6-7)
Material: 2 specimens HMNH, AUSTRALIA, 99.1.13.
Queensland, Pinnocle village (camping) leg. A. Podlussa-
ny; 1 specimen DTC, AUSTRALIA, Queensland Tin Can
Bay, 99.1.22. leg. A. Podlussany; 1 specimen HMNH, AUS¬
TRALIA, NT, Mt. Bundey, 144 m, 13° 13.5’S,131°8.0E, /
4-7. XI. 2000, leg. A. Podlussany, G. Hangay & I. Rozner.
Remarks: Consider potential synonymy with S. in-
sulanus (Pic, 1900) as stated under ‘Remarks’ in
description of S. insulanus above. I give the photo¬
graphs of this species for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) raws (King, 1869)
= Sapintus deitzi Werner, Chandler, 1995 [con¬
sider new synonymy above]
Remarks: Sapintus raws have not yet been re¬
corded from New Zealand, but synonymising S. de¬
itzi with it adds New Zealand’s North Island to the
distribution area of this native Australian species.
S. deitzi was described from the northern surround¬
ings of Auckland (Parakai surroundings, collected
by sweeping) and was known only from the locus
typicus before. According to Thorpe (personal com¬
munication), ‘this species is extremely common in
the northern North Island of New Zealand (including
Auckland), particularly during the cooler months of
the year. It occurs in swards of long grass in waste¬
land areas, and not in natural environments. Some¬
times it can reach densities of 20 or more individu¬
als per square metre. This species seem to occur
up on grasses ..., and rarely if ever on the ground,
even when other anthicids ... are common on the
ground under grass clippings in the same area. The
grass habitat has been poorly investigated here,
184
185
Figures 183-187. Sapintus pilipennis (Pic, 1952), S
specimen from Na Hang env., Northern Vietnam. 183 -
Tergite VII; 184 - Sternite VII; 185 - Spiculum gastrale;
186 - Aedeagus; 187 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
335
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
which is why there are so few literature records’.
Sapintus rarus is among species, possibly occa¬
sionally introduced to New Zealand from Australia,
where it occurs in the eastern part of the continent,
from Tasmania to Queensland (Telnov; unpublished
data).
Sapintus (s. str.) siamensis (Pic, 1914) (Figs 188-
192)
Material: 1 specimen DTC, S Vietnam, Lam Dong
pr., 120 NNE of Ho Chi Minh, Cat Tien National Park,
12.VII.1995 / A. Napolov leg.; 1 specimen DTC, Viet¬
nam - N, 180 km SSW Hanoi, 40 km SW Thanh Hoa,
Ben En National Park, 50 m a.s.l., 23.VII-27.VIII.1998,
leg. A.Napolov; 1 specimen NME, S-Thailand, ca. 8km
s. Khao Lak, 08°36’36"N 098°14’61”E plantage, Umg.
Merlin resort leg. A. Skale, 30.7. - 11.8.2007; 1 speci¬
men PAC, #1 of 18.vi.12 Wong Tong Lantau. HK; 1 speci¬
men PAC: 11 of 25.IX.12 Lam Tsuen valley H.K.; 1 speci¬
men DTC, 1 specimen PAC, #30 of Sept 2011 Wong Tong
Lantau. HK.
Remarks: First records from Hong Kong (and Chi¬
na).
Sapintus (s. str.) subopaciceps (Pic, 1913) (Figs
193-197, plate 62 figs 8-9) [consider revised
status above]
Material: 1 specimen DTC, INDONESIA, central Bor¬
neo, Prov. Kalimantan Barat, ~90 km E Putussibau N
env., 0°53’N, 112°56’E, 02-10.1.2009, secondary rain¬
forest, leg. A.Napolov.
Remarks: I give the photographs of this species
for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) testaceicolor (Pic, 1913) (Plate
63 figs 1-2)
Material: lspecimen DTC, #22 of Apr 2011 Wang Tong
Lantan. HK.
Remarks: First record since original description,
first record from Hong Kong (and China). I give the
photographs of this species for the first time.
Sapintus (s. str.) vietnamensis sp. nov. (Figs 198-
204, plate 63 figs 3-4)
Holotype $ NME: VIETNAM N, 180 km SSW Ha Noi, 40
km SW Thanh Hoa, Ben En NP, 50 m, 23.VII-27.VIII. 1997,
188
191
189
190
Figures 188-192. Sapintus siamensis (Pic, 1914), S
specimen from Khao Lak env., Southern Thailand. 188 -
Tergite VII; 189 - Sternite VII; 190 - Spiculum gastrale;
191 - Aedeagus; 192 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
192
336
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
secondary lowland forest, white light, leg. A.Napolov.
Pa ratypes 13 specimens [10 DTC, 3 NME]: same label
as in the holotype.
Derivatio nominis: Names after the country of ori¬
gin, Vietnam.
Measurements, holotype (?: Total body length
2.58 mm, maximum combined width across the
middle of elytra 0.88 mm. Head 0.53 mm long,
across the eyes 0.53 mm broad, pronotum 0.45
mm long, maximum width 0.48 mm, elytra 1.60
mm long, 0.88 mm broad. Measurements, para-
type $: Total body length 2.56 mm, maximum
combined width across the middle of elytra 0.87
mm. Head 0.53 mm long, across the eyes 0.53 mm
broad, pronotum 0.47 mm long, maximum width
0.48 mm, elytra 1.56 mm long, 0.87 mm broad.
Description: Dorsum and venter uniformly dark
black-brown, in some paratypic specimens elytra
are brown, slightly paler than black forebody. Anten¬
nae brown with 2 basal antennomeres paler. Palpi
brown. Legs brown to yellowish brown, paler than
the rest of the body. Head opaque dorsally, with
midsized, not very prominent eyes. Tempora almost
as long as eye length, with broadly rounded tempo¬
ral angles. Head base subtruncate. Punctures flat,
crateriform, very dense and coarse, intervening
spaces glabrous, much smaller than the punctures.
Pubescence greyish, very fine and sparse. Anten¬
nae short, hardly reaching elytral humeri in both
sexes. Second antennomere more or less as long
as next one. Antennomeres 7-10 shortened and
distinctly thickened, subcircular. Terminal anten¬
nomere asymmetric, bluntly conical, almost twice
longer than penultimate one. Terminal maxillary
palpomere broad, axeform. Pronotum opaque
dorsally, broadly rounded anteriorly and the later¬
al margins distinctly constricted toward narrower
base. Punctures like on the head but somewhat
coarser, intervening spaces much smaller than
193
194
195
196
197
Figures 193-197. Sapintus subopaciceps (Pic, 1913),
S specimen from Putussibau env., Indonesian Borneo.
193 - Tergite VII; 194 - Sternite VII; 195 - Spiculum
gastrale; 196 - Aedeagus; 197 - Tegmen of aedeagus.
the punctures. Pubescence greyish, very fine, quite
dense. Scutellum truncate apically. Elytra elon¬
gate, smooth and shiny. Punctures very large and
dense in basal half, getting more flat preapically.
Intervening spaces irregular, as large as or small¬
er than punctures. Pubescence yellowish, very
fine, quite dense, suberect. Undersetae directed
obliquely laterally. Sutural striae broad, developed
from the middle toward apices. Hind wings fully de¬
veloped. Legs slender. Male basal tarsomere of
the metathoracic legs as long as combined length
337
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
of remaining metathoracic tarsomeres. Claws long.
Male morphological tergite VII truncate on apical
margin (Fig. 198). Male morphological sternite VII
short and broad, broadly rounded on apical margin
(Fig. 199). Aedeagus with strong basal hooks, teg-
men is strongly prolongated and pointed on apex
(Figs 201-202). Female morphological tergite VII
narrowly rounded on apical margin (Fig. 203). Fe¬
male morphological sternite VII short and broad,
broadly rounded on apical margin (Fig. 204).
Sexual dimorphism: Not indicated.
Ecology & biology: Collected at altitude of 50 m
in secondary lowland rainforest, attracted to white
light.
Differential diagnosis: This is a typical uni¬
formly coloured Sapintus, which is primarily specific
due to the shape of aedeagus in combination with
opaque forebody and truncate male morphological
tergite VII.
D istr i b uti o n : This species only known from north¬
ern Vietnam.
198
201
199
200
Acknowledgements
202 For the loan of comparative material and type
specimens, and also for valuable comments on col¬
lecting localities, I am highly indebted to my dear
friends and helpful colleagues Michael Balke (ZSM),
Maxwell V.L. Barclay (BMNH), Donald S. Chandler
(University of New Hampshire, Durham, U.S.A.), Thi¬
erry Deuve & Azadeh Taghavian (both MNHN), Mat¬
thias Hartmann (NME), Hans Huijbregts (RMNH),
Bernd Jaeger (MHUB), Pol Limbourg (IRSN), Darren
J. Mann (OUNH), Ole 0. Martin (ZMUC), Otto Merkl
(HMNH), Alexander Napolov (Riga Zoo, Latvia), Ri¬
cardo L. Palma (NMNZ), Roberto Poggi (MSNG),
Figures 198-204. Sapintus vietnamensis sp. nov. 198-
202: Paratype S- 198 - Tergite VII; 199 - Sternite VII;
200 - Spiculum gastrale; 201 - Aedeagus; 202 - Teg-
men of aedeagus & penis. 203-204: Paratype 203
- Tergite VII; 204 - Sternite VII.
203
204
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Harald Schillhammer & Heinrich Schonmann (both
NHMW), Wolfgang Schawaller (SMNS), Andre Skale
(Hof am Saale, Germany), Stephen Thorpe (Uni¬
versity of Auckland, New Zealand), Bert Viklund
(NHRS), and Andreas Weigel (Wernburg, Germany).
Roland Gerstmeier (Technical University of Munich,
Germany) and Lev N. Medvedev (Severtsov Insti¬
tute for Problems of Ecology and Evolution, Mos¬
cow, Russia) are thanked for valuable comments
on colouration and possible mimicry among Cleri-
dae and Chrysomelidae respectively.
Special thanks are given to my good friend An-
drey Shkarupin (Riga, Latvia), whose kind financial
support made possible my expeditions to remote,
hardly accessible and very insufficiently studied re¬
gions of the Moluccas, Raja Ampatand Indonesian
Papua. My friendly and very competent accompani-
er Laszlo Wagner (Budapest, Hungary) is herewith
thanked for being with me during the expeditions.
For critical review of the manuscript I am very
thankful to Dr. Donald S. Chandler (University of
New Hampshire, Durham, U.S.A.) and Dr. Stephen
G. Compton (Leeds University School of Biology).
Kirill V. Makarov (Moscow Pedagogical University,
Russia) and Ole 0. Martin (ZMUC) are herewith
thanked for assistance in preparing habitual photo¬
graphs of certain species.
References
Blair K.G. 1942. Coleoptera Heteromera from Guam: 56-
60. In: Insects of Guam I. - Bulletin of the Bernice
P. Bishop Museum 172: i-v + 218 pp, 7 pis.
Bonadona P. 1958. VI Insectes Coleopteres Anthicidae.
In: Faune de Madagascar. Tananarive-Tsimbazaza,
Institut de recherche scientifique: 153 pp.
Bonadona P. 1981. Anthicidae inedits (Coleoptera) des
lies Philippines et I’Archipel Bismarck (Insecta, Co¬
leoptera). - Steenstrupia 7, No. 8: 193-212.
Bonadona P. 1986. Anthicidae (Coleoptera) de Sri Lan¬
ka. - Entomologica s candinavica, supplementum
30: 55-75.
Capocaccia L., Poggi R. 1982. Short history of the Museo
Civico di Storia Naturale “Giacomo Doria” in Genoa,
Italy. - Archives of Natural History 11, No. 1: 107-
122.
Casey T.L. 1895. Coleopterological Notices. VI. - Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences 8: 435-838.
Chandler D.S. 2002. 117. Anthicidae Latreille 1819:
549-558. In: Arnett R.H., Thomas M.C., Skelley
P.E., Frank J.H. (eds) American Beetles. Polyphaga:
Scarabaeoidea through Curculionoidea. Volume 2.
London, New York, Washington, CRC Press, Boca
Raton: 880 pp.
Chandler D.S., Nardi G., Telnov D. 2004. Nomenclatural
notes on the Palaearctic Anthicidae (Coleoptera). -
Mitteilungen des Internationalen Entomologischen
Vereins e.V. 29, No. 4: 109-173.
Gornitz K. 1937. Cantharidin als Gift und Anlockungsmit-
tel fur Insekten. - Arbeiten uber physiologische
und angewandte Entomologie aus Berlin-Dahlem
4: 116-157.
Hemp C. 1994. Anthiciden und Cantharidin. Ein Beitrag
zur chemischen Okologie, Bionomie und Phylog-
enie der Ameisenkafer (Coleoptera: Anthicidae).
Dissertation zur Erlangung des Doktorgrades der
Fakultat Biologie, Chemie und Geowissenschaften
der Universitat Bayreuth. Bayreuth: 1-131 + annex¬
es [41 unnumbered pages] + acknowledgements
[2 unnumbered pages]
Hemp C., Dettner K. 1997. Morphology and chemistry of
mesothoracic glands in Anthicid beetles (Coleop¬
tera: Anthicidae). - Entomologia generalis 22, No.
2: 97-108.
Hemp C., Dettner K. 2001. Compilation of canthariphi-
lous insects. - Beitrage zur Entomologie 51, No. 1:
231-245.
Hille J.C. van 1984. Monograph of Aulacoderus La Ferte,
a subgenus of Anthicus Paykull (Coleoptera: Anth¬
icidae). - Annals of the Cape Provincial Museums
(Natural History) 15, No. 1: 1-171.
Hille J.C. van 1988. Three new South African species
of Aulacoderus la Ferte, a subgenus of Anthicus
Paykull (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). - Annals of the
Cape Provincial Museums (Natural History) 16, No.
12: 321-326.
King R.L. 1869. Descriptions of the anthicides of Austra¬
lia. - The Transactions of the Entomological Society
of New South Wales 2: 1-24.
Kitayama C.Y. 1982. Biosystematics of anthicid larvae
(Coleoptera: Anthicidae). - The Coleopterists Bulle¬
tin 36, No. 1: 76-95.
Krekich-Strassoldo H. von 1930. Beitrage zur Kenntnis
malayischer Anthiciden II. - Tijdschrift voor Ento¬
mologie 73: 251-262.
Kuschel G. 1990. Beetles in a suburban environment:
a New Zealand case study. The identity and status
of Coleoptera in the natural and modified habitats
of Lynefield, Auckland (1974-1989). - DSIR Plant
protection Report 3: 118 pp.
LaFerte-Senectere F.T. de 1849a. Anthicus (Seconde Di¬
vision), Livraison 8, No. 28: 47-83, 1 pi. In: Guerin-
Meneville F.-E. (ed.) Species et iconographie ge-
nerique des Animaux Articules ou representation
des genres , avec leur description et celle de toutes
les especes de cette grande division du regne ani¬
mal. Premiere Partie: Insectes Coleopteres (1846-
1847). Paris, de Fain etThunot.
LaFerte-Senectere F.T. de 1849b. Monographie des An¬
thicus et genres voisins, Coleopteres Heteromeres
de la tribu des Trachelides [1848]. Paris, De Sapia:
i-xxii + 340 pp, pis. 17-32.
Lea A.M. 1895. Descriptions of new species of Austra¬
lian Coleoptera. - Proceedings of the Linnean So-
339
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
ciety of New South Wales 9, 2nd series: 589-634.
MacLeay W. 1872. Notes on a collection of insects from
Gayndah. - Transactions of the Entomological So¬
ciety of New South Wales 2: 239-318.
Mawdsley J.R. 1994. Mimicry in Cleridae (Coleoptera). -
The Coleopterists Bulletin 48, No. 2: 115-125.
Marseul S.A. de 1882a. Especes nouvelles de Coleop¬
teres de la famille des Pedilides et Anthicides du
Musee Royal d’hist. nat. a Leyde. - Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie (1881-1882) 25: 54-64.
Marseul S.A. de 1882b. New species of Coleoptera be¬
longing to the families Pedilidae and Anthicidae. -
Notes from the Leyden Museum 4: 112-124.
Pic M. 1895. Description de Coleopteres nouveaux. - Le
Naturaliste 17: 94.
Pic M. 1900. Diagnoses d’Anthicidae de la Nouvelle Gui-
nee. - Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale
“Giacomo Doria” Series 2a, 20: 602-608.
Pic M. 1902. Anthicidae exotiques nouveaux du Musee
national Hongrois. - Termeszetrajzi fuzetek 25:
405-410.
Pic M. 1910. Coleopteres exotiques nouveaux ou peu
conn us (suite). - EEchange, Revue Linneenne 26:
69-71.
Pic M. 1911. Anthicidae; Pars 36. In: SchenklingS. (ed.)
Coleopterorum Catalogus. Berlin, W. Junk: 102 pp.
Pic M. 1913. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute. Anthicidae,
Pedilidae und Hylophilidae. - Archiv fur Naturge-
schichte 79: 129-135.
Pic M. 1929. Nouvea utes diverses. - Melanges exotico-
entomologiques 53: 1-36.
Pic M. 1952. Heteromeres africains nouveaux (Coleop¬
teres). - Revue de zoologie et de botanique afric-
aines 46, No 1/2: 60-80.
Pic M. 1955. Nouveaux Coleopteres congolais de divers¬
es families. - Revue de zoologie et de botanique
africaines 52, No. 1/2: 85-96.
Schenkling S. 1906. Die Cleriden des Deutschen En-
tomologischen National-Museums, nebst Besch-
reibungen neuer Arten. - Deutsche Entomolo-
gische Zeitschrift 1906, No. 1: 241-321, pi. 2.
Ronchetti L., Colombini I., Chelazzi L. 1986. Researches
on the coast of Somalia. The shore and the dune of
Sar Uanle. 40. Anthicidae (Coleoptera). - Monitore
zoologico italiano, Supplemento 21, No. 10: 169-
184.
Telnov D. 1997. Anthicidae aus Nordvietnam (Insecta:
Coleoptera). - Mitteilungen des Internationalen
Entomologischen Vereins e.V. 22, No. 1/2: 59-65.
Telnov D. 1998. Anthicidae aus Nordvietnam II (Insecta:
Coleoptera). - Mitteilungen des Internationalen En¬
tomologischen Vereins e.V. 23, No. 1/2: 85-93.
Telnov D. 1999. Weitere Anthicidae verschiedener Re-
gionen aus dem Zoologischen Museum Kopenha-
gen (Insecta Coleoptera). - Bulletin de la Societe
royale beige d’Entomoigie 135, No. 1/6: 72-81.
Telnov D. 2001a. Zur Kenntnis asiatischer Anthicidae
(Coleoptera), II. - Entomologische Zeitschrift 111,
No. 6: 182-186.
Telnov D. 2001b. Zur Kenntnis asiatischer Anthicidae
- III. - Mitteilungen des Internationalen Entomolo¬
gischen Vereins e.V. 26, No. 1/2: 21-33.
Telnov D. 2005. A case of the mimicry in the Oriental
Coleoptera Ischaliinae (Anthicidae), Lagriinae (Te-
nebrionidae), and Galerucinae (Chrysomelidae). -
Entomologische Zeitschrift 115, No. 4: 149-150.
Telnov D. 2006a. Nomenclatural notes on Anthicidae
and Pyrochroidae (Coleoptera). 1. - Latvijas Ento-
mologs 43: 57-77.
Telnov D. 2006b. Papuanthicus, a new genus of Anthi-
cini (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) from New
Guinea. - Baltic Journal of Coleopterology 6, No.
1: 1-13.
Telnov D. 2007a. Redefinition of Pseudoleptaleus Pic,
1900 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae, Anthicinae). - Ento¬
mologische Zeitschrift 117, No. 2: 71-82.
Telnov D. 2007b. A Review of the genus Lemodes Bohe¬
mian, 1858 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Lemodinae).
- Veroffentlichungen des Naturkundemuseums Er¬
furt 26: 241-258.
Telnov D. 2007c. Nomenclatural Notes on Anthicidae
and Pyrochroidae (Coleoptera). 2. - Latvijas ento-
mologs 44: 31-44.
Telnov D. 2011a. Tomoderinae (Coleoptera: Anthicidae)
from the Indo-Australian transition zone (Wallacea)
and adjacent areas. - Vernate 30: 223-248.
Telnov D. 2011b. Taxonomische Revision der Gattung
Macratria Newman, 1838 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae:
Macratriinae) aus Wallacea, Neuguinea und den
Salomonen: 97-285, pis. 17-37. In: Telnov D. (ed.)
Biodiversity ; Biogeography and Nature Conserva¬
tion in Wallacea and New Guinea. Riga, the Ento¬
mological Society of Latvia: 434 pp. + 92 pis.
Telnov D. 2012. New records and new species of Mac¬
ratriinae from the Papuan region (Coleoptera: Anth¬
icidae). - Vernate 31: 429-468.
Uhmann G. 1983. Anthiciden der orientalischen Region
(Coleoptera, Anthicidae). - Annales historico-natu-
rales musei nationalis hungarici 75: 185-206.
Uhmann G. 1990. Weitere Anthiciden verschiedener
Regionen aus dem Museum in Genf (Coleoptera,
Anthicidae). - Revue suisse de Zoologie 97, No. 1:
139-151.
Uhmann G. 1993. Anthiciden aus Sabah (Borneo)
aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum in Genf
(Coleoptera, Anthicidae). - Revue suisse de
Zoologie 100, No. 2: 373-404.
Uhmann G. 1994. Sudostasiatische Anthiciden aus dem
Naturhistorischen Museum in Genf, 4 (Coleoptera,
Anthicidae). - Revue suisse de Zoologie 101, No.
3: 655-676.
Uhmann G. 1995a. Anthicidae (Insecta: Coleoptera)
from New Guinea in the Hornabrook Collection. -
Journal of the Royal Society of New Zealand 25, No.
4: 517-526.
Uhmann G. 1995b. Weitere von Rudolf Schuh in Asien
gefundene Anthiciden. - Entomofauna 16, No. 20:
401-404.
340
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Uhmann G. 2000. Anthicidae (Coleoptera) aus
verschiedenen Regionen. - Annales historico-
naturales musei nationalis hungarici 92: 145-160.
Uhmann G. 2007. Die Anthicidae Latreille 1819
(Coleoptera: Tenebrionoidea) von Australien
ohne Formicomini. 68. Beitrag zur Kenntnis
der Anthicidae. - Coleoptera. Schwanfelder
Coleopterologische Mitteilungen 11: 1-103.
Werner F.G. 1962. A revision of the Nearctic species of
Sapintus (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). - Annals of the
Entomological Society of America 55, No. 5: 492-
498.
Werner F.G. 1965. Anthicidae. In: Insects of Micronesia.
Coleoptera. 16, No. 5: 255-269.
Werner F.G. 1967. A key to the Anthicidae of Flawaii, with
one new species (Coleoptera). - Proceedings of the
Hawaiian Entomological Society 19, No. 2 (1966):
310-316.
Werner F.G. 1983. Neotropical Sapintus, with a general
key to species (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). - Proceed¬
ings of the Entomological Society of Washington
85, No. 3: 405-425.
Werner F.G., Chandler D.S. 1995. Anthicidae (Insecta:
Coleoptera). Fauna of New Zealand 34. Lincoln,
Canterbury, Manaaki Whenua Press: 64 pp.
Young D.K. 1984. Field records and observations of
insects associated with cantharidin. - The Great
Lakes Entomologist 17, No. 4: 195-199.
Map 2. Distribution of Sapintus species on Bismarck Archipelago. Filled circle - S. dyaulensis nom. nov. &S. insula-
ris (Werner, 1965); filled triangle - S. dilensis (Pic, 1900) (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
341
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Map 3. Distribution of Sapintus species on New Guinea. Filled circle - S. alfurus (Pic, 1900); circle - S. celeripes sp. nov.; filled triangle - S. densepunctatus sp. nov.; tri¬
angle - S. geminus sp. nov.; filled square - S. horvathi (Pic, 1902); square - S. hirtipennis (Pic, 1900), S. loriae (Pic, 1900), S. papuus (Pic, 1900) & S. quadrinotatus (Pic,
1900); filled rhomb - S.javanus (Marseul, 1882a); rhomb - S. insulanus (Pic, 1900); star - S. madangensis Uhmann, 1995; filled star - S. sexualis sp. nov.; filled arrow
- S. macrops sp. nov. (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
(plates 44-63)
Map 4. Distribution of Sapintus species on the Moluccas and Raja Ampat. Filled circle - S. dilensis (Pic, 1900);
circle - S. malut sp. nov.; filled square - S. horvathi (Pic, 1902); square - S. celeripes sp. nov. & S. oceanicus (LaF.,
1849a) (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
343
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Map 5. Distribution of Sa pint us species on Sulawesi. Filled circle - S. gemitus sp. nov.; circle - S. monstrosianten-
natus sp. nov. & S. malayensis (Pic, 1895); filled square - S. malayensis (Pic, 1895) (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
Map 6. Distribution of Sapintus species on Solomon Islands. Circles (both filled & empty) - S. am sp. nov.; empty
circle - S. curvitibia sp. nov.; triangle - S. oceanicus (LaF., 1849a) (prepared with Arc View 9.0).
344
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera:
Tetriigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia
and from Australia, with general remarks to the
classification and morphology of the Tetrigidae and
descriptions of new genera and species from New
Guinea and New Caledonia
Josef Tumbrinck
Auf der Hees 1, D-41849, Wassenberg, Germany; j.tumbrinck@t-online.de
Abstract: A key for the identification of the subfamilies of Tetrigidae is revised. The South-East Asian genera and
species of the Cladonotinae are taxonomically reviewed and a key is provided for the identification of the genera.
A checklist is given for all genera, species and subspecies. Six new genera, Boczkitettix gen. nov., Devriesetettix
gen. nov., Ichikawatettix gen. nov., Ingrischitettix gen. nov., Planotettix gen. nov., Willemsetettix gen. nov., and 36
new species, Boczkitettix manokwariensis sp. nov., Cladonotella riedeli sp. nov., Dolatettix hochkirchi sp. nov.,
Dolatettix lehmanni sp. nov., Eurymorphopus bolivariensis sp. nov., Gestroana bayerriveriensis sp. nov., Gestroana
cyclopensis sp. nov., Gestroana flasbarthi sp. nov., Gestroana gressitti sp. nov., Gestroana karimuiensis sp. nov.,
Gestroana kleukersi sp. nov., Gestroana moanemaniensis sp. nov., Gestroana morobensis sp. nov., Gestroana
mounthagensis sp. nov., Gestroana pannosa sp. nov., Gestroana sedlaceki sp. nov., Gestroana willemsei sp. nov.,
Gestroana yapenensis sp. nov., Ichikawatettix detzeli sp. nov., Ichikawatettix kleinertae sp. nov., Ingrischitettix
mountalbilalaensis sp. nov., Planotettix astrolabebayensis sp. nov., Planotettix biroi sp. nov., Planotettix buergersi
sp. nov., Planotettix cyclopensis sp. nov., Planotettix fartmanni sp. nov., Planotettix karubakensis sp. nov., Planotettix
maai sp. nov., Planotettix mountbaduriensis sp. nov., Planotettix planus sp. nov., Planotettix riedei sp. nov.,
Willemsetettix laeensis sp. nov., Willemsetettix maai sp. nov., Willemsetettix oriomoensis sp. nov., Willemsetettix
wauensis sp. nov., Willemsetettix willemsei sp. nov., are described. New combinations and revised status include
Boczkitettix borneensis (Bolfvar, 1887) comb, nov., Devriesetettix dorreus (Hancock, 1909) comb, nov., Gestroana
bicristulata (Gunther, 1938) comb, nov., Holoarcus intermedius (Willemse, 1932) comb, nov., Holoarcus truncatus
(Hancock, 1909) comb, nov., Ichikawatettix exsertus (Gunther, 1938) comb, nov., Piezotettixsulcatus (Bolfvar, 1887)
comb. nov. The following new synonyms are established: Xistrella Bolivar, 1909 = Pseudogignotettix Liang, 1990
syn. nov., Cladonotella beccarii (Bolivar, 1898) = Cladonotella insulana Willemse, 1961 syn. nov. One new name is
proposed: Holoarcus ferwillemsei nom. nov.
Keywords: Orthoptera, Tetrigidae, Cladonotinae, identification, New Guinea, New Caledonia, Australia, Philippines,
Malaysia, Indonesia, taxonomy, revision, new genera, new species, new synonymy, new combinations, new name.
Introduction
There are about 1750 known species within
the family of Tetrigidae. They can be located
worldwide and populate almost all climatic zones
from taiga to rainforest (deserts excluded). The only
regional exception is New Zealand where species of
Tetrigidae has yet not been found. Tetrigidae can be
clearly identified by their pronotum, which typically
extends far over the body. This feature is clearly
unique and proves the allocation of the species
without doubt
This work examines the Tetrigidae of New
Guinea and adjacent islands within the scope of
a complete revision of South-East Asian genera of
Cladonotinae. The bases for this pa per a re the works
of Gunther (1938a) and Blackith (1992). Gunther
examined the known genera of Cladonotinae except
those of the Americas. Blackith later translated and
slightly edited Gunther’s identification key.
A classification of the family of Tetrigidae into
subfamilies is difficult and initially poses a big
345
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
hurdle for the interested entomologist. This work
is intended to be a start for better understanding
of the subject matter with an identification key for
all subfamilies and for the Cladonotinae of this
particular region.
So far there are no references to the ecology
for the examined species.
Material and methods
This research is based upon an analysis of
considerable material of a variety of museums,
displaying a multitude of relevant types; as well
as, of course, the published literature. During a
study trip in 2004 to Papua New Guinea, I was
able to examine the fauna of Tetrigidae at different
locations.
With the exception of gender and size,
males and females of all reviewed species do not
show dimorphism and are therefore not treated
separately. Colouring may vary considerably within
a species; it has however no consequence for
diagnosis.
While determining the paratypes, I followed an
individual numbering system (e.g. 3/14).
The following measurements are generally
recorded:
Pronotum length: in dorsal view in midline from the
anterior to the posterior margin (Plate 64 fig. 1).
Pronotum lobe width: in dorsal view the distance
between the most extended margins of the ventral
projections (Plate 64 fig. 2).
Pronotum height: in lateral view from the ventral
margin of the lateral lobes vertical upwords to the
dorsal margin of the pronotum (Plate 64 fig. 3).
Postfemur length: in lateral view the greatest length
from the tip of the dorso-basal lobe to the end of
the knee (Plate 64 fig. 4).
Postfemur width: in lateral view the greatest width
(height) (Plate 64 fig. 5).
Tegmen length: in lateral view the length of the
hardened part which is in situ visible beneath the
pronotum (Plate 64 fig. 6).
Hind wing length: from the base of the visible part
of the tegmen to the apex of the hind wing (Plate
64 fig. 7).
Vertex width: in dorsal view between the hind
margins of the lateral carinae of the vertex and
including the carinae (Plate 64 fig. 8).
Eye width: in dorsal view from just behind the hind
margins of the lateral carinae outwards finding the
longest diameter (Plate 64 fig. 9).
For most localities I identify the geographical
coordinates as well as possible and mark them with
square brackets.
Acronyms for scientific collections:
AMS - Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales,
Australia;
ANIC - Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO,
Canberra City, Australian Capital Territory, Australia;
ANSP - Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, U.S.A.;
BMNH - The Natural History Museum, formerly British
Museum (Natural History), London, United
Kingdom;
BPBM - Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii,
U.S.A.;
CDT - Collection Dmitry Telnov, Riga, Latvia;
DORSA - Digitized Orthoptera Specimens Access, hold
by the Zoologisches Forschungsmuseum Alexander
Koenig, Bonn, Germany;
HNHM - Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest,
Hungary;
IRSNB - Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de
Belgique, Bruxelles, Belgique;
LEMQ - Lyman Entomological Museum, McGill University,
Quebec, Canada;
MBBJ - Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Bogor,
Indonesia;
MCZ - Harvard University, Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A.;
MHNG - Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Geneva,
Switzerland;
MNCN - Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid,
Spain;
MNHN - Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
France;
MNSL - Naturkundemuseum, Leipzig, Germany;
MSNG - Museo Civico di Storia Naturale “Giacomo
Doria”, Genova, Italy;
MZPW (Museum Stettin) - Polish Academy of Science,
Museum of the Institute Zoology, Warszawa, Poland
(here: Collection of the former Museum Stettin);
NCB-RMNH - Nederlands Centrum voor Biodiversiteit
(Dutch Centre for Biodiversity, formerly Nationaal
Natuurhistorisch Museum Naturalis), Leiden, he
Netherlands;
NHME - Natuurhistorisch Museum, Maastricht, The
Netherlands;
NHRS - Naturhistorisca Riksmuseet, Stockholm,
Sweden;
NMW - Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Austria;
NZSI - Zoological Survey of India, National Zoological
Collection, Kolkata, India;
OUMNH - University Museum of Natural History, Oxford,
346
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
United Kingdom;
QM - Queensland Museum, South Brisbane,
Queensland, Australia;
SMSM - Sarawak Museum, Kuching, Sarawak, Malaysia;
SMTD - Staatliches Museum fur Tierkunde, Dresden,
Germany;
UCDC - University of California, R.M. Bohart Museum of
Entomology, Davis, California, U.S.A.;
UMB - Ubersee-Museum, Bremen, Germany;
ZFMK - Zoologisches Forschungsmuseum Alexander
Koenig, Bonn, Germany;
ZIN - Zoological Institute, Russian Academy of Sciences,
St. Petersburg, Russia;
ZMFIU - Zoologisches Museum der Flumboldt Universitat,
currently Museum fur Naturkunde der Humboldt-
Universitat zu Berlin, Berlin, Germany;
ZSM - Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich, Germany.
Morphology
Based on the work of Devriese (1999) I named
all necessary morphological characters in the
following figures.
Subfamilies
In his epochal work of 1887, Bolivar divided
the family of Tetrigidae in 7 sections: Cleostratae,
Cladonotae, Scelimenae, Metrodorae, Tettigiae,
Batrachideae and Tripetalocerae. Hancock added
the Discotettigiae and Bufonidae (1907), as well
as the Lophotettigiae (1909) to the Sectiones. A
division that despite of its’ shortcomings is still in
place today. Gunther (1939) changed the until then
used name Sectio Metrodorae to Sectio Amorphopi.
Stein mann withdrew the older systematic
categories such as sections and postulates 10
subfamilies instead: Cladonotinae, Scelimeninae,
Metrodorinae, Tetriginae, Batrachinae in 1962;
Lophotettiginae (1969) and Tripetalocerinae,
Discotettiginae and Cleostratinae (1970a);
Bufonidinae (1970b). Stein mann postulates the
Tetriginae as a synonym of Tetricinae (1970b).
Later authors, such as Otte, do not agree and Otte
(1997) establishes 11 subfamilies inclusive of the
Tetriginae, of which the subfamily of Cassitettiginae
was later synonymized (Podgornaja, 2001). Otte
does not list the Bufonidinae and falsely postulates
the Amorphopinae based on Podgornaja (1986)
with only two genera as a separate subfamily. But
Podgornaja used 1992 in her identification key the
name Metrodorinae for the Amorphopinae.
I use the name Metrodorinae (Type species:
Metrodora rana Bolivar, 1887) for this subfamily
until further revisions may establish a new system.
Podgornaja (1992) did not consider the
subfamily of the Bufonidinae and Otte (1997)
assigned them to the Tetriginae without providing
a reason. I do not agree, since the morphology
shows strong deviations. I allocate the Bufonidinae
to the Cladonotinae due to their broadened
scutellum. To postulate a separate subfamily of
Bufonidinae would be inappropriate, because
of the multitude of forms in these genera. If one
were to establish such a separate subfamily,
there would be many more subfamilies of genera
with many different pronounced features. A later
revision that does not follow the problematic
feature of the broadened scutellum would very
likely assign the genera differently. The largest
number of the to-date described species are
found within the Scelimeninae, Metrodorinae and
Tettiginae. Allocations to these subfamilies are
extremely difficult, since the characteristics used
are not specific and very subtle. Discotettiginae (3
genera) and Lophotettiginae (2 genera) are based
upon very rare attributes and encompass only few
species. The same is valid for Cleostratinae (1
genus) and Tripetalocerinae (3 genera). The division
in sections, or today’s subfamilies, does in many
cases not correspond with the true relationship,
which Gunther and other authors often remark in
their works, and I agree with. Due to the lack of a
complete revision however, Gunther himself made
use of the established allocations. Because of the
described shortcomings, a complete revision of the
subfamilies would bean important task. However, it
poses enormous requirements on the researchers.
For those who are studying, or wish to study the
tetrigids, it is essential to identify the correct access
point to the proper allocations of genera. This
enables research of this family in greater depth.
The above explanations lead me to use the
system of 9 subfamilies and their definitions:
Batrachideinae Bolivar, 1887
Cladonotinae Bolivar, 1887
Cleostratinae Hancock, 1907
Discotettiginae Hancock, 1907
Lophotettiginae Hancock, 1909
Metrodorinae Bolivar, 1887
Scelimeninae Hancock, 1907
Tetriginae Serville, 1838
Tripetalocerinae Bolivar, 1887
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figures 1-6. Morphological characteristics in Tetrigidae. 1 - Head, frontal view; 2 - Head, lateral view; 3 - Head,
dorsal view; 4 - Pronotum, dorsal view; 5 - Pronotum, lateral view; 6 - Hind leg.
Abbreviations: AB - scapus, AC - visible part of hind wings, AG - flagellum, AP - pedicel, AS - infrascapular area,
AW - antennal grooves, CA - prozonal carina, CD - interhumeral carina, CDF - dorso-external carina, CF - frontal
carina, CH - humero-apical carina, Cl - extralateral carina, CIF - ventral margin, CL - internal lateral carina, CLV -
lateral carina, CLY - clypeus, CM - median carina, CMV - medial carina, CO - frontal costa, COS - fascial carinae,
CS - secondary carina, CSF - dorsal margin CT - lateral shoulder carina, CTV - transverse carina, CV - external
lateral carina, CVF - ventro-external carina, CX - coxa, DAG - geniculartooth, EL - tegmen, FA - fastigium, FEM -
median external area, FEO - dorsal external area, FEV - ventral external area, GE - knee, LA - lateral area, LB -
labrum, LT - lappets, MP - pulvilli, 0 - eye, OCI - medial ocellus, OCS - superior ocelli, OP - occiput, PA - lateral
lobe, PF - posthumeral spot, PPA - posterior margin of lateral lobe, PPR - pronotal process, PR - anterior margin
of pronotum, PS - apex, S - sulci, SAG - antegeniculartooth, SD - shoulder, SDD - tubercles of humeral angel,
SE - tegminal sinus, SH - humeral angel, SI - ventral sinus, SL - spine of lateral lobe, SO - supraocularlobe, SR -
transversal ridge, SS - scutellum, ST - tibia spines, TA1 - metatarsus, TA2 - second segment of tarsus, TA3 - third
segment of tarsus, TR - clypeal triangle, TT - lappets, VE - vertex, VEG - fossula.
348
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Key to the subfamilies of the Tetrigidae
The following identification key should enable an allocation to the subfamilies. It is based on the work
of Podgornaja (1992).
1 Antennae filiform or thicker, exceptional the segments flattened (but see also in Metrodorinae: Ophiotettix and
Andriana ) . 2
-All or 2-3 subapical segments considerable broadened and flattened . 7
2 The medial ocellus between the eyes (one genus from the Philippines) . Cleostratinae
- The medial ocellus below the lower margin of the eyes . 3
3 Dorsal margin of the anterior and middle femora with a clear furrow . Batrachideinae
- Dorsal margin of the anterior and middle femora with a well developed carina . 4
4 Fascial carina of the frontal costa considerably widened. They enclose a broadened scutellum (broader than the
scapus) . Cladonotinae
- Fascial carina of the frontal costa diverge a little or runs parallel . 5
5 The lateral lobes directed downwards and contiguous to the body, arched in different ways (not transverse
truncated) . Tetriginae
- The lateral lobes directed sidewards (in rare cases downwards) as an acute triangle process or an acute spine or a
transverse truncated process . 6
6 The lateral lobes directed sidewards as an acute triangle process or a long acute spine . Scelimeninae
- The lateral lobes directed sidewards (in rare cases downwards) as a transverse truncated process .. Metrodorinae
7 Only 2 or 3 subapical segments considerably broadened and flattened orfoliaceous . Discotettiginae
- All antenna segments, with the exception of basal and apikal segments, clearly flattened . 8
8 Antenna segments flattened triangularly. Flead produced conical . Tripetalocerinae
-Antenna segments flattend trapezoidal or rhomboidal. Flead not produced (two genera from South America) .
. Lophotettiginae
Key to the Cladonotinae of South East Asia and
Australia
The following genera of Cladonotinae from the
Asiatic mainland and other parts of the world were
not considered in this key:
Acmophyllum Karsch, 1890 (Africa)
Afrolarcus Gunther, 1979 (Africa)
Antillotettix Perez-Gelabert, 2003 (Caribbean)
Aspiditettix Liang, Chen, Li, Chen, 2009 (China)
Astyalus Rehn, 1939 (Africa)
Austrohancockia Gunther, 1938 (Indochina, South
China, Taiwan)
Bahorucotettix Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Bidentatettix Zheng, 1992 (China, India, Vietnam)
Choriphyllum Serville, 1838 (Caribbean)
Cladonotus Serville, 1838 (Sri Lanka)
Cladoramus Hancock, 1907 (Africa)
Cota Bolfvar, 1887 (Southern America)
Cubanotettix Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Cubonotus Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Dasyleurotettix Rehn, 1904 (Africa)
Deltonotus Flancock, 1904 (South India, Sri Lanka,
China, Vietnam)
Eleleus Bolfvar, 1887 (South America)
Fieberiana Kirby, 1914 (East India)
Gibbotettix Zheng, 1992 (China)
Gignotettix Flancock, 1909 (Sri Lanka)
Haitianotettix Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Hancockella Uvarov, 1940 (South India)
Hippodes Karsch, 1890 (Africa)
Hottettix Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Microthymochares Devriese, 1991 (Madagascar)
Morphopoides Rehn, 1930 (Africa, Madagascar)
Morphopus Bolfvar, 1905 (Africa)
Mucrotettix Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Oxyphyllum Hancock, 1909 (North India)
Pantelia Bolfvar, 1887 (Africa)
Paulytettix Devriese, 1999 (Africa)
Pelusca Bolfvar, 1912 (Africa)
Phyllotettix Hancock, 1902 (Caribbean)
Pseudepitettix Zheng, 1995 (China)
Pseudogignotettix Liang, 1990 (China)
Note:The2speciesare based uponthedescriptions
of larvae. On the drawings of the description plates
349
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
of Pseudogignotettix emeiensis Zheng, 1995 and
Pseudogignotettix guaridongensis Liang, 1990
the larval stages can be clearly recognized by the
missing incision between the antegenicular teeth
and the knee of the hind femur. Mr. Storozhenko
(by letter) stated, that both species are possibly
the last instar of Xistrella spec, and I agree with.
Herewith I synonym ize Xistrella Bolfvar, 1909
with Pseudogignotettix Liang, 1990 syn. nov. The
descriptions of both species are questionable and
require further proof.
Royitettix Devriese, 1999 (Africa)
Sanjetettix Devriese, 1999 (Africa)
Seyidotettix Rehn, 1939 (Africa)
Sierratettix Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Tettilobus Hancock, 1909 (India, Sri Lanka)
Thymochares Rehn, 1930 (Madagascar)
Tiburonotus Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Trachytettix Stal, 1876 (Africa)
Truncotettix Perez-Gelabert, Hierro, Otte, 1998
(Caribbean)
Trypophyllum Karsch, 1890 (Africa)
Tuberfemurus Zheng, 1992 (China)
Typophyllum Karsch, 1890 (Africa)
Xerophyllum Fairmaire, 1846 (Africa)
Yunnantettix Zheng, 1995 (China)
The following identification key is based upon the key of Gunther (1938a).
1 Pronotum with strongly raised median carina, usually with leaf-like compression; dorsal silhouette in profile never
with sharp teeth or saw-edged in profile . 2
- Pronotum never evenly compressed in a leaf-like pattern, median carina in profile not regularly elevated; or:
compressed to the thickness of a leaf and produced over the head or with upward projecting processes in the
anterior part of the pronotum . 10
2 Organs of flight present . 3
- Organs of flight absent . 4
3 Antennae very long. Brachyptereous. Borneo . Paraphyllum Hancock, 1913
-Antennae very short. Macroptereous. Borneo . Stegaceps Hancock, 1913
4 The elevated foliaceous thin pronotum, seen in profile, with a distinct angle at the highest point of the dorsal line
. 5
- Pronotum with more or less evenly rounded or irregular dorsal silhouetette . 7
5 The shield-like structure bordering the frontal carena pear-shaped or upright heart-shaped (drawn in Bolfvar,
1887, fig. 2a) with the greatest breadth above the mid-point of its length. Highest elevation of the pronotum not
exceeding the hind femora, above the mid-coxae. Philippines . Hymenotes Westwood, 1837
- Frontal shield-like structure with the greatest breadth at or below the mid-length (drawn in Bolfvar, 1887, fig. 3a;
Plate 70, fig. 3) . 6
6 Highest elevation of the pronotum often behind the hind coxae; the pronotum not exceeding the hind femora.
Philippines . Hypsaeus Bolfvar, 1887
- Highest elevation of the pronotum before the mid coxae, sometimes even above the head; the pronotum slightly
exceeding the hind femora. Philippines . Misythus Stal, 1877 (partim)
7 Dorsal line of the pronotum, seen from above, forked, at least in the anterior half. New Guinea . 8
- Dorsal line of the pronotum unforked or nearly unforked. Not from New Guinea . 9
8 In lateral view a well visible frontal horn at the tip of the fastigium (Plate 71 fig. 7). New Guinea .
. Dolatettix Hancock, 1907
- No frontal horn at the tip of the fastigium. New Guinea . Holoarcus Hancock, 1909
9 Pronotum slightly exceeding the hind femora. Philippines . Misythus Stal, 1877 (partim)
- Pronotum not exceeding the hind femora. Philippines . Piezotettix Bolfvar, 1887
10 External lateral carinae emarginated inside. Samoa, New Caledonia . Nesotettix Holdhaus, 1908
- External lateral carinae not emarginated inside . 11
11 Pronotum and body conspicuously flattened, hind femur more or less inclined with lateral curved lappets. New
Guinea and New Caledonia . 12
- Pronotum and body not conspicuously flattened . 13
12 Micropronotal. Internal lateral carinae absent. New Guinea . Planotettix gen. nov.
- Brachypronotal. Internal lateral carinae present. New Caledonia . Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907
13 Very long and macropronotal. Hind wings long . Gavialidium Saussure, 1862
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
- Short and without long hind wings . 14
14 Vertex, seen from above, at least produced in front of the eyes as an evenly broad, distinctly blunt, triangular, or
rounded process with distinct transverse carinae. Prozonal carinae very short or almost absent. Vietnam, Borneo
and New Guinea . Epitettix Hancock, 1907
- Vertex, seen from above, not a blunt or clearly rounded process produced before the eyes. Lateral carinae short.
Transverse carinae absent. Prozonal carinae especially for males long and elevated. Borneo, New Guinea . 15
15 Pronotum with a more or less flat surface and one small exaltation of the median carina in line of the shoulders,
but without bigger humps . 16
- Pronotum not flat, at least in the anterior part often irregular, considerably humpy, or with one or more short, upper
multi-peaked ridges on the median carina or with some considerable elevations . 18
16 Head exserted over the pronotum, with globular projecting eyes. New Guinea . Ichikawatettix gen. nov.
- Head not exserted. Eyes not conspicuously globular . 17
17 Median carina does not reach the posterior margin of the pronotum. Australia . Tepperotettix Rehn, 1952
- Median carina reaches the posterior margin of the pronotum. New Guinea . Devriesetettix gen. nov.
18 Whole pronotum broadly rounded. Median carina nearly absent. New Guinea . Bufonides Bolivar, 1898
- Pronotum not broadly rounded. Medial carina present . 19
19 Pronotum, in lateral view, at least backwards to the middle flat or consistently higher rounded . 20
- Pronotum at least in the posterior part irregular, considerably humpy, or with one or more shortened, multi peaked
ridges on the median carina or with some considerable elevations . 24
20 Apex of the anterior margin of the pronotum, seen from above, semicircular. Philippines .... Diotarus Stal, 1877
-Apex of the anterior margin of the pronotum, seen from above, consistently pointed cephalad . 21
21 Lateral carinae running with a sharp corner to the medial carina. New Guinea . Ingrischitettix gen. nov.
- Lateral carinae running parallel or slightly curved inwards to the medial carina . 22
22 Fastigium, in lateral view, visible before the eyes but not projecting foreward. New Guinea .
. Pseudohyboella Gunther, 1938
- Fastigium, in lateral view, projecting foreward . 23
23 Small species, pronotum length < 6 mm. New Guinea . Willemsetettix gen. nov
- Large species, pronotum length > 8mm. Borneo, New Guinea . Boczkitettix gen. nov.
24 Anterior margin of the pronotum not or even less produced over the head . 25
- The laterally compressed process of the leading edge of the pronotum considerably produced forward and above
far beyond the head, in lateral view, i rregu la ry formed. Philippines . Misythus Stal, 1877 (partim)
25 Pronotum at the end, seen from above, acute (or acutely rounded). Anterior region of the pronotum irregularly
raised, the posterior region irregularly rugose. Antennal segments very short and thick, at the most three times as
long as broad. Borneo, Sumatra and India . Potua Bolfvar, 1887
- Pronotum at the end, seen from above, rounded, often bifurcated; mid-antennal segments usually strongly
elongated . 26
26 From Australia . Peraxelpa Sjostedt, 1931
- Not from Australia . 27
27 Ventral margin of the infrascapular area strongly curved. Sulawesi . Tondanotettix Willemse, 1928
-Ventral margin of the infrascapular area straight or a little curved . 28
28 Antennae inserted less than half a diameter of an antennal groove below the lower margin of the eyes. Prozona.
Java and New Guinea . Cladonotella Hancock, 1909
- Antennae inserted more than one diameter of an antennal groove below the lower margin of the eyes. New
Guinea . Gestroana Berg, 1900
Descriptions
Boczkitettix gen. nov.
Type species: Boczkitettix borneensis (Bolfvar,
1887) comb. nov.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The genus is
named after Robert Berthold Boczki, a famous
German entomologist and a good friend.
Description: Important characteristics are:
anterior border of the fastigium, in lateral view,
broadly rounded and projected before the eyes.
Scutellum broadened. Antennae inserted below the
lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum tectiform with
a low leaf-like part at the dorsal margin. Anterior
process of the pronotum extending over the head;
dorsal margin of the pronotum slowly descending
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
posteriorly, with just a minimal concave area on
each side of the median carina. Furcation of the
dorsal line of the pronotum, seen from above,
closed, only in the anterior part a very narrow
furcation visible. Posterior process of the pronotum
narrow and slightly rounded. Infrascapular area
with a low concave part above the mid-femora.
Brachypronotal. Flight organs absent. Last article
of the tarsi conspicuously shorter than the first.
Differential diagnosis: The type species does
not belong to Dolatettix Hancock, 1907. Boczkitettix
gen. nov. does not have a well visible frontal horn
on the tip of the fastigium. The pronotal crest is low
and nearly tectiform but not foliaceous. The dorsal
line of the pronotum is unforked or nearly unforked
in Boczkitettix gen. nov. Even in Holoarcus Hancock,
1909 and Piezotettix Bolivar, 1887 the furcation of
the dorsal line of the pronotum is well visible and
the pronotum is conspicuously foliaceous. Diotarus
Stal, 1877 is related to Boczkitettix gen. nov. but
this genus has a broadly obtuse posterior apex of
the pronotum. In Boczkitettix gen. nov. it. is small
and rounded. The new genus is very closely related
to Deltonotus Hancock, 1904, but the species of
Deltonotus Hancock, 1904 are micropronotal.
The anterior apex of pronotum in frontal view in
Deltonotus Hancock, 1904 is slightly broader than
in Boczkitettix gen. nov. Willemsetettix gen. nov.
is closely related to Boczkitettix gen. nov., but the
species are smaller and the anterior apex of the
pronotum is straight or extending slightly above the
head (only Willemsetettix laeensis). In Boczkitettix
gen. nov. the anterior apex of the pronotum is
reaching the anterior border of the eyes or is
extending over the head.
Distribution: Borneo and New Guinea.
Boczkitettix borneensis (Gunther, 1935) comb.
nov. (Plate 65 figs 1, 3, 5)
Dolatettix borneensis Gunther, 1935 [description].
Holotype S MBBJ, MALAYSIA: Borneo, H. C: Siebers.
Allotype $ SMTD, MALAYSIA: Borneo, Midden 0.
Borneo, 17.X.1925. H. C. Siebers.
Additional material: 1$ NHME, MALAYSIA: N.
Borneo, Bettotan, Nr. Sandakan, 3. VI 1 1.1927.
Boczkitettix manokwariensis sp. nov. (Plate 65
figs 2, 4, 6-9)
Holotype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Manokwari [0°52’S
134°05’E], 75 m, 19.VII.1957, leg. D. Elmo Hardy.
Paratypes $ (1/3) BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Manokwari
[0°52’S 134°05’E], 75 m, 18.VII.1957, leg. D. Elmo
Hardy, deposited in ZFMK; $ (2/3) BPBM, WEST PAPUA:
Manokwari [0°52’S 134°05’E], 75 m, 21.VII.1957, leg.
D. Elmo Hardy, deposited in NCB-RMNH; S larva (3/3)
BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Manokwari [0°52’S 134°05’E], 75
m, 24.VII.1957, leg. D. Elmo Hardy, deposited in BMNH.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
11.05 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.46 mm,
pronotum height 3.9 mm, postfemur length 8.84
mm, postfemur width 3.45 mm, vertex width 1.26
mm, eye width 0.72 mm. Paratypes SS\ pronotum
length 8-8.71 mm, pronotum lobe width 4.35 mm,
pronotum height 2.85-3.15 mm, postfemur length
6.56-6.88 mm, postfemur width 2.9 mm, vertex
width 0.98-1.02 mm, eye width 0.56-0.64 mm.
Description, holotype $: Head lower than the
pronotum. Fastigium, in dorsal view, triangularly
projecting before the eyes. Fossulae shallow.
Vertex broader than an eye. Transverse carinae
obsolete. Lateral carinae short, curved inwards, not
reaching the medial carina. In lateral view visible
before the eyes. Medial carina in the posterior part
obsolete, initiated in line of the anterior margin of
the eyes, arched and projected before the eyes.
Frontal costa, in lateral view, visible before the
whole eyes. Fascial carinae in lateral view slightly
arched before the antenna. Scutellum, in frontal
view, broader than an antennal groove. Furcation
of the frontal costa above the superior ocelli, in
a line of the middle of the eyes. Eyes, in dorsal
view, drop-shaped, touching the anterior margin
of the pronotum. Their dorsal margin lower than
the fastigium. Antennae short. Upper margin of
the antennal grooves in line with the lower margin
of the eyes. Pronotum arched, rugose with some
short carinulae and tubercles. Pronotum, in frontal
view, tectiform. The anterior apex of the pronotum
extending over the head until the frontal border of
the eyes. Median carina extending to the anterior
border. Prozonal carinae very short. Infrascapular
area broad, reaching the end of the pronotum.
Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral lobes of the
paranota curved laterally. In dorsal view, the lateral
lobes angular with a very short and truncated
posterior part. Pronotal process surpassing the
middle of hind femora, seen from above, the
posterior margin straight. The posterior apex of the
pronotum flat. Between the external lateral carinae
and the median carina concave. Tegmen and
hind wings absent. Ventral margin of the anterior
and middle femora slightly undulated, the dorsal
margin straight. The ventral margin of the middle
femora with some short hairs. The second segment
of the tarsus short. Hind femora stout (2.5x longer
352
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
than wide). Genicular teeth and antegenicular teeth
small. The dorsal margin of the hind femora finely
serrated. Posttibia brown with two white bands.
Last article of the tarsi conspicuously shorter than
the first. Pulvilli short and obtuse. The third pulvilli
shorter than the sum of the first and second. The
male with the same characteristics but smaller.
Differential diagnosis: The anterior apex
of the pronotum, in lateral view, of Boczkitettix
manokwariensis does not reach the anterior margin
of the head. The apex of Boczkitettix borneensis is
extending over anterior margin of the head.
Distribution: Only known from the type locality
from the north-east of New Guinea.
Bufonides Bolivar, 1898
Type species: Bufonides antennatus Bolivar,
1898.
Differential diagnosis: Bufonides Bolfvar,
1898 is easily identified by the characteristically
broadly rounded pronotum. The median carina is
absent and the anterior border of the pronotum is
extended in a horn above the head. The tegminal
and ventral sinuses are absent. It is possibly
related to Diotarus Stal, 1877 or Misythus Stal,
1877 (Gunther 1934). Further research is required
to determine the correct allocation.
Bufonides antennatus Bolivar, 1898 (Plate 66)
Lectotype S MSNG, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Nuova
Guinea, [Western Prov.?], Fly River, 1876-77, leg. L. M.
D’Albertis.
Paralectotypes 1$ (1/3) MSNG, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
Nuova Guinea, [Western Prov.?], Fly River, 1876-77, leg.
L. M. D’Albertis: ±S larva (2/3) MSNG, WEST PAPUA:
Paumomu River, Loria, XI - XII.1892; 1$ (3/3) MNCN,
WEST PAPUA: Paumomu River, Loria, XI - XII.1892, no.
160.
The lectotype and the paralectotypes are designated for
the first time.
Additional material: 13$, 8S, 1$ larva, ±S larva
BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Western Highlands Prov.],
Fly River, Kiunga [6°07’S 141°18’E], 35 m, VIII.1969,
leg. J. & M. Sedlacek.
Measurements lectotype S'- Pronotum length
9.36 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.2 mm, pronotum
height 3.77 mm, postfemur length 6.63 mm,
postfemur width 2.86 mm, vertex width 0.72
mm, eye width 0.8 mm. Para lectotype 1/3 $:
pronotum length 10.14 mm, pronotum lobe width
5.98 mm, pronotum height 4.81 mm, postfemur
length 7.67 mm, postfemur width 3.38 mm, vertex
width 0.88 mm, eye width 0.82 mm.
Descripion and differential diagnosis: see
Hinton (1940).
Distribution: Bufonides antennatus is found in
the south of New Guinea.
Note: I did not examine the specimens from
Kokoda and from Mt. Tafa (leg. Cheesman) in BMNH
but think that the specimens from Kokoda are the
holotype and the paratypes of Bufonides uvarovi
Hinton, 1940. I did not examine the S from the
Mamberamo River (Museum Buitenzorg) but think
that Gunther’s (1936) identification is questionable
because he was incorrect with the allocation of
several specimens of Bufonides antennatus,
Bufonides sellatus and Bufonides uvarovi. Both are
only found in the south of New Guinea and not at
the Mamberamo River in north-east of New Guinea.
Bufonides sellatus Hinton, 1940
Holotype $ BMNH, WEST GUINEA: Humbolt Bay Dist.,
Puksuam Dist., West of Tami River [Jayapura Area,
Walckenaer Bay], 06.1937, leg. W. Stuber.
Paratype $ BMNH, WEST GUINEA: Humbolt Bay Dist.,
Puksuam Dist., West of Tami River [Jayapura Area,
Walckenaer Bay], 06.1937, leg. W. Stuber.
Additional material: WEST PAPUA: IS, 1$ BPBM,
Geelvink Bay, Nabire [3°22’S 135°28’E], 1962,
leg. Sedlacek/Gressitt; 1$ ZSM, Cyclops-Mountains,
Jayapura, Sentani [2°36’S 140°37’E], 300 m, 19.-21.
IX.1990, leg. A. Riedel; 1$, 1$ larva BPBM, Cylcops
Mountains, lfar[2°34’S 140°31’E], 300-500 m,Vl.l962,
leg. Sedlacek/Gressitt: 1$ NCB-RMNH, [Jayapura Area],
Ampas, Bewani R.-territ. [3°30’S 140°50’E], 200 m,
1939, leg. W. Stuber; 1$, IS NCB-RMNH, Hollandia
[Jayapura], VII. 1938, leg. L. J. Toxopeus ; 2$ BPBM,
Bodem 11 km SEof Oberfaren [1°58’S 138°44’E], 100
m, 17.VII.1959, leg. T. C. Maa ; IS BPBM, Genjam 40 km
Wof Hollandia [2°46’S 140°12’E], 100-200 m, 1.-10.
111.1960, leg. T. C. Maa; 1$, 1 S NCB-RMNH, Bernhard
Camp B [3°29’S 139°13’E], 100 m, 7. and 10.IV.1939,
leg. L. J. Toxopeus ; 1$ NCB-RMNH, Brunbeek, 17. V. 1910,
leg. P. v. Kampen.
PAPUA NEW GUINEA: 1$ larva, 3S larvae SMTD,
[West Sepik Prov.] Toricelli Gebirge, 600-780 m,
leg. Schlaginhaufen ( Bufonides antennatus det.
Gunther); 1$ BPBM, [Western Prov.], Feramin [5°10’S
141°40’E], 1450 m, 29.VIII.1963, leg. R. Straatman;
1$ larva UMB, [East Sepik Prov.], April River, Kupfer-
Camp, 50 km SW Ambunti, 5. III. 1973, leg. Hohmann;
1$ BPBM, [East Sepik Prov.] Sepik District, Wewak
[3°33’S 143°38’E], 300-500 m, 26.VI.1961, leg. J. L.
& M. Gressitt; 1$ BPBM, [East Sepik Prov.] Torricelli
Mountains, Mobitei, 750 m, 16.-22.IV.1959, leg. W.
W. Brandt; 1$ OUMNH, [East Sepik Prov.], Lager am
Lehmfluss (Nr. 327) [4°43’S 144°07’E], 12.V.1913,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
leg. S. Burgers; 1$ ZMHU, [EastSepik Prov.], Hauptlager
bei Malu (Nr. 242) [4°13’S 142°49’E], 19.1.1913, leg.
S. G. Burgers ( Bufonides antennatus det. Gunther);
1$ larva ZMHU, [East Sepik Prov.], Hauptlager bei
Malu (Nr. 247) [4°13’S 142°49’E], 27.1.1913, leg. S.
G. Burgers; 2$ ZMHU, [East Sepik Prov.], Hauptlager
bei Malu (Nr. 248) [4°13’S 142°49’E], 28.1.1913, leg.
S. G. Burgers (lx Bufonides antennatus det. Gunther);
1$ ZMHU, [East Sepik Prov.], Hauptlager bei Malu (Nr.
308) [4°13’S 142°49’E], 111.1913, leg. S. G. Burgers
(DORSA: BXbufantF04) ( Bufonides antennatus det.
Gunther); 1$ ZMHU, [East Sepik Prov.], Maanderberg
(Nr. 388) [4°07’S 141°40’E], 1.-10.VII.1913, leg. S. G.
Burgers; 1$ ZMHU, [East Sepik Prov.], Maanderberg
(Nr. 396) [4°07’S 141°40’E], 10.-20.VII.1913, leg. S.
G. Burgers; 1$ HNHM, [EastSepik Prov.], Maanderberg
(Nr. 396) [4°07’S 141°40’E], 10.-20.VII. 1913, leg.
S. G. Burgers ( Bufonides antennatus det. Gunther);
1$ ZMHU, [East Sepik Prov.], Maanderberg (Nr. 402)
[4°07’S 141°40’E], 21.-30.VII. 1913, leg. S. G. Burgers
( Bufonides antennatus det. Gunther); 2^ ZMHU, [East
Sepik Prov.], Lager am Rosensee (Nr. 259) [4°22’S
142°43’E], 10.11.1913, leg. S. G. Burgers ( Bufonides
antennatus det. Gunther); 1$, 1 S ZMHU, [East Sepik
Prov.], Quelllager (Nr. 128) [4°32’S 142°41’E], 13.-6.
VI 1 1.1912, leg. S. G. Burgers ( Bufonides antennatus det.
Gunther); 2$ ZMHU, [East Sepik Prov.], Standlager am
Aprilfluss (Nr. 200) [4°32’S 142°29’E], 29. - 30.X.1912,
leg. S. G. Burgers ( Bufonides antennatus det. Gunther);
2$ larvae ZMHU, 1$ larva SMTD, [East Sepik Prov.],
Regenberg (Nr. 330) [4°32’S 142°29’E], 550 m, 8.-
15.V.1913, leg. S. G. Burgers (DORSA: $= BXbufantMOl;
Bufonides antennatus det. Gunther); 1 S ZMHU, [East
Sepik Prov.], Kaiserin Augusta Flussexpedition (Nr.112),
leg. S. G. Burgers ( Bufonides antennatus det. Gunther).
Description and differential diagnosis: See
Hinton (1940).
Distribution: Found in the north of New Guinea
from Nabire in the west to the upper Sepik River
system in the east.
Bufonides uvarovi Hinton, 1940
Holotype $ BMNH, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Cenral Prov.],
Kokoda [8°39’S 147°15’E], 1200 ft., VI.1933 (leg. L. E.
Cheesman).
Paratypes 5$, 6^ BMNH, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
[Cenral Prov.], Kokoda [8°39’S 147°15’E], 1200 ft., IV.,
V., VIII, IX, X.1933 (leg. L. E. Cheesman). All specimens
have the label ‘‘Bufonides antennatus Bol., K. Gunther
det.” (Hinton, 1940).
Additional material: PAPUA NEW GUINEA: 1$, 1$
SMTD, [Central Prov.], Kokoda [8°39’S 147°15’E], 1200
ft. IX.1933, leg. L. E. Cheesman ( Bufonides antennatus
det. Gunther); 1$ larva BPBM, [Central Prov.], Kokoda
[8°39’S 147°15’E], 400 m. 22.111.1956, leg. J. L. Gressitt;
1$ BPBM, [Morobe Prov.], Morobe Dist., Wau (M.V. Light
Trap) [7°20’ 146° 43’], 1200 m, 29.-30.IX.1963, leg.
J. Sedlacek; 1£, 1£ larva, 1<$ larva BPBM, [Northern
Prov.], Kokoda-Pitoki [8°55’S 147°44’E], 450 m, 23.
+ 24.111.1956, leg. J. L. Gressitt; 1$ UMB, [Northern
Prov.], Lejo, 15 km WNW Popondetta, 25.V.1973, leg.
Hohmann; 1$ AMS, [Northern Prov.], Mt. Lamington
District, VII. 1927, leg. C. T. McNamara; 1? ANIC,
[Northern Prov.], N. Distr., Managalese area, ca. 2500-
3000 ft., VIII. 1964, leg. R. Pullen; 1$ ANIC, [Northern
Prov.], N. Distr., Mai-u R., SW of Wanigela, VII. 1972, leg.
R. Pullen; 1$ ANIC, [Northern Prov.], Popondetta [8°46’S
148° 14’ E], 111.1961, leg. A. Catley; 1$ ANIC, [Northern
Prov.], Popondetta [8°46’S 148°14’E], 22.1.1962, leg.
A. Catley; 4$, 2 $ BPBM, [Northern Prov.], Popondetta
(Light Trap) [8°46’S 148°14’E], 25 m, VI.1966, leg.
Shanahan-Lippert.
Description and differential diagnosis: see
Hinton (1940).
Distribution: Found only in the east of Papua
New Guinea.
Cladonotella Hancock, 1909
Type species: Cladonotella gibbosa (Haan,
1842).
The genus was established by Hancock, to include
two species formerly attributed to the genus
Cladonotus Saussure, 1862 by Bolfvar: Cladonotella
gibbosum (Haan, 1842) and Cladonotella beccarii
(Bolfvar, 1898). Gunther (1938a) designates
Cladonotella gibbosa (Haan, 1842) as the genotype.
The types have been lost.
Description: The plump and wingless species
of the genus Cladonotella Hancock, 1909 have
a high elevated and swollen pronotum between
the shoulders. The lateral lobes curved strongly
lateraly. They are rounded or acute but do not have
as a long spine as Tettilobus. The genicular and
antegenicular teeth are relatively large. The lateral
faces of the hind femora are covered with humps
(in Cladonotella beccarii (Bolfvar, 1898) only one).
The dorsal and ventral margin of the anterior
and middle femora with two lappets at least (in
Cladonotella beccarii (Bolfvar, 1898) only one on
the ventral margin).
Differential diagnosis: Very closely related to
Gestrona but the species of Cladonotella Hancock,
1909 are more plump, the prozonal carinae have a
greater distance, wider than the distance between
the supraocular lobes. Cladonotella Hancock,
1909 has a heart-shaped or nearly heart-shaped
354
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
elevation on the pronotum and in the posterior third
of the pronotum no lengthwise elevation. Gestroana
Berg, 1900 never has a heart-shaped elevation on
the pronotum. The pronotum has a compressed
high and spinous elevation up to the posterior third
or a bimodal pronotum: in the anterior part bigger
and in the posterior part smaller at least minimally
compressed elevation lengthwise. Cladonotella
Hancock, 1909 is also closely related to Potua
Bolfvar, 1887. The antennae of Potua Bolivar, 1887
are in comparison to Cladonotella Hancock, 1909
distinctly short. Potua coronata Bolfvar, 1887 has
no conical rounded humps on the outside of the
hind femora, but the bands on the outside are
thick. The ventral margin of the anterior femora
only with one lappet. Potua coronata Bolfvar, 1887
is covered densely with short hairs, Cladonotella
Hancock, 1909 is not. Austrohancockia Gunther,
1938 is also related to Cladonotella Hancock,
1909. But in this genus the pronotum is not only
elevated but broadened laterally.
Distribution: Java and New Guinea.
Cladonotella beccarii (Bolivar, 1898) (Plate 67
figs 1, 3, 5)
Cladonotella insula na Willemse, 1961 syn. nov.
(Plate 67 figs 2, 4, 6)
Cladonotella beccarii: Holotype $ MSNG, WEST
PAPUA: Ramoi [NW Doberai Pen., Lowland], 11.1875, leg.
0. Beccari.
Additional material: 1$ ZSM, WEST PAPUA:
Manokwari, Gn. Meja, ca. 300 m, 23.-24.IX.1990, leg. A.
Riedel; 2$ OUMNH, NEW GUINEA, leg. Wallace.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
8.71 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.59 mm, pronotum
height 4.68 mm, postfemur length 5.72 mm,
postfemur width 2.73 mm, vertex width 1.3 mm,
eye width 0.48 mm. $ ZSM: pronotum length 9.52
mm, pronotum lobe width 5.92 mm, pronotum
height 4.9 mm, postfemur length 5.76 mm,
postfemur width 2.72 mm, vertex width 1.4 mm,
eye width 0.49 mm.
Cladonotella insulana: Holotype S NCB-RMNH, WEST
PAPUA: Waigeo, 3.VIII.1948, leg. M. A. Lieftinck.
Paratype $ NCB-RMNH, WEST PAPUA: Waigeo,
3. VIII. 1948, leg. M. A. Lieftinck.
Willemse designates the holotype and the allotype from
a series of three specimens. I did not find the types in
NCB-RMNH but I located the third specimen (S) with the
same data as the types.
Additional material: IS NCB-RMNH, WEST PAPUA:
Waigeo, 3.VIII.1948, leg. M. A. Lieftinck.
Differential diagnosis: I have had the
opportunity to examine the holotype of Cladonotella
beccarii (Bolfvar, 1898) from Genova. Willemse did
not see this specimen but he gives a redescription
of the genus. The description of Willemse (1961),
his pictures, and the examination of the third
specimen with the same data as the types shows
clearly in all characteristics that Cladonotella
insulana Willemse, 1961 is a synonym of
Cladonotella beccarii (Bolfvar, 1898). In his work
Willemse (1961) gives two drawings of a specimen
of Cladonotella beccarii (Bolfvar, 1898). He was
incorrect. It is a new species from West Papua
(Rattan Camp): see Gestroana willemsei sp. nov.
Distribution: Only found on Waigeo.
Cladonotella gibbosa (Haan, 1842) (Plate 68 figs
1-6)
Holotype S NCB-RMNH, INDONESIA: Japonia, leg. von
Siebold.
It is not “Japonia” but Java (Gunther 1938a). The type is
lost and I did not find him at NCB-RMNH.
Additional material: IS ANSP, INDONESIA: Java,
C. Besser, VI 1 1.1940, leg. R. F. Sternitsky; 1$ SMTD,
INDONESIA: Java, Soekaboemi, leg. Overdijkink ( Potua
coronata det. Gunther); 1$ SMTD, INDONESIA: Java,
G. Pantjar, 500 m, 11.-14.12.1913, leg. M. A. Lieftinck
[Potua coronata det. Gunther).
Measurements $ SMTD (G. Pantjar): Pronotum
length 9.39 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.44 mm,
pronotum height 3.95 mm, postfemur length 5.6
mm, postfemur width 2.4 mm, vertex width 1.15
mm, eye width 0.45 mm. S ANIC: pronotum length
9.1 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.46 mm, pronotum
height 4.16 mm, postfemur length 6.11 mm,
postfemur width 2.6 mm, vertex width 1.1 mm, eye
width 0.52 mm.
Distribution: Java.
Cladonotella interrupta (Bolivar, 1898) (Plate 68
figs 7-9)
Holotype $, MSNG: INDONESIA: Giava [Java], Tcibodas,
X.1874, leg. 0. Beccari.
Additional material: 2 S, NCB-RMNH: INDONESIA:
Java. 1$, SMTD: INDONESIA: Java.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
7.67 mm, pronotum lobe width 4.68 mm, pronotum
height 2.86 mm, postfemur length 4.81 mm,
postfemur width 1.95 mm, vertex width 0.9 mm, eye
width 0.44 mm. S<$ NCB-RMNH: pronotum length
6.56-7.04 mm, pronotum lobe width 4.5-4.75 mm,
pronotum height 2.17-2.25 mm, postfemur length
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
4. 5-4. 9 mm, postfemur width 2.05 mm, vertex
width 0.9 mm, eye width 0.43 mm.
Distribution: Java.
Cladonotella riedeli sp. nov. (Plate 69 figs 1, 3, 5)
Holotype ZSM, WEST PAPUA: Jayawijaya-Prov.,
Samboka, upper Kolff River, ca. 200 m, 10.-14.X.1996,
leg. A. Riedel.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after the collector Dr. Alexander Riedel.
Measurements: Pronotum length 10.67 mm,
pronotum lobe width 7.12 mm, pronotum height
6.24 mm, postfemur length 6.64 mm, postfemur
width 2.8 mm, vertex width 1.54 mm, eye width
0.61 mm.
Description: Unique species with a high elevation
of the pronotum and long spines on the outside of
the hind femora. Head lower than the pronotum.
Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin of the
eyes. Visible part of the vertex short, with shallow
fossulae. Anterior border of the fastigium straight.
Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae very
short, only like a short horn in line of the middle of
the eyes. Vertex broad, 2.5x broader than an eye.
Median carina or dorsal end of the frontal costa like
a small horn, in lateral view, visible above the eyes.
Frontal costa, in lateral view, visible in all parts
before the eyes but not arched. Fascial carinae
strongly arched before the antennae. Frontal costa
in frontal view broad. Furcation of the frontal costa
above the superior ocelli, in line of the middle of the
eyes. Superior ocelli above the lower margin of the
eyes. Eyes subcircular. Their dorsal margin below
the fastigium, almost touching the anterior margin
of the pronotum. Upper margin of the antennal
grooves in line with the lower margin of the eyes.
Antennae longer (about 4 mm), their flagellum with
15 articles, no. 13 white and no. 14 light brownish.
Key to species of Cladonotella Hancock, 1909
Pronotum a little shorter than the body, irregular
with a high broad elevation in the anterior half.
Elevation of the pronotum in frontal view strongly
broadened upwards to the humeral angle. A second
elevation, in lateral view, above the middle of the
infrascapular area. Between the elevations a deep
sulcation. The whole pronotum rugose, coverd
with smaller and larger spines. Anterior border
of the pronotum straight. Median carina visible
in all parts. The anterior margin forming a little
horn. Pronzonal carinae short and straight. Their
distance (1.8 mm) longer than the vertex width.
Humeral angeles angular. Interhumeral carinae
absent. Infrascapular area broad and with two light
parts, reaching the end of the pronotum. Ventral
sinus and internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral
lobes slightly curved laterally, the apex acute and
the posterior margin truncate. Pronotal process
not reaching the knees, seen from above, the
apex curved deeply concave. Flight organs absent.
Anterior and middle femora slender, the dorsal
and ventral margin and the outside with lobes
and spines. Middle femora without hairs. Second
segment of the tarsus short. Hind femora swollen
and stout (2.4x longer than wide). The dorsal and
median external area with long spines. The dorsal
margin with one lobe. Hind tibia brown with a light
antegenicular band. Antegenicular teeth long and
acute. Genicular teeth large and broader than the
antegenicular teeth. Last article of the tarsi nearly
as long as the first. First and second pulvilli short
and spinose, the third pulvilli as long as the sum of
the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: Easy to identify by the
special elevation of the pronotum and the long
spines on the outside of the hind femora.
Distribution: Only found in one location at the
upper Kolff River.
1 Elevation of the pronotum in frontal view strongly broadened upwards to the humeral angels .
. Cladonotella riedeli sp. nov.
- Elevation of the pronotum in frontal view not or only slightly broadened upwards to the humeral angles . 2
2 Medial carina, in lateral view, visible before the eyes as a frontal horn . 3
- Medial carina, in lateral view, not visible before the eyes . Cladonotella interrupta (Bolivar, 1898)
3 Lobes on the dorsal margin of the hind femur rounded; pronotal process with humps. West Papua .
. Cladonotella beccarii (Bolivar, 1898)
- Lobes on the dorsal margin of the hind femur acute; pronotal process with bands. Java .
. Cladonotella gibbosa (Haan, 1842)
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Devriesetettix gen. nov.
Type species: Devriesetettix dorreus (Hancock,
1909) comb. nov.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The genus is
named after Henrik Devriese, a famous Belgian
orthopterologist and scientist in the Tetrigidae.
Description: Eyes not exserted above the
fastigium and the pronotum. Vertex 2x broader than
an eye, slightly broadened from the supraocular
lobes to the frontal margin. Anterior border of the
fastigium straight. Lateral carinae, in frontal view,
going downwards and reaching the medial carina/
frontal costa. Broadened scutellum. Antennae
inserted under the lower margin of the eyes.
Infrascapular area narrow. Posterior margin of the
pronotum broadly rounded. Flight organs absent.
Hind femur slender.
Differential diagnosis: The type species
Devriesetettix dorreus was originally described
as Mazarredia dorrea. Gunther (1938a) added
this species to Tondanotettix Willemse, 1928.
The type species of this genus is Tondanotettix
brevis (Haan, 1842) from Tondano (Sulawesi)
and deposited in Leiden (NCB-RMNH), where I
examined the holotype and took pictures (plate
69 figs 2, 4, 6). I agree with Gunther (1938a),
that this species does not belong to Mazarredia
with the type species Mazarredia gemella (Bolivar,
1887). But it does not belong to Tondanotettix
Willemse, 1928 either. It is possibly closely related
to Devriesetettix gen. nov. It is different in that by
the lateral carinae (they curved back and does not
reach the medial carina in Tondanotettix Willemse,
1928), the slender hind femora, the rounded apex
of the pronotum and especially the infrascapular
area. In Tondanotettix Willemse, 1928 the ventral
margin of the infrascapular area is conspicuously
concave, in Devriesetettix gen. nov. it is straight.
Devriesetettix gen. nov. is related to Tepperotettix
Rehn, 1952 from Australia, but it differs by the
prozonal carinae. In Tepperotettix Rehn, 1952 they
are curved outwards to the back. The fastigium of
Tepperotettix Rehn, 1952 is tapering to the frontal
margin and the posterior apex of the pronotum is
furcated.
Distribution: Only known by the holotype of
Devriesetettix dorreus from West Papua, Dorey.
Devriesetettix dorreus (Hancock, 1909) comb.
nov. (Plate 69 figs 2, 4, 6)
Mazarredia dorrea Hancock, 1909 [description].
Tondanotettix dorreus (Hancock, 1909) [Gunther
(1938a): new combination].
Holotype $, OUMNH, WEST PAPUA: Dorey, leg. Wallace.
Measurements $: pronotum length 6.63 mm,
pronotum lobe width 4.0 mm, pronotum height 2.4
mm, postfemur length 5.68 mm, postfemur width
2.0 mm, vertex width 0.94 mm, eye width 0.42 mm
(I examined the holotype).
Description, diagnosis and distribution:
See above under Devriesetettix gen. nov.
Diotarus Stal, 1877
Type species: Diotarus verrucifer Stal, 1877.
Diagnosis: The genus Diotarus Stal, 1877 can
be easily identified by the tectiform pronotum and
the anterior margin of the pronotum. It is, seen
from above, extending above the head. The apex
is semicircular. This genus needs to be revised by
examining further material from the Philippines
and of the type material. Gunther (1938a) provides
a good intoduction to the four known species
Distribution: Found only on the Philippines.
Diotarus galeatus Bolivar, 1887
Lectotype $ MNMS, PHILLIPINES: Norzagaray
Bulusan, leg. Mazarredo.
Para lectotype $ MNMS (?), PHILIPPINES: Montes de
Angat, leg. Maeso (after Bolivar, 1887).
I have not examined any of type specimens.
Diotarus ikonnikovi Bey-Bienko, 1935 (Plate 70
figs 1, 3, 5)
Holotype S ZIN, PHILLIPINES: Los Banos, leg. N.
Ikonnikov.
I have not examined the holotype.
Paratype S NHME, PHILLIPINES: Los Banos, 15.V.1917,
leg. N. Ikonnikov.
Diotarus pupus Bolivar, 1887
Syntypes $ & S MNMS, PHILLIPINES: Luzon,
Camarines sur, leg. Mazarredo.
I have not examined any of type specimens.
Diotarus verrucifer Stal, 1877 (Plate 70 figs 2, 4,
6)
Holotype S NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12932).
Dolatettix Hancock, 1907
Type species: Dolatettix spi nitrons Hancock,
1907.
Diagnosis: Dolatettix Hancock, 1907 is closely
related to Holoarcus Hancock, 1909. Both genera
are the only ones from New Guinea with a pronotum
formed as a foliaceous pronotal crest. Dolatettix
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Hancock, 1907 is distinguished from Holoarcus
Hancock, 1909, in lateral view, by a very well visible
frontal horn (plate 71 fig. 7). The three species of
Dolatettix Hancock, 1907 are, in comparison to
the Holoarcus- species with a pronotum length of
minimal 15 mm, small or very small. The pronotum
length of the Dolatettix species is under 12 mm.
Distribution: Three species found in the north
and west of Papua New Guinea.
Dolatettix hochkirchi sp. nov. (Plate 71 figs 2, 4,
6,8)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Wewak [3°33’S 143°38’E], 2-20 m, 13X1957,
leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Paratypes 1$, IS BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East
Sepik Prov.j, Amok [3°35’S 142 °57’E], 165 m, 6.1.1960,
leg. T. C. Maa, 1$ (2/2) deposited in ZFMK.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after Dr. Axel Hochkirch, a famous German
orthopterologist.
Measurements holotype $: Pronotum length
7.15 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.9 mm, pronotum
height 5.07 mm, postfemur length 6.11 mm,
postfemur width 2.6 mm, vertex width 0.96 mm,
eye width 0.52 mm. Paratype 1/2 $: pronotum
length 7.12 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.51 mm,
pronotum height 4.25 mm, postfemur length 5.05
mm, postfemur width 2.35 mm, vertex width 1
mm, eye width 0.5 mm. Paratype 2/2 S- pronotum
length 6.37 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.51 mm,
pronotum height 4.25 mm, postfemur length 5.05
mm, postfemur width 2.35 mm, vertex width 0.9
mm, eye width 0.5 mm.
Description: Very small, brachypronotal and
wingless species with a foliaceous pronotal crest.
Head lower than the pronotum. Fastigium not
projecting before the eyes, only the frontal horn of
median carina is at eye-level. Anterior border of the
fastigium rounded. Vertex convex with one concave
part near the eyes and a second near the medial
carina, much broader than an eye. Transverse
carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae short. Medial
carina not elevated. Fossulae shallow. Frontal
costa, in lateral view, extended in a frontal horn at
the tip of the fastigium, ventrad slightly projected
before the eyes. Fascial carinae in lateral view,
arched before the antenna. Scutellum in frontal
view very broad, much broader than an antennal
groove. Furcation of the frontal costa short above
the superior ocelli, a little under the middle of
the eyes. Superior ocelli in line of the lower third
of the eyes. Eyes suboval, touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Their dorsal margin much
below the fastigium. Upper margin of the antennal
grooves slightly in excess of the lower margin of
the eyes. Antennae with 14 segments. Pronotum
tectiform with a foliaceous pronotal crest, the
margin (median carina), in lateral view, arcuate and
smooth, in dorsal view very narrow ($$ 0.08 + 0.1
mm, S 0.1 mm) with a inconspicuous depression.
Anterior border of the pronotum extending over the
head. Pronotum rugose, covered with impressed
dots and some small carinulae and longer strips at
the pronotal process. Prozonal carinae very short
and straight, little elevated. Humeral angles and
interhumeral carinae absent. Infrascapular area
broad with a concave part above the beginning of
the middle femora. Internal lateral carinae absent.
Lateral lobes of the paranota broadly rounded, not
contiguous to the body. Pronotal process short,
not reaching the knees of the hind femora, seen
from above, broadly truncated with a convex central
part. Tegmen and hind wings absent. Anterior and
middle femora medium broad. The anterior femora
with two ventral lappets. The middle femora with
undulating borders, dorsal with one small lappet
and some short hairs. The second segment of the
tarsus short. Hind femora rather stout (2.3x longer
than wide). The dorso- and ventro-external carina
without tubercles. The ventro-external carina in
dorsal view with an arch. Genicular teeth medium
sized. Antegenicular teeth relatively large, larger
than Genicularteeth. 2 small sawteeth on the dorsal
margin before the antegenicular teeth. The posttibia
dark brown with two white bands, the lower one
inconspicuous. Pulvilli acute. Oviscapt elongated.
Colour brownish with white and black parts on the
pronotal crest. A larger black spot above the middle
of the infrascapula area. Pronotum, head and legs
covered with brownish organic material.
Sexual dimorphism: The male differs only by the
smaller size and form of the pronotal process with
a short triangularly excised apex from the female.
Differential diagnosis: The new species is
clearly recognised as a species of the genus
Dolatettix Hancock, 1907 by the frontal horn on
the fastigium. It differs from Dolatettix spi nitrons
Hancock, 1907 by the arcuate and smooth pronotal
crest and shortness.
Distribution: Only found on the northcoast of
Papua New Guinea in the area of Wewak.
Dolatettix lehmanni sp. nov. (Plate 71 figs 3, 5)
Holotype $ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.] Regenberg [4°52’S 144°07’E], 8.-15.V.1913,
Kaiserin-Augusta-Flussexpedition Nr. 338, leg. Burgers
358
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after Dr. Arne Lehmann, a famous German
orthopterologist.
Measurements holotype $: Pronotum length
8.19 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.9 mm, pronotum
height 5.07 mm, postfemur length 6.11 mm,
postfemur width 2.6 mm, vertex width 0.96 mm,
eye width 0.52 mm.
Description: Small, wingless species with
a foliaceous pronotal crest. Head lower than
pronotum. It matches Dolatettix hochkirchi sp. nov.
in all morphological details but is a little larger.
Dolatettix lehmanni sp. nov. has no black spot on
the pronotal process above the infrascapular area.
The width of dorsal margin of the pronotal crest is
0.45 mm.
Differential diagnosis: The new species is
clearly recognised as a species of the genus
Dolatettix Hancock, 1907 by the frontal horn on
the fastigium. It differs from Dolatettix spi nitrons
Hancock, 1907 by the arcuate and smooth pronotal
crest and shortness. It is very similar to Dolatettix
hochkirchi sp. nov. but differs by the 4-5x broader
margin of the pronotal crest and the absence of a
black spot above the infrascapular area. Dolatettix
lehmanni sp. nov. is a little larger than Dolatettix
hochkirchi sp. nov.
Distribution: Only found in one location in the
south of the Sepik system.
Note: The specimen was incorrectly identified by
Gunther as Dolatettix spinifrons Hancock, 1907.
Dolatettix spinifrons Hancock, 1907 (Plate 71 figs
1, 7)
Holotype $ ANSP, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Central Prov.],
Moroka [9 ° 25’S 147 ° 41 E] , 2000 ft, 1891, leg. Anthony.
Additional material: 1? UMB, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
[Northern Prov.], Popondetta, Lejo Station, 12 km W
Popondetta, 12.V.1973, leg. Hohmann.
Measurements $ UMB: Pronotum length 11.44
mm, pronotum lobe width 4.08 mm, pronotum
height 6.3 mm, postfemur length 7.2 mm, postfemur
width 3.12 mm, vertex width 1.06 mm, eye width 0.6
mm. The dorsal margin of the pronotum is nearly
straight and not as undulated as the holotype. In
comparision with the Holotype the fascial carinae
are more projected before the antenna. There is
more research required to determine whether this
is a new species or not.
Note: I did not have access to the following
specimen from Gunther (1938b): 1$ BMNH:
Kokoda, 400 m, IX.1933, leg. L.E. Cheesman.
Epitettix Hancock, 1907
Type species: Epitettix punctatus Hancock, 1907.
Distribution: Madagascar (locality needs
confirmation), India, Vietnam, Indonesia, New
Guinea.
Epitettix dammermanni Gunther, 1939
Holotype $ SMTD, INDONESIA: [Java], Idjen, Blawan,
950 m, 7. VI. 1924, leg. Dammerman.
Distribution: Java.
Epitettix elytratus Gunther, 1939
Holotype $ NZSI, INDIA: Darjeeling Distr., Kalimpong,
200-1500 m, 1.IV-31.V.1915, leg. Gravely.
Distribution: Only found at the type locality in
India.
Epitettix emarginatus (Haan, 1842) (Plate 72, figs
1-4, 7-8)
Holotype $ NCB-RMNH, NEW GUINEA: N. Guinea.
I found the Holotype at NCB-RMNH and labelled it. The
specimen has a typical round label given by the author
Haan.
Additional material: 1$ BPBM, WEST PAPUA:
Vogelkop, Bomberi, sweeping, 700-900 m, 6.+7.VI.1959,
leg. T. C. Maa; 1$ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Vogelkop, S.coast
of Bomberai, Fak Fak [2°55’S 132°18’E], 10-100 m,
11.VI.1959, leg. T. C. Maa.
Note: It is somewhat uncertain whether these two
males are in fact Epitettix emarginatus since they are a
smaller. Further research is required.
Distribution: Found in the west of West Papua.
Epitettix fatigans Gunther, 1938
Holotype S ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Lordberg [4°50’S 142°29’E], 1000m, 29.-30.
XI. 1912, leg. S. G. Burgers (D0RSA: BXepifatHTF).
Paratype S ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Regenberg [4°52’ 144°07’E], 550m, 8.-
15.V.1913, leg. S. G. Burgers (D0RSA: BXepifatPMl).
Note: The labels of holotype and paratype were
switched around when the photographs were taken. The
specimens are described correctly in the publication.
Distribution: Only found at the type localities in
the upper Sepik River system.
Epitettix humilicolus Gunther, 1938 (Plate 72 figs
5-6, 9)
Holotype $ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Standlager bei Malu [4°13’S 142°49’E], III.-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
IV.1912, leg. S. G. Burgers (Dorsa: BXepihumHTM).
Additional material: 1$ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
[EastSepik Prov.], Hauptlager bei Malu (Nr. 107) [4°13’S
142°49’E], 3.VIII.1912, leg. S. G. Burgers.
Distribution: Only found at the type locality at the
upper Sepik River.
Epitettix lativertex Gunther, 1938
Holotype $ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Lord berg [4°50’S 142°29’E], 2.-4.XI 1.1912, leg.
S. G. Burgers (DORSA: BXepifatHTF).
Distribution: Only found at the type locality at the
upper Sepik River.
Epitettix punctatus Hancock, 1907
Type $ SMSM, MALAYSIA: Borneo, Kuching.
Distribution: Only found on Borneo.
Epitettix (?) spheniscus Gunther, 1974
Syntypes $$ MNHN, MADAGASCAR: Namoraka.
Distribution: Only found on Madagascar.
Epitettix striganovae Storozhenko, 2012
Holotype $ ZIN, VIETNAM: Lam Dong Prov., environs of
Long Lanh, Biu Doup, Nui Ba Nature Reserve, 12°10’N
108°40’E, 1400-1900 m, 1.-22.IV.2008, leg. D.
Fedorenko.
Pa ratype $ ZIN, VIETNAM: Lam Dong Prov., environs of
Long Lanh, Biu Doup, Nui Ba Nature Reserve, 12°10’N
108°40’E, 1400-1900 m, 1.-22.IV.2008, leg. D.
Fedorenko.
Distribution: Only found at the type locality in
Vietnam.
Epitettix tamilus Giinther, 1939
Holotype $, NZSI: INDIA: Kerala, Cochin [Kochi], forest
tramway.
Distribution: Only found near Kerala in India.
Epitettix tumid us Gunther, 1938
Holotype $ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Etappenberg [4°38’S 142°28’E], 16.-18.XI.1912,
leg. S. G. Burgers (DORSA: BXepilatHTF).
Distribution: Only found at the type locality at the
upper Sepik River.
Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907
Type species: Eurymorphopus cunctatus
(Bolivar, 1887).
Diagnosis: Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907 is
closely related to Planotettix gen. nov. The two
Eurymorphopus-species are brachypronotal, the
Planotettix- species are micropronotal. In Planotettix
gen. nov., the internal lateral carina is lost. In
Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907 the internal lateral
carina is clearly visible.
Distribution: Two species only found on New
Caledonia.
Eurymorphopus bolivariensis sp. nov. (Plate 73
figs 1, 3, 5)
Holotype $ MHNG, NEW CALEDONIA.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after Ignacio Bolivar.
Measurements: Pronotum length 6.8 mm,
pronotum lobe width 4.35 mm, pronotum height
1.62 mm, postfemur length 4.45 mm, postfemur
width 1.53 mm, vertex width 0.6 mm, eye width 0.4
mm.
Description: Head not exerted above the
pronotum. Fastigium projecting before the eyes.
Anterior border of the fastigium straight. Vertex
broader than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete.
Latera I ca ri nae short, cu rved i nwa rds. Med ia I ca ri na
not elevated. Fossulae obsolete. Frontal costa, in
lateral view, arched before the upper half of the
eye. Fascial carinae, in lateral view, not arched
before the antenna. Scutellum, in frontal view
broad, a little broader than an antennal groove.
Furcation of the frontal costa above the superior
ocelli, a little above the lower margin of the eyes.
Superior ocelli in line with the lower margin of the
eyes. Eyes subcircular, not touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Their dorsal margin not
extending above the fastigium. Upper margin of
the antennal grooves below the lower margin of the
eyes. Pronotum flattened, coarse with some short
carinulae and tubercles. Median carina extending
to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae parallel or
curved a little outwards towards the anterior border
of the pronotum. Humeral angles and interhumeral
carinae absent. Internal lateral carinae nearly
straight. Lateral lobes of the paranota broadly
rounded, strongly curved laterally. Pronotal process
short, not reaching the end of the knees of the
hind femora, seen from above, broadly truncated,
posteriorly with a spine in the extension of the
median carina. Tegmen and hind wings absent. The
dorsal margin of the anterior and middle femora
360
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
undulating. The ventral margin with three lappets
and without hairs. The second segment of thetarsus
short. Hind femora slender (3x longer than wide).
The ventro-external carina with one small lappets
curved laterally. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth
not visible. Posttibia brown with two white bands.
Pulvilli obtuse. Colour from above in the anterior
half light brown, in the posterior half brown.
Differential diagnosis: Eurymorphopus
bolivariensis differs from Eurymorphopus cunctatus
by the projection of the fastigium.
Distribution: New Caledonia.
Eurymorphopus cunctatus (Bolivar, 1887) (Plate
73 figs 2, 4, 6)
Syntype S IRSNB, NEW CALEDONIA: leg. Hanckar.
I only examined the syntype from IRSNB but did not have
access to the syntype from NMW.
Measurements: Pronotum length 5.04 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.25 mm, pronotum height
1.4 mm, postfemur length 4.1 mm, postfemur
width 1.29 mm, vertex width 0.54 mm, eye width
0.36 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Gunther (1972)
reported about two specimens in bad condition
from MNHM. But Gunther did not examine a syntype
of Eurymorphopus cunctatus and only referred
to Kaltenbach who compared the specimen
from Vienna with the description of Gunther. The
distinguishing mark of the two specimens is the
furcation of the frontal costa: between the superior
ocelli but below the ventral margin of the eyes. This
is a unique feature and if he is correct, postulating
a new species should be considered. Further
research is necessary.
Distribution: New Caledonia.
Gavialidium Saussure, 1862
Type species: Gavialidium crocodilum (Saussure,
1862)
Note: Storozhenko (2011) transferred the genus
with the following two species to the Cladonotinae.
Distribution: South-East-Asia from India to New
Guinea.
Gavialidum crocodilum Saussure, 1862
Syntypes 3$, 6 $ MHNG, SRI LANKA: Kaduganawa.
Distribution: Sri Lanka.
Gavialidum philippinum Bolivar, 1887
Lectotype $ MNMS, PHILIPPINES.
Distribution: Philippines.
Gestroana Berg, 1898
Type species: Gestroana discoidea Bolfvar,
1898.
The genus was established by Bolfvar 1898 under
the name Gestroa with the type species Gestroa
discoidea. Bolfvar missed that Pini (1876) had
established the name for the still valid genus of
Mollusca. Berg (1898) established the homonymy
and renamed the genus to Gestroana Berg, 1900.
Description: Small micropronotal species without
flying organs. The antennae inserted deeply below
the lower margin of the eyes. Along the line of the
median carina sometimes bizarre growth of the
pronotal crest. Antegenicular teeth in most species
relatively large.
Diagnosis: Closely related to Cladonotella
Hancock, 1909. But the species of Cladonotella
Hancock, 1909 are larger and just have some
growth at the entire of the anterior part of the
pronotum and not only just at the median carina.
Distribution: Endemic of New Guinea. Most
species found in the mountains.
Gestroana bicristulata (Gunther, 1938) comb,
nov. (Plate 74 fig. 1)
Cladonotella bicristulata Gunther, 1938
[description]
Holotype $ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Quelllager (Nr. 128) [4°32’S 142°41’E], 13.-16.
VIII. 1912, leg. Burgers (D0RSA: BXclabicHTF).
Differential diagnosis: In all characteristics the
species belongs to Gestroana Berg, 1900 and not
to Cladonotella Hancock, 1909. The pronotal crest
of the small species is narrow and bimodal with a
distinct emargination above the mid femora.
Distribution: Only found in one location at the
upper Sepik River.
Gestroana baiyerriveriensis sp. nov. (Plate 74 fig.
2, plate 76 fig. 1, plate 78 fig. 1)
Holotype BPBM: PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Western
Highlands Prov.], Baiyer River [5°32’S 144°09’E], 1150
m, 18.X.1958, leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements: Pronotum length 6.89 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.68 mm, pronotum height
2.4 mm, postfemora lost, vertex width 0.84 mm,
eye width 0.36 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal species.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin of the
eyes, the anterior border nearly straight. Anterior
half of the vertex a little lower than the posterior
half. Fossulae deep. Vertex 2.3x broader than an
eye. Transverse and secondary carinae absent.
Lateral carinae short and curved inwards. Medial
carina starts near the anterior border of the
fastigium, a little lamellate. Frontal costa, in lateral
view, not arched and not visible in front of the eyes.
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, arched before the
antennae. Scutellum in frontal view broad. Furcation
of the frontal costa slightly above the superior
ocelli. Superior ocelli in line of the lower margin of
the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their dorsal margin not
extending above the fastigium. Eyes not touching
the anterior margin of the pronotum. Antennae
inserted about lx deeper than the diameter of an
antennal groove below the lower margin of the eyes.
Pronotum, in lateral view, with one higher elevation
in the anterior half and one lower elevation in the
posterior part. Laterally two elevations as smaller
humps above the middle femora. The first elevation
starts at the end of the prozona. The median
carina slightly increasing posteriorly. Some smaller
humps on the pronotum. Anterior border of the
pronotum straight. Median carina in the prozona
existing only as a short dot at the anterior margin.
Prozonal carinae straight and, in lateral view,
arched. Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and
internal lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area
narrow and reaching the end of the pronotum, the
dorsal margin with two nearly straight sections
in the middle and posterior third. Lateral lobes
strongly curved laterally. In dorsal view rounded
and curved posteriorly. Flight organs absent. The
dorsal margin of the 9 tergite without any tubercles.
Ventral margin of the anterior and middle femora
with lobes or undulated. Middle femora ventral with
some short hairs. Second segment of tarsus short.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for this species
is the infrascapular area with two nearly straight
sections in the middle and posterior third of the
dorsal margin.
Distribution: Only found in the location of Baiyer
River.
Gestroana cyclopensis sp. nov. (Plate 74 fig. 3,
plate 76 fig. 2, plate 78 fig. 2)
Holotype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops Mountains,
Ifar [2°34’S 140°31’E], 300-500 m, 23.-25.VI.1962,
leg. J. Sedlacek.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements: Pronotum length 4.16 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.92 mm, pronotum height
2.96 mm, postfemur length 4.16 mm, postfemur
width 1.44 mm, vertex width 1.08 mm, eye width
0.38 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal and
wingless species with a wide vertex and a serrulate
pronotal crest. Fastigium reaching the frontal
margin of the eyes. Anterior half of the Vertex a little
lower than the posterior half. Fossulae deep. Vertex
2.8x broader than an eye. Transverse and secondary
carinae absent. Lateral carinae short and straight.
The upper margin curved outwards, in lateral view,
visible above the eyes. Medial carina starts in line
with the supraocular lobes, strongly elevated and
lamellate. In lateral view visible above the eyes. The
whole frontal costa in lateral view visible before the
eyes. Fascial carinae in lateral view slightly arched
before the antennae. Scutellum in frontal view very
broad, broader than an eye. Furcation of the frontal
costa slightly above the superior ocelli. Superior
ocelli in line of the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, their dorsal margin not extending
above the fastigium. Eyes not touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Antennae inserted about
lx deeper than the diameter of an antennal groove
below the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum, in
lateral view, with one high pronotal crest in the
anterior half. The pronotal crest starts vertically
increasing at the posterior margin of the prozona.
The median carina slightly descending posteriorly,
with one spine near the apex. Some spines and
lappets on the pronotum. Anterior border of the
pronotum slightly concave between the prozonal
carinae. Prozonal carinae longer, straight and spiny.
Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and internal
lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area narrow,
reaching the end of the pronotum. Lateral lobes
strongly curved laterally, rounded and saw-toothed.
Pronotal process surpassing the middle of the hind
femora. The apex seen from above broadly concave.
Flight organs absent. The dorsal margin of the 7., 8.
and 9. tergite with 2 longer spines, the 10. tergite
with two longer spines side by side. Dorsal and
ventral margin of the anterior and middle femora
with 2-3 acute lobes. Middle femora ventral with
short hairs. Second segment of tarsus short. Hind
femora slightly slender (2.9x longer than wide).
The dorsal and median external area with high and
broad elevations. Hind tibia brownish with a light
antegenicular band. Genicular- and antegenicular
teeth large and serrulate, the antegenicular teeth
larger than the Genicular teeth. Last article of the
tarsi a little shorter than the first. First and second
362
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
pulvilli short and acute, the first tiny. The third acute
pulvilli longer than the sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for this species
are the vertical increasing serrulate pronotal crest,
the relatively broad vertex, the large elevations on
the hind femora and the spines on the last tergites.
Distribution: Onlyfound in the Cyclops Mountains.
Gestroana discoidea Berg, 1898 (Plate 75 figs
4-5, plate 76 figs 3-4, plate 78 figs 3-4)
Holotype S MSNG, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Nuova Guinea,
[Western Prov.], Fly River 1876-77, leg. L. M. D’Albertis.
Note: The specimen is labelled with an old “Typus”-
label. The label “Sintipo” is from Mercedes Paris (1994).
But I thinkthis specimen is the Holotype.
Paratypes 1$ (1/2) MNCN, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
Nuova Guinea, [Western Prov.], Fly River 1876-77, leg.
L. M. D’Albertis (Cat. Tipos no. 159); ±S (2/2) MSNG,
PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Nuova Guinea, [Western Prov.], Fly
River 1876-77, leg. L. M. D’Albertis.
Note: The specimens are labelled as “Sintipo” and
“Syntypus”. The label “Sintipo” is from Mercedes Paris
(1994). But I think both specimens are paratypes.
Additional material: 2$, 4S BPBM, PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: [Western Prov.], Fly River, Olsobip [5°23’S
141°32’E], 400-600 m, VIII. 1969, leg. J. & M. Sedlacek.
Measurements holotype S'- Pronotum length
4.8 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.9 mm, pronotum
height 3.9 mm, postfemur length 4.75 mm,
postfemur width 1.9 mm, vertex width 0.94 mm,
eye width 0.42 mm. Paratype 1/2 $: pronotum
length 6.37 mm, pronotum lobe width 4.42 mm,
pronotum height 4.55 mm, postfemur length 5.59
mm, postfemur width 2.21 mm, vertex width 1.1
mm, eye width 0.5 mm. Paratype 2/2 S'- pronotum
length 4.75 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.9 mm,
pronotum height 3.5 mm, postfemur length 4.85
mm, postfemur width 1.85 mm, vertex width 1.02
mm, eye width 0.4 mm.
Differential diagnosis: Easy to identify by the
high, rounded and serrated pronotal crest.
Distribution: Found in the south of New Guinea
in the Fly River area.
Gestroana flasbarthi sp. nov. (Plate 74 fig. 6, plate
76 fig. 5, plate 78 fig. 5)
Holotype S BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Southern
Highlands Prov.], Dimifa, SE of Mt. Giluwe [6°05’S
143°41’E], 2200 m, 12.X.1958, leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Paratype IS (1/1) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
[Western Highlands Prov.], 11 km S of Mt. Hagen (town),
2200-2300 m, 21.V.1963, leg. J. Sedlacek, deposited in
ZFMK.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after Jochen Flasbarth, the former president
of the Naturschutzbund Deutschland and the
former president of the German Umweltbundesamt.
Measurements holotype S'- Pronotum length
3.84 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.36 mm, pronotum
height 2.16 mm, postfemur length 4.4 mm,
postfemur width 1.68 mm, vertex width 0.84 mm,
eye width 0.42 mm. Paratype S (1/1): pronotum
length 4 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.28 mm,
pronotum height 2.48 mm, postfemur length 4.64
mm, postfemur width 1.44 mm, vertex width 0.88
mm, eye width 0.46 mm.
Description holotype S'- Rather small
micropronotal and wingless species. Fastigium
nearly reaching the frontal margin of the eyes.
Anterior half of the vertex a little lower than the
posterior half. Fossulae moderately deep. Vertex
2x broader than an eye. Lateral and secondary
carinae nearly rounded, reaching the median
carina. Lateral carinae curved strongly inwards.
Secondary carinae curved transverse back to
the medial carina. Medial carina starts near the
anterior border of the fastigium, a little lamellate.
In lateral view not visible above the eyes. Frontal
costa not elevated. Fascial carinae in lateral view
arched before the antennae. Scutellum in frontal
view broad. Furcation of the frontal costa slightly
above the superior ocelli. Superior ocelli in line of
the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their
dorsal margin not extending above the fastigium.
Eyes not touching the anterior margin of the
pronotum. Antennae inserted about lx deeper
than the diameter of an antennal groove below the
lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum, in lateral view,
with one higher elevation in the anterior half and
one lower elevation in the posterior part. Laterally
two elevations as smaller humps above the middle
femora. The first elevation starts at the anterior
margin of the prozona. The median carina not
increasing posteriorly. Some smaller humps on the
pronotum. Anterior border of the pronotum straight.
Prozonal carinae longer and a little lamellate and
arched. Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and
internal lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area
a little broader, in dorsal view slightly undulating,
reaching the end of the pronotum. Lateral lobes
strongly curved laterally, rounded. Pronotal process
reaching the middle of the hind femora, the apex
seen from above truncated, slightly concave.
Flight organs absent. The dorsal margin of the 9.
tergite with 4 and more separated tubercles, the
10. tergite with two longer spines. Ventral margin
of the anterior and middle femora with 2-3 smaller
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
lobes, the dorsal margin undulated. Middle femora
ventral with short hairs. Second segment of tarsus
short. Hind femora stout (2.5-2.6x longer than
wide). The dorsal and median external area with
some rounded elevations, the ventro-external
carina with one lobe curved outwards. The ventral
margin of the hind femora with small lobes. Hind
tibia brownish. Genicular teeth and antegenicular
teeth medium sized, rounded. Last article of the
tarsi shorter than the first. First and second pulvilli
short and obtuse, the third obtuse pulvilli as long
as the sum of the first and second. Colour brownish
with some lighter parts.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for this
species is the anterior elevation of the pronotum.
The elevation starts at the anterior margin of the
prozona.
Distribution: Only found in higher mountain
regions between Mt. Hagen and Mt. Giluwe.
Gestroana gressitti sp. nov. (Plate 74 fig. 7, plate
76 fig. 6, plate 78 fig. 6)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Chimbu
Prov.], Karimui [6°30’S 144°51’E], Malaise Trap, 2.-3.
VI. 1961, leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the collector J. Linsley Gressitt.
Measurements holotype $: Pronotum length
4.55 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.77 mm, pronotum
height 2 mm, postfemur length 5.12 mm, postfemur
width 1.74 mm,
vertex width 0.7 mm, eye width 0.5 mm.
Description holotype $: Rather small
micropronotal and wingless species. In most
characteristics like Gestroana flasbarthi. But the
scutellum of Gestroana gressitti is slightly narrower.
The vertex is only 1.4x broader than an eye. The
first elevation starts at the posterior margin of the
prozona. The apex of the pronotal process seen
from above is rounded convex. The dorsal margin
of the 9. tergite with 2 very small tubercles and
the 10. tergite without longer spines only with two
tubercles like a tiny dot. Hind femora more slender
(2.9x longer than wide). The outside of the hind
femora only with one rounded hump in the dorsal
external area. The ventro-external carina without
a lobe. Genicular teeth and antegenicular teeth a
little smaller and serrated.
Differential diagnosis: Closely related to
Gestroana flasbarthi. However, due to the above
described differences, I do not identify this
specimen as the unknown female of Gestroana
flasbarthi. Further examination of material,
especially of males from the region of Karimui and
females from the Mt. Giluwe and Mt. Hagen region,
is necessary to make a decision.
Distribution: Only found at Karimui.
Gestroana karimuiensis sp. nov. (Plate 74 figs
9-10, plate 76 figs 8-9, plate 78 figs 8-9)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Chimbu
Prov.], Karimui [6°30’S 144°51’E], 1080 m, 11.-12.
VII. 1963, leg. J. Sedlacek.
Paratypes $ (1/4) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
[Chimbu Prov.], Karimui [6°30’S 144°51’E], South of
Goroka, 1000 m, 7.VI.1961, deposited in ZFMK; S (2/4)
BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Chimbu Prov.], Karimui
[6°30’S 144°51’E], 1080 m, 8-10.VII.1963, leg. J.
Sedlacek, deposited in NCB-RMNH. 2<$ larvae (3/4
+ 4/4) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Chimbu Prov.],
Karimui [6°30’S 144°51’E], South of Goroka, 1000 m,
7.VI.1961, leg. J. L. & M. Gressitt.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements, holotype $: pronotum length
4.81 mm, pronotum lobe width 4.29 mm,
pronotum height 3.95 mm, postfemur length 5.2
mm, postfemur width 2 mm, vertex width 1.06 mm,
eye width 0.46 mm. Paratype $ (1/2): pronotum
length 4.56 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.92 mm,
pronotum height 4.29 mm, postfemur length 5.85
mm, postfemur width 2.08 mm, vertex width 1.14
mm, eye width 0.5 mm. Paratype S (2/2): pronotum
length 4.56 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.92 mm,
pronotum height 3.36 mm, postfemur length 4.8
mm, postfemur width 1.84 mm, vertex width 0.96
mm, eye width 0.44 mm.
Description, holotype $:Small micropronotal and
wingless species with serrulate and acute pronotal
crest. Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin of
the eyes. Anterior half of the Vertex a little lower
than the posterior half. Fossulae deep. Vertex 2.3x
broader than an eye. Transverse and secondary
carinae absent. Lateral carinae short and curved
inwards. In lateral view the lateral carinae minimally
visible above the eyes. Medial carina starts near
the anterior border of the fastigium, not lamellate.
In lateral view not visible above the eyes. The
frontal costa, in lateral view, not arched and visible
before the eyes. Fascial carinae in lateral view
arched before the antennae. Scutellum in frontal
view broad. Furcation of the frontal costa slightly
above the superior ocelli. Superior ocelli in line of
the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their
dorsal margin not extending above the fastigium.
Eyes touching the anterior margin of the pronotum.
364
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Antennae inserted a little more than lx deeper
than the diameter of an antennal groove below
the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum in lateral
view with one high and acute pronotal crest in
the anterior half. The margin of the pronotum
serrulate, in the posterior half with longer spines.
The pronotum starts increasing at the posterior
margin of the prozona. The dorsal margin of the
pronotal crest with a distinct depression above
the beginning of the hind femora. Some spines
on the pronotum. Anterior border of the pronotum
straight. Prozonal carinae short, straight and spiny.
Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and internal
lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area narrow,
the dorsal margin with a distinct arch before the
posterior third. Lateral lobes strongly curved
laterally, rounded and saw-toothed. Pronotal
process surpassing the middle of the hind femora.
The apex seen from above broadly concave. Flight
organs absent. The dorsal margin of the 9. tergite
with 2 longer spines, the 10. tergite with two
spines side-by-side. Dorsal and ventral margin of
the anterior and middle femora undulated. Middle
femora ventral with short hairs. Second segment
of tarsus short. Hind femora slightly slender (2.6x
longer than wide). The dorsal and median external
area with some small spiny elevations. The ventro-
external carina with a small spiny lobe. Hind tibia
brownish with a light antegenicular band. Genicular
teeth smaller and acute. Antegenicular teeth large
and serrulate. Last article of the tarsi as long as the
first. First and second pulvilli short and obtuse. The
third acute pulvilli longer than the sum of the first
and second. The male a little smaller but with the
same characteristics as the female.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for this species
is the increasing serrulate and spiny pronotal crest
with a distinct depression posteriorly.
Distribution: Only found at Karimui.
Gestroana kleukersi sp. nov. (Plate 75 fig. 1, plate
77 fig. 1, plate 79 figs 1, 9)
Holotype $ NCB-RMNH, WEST PAPUA: Araucaria Camp
[3°30’S 139° ll’E], 800 m, 2. III. 1939, Neth. Ind.-
American New Guinea Expedition, leg. L. J. Toxopeus.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species
is named after Roy Kleukers, a famous Dutch
orthopterologist and my good friend.
Measurements: Pronotum length 4.42 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.9 mm, pronotum height
2.47 mm, postfemur length 5.2 mm, postfemur
width 1.43 mm, vertex width 0.8 mm, eye width
0.42 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal species
with deeply inserted antennae and slender hind
femora. Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin
of the eyes, the anterior border nearly straight.
Anterior half of the vertex a little lower than the
posterior half. Fossulae moderately deep. Vertex
nearly 2x broaderthan an eye. Lateral and secondary
carinae nearly u-shaped. Lateral carinae short and
curved inwards, in lateral view visible above the
eyes. Medial carina at the anterior margin nearly
absent. Frontal costa in lateral view a little arched
before the eyes. Fascial carinae in lateral view
arched before the antennae. Scutellum in frontal
view broad. Furcation of the frontal costa slightly
above the superior ocelli. Superior ocelli lx deeper
than the diameter of an antennal groove below the
lower margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their
dorsal margin not extending above the fastigium.
Eyes not touching the anterior margin of the
pronotum. Antennae inserted about 2x deeper
than the diameter of an antennal groove below the
lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum in lateral view
with three elevations. One, in the anterior half, the
second above the middle of the infrascapular area,
and the third at the posterior end of the pronotum.
Between the first and second elevation a broadly
u-shaped depression. The first elevation starts
behind the posterior end of the prozona. No humps
on the pronotum. Anterior border of the pronotum
straight. Median carina in the prozona reaching
the anterior margin. Prozonal carinae straight.
Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and internal
lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area narrow,
reaching the end of the pronotum. Lateral lobes
strongly curved laterally and quadratic. The apex
of the pronotum seen from above concave. Flight
organs absent. The dorsal margin of the 9. tergite
with small tubercles. Ventral and dorsal margins
of the anterior and middle femora with 2-3 lobes.
Middle femora ventral without short hairs. Second
segment of tarsus short. Hind femora slender (3.6x
longer than wide). The dorsal and median external
without rounded elevations. Ventro-external carina
with two lobes curved outwards. The ventral
margin of the hind femora with small lobes. Hind
tibia brownish with lighter areas. Genicular- and
antegenicular teeth small and acute. Last article of
the tarsi nearly as long as the first. First and second
pulvilli short and obtuse, the third obtuse pulvilli as
long as the sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for this species
are the deeply inserted antennae and the slender
hind femora.
Distribution: Only found at the type locality in the
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
northwest of West Papua.
Gestroana moanemaniensis sp. nov. (Plate 75 fig.
2, plate 77 fig. 2, plate 79 fig. 2)
Holotype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Wisselmeren,
Moanemani, Kamo V. [3°55’S 136°15’E], 1500 m,
15.VIII.1962, leg. J. Sedlacek.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements: Pronotum length 3.9 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.25 mm, pronotum height
1.9 mm, postfemur length 4.16 mm, postfemur
width 1.69 mm, vertex width 0.78 mm, eye width
0.34 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal and
wingless species. Fastigium not reaching the
frontal margin of the eyes. Anterior half of the
Vertex not lower than the posterior half. Fossulae
deep. Vertex nearly 3x broader than an eye. Lateral
and secondary carinae nearly rounded, reaching
the median carina. Lateral carinae curved strongly
inwards. Secondary carinae curved transverse back
to the medial carina. Medial carina starts near the
anterior border of the fastigium, a little lamellate.
In lateral view not visible above the eyes. Frontal
costa not elevated. Fascial carinae in lateral view
arched before the antennae. Scutellum in frontal
view moderately broad. Furcation of the frontal
costa slightly above the superior ocelli. Superior
ocelli in line of the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, their dorsal margin not extending
above the fastigium. Eyes touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Antennae inserted about
lx deeper than the diameter of an antennal groove
below the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum
in lateral view with one arched elevation in the
anterior half and two laterally smaller humps
above the middle femora. The first elevation starts
at the posterior end of the prozona. The median
carina not increasing posteriorly. Some smaller
humps on the pronotum. Anterior border of the
pronotum straight. Median carina in the prozona
existing only as a short dot at the anterior margin.
Prozonal carinae longer and a little lamellate.
Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and internal
lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area smaller,
reaching the end of the pronotum. Lateral lobes
strongly curved laterally, slightly rounded, posterior
margin truncate. Pronotal process extending over
the middle of the hind femora, the apex, seen
from above, truncated without any sulcation.
-light organs absent. The dorsal margin of the 9.
tergite with 3 tubercles, the middle broader and
obtuse. Ventral and dorsal margin of the anterior
and middle femora with 2-3 lobes. Middle femora
ventral with short hairs. Second segment of tarsus
short. Hind femora stout (2.5x longer than wide).
The dorsal and median external area with some
rounded elevations. The ventral margin of the hind
femora with small lobes. Hind tibia brown with a light
antegenicular band. Genicular teeth medium sized,
rounded. Antegenicular teeth broad and rounded.
Last article of the tarsi a little shorter than the first.
First and second pulvilli short and obtuse, the third
obtuse pulvilli as long as the sum of the first and
second. Colour brownish. The paraproctum of the
genital with two slightly curved titillators. The apex
of the titillators conical and obtuse.
Differential diagnosis: Characteristic
combination of morphological elements: lower
arched anterior elevation of the pronotum, three
separate elevations of the pronotum, median
carina flattened in the posterior half, relatively large
and broad antegenicular teeth and three specific
tubercles on the posterior margin of the 9 tergite.
Distribution: Only found in one place near
Moanemani.
Gestroana morobensis sp. nov. (Plate 75 fig. 3,
plate 77 fig. 3, plate 79 fig. 3)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.],
Mt. Kaindi [7°21’S 146°41’E], 2350 m, 11.IX.1968,
leg. J. Sedlacek.
Paratypes 1$ (1/10) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
[Morobe Prov.], Mt. Kaindi [7°21’S 146°41’E], 2350
m, 11.IX.1968, deposited in NCB-RMNH; 1$ (2/10)
BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.], Wau,
Big Wau Creek, 1200-1500 m, IX.1965, leg. J. & M.
Sedlacek, deposited in ZFMK; 1$ (3/10) BPBM, PAPUA
NEW GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.], Wau, Edie Creek [7°21’S
146°40’E], 2100-2300 m, 3.X.1964, leg. J. Sedlacek,
deposited in BMNH; 1$ (4/10) BPBM, PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.], Wau Subdist., 30-35 km ESE
Kaisenik, 1600-2290 m, 5.X.1974, leg. J. L. Gressitt,
deposited in IRSNB; 1$ (5/10) BPBM, PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.], Bulldog Road, 40 km S. Wau,
2700-2800 m, 22.-31.V.1969, deposited in MSNG; 1$
(6/10) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.], Mt.
Missim, E. Wau [7°13’S 146°49’E], 2800 m, 22.-30.
IV.1968, leg. J. L. Gressitt, Rice, R. C. A. & J. Sedlacek,
deposited in ZMHU; 2$ (7/10+8/10) BPBM, PAPUA
NEW GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.], Bulolo Vatut [7°15’S
146°37’E], 700-800 m, 1.-7.VI.1969, leg. J. Sedlacek,
7/10 deposited in ANIC and 8/10 deposited in MNCN;
±S larva (9/10) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe
Prov.], Wau, 1150-1250 m, 17.11.1966, leg. J. Sedlacek;
1$ larva (10/10) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Central
366
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Prov.], Mt. Chapman, 7°19’S 145°48’E, 2000 m,
5.V.1966, leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
5.07 mm, pronotum lobe width 4.16 mm, pronotum
height 2.6 mm, postfemur length 5.2 mm, postfemur
width 1.82 mm, vertex width 1 mm, eye width 0.36
mm. Paratypes $$ (1/8-8-8): Pronotum length
4.8-5.44 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.76-4.48 mm,
pronotum height 2.08-2.56 mm, postfemur length
4.48-5.12 mm, postfemur width 1.68-1.84 mm,
vertex width 0.8-0.88 mm, eye width 0.34-0.44
mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal species
with an elevated medial carina at the tip of the
fastigium. Fastigium reaching the frontal margin
of the eyes, the anterior border nearly straight.
Anterior half of the Vertex not lower than the
posterior half. Fossulae deep. Vertex nearly 3x
broader than an eye. Lateral and secondary carinae
nearly u-shaped, not reaching the median carina.
Lateral carinae curved strongly inwards. Secondary
carinae approximately obsolete. Medial carina
starts near the anterior border of the fastigium,
strongly elevated and broadly. In lateral view visible
above the eyes. Frontal costa not elevated. Fascial
carinae in lateral view arched before the antennae.
Scutellum in frontal view moderately broad.
Furcation of the frontal costa slightly above the
superior ocelli. Superior ocelli in line of the lower
margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their dorsal
margin not extending above the fastigium. Eyes
not touching the anterior margin of the pronotum.
Antennae inserted about lx deeper than the
diameter of an antennal groove below the lower
margin of the eyes. Pronotum, in lateral view, with
one elevation in the anterior half and two lateral
elevations above the middle femora. The first
elevation starts at the posterior end of the prozona.
The median carina slightly increasing posteriorly.
Some smaller humps on the pronotum. Anterior
border of the pronotum straight. Median carina in
the prozona absent. Prozonal carinae longer and
lamellate. Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae
and internal lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular
area broader, the dorsal margin strongly undulated,
reaching the end of the pronotum. Lateral lobes
strongly curved laterally and slightly rounded.
Pronotal process extending to the middle of the
hind femora, the apex seen from above truncated
and sulcated in the middle. Flight organs absent.
The dorsal margin of the 9. tergite without any
tubercles. Ventral margin of the anterior and middle
femora with 2-3 longer and broader lappets, the
dorsal margins with lobes. Middle femora ventral
without short hairs. Second segment of tarsus
short. Hind femora moderately stout (2.8x longer
than wide). The dorsal and median external area
and the ventro-external carina with some different
rounded elevations. The ventral margin of the
hind femora with small lobes. Hind tibia brownish
with lighter sections in the upper half. Genicular
teeth medium sized, rounded. Antegenicular teeth
medium sized, broad and acute. Last article of the
tarsi shorter than the first. First and second pulvilli
short and obtuse, the third obtuse pulvilli as long
as the sum of the first and second. Colour brownish
with some lighter sections on the infrascapular
area and the posterior part of pronotum.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for Gestroana
morobensis is the lamellate medial carina, in
lateral view broadly visible above the eyes and the
undulated dorsal margin of the infrascapular area.
Only Gestroana cyclopensis sp. nov. has a medial
carina visible above the eyes in lateral view. But this
species has a height and serrulate pronotal crest.
Distribution: Found on different places in Morobe
Province and at Mt. Chapman in Central Province.
Gestroana mounthagensis sp. nov. (Plate 75 fig. 4,
plate 77 fig. 4, plate 79 fig. 4)
Holotype S BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Western
Highlands Prov.], Tomba, slopes of Mt. Hagen [5°50’S
144°01’E], 2450 m, 23.V.1963, leg. J. Sedlacek.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements Holotype <$: pronotum length 4.4
mm, pronotum lobe width 3.6 mm, pronotum height
2.32 mm, postfemur length 4.4 mm, postfemur
width 1.76 mm, vertex width 0.88 mm, eye width
0.46 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal and
wingless species. Fastigium not reaching the
frontal margin of the eyes. Anterior half of the
Vertex not lower than the posterior half. Fossulae
deep. Vertex nearly 2x broader than an eye.
Lateral and secondary carinae nearly rounded,
not reaching the median carina. Lateral carinae
curved strongly inwards. Secondary carinae curved
transverse back to the medial carina. Medial carina
starts near the anterior border of the fastigium, a
little lamellate and forming a short ridge. In lateral
view not visible above the eyes. Frontal costa
between medial carina and scutellum absent.
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, a little arched
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
before the antennae. Scutellum in frontal view
broad. Furcation of the frontal costa absent. The
scutellum is open upwards. Superior ocelli slightly
under the line of the lower margin of the eyes.
Eyes subcircular, their dorsal margin not extending
above the fastigium. Eyes touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Antennae inserted about
lx deeper than the diameter of an antennal groove
below the lower margin of the eyes. Antennae short,
with 3 lighter articles. Pronotum, in lateral view,
with one arched elevation in the anterior half and
one lower elevation in the posterior half. The first
elevation starts at the posterior end of the prozona.
The median carina is slightly increasing posteriorly.
Some smaller humps on the pronotum. Anterior
border of the pronotum straight. Median carina in
the prozona existing only as a very small dot at the
anterior margin. Prozonal carinae longer and a little
lamellate. Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae
and internal lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular
area smaller, reaching the end of the pronotum.
Lateral lobes strongly curved laterally and rounded.
Pronotal process extending to the middle of the
hind femora, the apex seen from above truncated
without any sulcation. Flight organs absent. The
dorsal margin of the 9. tergite with 4 very small
tubercles. The dorsal margin of the 10. tergite
with 2 tubercles. Ventral and dorsal margin of the
anterior and middle femora undulated. Middle
femora ventral with short hairs. Second segment
of tarsus short. Hind femora stout (2.5x longer
than wide). The dorsal and median external area
with some rounded elevations. The ventro-external
carina with a bigger and a smaller lobe. The ventral
margin of the hind femora with small lobes. Hind
tibia brown with two light bands. Genicular teeth
medium sized, rounded. Antegenicular teeth broad
and rounded. Last article of the tarsi shorter than
the first. First and second pulvilli short and obtuse,
the third obtuse pulvilli as long as the sum of the
first and second. Colour brownish.
Differential diagnosis: Similar to Gestroana
moanemaniensis and Gestroana willemsei. But
the posterior part of the prozona of Gestroana
mounthagensis is increasing and not flattened.
Distribution: Only found on Mt. Hagen.
Gestroana pannosa sp. nov. (Plate 75 fig. 5, plate
77 fig. 5, plate 79 fig. 5)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Eastern
Highlands Prov.], Purosa, 20-26 km SE Okapa [6°39’S
145°32’E], 1800-2020 m, 28.VIII.1964, leg. J. & M.
Sedlacek.
Derivatio nominis: Named because of the long
lappets at the ventral margin of the anterior and
middle femora (Latin: “pannus”).
Measurements: Pronotum length 4.4 mm,
pronotum lobe width 4.16 mm, pronotum height
2.16 mm, postfemur length 4.4 mm, postfemur
width 1.76 mm, vertex width 2.4 mm, eye width
0.34 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal species
with long lappets at the ventral margin of the
anterior and middle femora. Fastigium not reaching
the frontal margin of the eyes, the anterior border
nearly straight. Anterior half of the Vertex lower than
the posterior half, covered with small tubercles.
Fossulae deep. Vertex 2x broader than an eye.
Lateral and secondary carinae nearly u-shaped, not
reaching the median carina. Lateral carinae curved
inwards. Secondary carinae almost obsolete.
Medial carina existing only as a short and low ridge
at the anterior margin in transition to the frontal
costa. Frontal costa in lateral view not arched and
not visible in front of the eyes. Fascial carinae in
lateral view arched before the antennae. Scutellum
in frontal view moderately broad. Furcation of the
frontal costa slightly above the superior ocelli.
Superior ocelli in line of the lower margin of the eyes.
Eyes subcircular, their dorsal margin not extending
above the fastigium. Eyes not touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Antennae inserted about
lx deeper than the diameter of an antennal groove
below the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum in
lateral view with two elevations, the posterior not
as high as the anterior elevation. The first elevation
starts at the posterior end of the prozona. In line
of the lateral lobes in dorsal view three separate
humps side by side. The second elevation starts
above the beginning of the hind femora. Between
the elevations is a broadly u-shaped depression.
Some smaller humps on the pronotum. Anterior
border of the pronotum straight. Median carina
extending to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae
straight. Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and
internal lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area
narrow, reaching the end of the pronotum. Lateral
lobes strongly curved laterally broadly rounded.
Pronotal process extending to the middle of the
postfemur, the apex, seen from above, truncated
and a little emarginated. Flight organs absent. The
dorsal margin of the 8. and 9. tergite in extension
of the posterior edges of the pronotum with two
distinct tubercles curved posteriorly. Ventral
margin of the anterior and middle femora with 2-3
long lappets, the dorsal margins with bigger lobes.
Middle femora ventral with short hairs. Second
368
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
segment of tarsus short. Hind femora stout (2.5x
longer than wide). The dorsal and median external
area and the ventro-external carina with some
rounded elevations. The ventral margin of the hind
femora with small lobes. Hind tibia uniformly brown
with a lighter antegenicular band. Genicular teeth
medium sized and rounded. Antegenicular teeth
relatively large and rounded. Between genicular-
and antegenicular teeth a small lappet - perhaps
the real antegenicular teeth. Last article of the tarsi
nearly as long as the first. First and second pulvilli
short and obtuse, the third obtuse pulvilli as long
as the sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for Gestroana
pannosa are the long lappets on the ventral margin
of the anterior and middle femora. Even Gestroana
yapenensis sp. nov. and Gestroana morobensis sp.
nov. have similar long lappets. But in dorsal view
the apex of the pronotal process is different: narrow
and rounded in Gestroana yapenensis, triangularly
sulcated in Gestroana morobensis and slightly
concave in Gestroana pannosa.
Distribution: Only found in Purosa near Okapa.
Gestroana sedlaceki sp. nov. (Plate 75 fig. 6, plate
77 fig. 6, plate 79 fig. 6)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Eastern
Highlands Prov.], Purosa, 20-26 km SE Okapa [6°39’S
145°32’E], 1800-2020 m, 28.VIII.1964, leg. J. & M.
Sedlacek.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after the collector Josef Sedlacek.
Measurements: Pronotum length 4.8 mm,
pronotum lobe width 4.16 mm, pronotum height
2.72 mm, postfemur length 5 mm, postfemur width
2.15 mm, vertex width 0.94 mm, eye width 0.4 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal species.
Head not exerted above the pronotum. Fastigium
not reaching the frontal margin of the eyes, the
anterior border nearly straight. Anterior half of the
Vertex lower than the posterior half, covered with
small tubercles. Fossulae moderately deep. Vertex
2x broader than an eye. Lateral and secondary
carinae nearly u-shaped, not reaching the median
carina. Secondary carinae almost absent. Medial
carina existing only as a short elevation at the
anterior margin in transition to the frontal costa,
not visible in lateral view. Frontal costa in lateral
view not arched and not visible in front of the
eyes. Fascial carinae in lateral view arched before
the antennae. Scutellum in frontal view broad.
Furcation of the frontal costa above the superior
ocelli. Superior ocelli in line of the lower margin
of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their dorsal margin
not extending above the fastigium. Eyes touching
the anterior margin of the pronotum. Antennae
inserted more than lx deeper than the diameter of
an antennal groove below the lower margin of the
eyes. Pronotum, in lateral view, with two elevations,
increasing posteriorly. The first one starts at the
posterior end of the prozona. The second one is
above the beginning of the hind femora. Between
the elevations is a u-shaped depression. Some
smaller humps on the pronotum. Anterior border
of the pronotum straight. Median carina ends at
the frontal border with a small tubercles. Prozonal
carinae short and straight. Humeral angles,
interhumeral carinae and internal lateral carinae
absent. Infrascapular area narrow, reaching the
end of the pronotum. Lateral lobes strongly curved
laterally broadly rounded, the posterior margin
truncated. Pronotal process not extending beyond
the middle of the postfemur, the apex, seen from
above, truncated and a little concave. Flight organs
absent. The dorsal margin of the 9. tergite at the
posterior margin with a series of small tubercles
(like a denture). Dorsal and ventral margin of the
anterior and middle femora with lobes, middle
femora ventral with hairs. Second segment of
tarsus short. Hind femora stout (2.3x longer than
wide). The dorsal and median external area with
some elevations. The ventral margin of the hind
femora with lobes. Hind tibia uniformly brown.
Genicular teeth medium sized. Antegenicular teeth
relatively large and rounded. Last article of the tarsi
nearly as long as the first. First and second pulvilli
short and spinose, the third pulvilli as long as the
sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: Relatively short and
broad pronotum with a u-shaped depression of the
median carina. Pronotum increasing posteriorly.
Found at the same location as Gestroana pannosa
butdefinitely a different valid species. E.g. Gestroana
sedlaceki does not have such long lappets on the
ventral margin of the anterior and middle femora.
Gestroana pannosa has only 2 distinct tubercles on
the upper margin of the 9 tergite.
Distribution: Only found in the location of Purosa.
Gestroana willemsei sp. nov. (Plate 75 figs 7-8,
plate 77 figs 7-8, plate 79 figs 7-8)
Holotype S NCB-RMNH, WEST PAPUA: Rattan Camp
[3°30’S 139°09’E], 1200 m, 18.11.1939, leg. L. J.
Toxopeus.
Paratypes 5$, 3^ (1/10-8/10) NCB-RMNH, WEST
PAPUA: Rattan Camp [3°30’S 139°09’E], 1200 m,
18.11.1939, leg. L. J. Toxopeus; IS (9/10) ZSM, West
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Papua, Jajawijaja-Prov., Anggruk, Tanggeam [4°16’S
139°24’E], 1500-1800 m, 28.-29.IX.1991, leg. A.
Riedel. ±S larva [?] (10/10) NCB-RMNH, WEST PAPUA:
Rattan Camp [3°30’S 139°09’E], 1200 m, 18.11.1939,
leg. L. J. Toxopeus.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species
is named after an outstanding orthopterologist
Cornelis Willemse.
Measurements, holotype S'- Pronotum length
6.37 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.2 mm, pronotum
height3.8 mm, postfemur length 6.5 mm, postfemur
width 2.73 mm, vertex width 1.12 mm, eye width
0.44 mm. Paratypes Pronotum length 6.76-
7.54 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.85-5.98 mm,
pronotum height 3.8-4.29 mm, postfemur length
6.89-7.54 mm, postfemur width 2.86-3.12 mm,
vertex width 1.12-1.3 mm, eye width 0.42-0.54
mm. Paratypes SS- Pronotum length 5.98-6.5
mm, pronotum lobe width 4.55-5.2 mm, pronotum
height 2.8-3.64 mm, postfemur length 5.2-6.24
mm, postfemur width 2.08-2.6 mm, vertex width
0.96-1 mm, eye width 0.46-0.5 mm.
Description, holotype S'- Rather small
micropronotal and wingless species. Fastigium
nearly reaching the frontal margin of the eyes, the
anterior border nearly straight. Anterior half of the
Vertex not lower than the posterior half. Fossulae
deep. Vertex nearly 2.5x broader than an eye.
Lateral and secondary carinae nearly u-shaped,
not reaching the median carina. Lateral carinae
curved strongly inwards. Secondary carinae almost
obsolete. Medial carina existing only as a short
elevation at the anterior margin in transition to
the frontal costa, not visible in lateral view. Frontal
costa not elevated. Fascial carinae in lateral view
arched before the antennae. Scutellum in frontal
view moderately broad. Furcation of the frontal
costa slightly above the superior ocelli. Superior
ocelli in line of the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, their dorsal margin not extending
above the fastigium. Eyes touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Antennae inserted about
lx deeper than the diameter of an antennal groove
below the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum in
lateral view with one elevation in the anterior
half and two lateral elevations above the middle
femora. The first elevation starts at the posterior
end of the prozona. The increase of the elevation,
in lateral view, is concave. The median carina not
increasing posteriorly. Some smaller humps on the
pronotum. Anterior border of the pronotum straight.
Median carina in the prozona in lateral view slightly
increasing to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae
longer and straight. Humeral angles, interhumeral
carinae and internal lateral carinae absent.
Infrascapular area narrow, reaching the end of the
pronotum. Lateral lobes strongly curved laterally,
slightly rounded. Pronotal process extending
behind the middle of the hind femora, the apex,
seen from above, truncated and slightly sulcated in
the middle. Flight organs absent. The dorsal margin
of the 8 tergite without one broader tubercle in the
middle. Dorsal and ventral margin of the anterior
and middle femora with lobes, middle femora
ventral with hairs. Second segment of tarsus
short. Hind femora moderately stout (2.7x longer
than wide). The dorsal and median external area
and the ventro-external carina with some rounded
elevations, brown with a light antegenicular band.
Genicular teeth small and rounded. Antegenicular
teeth large, broad and acute. Last article of the tarsi
nearly as long as the first. First and second pulvilli
very short, the first nearly absent. The third pulvilli
as longasthesum of thefirstand second. All pulvilli
acute. All paratypes with the same characteristics.
The male a little smaller. The paraproctum of the
genital with two curved titillators. The apex of the
titillators broadly obtuse.
Differential diagnosis: Specific for Gestroana
willemsei is the concave increase of the anterior
elevation of the pronotum in lateral view.
Distribution: Two localities in the mountains of
the Jayawijaya Province.
Gestroana yapenensis sp. nov. (Plate 74, fig 8,
plate 76, fig 7, plate 78, fig 7)
Holotype $ BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Japen, Central Range,
Mt. Oud, Camp 3, 3500 ft, XI. 1938, leg. L. E. Cheesman.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality the island of Yapen.
Measurements: Pronotum length 5.59 mm,
pronotum lobe width 4.16 mm, pronotum height
2.34 mm, postfemur length 4.42 mm, postfemur
width 1.82 mm, vertex width 1.06 mm, eye width
0.4 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal species
with a narrow and rounded apex of the pronotum.
Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin of the
eyes, the anterior border nearly straight. Anterior
half of the vertex a little lower than the posterior
half. Fossulae moderately deep. Vertex more than
2x broader than an eye. Lateral and secondary
carinae nearly u-shaped, not reaching the median
carina. Lateral carinae short. Secondary carinae
approximately obsolete. Medial carina and
frontal costa above the fascial carinae absent.
370
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, arched before the
antennae. Scutellum in frontal view moderately
broad, circular. Fascial carinae above the scutellum
narrow and straight. Furcation of the frontal
costa slightly above the superior ocelli. Superior
ocelli in line of the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, their dorsal margin not extending
above the fastigium. Eyes not touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Antennae inserted about
lx deeper than the diameter of an antennal groove
below the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum,
in lateral view, with one elevation in the anterior
half and two lateral elevations above the middle
femora. The first elevation starts a little behind
the posterior end of the prozona. The median
carina slightly increasing posteriorly. Some smaller
humps on the pronotum. Anterior border of the
pronotum straight. Median carina in the prozona
almost absent. Prozonal carinae short and straight.
Humeral angles, interhumeral carinae and internal
lateral carinae absent. Infrascapular area narrow,
reaching the end of the pronotum. Lateral lobes
strongly curved laterally, rectangular. Pronotal
process extending to the start of the knee, the apex
seen from above narrow and rounded. Flight organs
Key to species of Gestroana Berg, 1900
absent. The dorsal margin of the 9. tergite without
any tubercles. Ventral margin of the anterior and
middle femora with 2-3 longer lappets, the dorsal
margins undulated. Middle femora ventral without
short hairs. Second segment of tarsus short. Hind
femora stout (2.4x longer than wide). The dorsal and
median external area with some rounded elevations.
The ventral margin of the hind femora with small
lobes. Hind tibia consistently brownish. Genicular
teeth medium sized and acute. Antegen icu la r teeth
relatively large and acute. Last article of the tarsi
nearly as long as the first. First and second pulvilli
short and obtuse, the third obtuse pulvilli as long
as the sum of first and second.
Differential diagnosis: Characteristic for
Gestroana yapenensis are the long lappets on the
ventral margin of the anterior and middle femora
(like Gestroana pannosa sp. nov.). Specific is the
absence of the medial carina.
Distribution: Only found in the mountains of the
island of Yapen.
1 Antennae inserted 2x deeper than the diameter of an antennal groove below the lower margin of the eyes .
. Gestroana kleukersi sp. nov.
-Antennae inserted lx deeper as the diameter of an antennal groove under the lower margin of the eyes . 2
2 Apex of the pronotal process seen from above curved broadly concave . 3
-Apex of the pronotal process seen from above nearly straight or slightly notched or emarginated or rounded . 5
3 Large humps on the outside of the hind femora . Gestroana cyclopensis sp. nov.
- Only small tubercles on the outside of the hind femora . 4
4 Elevation of the pronotal crest starts at the anterior margin of the pronotum .
. Gestroana discoidea (Bolivar, 1898)
- Elevation of the pronotal crest starts at the posterior end of the prozona . Gestroana karimuiensis sp. nov.
5 Anterior and middle femora ventral with 2-3 long lappets . 6
- Anterior and middle femora ventral with smaller lobes or undulated . 8
6 Apex of the pronotal process seen from above narrow and rounded . Gestroana yapenensis sp. nov.
- Apex of the pronotal process seen from above broader and not rounded . 7
7 Apex of the pronotal process seen from above slightly concave . Gestroana pannosa sp. nov.
-Apex of the pronotal process seen from above straight with a triangularly furcation in the middle .
. Gestroana morobensis sp. nov.
8 Middle and posterior third of the dorsal margin of the infrascapular area straight .
. Gestroana bayerriveriensis sp. nov.
- Middle and posterior third of the dorsal margin of the infrascapular area straight, at least partial arched or
undulated . 9
9 Antegenicular teeth distinctly large and like a lappet, nearly 2x broader than the Genicular teeth . 10
- Antegenicular teeth small, nearly as broad as the Genicular teeth . 12
10 Pronotum in lateral view with two elevations; between the elevations a u-shaped depression .
Gestroana sedlaceki sp. nov.
371
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
- Pronotum in lateral view with one elevation in the anterior half; in the posterior half flattened or slightly increasing
. 10
10 Median carina in lateral view in the posterior half undulated and increasing .
. Gestroana mounthagensis sp. nov.
- Median carina in lateral view in the posterior half flattened . 11
11 Elevation of the median carina and the lateral elevations as three separate elevations .
. Gestroana moanemaniensis sp. nov.
- Elevation of the median carina and the lateral elevations as one connected elevation .
. Gestroana willemsei sp. nov.
12 In lateral view the pronotum with two nearly identical high elevations .... Gestroana bicristulata (Gunther, 1938)
- In lateral view the pronotum with two elevations, the posterior dinsticly lower than the anterior elevation . 13
13 Outside of the hind femora with several rounded elevations . Gestroana flasbarthi sp. nov.
- Outside of the hind femora with only one elevation .
Holoarcus Hancock, 1909
Type species: Holoarcus altinotus Hancock,
1909.
Holoarcus altinotus is a valid species and
Holoarcus Hancock, 1909 is a valid genus.
Hancock established the genus with the type
species Holoarcus altinotus and included
Piezotettix arcuatus, Haan, (= Holoarcus arcuatus
(Haan, 1842)) and Piezotettix sulcatus (Stal, 1877)
(= Piezotettix sulcatus (Bolivar, 1887) comb, nov.)
in this new genus. Holoarcus arcuatus belongs to
this genus and in this paper I allocate Piezotettix
sulcatus again as part of the genus Piezotettix
Bolfvar, 1887. Gunther (1934) synonymized
Holoarcus Hancock, 1909 with Dolatettix Hancock,
1907 but in 1979 he again split them up in
Dolatettix Hancock, 1907 and Holoarcus Hancock,
1909. Otte (1997) declares Holoarcus Hancock,
1909 as a synonym of Dolatettix Hancock, 1907
and Holoarcus altinotus as a synonym of Holoarcus
arcuatus. Both allocations are not correct, since
both are valid genera and valid species as Gunther
(1979) had a I ready stated. According to my research
I concede with Gunther’s allocations.
Diagnosis: Holoarcus Hancock, 1909 is well
characterized by the foliaceous pronotal crest.
The smaller species of Dolatettix Hancock, 1907
are distinguished from Holoarcus Hancock, 1909
in lateral view by a very clearly visible frontal horn
(plate 71 fig. 7). Hymenotes Westwood, 1837 and
Hypsaeus Bolfvar, 1887 have in lateral view a typical
triangular pronotum. Piezotettix Bolfvar, 1887
and Boczkitettix gen. nov. have a nearly tectiform
pronotum with an unforked dorsal margin.
Distribution: Six species found on New Guinea
and adjacent isles (Aru, Misool).
Holoarcus altinotus Hancock, 1909 (Plate 80 figs
1-3)
Holotype $ OUMNH, WEST PAPUA: Aru, leg. Wallace.
. Gestroana gressitti sp. nov.
Differential diagnosis: The dorsal line of the
pronotum is not undulated anywhere, in its highest
part flattened and not rounded.
Distribution: Only found on Aru Islands.
Holoarcus arcuatus (Haan, 1842) (Plate 80 figs 4-9)
Lectotype ? OUMNH, [WEST PAPUA] NEW GUINEA.
The lectotype specimen has a type-label and I designate
it as the Lectotype. A label with further information is
lost.
Para lectotype $ (1/1) NCB-RMNH, [WEST PAPUA]: N.
Guinea, leg. Muller.
Haan describes in his paper a male and a female from
New Guinea (leg. Muller). According to my research
the specimens must have been collected in 1828 by
Salomon Muller in Lobo (3°45’S 134°07’E). I designate
these specimens as lectotype and para lectotype.
Additional material: WEST PAPUA: 3$, 2$ NCB-
RMNH, N. Guinea, leg. Muller; 1$ BPBM, S. Geelvink Bay,
Nabire [3°22’S 135°28’E], 10-15 m, 1.-5.IX.1962, leg.
J. Sedlacek; 1$ BPBM, S. Geelvink Bay, Nabire [3°22’S
135°28’E], 0-30 m, 2.-9.VII.1962, leg. J. L. Gressitt; 2 S
BPBM, Vogelkop, Bomberi, 700-900m, 10. VI. 1959, leg.
T. C. Maa; 1$ BPBM, Vogelkop, Bomberi, 700-900 m,
7.VI.1959, leg. T. C. Maa; 1? BPBM, Vogelkop, S.coast
of Bomberai, Fak Fak [2°55’S 132°18’E], 10-100 m,
11.VI.1959, leg. J. L. Gressitt; 2 $ NCB-RMNH, Etnabaai:
15. + 24.XI.1939, Nieuw Guinea Exp. K.N.A.G. 1939; 1$
NCB-RMNH, Gariau en Lake Jamoer (3°38’S 135°01’E),
10.XII.1954, leg. L. D. Brongersma.
Synonymy: Bolfvar (1887) examined the type
specimen of Choriphyllum granulatum Costa,
1864 (Nr. 1688) of the museum of Naples and
synonymized it with Holoarcus arcuatus. It is
uncertain where the specimen of Choriophyllum
granulatum orignated from and whether it is in
fact a synonym. Unfortunately, I did not have the
opportunity to review this particular specimen.
Differential diagnosis: Haan’s drawing
372
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
shows an exactly rounded pronotum without any
indentations. The drawing completely matches the
types that I reviewed. The pronotum that is evenly
rounded along its entire length makes this type
clearly identifiable among the so far known species.
Distribution: Found in the west of West Papua.
Holoarcus belingae (Giinther, 1929) (Plate 80 fig.
13)
Holotype S ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Neu-Guinea
[Madang Prov., Astrolabe Bay (5°30’S 145°30’E)]f
11. VII. [1896], leg. S. Lauterbach (DORSA: BxdolbelPMl).
Note: The specimen is labelled as allotype. According
to Gunther’s description this specimen is the holotype.
Paratype (Allotype) $ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Neu-
Guinea [Madang Prov., Astrolabe Bay], Fl[uss]. A, B. 742,
2. Lager, Hochwald [5°30’S 145°30’E], 24.VI.1896,
Kaiser-Wilhelmsland-Expedition, leg. S. Lauterbach
(DORSA: BxdolbelHTF).
Note: The specimen is labelled as the (holo)type.
According to Gunther’s description this specimen is the
allotype.
Paratypes 1$ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Neu-
Guinea [Madang Prov., Astrolabe Bay], Ssiganu Janu,
Hochwald [5°30’S 145°30’E], 600 m, 13.VI.1896,
Kaiser-Wilhelmsland-Expedition, leg. S. Lauterbauch; 1$
ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Neu-Guinea [Madang Prov.,
Astrolabe Bay], Fl[uss]. A, 2. Lager, Hochwald [5°30’S
145°30’E], 27.VI.1896, Kaiser-Wilhelmsland-Expedtion,
leg. S. Lauterbach (DORSA: BxdolbelPM2); IS larva
ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Neu-Guinea [Madang Prov.,
Astrolabe Bay (5°30’S 145°30’E)], 22.VII.1896, Kaiser-
Wilhelmsland-Expedition, leg. S. Lauterbach.
This specimen bears a paratype label, but Gunther does
not designate it as a paratype in his paper.
Additional material: PAPUA NEW GUINEA: 1$, ±S
larva ANIC, [Madang Prov.], Alexishafen-Matuka rd. nr.
Madang, 1.VI.1967, leg. R. E. & R. M. Blackith; 1$ ANIC,
[Madang Prov.], Madang [5°13’S 145°48’E], 4.XI.1961,
leg. H. L. Carson; IS BPBM, [Madang Prov.], Madang
[5°13’S 145°48’E], 5 m, leg. J. L. Gressitt; IS ZSM,
[West Sepik Prov.], Vanimo, 25B [2°41’S 141° 18’ E].
Distribution: The type specimens found at the
east coast of Papua New Guinea. There is one
additional specimen found at Vanimo in the West
Sepik Province.
Holoarcus ferwillemsei (Willemse, 1932) nom.
nov. (Plate 80 figs 10-12, plate 81 figs 1-3)
Piezotettixtruncata Willemse, 1932 [description].
Holoarcus belingae (Gunther, 1929) [Willemse
(1933): synonymy].
Holotype S IRSNB, WEST PAPUA: Siwi [1°30’S
134°02’E], 8.111.1929, leg. Prince Leopold.
Paratypes 1$ IRSNB, WEST PAPUA: Siwi [1°30’S
134°02’E], 8. III. 1929, leg. Prince Leopold; 1$ NHME,
WEST PAPUA: Sakoemi [2°12’S 133°21’E], 12.111.1929,
leg. Prince Leopold.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. This species is
named after the famous orthopterologist and very
helpful friend Fer Willemse (1927-2009), the son of
Cornelis Willemse.
Cornel is Willemse named this species as Piezotettix
truncata in 1932. 1933 he synonymized this
species with Holoarcus belingae. But he made
two mistakes: it was a good species and not a
synonym of Holoarcus belingae and he did not
notice that Hancock (1909) already described
another species named Piezotettix tr uncat us
from Misool. Holoarcus truncatus from Willemse
must be renamed as a secondary homonym after
art. 57.3. of the International Code of Zoological
Nomenclature (Kraus 2000).
Differential diagnosis: The posterior part
of the pronotum from Holoarcus ferwillemsei is
steeply sloping and undulated. This species is
related to Holoarcus belingae (Gunther, 1929)
but the dorsal margin of the pronotum until the
posterior angle is not completely rounded. In lateral
view it is tectiform with a distinct angle in the
middle. Gunther (1979) synonymized this species
and Holoarcus intermedius (Willemse, 1932) with
Holoarcus belingae but this was wrong.
Distribution: Found on the Vogelkop peninsula.
Note: One paratypic specimen of Piezotettix
truncatus designated from Willemse (1932) did not
belong to Holoarcus ferwillemsei: this specimen
has pronotum rounded to the posterior end.
Holoarcus intermedius (Willemse, 1932) comb,
nov. (Plate 81 figs 4-9)
Piezotettix intermedia Willemse, 1932 [description].
Holoarcus intermedius (Willemse, 1932) [Willemse
(1933): new combination].
Dolatettix intermedius (Willemse, 1932) [Gunther
(1938 a): new combination].
Holotype S IRSNB, WEST PAPUA: Manoi, 2.111.1929,
leg. Prince Leopold.
Paratypes 2$, ±S IRSNB, WEST PAPUA: Manoi,
2. III. 1929, leg. Prince Leopold; 1$ NHME, WEST PAPUA:
Manoi, 2. III. 1929, leg. Prince Leopold.
Additional material: WEST PAPUA: 3$, 'IS NHME,
Sorong, Kamp Bawe, 24.X.1948, leg. M. A. Lieftinck; 3$,
±S NCB-RMNH, Sorong, Kamp Bawe, 24.X.1948, leg.
M. A. Lieftinck; 1$ NHME, Sorong, Malano, 2.IX.1948,
leg. M. A. Lieftinck; IS NHME, NW Guinea, Klamono
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Oilfields [1°10’S 131°30’E], 18.VIII-24.VIII. 1948,
leg. M. A. Lieftinck; 1$ OUMNH, New Guinea, N., leg.
Wallace; 1$ OUMNH, New Guinea, M., leg. Wallace; 1$
OUMNH, Salawatti, ex. Coll. Leiden; 1$ ZSM, Sorong-
Prov., Kec. Salawatti, Walir Isl. [=Waiji Isl.], Kalobo, 0-20
m, 20.X.1996, leg. A. Riedel.
Differential diagnosis: The species has a
foliaceous pronotum and belongs to Holoarcus
Hancock, 1909, not to Piezotettix Bolfvar, 1887
with its more tectiform pronotum. It is not a
Do/atett/x-species because a frontal horn is absent.
Holoarcus intermedius is easy to identify, in lateral
view, by the concave emargination at the posterior
end of the pronotum.
Distribution: Only found in the west of West
Papua.
Note: The pronotum in lateral view of the 3 5 from
OUMNH is more flattened in the middle.
Holoarcus truncatus (Hancock, 1909) comb. nov.
(Plate 81 figs 10-12)
Piezotettix truncatus Hancock, 1909 [description].
Holotype $ OUMNH, WEST PAPUA: Mysol, leg. Wallace.
Hancock designated one female (leg. Wallace) as
the type specimen from Morotai Island. The type
specimen in OUMNH is from Misool (leg. Wallace)
and it is a male.
Even an intensive search in OUMNH collection did
not produce any specimen from Morotai Island.
Hancock’s diagnosis corresponds exactly with the
examined specimen. Therefore I assume that the
holotype is the female of Misool and I labelled it
accordingly.
Differential diagnosis: Pronotum rounded like
Holoarcus arcuatus. At the posterior apex is a small
incision.
Distribution: Only found on the island of Misool.
Key to species of Holoarcus Hancock, 1909
1 Dorsal line of the pronotum not emarginated anywhere, not even in front of the posterior apex . 2
- Dorsal line of the pronotum undulated or emarginated in the posterior part . 3
2 Dorsal line of the pronotum in the middle part flattened . Holoarcus altinotus Hancock, 1909
- Dorsal line of the pronotum all over rounded . Holoarcus arcuatus (Haan, 1842)
3 Posterior part of the pronotum rounded; only the end undulated or emarginated but not steeply sloping . 4
- Posterior part of the pronotum steeply sloping . 5
4 Dorsal line of the pronotum in the middle part all over rounded . Holoarcus belingae (Gunther, 1929)
- Dorsal line of the pronotum in the middle part with a distinct angle .
. Holoarcus ferwillemsei (Willemse, 1932) nom. nov.
5 Posterior part of the pronotum slightly undulated with a concave emargination .
. Holoarcus intermedius (Willemse, 1932) comb. nov.
-Only a small emargination before the posterior apex of the pronotum .
. Holoarcus truncatus (Hancock, 1909) comb. nov.
Hymen otes Westwood, 1837
Type species: Hymenotes triangularis Westwood,
1837.
Distribution: This genus is only found on the
Philippines.
Hymenotes triangularis Westwood, 1837
Type MNMS: PHILLIPINES.
Note: Hymenotes bolivari Kirby, 1910 is a synonym
(Gunther 1938a).
Hypsaeus Bolivar, 1887
Type species: Hypsaeus westwoodi Bolfvar,
1887.
Hypsaeus westwoodi Bolivar, 1887 (Plate 70 figs
7-9)
Holotype $ NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12918).
Ichikawatettix gen. nov.
Type species: Ichikawatettix exsertus (Gunther,
1938) comb. nov.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The genus is
named after Akihiko Ichikawa, a famous Japanese
orthopterologist.
Description: The eyes of the Ichikawatettix-
species are exerted or strongly exerted above the
pronotum. Ichikawatettix gen. nov. is allocated
to the Cladonotinae because the scutellum is
widened. All species are miropronotal and have no
wings. The short antenna inserted below the lower
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
margin of the eyes.
Differential diagnosis: Ichikawatettix
exsertus (Gunther, 1938) as the new genotype of
Ichikawatettix gen. nov. is described by Gunther
(1938b) and assigned by him to Amphinotus
Hancock, 1915. The genotype from Amphinotus
Hancock, 1915 is Amphinotus pygmaeus Hancock,
1915 from Ceylon. The eyes of Amphinotus
pygmaeus are not extending above the pronotum
and the scutellum is not specifically widened (see
the drawings by Hebard, 1932). Gunther (1979)
stated, the known species of Amphinotus Hancock,
1915 must be distributed to several genera.
Ichikawatettix gen. nov. is related to some species
of Amphinotus Hancock, 1915 and might be a
different genus of Metrodorinae. Further research
is required to determine the correct relationship.
Distribution: Only known from New Guinea.
Ichikawatettix detzeli sp. nov. (Plate 82, figs 1-3)
Holotype S BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Bodem, 11 km SE of
Oerberfaren [1°58’S 138°44’E], 100 m, 7.-17. VI 1.1959,
leg. T. C. Maa.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after Peter Detzel, a German orthopterologist
and long time chairman of the German Society for
Orthopterology.
Measurements: Pronotum length 3.9 mm,
pronotum lobe width 2.9 mm, pronotum height
1.25 mm, postfemur length 4.45 mm, postfemur
width 1.3 mm, vertex width 0.66 mm, eye width 0.4
mm.
Description: Small wingless and micropronotal
species. Head with half of the eyes exerted above
the pronotum. Fastigium not reaching the frontal
margin of the eyes. Vertex broader than an eye.
Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae
curved inwards and running rounded downwards
from the supraocular lobes to the medial carina
but not reaching her. Medial carina in the posterior
part obsolete, initiated in line of the supraocular
lobes, arched but not reaching the frontal margin
of the eyes and going down with a right angle and
run over into the frontal costa. Fossulae moderately
deep. Frontal costa in lateral view not projected
before the eyes. Fascial carinae in lateral view flat
projected before the antenna. Scutellum in frontal
view moderately broad, gradually widened ventrad.
Furcation of the frontal costa short over the
superior ocelli, a little over the lower margin of the
eyes. Superior ocelli in line with the lower margin of
the eyes. Eyes subcircular, not touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Their dorsal margin
extending above the fastigium. Antennae short.
Upper margin of the antennal grooves more than
one width of the antennal grooves below the lower
margin of the eyes. Pronotum rugose with small
tubercles and some flat depressions. Median carina
extending to the anterior border, in the anterior half
slightly increasing cephalad and arched in line
of the lateral lobes. Prozonal carinae short and
curved a little outwards behind. Humeral angles
and interhumeral carinae absent. Infrascapular
area with a larger black spot between the mid-coxa
and the hind femur. Internal lateral carinae absent.
Lateral lobes of the paranota rounded with a right
angle, strongly curved laterally. Pronotal process
not reaching the middle of the hind femora, broadly
rounded. Tegmen and hind wings absent. Anterior
femora ventral with two small lappets. The middle
femora undulating. The second segment of the
tarsus short. Hind femora slender (3.5x longer than
wide). Genicular- and antegenicular teeth small.
The ventro-external carina with one small lappets
curved laterally. Posttibia brown with one white
bands at the upper margin. Pulvilli acute. Colour
light brown with some black parts. Only with some
very short hairs.
Differential diagnosis: Ichikawatettix detzeli
is not hairy like the other two species. Further
differences to the other two species are: the hind
femur is slender; the fastigium, in frontal view, is
smaller between the eyes and the scutellum is
gradually widened ventrad.
Distribution: Only known in the same region as
Ichikawatettix kleinertae sp. nov. near Bodem at
the northern coast of West Papua.
Ichikawatettix exsertus (Gunther, 1938) comb.
nov. (Plate 82 figs 4-9)
Amphinotus exsertus Gunther, 1938 [description].
Holotype $ ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.] Etappenberg (Nr. 201) [4°38’S 142°28’E], 850
m, 2.-5.XI.1912 (leg. S. G. Burgers).
Additional material: l^ZMHU PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
[East Sepik Prov.] Etappenberg (Nr. 203) [4°38’S
142°28’E], 13.-16.XI.1912 (leg. S. G. Burgers); 1$ larva
ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik Prov.] Lordberg
(Nr. 215) [4°50’S 142°29’E], 29.-30.XI.1912 (leg.
S. G. Burgers); 1$ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [West
Sepik Prov.], Samoro (big leaf herb melastoma) [3°45’S
142°05’E], 1100 m, 11.V.1975, leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
4 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.04 mm, pronotum
height 1.8 mm, postfemur length 4.72 mm,
postfemur width 1.68 mm, vertex width 0.82
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
mm, eye width 0.5 mm. S ZMHU: Pronotum
length 3.92 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.88 mm,
pronotum height 1.7 mm, postfemur length 4.5
mm, postfemur width 1.7 mm, vertex width 0.7
mm, eye width 0.52 mm. $ BPBM: Pronotum
length 3.84 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.12 mm,
pronotum height 1.75 mm, postfemur length 4.8
mm, postfemur width 1.52 mm, vertex width 0.9
mm, eye width 0.48 mm.
Description: The male is only a little bit smaller
and corresponds in all characteristic features with
the female.
Differential diagnosis: Seethe next species.
Distribution: Found only in the mountains of the
upper Sepik River system.
Ichikawatettix kleinertae sp. nov. (Plate 82 figs
10-15)
Holotype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Bodem, 11 km SE of
Oberfaren [1°58’S 138°44’E], 100 m, 7.-17. VI 1.1959,
leg. T. C. Maa.
Pa ratype IS BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Bodem, 11 km SE of
Oerberfaren [1°58’S 138°44’E], 100 m, 7.-17. VI 1.1959,
leg. T. C. Maa, in ZFMK.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species
is named after Heidrun Kleinert, a German
orthopterologist, who built up the German
Orthopterologist Society.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
3.15 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.6 mm, pronotum
height 1.5 mm, postfemur length 3.4 mm, postfemur
width 1.3 mm, vertex width 0.52 mm, eye width
0.38 mm. Paratype S- pronotum length 2.95 mm,
pronotum lobe width 2.4 mm, pronotum height 1.1
mm, postfemur length 3.1 mm, postfemur width
1.1 mm, vertex width 0.52 mm, eye width 0.34 mm.
Description, holotype $: Very small wingless
and micropronotal species with a hairy body. Head
with half of the eyes exerted above the pronotum.
Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin of the
eyes. Anterior border of the fastigium slightly
rounded, curved back to the medial carina. Vertex
broader than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete.
Lateral carinae short, curved inwards. Medial
Key to species of Ichikawatettix gen. nov.
carina in the posterior part absent, initiated in line
of the supraocular lobes, arched and projected
until the frontal margin of the eyes. Fossulae
small and moderately deep. Frontal costa in
lateral view not projected before the eyes. Fascial
carinae in lateral view arched before the antenna.
Scutellum in frontal view broad. Furcation of the
frontal costa short over the superior ocelli, a little
over the lower margin of the eyes. Superior ocelli
in line with the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, not touching the anterior margin of
the pronotum. Their dorsal margin extending a
little above the fastigium. Antennae short. Upper
margin of the antennal grooves below the lower
margin of the eyes. Pronotum with tubercles and
some flat depressions. Median carina extending to
the anterior border, undulating and arched in line
of the lateral lobes. Prozonal carinae short and
curved a little outwards behind. Humeral angles
and interhumeral carinae absent. Infrascapular
area with a concave part posterior. Internal lateral
carinae absent. Lateral lobes of the paranota
broadly rounded, strongly curved laterally. Pronotal
process reaching the middle of the hind femora,
truncated and triangularly sulcate. Tegmen and
hind wings absent. Anterior and middle femora
at the ventral margin with two small lappets and
numerous short hairs. The second segment of
the tarsus short. Hind femora moderately stout
(2.5x longer than wide). Genicular teeth small.
Antegenicular teeth smaller than Genicular teeth.
Posttibia brown with one white band at the upper
margin. Pulvilli acute. Colour brown with some light
parts. All parts of the body, pronotum and legs
covered with short hairs. The male is identical with
the female but a little smaller.
Differential diagnosis: Ichikawatettix kleinertae
is smaller than the other two species. The hairy
body and the hind femur are like Ichikawatettix
exsertus. But the antennal grooves are closer to the
dorsal margin of the eyes.
Distribution: Only known near Bodem at the
northern coast of West Papua.
1 Antennal grooves at least one diameter below the lower margin of the eyes . 2
- Antennal grooves under one diameter below the lower margin of the eyes . Ichikawatettix kleinertae sp. nov.
2 Pronotal process rounded posteriorly . Ichikawatettix detzeli sp. nov.
- Pronotal process sulcate posteriorly . Ichikawatettix exsertus (Gunther, 1938)
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Ingrischitettix gen. nov.
Type species: Ingrischitettix mountalbilalaensis
sp. nov.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The genus is
named after Sigfrid I ngrisch, a fabulous German
orthopterologist.
Description: Medial carina in the frontal section
going upwards and rounded over and before the
eyes. Transverse carinae u-shaped, not reaching
the median carina. Scutellum widened, the
fascial carinae a long distance parallel. Pronotum
tectiform. Internal lateral carinae absent. Flight
organs absent. Lateral lobes slightly curved
laterally. Second segment of tarsus of the anterior
femora and middle femora extended. Ventro-
external carinae of the hind femur with to small
lappets curved laterally.
Differential diagnosis: I am not aware of any
other genus from New Guinea or South-East Asia
similar to Ingrischitettix gen. nov. yet. Ingrischitettix
gen. nov. comes most closely to the South- and
Centra l-American genus Metrodora Bolivar, 1887.
Especially the elevated tip of the fastigium, the
tectiform pronotum and the U-shaped transverse
carinae resembles Ingrischitettix gen. nov. on
Metrodora Bolivar, 1887. But they have the
following differences: in Ingrischitettix gen. nov. the
internal lateral carinae are absent, the lateral lobes
are small, rounded and slightly curved laterally. In
Metrodora Bolivar, 1887 they are strongly curved
laterally and often are spinose. The upper margin
of the antennal grooves in Ingrischitettix gen. nov.
is in line with the lower margin of the eyes and not
as deep as in Metrodora Bolivar, 1887.
Distribution: Only known from the Mt. Albilala of
Finisterre Range, New Guinea.
Ingrischitettix mountalbilalaensis sp. nov. (Plate
84 figs 1-6)
Holotype S BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Morobe Prov.,
Finisterre Mts., Mt. Abilala, stn. no. 102, c. 9000 ft, 19.-
22.XI.1964, leg. M. E. Bacchus.
Paratypes 1$ (1/3), ±S (2/3) BPBM, PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: Morobe Prov., Finisterre Mts., Mt. Abilala, stn.
no. 102, c. 9000 ft, 19.-22.XI.1964, leg. M. E. Bacchus,
1 S (2/3) is deposited in ZFMK; 1$ larva (3/3) BPBM,
PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Morobe Prov., Finisterre Mts., Mt.
Abilala, stn. no. 102, c. 9000 ft, 19.-22.XI.1964, leg. M.
E. Bacchus.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements, holotype S'- Pronotum length
5.36 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.72 mm,
pronotum height 2.08 mm, postfemur length 1.52
mm, postfemur width 4.32 mm, vertex width 0.9
mm, eye width 0.3 mm. Paratype 1/2 $: Pronotum
length 5.56 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.04 mm,
pronotum height 2.48 mm, postfemur length
4.8 mm, postfemur width 1.84 mm, vertex width
0.92 mm, eye width 0.4 mm. Paratype 2/2 S'-
Pronotum length 4.72 mm, pronotum lobe width
2.64 mm, pronotum height 2.08 mm, postfemur
length 4.4 mm, postfemur width 1.52 mm, vertex
width 0.82 mm, eye width 0.42 mm.
Description, holotype S'- Rather small wingless
and brachypronotal species with a tectiform
pronotum. Head lower than the fastigium and
pronotum. Fastigium projecting before and above
the eyes, in lateral view rounded. Anterior border
in dorsal view a little projected before the eyes.
Vertex slightly convex with relatively deep fossulae,
2x broader than an eye. Transverse and lateral
carinae u-shaped, not reaching the median carina
and in lateral view visible above the eyes. Medial
carina beginning in line with the supraocular lobes,
strongly elevated above and before the eyes. Frontal
costa in lateral view not projected before the eyes.
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, flattened arched
and projected before the antenna beginning a little
over the ventral margin of the eyes. Furcation of the
frontal costa, in frontal view, started in line with the
middle of the eyes a litte above the superior ocelli.
Superior ocelli in line with the lower third of the
eyes. Scutellum relatively long and narrow, a little
broader than an antennal groove. Eyes subcircular,
their dorsal margin lower than the fastigium.
Eyes almost touching the anterior margin of the
pronotum. Upper margin of the antennal grooves in
line with the lower margin of the eyes. Flagellum
of the antennae with 13 articles. Pronotum
tectiform, coarse, the anterior border straight.
Median carina arched and extending to the anterior
border. Prozonal carinae curved outwards towards
the anterior border. Interhumeral carinae distinct.
Infrascapular area, with an undulated dorsal
margin reaching the apex of the pronotum, narrow
posteriorly. Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral
lobes curved laterally, broadly rounded. Pronotal
process, seen from above, trapezoidal. Tegmen and
wings absent. Anterior and middle femora relatively
slender, the dorsal margin undulated. Middle
femora dorsal without hairs. Second segment
of the tarsus slightly extended. Hind femora
moderately slender (2.6-2.8x longer than wide),
dorsal margin in dorsal view undulated. The ventral
margin of the hind femur with one small lappet
in the middle. Dorso- and ventro-external carina
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
without projections. Hind tibia with a light band in
the upper half. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth
small. Last article of the tarsi half the length of the
first. First and second pulvilli very small and acute.
The female is only a little bigger and corresponds in
all characteristic features with the male.
Distribution: Only known from the Mt. Albilala of
Finisterre Range, New Guinea.
Misythus Stal, 1877
Type species: Hypsaeus westwoodi Bolivar,
1887.
Till now, 27 species and 2 subspecies have been
described. All information, descriptions of 21 new
species, and an identification key are published by
Hebard (1923). I took pictures of the types in NHRS.
Distribution: All species found on the Philippines.
Misythus echinatus (Stal, 1877) (Plate 83 figs 1-3)
Holotype S, NHRS: PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12925).
Misythus securifer (Walker, 1871) (Plate 83 figs
4-9)
= Misythus histrionicus Stal, 1877
Holotype $ NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12928).
Allotype $ NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12927).
Misythus laminatus laminatus Stal, 1877 (Plate
83 figs 10-12)
Holotype $ NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12931).
Nesotettix Hold ha us, 1909
Type species: Nesotettix samoensis Holdhaus,
1909.
Distribution: New Caledonia and Samoa.
Nesotettix cheesmanae Gunther, 1938
Holotype $ BMNH, NEW CALEDONIA: Bourail, XII.1930,
leg. L. E. Cheesman.
Distribution: Only found at the type locality on
New Caledonia.
Nesotettix samoensis Holdhaus, 1909
Holotype $ NMW, SAMOA: Upolu.
Distribution: Samoa.
Paraphyllum Hancock, 1913
Type species: Paraphyllum antennatum
Hancock, 1913.
Distribution: Borneo.
Paraphyllum antennatum Hancock, 1913 (Plate
91 figs 7-9)
Holotype $ ANSP, MALAYSIA: Borneo, Mt. Penrissen,
V.1899.
Differential diagnosis: The scutellum is only a
little widened and it is doubtful that Paraphyllum
antennatum belongs to the Cladonotinae. Together
with Stegaceps brevicornis it is the only known
South-East-Asian specimen of Cladonotinae with
tegmen and long hind wings. The species looks
similar to some genera of the African Xerophyllini.
Distribution: Only found at Mt. Penrissen on
Borneo.
Peraxelpa Sjostedt, 1931
Type species: Peraxelpa monstrosa Sjostedt,
1931.
Distribution: Australia
Note: The name Paraxelpa used by Otte (1997) for
the genus is not correct. Peraxelpa Sjostedt, 1931
is the valid name for the genus given by Sjostedt
(1931). Paraxelpa is a wrong name.
Peraxelpa monstrosa Sjostedt, 1931
Holotype S QM, AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Mt.
Tambourine, 28.X.1912, leg. H. Hacker.
Distribution: Only found at Mt. Tambourine in
Australia.
Piezotettix Bolivar, 1887
Type species: Piezotettix cultratus (Stal, 1877).
Differential diagnosis: Piezotettix Bolivar,
1887 is related to Holoarcus Hancock, 1909 and
Dolatettix Hancock, 1907 from New Guinea. But
the leaf-like pronotum is lower and shorter at the
posterior part. The pronotal process, seen from
above, is broadly obtuse posteriorly and with
concave parts between the median carina and
external lateral carinae.
Distribution: Two species only found on the
Philippines.
Piezotettix cultratus (Stal, 1877) (Plate 84 figs
7-9)
Holotype $ NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp. (NRM-
ORTH 12919).
Piezotettix sulcatus (Stal, 1877) comb. nov. (Plate
84 figs 10-15)
Hymenotes sulcatus Stal, 1877 [description]
Piezotettix sulcatus (Stal, 1877) [Bolivar (1887):
new combination]
378
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Dolatettix sulcatus (Stal, 1877) [Gunther (1938a):
new combination]
Holotype $ NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12920).
Paratype 1$ NHRS, PHILLIPINES: Ins. Philipp., leg.
Semper (NRM-ORTH 12921).
Additional material: 1$, ±S NCB-RMNH,
PHILLIPINES: Mindanao, Surigao; 1$ NHRS,
PHILLIPINES: S.. Luzon, Albay.
Planotettix gen. nov.
Type species: Planotettix planus sp. nov.
Derivatio nominis: The name refers to the
flattened or extremely flattened species of this
genus.
Diagnosis: Planotettix gen. nov. is closely related
to Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907. In both genera
all species are small and extremely flattened. The
two Eurymorphopus- species are brachypronotal,
the Planotettix- species are micropronotal. In
Planotettix gen. nov. the internal lateral carina
is lost. In Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907 the
internal lateral carina is clearly visible. Planotettix
gen. nov. is only found in New Guinea, meanwhile
Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907 is found on New
Caledonia. The species of Planotettix gen. nov. are
in comparision to the Eurymorphopus- species with
a pronotum length of minimal 5 mm, small or very
small. The pronotum length of the Planotettix gen.
nov. is smaller than 5 mm.
Distribution: Papua New Guinea.
Planotettix astrolabebayensis sp. nov. (Plate 85
fig. 1, plate 86 fig. 2, plate 87 fig. 1)
Holotype $ HNHM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Madang
Prov.], Astrolabe Bay, Erima [5°24’S 145°44’E], 1897,
leg. Biro.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements: Pronotum length 3.52 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.2 mm, pronotum height
0.93 mm, postfemur length 3.92 mm, postfemur
width 1.26 mm, vertex width 0.48 mm, eye width
0.34 mm.
Description: Very flat and wingless species.
Head not exerted above the pronotum. Fastigium
not reaching the frontal margin of the eyes. Anterior
border of the fastigium rounded. Vertex concave,
broader than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete.
Lateral carinae shorter, curved inwards, not
reaching the medial carina. In lateral view, lateral
carinae visible above the eyes. Medial carina in
the posterior part obsolete, initiated in line of the
supraocular lobes, arched and projected slightly
before the eyes. Fossulae shallow. Frontal costa in
lateral view visible before the whole eyes. Fascial
carinae in lateral view slightly arched before the
antenna. Scutellum in frontal view narrower, a
little broader than an antennal groove. Furcation
of the frontal costa short above the superior
ocelli, a little above the lower margin of the eyes.
Superior ocelli in line with the lower margin of the
eyes. Eyes subcircular, not touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Their dorsal margin not
extending above the fastigium. Upper margin of
the antennal grooves below the lower margin of
the eyes. Pronotum flat, coarse with some short
carinulae and tubercles. Median carina extending
to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae parallel.
Humeral angles and interhumeral carinae absent.
Infrascapular area inclined, reaching the end of the
pronotum. Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral
lobes of the paranota broadly rounded, strongly
curved laterally. Pronotal process short, reaching
the middle of the hind femora. Seen from above,
broadly truncated posteriorly, slightly rounded on
each side of the median carina and notched in the
middle. Tegmen and hind wings absent. Anterior and
middle femora flattened and inclined to the body.
The dorsal margin undulating. The ventral margin
with two lappets and some very short hairs. The
second segment of the tarsus short. Hind femora
slender (3. lx longer than wide), slightly inclined.
The ventro-external carina curved laterally, with two
lappets curved laterally. The ventral external area
directed downwards, coloured black. Genicular
teeth very small. Antegenicular teeth small, a larger
lappet on the dorsal margin of the hind femora in
front of the antegenicular teeth. Posttibia brown
with two white bands. Last article of the tarsi a little
longer than the first. First and second pulvilli short
and acute. The third pulvilli long as the sum of the
first and second. Colour brown with some lighter
sections. In ventral view most body parts black.
Differential diagnosis: Planotettix
astrolabebayensis is together with Planotettix
fartmanni sp. nov. the only species of Planotettix
gen. nov. where, in lateral and frontal view,
lateral carinae visible above the eyes. It can be
differentiated from Planotettix fartmanni by the
absence of the spiny tubercles on the median
carina.
Distribution: Only found in the Astrolabe Bay at
the east cost of Papua New Guinea.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Planotettix biroi sp. nov. (Plate 85 fig. 2, plate 86
fig. 3, plate 87 fig. 2)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe
Prov.], Finschhafen N. [6°36’S 147°51’E], leg. J. & M.
Sedlacek.
Paratypes 3$ (1/4-3/4) HNHM, PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.], Huon Golf, Sattelberg [6°29’S
147°46’E], 1899 (3/4 25.XI.1898), leg. Biro, 2/4
deposited in ZFMK, 3/4 deposited in NCB-RMNFI; 1$
larva (4/4) HNHM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe Prov.],
Huon Golf, Sattelberg [6°29’S 147°46’E], 1899, leg.
Biro.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after collector Lajos Biro (1856-1931), a
Hungarian naturalist.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
3.6 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.12 mm, pronotum
height 1.38 mm, postfemur length 3.6 mm,
postfemur width 1.35 mm, vertex width 0.58 mm,
eye width 0.34 mm. Paratypes Pronotum
length 3.6-3.92 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.2-3.36
mm, pronotum height 1.35-1.44 mm, postfemur
length 4-4.24 mm, postfemur width 1.32-1.47 mm,
vertex width 0.66-0.68 mm, eye width 0.34-0.38
mm.
Description, holotype Head not exerted above
the pronotum. Fastigium not reaching the frontal
margin of the eyes. Anterior border of the fastigium
straight. Anterior half of the vertex a little lower than
the posterior half. Fossulae deep. Vertex broader
than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral
carinae long, curved inwards, reaching the medial
carina. In lateral view slightly visible above the eyes.
Medial carina in the posterior partobsolete, initiated
in line of the hind margin of the eyes, arched and
projected slightly before the eyes. Frontal costa, in
lateral view, visible before the whole eyes (in the
paratypes not at all). Fascial carinae, in lateral view,
slightly arched before the antenna. In frontal view
the lateral carinae forming the scutellum parallel or
slightly widened dorsad. Scutellum, in frontal view,
a little broader than an antennal groove. Furcation
of the frontal costa short above the superior ocelli,
a little above the lower margin of the eyes. Superior
ocelli in line with the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, not touching the anterior margin of
the pronotum. Their dorsal margin not extending
above posterior part of the fastigium. Antennae
short. Upper margin of the antennal grooves below
the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum flattened,
coarse with some short carinulae and tubercles.
Median carina extending to the anterior border. In
lateral view the median carina with two elevations.
The higher one above the lateral lobes, the second
one above the beginning of the hind femora.
Prozonal carinae long and parallel. Infrascapular
area slightly inclined, reaching the end of the
pronotum. Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral
lobes of the paranota broadly rounded, strongly
curved laterally and serrated. Pronotal process
short, surpassing the middle of hind femora, seen
from above, truncated posteriorly. The posterior
margin spiny and notched in the middle. Tegmen
and hind wings absent. Ventral margin of the
anterior and middle femora with two lappets. The
dorsal margin undulated and lamellate. The ventral
margin of the middle femora with some short hairs.
The second segment of the tarsus short. Hind
femora moderately slender (2.7x longer than wide),
slightly inclined. The ventro-external carina curved
laterally, with two lappets in the middle. The dorsal
external area with one distinct conical hump. The
ventral external area directed downwards, coloured
black. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth small
and spiny. A small lappet on the dorsal margin of
the hind femora in front of the antegenicular teeth.
Posttibia brown with two white bands. Last article of
the tarsi a little shorter than the first. Pulvilli short
and acute. The third pulvilli shorter than the sum of
the first and second. Colour brown with light areas
and some black parts.
Differential diagnosis: The only species of
Planotettix gen. nov. with two relatively high and
arched elevations of the median carina.
Distribution: Only found at the east coast of
Papua New Guinea in the region of Huon Gulf.
Planotettix buergersi sp. nov. (Plate 85 fig. 3, plate
86 fig. 4, plate 87 fig. 3)
Holotype S ZMHU, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Quelllager [4°32’S 142°41’E], 13.-16.VIII. 1912,
leg. S. G. Burgers.
Paratype IS (1/1) BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East
Sepik Prov.], Wewak [3°33’S 143°38’E], 2-20 m,
13.X.1957, leg. J. L. Gressitt, deposited in ZFMK.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species
is named after the collector Dr. Burgers. He was
the doctor and zoologist of the German Kaiserin-
Augusta-FluB-Expedition (1912-1913) on the Sepik
River.
Measurements, holotype S'- Pronotum length
3.4 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.85 mm, pronotum
height 1.06 mm, postfemur length 3.7 mm,
postfemur width 1.3 mm, vertex width 0.46 mm,
eye width 0.36 mm. Paratype S'- Pronotum length
3.28 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.8 mm, pronotum
380
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
height 0.9 mm, postfemur length 3.52 mm,
postfemur width 1.14 mm, vertex width 0.44 mm,
eye width 0.36 mm.
Description, holotype S'- Head not exerted
above the pronotum, inclined under the pronotum.
Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin of the
eyes. Anterior border of the fastigium rounded.
Anterior half of the vertex a little lower than the
posterior half. Fossulae shallow. Vertex a little
broader than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete.
Lateral carinae short, curved a little inwards, not
reachingthe medial carina. In lateral view not visible
above the eyes. Medial carina in the posterior part
obsolete, initiated in line of the supraocular lobes,
arched and projected slightly before the eyes.
Frontal costa, in lateral view, not arched before the
eyes. Fascial carinae, in lateral view, slightly arched
before the antenna. Scutellum in frontal view
narrow, as broad as an antennal groove. Furcation
of the frontal costa short above the superior ocelli,
a little above the lower margin of the eyes. Superior
ocelli in line with the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, not touching the anterior margin of the
pronotum. Their dorsal margin not extending above
the posterior part of the fastigium. Upper margin of
the antennal grooves a little below the lower margin
of the eyes. Pronotum very flattened, coarse with
some carinulae and impressed dots. Median carina
extending to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae
parallel. In lateral view the median carina with two
low elevations of equal height, more undulated.
Humeral angles and interhumeral carinae absent.
Infrascapular area inclined, reachingthe end of the
pronotum. Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral
lobes of the paranota broadly rounded, strongly
curved laterally. Pronotal process short, reaching
the middle of the hind femora, seen from above,
broadly truncated posteriorly slightly rounded on
each side of the median carina and notched in the
middle. Tegmen and hind wings absent. Anterior
and middle femora flattened. The dorsal margin
undulated and serrulate. The ventral margin with
two lobes and some very short hairs. The second
segment of the tarsus short. Hind femora slender
(2.8x longer than wide). The ventro-external carina
curved laterally, with two small lobes curved laterally.
The ventral external area directed downwards,
coloured black. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth
very small and acute. A small acute lappet on the
dorsal margin of the hind femora in front of the
antegenicular teeth. Posttibia brown with two white
bands. Last article of the tarsi as long as the first.
Pulvilli small and acute. The third pulvilli as long as
the sum of the first and second. In ventral view all
body parts black.
Differential diagnosis: There are no special
characteristics for this species. With help of
the identification key of Planotettix gen. nov. it
is possible to identify this species. Both type-
specimen are differentiated by the small lobes
on the ventro-external carina. The lobes of the
holotype are almost absent. Maybe with further
research and comparision of both sexes it could be
possible to answer the question, wheather there
are taxonomical differences.
Distribution: Found in the region of the Sepik
River.
Planotettix cyclopensis sp. nov. (Plate 85 figs 4-5,
plate 86 figs 5-6, plate 87 figs 4-5)
Holotype S BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops Mts., Ifar
[2°34’S 140°31’E], 450-500 m, 8.IX.1962, leg. J.
Sedlacek.
Paratypes 1$, 1$ (1/10-2/10) BMNH, WEST PAPUA:
Cyclops Mts., Sabron [2 °30’S140°25’E], 930ft, IV.1936,
leg. L. E. Cheesman; 1$ (3/10), 1$ (4/10) BMNH, WEST
PAPUA: Cyclops Mts., Sabron [2°30’S 140°25’E], Camp
1, 930 ft, VI. 1936, leg. L. E. Cheesman, 4/10 deposited
in HNHM; 1$ (5/10) BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops Mts.,
Sabron [2°30’S 140°25’E], Camp 1, 1200 ft, VII.1936,
leg. L. E. Cheesman, deposited in UCDC; 1$ (6/10)
BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops Mts., 3500 ft, 111.1936,
leg. L. E. Cheesman, deposited in NCB-RMNH; 1$ (7/10)
BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops Mts., Mt. Cyclops, 4500 ft,
111.1936, leg. L. E. Cheesman, deposited in IRSNB; ±S
(8/10) BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops Mts., Mt. Cyclops,
3500 ft, 111.1936, leg. L. E. Cheesman, deposited in
ANIC; 2S (9/10-10/10) BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops
Mts., Mt. Lina [2°30’S 140°30’E], 3500 ft, 111.1936,
leg. L. E. Cheesman, 9/10 deposited in NHRS, 10/10
deposited in ZMHU.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality, the Cyclops Mountains.
Measurements, holotype S'- Pronotum length
3.04 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.72 mm,
pronotum height 0.96 mm, postfemur length 3.52
mm, postfemur width 1.2 mm, vertex width 0.42
mm, eye width 0.36 mm. Paratypes $$: Pronotum
length 3.12-3.5 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.8-
3.15 mm, pronotum height 1-1.1 mm, postfemur
length 3.4-3. 6 mm, postfemur width 1.1-1.36 mm,
vertex width 0.44-0.5 mm, eye width 0. 3-0.4 mm.
Paratypes SSm- Pronotum length 2.85-3.2 mm,
pronotum lobe width 2.75-2.9 mm, pronotum
height 0. 9-1.1 mm, postfemur length 3. 2-3. 5 mm,
postfemur width 1-1.15 mm, vertex width 0.44-
0.48 mm, eye width 0.3-0.36 mm.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Description, holotype S'- Head not exerted
above the pronotum, strongly inclined under the
pronotum. Fastigium not reaching the frontal
margin of the eyes. Anterior border of the fastigium
rounded. Anterior half of the vertex a little lower
than the posterior half. Fossulae shallow. Vertex
a little broader than an eye. Transverse carinae
obsolete. Lateral carinae short, curved a little
inwards, not reaching the medial carina. In lateral
view not visible above the eyes. Medial carina in
the posterior part obsolete, initiated in line of the
posterior margin of the eyes, arched and projected
slightly before the eyes. Frontal costa, in lateral
view, not arched before the eyes. Fascial carinae
in lateral view slightly arched before the antenna.
Scutellum in frontal view narrower, a little broader
than an antennal groove. Furcation of the frontal
costa short above the superior ocelli, a little above
the lower margin of the eyes. Superior ocelli in line
with the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular,
not touching the anterior margin of the pronotum.
Their dorsal margin not extending above the
posterior part of the fastigium. Upper margin of
the antennal grooves below the lower margin of
the eyes. Pronotum very flat, coarse with some
short carinulae and tubercles. Median carina
extending to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae
parallel. In lateral view the median carina with two
low elevations of equal height, more undulated.
Humeral angles and interhumeral carinae absent.
Infrascapular area inclined, reaching the end of
the pronotum. Internal lateral carinae absent.
Lateral lobes of the paranota broadly rounded,
strongly curved laterally and truncated posteriorly.
Pronotal process short, reaching the middle of the
hind femora. Seen from above, broadly truncated
posteriorly slightly rounded on each side of the
median carina and notched in the middle. Tegmen
and hind wings absent. Anterior and middle femora
flat. The dorsal margin undulating. The ventral
margin with two lobes and some very short hairs.
The second segment of the tarsus short. Hind
femora slender (2.9x longer than wide), inclined.
The ventro-external carina curved laterally, with two
serrulate lobes. The ventral external area directed
downwards, coloured black. Genicular- and
antegenicular teeth nearly absent. A medium sized
lappet on the dorsal margin of the hind femora in
front of the antegenicular teeth. Posttibia brown
with one white bands. Last article of the tarsi as
long as the first. Pulvilli obtuse. The third pulvilli
shorter than the sum of the first and second. In
ventral view all body parts black. The male are a
little smaller.
Differential diagnosis: There are no special
characteristics for this species. With the help of
the identification key of Planotettix gen. nov. it is
possible to identify this species.
Distribution: Found in the Cyclops Mountains.
Planotettix fartmanni sp. nov. (Plate 85 figs 6-7,
plate 86 figs 7-8, plate 87 figs 6-7)
Holotype $ UCDC, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Morobe Prov.,
Tekadu, 7°38’S 146°34’E, 1.2000, leg. T. A. Sears &
binatung brigade (Malaise trap).
Paratypes 1$ (1/6) UCDC, PAPUA NEW GUINEA:
Gulf [Prov.], Ivimka Res. Station, Lakekamu Basin,
120 m, 7°44’S 146°30’E, 10.-12. 11.2000, leg. T. A.
Sears (Malaise trap), deposited in BMNH; 1$ (2/6)
UCDC, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Gulf [Prov.], Ivimka Res.
Station, Lakekamu Basin, 120 m, 7°44’S 146°30’E,
1.-7.III.2000, leg. T. A. Sears, deposited in NCB-RMNH;
IS (3/6) UCDC, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Gulf [Prov.],
Ivimka Res. Station, Lakekamu Basin, 120 m, 7°44’S
146°30’E, 19.-25.XI. 2000, leg. T. A. Sears (Malaise
trap), deposited in HNHM; 1 S (4/6) UCDC, PAPUA NEW
GUINEA: Gulf [Prov.], Ivimka Res. Station, Lakekamu
Basin, 120 m, 7°44’S 146°30’E, 24.IV.2000, leg. T. A.
Sears, deposited in ZMHU; 2 S (5/6-6/6) UCDC, PAPUA
NEW GUINEA: Morobe Prov., Tekadu, 7°38’S 146°34’E,
1.-20.IV.2000, leg. T. A. Sears & binatung brigade
(Malaise trap) (5/6 deposited in ZMFK, 6/6 in BPBM).
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species in
named after Dr. Thomas Fartmann, the chairman
of the German Society for orthopterology.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
4.64 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.6 mm, pronotum
height 2.04 mm, postfemur length 4.96 mm,
postfemur width 1.74 mm, vertex width 0.9 mm,
eye width 0.4 mm. Paratypes $$: Pronotum
length 4.96 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.84-3.92
mm, pronotum height 1.65-1.98 mm, postfemur
length 5.12-5.36 mm, postfemur width 1.65-1-86
mm, vertex width 0.92-1 mm, eye width 0.4-0.44
mm. Paratypes SS- Pronotum length 3.92-4.16
mm, pronotum lobe width 3.2-3.44 mm, pronotum
height 1.47-1.86 mm, postfemur length 4.4-4.48
mm, postfemur width 1.47-1.62 mm, vertex width
0.78-0.82 mm, eye width 0.4-0.44 mm.
Description, holotype $: Flat and wingless
species. Head not exerted above the pronotum.
Fastigium not reaching the frontal margin of the
eyes. Anterior border of the fastigium rounded.
Anterior half of the vertex a little lower than the
posterior half. Fossulae deep. Vertex broader than
an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae
long, curved inwards, reaching the medial carina.
382
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
In lateral view the lateral carinae slightly visible
above the eyes. Medial carina in the posterior part
obsolete, initiated in line of the supraocular lobes,
not projected before the eyes. Frontal costa, in lateral
view, not visible before the eyes. Fascial carinae, in
lateral view, arched before the antenna. Scutellum
in frontal view broader. Furcation of the frontal costa
at the dorsal margin of the superior ocelli. Superior
ocelli in line with the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, not touching the anterior margin of the
pronotum. Their dorsal margin not extending above
the fastigium. Antennae short. Upper margin of the
antennal grooves below the lower margin of the
eyes. Pronotum flattened, coarse with some short
carinulae and tubercles. Median carina extending
to the anterior border. At the anterior border a small
tubercle. In lateral view the median carina with two
elevations. The higher one above the lateral lobes,
the second one above the beginning of the hind
femora. Median carina serrated and with tubercles.
Prozonal carinae long and parallel. Flumeral angles
and interhumeral carinae absent. Infrascapular
area inclined, reaching the end of the pronotum.
Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral lobes of the
paranota broadly rounded, strongly curved laterally.
Pronotal process short, surpassing the middle of
hind femora, seen from above, truncated posteriorly.
Tegmen and hind wings absent. Anterior and middle
femora flattened. The dorsal and ventral margin
undulating, the ventral margin with some short
hairs. The second segment of the tarsus short. Hind
femora moderately slender (2.8x longer than wide),
slightly inclined. The ventro-external carina curved
laterally, with one lappet in the middle. The ventral
external area directed downwards, coloured black.
Genicular- and antegenicular teeth small. A smaller
lappet on the dorsal margin of the hind femora in
front of the antegenicular teeth. Posttibia brown
with two white bands. Last article of the tarsi a little
longer than the first. First and second pulvilii short
and obtuse. The third pulvilii long as the sum of the
first and second. Colour brown with light areas and
some black parts. The male are a little smaller.
Differential diagnosis: Planotettix fartmanni
is the only species of Planotettix gen. nov. with, in
lateral view, some spiny tubercles on the serrated
median carina.
Distribution: Found in the Lakekamu River Basin.
Planotettix karubakensis sp. nov. (Plate 85 fig. 8,
plate 86 fig. 9, plate 87 fig. 8)
Holotype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Swart Valley,
Karubaka [3°36’ S 138°28’ E], 1400 m, 21.XI.1958,
leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Paratype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Swart Valley, Karubaka
[3° 36’ S 138° 28’ E], 1400-1600 m, 9.XI.1958, leg. J. L.
Gressitt (light trap), deposited in ZMFK.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length 3.6
mm, pronotum lobe width 3 mm, pronotum height
1.25 mm, postfemur length 3.8 mm, postfemur
width 1.44 mm, vertex width 0.68 mm, eye width
0.36 mm. Paratype $: Pronotum length 3.68 mm,
pronotum lobe width 2.96 mm, pronotum height
1.14 mm, postfemur length 3.84 mm, postfemur
width 1.44 mm, vertex width 0.66 mm, eye width
0.38 mm.
Description, holotype $: Flead not exerted
above the pronotum. Fastigium not reaching the
frontal margin of the eyes. Anterior border of the
fastigium straight. Anterior half of the vertex a little
lower than the posterior half. Fossulae deep. Vertex
broader than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete.
Lateral carinae short, curved inwards, not reaching
the medial carina. In lateral view not visible above
the eyes (paratype: slightly visible). Medial carina in
the posterior part obsolete, initiated in line of the
supraocular lobes, not projected before the eyes.
Frontal costa, in lateral view, not visible before the
eyes. Fascial carinae, in lateral view, arched before
the antenna. Scutellum in frontal view broad.
Furcation of the frontal costa very short above
the superior ocelli, a little above the lower margin
of the eyes. Superior ocelli in line with the lower
margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, not touching
the anterior margin of the pronotum. Their dorsal
margin not extending above posterior part of the
fastigium. Upper margin of the antennal grooves
one diameter below the lower margin of the eyes.
Pronotum flattened, covered with very densely
impressed dots and short hairs. Median carina
extending to the anterior border. In lateral view the
median carina with one elevation above the lateral
lobes, increasing at the middle of the prozonal
area. Median carina smooth, slightly increasing to
the posterior margin. Prozonal carinae long and
parallel. Infrascapular area a little inclined, reaching
the end of the pronotum. Internal lateral carinae
absent. Lateral lobes of the paranota rounded
and strongly curved laterally. Pronotal process
short, surpassing the middle of hind femora, seen
from above truncated posteriorly. The posterior
margin notched in the middle. Tegmen and hind
wings absent. Ventral margin of the anterior and
middle femora with two lobes. The dorsal margin
undulated. The ventral margin of the middle femora
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
with some short hairs. The second segment of the
tarsus short. Hind femora moderately stout (2.6x
longer than wide). The ventro-external carina
curved laterally, without any lobes. The dorsal
external area with one distinct conical hump. The
median external area with one distinct lobe curved
outwards. The ventral external area directed
downwards, not distinctly coloured black. Genicular
teeth small and acute, antegenicular teeth larger
and serrated. The dorsal margin of the hind femora
finely serrated without any lobes. Posttibia brown.
Last article of the tarsi as long as the first. Pulvilli
short and acute. The third pulvilli shorter than the
sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: The only species of
Planotettix gen. nov. with one distinct conical hump
on the dorsal external area but no further lobes on
the outside of the hind femora.
Distribution: Only found in the Swart Valley in
West Papua.
Planotettix maai sp. nov. (Plate 85 figs 9-10, plate
86 figs 10-11, plate 87 figs 9-10)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [East Sepik
Prov.], Bainyik, S. of Maprik [3°40’S 143°03’E], 150 m,
12.1.1960, leg. T. C. Maa.
Paratype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Japen I., SSE
Sumberbaba [1°49’S 136°45’E], Dawai R., Jungle,
28.X.1962, leg. H. Holtmann (light trap), deposited in
ZMFK.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after its collector, Tsing-chao Maa.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
3.36 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.96 mm,
pronotum height 1.26 mm, postfemur length 3.6
mm, postfemur width 1.35 mm, vertex width 0.58
mm, eye width 0.38 mm. Paratype $\ Pronotum
length 3.44 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.31 mm,
pronotum height 1.15 mm, postfemur length 3 mm,
postfemur width 1.1 mm, vertex width 0.48 mm,
eye width 0.36 mm.
Description, holotype $: Very small and wingless
species. Head not exerted above the pronotum.
Fastigium notreachingthefrontal margin of the eyes.
Anterior border of the fastigium rounded. Anterior
half of the vertex a little lower than the posterior
half. Fossulae shallow. Vertex broader than an eye.
Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae short,
curved inwards, not reaching the medial carina. In
lateral view, slightly visible above the eyes. Medial
carina in the posterior part obsolete, initiated in
line of the middle of the eyes, a little projected
above the eyes. Frontal costa, in lateral view, not
visible before the whole eyes. Fascial carinae, in
lateral view, arched before the antenna. In frontal
view the lateral carinae forming the scutellum
parallel. Scutellum in frontal view broader than
an antennal groove. Furcation of the frontal costa
short above the superior ocelli, a little above the
lower margin of the eyes. Superior ocelli in line with
the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, not
touching the anterior margin of the pronotum. Their
dorsal margin not extending above posterior part
of the fastigium. Antennae short. Upper margin of
the antennal grooves below the lower margin of
the eyes. Pronotum flattened, coarse with some
short granulae and impressed dots. Median carina
extending to the anterior border. In lateral view the
median carina with two elevations. The higher one
above the lateral lobes, the very low second one
above the beginning of the hind femora. Humeral
angles and interhumeral carinae distinct, but very
inconspicuous. Prozonal carinae long and parallel.
Infrascapular area a little inclined, reachingthe end
of the pronotum. In dorsal view the dorsal margin
of the infrascapular area undulated. Internal lateral
carinae absent. Lateral lobes of the paranota
angular, strongly curved laterally. Pronotal process
short, surpassing the middle of hind femora, seen
from above truncated posteriorly. Tegmen and
hind wings absent. Ventral and dorsal margin of
the anterior and middle femora slightly undulated,
without distinct lobes. The ventral margin of the
middle femora with some short hairs. The second
segment of theta rsus short. Hindfemora moderately
stout (2.6x longer than wide). The outside of the
hind femora without any lobes. The dorsal external
area with one distinct but low conical hump. The
ventral external area directed downwards, coloured
black. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth small
and acute. The antegenicular teeth smaller than
the Genicular teeth. Posttibia brown with one white
band. Last article of the tarsi a little shorter than
the first. Pulvilli short and acute. The third pulvilli
shorter than the sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: It seems to be possible
that both type-specimen from two very distant
places - one from mainland of New Guinea and
one from the island of Yapen - represent two valid
species. However, I am not able to differentiate
both type specimens. May be with further research
and comparison of both sexes it could be possible.
Planotettix maai is not as flattened as the other
Planotettix- species. The femora are not inclined. It
is together with Planotettix karubakensis the only
species of Planotettix gen. nov. with angulary and
not broadly rounded lobes but is differentiated from
384
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
this species by the absence of one distinct conical
hump on the dorsal external area on the outside of
the hind femora.
Distribution: Found on the island of Yapen and in
the south of the Prince Alexander Mountains in the
northwest of Papua New Guinea.
Planotettix mountbaduriensis sp. nov. (Plate 85
fig. 11, plate 86 fig. 12, plate 87 fig. 11)
Holotype ^ BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Japen, Seroi, Aiam
Range, Mt. Baduri, Camp 1, 1000 ft., IX.1938, leg. L. E.
Cheesman.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements: Pronotum length 3.84 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.6 mm, pronotum height 0.9
mm, postfemur length 4.16 mm, postfemur width
1.35 mm, vertex width 0.48 mm, eye width 0.34
mm.
Description: Very flat and wingless species. Head
not exerted above the pronotum, strongly inclined
under the pronotum. Fastigium not reaching the
frontal margin of the eyes. Anterior border of the
fastigium rounded. Anterior half of the vertex a
ittle lower than the posterior half, broader than
an eye. Fossulae shallow. Transverse carinae
obsolete. Lateral carinae short, curved a little
inwards, not reaching the medial carina. In lateral
view slightly visible above the eyes. Medial carina
in the posterior part obsolete, initiated in line of the
supraocular lobes, arched and projected slightly
before the eyes. Frontal costa, in lateral view,
arched before the upper half of the eye. Fascial
carinae, in lateral view, slightly arched before the
antenna. Scutellum in frontal view narrower, a little
broader than an antennal groove. Furcation of the
frontal costa short above the superior ocelli, a
ittle above the lower margin of the eyes. Superior
ocelli in line with the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, not touching the anterior margin of
the pronotum. Their dorsal margin not extending
above posterior half of the fastigium. Upper margin
of the antennal grooves below the lower margin
of the eyes. Pronotum very flattened, coarse with
some short carinulae and tubercles. Median
carina extending to the anterior border. Prozonal
carinae short and parallel. Humeral angles and
interhumeral carinae absent. Infrascapular area
inclined, reaching the end of the pronotum.
Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral lobes of the
paranota broadly rounded, strongly curved laterally
and truncated posteriorly. Pronotal process short,
reaching the middle of the hind femora, seen from
above, broadly truncated posteriorly, concavely
emarginated. The 8. tergite with a distinct tubercle
on the posterior margin. Tegmen and hind wings
absent. Anterior and middle femora flattened and
inclined to the body. The dorsal margin undulating.
The ventral margin with three lappets and some
very short hairs. The second segment of the tarsus
short. Hind femora slender (3. lx longer than wide),
inclined and flattened. The ventro-external carina
curved laterally, with two lappets curved laterally.
The ventral external area directed downwards,
coloured black. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth
small and acute. The antegenicular teeth small. A
medium sized lappet on the dorsal margin of the
hind femora in front of the antegenicular teeth. Last
article of the tarsi as long as the first. Pulvilli acute.
Differential diagnosis: Very flat species with
inclined femora and with three distinct broad
lobes on the ventral margin of the anterior and
middle femora. Only Planotettix planus has the
same characteristics but the posterior margin of
the pronotal process has, seen from above, only a
small incision.
Distribution: Only found on the island of Yapen.
Planotettix planus sp. nov. (Plate 85 fig. 12, plate
86 fig. 1, plate 87 fig. 12)
Holotype S BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Western Prov.]
Telefomin [4°08’S 141°35’E], 1700 m, 8.VIII.1963, leg.
R. Straatman.
Derivatio nominis: The name refers to the
extremely flattened species.
Measurements: Pronotum length 3.44 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.2 mm, pronotum height 0.9
mm, postfemur length 3.75 mm, postfemur width
1.2 mm, vertex width 0.48 mm, eye width 0.3 mm.
Description: Very small wingless species with
are extremely flattened body and pronotum. Head
not exerted above the pronotum, strongly inclined
under the pronotum. Fastigium not reaching
the frontal margin of the eyes. Anterior border of
the fastigium rounded. Vertex concave, broader
than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral
carinae short, curved a little inwards, not reaching
the medial carina. In lateral view, minimally visible
above the eyes. Medial carina in the posterior
part obsolete, initiated in line of the supraocular
lobes, arched and projected slightly before the
eyes. Frontal costa, in lateral view, arched before
the upper half of the eye. Fascial carinae, in lateral
view, slightly arched before the antenna. Scutellum
in frontal view narrow, a little broader than an
antennal groove. Furcation of the frontal costa
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
short above the superior ocelli, a little above the
lower margin of the eyes. Superior ocelli in line with
the lower margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, not
touching the anterior margin of the pronotum. Their
dorsal margin not extending above the fastigium.
Upper margin of the antennal grooves below the
lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum very flattened,
coarse with some short carinulae and tubercles.
Median carina extending to the anterior border.
Prozonal carinae parallel or curved a little outwards
towards the anterior border of the pronotum. In
lateral view, the median carina undulated with
two very low elevations. Humeral angles and
interhumeral carinae absent. Infrascapular area
inclined, reaching the end of the pronotum and with
a black spot at the start. Internal lateral carinae
absent. Lateral lobes of the paranota broadly
rounded, strongly curved laterally. Pronotal process
short, reaching the middle of the hind femora, seen
from above broadly truncated posteriorly slightly
rounded on each side of the median carina and
notched in the middle. Tegmen and hind wings
absent. Anterior and middle femora flattened and
inclined to the body. The dorsal margin undulating.
The ventral margin with three lappets and some
very short hairs. The second segment of the tarsus
short. Hind femora slender (3. lx longer than wide).
Inclined and flattened. The ventro-external carina
curved laterally, with two lappets curved laterally.
The ventral external area directed downwards,
coloured black. Genicular- and antegenicular
teeth nearly absent. A medium sized lappet on the
dorsal margin of the hind femora in front of the
antegenicular teeth. Posttibia brown with two white
bands. Last article of the tarsi as long as the first.
Pulvilli obtuse. The third pulvilli shorter than the
sum of the first and second. Colour from above light
brown with some brownish spots. In ventral view all
body parts black.
Differential diagnosis: Very flat species with
inclined femora and with three distinct broad lobes
on the ventral margin of the anterior and middle
femora. Only Planotettix mountbaduriensis sp.
nov. has the same characteristics but the posterior
margin of the pronotal process is, seen from above,
concave. Planotettix planus has a small incision.
Distribution: Only found on Telefomin mountain.
Planotettix riedei sp. nov. (Plate 85 figs 13-14,
plate 86 figs 13-14, plate 87 figs 13-14)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Western
Highlands Prov.], Fly River, Kiunga [6°07’S 141°18’E],
35 m, VIII. 1969, leg. J. & M. Sedlacek.
Paratypes 1$ (1/4), 2$ (2/4-3/4) BPBM, PAPUA
NEW GUINEA: [Western Highlands Prov.], Fly River,
Kiunga [6°07’S 141°18’E], 35 m, VIII.1969, leg. J. &
M. Sedlacek, thereof 1/4 in HMHN, 2/4 in BMNH, 3/4
in ZFMK; 1$ (4/4) NCB-RMNH, WEST PAPUA: Boven-
Digoelgebied, 400 km ten N v. Merauke, 1926, leg. A.
Kalthofen.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after Dr. Klaus Riede, a famous German
orthopterologist.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
4.56 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.68 mm, pronotum
height 1.65 mm, postfemur length 5.1 mm,
postfemur width 2.01 mm, vertex width 0.78 mm,
eye width 0.5 mm. Paratypes $$: Pronotum length
4.72-4.96 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.76-3.84
mm, pronotum height 1.47-1.68 mm, postfemur
length 4.96-5.52 mm, postfemur width 1.77-1.86
mm, vertex width 0.8-0.86 mm, eye width 0.48-0.5
mm. Paratypes $$\ Pronotum length 4.08-4.16
mm, pronotum lobe width 3.28 mm, pronotum
height 1.29-1.45 mm, postfemur length 4.56-4.64
mm, postfemur width 1.59-1.7 mm, vertex width
0.7-0.74 mm, eye width 0.4-0.42 mm.
Description, holotype $: Head not exerted above
the pronotum. Fastigium not reaching the frontal
margin of the eyes. Anterior border of the fastigium
rounded. Anterior half of the vertex a little lower
than the posterior half. Fossulae shallow. Vertex
broader than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete.
Lateral carinae longer, curved inwards and a little
backwards to the medial carina. In lateral view not
visible above the eyes. Medial carina in the posterior
part obsolete, initiated in line of the middle of the
eyes. Not projected above the eyes. Frontal costa,
in lateral view, not visible before the whole eyes.
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, arched before the
antenna. Scutellum, in frontal view, broader than an
antennal groove. Furcation of the frontal costa short
above the superior ocelli, a little above the lower
margin of the eyes. Superior ocelli in line with the
lower margin of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, touching
the anterior margin of the pronotum. Their dorsal
margin not extending above posterior part of the
fastigium. Upper margin of the antennal grooves a
little below the lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum
flattened, smooth and finely granulated. Median
carina extending to the anterior border. In lateral
view the median carina with two low elevations of
equal height, more undulated. Humeral angles and
interhumeral carinae absent. Prozonal carinae long
and parallel. Infrascapular area a little inclined,
reaching the end of the pronotum. In dorsal view the
dorsal margin of the infrascapular area undulated.
386
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Internal lateral carinae inconspicuous, but visible.
Lateral lobes of the paranota rounded, strongly
curved laterally. Pronotal process short, reaching
the middle of hind femora, seen from above, the
posterior apex narrow and truncated. Tegmen and
hind wings absent. Ventral and dorsal margin of
the anterior and middle femora finely serrulate,
slightly undulated. The ventral margin of the middle
femora with some short hairs. The second segment
of the tarsus short. Hind femora moderately stout
(2.5x longer than wide). The outside of the hind
femora without any lobes. The dorsal external area
with one inconspicuously low rounded hump. The
ventral external area directed downwards, but not
as strongly as in other Planotettix- species. Lower
side coloured black. Genicular- and antegenicular
teeth small and acute, without lappets on the
dorsal margin of the hind femora in front of the
antegenicular teeth. Posttibia brown with one white
band. Last article of the tarsi a little shorter than
the first. Pulvilli short and obtuse. The third pulvilli
shorter than the sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: Planotettix riedei is
together with Planotettix maai the only species of
Planotettix gen. nov. without lappet or lobe on the
dorsal margin of the hind femora in front of the
antegenicular teeth. From Planotettix maai sp. nov.
it is differentiated by the broadly rounded lateral
lobes and, in lateral view, the flat and undulated
median carina without an arched elevation in the
anterior part.
Distribution: Found in the south of New Guinea
in the upper Fly River and upper Digul River
Key to species of Planotettix gen. nov.
1 Lamellate medial carina, in lateral view, visible in front of the eyes . 4
- Medial carina, in lateral view, not visible in front of the eyes or in line with the eyes . 2
2 Dorsal margin of the antennal grooves nearly in line with the lower margin of the eyes . Planotettix riedei sp. nov.
- Dorsal margin of the antennal grooves at least 1 diameter deeper than the lower margin of the eyes . 3
3 Median carina smooth . Planotettix karubakensis sp. nov.
- Median carina serrated . Planotettix fartmanni sp. nov.
4 Lateral lobes in dorsal view broadly rounded. Hind femora with lobes on the ventro-external carinae . 5
- Lateral lobes in dorsal view angular. Hind femora without lobes on the ventro-external carinae .
. Planotettix maai sp. nov.
5 Pronotum, in lateral view, flattened or slightly undulated . 6
- Pronotum, in lateral view, with two distinct elevations . Planotettix biroi sp. nov.
6 Tergite 8 dorsal without a tubercle in the middle of the hind margin . 7
- Tergite 8 dorsal with a small distinct tubercle in the middle of the hind margin. Yapen Island .
. Planotettix mountbaduriensis sp. nov.
7 Lateral carinae not visible above the eyes . 8
- Lateral carinae, in lateral view, visible above the eyes . Planotettix astrolabebayensis sp. nov.
8 Hind femora with large lobes on the on the ventro-external carinae; ventral margin of the anterior and middle
femora with three distinct lobes . Planotettix planus sp. nov.
- Hind femora with small lobes on the on the ventro-external carinae; ventral margin of the anterior and middle
femora with two distinct lobes . 9
9 The integument is sparsely setose . Planotettix buergersi sp. nov.
- The integument is densely setose . Planotettix cyclopensis sp. nov.
Potua Bolivar, 1887
Type species: Potua coronata Bolivar, 1887.
Distribution: India, Borneo and Sumatra.
Note: This genus is in need of revision.
Potua aptera Wagan, Kevan, 1992
Holotype $ LEMQ, INDIA: Anaimalai Hills, Kadam Dari,
3500 ft, V.1963, leg. P. S. Nathan.
Differential diagnosis: After studying the
drawings of the Holotype in the publication of
Wagan & Kevan (1992), I am certain that this
species does not belong to Potua. It possibly
belongs to Deltonotus but further examinations are
necessary to determine the correct allocation.
Distribution: Only found at Kadam Darin in India.
387
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Potua coronata coronata Bolivar, 1887 (Plate 88
figs 1-3)
Syntype S NHRS, MALAYSIA: Malacca, leg. Staudinger.
Syntype S NMW, MALAYSIA: Borneo, Sarawak.
Additional material: 5$, AS NHRS, MALAYSIA: 0.
Borneo, Pajau River, leg. Mjoberg.
Distribution: Only found on Borneo.
Potua coronata sumatrensis Bolivar, 1898 (Plate
88 figs 4-6)
Type S MSNG, INDONESIA: Sumatra, Si-Rambe,
Xll.1890-lll.1891, leg. E. Modigliani.
Additional material: 1$ SMTD, INDONESIA:
Sumatra, Wai Lima Z. Sum. Lampongs, XI. -XII. 1921,
leg. Karny & Siebers; 1$ SMTD, INDONESIA: Sumatra,
Soekaranda, leg. Dohrn; 1^ MNSL, INDONESIA: Sumatra,
Naturreservat Harau 90 km von Padang Panjang (West-
Sumatra), 1991, leg. Bujang.
Distribution: Only found on Sumatra.
Potua morbillosa (Walker, 1871)
Holotype S BMNH, MALAYSIA: Borneo, Sarawak.
Distribution: Only found on Borneo.
Potua sabulosa Hancock, 1915 (Plate 88 figs 7-9)
Holotype S ANSP, INDIA: [Bombay Pres.], Satara dist.,
Yenna Valley, Medina, 2500-3500 ft, 17.-23.IV.1912,
leg. F. H. Gravely.
Distribution: Only found at Medina in India.
Note: After studying images of the holotype, I am
certain that this species belongs to Potua Bolivar,
1887.
Pseudohyboella Gunther, 1938
Type species: Pseudohyboella weylandiana
Gunther, 1938.
Distribution: This genus is only found in the
southwest of West Papua.
Pseudohyboella weylandiana Gunther, 1938
(Plate 88 figs 10-12)
Holotype $ ZMHU, WEST PAPUA: Weyland-Gebirge,
1500 m, 1931, leg. G. Stein.
Additional material: WEST PAPUA: 2 S NCB-RMNH,
Neu Guinea; 1$, 1$ larva BPBM, Vogelkop, Bomberi,
700-900m, 10.VI.1959, leg. T. C. Maa; 1 S BPBM,
Vogelkop, Bomberi, 700-900m, 9.VI.1959, leg. J. L.
Gressitt; ±S BPBM, S. Geelvink Bay, Nabire (Light Trap)
[3°22’S 135°28’E], 14.IX.1962, leg. H. Holtmann; 1 S
BPBM, S. Geelvink Bay, Nabire [3°22’S 135°28’E], 2.-9.
VII. 1962, leg. J. L. Gressitt; 1 S BPBM, Vogelkop, Kebar
Val[ley]., W[est]. of Manokwari, 550m, 4.-31.1.1962,
leg. L. W. Quate; 1$ CDT: Raja Ampat, Misool Island
(central), River Gam upstream, Gamta vill. 12-14 km NW,
01°57’50”S 130°ir09”E, 70-350 m, 4.-6.II.2012,
primeval lowland rainforest on limestone, leg. D. Telnov.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
9.62 mm, pronotum lobe width 5.59 mm, pronotum
height 3.2 mm, postfemur length 7.54 mm,
postfemur width 3.25 mm, vertex width 1.28 mm,
eye width 0.6 mm. $$: Pronotum length 8.97-9.23
mm, pronotum lobe width 5.07-5.46 mm, pronotum
height 3-3.1 mm, postfemur length 6.63-7.15 mm,
postfemur width 2.6-3.25 mm, vertex width 1.26
mm, eye width 0.58-0.6 mm. SS'- Pronotum length
8.32-8.71 mm, pronotum lobe width 4.94-4.95
mm, pronotum height 2.75-2.95 mm, postfemur
length 6.24-6.5 mm, postfemur width 2.9-3 mm,
vertex width 1-1.22 mm, eye width 0.56-0.58 mm.
One very small S with all typical characteristics
of this species has the following measurements:
pronotum length 6 mm, pronotum lobe width 4
mm, pronotum height 2.25 mm, postfemur length
5.36 mm, postfemur width 2.15 mm, vertex width
1.08 mm, eye width 0.42 mm.
Distribution: Found in the west of West Papua
and on Misool.
Stegaceps Hancock, 1913
Type species: Stegaceps brevicomis Hancock,
1913.
Distribution: This genus is only found on Borneo.
Stegaceps brevicomis Hancock, 1913 (Plate 88
figs 13-15)
Holotype $ ANSP, MALAYSIA: Borneo, Kabong,
Kuching, VI. 1900.
Differential diagnosis: Gunther (1938a)
supposed it might be the micropterous form of
Boczkitettix borneensis (Gunther, 1935) (originally
described as Dolatettix). With no doubts, this
specimen belongs to the Claodonotinae, because
the scutellum is clearly widened. Together with
Paraphyllum antennatum Hancock, 1913 it is
the only known South-East-Asian specimen of
Cladonotinae with tegmen and long hind wings.
Stegaceps brevicomis is macropronotal and
brachypter. There are some obvious differences
to Boczkitettix borneensis (Gunther, 1935): the
antennae are shorter, the lateral lobes are rounded
and curved downwards not contiguous to the body.
In lateral view, only the apex of the fastigium and
388
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
not the whole frontal costa is visible in before the
eyes.
Note: This is a valid species and not the
micropterous form of Boczkitettix borneensis
(Gunther, 1935).
Tepperotettix Rehn, 1952
Type species: Tepperotettix reliquia Rehn, 1952.
Distribution: This genus isonlyfound in Australia.
Tepperotettix reliquia Rehn, 1952 (Plate 89 figs
1-6)
Holotype $ MCZ, AUSTRALIA: Queensland, McPherson
Range, National Park, 3000-4000 ft, 11.111.1932, leg. P.
J. Darlington.
Additional material: IS MHNG, AUSTRALIA:
Queensland, McPherson Range, Lamington National
Park, Mt. Merino (28°15’S 153° 12E), 1050-1100
m, 6.1.1992, leg. D. Burckhardt; 1$ AMS, AUSTRALIA:
Queensland, Tamborine Mt., 20.XII.1961, leg. McAlpine
& Lossin.
Measurements S MHNG: Pronotum length 5.36
mm, pronotum lobe width 3.36 mm, pronotum
height 1.4 mm, postfemur length 4.5 mm, postfemur
width 1.5 mm, vertex width 0.76 mm, eye width
0.38 mm. $, AMS: Pronotum length 6.08 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.92 mm, pronotum height
1.2 mm, postfemur length 5.1 mm, postfemur width
1.9 mm, vertex width 0.78 mm, eye width 0.5 mm.
Tondanotettix Willemse, 1928
Type species: Tondanotettix brevis (Haan, 1842).
Differential diagnosis: According to the
description of Devriesetettix gen. nov. (type species
Devriesetettix dorreus (Hancock, 1909), formerly
Tondanotettix dorreus), there are now two species
of Tondanotettix Willemse, 1928: Tondanotettix
modestus Gunther, 1937 and Tondanotettix brevis
(Haan, 1842).
Distribution: This genus is only found on
Sulawesi.
Tondanotettix brevis brevis (Haan, 1842) (Plate
89 figs 7-9)
Holotype $ NCB-RMNH, INDONESIA: [Sulawesi],
Tondano.
Measurements: Pronotum length 10.01 mm,
pronotum lobe width 5.2 mm, pronotum height
3.11 mm, postfemur length 6.37 mm, postfemur
width 2.99 mm, vertex width 1.16 mm, eye width
0.64 mm (I examined the holotype).
Differential diagnosis: The species differs
from Tondanotettix modestus Gunther, 1937 by the
humps of the pronotum. Tondanotettix modestus
Gunther, 1937 has flattened pronotum.
Tondanotettix brevis meridionalis Gunther, 1937
Lectotype $ MZPW (Museum Stettin), INDONESIA:
[Sulawesi], Sudcelebes, Lompo Batang, 1000 m,
111.1896, leg. Fruhstorfer.
Para lectotype S MZPW (Museum Stettin),
INDONESIA: [Sulawesi], Sudcelebes, Bonthain, 111.1896,
leg. Fruhstorfer.
It appears questionable whether the split into two
subspecies is correct. Gunther (1937) have not
reviewed the holotype from Leiden (NCB-RMNH)
and postulated the subspecies with a male and
a female from South Celebes as syntypes. It is
not clear whether the types in fact still exist. On
account of the two existing drawings of the female
by Gunther, I postulate the female as a lectotype
and the male as para lectotype. The subspecies
differs therefore, and according to the descriptions
of Gunther, from the holotype of Tondanotettix
brevis brevis only by the slightly elevated hump
on the pronotum. This characteristic could also be
part of the variability of the nominate subspecies.
Further research and a diagnosis of the types from
Stettin would be necessary for a final decision.
Willemsetettix gen. nov.
Type species: Willemsetettix willemsei sp. nov.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The genus is
named after the famous orthopterologist and very
helpful friend Fer Willemse (1927-2009).
Description: The micropronotal and wingless
specimens are very small. The head is not exserted.
The lamellate medial carina is characteristic for this
genus: beginning in line with the supraocular lobes
and, in lateral, view strongly elevated above and
before the eyes. The upper margin of the antennal
grooves is slightly higher than the lower margin of
the eyes. The scutellum is relatively broad. In lateral
view the pronotum is arched in the anterior half
and straight in the posterior half. The apex of the
pronotum is broadly obtuse.
Differential diagnosis: The fastigium looks
similar to Boczkitettix gen. nov. and Ingrischitettix
gen. nov. But the pronotum appears to be different.
In Boczkitettix gen. nov. and Ingrischitettix gen.
nov. it is arcuated over its entire length. In frontal
view Ingrischitettix gen. nov. is clearly distinct from
Willemsetettix gen. nov. by the relatively narrow
scutellum, the continuous frontal costa and the
u-shaped transverse carinae.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Distribution: Endemic on New Guinea.
Willemsetettix laeensis sp. nov. (Plate 90 figs 1, 7,
plate 91 fig 1)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe
Prov.], Lae, Bubia Agric. Sta., 15 m, 6.VII.1957, leg. D.
Elmo Hardy.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality, the city of Lae.
Measurements: Pronotum length 6.56 mm,
pronotum lobe width 3.36 mm, pronotum height
2.75 mm, postfemur length 4.5 mm, postfemur
width 2 mm, vertex width 0.84 mm, eye width 0.42
mm.
Description: Head lower than the pronotum.
Fastigium projecting before and above the eyes.
Anterior border, in dorsal view, on a level with the
eyes, slightly triangularly projected to the frontal
costa. Vertex broader than an eye. Transverse
carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae short and curved
inwards, lamellar and, in lateral view, visible above
the eyes. Medial carina beginning in line with the
supraocular lobes, strongly elevated above and
before the eyes. Fascial carinae, in lateral view,
arched and projected before the antenna. Scutellum
much broader than an antennal groove. Superior
ocelli in line with the lower third of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, their dorsal margin lower than the
fastigium. Eyes touching the anterior margin of the
pronotum. Upper margin of the antennal grooves
slightly in excess of the lower margin of the eyes.
Antennae with 14 segments. Pronotum, in frontal
view, tectiform, rugose with some short carinulae
and tubercles. Pronotum, in lateral view, arched,
increasing in the anterior third and descending
to the posterior apex. The anterior apex of the
pronotum extending over the head to the middle of
the eyes. Median carina extending to the anterior
border. Prozonal carinae long and straight but
difficult to see. Interhumeral carinae very short.
Infrascapular area relatively broad, reaching the
apex of the pronotum. Internal lateral carinae
absent. Lateral lobes, in dorsal view, rounded and
curved laterally. Pronotal process surpassing the
middle of hind femora. Posterior margin of the
pronotal process, seen from above, broad and
straight. Tegmen and wings absent. Anterior and
middle femora relatively slender, the dorsal margin
slightly undulating. Anterior femora ventral with one
small lobe. Middle femora dorsal with some very
short hairs. Second segment of the tarsus short.
Hind femora rather stout (2.2x longer than wide).
Hind tibia with two light bands. Genicular- and
antegenicular teeth small and acute. First article of
the tarsi a little longer than the last. Pulvilli acute,
the third pulvilli shorter than the sum of the first
and second.
Differential diagnosis: in this species the
prozonal carinae are slightly obsolete and the
anterior apex of the pronotum is extending over the
head to the middle of the eyes.
Distribution: Only found at the type locality near
Lae in the west of New Guinea.
Willemsetettix missai sp. nov. (Plate 90 figs 2-3,
8-9, plate 91 figs 2-3)
Holotype $ IRSNB, PAPUA NEW GUINA: [Madang
Prov.], Baiteta Bacs Blancs Al, 6. VII. 1995, leg. Olivier
Missa, Canopy Mission.
Paratypes IS (1/5) IRSNB, PAPUA NEW GUINA:
[Madang Prov.], Baiteta Bacs Blancs M2 [5°01’S
145°45’E], 23.VI.1995, leg. Olivier Missa, Canopy
Mission: 1$ (2/5) IRSNB, PAPUA NEW GUINA: [Madang
Prov.], Baiteta Bacs Blancs M2 [5°01’S 145°45’E],
19.V.1995, leg. Olivier Missa, Canopy Mission,
deposited in ZFMK; 1$ (3/5) IRSNB, PAPUA NEW
GUINA: [Madang Prov.], Baiteta Bacs Blancs XG [5°01’S
145°45’E], 23.VI.1995, leg. Olivier Missa, Canopy
Mission, deposited in NCB-RMNH; 1$ (4/5) IRSNB,
PAPUA NEW GUINA: [Madang Prov.], Baiteta Bacs Blancs
AR3 [5°01’S 145°45’E], 6.VII.1995, leg. Olivier Missa,
Canopy Mission, deposited in BMNH; 1 S (5/5) BPBM,
PAPUA NEW GUINA: [Madang Prov.], Madang (Alpinia)
[5° 13’S 145°48’E], 5 m, 28.X.1958, leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after the collector Olivier Missa.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
4.9 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.05 mm, pronotum
height 2.05 mm, postfemur length 3.75 mm,
postfemur width 1.65 mm, vertex width 0.68 mm,
eye width 0.33 mm. Paratypes $$: Pronotum
length 4.65-4.9 mm, pronotum lobe width 3. 0-3.1
mm, pronotum height 1.85-2.1 mm, postfemur
length 3.9 mm, postfemur width 1.66-1.7 mm,
vertex width 0.74-0.78 mm, eye width 0.35-0.37
mm. Paratypes S$'- Pronotum length 4.1-4.25
mm, pronotum lobe width 2. 7-2. 9 mm, pronotum
height 1.75 mm, postfemur length 3.4-3.55 mm,
postfemur width 1.52-1.6 mm, vertex width 0.64-
0.68 mm, eye width 0.35-036 mm.
Description, holotype $: Head lower than the
pronotum. Fastigium projecting before and above
the eyes. Anterior border, in dorsal view, on a
level with the eyes, slightly triangularly projected
to the frontal costa. Vertex broader than an eye.
Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae short
390
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
and curved inwards, lamellar and, in lateral view,
visible above the eyes. Medial carina beginning in
hne with the supraocular lobes, strongly elevated
and broadly arched above and before the eyes.
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, slightly projected
before the antenna. Scutellum much broader than
an antennal groove. Superior ocelli in line with the
lower third of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their dorsal
margin lower than the fastigium. Eyes touching the
anterior margin of the pronotum. Upper margin of
the antennal grooves slightly in excess of the lower
margin of the eyes. Antennae with 13 segments.
Pronotum, in frontal view tectiform, rugose with
some short carinulae and tubercles. Pronotum, in
lateral view, arched, increasing in the anterior third
and descending to the posterior apex. The anterior
apex of the pronotum straight, only the tip of the
median carina a little projected. Median carina
extending to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae a
little elevated curved inwards towards the anterior
border. Interhumeral carinae absent. Infrascapular
area broad, reaching the apex of the pronotum.
Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral lobes, in
dorsal view, broadly rounded. Pronotal process
surpassing the middle of hind femora. Posterior
margin of the pronotal process, seen from above,
broad, slightly concave. Tegmen and wings absent.
Dorsal margin of the anterior and middle slightly
undulating. Middle femora dorsal with some very
short hairs. Second segment of the tarsus short.
Hind femora stout (2.3x longer than wide). Hind tibia
with two light bands. Genicular- and antegenicular
teeth small and acute. First article of the tarsi a
little longer than the last. Pulvilli obtuse, the third
pulvilli shorter than the sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: In this species the
medial carina, in lateral view, is relatively highly
elevated above the eyes.
Distribution: Only found in the area of Madang.
Willemsetettix oriomoensis sp. nov. (Plate 90 figs
4, 10, plate 91 fig. 4)
Holotype S BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Western
Prov.], Oriomo Govt. Sta. [8°52’S 143°11’E], 26.-
28.X.1960, leg. J. L. Gressitt.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Measurements: Pronotum length 5.4 mm,
pronotum lobe width 2.9 mm, pronotum height 2
mm, postfemur length 3.25 mm, postfemur width
1.65 mm, vertex width 0.76 mm, eye width 0.36
mm.
Description: Head lower than the pronotum.
Fastigium projecting before and above the eyes.
Anterior border, in dorsal view, on a level with
the eyes. Vertex broader than an eye. Transverse
carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae very short and
curved inwards. In lateral view, visible above the
eyes. Medial carina beginning in line with the
supraocular lobes, strongly elevated and broadly
arched above and before the eyes. Fascial carinae,
in lateral view, slightly projected before the antenna.
Scutellum much broader than an antennal groove.
Superior ocelli in line with the lower third of the
eyes. Eyes subcircular, their dorsal margin lower
than the fastigium. Eyes touching the anterior
margin of the pronotum. Upper margin of the
antennal grooves slightly in excess of the lower
margin of the eyes. Antennae with 13 segments.
Pronotum, in frontal view lower tectiform, rugose
with some short carinulae and tubercles. Pronotum,
in lateral view, arched, increasing in the anterior
third and descending to a concave part above
the beginning of the hind femora. The posterior
part of the pronotum flat. The anterior apex of
the pronotum straight. Median carina extending
to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae elevated,
curved inwards towards the anterior border.
Interhumeral carinae distinct. Infrascapular area
broad, reaching the apex of the pronotum. Internal
lateral carinae absent. Lateral lobes, in dorsal view,
broadly rounded. Pronotal process reaching the
anterior margin of the knees. Posterior margin of
the pronotal process, seen from above, broad and
straight. Tegmen and wings absent. Dorsal margin
of the anterior and middle slightly undulating.
Middle femora dorsal with some very short hairs.
Second segment of the tarsus short. Hind femora
rather stout (2x longer than wide). Hind tibia with
two light bands. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth
small and acute. First article of the tarsi longer than
the last. Pulvilli spinose, the third pulvilli shorter
than the sum of the first and second.
Differential diagnosis: The anterior half of the
pronotum is lower arched and the posterior half
flattened with a concave passage between the
halves. In Willemsetettix willemsei the anterior part
is relatively higher. In other species of Willemsetettix
gen. nov. the median carina descending to the
posterior apex of the pronotum.
Distribution: Only found at the type locality.
Willemsetettix wauensis sp. nov. (Plate 90 figs 5,
11, plate 91 fig. 5)
Holotype $ BPBM, PAPUA NEW GUINEA: [Morobe
Prov.], Wau, 1200 m, 15.-22.XI.1961, leg. J. Sedlacek
(Coll. Bishop)
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Paratypes 1$ (1/4) BPBM, [Morobe Prov.], Wau,
1300m, 10.IX.1961, leg. J. Sedlacek, deposited in NCB-
RMNH; 1$ (2/4) BPBM, [Morobe Prov.], Wau, 1050m,
10.IX.1961, leg. J. & M. Sedlacek, deposited in BMNH;
1$ (3/4) BPBM, [Morobe Prov.], Wau, 1200-1500 m,
30.VIII.1965, leg. J. Sedlacek, deposited in IRSNB;
1$ (4/4) BPBM, [Morobe Prov.], Wau, 1200-1300 m,
14.IX.1965, leg. J. Sedlacek, deposited in ZFMK.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality, the city of Wau.
Measurements, holotype $: Pronotum length
5.76 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.6 mm, pronotum
height 2.5 mm, postfemur length 5.04 mm,
postfemur width 2.2 mm, vertex width 1 mm, eye
width 0.5 mm. Paratypes Pronotum length
5.44-5.76 mm, pronotum lobe width 3.52-3.68
mm, pronotum height 2. 5-2. 7 mm, postfemur
length 5.12-5.28 mm, postfemur width 2.15-2.25
mm, vertex width 1-1.06 mm, eye width 0.46-0.5
mm.
Description, holotype $: Head lower than the
pronotum. Fastigium projecting before and above
the eyes. Anterior border, in dorsal view, projected
triangularly before the eyes. Vertex 2x broader
than an eye. Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral
carinae short and curved inwards, in lateral view,
visible above the eyes. Medial carina beginning in
line with the supraocular lobes, a little elevated
and broadly arched above and before the eyes.
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, slightly projected
before the antenna. Scutellum much broader than
an antennal groove. Superior ocelli in line with the
lower third of the eyes. Eyes subcircular, their dorsal
margin lower than the fastigium. Eyes not touching
the anterior margin of the pronotum. Upper margin
of the antennal grooves slightly in excess of the
lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum, in frontal view
relatively low buttectiform, rugose with some short
carinulae and tubercles. Pronotum, in lateral view,
slightly arched, increasing in the anterior third and
descending to the posterior apex. Median carina
extending to the anterior border. Prozonal carinae
long and straight. Interhumeral carinae distinct.
Infrascapular area broad, reaching the apex of the
pronotum. Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral
lobes, in dorsal view, broadly rounded. Pronotal
process surpassing the middle of hind femora.
Posterior margin of the pronotal process, seen from
above, broad and slightly convex. Tegmen and wings
absent. Dorsal margin of the anterior and middle
femora straight. Middle femora dorsal with some
very short hairs. Second segment of the tarsus
short. Hind femora stout (2.3x longer than wide).
Hind tibia with two light bands. Genicular- and
antegenicular teeth small and acute. First article of
the tarsi longer than the last. Pulvilli acute, the third
pulvilli shorter than the sum of thefirstand second.
Differential diagnosis: The anterior border
of the fastigium projecting considerably before
the eyes. Even the lateral carinae, in dorsal view,
projecting before the anterior margin of the eyes. It
is the only species of Willemsetettix gen. nov. with
this characteristics.
Distribution: Only found in the area of Wau.
Willemsetettix willemsei sp. nov. (Plate 90 figs 6,
12, plate 91 fig. 6)
Holotype $ BPBM, WEST PAPUA: Genjam, 40 km W
of Hollandia [2°46’S 140°12’E], 100-200 m, 1.-10.
111.1960, leg. T. C. Maa.
Paratype S (1/1) BMNH, WEST PAPUA: Cyclops Mts.,
Sabron [2°30’S 140°25’E], 930 ft, IV.1936, leg. L. E.
Cheesman.
Derivatio nominis: Patronymic. The species is
named after my good friend Luc Willemse, like his
father a famous orthopterologist.
Measurements, holotype S\ Pronotum length
3.6 mm, pronotum lobe width 2.6 mm, pronotum
height 1.9 mm, postfemur length 3 mm, postfemur
width 1.35 mm, vertex width 0.66 mm, eye width
0.32 mm. Paratype S\ Pronotum length 3.95 mm,
pronotum lobe width 2.9 mm, pronotum height 1.9
mm, postfemur length 3 mm, postfemur width 1.45
mm, vertex width 0.6 mm, eye width 0.4 mm.
Description: Rather small micropronotal species.
Head lower than the fastigium and pronotum.
Fastigium projecting before and above the eyes, in
lateral view, square. Anterior border in dorsal view
on a level with the eyes. Vertex slightly convex with a
concave part near the eyes, 2x broader than an eye.
Transverse carinae obsolete. Lateral carinae short
and curved inwards, lamellar and, in lateral view,
visible above the eyes. Medial carina beginning in
line with the supraocular lobes, strongly elevated
above and before the eyes. Frontal costa obsolete.
Fascial carinae, in lateral view, strongly arched
and projected before the antenna. Furcation of
the frontal costa obsolete. The two fascial carinae
begin in line with the superior ocelli. Scutellum
much broader than an antennal groove. Superior
ocelli in line with the lower third of the eyes. Eyes
subcircular, their dorsal margin lower than the
fastigium. Eyes almost touching the anterior margin
of the pronotum. Upper margin of the antennal
grooves slightly in excess of the lower margin of
the eyes. Antennae with 13 segments. Pronotum
392
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
in the anterior half tectiform and in the posterior
half flattened. Pronotum coarse, anterior border
straight. Median carina arched in the posterior
half and extending to the anterior border. Prozonal
carinae little elevated and curved outwards towards
the anterior border. Interhumeral carinae distinct.
Infrascapular area relatively broad with a concave
part posteriorly, reaching the apex of the pronotum.
Internal lateral carinae absent. Lateral lobes
curved laterally, broadly rounded. Pronotal process,
seen from above, obtuse, slightly emarginated to
the middle. Tegmen and wings absent. Anterior and
middle femora relatively broad, the dorsal margin
undulating. Middle femora dorsal without hairs.
Second segment of the tarsus short. Hind femora
rather stout (2.2x longer than wide). Dorso- and
ventro-external carina without projections. Hind
Key to species of Willemsetettix gen. nov.
tibia in the lower half bright and with a light band in
the upper half. Genicular- and antegenicular teeth
medium sized, acute. First article of the tarsi a little
longer than the last. Pulvilli short and acute. The
third pulvilli shorter than the sum of the first and
second.
Differential diagnosis: Willemsetettix willemsei
is the smallest species in its genus. Only in this
species is the frontal costa between medial carina
and fascial carinae obsolete and the dorsal margin
of the scutellum is open. The anterior half of the
pronotum strongly arched and the posterior half
flattened.
Distribution: Found only at the north-east coast
of West Papua, West of Jayapura.
1 Posterior apex of the pronotum, in dorsal view, slightly convex . 2
- Posterior apex of the pronotum emarginated, sulcated or almost straight . 3
2 Anterior apex of the pronotum extending over the head . Willemsetettix laeensis sp. nov.
- Anterior apex of the pronotum straight . Willemsetettix wauensis sp. nov.
3 Furcation of the fascial carinae absent . Willemsetettix willemsei sp. nov.
- Furcation of the fascial carinae present . 4
4 Median carina, in lateral view, increasing in the anterior third and descending to the posterior apex .
. Willemsetettix missai sp. nov.
- Median carina, in lateral view, arched in the anterior half. The posterior half slightly flattened .
. Willemsetettix oriomoensis sp. nov.
Acknowledgements
My special thanks go to thefollowing institutions
for graciously lending me specimens from their
collections and the patience they have shown with
my research: Australian Museum Sydney, Australian
National Insect Collection Canberra, Academy of
Natural Sciences Philadelphia, Natural History
Museum London, Bernice P. Bishop Museum
Honolulu, Hungarian Natural History Museum
Budapest, Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles
de Belgique Bruxelles, Museum d'Histoire Naturelle
Geneva, Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales
Madrid, Naturkundemuseum Leipzig, Museo
Civico di Storia Naturale “Giacomo Doria” Genova,
Nederlands Centrum voor Biodiversiteit Leiden,
Naturhistorisca Riksmuseet Stockholm, University
Museum of Natural History Oxford, Queensland
Museum South Brisbane, Staatliches Museum
fur Tierkunde Dresden, R.M. Bohart Museum of
Entomology Davis, Ubersee-Museum Bremen,
Zoologisches Museum der Humboldt Universitat
Berlin, Zoologische Staatssammlung Munich.
I thank especially the Zoologische
Forschungsmuseum Alexander Koenig in Bonn
(Germany) and its staff for their support and
assistance: Dr. Karl-Heinz Lampe, who passed
away too early. My trustee Dr. Klaus Riede and his
colleague Detlev Rohwedder from the Zoologische
Forschungsmuseum Alexander Koenig in Bonn
(Germany), they supported my scientific work with
technical equipment and a lot of help for 8 years.
I wish to thank Prof. Dr. Hermann Mattes from the
Institut fuer Landschaftsoekologie in Muenster
(Germany): he motivated me over the last years to
continue with my scientific work.
For valuable comments and assistance with
my research of the Tetrigidae, I sincerely thank
Henrik Devriese. I am also thankful to Elisbabeth
Bach for proofreading. I am very grateful to my
family, especially my wife Katharina, for the support
and patience they have shown over the years of my
research.
393
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
References
Berg C. 1898. Substitucion de nombres genericos. -
Comunicaciones del Museo Nacional de Buenos-
Aires 1: 77-80.
Bey-Bienko G.Y. 1935. Acridiidae and Tettigoniidae from
Luzon Philippine Islands. - Philippine Journal of
Science. 57: 377-407.
Blackith R.E. 1992. Tetrigidae (Insecta: Orthoptera) of
South-East Asia: Annotated catalogue with partial
translated keys and bibliography. Wicklo: 248 pp.
Bolivar I. 1887. Essai sur les acridiens de la tribu des
Tettigidae. - Annales de la Societe Entomologique
de Belgique 31: 175-313.
Bolivar I. 1898. Contributions a I’etude des Acridiens
expeces de la faune indo et austro-malaisienne
du Museo Civico die Storia Naturale di Genova.
- Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di
Genova Series 2, 19: 66-101.
Bolivar I. 1905. Ortopteros Acridioideos de la Guinae
Espanola. - Memorias de la Real Sociedad
espanola de Historia natural 1: 209-240.
Bolivar 1. 1909. Nouvelles especes d ’Acridiens du Musee
de Geneve. - Boletin de la Real Sociedad espanola
de Historia natural 9: 393-403.
Bolivar 1. 1912. Orthopteres nouveaux recueillis par le Dr
Sheffield-Neave dans le Katanga. - Memoire s de
la Societe Entomologique de Belgique 19: 73-99.
Costa A. 1864. Acquiste fatti durante I’anno 1862. -
Annuario del Museo Zoologico della Universita di
Napoli 2: 8-94.
Devriese H. 1991. Contribution a I’etude des Tetrigidae
de Madagascar (Orthoptera). - Bulletin et Annales
de la Societe Royale Beige d’ Entomologique 127:
119-131.
Devriese H. 1999. Revision des Xerophyllini d’Afrique
(Orthoptera Tetrigidae). - Belgian Journal of
Entomology 1, No. 1: 21-99.
Fairmaire L. 1846. Revue de la tribu des Membracides.
- Annales de la Societe Entomolique de France 2,
No. 4: 235-320 & 479-531.
Gunther K. 1929. 9. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Acrydiinae
(Orthopt.). - Zoologischer Anzeiger 85: 40-42.
Gunther K. 1934. Die von Dr. Schlaginhaufen 1909 in
Neuguinea gesammelten Acrydiinae (Orth. Acrid.).
Vierteljahresschrift der Naturforschenden
Gesellschaft Zurich 79: 333-340.
Gunther K. 1935. Acrydiinen (Orth. Acrididae) aus dem
mittleren Ostborneo gesammelt von H. C. Siebers
1925. - Arbeiten uber morphologische und
taxonomische Entomologie aus Berlin-Dahlem 2:
257-263.
Gunther K. 1936. Phasmoiden und Acrydiinen
(Orthoptera) von Hollandisch Neu Guinea. - Nova
Guinea , Zoologie 17: 324-352.
Gunther K. 1937. Acrydiinae (Orthopt. Acrididae) von
Java den Kleinen Sunda-lnseln und Nordaustralien.
- Revue Suisse de Zoologie 44: 123-142.
Gunther 1938a. Revision der Acrydiinae, I. Sectiones
Tripetalocerae, Discotettigiae, Lophotettigiae,
Cleostratae, Bufonidae, Cladonotae, Scelimenae
verae. - Mitteilungen aus dem zoologischen
Museum in Berlin 23, No. 2: 299-437.
Gunther 1938b. Acrydiinen (Orthoptera, Acrididae) von
Neu Guinea, hauptsachlich aus den Ausbeuten von
Professor Dr. Burgers (Deutsche Kaiserin Augusta
Fluss-Expedition 1912-13), Dr. E. Mayr (1928), G.
Stein (1931) und Miss L. Cheesman (1933-34). -
Nova Guinea (New Series) 2: 1-46; Leiden.
Gunther K. 1939. Revision der Acrydiinae (Orthoptera),
III Sectio Amorphopi (Metrodorae Bol. 1887, auct.).
- Abhandlungen und Berichte aus den Staatlichen
Museen fur Tierkunde und Volkerkunde in Dresden
A20 (Neue Folge 1): 16-335.
Gunther, K. 1972. Die Tetrigoidea von (Orthoptera,
Caelifera) von Sud-Melanesien. - Zoologische
Beitrage 18: 251-292.
Gunther K. 1979. Die Tetrigoidea von Afrika sudlich
der Sahara. - Beitrage zur Entomologie 29, No. 1
7-183.
Flaan W. de 1842. Bijdragen tot de kennis der
Orthoptera. In: Temminck C.J. (ed.) Verhandelingen
over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der
Nederlansche Overzeesche Bezittingen, de Leden
der Natuurkundige Commissie in Indie en andere
Schrijvers (19/20). Leiden: 165-228.
Hancock J.L. 1902. The Tettigidae of North America.
Chicago: 188 pp.
Hancock J.L. 1904. The Tettigidae of Ceylon. - Spolia
Zeylanica 2: 97-157.
Hancock J.L. 1907. Orthoptera Fam. Acridiidae. Subfam.
Tetriginae. In: Wytsman P. (ed.) Genera Insectorum
48. Bruxelles: 1-79.
Hancock J.L. 1909. Further studies of the Tetriginae
(Orthoptera) in the Oxford University Museum. -
Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of
London 1908: 387-426.
Hancock J.L. 1913. Studies of Tetriginae (Acridiinae) from
Sarawak Museum Borneo. - Sarawak Museum
Journal 1: 39-54.
Hebard M. 1923. The Philippine genus Misythus
(Orthoptera, Acrididae, Acrydiinae). - Proceedings
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia
75: 323-357.
Hebard M. 1932. A new species and records of
Acrydiinae from Ceylon (Orthoptera, Acrididae. -
Spolia Zeylanica 17: 19-28.
Hinton H.E. 1940. A revision oft he genus Bufonides
394
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
(plates 64-91)
Bolivar (Orthoptera, Tetrigidae). - Proceedings of
the Royal Entomologicla Society of London (B) 9:
30-38.
Holdhaus K. 1909. Botanische und zoologische
Ergebnisse einer wissenschaftlichen
Forschungsreise nach den Samoainseln, dem
Neuguinea-Archipel und den Salomoninseln von
Marz bis Dezember 1905. II. Teil. Berarbeitung
eines Teiles der botanischen Ausbeute, der
Orthopteren und Eriophyden von den Samoainseln
sowie der Mollusken samtlicher bereister Inseln.
VII. Orthoptera (kritisches Verzeichnis der bisher
von den Samoainseln bekannt gewordenen
Orthopteren). - Denkschrift der Kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften, Mathematisch-
Naturwissenschaftliche Klasse 84: 537-562.
Karsch F. 1890. Ueber die von Flerrn Dr. R. Buttner
in Westafrika gesammelten Tetiigiden-Arten. -
Entomologische Nachrichten 16: 17-27.
Kirby W.F. 1914. Orthoptera. Vol. I (Accididae). In:
Bingham C.T. (ed.) The Fauna of British India
including Ceylon and Burma. New Dehli: 1-276.
Kraus 0. 2000. Internationale Regeln fur die
Zoologische Nomenklatur. Offizieller Deutscher
Text. - Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen
Vereins in Hamburg (Neue Folge) 34: 1-232.
Liang G. 1990. Eine neue Gattung und neue Art der
Tetrigidae von China (Orthoptera, Tetrigidae). -
Entomologische Nachrichten und Berichte 34:
213-214.
Liang G., Chen Y.-Q., Li Q., Chen Y.L. 2009. A new
genus and new species of Cladonotidae
(Orthoptera: Tetrigoidea) from Yunnan, China. -
Entomotaxonomia 31, No. 4: 255-258.
Otte D. 1997. Orthoptera Species File 7 Tettigonioidea.
Philadelphia: 373 pp.
Paris M. 1994. Catalogo de tipos de ortopteroides
(Insecta) de Ignacio Bolivar, I: Blattaria, Mantodea,
Phasmoptera y Orthoptera (Stenopelmatoidea,
Rhaphidophoroidea, Tettigonioidea, Grylloidea,
Tetrigoidea). - Eos 69: 149-264.
Perez D.E., Hierro B., Otte D. 1998. New genera and
species of Greater Antillean grouse-locusts
(Orthoptera: Tetrigidae: Cladonotinae). - Journal of
Orthoptera Research 7: 189-204.
Perez-Gelabert D.E. 2003. A new genus and species
of Tetrigida (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae: Cladonotinae)
from Dominican Republic, Hispaniola. - Journal of
Orthoptera Research 12: 111-114.
Pini N. 1876. Moiiuschi terrestri e d’acqua dolce viventi
nel territorio d’Esino. Milano: 143 pp.
Podgornaya L.l. 1992. Tetrigidae of North Vietnam:
subfamilies Tripetalocerinae, Discotettiginae
and Batrachideinae (Orthoptera). - Trudy
Zoologicheskogo instituta Akademii nauk SSSR
240: 20-24.
Podgornaja L.l. 2001. On the synonymy of the
CassitettinaeYin, 1984 and Batrachideinae Bolivar,
1887 (Orthoptera, Tetrigidae). - Entomologiceskoe
Obozrenie 80: 52-53.
Rehn J.A.G. 1904. Studies in the orthoptererous
subfamiliesAcrydiinae (Tettiginae), Eumastacinae
and Proscopinae. - Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia 56: 658-683.
Rehn J.A.G. 1930. New and little-known Madagascar
grouse-locust (Orthoptera, Acrididae, Acrydiinae). -
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia 81: 477-519.
Rehn J.A.G. 1939. Studies in African Acrydiinae
(Orthoptera, Acrididae) Part 2. New genera and
species, and critical notes on previously-known
forms. - Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia 90: 361-387.
Rehn J.A.G. 1952. The grasshoppers and locusts
(Acridoidea) of Australia. 1. Families Tetrigidae and
Eumastacidae. Melbourne: 326 pp.
Saussure FI. de 1862. Etudes sur quelques Orthopteres
du Musee de Geneve nouveaux ou imparfaitement
conn us. - Annales de la Societe Entomologique de
France 4, No. 1: 469-494.
Serville J.G.A. 1838. Histoire naturelle des Inscectes.
Orthopteres. Librairie Encyclopedique de Roret,
Paris : 776 pp.
Sjostedt Y. 1931. Acridoidea aus dem Queensland
Museum zu Brisbane. - Arkiv for Zoologi 23A, No.
11: 1-21.
Stal C. 1876. Bidrag till sodra Afrikas Orthopter-fauna.
Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akadademiens
forhandlingar 33, No. 3: 29-76.
Stal C. 1877. Orthoptera nova ex Insulis Philippinis
descripsit. - Ofversigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-
Akadademiens forhandlingar 34, No. 10: 33-58.
Steinmann H. 1962. The Tetrigidae of Africa (Orthoptera).
- Folia entomologica Hungarica 15: 303-326.
Steinmann H. 1969. The Tetricidae (Orthoptera) of the
Neogaea. - Folia entomologica hungarica 22: 383-
404.
Steinmann H. 1970a. Check-list of the Tetricidae
(Orthoptera) of the Oriental faunal region. - Acta
zoologica Academiae scientiarum hungaricae 16:
215-240.
Steinmann H. 1970b. The Tetricidae (Orthoptera) of the
Notogea. - Opuscula zoologica 10: 155-164.
Storozhenko S.Yu., PaikJ.-C. 2011. Review of the Genus
Bidentatettix (Zheng, 1992) (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae,
Cladonotinae). - Korean Journal of Soil Zoology 15,
No. 1/2: 48-52.
Storozhenko S.Yu. 2012. A new species of the genus
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Epitettix Hancock, 1907 (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae:
Cladonotinae) from Vietnam. - Russian
Entomological Journal 21, No. 2: 185-187.
Uvarov B.P. 1940. Twenty-eight new generic names in
Orthoptera. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History ; Zoology Botany and Geology 11, No. 5:
173-176.
Wagan M.S., Kevan D.K.McE. 1992. Studies on some
Tetrigidae (Orthoptera) from India, Pakistan and Sri
Lanka. - Tropical Zoology 5: 167-194.
Walker F. 1871. Supplement to the Catalogue of
Dermaptera Sanatoria. London: 116 pp.
Westwood J.O. 1837. Characters of new insects from
Manila. - Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London 5: 127-130.
Willemse C. 1928. Revision des Acridoidea, decrites par
de Haan, avec descriptions de nouvelles especes.
- Zoologische MededeeUngen 11: 1-27.
Willemse C. 1932. Resultats scientifiques du voyage
aux Indes-Orientales Neerlandaises de LL.AA.RR.
le Prince et la Princesse Leopold de Belgique.
Orthoptera I. Fam. Acrid idae. - Memoires du
Musee royal d’histoire naturelle de Belgique 4, No.
3: 37-55.
Willemse C. 1933. Resultats scientifiques du voyage
aux Indes-Orientales Neerlandaises de LL.AA.RR.
le Prince et la Princesse Leopold de Belgique.
Orthoptera II: fam. Tettigoniidae and Gryllacridae.
- Memoires du Musee royal d’histoire naturelle de
Belgique 4, No. 8: 1-15.
Willemse C. 1961. Descriptions and records of tropical
Orthoptera. - Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 104:
1-16.
Zheng Z. 1992. New genera and new species of
Tetrigidae (Orthoptera) from Sichuan and Yunnan.
- Entomotaxonomia 14: 1-7.
Zheng Z. 1992. Orthoptera: Tetrigidae. In: Chen S.
(ed.) Insects of the Hengduan Mountains Region.
Volume 1. Bejing: 82-94.
Zheng Z. 1995. New genera and new species of
Cladonotinae from China (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae). -
Acta zootaxonomica sinica 20: 342-347.
396
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
(plates 92-101)
The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex
of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera:
Erebidae: Arctiinae: Lithosiini)
Rob de Vos
Naturalis Biodiversity Center (RMNH), Department of Entomology, Darwinweg 2, NL-2333 CR,
Leiden, The Netherlands; rob.devos@naturalis.nl
Abstract: Six new species of Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 have been discovered in New Guinea. They belong to a
complex of sibling species of which some are difficult to distinguish by wing pattern alone from the common M. bi-
punctata (Bethune-Baker, 1904) from Southeast Papua New Guinea. However, the genitalia are strikingly different,
and the aedeagi especially proved to have distinct diagnostic characters. The new species are M. honeyi sp. nov., M.
fojaensis sp. nov., M. kobowrensis sp. nov., M. arfakensis sp. nov., M. kratkeensis sp. nov., and M. postfuscata sp.
nov. All the new species seem to occur allopatrically in the high mountain areas of New Guinea and are described
here and compared with the already known M. bipunctata (Bethune-Baker, 1904), M. persimilis Rothschild, 1912
and M. bimaculata De Vos, 2009.
Keywords: Revision, Monosyntaxis, New Guinea.
Introduction
In the overview on the genus Monosyntaxis
Swinhoe, 1901 by De Vos (2009) nine species
are listed which are distributed in Sundaland, the
Philippines, Sulawesi, New Guinea and Samoa, of
which three were endemic to New Guinea. With the
discovery of six new species in New Guinea, the
total number of species in the genus increases to
fifteen. Another species that previously has been
arranged in this genus, Oeonistis metallescens
Rothschild, 1912, has been transferred to the ge¬
nus Papuasyntaxis De Vos, 2009.
The species of the genus Monosyntaxis can be
divided into two distinct colour groups: in the area
west of New Guinea males are mostly black with
red markings, while females are much larger and
have a yellow with black bar-pattern. In New Guinea
and Samoa, both males and females of all species
are silvery white or pale yellow with blackish mark¬
ings; females are larger than males but with less
pronounced sexual dimorphism. Remarkable is the
absence of species in the Moluccas which led Hol¬
loway (2001) to suggest that the species from New
Guinea and Samoa would probably not be related
to the western group which includes the type of
the genus, Monosyntaxis trimaculata (Hampson,
1900). Holloway (pers. comm.) states that both,
the western group and the eastern group presum¬
ably are monophyletic groups. The question then
is whether there are synapomorphies to show that
these groups have a sister-relationship or whether
they both belong to a general mix of genera thrown
in Chrysaeglia Butler, 1877, Oeonistis Hubner,
1819, Papuasyntaxis De Vos, 2009 and so on, with
forewing facies that is diversely patterned with iri¬
descent bluish black and pale yellow to white. But,
despite the gap in distribution and the striking dif¬
ferences of both groups, the morphology of the
genitalia indicate that they most likely are conge¬
neric or at least belong to a group of closely related
genera so for the moment the species treated in
this overview are considered to belong to Monosyn¬
taxis. A broader cladistic analysis on morphology is
needed to understand the relations between the
genera and it would be interesting to have a mo¬
lecular analysis of both groups in the future to test
this.
The two common previously known species
from New Guinea, Monosyntaxis bipunctata and M.
persimilis, are easily distinguished by the different¬
ly shaped black markings on the silvery white fore¬
wings. A third species, again easily distinguished by
the large round patches on the forewings, was re¬
cently found in the Foja Mountains: M. bimaculata
De Vos, 2009.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Previously it was assumed that M. bi punctata
and M. persimilis were widely distributed all over
New Guinea, but now it appears that the first spe¬
cies is restricted to the southeastern part of the
island. In the western part the specimens similar
to M. bi punctata appear to belong to different spe¬
cies. At least six additional sibling species were dis¬
covered. It appears that larger isolated mountain
ranges have their own species, in the Arfak Moun¬
tains, the Kobowre (Weyland) Mountains, the Foja
Mountains and the Jayawijaya Mountains in Indo¬
nesian New Guinea, and the Kratke Mountains and
the Owen Stanley Range in Papua New Guinea. It
would be wise to check material from other isolated
areas too to confirm this and perhaps to discover
more isolated species of this complex. For instance
the isolated Finisterre Mountain Range in Papua
New Guinea, from which bi punctata phenotype
specimens are known but not yet investigated on
genitalia, could inhabit a new species. The wide dis¬
tribution gap of the species complex in the center
and west of Papua New Guinea, as shown in plate
101 (figs 3-4), is striking. It is probably due to poor
sampling rather than absence of specimens in that
area. It would be most interesting to have material
from that wide and probably varied area to study in
more detail.
Abbreviations used
Fwl - Forewing length (measured from wingbase to
apex);
mm - millimeters;
PNG - Papua New Guinea.
BMNH - Natural History Museum (former British Muse¬
um for Natural History, London, United Kingdom);
CMWM -collection Thomas Witt, Munchen (assigned to
Zoologische Staatssammlung Munchen, Germany);
KSP - KelompokSerangga Papua (collection of Br. Henk
van Mastrigt, Jayapura, Papua, Indonesia);
MZB - Museum Zoologicum Bogoriense, Cibinong, Java,
Indonesia;
RMNH - Naturalis Biodiversity Center (former Rijks-
museum voor Natuurlijke Historie and Nationaal
Natuurhistorisch Museum), Leiden, The Nether¬
lands;
UNCEN - University of Cenderawasih, Waena, Papua,
Indonesia;
ZMAN - Naturalis Biodiversity Center (former Zoologisch
Museum van Amsterdam), The Netherlands.
Material and methods
For the study of the species it was necessary
to dissect the genitalia of at least one male and
female when available. The dissected genitalia are
put in cold KOH 10 % for one night. After washing
and cleaning from fat, scales and dirt in 30% al¬
cohol the genitalia where stained in a solution of
chlorazol-black in 30% alcohol and affixed in 95%
alcohol. Then the genitalia were prepared for pres¬
ervation in Euparal Essence (to prevent air bub¬
bles) and after a few minutes put on a glass slide in
a few drops of Euparal medium on the standard as
used in the Natural History Museum in London: ab¬
domen on left side, genital armature top right, ae-
deagus bottom right. To prevent the smaller parts,
like aedeagus, from floating the Euparal drops were
left to dry at least 24 hours without glass cover in a
closed petri-dish (to protect against dust). The next
day a proper sized glass cover was put on the pre-
pa rate in the sticky Euparal with addition of a few
fresh drops of Euparal. This complete preparate
is left to dry for weeks to months in the petri-dish.
Proper slide labels are added after completely dry¬
ing, so therefore it is necessary to write preparate
number and details on the petri-dish cover and to
scratch the number on the glass slide to avoid mix¬
ing up with other drying slides.
Slides were studied with a WILD M3 binocu¬
lar microscope with magnifications 60-400x. Digi¬
tal photographs were made with a motorized Zeiss
V20 binocular microscope and a digital Axio MRc5
camera controlled by Axiomanager M2 software.
Descriptions
General diagnosis of the Monosyntaxis bi punc¬
tata complex
Male antenna black or dark grey-brown, bi-
pectinate. Female antenna filiform ciliated. Head
and at least patagia dorsally golden to pale yellow,
meso- and metathorax with black pattern which
can be much extended, white posteriorly, tegulae
with a black central spot which can cover the whole
tegulae in some species. Abdomen dorsally grey-
white with, in males, a golden yellow anal tuft.
Forewings more or less shiny silvery white
with two blackish spots with steel blue iridescence:
a larger mid-dorsal one and a smaller distal one.
Hindwings in males white, in females usually with a
more or less yellow tinge.
Specific diagnoses are mentioned for each
398
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
(plates 92-101)
species below.
Male genitalia with uncus small, heart-shaped
with long setae. Tuba analis usually much larger
than uncus. Tegumen arched and rather narrow.
Valvae elongate, distal third longitudinally divided
into costal and saccular halves. Cucullus width is
diagnostic, sacculus at inner ridge in basal half cov¬
ered with short setae, gradually narrowing to an api¬
cal extension with a club-shaped apex that carries
a ridge of small teeth, apex slightly bent upwards
with a group of thorns. Juxta simple, shield-shaped.
Saccus well developed, V-shaped and bent down¬
wards as a spoon. Aedeagus is highly diagnostic,
short with tube of aedeagus broad, ventro-distally
extended. Vesica with one or two characteristic cor-
nuti.
Female genitalia with well developed sclero-
tized cervix bursae of which the shape and size
are diagnostic. Ductus seminalis originating at the
base of the cervix bursae. Bursa copulatrix with
one small sign urn at the bottom of the bursa.
Monosyntaxis bi punctata (Bethune-Baker, 1904)
(Plate 92 figs 1-2, plate 94 figs 2-5, plate 99
figs 1-2)
Chrysaeglia bi punctata Bethune-Baker (1904:
420); Draudt (1914: 201).
Monosyntaxis bipunctata: Rothschild (1912: 224)
[in part]; Strand (1922: 595); Holloway (2001:
291); De Vos (2009: 3) [in part].
Holotype S BMNH, British New Guinea [Papua New
Guinea], Dinawa, viii.1902, A.E. Pratt.
Note: In BMNH a specimen, originating from Mt. Kebea
[PNG], is erroneously labeled with the holotype label.
In his original publication Bethune-Baker (1904) desig¬
nated the Dinawa specimen as type. Furthermore one
specimen is present in this series from Aroa River [PNG].
Diagnosis: Fwl. S 15.4-16.8, $ 20.5-20.9 mm.
Shiny silvery white forewings with sharply defined
blackish steel blue spots. Spots in male rather
small, mid-dorsal spot is a short straight bar, the
distal spot is not distinctly elongated. Hindwing of
male pure white, in female bone-white gradually
darkening to pale yellow marginally.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (BM6290) with valvae
rather narrow, cucullus broad, apical extension
of sacculus with club-shaped apex with a ridge of
small teeth, apex bent upwards with a group of
short thorns. Aedeagus short with strongly con¬
stricted coecum, tube of aedeagus broad, ventro-
distally with a shoe-shaped extension. Vesica short
and globular with two cornuti, a larger one at base
of vesica being elongated and with smooth surface
and four marginal teeth directed caudally, and a
smaller one distally with one thorn.
Female genitalia (BM6291) with caudal part of os¬
tium with sclerotized rim, followed by a relatively
short sclerotized and ventrodorsally flattened cer¬
vix bursae. At the bottom of the pear-shaped bursa
copulatrix a small round signum with rose-shaped
circular rows of shallow blunt teeth.
Distribution: Southeastern part of Papua New
Guinea in the Owen Stanley Range. Reported local¬
ities are Dinawa, Mt. Kebea, Aroa River, Owgarra,
Biagi, Mambare River, Angabunga River, Avola, Mo-
roka, Mt. Mafulu, Hydrographer Mts.
Examples from the Finisterre Mountain Range are
present in the BMNH but have not been checked.
This isolated mountain range is far more north than
the Owen Stanley Range and it could be that a dif¬
ferent species is represented there.
Monosyntaxis kratkeensis sp. nov. (Plate 92 fig. 3,
plate 95 figs 1-4)
Monosyntaxis bipunctata : Rothschild (1912: 224)
[in part]; De Vos (2009: 3) [in part].
Holotype $ BMNH, [Australian] New Guinea, Bantiba-
sa District, Kratke Mts., 4000-5000 ft., vii.1932, F. Shaw
Mayer.
Paratypes BMNH, same as holotype.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the Kratke Mountains where it occurs.
Diagnosis: Fwl. S 14.9-17.5 mm. Externally hard
to separate from M. bipunctata. The mid-dorsal
patch narrower and more curved than in bipunc¬
tata. Reliable distinguishing characters only in the
(male) genitalia, especially in the aedeagus which
has different and larger cornuti than in bipunctata.
Certainly closely related to bipunctata which is re¬
flected in the geographic proximity of the distribu¬
tion areas of both species.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (BM5725) with valvae
broad, cucullus with arched costa. Sacculus rather
narrow with parallel fold covered with setae. Apical
extension of sacculus with truncate apex which car¬
ries a crown of thorns. A ridge of small teeth along
this extension. Aedeagus short and in general simi¬
lar to that of bipunctata but coecum narrower and
with shorter and straighter shoe-shaped extension
ventro-distally. The two cornuti on short vesica
clearly different, the larger one at base of vesica
short with two distinct upright thorns, the distal
smaller one shaped like in bipunctata but much
larger, like a thorn.
399
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Female unknown.
Distribution: Only known from the Kratke Moun¬
tains (Eastern Highlands) in Papua New Guinea.
Monosyntaxis honeyi sp. nov (Plate 92 figs 4-5,
plate 96 figs 1-3, plate 99 figs 3-4)
Monosyntaxis bipunctata : Rothschild (1912: 224)
[in part]; De Vos (2009: 3) [in part].
Holotype S ZMAN, Indonesia, Papua, Central High¬
lands, Kecamatan Abenaho, Pass Valley, 3° 51' S -
139° 05’ E, 1950 m, ll-17.ii.2005, UNCEN-ZMA Expedi¬
tion 2005
Paratypes 3S BMNH, Centr. Dutch N. Guinea, Mt.
Goliath, 5-7000 ft., about 139° long., i.1911 [1 S],
ii.1911 [2SS], A.S. Meek; ±S KSP, Indonesia, Irian
Jaya, Peg. Bintang, Mabilabol, 28.iii.1982, H. van Mas-
trigt; IS ZMAN, Indonesia, Irian Jaya, Star Mountains,
Abmisibil, 2000 m, 19.viii.1984, H. van Mastrigt; 1$
ZMAN, Indonesia, Irian Jaya, Baliem Valley, Jiwika, 1600
m, 21.X.1993, A.J. de Boer, A.L.M. Rutten & R. de Vos;
QS, 6$, Indonesia, Papua, Central Highlands, Keca¬
matan Nipsan, Walmak, 4°07’ S - 139°38’ E, 1710
m, 31.i-9.ii.2005, UNCEN-ZMA Expedition 2005 [1^ &
1$ CMWM; 2$ & 1$ ZMAN; IS & 2$ BMNH; ±S & 1$
MZB; IS & 1? KSP]; 1$ ZMAN, Indonesia, Papua, Star
Mountains, Abmisibil, 1970 m, 4°40’ S - 140°34’ E,
29.i-9.ii.2005, UNCEN-ZMAN Expedition 2005; 3^ &
2$, Indonesia, Papua, Central Highlands, Kecamatan
Abenaho, Pass Valley, 3°51’ S - 139°05’ E, 1950 m,
ll-17.ii.2005, UNCEN-ZMA Expedition 2005 [1$ & 1?
ZMAN; IS, BMNH; 1 S & 1? MZB]; 1 S ZMAN, Indone¬
sia, Papua, Landikma, Kec. Abenaho, 914 m, 3°49’ S
- 139° 14’ E, 18-22. ii. 2009, A.J. de Boer, M. Schouten
& R. Mambrasar.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named in hon¬
our of the collection manager of the Lepidoptera
collection in the Natural History Museum in Lon¬
don, Martin R. Honey, who distinguished this spe¬
cies among the M. bipunctata material and which
led to a more thorough research with the discovery
of all other new Monosyntaxis species too.
Diagnosis: Fwl. S 14.7-17.3, $ 18.2-20.6 mm.
Head and patagia pale orange to bone white, vertex
orange. Silky shaded white forewings with the verti¬
cal or somewhat oblique blackish blue mid-dorsal
marking simple, like a dot or straight bar. The distal
dark spot usually elongated and not very sharply
edged. The hindwing in the male pure white with
the costa yellowish, in the female the hindwing is
bone-white with extended yellow coloration in the
marginal area.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (RV1258) with valvae
narrow, cucullus straight and narrow, sacculus
gradually narrowing to an apical extension with a
ridge of small teeth at innerside, and a club-shaped
apex which is slightly bent upwards with very short
thorns (in bipunctata longer, but longer than in ar-
fakensis). Juxta simple, shield-shaped. Aedeagus
short, strongly diverging from coecum distally to
wide, beaker-shaped, vesica with two large cornuti,
both dentated on the upperside with about six to
seven sharp teeth directed distally. At the base of
the vesica are some chitinous drops with setae.
Female genitalia (RV1262) with antrum caudally
narrow sclerotized. A broad and large cervix bursae,
upper half of cervix bursae more sclerotized than
lower part and gradually transforming into the short
and broad ductus bursae. Globular bursa copula-
trix of about the same size as cervix bursae. One
small oval signum with about twenty coarse thorns
at the bottom of the bursa copulatrix.
Distribution: The species is found in the East¬
ern Central Mountains of Indonesian New Guinea:
the Star Mountains and the Jayawijaya Mountains.
Recently collected Monosyntaxis specimens from
Mokndoma (northern Snow Mountains) do presum¬
ably belong to M. honeyi but this needs confirma¬
tion by genitalia research. These specimens are left
out of the type series of honeyi.
Monosyntaxis fojaensis sp. nov. (Plate 92 figs 6-7,
plate 96 figs 4-7, plate 99 figs 5-6)
Monosyntaxis bipunctata : De Vos (2009: 3) [in
part].
Holotype S ZMAN, Indonesia, Papua, Kab. Sarmi, Peg.
Foja, 1650 m, 2°34.5’S 138°42.9’E, 23.xi-7.xii.2005,
CI-RAP, leg. H. van Mastrigt.
Paratypes VoS & 4$, same as holotype [6$ & 1$
ZMAN; 8^ & 1$ KSP; 1 S & 1? MZB; 1 S & 1? BMNH];
±S ZMAN, Indonesia, Papua, Kwerba, Kab. Sarmi, 2°38’
S - 138° 24’ E, 70 m, 29-30.vii.2005, CI-RAP Mambera-
mo-Foya Exp.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the type locality.
Diagnosis: Fwl. S 13.8-16.1, $ 15.7-19.3 mm.
The smallest of the bipunctata complex. Head and
patagia bright orange. Shiny silvery white forewings
with sharply defined blackish steel blue iridescent
spots, the mid-dorsal marking being oblique. Hind¬
wing in male pure white except for the yellowish
costa. Hindwings in female pale yellow.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (RV1331) with large un¬
cus extended and bifid at the apex. Tuba analis not
much larger than uncus. Valvae rather broad, cucul-
400
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
(plates 92-101)
lus with costa arched, sacculus gradually narrowing
to an apical extension with club-shaped apex with
sharp teeth interiorly, apex slightly bent upwards
with longer thorns than in bipunctata and honeyi.
Aedeagus short, horn-shaped with narrow coecum
but less constricted than in bipunctata. Tube of
aedeagus ventro-distally with shoe-shaped exten¬
sion, smaller than in bipunctata. Vesica long and
trunk-shaped with two small cornuti, the largest at
base of vesica, longitudinal and covered with about
ten coarse thorns and three small basal ones, the
smallest cornutus at the very end of the trunk with
three sharp thorns.
Female genitalia (RV1335) with caudal part of an¬
trum triangularly sclerotized. Cervix bursae large
and long, being sclerotized from antrum to base of
bursa copulatrix, at right side dorso-ventrally flat¬
tened. An irregular shaped signum at the bottom of
the bursa with small shallow thorns.
Distribution: The species is probably restricted
to the Foja Mountains in Indonesian New Guinea
and is found at low and high altitudes. The spe¬
cies was found during the Foja Expedition in 2005
which was organized by the Indonesian Institute of
Sciences (LI PI) and Conservation International.
Monosyntaxis kobowrensis sp. nov. (Plate 93 figs
1-2, plate 97 figs 1-3, plate 100 figs 1-2)
Monosyntaxis bipunctata: De Vos (2009: 3) [in
part].
Holotype $ BMNH, Dutch N. Guinea, Mt. Kunupi, Me-
noo Valley, Weyland Mts., 6000 ft., xi.-xii.1920, C., F. &
J. Pratt.
Paratypes 9$ & 1$ BMNH, same as holotype: xi.-
xii.1920 [4$ & 1$], xii.1920-i.1921 [5$], C., F. & J.
Pratt; 1$ BMNH, Dutch N. Guinea, Dewaro Village, Wey¬
land Mtns., 3500 ft., vi.1920, C., F. & J. Pratt; 2$ RMNH,
Nieuw Guinea Exp. K.N.A.G. 1939, Paniai, 10.ix.1939 &
30.X.1939.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
its area of distribution, the Kobowre Mountains.
Diagnosis: Fwl. $: 15.0-16.8, $: 18.0-18.5 mm.
Head pale yellow, patagia bone-white to pale yel¬
low. Forewings white, in female darker in apical and
marginal fringes. Dark brown to blackish markings
rather large, the mid-dorsal one in male a semi¬
circle, in female a curved bar, but less “V”-shaped
than in persimilis. The distal spot is oval, almost
equal in size to the mid-dorsal patch. Hindwings in
male pure white, in female bone-white darkening to
pale yellow a pica I ly.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (BM6263) with narrow
valvae, cucullus narrow and stretched with straight
costa, sacculus narrow, apical extension with a ridge
of small sharp teeth, at apex bent upwards with a
group of thorns. Aedeagus rather narrow compared
to other species, ventro-distally with a boat-shaped
extension, coecum long and narrow. Vesica shoe¬
shaped with two small cornuti, the basal one be¬
ing slightly larger, arched and with two thorns, the
smaller apical one circular with two thorns.
Female genitalia (RV1340) with cervix bursae scler¬
otized at the right side and with a collar transform¬
ing into the broad ductus bursae. Bursa copulatrix
pear-shaped with one small circular signum at the
bottom of the bursa, with shallow blunt thorns ar¬
ranged in a rose-shape.
Distribution: Kobowre Mountains (former Wey¬
land Mountains) in Southwest Papua in Indonesian
New Guinea, found at 900-1800 meters. No recent
collected specimens are known.
Monosyntaxis arfakensis sp. nov. (Plate 93 figs
3-4, plate 97 figs 4-6, plate 100 figs 3-4)
Monosyntaxis bipunctata: De Vos (2009: 3) [in
part].
Holotype $ ZMAN, Indonesia, Papua Barat, Birdshead
Peninsula, Mokwam, 1510 m, 1°06’S - 133°54’E,
6-10.xi.2011, at light, Papua Insects Foundation.
Paratypes 1$ BMNH, Dutch New Guinea, Ninay Valley,
Central Arfak Mts., 3500 ft., ii-iii.1909 [no leg.]; 1$ & 1$
BMNH, North N. Guinea, Angi Lakes, Arfak Mts., 6000
ft., i-ii.1914, A., C. & F. Pratt; 3$ CMWM, Indonesia, Irian
Jaya, Manokwari, Arfak, Ngat Biep, river Ngat Valley, 850
m, 18-19.xii.1993, R. Brechlin & K. Cerny; 10$ & 1?,
same as holotype [4$ & 1$ ZMAN; 2$ KSP; 2$ MZB;
2$ BMNH].
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
its distribution area, the Arfak Mountains.
Diagnosis: Fwl. $ 15.1-17.0, $ 17.1-19.9 mm.
Head and patagia bright orange. Forewings silky
white but costa with dark scales and apex and
costal part of margin with darkly suffused fringes.
Black to dark steel blue markings in male rather
small, the mid-dorsal one being a semicircle, the
distal one a very small spot. Female with much
larger markings, almost equally sized. Mid-dorsal
patch a semicircle, the distal patch oval. Hindwings
in male white with yellow coloration apically, in fe¬
male pale yellow.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (BM6262, RV1341) ro¬
bust, with broad valvae. Cucullus broad with strong¬
ly arched costa. Sacculus broadly based, gradually
narrowing towards club-shaped apex which is bent
401
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
upwards. Apical extension of sacculus with a ridge
of small sharp teeth, at apex with a group of thorns
which are shorter than in any of the other treated
species. Aedeagus robust, short and broad with
broad coecum. Vesica short with one large cone-
shaped cornutus bearing an extension with four
teeth resembling a cogwheel.
Female genitalia (RV1342) with broad sclerotized
antrum. Cervix bursae large with broad, sclero¬
tized collar and with thinner sclerotization running
through the very broad ductus bursae to the globu¬
lar bursa copulatrix. One small signum at the bot¬
tom of the bursa, elongated with three rows of shal¬
low teeth, accompanied by an isolated chitinous
drop but this may be variable.
Distribution: Arfak Mountains in the Birdshead
Peninsula of Papua Barat, Indonesian New Guinea.
It is found at moderate and high altitudes (850-
1800 meters) and is locally rather common.
Monosyntaxis bimaculata De Vos, 2009 (Plate 93
fig. 5, plate 98 figs 1-3)
Monosyntaxis bimaculata De Vos (2009: 5).
Holotype S ZMAN, “Indonesia Papua, Kab. Sarmi, Kw-
erba, 2°38.63’ S - 138°24.54’ E, 29-30.vii.2005, 70
m, CI-RAP Mamberamo-Foya Exp., H. v. Mastrigt.
Pa ratype 1<$ ZMAN, same as holotype.
Diagnosis: Fwl. 17.0 mm. Head and patagia
bone-white. Prothorax black, mesothorax grey-
white but dorsally blackish blue with a soft metallic
iridescence. Forewing bone-white, not silvery white
as in the other species. The rim of the costa basally
blackish. Two large dark patches, the inner mark¬
ing metallic blackish blue, drop-shaped and touch¬
ing the dorsum, the outer marking dark brown and
more or less round. Hindwing of the same colour as
forewing without any pattern or fading colours.
Female unknown.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (RV1261) with valvae
broad, cucullus arched in the middle, at the apex of
the cucullus with a strongly sclerotized rim, saccu¬
lus broadly based, narrowing to an apical extension
with a short ridge of small teeth and with a short
spoon-shaped apex with small thorns, apex curved
inwards. Aedeagus very short, strongly diverging
from extremely short coecum to wide beaker-shape
with a thick worm-like extension ventro-distally.
Vesica with one large cornutus, weakly trapezium¬
shaped with a strong ventral thorn and covered
with some coarse warts.
Distribution: Until now only known from low al¬
titude in the Foja Mountains in Papua, Indonesia.
Monosyntaxis persimilis Rothschild, 1912 (Plate
93 figs 6-7, plate 98 figs 4-6, plate 100 figs
5-6)
Monosyntaxis persimilis Rothschild (1912: 224);
Draudt (1914: 202); Strand (1922: 596); Holloway
(2001: 291); DeVos (2009: 4).
Holotype S BMNH, Centr. Dutch N. Guinea [Papua,
Indonesia], Mt. Goliath, 5000-7000 ft, about 139 long,
[itude], i.1911, A.S. Meek.
Diagnosis: Fwl. S 16-18, $ 20-23 mm. Head
orange with black vertex, patagia orange, silvery
white prothorax caudally black and with a black
central spot, tegulae orange with a small black
spot and white hairy fringes. Forewing silvery white
with two black markings, the mid-dorsal one metal¬
lic blackish blue and strongly “V”-shaped pointing
outwards, the distal patch dark brown, small and ir¬
regular. Hindwing in male pure white with the costa,
apical area and fringes along the upper half of the
wing suffused with orange-yellow. In the female the
hindwing is pale yellow, gradually darkening api¬
cal ly.
Genitalia: Male genitalia (RV1259) with valvae
broad, cucullus disc-shaped, forming almost half a
circle, sacculus strongly narrowing from broad base
to half the valva length, continued by an apical ex¬
tension with a spoon-shaped apex. A ridge with long
sharp teeth at the outer rim of the extension, point¬
ing inwards and increasing in size, at the inwards
curved apex a group of long thorns. Aedeagus rath¬
er narrow, stretched and of moderate length, grad¬
ually broadening and with a boat-shaped extension
ventro-distally. Vesica with two small cornuti, basal¬
ly a larger one with sharp teeth and a small thorn¬
shaped one distally. At the base of the vesica are
numerous chitinous drops with long setae.
Female genitalia (RV1263) with clearly defined
broadly based antrum, followed by a broad straight
tube which combines the sclerotized cervix bur¬
sae and the unsclerotized ductus bursae. Ductus
seminalis originating at the base of the cervix bur¬
sae. The bursa copulatrix is rather small, globular
and contains one oval signum at the bottom of the
bursa which is comparatively large with numerous
spirals of blunt teeth directed from the center of
the signum.
Distribution: The species is mainly distributed in
the Central Mountains from west to east through
New Guinea, but is, in the Indonesian part, also
found in the Paniai area and the Wondiboy Moun¬
tains (Wandammen Peninsula).
402
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
(plates 92-101)
Monosyntaxis postfuscata sp. nov. (Plate 94 fig. 1,
plate 101 figs 1-2)
Holotype $ BMNH, British New Guinea, Saiko, Bubu
River, Upper Waria River, 5000-6000 ft., ix.1936, F.
Shaw Mayer.
Derivatio nominis: The species is named after
the dark suffusion of the hindwings which is unusu¬
al in this species complex.
Diagnosis: Fwl. $ 22.5 mm. Head silky cream-
white, patagia orange, tegulae cauda I ly orange,
distally white with a black spot. Prothorax black,
mesothorax bone-white with two black spots, meta¬
thorax dark brown. Abdomen dorsally with pale
yellow hairs. Forewings white with costal rim and
apical fringes suffused with orange. Base at dor¬
sum with orange-yellow streak. Costa with black
subcostal streak. Black markings large with steel
Key to the Monosyntaxis species from New Guinea
1 All spots of more or less equal size and shape (round), ground colour bone-white . bimaculata
- The two black spots on forewing of different shape and size, ground colour white . 2
2 Middorsal (inner) spot distinctly chevron-shaped . 3
- Middorsal (inner) spot oval or at most comma-shaped . 4
3. Spots very large, middorsal spot strongly chevron-shaped, hindwings dark . postfuscata ($)
- Spots of normal modest size, hindwings white {<$) or yellowish ($) . persimilis
4 Antennae bipectinate, hindwings white . 5 (6'6')
(male of postfuscata unfortunately unknown)
-Antennae filiform (finely ciliated), hindwings more or less yellow . 10 ($$)
(females of bimaculata and kratkeensis unfortunately unknown)
5 Aedeagus with one large cornutus, black spots on forewing rather small . arfakensis {S)
- Aedeagus with two cornuti . 6
6 Aedeagus with two large cornuti of almost equal size . honeyi {<$)
- Aedeagus with two cornuti of different size, distal cornutus much smaller . 7
7 Vesica trunk-shaped with distally a crown-shaped cornutus consisting of three spines . fojaensis ($)
- Vesica not trunk-shaped, cornutus with less than three spines . 8
8 Aedeagus with ventro-distal extension stretched, not shoe-shaped . kobowrensis (S)
- Aedeagus with ventro-distal extension shoe-shaped . 9
9. Valva rather narrow, extension of sacculus with club-shaped apex . bipunctata ($)
- Valva rather broad, extension of sacculus with truncate apex . kratkeensis {S)
10 Signum irregularly shaped with teeth not clearly defined . 11
- Signum regular circular or oval . 12
11 Signum is an irregular shaped sclerotized patch with shallow teeth,
ductus bursae at one side completely sclerotized . fojaensis ($)
- Signum small, irregular shaped and broken up in smaller pieces, with few shallow teeth, ductus bursae very broad
with sclerotized base . arfakensis ($)
12 Signum circular, with rose-shaped circular rows of teeth . 13
- Signum oval . 14
13 Base of ductus bursae completely sclerotized . bipunctata ($)
- Base of ductus bursae at ventral side sclerotized . kobowrensis ($)
14 Oval signum with numerous from one side radiated teeth . persimilis ($)
- Oval signum regularly dentated with four rows of teeth . honeyi ($)
. . . ra
blue iridescence. Mid-dorsal marking strongly “V”-
shaped, pointed outwards and touching dorsum.
Distal patch irregularly shaped, edges not sharply
defined. Hindwings dark grey with orange-yellow
margins. The wing pattern and the construction
of the genitalia indicate a close relationship with
Monosyntaxis persimilis.
Male unknown.
Genitalia: Female genitalia (BM5726) very simi¬
lar to that of persimilis. The antrum much narrower
and the signum almost half the size of persimilis
with blunt teeth directed to one side of the signum.
Distribution: Only known by one female from the
area northwest of the Owen Stanley Range, Waria
River.
403
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Revised checklist of all Monosyntaxis species
affinis Rothschild, 1912
arfakensis sp. nov
bipunctata (Bethune-Baker, 1904)
bimaculata De Vos, 2009
fojaensis sp. nov
holmanhunti Hampson, 1914
honeyi sp. nov
kobowrensis sp. nov
kratkeensis sp. nov
montanus Schulze, 1910
persimilis Rothschild, 1912
postfuscata sp. nov
radiifera Cerny, 1995
samoensis (Rebel, 1915)
= samoana (Gaede, 1925)
trimaculata (Hampson, 1900)
Malayan Peninsula, Sumatra, Java
Arfak mts., Papua Barat
Owen Stanley Range, SE Papua New Guinea
Foja Mts., Papua
Foja Mts., Papua
Malayan Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, Bali, Borneo
Jayawijaya Mts. and Star Mts., Papua
Kobowre Mts., Papua
Kratke Mts., Papua New Guinea
Luzon, Mindanao (The Philippines)
New Guinea
Papua New Guinea
Mindanao (The Philippines)
Samoa
Borneo
Acknowledgements
This revision was not possible without the help
and cooperation of the following colleagues and in¬
stitutions. First of all I am indebted to Martin Honey
(Natural History Museum, London, United Kingdom)
who inspired me to take a closer look at and to re¬
vise the specimens resembling Monosyntaxis bi¬
punctata. Henk van Mastrigt (Kelompok Serangga
Papua, Jayapura, Papua, Indonesia) who provided
me of specimens from new remote areas resulting
in new discovered species. Dr. Jeremy D. Holloway
(Natural History Museum, London, United King¬
dom) who kindly commented the manuscript and
suggested some interesting views concerning the
complex of genera where Monosyntaxis belongs.
Dr. Erik van Nieukerken (Naturalis Biodiversity Cen¬
ter, Leiden, The Netherlands) who as representa¬
tive of the former RMNH collection allowed me to
study specimens from this collection. Dr. Willem N.
Ellis (Amsterdam, The Netherlands) and Kees van
den Berg (Naturalis Biodiversity Center, Leiden, The
Netherlands) who both helped me with digitalized
images of the genitalia. And last but not least the
Uyttenboogaart-Eliasen Stichting(The Netherlands)
for financing the surveys to Papua which made col¬
lection of fresh material and the study of the KSP
collection (Jayapura) and that of BMNH (London)
possible.
References
Bethune-Baker G.T. 1904. New Lepidoptera from Brit¬
ish New Guinea. - Novitates zoologicae 11, No. 2:
367-429.
Draudt M. 1914. Arctiidae. In: Seitz A. (ed.) Die
Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde 10: Spinner und
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
(plates 92-101)
Schwarmer des Indo-Australischen Gebiets. Stutt¬
gart, A. Kernen: 134-223.
Holloway J.D. 2001. The Moths of Borneo part 7: Fam¬
ily Arctiidae, subfamily Lithosiinae. Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysian Nature Society: 486 pp.
Rothschild L.W. 1912. New Lithosianae. - Novitates
zoologicae 19, No. 2: 212-246.
Strand E. 1922. Lepidopterorum Catalogus 26: Arcti¬
idae: Subfam. Lithosiinae. Berlin, W. Junk: 501-
899.
Vos R. de 2009. The species of the genus Monosyntaxis
Swinhoe from New Guinea, with description of a
new species and the transfer of another to a new
genus (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae, Lithosiinae). - Suara
Serangga Papua (SUGAPA) 4, No. 1: 1-13.
405
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
406
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae), with descriptions of a new
subgenus Pilomophas and a new genus Nemoplophora
Henrik Wallin 1, Torstein Kvamme 2, Ulf Nylander 3
1 - The Swedish Museum of Natural History, Section of Entomology, P.0. Box 50007, SE-104 05,
Stockholm, Sweden; henrik.wallin@saiglobal.com
2 - Norwegian Forest and Landscape Institute, P.0. Box 115, NO-1431, As, Norway; torstein.
kvamme@skogoglandskap.no
3 - Asvagen 15, SE-818 33, Valbo, Sweden; ulf.m.nylander@gmail.com
Abstract: All parts of the male genitalia characters of the valid species of Nemophas Thomson, 1864 are described
for the first time. An exception is Nemophas bennigseni Aurivillius, 1908 incertae sedis since no male specimens
were available for dissection, and, consequently, its taxonomic position could not be clarified. A new genus Nemo¬
plophora gen. nov. is described and Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillus, 1927) comb. nov. is transferred from
Nemophas. Nemoplophora subcylindricus comb. nov. appears to be more closely related to the genus Anoplophora
Hope, 1839, in regards to the short antennae in males and several male genitalia characters. Nemophas ramosi
Schulze, 1920 is placed in the new subgenus Pilomophas subgen. nov. N. (Pilomophas) ramosi exhibits unique
male genitalia characters, which are used as the main basis for describing the subgenus. A comparative study,
including genitalia characters of species from six related genera from the Oriental and Australian regions, clarifies
the taxonomic position of Nemophas and Nemoplophora gen. nov. and the taxonomic borders to related genera.
Nemophas gray i m. quinquefasciatus Breuning, 1943 syn. nov. is considered to be a junior synonym of N. grayii (Pas-
coe, 1859). Nemophas subterrubens Heller, 1924 syn. nov. is considered to be a junior synonym of N. (Pilomophas)
ramosi. Nemophas subcylindricus var. virescens Aurivillius, 1927 syn. nov. is considered to be a junior synonym of
Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927) comb. nov. All the valid species of Nemophas and Nemoplophora
gen. nov. are redescribed. A new dichotomous key to the species level is provided, incorporating male genitalia char¬
acters, as well as a key to the generic and subgeneric level. The geographical distribution of Nemophas and Nemo¬
plophora is discussed. N. ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931, N. bennigseni Aurivillius, 1908 and N. websteri Jordan, 1898,
have, to our knowledge, not been collected since 1934. It is therefore uncertain if these beautiful species are extant.
Keywords: Taxonomy, Cerambycidae, Lamiinae, Nemophas, Nemoplophora, male genitalia characters, Oriental and
Australian region, Asia, Oceania.
Introduction
The main objective of this paper is to provide a
detailed description of the male genitalia charac¬
ters of all 14 valid species in the genera Nemophas
J. Thomson, 1864 and Nemoplophora gen. nov.
These characters are used to interpret and clarify
the taxonomy of the species, including the subge¬
neric and generic level. In addition, a comparative
study including some related genera is provided to
clarify the taxonomic position of Nemophas and
Nemoplophora gen. nov. in a wider context. Since
many of the original descriptions are not very de¬
tailed, the external characters have been re-exam¬
ined and relevant redescriptions added. Holotypes
and other type series or specimens of the 14 spe¬
cies have been located in museum collections,
including types, or type series of synonymised
species. Vita I i & Nagirnyi (2009) resurrected Ne¬
mophas ramosi Schulze, 1920 comb. nov. to a
valid species. However, the type was thought to
be lost (Horn & Kahle 1935; Horn et al. 1990; Lin-
gafelter & Hoebeke 2002). We were unable to find
any types, and consequently a neotype has been
designated (see details in section “Taxonomy”). N.
ramosi is placed in a new subgenus: Nemophas (Pi¬
lomophas) ramosi Schulze comb. nov. A total of 14
species a re, as a resu It of the present revision , con¬
sidered to belong to the genus Nemophas. A new
genus Nemoplophora gen. nov. is described, and
407
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Nemoplophora subcylindricus comb. nov. is trans¬
ferred from Nemophas.
The taxonomy of Nemophas spp. is historically
not complicated, with only a few synonyms. Several
species have been redescribed (Vitali & Nagirnyi
2009), and transferred from Nemophas to Ano-
plophora (Lingafelter & Hoebeke 2002), and from
Nemophas to Dolichoprosopus (Breuning 1943).
The old literature also shows that the genus Ne¬
mophas was used more or less randomly when de¬
scribing new and large Cerambycidae species. For
example, Anton Franz Nonfried (1894) described
Nemophas eupholoides from Borneo, which was
later placed as a junior synonym of Pseudomyagrus
waterhousi (Gahan, 1888) by Breuning (1961). Ne¬
mophas malachiticus Nonfried, 1891, is a junior
synonym of Anoplophora medenbachi (Ritsema,
1881) according to Lingafelter & Hoebeke (2002).
In addition, Maurice Pic (1925) described Nemo¬
phas multinotatus (known from Laos and China),
but it is today considered to be an accepted spe¬
cies placed in the genus Blepephaeus Pascoe,
1866 (Hudepohl & Heffern, 2004).
The geographical distribution of the Nemophas
and Nemoplophora
The geographical range of the Nemophas spe¬
cies and Nemoplophora gen. nov. (Plate 116 fig.
1) covers three separate areas. Area one are the
Philippines, area two - the islands between Borneo,
:)apua New Guinea and Australia, and area three
- the island provinces east of Papua New Guinea
(mainly the Bismarck Archipelago). Area one: Ne¬
moplophora subcylindricus comb. nov. is known
only from the islands of Mindanao and Luzon. Ne¬
mophas (Pilomophas) ramosi comb. nov. is record¬
ed only from the islands Mindanao and Samar. Both
these species are the taxonomic “outgroups” and
the most different from the rest of the Nemophas
species. Area two: A total of 10 Nemophas species
have been recorded in Indonesia, the Moluccas is¬
lands (Maluku islands) and various islands south¬
west of the Moluccas (e.g. Flores and Timor islands)
(Plate 116 fig. 1). This area is the main area of the
genus Nemophas. Area three: This is the most iso¬
lated area of the three, and contains Nemophas
ammiralis (only Manus Island, Admiralty Islands),
N. bennigseni (the island of New Britain) and N.
websteri (the islands of New Hanover and New Ire¬
land). There is no overlap of species between the
three areas. No species of Nemophas have, so far,
been found on the island of New Guinea, although
all species occur within “Wallacea” east of the Wal¬
lace’s Line, and Huxley’s modifications of Wallace’s
Line (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Hua (2002) lists the following species from
China: Nemoplophora subcylindricus comb. nov.
(Sichuan province), Nemophas subterrubus (= N.
ramosi ) (Sichuan province), and N. trifasciatus (Si¬
chuan and Yunnan provinces). These species are
briefly mentioned without any source details in Hua
(2009). Lobl and Smetana (2010) also list these
three species from China, referring to Hua (2002).
Until more documentation is available, we consider
the mentioned records in China as based on mis¬
takes, or specimens imported with wood, and not
established populations.
N. ammiralis Schwa rzer, 1931, N. bennigseni
Aurivillius, 1908 and N. websteri Jordan, 1898,
have, to our knowledge, not been collected after
1934. It is therefore uncertain if these beautiful
species are extant.
Material and methods
The nomenclature follows (when relevant) Hell¬
er (1919, 1924), Breuning (1943, 1961), Hudepohl
(1983), Lingafelter & Hoebeke (2002) and Vitali &
Nagirnyi (2009).
Specified information on examined speci¬
mens is mentioned under each species in the sec¬
tion “Taxonomy”. Measurements included are to¬
tal body length and width in mm of the examined
specimens.
Genitalia characters: In the present study, we
have included the sclerotized parts of the male ter-
minalia: the aedeagus, endophallus with the scler-
ites inside the median phallomer and the internal
sac, tegmen with parameres and median lobe, and
tergite VIII. The internal sac of the males was em¬
bedded in 100% glycerol and photographed using a
regular light microscope. This method is described
in detail by Wallin et al. (2009). Other parts of the
male genitalia and the female genitalia were dry
mounted. The terminology used is based on Lin¬
gafelter & Hoebeke (2002), Yamasako & Ohbayashi
(2011), Lin et al. (2009) and Slipinski & Escalona
(2013).
Acronyms for scientific collections:
ANSP - Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
U.S.A.;
BMNH - The Natural History Museum, London, United
Kingdom;
408
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
CHW - Collection Henrik Wallin, Uppsala, Sweden;
CUN - Collection Ulf Nylander, Valbo, Sweden;
FCNMB - Frey Collection and Natural History Museum,
Basel, Switzerland;
FSSF - Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, Frankfurt am
Main, Germany;
FSSD - Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg, Dresden, Ger¬
many;
IRSNB - Royal Belgian Institute of Natural Sciences,
Brussels, Belgium;
MFN - Museum fur Naturkunde, Leibniz Institute for Re¬
search on Evolution and Biodiversity at the Hum¬
boldt University Berlin, Germany;
MNHN - Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris,
France;
NHRS - The Swedish Museum of Natural History, Stock¬
holm, Sweden;
NHMW - Naturhistorisches Museum Wien, Austria;
NMB - Natural History Museum, Basel, Switzerland;
SDEI - Deutsches Entomologisches Institut, Miinche-
berg , Germany;
USNM - National Museum of Natural History, Smithson¬
ian Institution, Washington D.C., U.S.A.;
ZMA - University of Amsterdam, Zoological Museum of
Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
Additional examined materials from related gen¬
era
Anoplophora elegans (Gahan, 1888)
Thailand: ±S CHW, 32 mm, Wiang Papao, Chiang
Rai, 2004-06-20/25.
Anoplophora granata Holzschuh, 1993
Thailand: IS CHW, 30 mm, Chiang Rai, Wiangpa-
poa, 2008-05.
Anoplophora mamaua Schultze, 1923
The Philippines: IS CHW, 38.5 mm, South Luzon,
Mindoro, Mount Halcon, 2008-05.
Agnia pulchra Aurivillius, 1891
ndonesia: 1 S CHW, 20.5 mm, the Moluccas (Ma¬
luku Islands), Bacan Island, 2005-10.
Cornuscoparia annulicornis (Heller, 1897)
Papua New Guinea: ±S CHW, 34 mm, the island of
New Guinea, Morobe Province, Wau Valley 1200 m,
2006-01-06.
Dolichoprosopus leuciscus (Pascoe, 1866)
Indonesia: ±S CHW, 30 mm, the Moluccas (Maluku
Islands), Halmahera Island, 2009-03; ±S CHW, 30
mm, Halmahera Island, 2009-05.
lothocera tomentosa (Buquet, 1859)
Indonesia (Papua): IS CHW, 33.5 mm, the island
of New Guinea, Timika, 2003-08.
Mimohammus biplagiatus Breuning, 1950
Malaysia: ±S CUN, 29 mm, Cameron Highlands,
Ipoh, leg. M.Yeh, 1998-04; 1<$ CUN, 24.5 mm,
Cameron Highlands, Ipoh, leg. M.Yeh, 1998-04,
det. K-E. Hudepohl.
Pseudonemophas baluanus (Aurivillius, 1923)
Malaysia: IS CHW, 31.5 mm, N Borneo, Sabah, Mt.
Trus Madi 1500-2000m, 2007-06.
Pseudonemophas versteegi (Ritsema, 1881)
Thailand: ±S CHW, 26.5 mm, Wiang Papao, Chiang
Rai, 2008-07.
Taxonomy
Genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864: 75
Subgenus Nemophas s. str. Thomson, 1864: 75
Type species: Nemophas batoceroides Thom¬
son, 1864
All species of Nemophas spp. are medium¬
sized to very large. The majority have a body length
about 30 mm. N. batoceroides is the largest spe¬
cies of the genus, reaching a body length in females
of nearly 50 mm. Body shape is sub-cylindrical with
body tapering to sub-parallel. Elytra are convex and
elongated, about 2.8-3. 2x longer than wide, with
evenly rounded epipleurons. Males have very long
antennae, up to a total length of 120 mm.
Redescription. Antennae long, 2-3. 5x lon¬
ger than body in males and about 1.5x longer than
body in females. The last antennomere in males is
about 2x the length of the penultimate. Antennae
are cylindrical, smooth and black with relatively
fine to very fine reticulation. Scape is robust and
apical process (cicatrix) with a distinct lateral mar¬
gin which is finely reticulated, and with very small
punctures forming a mesh-like pattern. Scapes
are also supplied with additional larger, scattered
(oblique or distinct) punctures, with a distance be¬
tween about 3-4x the width of one puncture, but
more dense at base (Plate 119 fig. 11). Scapes of¬
ten have numerous fine and short black setae. The
3rd and 4th antennomeres have a few black setae
beneath. An exception is the punctures of scapes in
N. websteri, which are very coarse and deep, con¬
fluent distally and medially, with the distance be-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
tween punctures l-2x the width of each puncture
(Plate 119 fig. 13). Head: Mostly black, but several
of the species have coloured pubescence, espe¬
cially on frons. Eyes: Lower eye lobes (below scape)
are large and only slightly elongated, about twice
as long as gena below. Pronotum: Smooth and
often covered with coloured pubescence, except
a narrow, glabrous and longitudinal line antero¬
medial ly. N. cyanescens and N. trifasciatus both
have entirely black pronotum. Pronotum is provided
with an anterior and a posterior deep transversal
impression. The lateral pronotal spines are acute
and predominantly straight. N. bennigseni and N.
websteri are exceptions and have lateral spines
strongly curved upwards at apex. Elytra: Colour
varying among species, elytral surface with or with¬
out transversal bands. Scutellum is predominantly
black, and exceptions are found in N. bennigseni,
N. websteri and N. ( Pilomophas ) ramosi comb. nov.
where it is yellowish to orange. Elytral apices evenly
rounded. Ventral part of the body: Mesoster-
num, metastern urn and abdominal ventrites often
have dense pubescence in various colours with
a species specific pattern. Mesosternal process
is flattened at base and narrow, often with weak
transversal ridges medially, and a small rounded
tubercle at apex. Last visible abdominal segment in
the females is pointed. Legs: All legs glabrous, but
sometimes with fine whitish pubescence anteriorly.
Front legs in males are moderately elongated and
anterior femora in males are approximately 1.5x
the length of the pronotum and head combined.
Tarsi are mostly glabrous, but male front tarsi are
without spines or projections. Claws have straight
inner margin (i.e. not saw toothed), inner surface
have very fine longitudinal furrows.
Remarks: Common key characters used to
separate species of Nemophas have, so far, only
included external characters (Heller 1919; Vitali &
Nagirnyi 2009). The first key by Heller (1919) in¬
cludes some useful external characters comprising
the extent and colour of pubescence on proster¬
num, mesosternum, metasternum and abdominal
ventrites. These characters have been incorporated
in the present dichotomous key. We adopted the
nomenclature by Lingafelter & Hoebeke (2002)
where several species of Nemophas were trans¬
ferred from Anoplophora, and the most recent no¬
menclature used by Vitali & Nagirnyi (2009).
Distinction of genera of Lamiinae, from the Ori¬
ental and Australian region, related to Nemophas
The species of Nemophas differ from species
of Batocera due to the lack of spines and projec¬
tions on the male front tarsi and elytral apices. The
antennae in both sexes of Nemophas Thomson,
1864 are smooth, and do not have spines, apart
from punctuation or heavy sculpturing on scape and
basal antennomeres. The scape cicatrix is project¬
ing. Moreover, the body of Nemophas spp. is much
smaller than in both Batocera and Rosenbergia. In
addition, the latter two genera lack well developed
sclerites inside the internal sac in males. The spe¬
cies of Rosenbergia Ritsema, 1881 are character¬
ized by having extensive pubescence covering most
of the body.
Other more distantly related Asian ceramby-
cid genera, where males have very long antennae
and to some extent may resemble Nemophas are;
Agnia Newman, 1842, lothocera Thomson, 1864,
Pseudonemophas Breuning, 1944 and Mimoham-
mus Aurivillius, 1911. However, these genera lack
the dorsal and ventral body colours that are unique
to Nemophas. The genus lothocera consists of one
species that occurs in the Australian region. It is
easily distinguished from Nemophas by the distinct¬
ly granulated row on the apical third of epipleuron
that reaches humeri, and the uniformly brownish
pubescence on the entire body. The genus Nemo¬
phas is also easily distinguished from Dolichopro-
sopus , since the latter genus is characterised by
the flattened and smooth mesosternal process,
rounded scape cicatrix, and particularly the narrow
head with elongated eye lobes and frons. Species
of the closely related genus Anoplophora Hope,
1839 (Plate 109 figs 2, 5) also have well developed
sclerites inside the internal sac in males, although
less sclerotized than in Nemophas. Nemophas spp.
are separated from Anoplophora by the following
external characters, as outlined by Lingafelter &
Hoebeke (2002): “the front legs of males are elon¬
gated, the posteromedial callus on pronotum is not
raised, antennae not annulated, the last abdomi¬
nal segment in females is pointed, the last anten-
nomere in males is greater than twice the length
of the penultimate, and the antennae extended
beyond the elytra at approximately antennomere
5-6, the anterior femora of males of Nemophas are
approximately 1.5x the length of the pronotum and
head combined, and mesosternal process mostly
narrow and only slightly raised anteriorly (the me¬
sosternal process in Anoplophora is often widely el¬
evated)”. The last genus used in the male genitalia
410
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
study is Cornuscoparia Jordan, 1890 from Papua
New Guinea, also represented by single species.
It is characterized by an elongated head with eye
lobes more than twice as long as wide, and the
lateral pronotal spines reduced to short, rounded
tubercles.
We have no information available on the biol¬
ogy of Nemophas species, as the larvae are still
undescribed. The host tree preference is unknown,
unlike species of Anoplophora that have been dealt
with in detail by Lingafelter & Hoebeke (2002).
The species of Nemophas subgenus Nemophas s.
str.
Nemophas (s. str.) ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931
(Figs 1-2, 33-34, 69, plate 102 figs 1, 2, 4, 5,
plate 117 fig. 17, plate 118 fig. 1)
Nemophas ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931: 66, fig. 15.
Type locality: Admiralty Isl. - Lingafelter & Hoebeke
2002: 143 (revived); Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 472.
Anoplophora ammiralis: Breuning, 1943: 291, fig.
178. - Breuning 1961: 339.
Holotype S FSSF: Papua New Guinea (Island Provinc¬
es): length 33 mm, Typus, Nemophas ammiralis Schwar¬
zer 1930, Admir. Ins., Stat: Manus, Leg. Dr. L. Lohn (Fig.
1).
Additional material: 1$ FCNMB, length 30 mm, la¬
belled “I. Manus” (Bismarck Archipelago), det. S. Breun¬
ing.
Diagnose: A relatively large and broad species,
with body approximately 2.7x longer than wide.
Male length 33 mm, width 12 mm; female length:
30 mm, width 11 mm. The overall black body with
contrasting whitish, transversal bands on elytra,
and the very long antennae in males (especially the
last antennomere), easily separates this species
from all other species of Nemophas.
Redescription. Antennae: Scape is coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae are very
long, longer than body with five to six antenno-
meres in males (and 3.5x longer than the entire
body), and with three to four antennomeres in the
female. Last antennomere in the male is more than
2x the length of the penultimate. Head: Very fine
brownish pubescence exposing the black integu¬
ment. Frons has similar pubescence as remaining
parts of the head. Pronotum: Black, with only
weak yellowish pubescence, more dense laterally.
Elytra: Basal half of elytra have rough granula¬
tion, remaining surface is dull. Scutellum is black
with only weak, yellowish pubescence laterally.
Integument is black. Elytra have medially whitish,
transversal pubescence forming bands and larger
spots and numerous smaller whitish spots towards
apices. The dorsal, as well as ventral (metaster¬
num and abdominal ventrites), colour patterns and
pubescence of the female are similar to those of
the male, although the white transversal bands on
elytra are more oblique medially. Ventral part of
the body: Mesosternal process is broad and flat¬
tened in both sexes. Pro-, meso- and mesosternum
(except coxae), and all visible abdominal ventrites
are black, and covered with fine whitish pubes¬
cence (especially on the posterior parts of abdomi¬
nal segments). The newly hatched (teneral) males
have more brownish abdominal ventrites. The ten¬
eral holotype S has more brownish integument,
with only weak brownish pubescence along the
posterior margins (Plate 102 fig. 4). Last abdomi¬
nal segment in the female is strongly pointed (Plate
102 fig. 5). Last stern ite is covered with fine dense
whitish hairs and long brown setae. Legs: Black
with fine, brownish pubescence on posterior part
of tibiae and tibiae are slightly curved towards pos¬
terior margin. Front tibiae of males are much lon¬
ger and front tarsi much broader, than in females.
Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 5.0 mm long and
evenly curved towards apex. Dorsal ridge is as wide
as ventral ridge, and both ridges rounded at apex
with yellowish colour (Figs 1-2). The two yellow¬
ish and crescent-shaped sclerites at the proximal
end of the basal phallomer are narrow and weakly
folded (Plate 118 fig. 1). Median phallomer has a
series of yellowish, large punctures on the smooth
membrane, projecting inward as needle-shaped
structures along the lateral margin (as in plate 119
fig. 5). Internal sac with basal, median and terminal
segments exposed (Plate 117 fig. 17). The basal
segment is membranous, tubular, slightly cone-
shaped and evenly covered with triangular-shaped
microspinules (as in plate 117 fig. 17). Median
segment is membranous and short Terminal seg¬
ment is strongly elongate (as long as the apical and
median segments combined), well sclerotized and
relatively broad. The total length of basal, median
and terminal segments is approximately 2.0 mm.
Tegmen: 4.0 mm long, base of tegmen extended
and curved dorso-ventrally on middle. Parameres:
Short and flattened dorso-ventrally, well separated
medially along inner margin and towards apex (Fig.
33). Base of inner margin has a distinct extension
from each paramere, projecting forward forming a
“tooth” (Fig. 34). Apex evenly rounded along poste-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
rior margin with scattered fringes of relatively short,
yellowish to brownish hairs, well concentrated at
the edge of apex. Ventral surface of para meres
with scattered punctures and fine hairs concen¬
trated at apex, but without micro-reticulation. Ter-
gite VIII: 2.0 mm long and convex, with yellowish to
brownish pigmentation, posterior margin broadly
rounded, and covered with short, fine yellowish
hairs and a few brownish setae distally towards the
posterior margin (Fig. 69). Surface has very weak
micro-reticulation medially.
Distribution: Only known from Manus Island (Ad¬
miralty Islands), Papua New Guinea (Island Prov¬
inces; plate 116 fig. 1).
Remarks: This species was, to our knowledge, not
been collected after 1931. According to Schwarzer
(1931) the female was unknown to him. However,
the female preserved at FCNMB is not supported
with any date apart from labels with the follow¬
ing data: “I. Manus” and “Anoplophora ammiralis
Schwarzer, Breuning det.” We have not been able
to confirm whether or not it was collected later than
the holotype, and we assume that only two speci¬
mens of this species have been collected.
Nemophas (s. str.) batoceroides Thomson, 1864
(Figs 3-4, 35-36, 70, plate 102 figs 7-8, plate
103 figs 1, 4, plate 109 figs 3, 6-7, plate 110
figs 1-3)
Nemophas batoceroides Thomson, 1864: 75. Type
locality: Timor. - Pascoe 1866: 274; Lacordaire
1869: 307; Aurivillius 1921: 76; Heller 1919: 102;
Breuning 1943: 278; Breuning 1961: 336; Vitali &
Nagirnyi 2009: 473.
Lectotype S MNHN: 43 mm, Timor, ex. coll. James
Thomson (Fig. 33).
Paralectotypes: 1$ MNHN: 42 mm, Timor, ex. coll.
James Thomson; 1$ ANSP: 44.7 mm, Timor Island, Ma¬
lay Arch., J. Thomson collection, “Type", preserved at
(Fig. 32).
Additional material: IS CUN, 39 mm, Timor Islands,
1997-11-10; 1$ CUN, 44 mm, Timor Islands, 1997-11-
10; ±S CUN, 46 mm, Timor Islands, 1991-08; IS CHW,
44 mm, Timor, 2004-11; IS CHW, 43 mm, Timor, Mount
Mutis-Timor, 2006-04; 1$ CHW, 47 mm, Timor Islands,
1994-02; 1$ CHW, 47.5 mm, Timor, Mount Mutis-Timor,
2006-04; 1$ CHW, 41.2 mm, Timor, 2004-11.
Remarks: The lectotype (Plate 110 figs 1-3) has
been designated from syntypes corresponding to
the original description, and preserved at MNHN.
The type label was attached by Rene Oberthur
when he acquired the J. Thomson collection (G.
Tavakilian, personal communication). Two paralec¬
totypes have been designated: a female preserved
at MNHN with collection data corresponding to the
male lectotype, and another female from the collec¬
tion of J. Thomson, preserved at ANSP (Plate 109
figs 3, 6-7).
Diagnose: This is the largest species of the ge¬
nus Nemophas with body approximately 3x longer
than wide in males, and 2.8x longer than wide in
females (Plate 102 figs 7-8, plate 103 figs 1, 4).
Males: length 39-46 mm, width 14.5-15 mm; fe¬
males: length 41.2-47.5 mm, width 14-17 mm. The
distinctive orange pubescence on prothorax dor-
sally, and ventrally on pro- and mesothorax and all
visible abdominal ventrites, in combination with the
contrasting black elytra and head, easily distinguish
this species from all other species of Nemophas.
Redescription. Antennae: Scape is coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are very long, longer than body with about six an-
tennomeres, and in females relatively long, longer
than body with about 3-4 antennomeres. Head:
Covered with very fine and dense, yellowish pubes¬
cence and a few scattered setae, resulting in a very
dull (micro-reticulated) grey to green integument on
the entire head (Plate 115 fig. 2). Pronotum: Pro-
notal disc (except the apex of lateral spines and a
small rounded glabrous spot medially) covered with
dense orange pubescence. The lateral pronotal
spines are straight. Elytra: Basal half of elytra (in¬
cluding humeri) is covered with numerous rounded
granulae, and medially with coarse and scattered
punctuation that is distinctly weakened towards
apex. Elytra are black, with scattered fine, brown¬
ish hairs often distributed in patches (at least in
large specimens). Scutellum is completely covered
with very fine, brownish pubescence. Integument is
black. Ventral part of the body: Lastabdominal
ventrite in female is pointed, and distinctly notched
on the middle (Plate 103 fig. 4). Pro- meso- and
metasternum, and all visible abdominal ventrites,
are entirely covered with very dense, dark orange to
red pubescence (Plate 102 fig. 8, plate 103 fig. 4).
Mesosternal process relatively narrow and covered
with pubescence laterally. Legs: Black, ventrally
with very fine whitish pubescence. Male genita¬
lia. Aedeagus: 7.0 mm long, weakly curved towards
apex. Dorsal ridge is as wide as ventral ridge, and
both ridges rounded at apex (Figs 3-4). Colour yel¬
lowish to brown. The two yellowish and crescent¬
shaped sclerites at the proximal end of the basal
phallomer are narrow, and folded (Plate 118 fig.
2). Median phallomer has a series of yellowish and
412
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
large punctures on the smooth membrane, project¬
ing inward as needle-shaped structures along the
lateral margin (as in Plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac
has basal, median and terminal segments exposed
(Plate 117 fig. 18). Basal segment is membranous,
tubular, strongly cone-shaped and densely covered
with triangular-shaped microspinules. Median seg¬
ment is membranous and short. Terminal segment
is strongly elongate (longer than the apical and
median segments combined), well sclerotized and
narrow. The total length of basal, median and ter¬
minal segments is approximately 3.2 mm. Tegmen:
7.0 mm long with the base of tegmen extended and
strongly curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig. 35).
Parameres: Short and flattened dorso-ventrally,
well separated medially along inner margin and
towards apex (Fig. 36). Base of inner margin has
a very distinct extension from each paramere, pro¬
jecting forward forming a tooth-like plate (Fig. 36).
Apex is evenly rounded along posterior margin with
scattered fringes of relatively short, brownish hairs
and a few longer setae, well concentrated at edge
of apex. Entire surface of parameres have scattered
punctures and fine hairs. Surface is shining due to
lack of micro-reticulation on parameres. Tergite VIII:
4.3 mm long and elongated, with brownish pigmen¬
tation, posterior margin broadly rounded, and cov¬
ered with short, coarse brownish hairs and distally
towards the posterior margin (Fig. 70). Surface is
shining due to no micro-reticulation medially.
Distribution: Indonesia, the islands of Alor and
Timor (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) bennigseni Aurivillius, 1908 in-
certae sedis (Plate 102 figs 3, 6, plate 104
fig- 7)
Nemophas bennigseni Aurivillius, 1908: 215. Type
locality: Herbertshohe (New Britain). - Aurivillius
1921: 76; Lingafelter & Hoebeke 2002: 143 (re¬
vived); Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 473.
Anoplophora benningseni (Aurivillius, 1908): —
Breuning 1943: 291, fig. 179; Breuning 1961: 339.
Holotype $ SDEI: length 35 mm, Herbertshohe, New
Britain, ex. coll. R. von Bennigsen (1824-1902), no dates
on labels.
Additional material: 2$ FCNMB, Neu Pommern
(New Britain), no dates on labels.
Remarks: This species was recently transferred
from the genus Anoplophora to Nemophas (Lin¬
gafelter & Hoebeke 2002). We were not able to
locate any male specimen in museum collections.
A male is necessary for a closer examination in or¬
der to confirm, whether or not, this species actu¬
ally belongs to Nemophas. The external characters
(especially the colour pattern on pronotum and ely¬
tra, the broad mesosternal process and the curved
pronotal spines) indicate that this species may be
placed in a separate genus. Consequently, we con¬
sider this species to be incertae sedis due to the
lack of an available male specimen. We could only
locate the three examined female specimens in
museum collections. The species is, to our knowl¬
edge, not collected for more than 100 years, and
was described from a specimen collected before
1908.
Diagnose: A relatively large and elongated spe¬
cies, with body approximately 2.9x longer than
wide (Plate 102 figs 3, 6, plate 104 fig. 7). Female:
length 35 mm, width 12 mm. The distinctive yel¬
lowish spots on pronotum and elytra, together
with the lack of transversal bands on elytra, eas¬
ily separates this species from all other species of
Nemophas. The lateral pronotal spines are strongly
curved upward, and this is a character this species
only shares with N. websteri.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in the
females are relatively long, longer than body with
about three antennomeres. Head: Frons (and
head) is covered with dense, yellowish pubes¬
cence, apart from a small medio-lateral glabrous
and black area dorsally. Pronotum: Covered with
dense yellowish pubescence, with exception of the
lateral spines and a broad longitudinal area medi¬
ally, which are glabrous. The remaining integument
on pronotal disc is black with glabrous, shining
surface. The lateral pronotal spines are strongly
curved upward towards apex. Elytra: Basal half of
elytra have fine, scattered punctures, and smooth
and shining surface. Scutellum is completely cov¬
ered with dense, yellowish pubescence. Integu¬
ment is black. Entire elytra have approximately 20
scattered yellowish spots varying in size, and me¬
dially forming two irregular and transversal bands
(particularly on epipleuron). Ventral part of the
body: Pro-, meso- and metasternum, but not cox¬
ae, are covered with yellowish pubescence (at least
posteriorly). Abdominal ventrites black with sparse
yellowish pubescence along the posterior margin
(Plate 102 fig. 6). Mesosternal process is broad,
flattened and covered with yellowish pubescence.
Last abdominal segment in the female is strongly
pointed and supplied with dense brownish pubes¬
cence on the apical margin (Plate 102 fig. 6). Legs:
Black with very fine yellowish pubescence ventro-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
laterally.
Distribution: Only known from the island of New
Britain, Papua New Guinea (Island Provinces: plate
116 fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880
(Figs 5-6, 37-38, 71, plate 103 figs 2, 3, 5-6,
plate 110 figs 4-5, plate 115 fig. 3, plate 117
fig. 19, plate 118 fig. 3, plate 119 fig. 11)
Nemophas bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880: 137.
Type locality: Sulawesi Island. - Heller 1919: 102;
Aurivillius 1921: 76; Breuning 1943: 279; Breuning
1961: 336; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 473.
Holotype $ MNHN: 34.5 mm, Sulawesi (Celebes) Is¬
land, no dates on labels (Fig. 34).
Additional material: 1$ CUN, 23 mm, Sulawesi,
2001, leg. A. Hasan; 1<$ CUN, 40 mm, Peleng Isl., 1996-
OS, leg. L. Hart; 1$ CUN, 36 mm, Sulawesi, 2001, leg.
A. Hasan; ±S CUN, 40 mm, Peleng Isl., 1996-06, leg.
L. Hart; 1<$ CHW, 37 mm, Celebes Island (Sulawesi),
Peleng, 2007-10; 1$ CHW, 39 mm, Celebes Island (Su¬
lawesi), Peleng, 2005-04; 1$ CHW, 33.5 mm, E. Sulawe¬
si, Peleng, Banggai Island, 2005-04; 1$ CHW, 33 mm,
Celebes Island (Sulawesi), Peleng, 2007-10.
Diagnose: A relatively large and elongated spe¬
cies Body of the males are approximately 3x longer
than wide, and 2.9x longer than wide in females
(Plate 103 figs 2, 3, 5-6). Male: length 33.5-40
mm, width 11.5-13 mm; female: length 23-39 mm,
width 11.5-13.5 mm. N. bicinctus has a distinctive
yellowish patch on frons, extended onto antennal
tubercles. Combined with the yellow transversal
bands on elytra and the restricted yellow pubes¬
cence on the visible abdominal ventrites, it is easy
to separates this species from most of the other
species of Nemophas. The colour patterns on pro-
notum and elytra resemble, to some extent, those
of N. rosenbergii and N. tricolor.
Redescription. Antennae: Scape is coarsely
reticulated, and shallow punctures (Plate 119 fig.
11). Antennae in males are very long, longer than
body with about six antennomeres, and in females
relatively long, longer than body with about three
to four antennomeres. Head: Dorsallyand laterally
black. Frons is covered with fine bright yellowish
pubescence, forming a distinct rectangular patch,
extending onto antennal tubercles (Plate 115 fig.
3). Pronotum: Anterior 2/3 of pronotum is cov¬
ered with dense yellowish pubescence, with about
12 longer, black setae along the posterior margin
of the yellow area. The posterior 1/3 has very fine
brownish pubescence, forming a slightly concave
area reaching the base of lateral spines on prono¬
tum. The lateral pronotal spines are straight. Ely¬
tra: Elytral surface (where exposed) shining with
a weak blue metallic lustre. Anterior part of elytra
(between scutellum and humeri) often has yellow
pubescence. The remaining part of elytra has two
distinct yellow bands and a narrower band towards
apices. The areas between the yellow bands are
about as broad as the adjacent yellow band. Scu¬
tellum is completely covered with very fine, dark
brown pubescence. Humeri is supplied with scat¬
tered rounded granulae, medially with coarse and
evenly distributed punctuation, and much finer
punctuation on the apical 1/3 (between the yel¬
lowish transversal bands). Ventral part of the
body: Pro-, meso- and metasternum (except cox¬
ae), and medially only on first 1-3 visible abdominal
ventrites, are covered with very dense, yellowish
pubescence (Plate 103 figs 5-6). Last abdominal
ventrite in female is slightly pointed and notched on
the middle (Plate 103 fig. 6). Mesosternal process
is relatively narrow, with a small tubercle anteriorly.
Legs: Black, at the most with very fine whitish pu¬
bescence laterally on each femur. Male genita¬
lia. Aedeagus: 5.5 mm long and almost straight to¬
wards apex. Dorsal ridge is as wide as ventral ridge
and dorsal ridge has a weak longitudinal furrow
near apex. Apex is notched on the middle (Figs 5-6),
which is unique for this species. Colour is yellowish
to brown. The two yellowish and crescent-shaped
sclerites are narrow and completely folded at the
proximal end of the basal phallomer (Plate 118
fig. 3). Median phallomer has a series of yellowish,
large punctures on the smooth membrane project¬
ing inward as needle-shaped structures along the
lateral margin (as in plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac
with basal, median and terminal segments exposed
(Plate 117 fig. 19). Basal segment is membranous,
tubular, strongly cone-shaped and relatively dense¬
ly covered with triangular-shaped microspinules.
Median segment is membranous, short. Terminal
segment is strongly elongate (much longer than
the apical and median segments combined), well
sclerotized and narrow. The total length of basal,
median and terminal segments is approximately
2.5 mm. Tegmen: 6.0 mm long, base of tegmen is
extended and strongly curved dorso-ventrally on
middle (Fig. 37). Parameres: Short and flattened
dorso-ventrally, well separated medially along in¬
ner margin and towards apex (Fig. 38). Base of in¬
ner margin has a very distinct extension from each
paramere projecting forward forming a “tooth” (Fig.
38). Apex evenly rounded along posterior margin
with scattered fringes of relatively short, brownish
414
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
hairs and a few longer setae, well concentrated at
edge of apex. Entire surface of para meres has scat¬
tered punctures and fine hairs. Surface has distinct
micro-reticulation on parameres. Tergite VIII: 3.0
mm long, with brownish pigmentation, posterior
margin broadly rounded, and covered with short,
coarse brownish hairs and distally towards the pos¬
terior margin (Fig. 71). Surface medially has coarse
punctures and distinct micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Only known from Indonesia on the
island of Sulawesi (= Celebes) and Peleng Island:
part of Banggai Island east of Sulawesi (Plate 116
fig. 1). This species may be restricted to Peleng Is¬
land, since specimens labelled “Celebes” lack fur¬
ther locality data.
Nemophas (s. str.) cyanescens Jordan, 1898 (Figs
7-8, 39-40, 72, plate 103 figs 7-8, plate 104
figs 1, 4, plate 110 figs 6-8, plate 117 fig. 20,
plate 118 fig. 4, plate 119 fig. 5)
Nemophas cyanescens Jordan, 1898: 419. Type lo¬
cality: Kei Toeal, Kei (= Kai, Key) Islands - Aurivillius
1921: 76; Breuning 1943: 278; Breuning 1961:
336; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 473.
= Nemophas atrocyaneus Heller, 1919: 100. - Hel¬
ler 1919: 102; Heller 1924: 165 (synonymy); Au¬
rivillius 1921: 76; Breuning 1943: 278; Breuning
1961: 336.
Lectotype <$ MNHN: 38 mm, Little Kei (H. Kuhn), ex.
coll W. Rothschild, 1899, January-March 1896, leg. H.
C. Webster.
Additional material: IS CUN, 32 mm, Kei Islands,
2008-08; 1$ CUN, 32 mm, Kei Islands, 2008-08; IS
CHW, 39.5 mm, Kei Islands, 2008-11; IS CHW, 36.5
mm, Kei Islands, 2009-03; 1$ CHW, 37.5 mm, Kei Is¬
lands, 2009-03; 1$ CHW, 37 mm, Kei Islands, 2008-11;
1$ NHRS, 38 mm, Kei Islands, No. 5765 E94; 1$ CHW,
37 mm, Kei Islands; IS NHRS, 37 mm, Kei Islands, No.
5764 E94.
Remarks: The lectotype S has been designated
with the following collection data: Little Kei (H.
Kuhn), ex. coll W. Rothschild, 1899, January-March
1896, leg. H. C. Webster, preserved at MNHN (Plate
110 figs 6-8).
Diagnose: A relatively large and elongated spe¬
cies, with body approximately 2.9x longer than wide
in males, and 3x longer than wide in females (Plate
103 figs 7-8, plate 104 figs 1-4). Males: length 32-
39.5 mm, width 12-13.5 mm; females: length 37-
37.5 mm, width 12-12.5 mm. The metallic blue ely¬
tra in combination with black head and pronotum,
the orange mesosternum and abdominal ventrites,
easily separates this species from all other species
of Nemophas.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are very long, longer than body with about six an-
tennomeres, and in females relatively long, longer
than body with about three to four antennomeres.
Head: Uniformly black, only covered with ex¬
tremely fine brownish pubescence and a few larg¬
er setae, leaving the black integument exposed.
Pronotum: Pronotum is black, and covered with
very fine brownish pubescence medially. Both the
anterior and posterior transversal impressions are
clearly visible. The lateral pronotal spines are al¬
most straight. Elytra: Elytra are glabrous i.e. with¬
out transversal bands, shining with a distinct dark
blue metallic lustre. Scutellum is covered with very
fine punctures and scattered fine, dark brown pu¬
bescence. Humeri has scattered rounded granulae,
medially with coarse and evenly distributed punc¬
tuation, and much finer punctuation on the apical
1/3. Ventral part of the body: Pro-, meso- and
mesosternum (except coxae), and all visible abdom¬
inal ventrites, are covered with very dense, orange
pubescence (Plate 103 figs 4, 8, plate 104 figs 1-4).
Abdominal ventrite 5 in females is oblique and shin¬
ing medially. Mesosternal process is relatively nar¬
row and slightly raised anteriorly. Last abdominal
ventrite in female is narrowly pointed and notched
on the middle (Plate 104 figs 1-4). Legs: Black,
with at most very fine whitish pubescence laterally
on each femur. Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 5.5
mm long, relatively narrow, weakly curved towards
apex, dorsal ridge as wide as ventral ridge, both
ridges rounded at apex (Figs 7-8). Colour yellowish
to brown. The two yellowish and crescent-shaped
sclerites are narrow and folded at the proximal end
of the basal phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 4). Median
phallomer has a series of yellowish, large punctures
on the micro-reticulated membrane, projecting in¬
ward as needle-shaped structures along the lateral
margin (Plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac with basal,
median and terminal segments exposed (Plate 117
fig. 20). Basal segment is membranous, tubular,
more or less rectangular, and densely covered with
large triangular-shaped microspinules. Median seg¬
ment is membranous and short. Terminal segment
is strongly elongate (much longer than the apical
and median segments combined), well sclerotized
and relatively broad. The total length of basal, me¬
dian and terminal segments is approximately 2.0
mm. Tegmen: 5.1 mm long, with base of tegmen
extended and strongly curved dorso-ventrally on
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
middle (Fig. 39). Parameres: Short and flattened
dorso-ventrally, weakly separated medially along
inner margin and towards apex (Fig. 40). Base of in¬
ner margin has a very distinct extension from each
paramere projecting forward forming a “tooth” (Fig.
40). Apex is evenly rounded along posterior margin
with scattered fringes of relatively short, brownish
hairs and a few longer setae, well concentrated at
edge of a pex. Enti re su rface of pa ra meres with scat¬
tered punctures and fine hairs. Surface is shining
due to no distinct micro-reticulation on parameres.
Tergite VIII: 3.5 mm long, with brownish pigmen¬
tation, posterior margin almost straight or weakly
concave, and covered with short, coarse brownish
hairs and distally towards the posterior margin (Fig.
7). Surface medially has coarse punctures and very
weak micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Indonesia, Kei (= Kai, Key) Islands
(Plate 116 fig. 1).
Note: We have not been able to find the holotype
or any other types of N. atrocyaneus. However, it
was made clear by Heller (1924) that he consid¬
ered N. atrocyaneus to be a junior synonym of N.
cyanescens, thus we find it likely that he examined
specimens of both species.
Nemophas (s. str.) forbesi Waterhouse, 1884 (Figs
9-10, 41-42, 73, plate 104 figs 2-3, 5-6, 8,
plate 111 fig. 1, plate 117 fig. 1, plate 118 fig.
5)
Nemophas forbesi Waterhouse, 1884: 218, pi. 16,
fig. 5. Type locality: Maroe (Maru) and Larat Islands.
- Heller 1919: 102; Aurivillius 1921: 76; Breuning
1943: 279, fig. 155; Breuning 1961: 336; Vitali &
Nagirnyi 2009: 472.
Lectotype S BMNH: 42 mm, Timor Islands, Maroe and
Larat.
Additional material: IS NHRS, 37 mm, Tanimbar,
Sunda Isl, No. 5768 E94; ±S CHW, 31 mm, Tanimbar
Islands, 2008-09; IS CHW, 27.5 mm, Tanimbar Islands,
Yamdena Island, Lorulum Village environs, 2007-01;
±S CHW, 42 mm, Tanimbar Islands, 2009-03; 1 S CHW,
42.0mm, Tanimbar Islands, Yamdena Island, Lorulum
Village environs, 2008-01; 1$ CHW, 31 mm, Tanim¬
bar Islands, Yamdena Island, Lorulum Village environs,
2008-01; 1$ CHW, 42 mm, Tanimbar Islands, 2009-03;
1$ CHW,, 31 mm, Tanimbar Islands, Yamdena Island,
Lorulum Village environs, 2007-01; 1 S CHW, 42.5 mm,
Tanimbar Islands, 2008-02; ±S NHRS, 34.5 mm, Tanim¬
bar, Sunda Isl, No. 5769 E94.
Remarks: We have not been able to locate the ho¬
lotype. The lectotype S is herewith designated from
syntype and preserved at BMNH (Plate 111 fig. 1).
Diagnose: A relatively large and elongated spe¬
cies, with body approximately 2.9x longer than wide
in males, and 2.7x longer than wide in females
(Plate 104 figs 2-3, 5-6, 8). Males: length 27.5-42.5
mm, width 9-14.5 mm; females: length 31-42 mm,
width 10-15.5 mm. The uniformly orange prono-
tum, the numerous irregular transversal, yellowish
to orange bands on elytra, and abdominal ventrites
weakly pubescent in females, easily separates this
species from most of the other species of Nemo¬
phas. This species resembles N. grayii (Pascoe,
1859) (especially females) with which it may be
confused.
Redescription. Antennae: Scape is coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are very long, longer than body with about six an-
tennomeres, and in females relatively long, longer
than body with about three to four antennomeres.
Head: Uniformly black with very fine brownish pu¬
bescence, and a few longer setae. Pro not urn: En¬
tirely covered with yellowish to orange pubescence.
The lateral pronotal spines are straight and also
covered with yellowish to orange pubescence. Ely¬
tra: Scattered rounded granulae are visible where
the integument is exposed. Mostly at the anterior
part of elytra and more numerous towards, and
medially on humeri, Elytra have relatively coarse
and evenly distributed punctuation, and much finer
punctuation on the apical 1/3. The five to six irreg¬
ular and transversal bands on elytra have orange
to yellowish pubescence. In large specimens these
transversal bands are more yellowish, slightly inter¬
rupted, and orange and solid in small specimens
(Plate 104 figs 2-3). The anterior pubescent band
is partly covering humeri. Exposed integument is
black or with slight blue metallic lustre, and at least
as broad as the transversal orange to yellowish
bands. Scutellum is covered with very fine punc¬
tures and scattered fine, dark brown pubescence.
Ventral part of the body: Last abdominal ven-
trite in female is narrowly pointed and notched on
the middle (Plate 104 fig. 8). Pro-, meso- and meso-
sternum (except coxae), and the three anterior ven¬
trites (in males medially and in females laterally),
are covered with orange pubescence (Plate 104
figs 5, 8). All visible abdominal ventrites in females
are oblique and shining medially. Mesosternal pro¬
cess is relatively narrow and raised, and forming
an elongated tubercle anteriorly. Legs: Black, with
at most very fine whitish pubescence laterally on
each femur. Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 4. 1-6. 2
mm long, relatively narrow, evenly curved towards
416
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
apex. Dorsal ridge as wide as ventral ridge and
both ridges rounded at apex (Figs 9-10). Colour is
dark brown. The two yellowish and crescent-shaped
sclerites are narrow and folded at the proximal end
of the basal phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 5). Median
phallomer has a series of yellowish, large punc¬
tures on the micro-reticulated membrane, project¬
ing inward as needle-shaped structures along the
lateral margin (as in plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac
has basal, median and terminal segments exposed
(Plate 117 fig. 1) Basal segment is membranous,
tubular, cone-shaped and densely covered with tri¬
angular-shaped microspinules Median segment is
membranous, short. Terminal segment is strongly
elongate, much longer than the apical and median
segments combined, well sclerotized and narrow.
The total length of basal, median and terminal seg¬
ments is approximately 2.5 mm. Tegmen: 4.8-6. 1
mm long, base of tegmen is extended and strongly
curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig. 41). Para-
meres: short, broad and flattened dorso-ventrally,
weakly separated medially along inner margin and
towards apex (Fig. 42). Base of inner margin has
a very distinct extension from each paramere pro¬
jecting forward forming a “tooth” (Fig. 42). Apex is
evenly rounded along posterior margin with scat¬
tered fringes of relatively short, brownish hairs
and a numerous longer setae, well concentrated
at edge of apex. Entire surface of para meres have
scattered punctures and fine hairs. Each paramere
has laterally a longitudinal impression. Surface is
shining due to lack of distinct micro-reticulation
on parameres. Tergite VIII: 2. 1-3. 2 mm long, with
brownish pigmentation, posterior margin almost
straight or weakly concave, and covered with short,
coarse brownish hairs and distally towards the pos¬
terior margin (Fig. 73). Surface has medially coarse
punctures and very weak micro-reticulation. No dif¬
ference in male genitalia characters were found be¬
tween large and small specimens of this species.
Distribution: Indonesia, Southern Moluccas (Ma¬
luku), Tanimbar Islands: Yamdena, Maroe (Maru)
and Larat Islands. The species is also recorded
from Kei (= Kai, Key) Islands (the latter record ac¬
cording to Breuning (1943) and Vitali & Nagirnyi
(2009) (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) grayii (Pascoe, 1859) (Figs 11-
12, 43-44, 74, plate 105 figs 1-2, 4-5, plate
111 fig. 2, plate 112 figs 1-4, plate 117 fig. 2,
plate 118 fig. 6)
Monohammus [sic!] grayii Pascoe, 1859: 54. Type
locality: Ambon Island.
Nemophas grayii (Pascoe, 1859). - Pascoe 1866
(revised), pi. 13, fig. 1; Heller 1919: 103; Aurivillius
1921: 76; Breuning 1943: 279, fig. 152; Breuning
1961: 336; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 472 (original
spelling restored).
= Monochamus doleschali Redtenbacher, 1867:
181, pi. 5, fig. 4. - Aurivillius 1921: 76; Breuning
1943: 278; Breuning 1961: 336.
= Nemophas grayi m. quinquefasciatus Breuning,
1943: 279 syn. nov., fig. 153. - Breuning 1961:
336.
Holotype S BMNH: 27 mm, Ambon Isl.
Holotype S Monochamus doleschali Redtenbacher,
NHMW, Amboin 1857-59.
Additional material: 1$ CHW, 40.5 mm, Seram
Island, 2006-06; 1<$ CHW, 40.5 mm, Seram Island,
2004-12; 1<$ CHW, 34 mm, Seram Island, Moluccas,
2008-03; 1$ CHW, 35.5 mm, Seram Island, Moluccas,
2008-03; 1$ CHW, 40 mm, Seram Island, 2006-06; 1$
CHW, 31.5 mm, Seram Island, 2004-12; 1$ NHRS, 33.5
mm, Amboin, leg. Staudinger, No. 5766 E94.
Remarks: We regard Nemophas grayi m. quin-
quefasciata syn. nov. to be a junior synonym of N.
grayii. The holotype $ of Nemophas grayi m. quin-
quefasciata is preserved at FCNMB (Plate 112 fig.
3). The holotype S of M. doleschali is preserved at
NHMW (Plate 112 fig. 1).
Diagnose: A relatively large and elongated spe¬
cies, with body approximately 3x longer than wide
in males, and 2.9x longer than wide in females
(plate 102 figs 1-2, 4-5). Males: length 34-40.5
mm, width 11.5-13.5 mm; females: length 32.5-40
mm, width 11.2-14 mm. The pubescence on prono-
tum is orange anteriorly and black posteriorly, elytra
have broad and irregular transversal orange bands,
and all abdominal ventrites are black. The colour
pattern on elytra easily separates this species from
most of the other Nemophas species. This spe¬
cies resembles N. forbesi (especially females) with
which it may be confused. We consider Nemophas
grayi m. quinquefasciata Breuning, 1943 to be only
a colour variety of N. grayii. Similarly, Monocha¬
mus doleschali Redtenbacher, 1867 has only three
transversal, orange bands on the elytra, and is also
a colour variety of N. grayii (Plate 112 figs 1-2).
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are very long, longer than body with about six an-
tennomeres, and in females relatively long, longer
than body with about three to four antennomeres.
Head: Uniformly black, covered with very fine and
flattened, black pubescence. Pronotum: Anterior
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
2/3 of pronotum is covered with dense, orange
pubescence. Posterior 1/3 has very fine and black
pubescence forming a slightly concave area, reach¬
ing the base of lateral spines on pronotum. Elytra:
Towards anterior margin the elytra have scattered
rounded granulae, visible where the integument is
exposed. Granulae are more numerous towards ely¬
tra medially and on humeri, with relatively coarse
and evenly distributed punctuation. On the apical
1/3 of elytra the punctuation is much finer. Elytra
have three to six more or less irregular and broad
transversal bands with orange to yellowish pubes¬
cence. The anterior pubescent and orange band
is almost covering humeri. Exposed integument is
black, and mostly more narrow than the transver¬
sal orange bands. Scutellum is covered with very
fine punctures and scattered fine, dark brown pu¬
bescence. Ventral part of the body: Last ab¬
dominal ventrite in female is narrowly pointed and
notched on the middle (Plate 105, figs 2, 5). Pro-,
meso- and mesosternum (except coxae), medio-
laterally and posteriorly, are covered with orange
pubescence in males. In females the pubescence
is reduced to small patches (Plate 105, fig. 5). Ab¬
dominal ventrites is black in both sexes. The lateral
pronotal spines are straight. Mesosternal process
is relatively narrow and flattened or only slightly
raised anteriorly. Legs: Black, at the most with
very fine whitish pubescence laterally on each fe¬
mur. Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 6.5 mm long,
and narrowed towards apex, weakly curved towards
apex, dorsal ridge as wide as ventral ridge and both
ridges rounded at apex (Figs 11-12). Colour is dark
brown. The two yellowish and crescent-shaped
sclerites are narrow and folded at the proximal end
of the basal phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 6). Median
phallomer has a series of yellowish large punctures
on the micro-reticulated membrane, projecting in¬
ward as needle-shaped structures along the lateral
margin (as in plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac has bas¬
al, median and terminal segments exposed (Plate
117 fig. 2). Basal segment is membranous, tubular,
elongated, cone-shaped and densely covered with
small triangular-shaped microspinules. Median
segment is membranous, short. Terminal segment
is strongly elongate and almost as long as the api¬
cal and median segments combined, well sclero-
tized and narrow. The total length of basal, median
and terminal segments is approximately 2.5 mm.
Tegmen: 6.0 mm long, base of tegmen is extended
and strongly curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig.
43). Para meres: short and flattened dorso-ventrally,
weakly separated medially along inner margin and
towards apex (Fig. 44). Base of inner margin has a
very distinct extension from each para mere project¬
ing forward forming a “tooth” (Fig. 44). Apex evenly
rounded along posterior margin with scattered
fringes of relatively short, brownish hairs and a nu¬
merous longer setae, well concentrated at edge of
apex. Entire surface of para meres have scattered
punctures and fine hairs. No micro-reticulation on
parameres. Tergite VIII: 3.5 mm long, with brown¬
ish pigmentation, posterior margin evenly rounded,
and covered with short, coarse brownish hairs and
distally towards the posterior margin (Fig. 74). Sur¬
face medially has coarse punctures and very weak
micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Indonesia (Central Moluccas, or
Maluku), Seram and Ambon Islands (Plate 116 fig.
D-
Nemophas (s. str.) helleri Hauser, 1904 (Figs 13-
14, 45-46, 75, plate 105 figs 3, 6-8, plate 109
fig. 8, plate 113 fig. 3, plate 118 fig. 7)
Nemophas helleri Hauser, 1904: 42. Type locality:
Kapala-Madang (650-1500 m), Buru Island. - Hell¬
er 1919: 103; Aurivillius 1921: 76; Breuning 1943:
281, Fig. 159; Breuning 1961: 337; Vitali & Nag-
irnyi 2009: 473.
= Nemophas buruensis Aurivillius, 1926: 101. -
Breuning 1943: 281 (synonymy); Breuning 1961:
337.
Lectotype $ MFN: Buru Island, Kapala-Madang, 650-
1500 m.
Additional material: ±S CUN, 31 mm, Buru Island,
1996-07; 1$ CUN, 35 mm, Buru Island, 1996-07; 1$
CHW, 33 mm, Buru Island, 2004-12; 1$ CHW, 33.5 mm,
Buru Island, 2007-06; 1$ CHW, 35.5 mm, Buru Island,
2004-12; 1$ NHRS, 37 mm, Buru Island, Mount Mada
3000’, 1898-09, leg. Dumas, No. 5772 E94.
Lectotype $ N. buruensis, NHRS: 46 mm, Buru Island,
Station 9, 26.04-1.06. 1921, leg. L.J. Toxopeus (from the
type series of N. buruensis Aurivillius, 1926), No. 5773
E94.
Paralectotypes: 1$ NHRS, 26 mm, Buru Island, Sta¬
tion 7 alt, 1921-09, leg. L.J. Toxopeus (from the type
series of N. buruensis), No. 5774 E94; 1$ NHRS, 37.5
mm, Buru Island, Station 18 alt, 1921-11-02/03, leg.
L.J. Toxopeus (from the type series of N. buruensis), No.
5771 E91.
Remarks: A lectotype $ of N. helleri, correspond¬
ing to the original description has been designated.
The labelling data on the lectotype is identical with
the data in the original description (Hauser 1904):
Kapala-Madang, 650-1500 m (Plate 112, fig. 5)
and preserved at MFN. A lectotype $ (46 mm) has
418
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
also been designated from the type series of N. bu-
ruensis (Plate 109 fig. 8) with the following labelling
data; “Type, buruensis Auriv.”, Buru Island, Station
9, 26.04-1.06. 1921, leg. LJ. Toxopeus, No. 5773
E94, preserved at NHRS.
Diagnose: A medium-sized to relatively large and
elongated, subcylindrical species, with body ap¬
proximately 3x longer than wide in males, and 3.2x
longer than wide in females (Plate 105 figs 3, 6-8).
Males: length 31-37.5 mm, width 12-12.5 mm;
females: length 35-46 mm, width 12.5-14.5 mm.
The yellow pronotum, smooth humeri, narrow and
irregular transversal yellow bands on elytra, yellow
small spots on metasternum, and first visible ven-
trite, easily separates this species from all other
species of Nemophas.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are finely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
have blue metallic lustre and are very long, longer
than body with a little more than six antennomeres,
and in females relatively long, longer than body
with about four antennomeres. Head: Uniformly
black, covered with very short and fine, flattened,
black pubescence. Pronotum: Covered with yel¬
lowish pubescence apart from the apex of lateral
pronotal spines and a small black (glabrous) spot
medially on pronotum. The lateral pronotal spines
are straight. Elytra: Anterior part of elytra and
humeri are glabrous and smooth, i.e. without any
trace of granulae or yellowish pubescence, and
supplied with very fine punctuation medially on ely¬
tra. Entire elytral surface and antennae are shining
with a blue or green metallic lustre, with a very fine
pattern of small meshes of unequal shape. Elytra
have four to five yellow interrupted and oblique
transversal and narrow bands, mostly forming rect¬
angular spots. Scutellum is black, covered with
very fine punctures and scattered fine, dark brown
pubescence. Ventral part of the body: Last
abdominal ventrite in female is relatively narrowly
pointed and weakly notched on the middle (Plate
105, figs 3, 6). Mesosternum and posterior part of
metasternum have yellow pubescence. The yellow
pubescence on first visible abdominal ventrite is
reduced to two small rounded spots. The remain¬
ing ventrites are black (Plate 105 figs 6, 8). Meso-
sternal process is relatively narrow and flattened.
Scapes have scattered, coarse punctures. Legs:
Black, with at most very fine whitish pubescence
laterally on each femur. Male genitalia. Ae-
deagus: 5.1 mm long, narrowed and weakly curved
towards apex. Dorsal ridge as wide as ventral
ridge r and both ridges are rounded at apex (Figs
13-14). Colour is yellow to brown. The two yellow¬
ish and crescent-shaped sclerites are narrow and
completely folded at the proximal end of the basal
phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 7). Median phallomer has
a series of yellowish, small punctures on the micro-
reticulated membrane, projecting inward as needle-
shaped structures along the lateral margin (as in
plate 119 fig. 11). Internal sac with basal, median
and terminal segments exposed (Plate 117 fig. 3).
Basal segment is membranous, tubular, elongat¬
ed, cone-shaped and densely covered with small
triangular-shaped microspinules. Median segment
is membranous and short. Terminal segment is
strongly elongated (much longer than the apical
and median segments combined), well sclerotized
and narrow. The total length of basal, median and
terminal segments is approximately 1.9 mm. Teg-
men: 6.0 mm long, base of tegmen extended and
strongly curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig. 45).
Parameres: short and flattened dorso-ventrally,
weakly separated medially along inner margin and
towards apex (Fig. 46). Base of inner margin has a
very distinct extension from each paramere project¬
ing forward forming a “tooth” (Fig. 46). Apex evenly
rounded along posterior margin with scattered
fringes of relatively short, brownish hairs and a nu¬
merous longer setae, well concentrated at edge of
apex. Entire surface of parameres has scattered
punctures and fine hairs. No micro-reticulation on
parameres. Tergite VIII: 2.9 mm long, with brown¬
ish pigmentation, posterior margin almost straight,
and covered with short, coarse brownish hairs and
d ista I ly towards the posterior margin (Fig. 75). Sur¬
face medially has coarse punctures and very weak
micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Indonesia (Central Moluccas), Buru
Island (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881
(Figs 15-16, 47-48, 76, plate 106 figs 1-2, 4-5,
plate 113 fig. 1, plate 115 fig. 4, plate 117 fig.
4, plate 118 fig. 8)
Nemophas rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881: 148. Type
locality: Toelabollo, Sulawesi Island. - Heller 1919:
102; Aurivillius 1921: 77; Breuning 1943: 280, fig.
157; Breuning 1961: 336; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009:
471, 472, figs 4-5 (original spelling restored).
Holotype $ ZMA: 42 mm, Central Sulawesi, Toelabollo.
Additional material: 1$ CUN, 28 mm, Celebes 1st.
(Sulawesi), 1992; 1<$ CHW, 32.5 mm, Celebes Island
(Sulawesi), Palolo Palu, 2005-06; 1£ CHW, 42.5 mm,
Celebes Island (Sulawesi), Palolo Palu, 2005-10; 1<$
CHW, 39 mm, Celebes Island (Sulawesi), Palolo Palu,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
2007-06; 1$ CHW, 38.5 mm, Celebes Island (Sulawesi),
Palolo Palu, 2007-06.
Diagnose: A relatively large and elongated spe¬
cies, with body approximately 3x longer than wide
in males, and 2.9x longer than wide in females
(Plate 106 figs 1-2, 4-5). Males: length 32.5-39
mm, width 11-13 mm; females: length 28-42.5
mm, width 11.5-14.5 mm. The ochreous pubes¬
cence on head and frons, combined with the ochre¬
ous transversal bands on elytra and the ochreous
pubescence covering the ventral part of the body,
easily separates this species from most of the other
species of Nemophas. The colour patterns on pro-
notum and elytra resemble, to some extent, those
of N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880 and N. tricolor
Heller, 1896.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are very long, longer than body with about six to
seven antennomeres, and in females relatively
long, longer than body with about four antenno¬
meres. Head: Mostly uniformly covered (including
frons) with fine ochreous pubescence (Plate 115
fig. 4). The ochreous pubescence on head was
noticed to be reduced to frons and genae in two
(slightly worn) specimens. Pronotum: Anterior
2/3 covered with dense ochreous pubescence,
with about 16 longer, black setae along the pos¬
terior margin of the ochreous area. Posterior 1/5
of pronotum has a mixture of very fine black and
ochreous pubescence forming a slightly concave
area reaching the base of lateral spines on prono¬
tum. Basal part of lateral pronotal spines has e few
long black setae. The lateral pronotal spines are
straight. Elytra: Apically with scattered rounded
granulae and numerous granulae on humeri. The
punctuation is very coarse between the ochreous
transversal bands on apical 1/4 of elytra, medially
with slightly less coarse punctures and on posterior
1/3 with very fine punctuation. Elytra are shining
with a weak, black or green metallic lustre where
the integument is exposed. Anterior part of elytra
(between scutellum and humeri) often has ochre¬
ous to brownish pubescence, and the remaining
part of elytra has two distinct ochreous bands and
an irregular band, mostly reduced to a few rounded
spots towards apices. The areas between the ochre¬
ous bands are about as broad as the adjacent yel¬
low band. Scutellum is completely covered with fine
and dense, dark brown pubescence. Ventra I pa rt
of the body: Last abdominal ventrite in female is
slightly pointed and notched on the middle (Plate
106 fig. 5). Pro-, meso- and mesosternum (except
coxae), and all visible abdominal ventrites, covered
with very dense, ochreous pubescence (plate 106
figs 4-5). Mesosternal process is relatively narrow
and with a small tubercle anteriorly. Legs: Black,
with fine yellowish pubescence laterally on each fe¬
mur. Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 6.0 mm long and
strongly raised posteriorly, weakly curved towards
apex, dorsal ridge as wide as ventral ridge at apex
(Figs 15-16). Colour is yellowish to brown. The two
yellowish and crescent-shaped sclerites are narrow
and completely folded at the proximal end of the
basal phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 8). Median phal-
lomer has a series of yellowish, large punctures lat¬
erally on the smooth membrane, projecting inward
as needle-shaped structures along the lateral mar¬
gin (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Internal sac with basal,
median and terminal segments exposed (Plate 117
fig. 4). Basal segment is membranous, tubular,
strongly elongated and densely covered with small
triangular-shaped microspinules. Median segment
is membranous and short. Terminal segment is
strongly elongate (as long as the apical and median
segments combined), well sclerotized and narrow.
The total length of basal, median and terminal seg¬
ments is approximately 2.1 mm. Tegmen: 6.0 mm
long, base of tegmen extended and strongly curved
dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig. 47). Parameres:
short and flattened dorso-ventrally, well separated
medially along inner margin and towards apex (Fig.
48). Base of inner margin has a very distinct ex¬
tension from each paramere, projecting forward
forming a tooth-like plate (Fig. 48). Apex is evenly
rounded along posterior margin with scattered
fringes of relatively short, brownish hairs and a few
longer setae, well concentrated at edge of apex. En¬
tire surface of parameres has scattered punctures
and fine hairs. Surface has no micro-reticulation on
parameres. Tergite VIII: 3.5 mm long, with brown¬
ish pigmentation, posterior margin broadly round¬
ed, and covered with short, coarse brownish hairs
and d ista I ly towards the posterior margin (Fig. 76).
Surface medially has no coarse punctures or micro¬
reticulation.
Distribution: Indonesia, Central Sulawesi (e.g.
Toelabollo, Palolo Palu) (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) tricolor Heller, 1896 (Figs 17-
18, 49-50, 77, plate 106 figs 3, 6-8, plate 112
figs 6-7, plate 115 fig. 5, plate 117 fig. 5, plate
118 fig. 9)
Nemophas tricolor Heller, 1896: 23, fig. 13. Type lo¬
cality: Luhu (Luwu), Central Sulawesi Island. - Heller
1919: 103; Aurivillius 1921: 77; Breuning 1943:
420
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
280; Breuning, 1961: 336; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009:
472.
Lectotype $ FCNMB: 29 mm, Kalaena River, altitude
500m, Leg. Drs. Sarasin, Nemophas tricolor Det. K. M.
Heller.
Additional material: 1$ CUN, 37 mm, S. Sulawesi,
Mt. Lompobatang; ±S CHW, 18 mm, Sulawesi, Puncak,
Palopo, 2001-06; 1<$ CHW, 36 mm, South Sulawesi,
Banteng, 2006-04; ±S CHW, 39.5 mm, South Sulawesi,
Palolo Palu, 2008-04; 1? CHW, 40.5 mm, South Su¬
lawesi, Palolo Palu, 2008-04; ±S CHW, 28 mm, Sulawe¬
si, 2004-09.
Remarks: A lectotype S has been designated with
the following collection data: Luwu, Kalaena River,
altitude 500 m, Leg. Drs. Sarasin, Nemophas tri¬
color Det. K. M. Heller, preserved at FCNMB (Plate
112 figs 6-7). The diagnosis and the collection data
on the pinned labels match the information given
in the original description, and Heller wrote that he
only included one specimen, so it is likely that this
is the original type. Type locality: Indonesia, Central
Celebes (= Sulawesi), Luhu (= Luwu).
Diagnose: A relatively large and elongated spe¬
cies, with body approximately 2.9x longer than wide
in males, and 3. lx longer than wide in females
(Plate 106 figs 3, 6-8). Males: length 18-39.5 mm,
width 8.5-13.5 mm; females: length 31-40.5 mm,
width 10-13 mm. The dull red pubescence on frons
not reaching antennal tubercle, combined with the
ochreous to yellowish, transversal bands on elytra
easily separates this species from most of the other
species of Nemophas. The colour pattern on elytra
resembles, to some extent, those of N. bicinctus
and N. rosenbergii.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are very long, longer than body with about six to
seven antennomeres, and in females relatively
long, longer than body with about three to four an¬
tennomeres. Head: Black dorsally and laterally.
Frons is covered with fine, dull and red pubescence
that forms a distinct rectangular patch, not extend¬
ing antennal tubercles (Plate 115 fig. 5). Prono-
tum: Anterior 2/3 covered with dense ochreous to
yellowish pubescence, with about 20 longer, black
setae along the posterior margin of the ochreous
area. Posterior 1/5 has very fine, black pubes¬
cence, forming a slightly concave area reaching the
base of lateral spines on pronotum. Basal part of
lateral pronotal spines with a few long black setae.
The lateral pronotal spines are straight. Elytra:
Apical part of elytra supplied with scattered round¬
ed granulae and numerous granulae on humeri.
Punctuation is very coarse between the ochreous
to yellowish transversal bands on apical 1/4 of ely¬
tra. Elytral punctuation is slightly less coarse me¬
dially and very fine punctuation on posterior 1/3.
Elytra are shining with a weak black or blue, metal¬
lic lustre where the integument is exposed. Anterior
part of elytra (between scutellum and humeri) often
have red pubescence. The remaining part of elytra
has two distinct ochreous to yellowish transversal
bands and an irregular band mostly reduced to a
few rounded and red spots towards apices. The ar¬
eas between the ochreous to yellowish bands are
about as broad as the adjacent yellow band. Scu¬
tellum is completely covered with short, fine and
dense, dark brown pubescence. Ventral part of
the body: Last abdominal ventrite in female is
slightly pointed and notched on the middle (Plate
106 figs 3, 6). Pro-, meso- and mesosternum (ex¬
cept coxae), and all visible abdominal ventrites,
are covered with very dense, ochreous to yellow¬
ish pubescence (Plate 106 figs 3, 6-8). Lateral part
of the area between pro- and mesosternum is red.
Mesosternal process is relatively narrow and slight¬
ly raised anteriorly. Legs: Black, with fine whitish
or yellowish pubescence laterally on each femur.
Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 5.5 mm long, acutely
curved towards apex. Dorsal ridge is flattened medi¬
ally, and as wide as ventral ridge and dorsal ridge at
apex (Figs 17-18). Colour is yellowish to brown. The
two yellowish and crescent-shaped sclerites are rel¬
atively narrow, and completely folded at the proxi¬
mal end of the basal phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 9).
Median phallomer has a series of yellowish, large
punctures laterally on the smooth membrane, pro¬
jecting inward as needle-shaped structures along
the lateral margin (as in plate 119 fig. 5). Internal
sac has basal, median and terminal segments ex¬
posed (Plate 117 fig. 5). Basal segment is membra¬
nous, tubular, strongly elongated and densely cov¬
ered with small triangular-shaped microspinules.
Median segment is membranous and short. Termi¬
nal segment is strongly elongate (as long as the api¬
cal and median segments combined), well sclero-
tized and narrow. The total length of basal, median
and terminal segments is approximately 3.0 mm.
Tegmen: 5.1 mm long, base of tegmen is extended
and acutely curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig.
49). Parameres: Short and flattened dorso-ventral¬
ly, well separated medially along inner margin and
towards apex (Fig. 50). Base of inner margin has
a very distinct extension from each paramere, pro¬
jecting forward forming a tooth-like plate (Fig. 50).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Apex evenly rounded along posterior margin with
scattered fringes of relatively short, brownish hairs
and a few longer setae, well concentrated at edge
of apex. Entire surface of para meres has scattered
punctures and fine hairs. Surface has no micro¬
reticulation on parameres. Tergite VIII: 3.0 mm
long, with brownish pigmentation, posterior margin
straight or weakly concave, broadly rounded, and
covered with short, coarse brownish hairs and dis¬
tal ly towards the posterior margin (Fig. 77). Surface
medially has coarse punctures and numerous se¬
tae and weak micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Indonesia, Sulawesi (e.g. Banteng,
Palolo Palu) (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) trifasciatus Heller, 1919 (Figs
19-20, 51-52, 78, plate 107 figs 1, 4, 7-8, plate
112 figs 8-9, plate 117 fig. 6, plate 118 fig. 10)
Nemophas trifasciatus Heller, 1919: 101. Type lo¬
cality: Kei (= Kai, Key) Islands. - Heller 1919: 103;
Aurivillius 1921: 77; Breuning 1943: 279; Breuning
1961: 336; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 472.
Lectotype $ FSSD: 41 mm, Key Insel, 1918.
Additional material: 1/ FSSD, 41 mm, Kei Islands,
1918, leg. Staudinger & Bang Haas; 1$ CUN, 33 mm,
Kei Islands, 2009-02; 1/ CUN, 34 mm, Kei Islands,
2009-02; 1$ CHW, 38 mm, Kei Islands, 2008-08; 1$
CHW, 40 mm, Kei Islands, 2008-08.
Remarks: A lectotype $ (Plate 112 figs 8-9), cor¬
responding to the original description of a single
female specimen, has been designated with follow¬
ing labelling data: Key Insel, 1918. The specimen is
preserved at FSSD.
Diagnose: A relatively large and broad species,
with body approximately 2.8x longer than wide in
males, and 2.6x longer than wide in females (Plate
107 figs 1, 4, 7-8). Male: length 33-38 mm, width
12-13 mm; female: length 34-41 mm, width 13-15
mm. The black frons, combined with the grey trans¬
versal bands on elytra, easily separates this spe¬
cies from most of the other species of Nemophas.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are long, longer than body with about six anten-
nomeres, and in females relatively long, longer
than body with about three to four antennomeres.
Head: Uniformly black and covered with extremely
fine and flattened, whitish pubescence, entirely ex¬
posing the integument. Pronotum: Pronotum is
predominantly black, densely covered with a mix¬
ture of very fine and flattened black and grey pu¬
bescence, especially medially and towards posteri¬
or margin. Basal part of lateral pronotal spines has
a few long black setae. The lateral pronotal spines
are straight. Elytra: Apically with numerous round¬
ed granulae and numerous and slightly larger gran¬
ule on humeri. Very coarse punctuation between
the grey transversal bands on apical 1/4 of elytra,
medially with slightly less coarse punctures and on
posterior 1/3 with very fine punctuation. Elytra shin¬
ing where the integument is exposed. Integument
is black. Anterior part of elytra (between scutellum
and humeri) has sparse grey pubescence. The re¬
maining part of elytra has three irregular grey trans¬
versal bands and an oblique band mostly reduced
to a few rounded and grey spots towards apices.
Anterior part of elytra (between scutellum and hu¬
meri) is mostly glabrous and without distinct punc¬
tures, only scattered and large, rounded granulae
with the distance between granulae much greater
than the width of the granulae. The areas between
the grey bands on elytra where the integument is
exposed, are about as broad as the adjacent grey
band. Scutellum is completely covered with short,
fine and dense, dark brown pubescence. Ventral
part of the body: Last abdominal ventrite in
female is weakly pointed and slightly notched on
the middle, and last sternite is covered with brown
pubescence and numerous long setae. Pro-, meso-
and metasternum (except coxae), are weakly cov¬
ered with grey pubescence (Plate 107 figs 4, 8).
Posterior margin of abdominal ventrites have grey
pubescence. Mesosternal process is relatively nar¬
row and slightly raised anteriorly. Legs: Black, with
fine whitish or yellowish pubescence laterally on
each femur. Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 6.0 mm
long, and acutely curved towards apex. Dorsal ridge
is narrowly raised medially, but as wide as ventral
ridge and dorsal ridge at apex (Figs 19-20). Co¬
lour is yellowish to brown. The two yellowish and
crescent-shaped sclerites are relatively broad and
completely folded at the proximal end of the basal
phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 10). Median phallomer
has a series of yellowish, large punctures laterally
on the smooth membrane, projecting inward as
needle-shaped structures along the lateral margin
(as in plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac has basal, me¬
dian and terminal segments exposed (Plate 117 fig.
6). Basal segment is membranous, tubular, conical
and densely covered with large triangular-shaped
microspinules. Median segment is membranous,
short. Terminal segment is strongly elongate
(much longer than apical and median segments
combined), well sclerotized and narrow. The total
length of basal, median and terminal segments is
422
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
approximately 2.0 mm. Tegmen: 5.8 mm long, base
of tegmen is extended and strongly curved dorso-
ventrally on middle (Fig. 51). Parameres: Relatively
short and flattened dorso-ventrally, well separated
medially along inner margin and towards apex (Fig.
52). Base of inner margin has a very distinct ex¬
tension from each paramere, projecting forward
forming a tooth-like plate (Fig. 52). Apex is evenly
rounded along posterior margin with scattered
fringes of relatively short, brownish hairs and a few
longer setae, well concentrated at edge of apex. En¬
tire surface of parameres has scattered punctures
and fine hairs. Surface has no micro-reticulation on
parameres. Tergite VIII: 3.0 mm long, with brownish
pigmentation, posterior margin broadly rounded,
and covered with short, coarse brownish hairs and
d ista I ly towards the posterior margin (Fig. 78). Sur¬
face medially with scattered and coarse punctures,
and with weak micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Indonesia, Kei Islands (Plate 116
fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) websteri Jordan, 1898 (Figs 21-
22, 53-54, 79, plate 107 figs 2, 5, 9, plate 113
figs 2-5, plate 115 fig. 6, plate 117 fig. 7, plate
118 figs 11-12)
Nemophas websteri Jordan, 1898: 419. Type lo¬
cality: New Hanover Island. - Aurivillius 1921: 77;
Breuning 1943: 279, fig. 156; Breuning 1961: 336;
Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 472.
Lectotype 8 MNHN: 24.2 mm, Neu Hannover, 1897-
03-02, leg. H. C. Webster, ex. Coll. W. Rothschild.
Additional material: 18 IRSNB, 38.5 mm, Neu
Mecklenburg (New Ireland Province), labelled “G. M.”;
1<? BMNH, 31 mm (examined by photo), New Hanover
(Bismarck Archipelago), 1934-11-15, leg. J. L. Froggatt;
lc? & 5$ FCNMB, Neu Mecklenburg (New Ireland) (ex¬
amined by photo); 18 (Fig. 45) & 2$ MNHN, Neu Han¬
nover, 1897-03-02, leg. H. C. Webster, ex. Coll. W. Roth¬
schild.
Remarks: A lectotype 8 from the type series pre¬
served at MNHN has been designated with the fol¬
lowing labelling data: Neu Hannover 1897-03-02,
leg. H. C. Webster (ex. coll. W. Rothschild). The spe¬
cies is, to our knowledge, not collected after 1934;
most specimens were collected 1897 or earlier. The
old museum collections contain a total of 16 speci¬
mens of this species: 1$ is preserved at FSSF, 1 8
at IRSNB, 1 8 at BMNH, 4 specimens (2c? & 2$) at
MNHN, 6 specimens (lc? & 5$) at FCNMB, and 3
specimens (1$ & 2 8) at MFN.
Diagnose: A relatively large and broad species,
with body approximately 2.9x longer than wide in
both sexes (Plate 107 figs 2, 5, 9). Males: length
24-28.5 mm, width 8. 5-9. 5 mm. The beautifully or¬
ange to bright orange body, only covered with nar¬
row to relatively narrow, black, transversal bands
on the elytra, the lateral pronotal spines that are
strongly curved upward towards apex, and the
coarsely punctured scapes, easily separates this
species from all other species of Nemophas.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are dull and
densely covered with very coarse and deep punc¬
tures (apart from the fine reticulation), medially the
distance between punctures is mostly less than the
width of one puncture, and distally confluent (Plate
119 fig. 13). Antennae in males are long, longer
than body with about six to seven antennomeres,
and in females relatively long, longer than body with
about three to four antennomeres. Head: Uniform¬
ly covered with orange or bright orange pubescence
(Plate 115 fig. 6). Pronotum: Entirely covered with
brown to bright orange pubescence, apart from a
median black spot on pronotum (which is larger in
females than in males) and dorsally on lateral pro¬
notal spines. Basal part of lateral pronotal spines
has a few long black setae. The lateral pronotal
spines are strongly curved upward towards apex,
which is a character this species only share with
N. bennigseni. Elytra: Apical part of elytra is sup¬
plied with numerous rounded granulae and numer¬
ous and slightly larger granulae on humeri (partly
seen on expose integument). Very coarse punctua¬
tion on apical 1/4 of elytra, medially with slightly
less coarse punctures and on posterior 1/3 with
very fine punctuation. Elytra are black and shining
where the integument is exposed. Anterior part of
elytra (between scutellum and humeri) is almost
covered with brown to bright orange pubescence,
apart from a narrow median area where the integu¬
ment is exposed. The remaining part of elytra has
brown to bright orange pubescence interrupted by
four black and narrow and transversal bands where
the integument is exposed. The black transversal
bands on elytra are mostly more narrow than the
adjacent brown to bright orange band. Scutellum
is completely covered with short, fine and dense,
brown to bright orange pubescence. Ventral part
of the body: Last abdominal ventrite in female
is pointed and slightly notched on the middle. Pro-,
meso- and metasternum (except coxae), and all vis¬
ible abdominal ventrites are densely covered with
brown to bright orange (Plate 107 fig. 5). Mesoster-
nal process is relatively broad, flat and covered with
orange pubescence. Legs: Black, with fine whitish
or yellowish pubescence laterally on femora. Male
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
genitalia. Aedeagus: 5.0 mm long and weakly
curved towards apex. Dorsal ridge is narrowly raised
medially, but as wide as ventral ridge and dorsal
ridge at apex (Figs 21-22). Colour is yellowish. The
two yellowish and crescent-shaped sclerites are
relatively broad and weakly folded at the proximal
end of the basal phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 11). Each
sclerite is attached to an elongated spiral-like struc¬
ture not seen in any other species of Nemophas.
These sclerites at the proximal end of the basal
phallomer resemble only those found in lothocera
tomentosa (Plate 119 fig. 2). Median phallomer has
a series of yellowish, large punctures laterally on
the smooth membrane, projecting inward as nee¬
dle-shaped structures along the lateral margin (as
in plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac has basal, median
and terminal segments exposed (Plate 117 fig. 7).
Basal segment is membranous, strongly elongated,
and densely covered with small triangular-shaped
microspinules. Median segment is membranous
and short. Terminal segment is strongly elongate
and relatively broad (almost as long as the apical
and median segments combined), well sclerotized
and narrow. The total length of basal, median and
terminal segments is approximately 1.9 mm. Teg-
men: 5.0 mm long, base of tegmen extended and
acutely curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig. 53).
Parameres: Relatively short and flattened dorso-
ventrally, separated medially along inner margin
and towards apex (Fig. 54). Base of inner margin
has a very distinct extension from each para mere
projecting forward forming a tooth-like structure
(Fig. 54). Apex evenly rounded along posterior mar¬
gin with scattered fringes of relatively short, brown¬
ish hairs and a few longer setae, well concentrated
at edge of apex. Entire surface of parameres has
scattered punctures and fine hairs. Surface is shin¬
ing, with no micro-reticulation on parameres. Ter-
gite VIII: 2.2 mm long, with brownish pigmentation,
posterior margin rounded, and covered with short,
coarse brownish hairs and distally towards the
posterior margin (Fig. 79). Surface medially with
scattered and coarse punctures, and with distinct
micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Papua New Guinea (Island provinc¬
es), the islands of New Hanover and New Ireland
(Bismarck Archipelago) (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Nemophas (s. str.) zonatus Lansberge van, 1880
(Figs 23-24, 55-56, 80, plate 107 figs 3, 6,
plate 108 figs 1, 4, plate 114 figs 1-2, plate
115 fig. 7, plate 117 fig. 8, plate 118 fig. 13)
Nemophas zonatus Lansberge van, 1880: 137.
Type locality: Timor Island. - Heller 1919: 102; Au-
rivillius 1921: 77; Breuning 1943: 279, fig. 154;
Breuning 1961: 336; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 473.
Holotype $ MNHN: 36.8 mm, Timor Island.
Additional material: 1 S CHW, 37.5 mm, Flores Is¬
land, 2005-01; 13 CHW, 41.5 mm, Flores Island, 2005-
07; 1$ CHW, 38 mm, Flores Island, 2005-01; 1$ CHW,
36 mm, Flores Island, 2005-07; ±<$ CUN, 42.5 mm,
Buru Island, 2002-03; 1$ CUN, 42 mm, Buru Island,
2002-03; 1$ CUN, 42 mm, Flores Island, 2001-07; 1$
NHRS, 39 mm, Alor Island, No. 5767 E94.
Diagnose: A relatively large and broad species,
with body approximately 2.9x longer than wide in
males, and 3x longer than wide in females (plate
107 figs 3, 6, plate 108 figs 1, 4). Males: length 37.5-
42.5 mm, width 13.5-14.5 mm; females: length
36-42 mm, width 12-14 mm. The weak yellow pu¬
bescence on frons, the yellow ventral part of the
body, and the regular and numerous yellow bands
on elytra, separates this species from most of the
other species of Nemophas. This species may be
confused (viewed dorsally) with N. grayii. However,
normally the yellowish colour of N. zonatus, both
dorsally and ventrally, is easily distinguished from
the other species of Nemophas.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes are coarsely
reticulated, with scattered, fine and shallow punc¬
tures (as in plate 119 fig. 11). Antennae in males
are long, longer than body with about six anten-
nomeres, and in females relatively long, longer
than body with about three to four antennomeres.
Head: The lower part of frons has fine yellow pu¬
bescence (Plate 115 fig. 7). Remaining part of
head is black with no, or only scattered, very fine
brown pubescence. Pro not urn: Anterior 2/3 of
pronotum covered with dense yellow pubescence,
with about 15 longer, black setae along the pos¬
terior margin of the yellow area. Posterior 1/5 of
pronotum is black, with no or very weak and fine
brown pubescence medially. The black and slightly
concave area reaches the base of lateral spines on
pronotum. Basal part of lateral pronotal spines has
a few long black setae. The lateral pronotal spines
are straight. Elytra: Apical part is almost smooth,
only supplied with a few weak and rounded granu¬
le on humeri. The punctuation is coarse between
the yellow transversal bands on apical 1/4 of ely¬
tra. The punctuation is slightly less coarse medially
and on the posterior 1/3 the punctuation is very
fine. Elytra are shining where the integument is ex¬
posed. Integument is black. Anterior part of elytra
between scutellum and humeri has sparse yellow
pubescence. The remaining part of elytra has three
424
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
regular yellow transversal bands, and also a solid
band towards apices. The areas between the yel¬
low bands on elytra (where the integument is ex¬
posed) are about as broad as the adjacent grey
band. Scutellum is completely covered with short,
fine and dense, dark brown pubescence. Ventral
part of the body: Last abdominal ventrite in fe¬
male is weakly pointed and notched on the middle,
and laststernite is covered with brown pubescence
and numerous long setae (Plate 108, fig. 4). Pro-
,meso- and metasternum (except coxae) are dense¬
ly covered with yellow pubescence (plate 107 fig. 6,
plate 108 fig. 4). Mesosternal process is relatively
narrow and slightly raised anteriorly, with yellow
pubescence laterally. Male genitalia. Aedeagus:
6.2 mm long, strongly curved towards apex. Dorsal
ridge is narrowly raised medially, but as wide as
ventral ridge and dorsal ridge at apex (Figs 23-24).
Colour is yellowish to brown. The two yellowish and
crescent-shaped sclerites are relatively broad and
completely folded at the proximal end of the basal
phallomer (Plate 118 fig. 13). Median phallomer
has a series of yellowish, large punctures laterally
on the smooth membrane, projecting inward as
needle-shaped structures along the lateral margin
(as in plate 119 fig. 5). Internal sac has basal, me¬
dian and terminal segments exposed (Plate 117 fig.
8). Basal segment is membranous, tubular, conical
and densely covered with small triangular-shaped
microspinules. Median segment is membranous,
short. Terminal segment is strongly elongate (as
long as apical and median segments combined),
well sclerotized and narrow. The total length of bas¬
al, median and terminal segments is approximately
2.5 mm. Tegmen: 6.0 mm long, base of tegmen is
extended and strongly curved dorso-ventrally on
middle (Fig. 55). Parameres: Short and flattened
dorso-ventrally, projecting inwards along inner mar¬
gin and towards apex (Fig. 56). Base of inner margin
has a very distinct extension from each paramere,
projecting forward forming a tooth-like plate (Fig.
56). Apex is evenly rounded along posterior margin
with scattered fringes of relatively short, brownish
hairs and a few longer setae, well concentrated at
edge of apex. Surface of parameres has scattered
punctures and fine hairs. Posterior surface of para¬
meres is shining with no micro-reticulation. The co¬
lour is dark brown. Tergite VIII: 3.2 mm long, with
brownish pigmentation, posterior margin is broadly
rounded, and covered with short, coarse brownish
hairs distally towards the posterior margin (Fig. 80).
Surface medially has scattered and coarse punc¬
tures, with weak micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Indonesia, the islands of Timor,
Flores, Alor (according to Breuning 1944) and Buru
(Plate 116 fig. 1). This appears to be the most wide¬
spread species with a new record from Buru Island.
Nemophas subgenus Pilomophas subgen. nov.
Type species: Nemophas ( Pilomophas ) ramosi
Schulze, 1920.
Derivatio nominis: The name Pilomophas is a
combination of parts of the Latin word “pilosus”
(hairy) and the genus name Nemophas.
Description: Differs from Nemophas ( Nemophas )
by the following characters: Pronotum is smooth
without a raised posteromedial callus. Antennae (at
least scapes, and the following four antennomeres)
are covered with ocherous pubescence (Plate 108
figs 2, 7). Lower eye lobe (below scape) is large
and only slightly elongated, almost twice as long as
gena below (Plate 115 fig. 8). Last abdominal seg¬
ment in females is more or less pointed (Plate 108
fig. 5). Last antennomere in males is more than
twice the length of the penultimate, and antennae
are very long, longer than body with about six to
seven antennomeres. The lateral pronotal spines
are short, blunt and slightly curved upward towards
apex. Mesosternal process is relatively narrow and
slightly raised anteriorly. Pro-, meso- and meta-
sternum (except coxae), and all visible abdominal
ventrites, are covered with very dense, ochreous
pubescence. Terminal segment inside the internal
sac is well sclerotized, large and deeply notched on
the middle of the broadly rounded posterior margin.
It is as long as apical and median segments com¬
bined (Plate 117 fig. 9).
Nemophas (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920
comb. nov. (Figs 25-26, 57-58, 81, plate 108
figs 2, 5, 7-8, plate 113 figs 6-7, plate 114 figs
3-4, plate 115 fig. 8, plate 116 fig. 2, plate 117
fig. 9, plate 118 fig. 14, plate 119 fig. 6)
Nemophas rosenbergii ramosi Schulze, 1920: 193,
pi. 2, fig. 2. Type locality: Mt. Ramos, Surigao, Mind¬
anao Island. - Heller 1924: 165.
Nemophas ramosi Schulze, 1920. - Vita I i & Nag-
irnyi 2009: 471-472, figs 1, 6-7 (revised; placed as
valid species).
= Nemophas rosenbergi var. ramosi Schulze, 1920.
- Aurivillius 1921: 607.
= Nemophas subterrubens Heller, 1924: 164-165
syn. nov. - Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 472.
= Nemophas subterrubus Heller, 1924. - Breuning
1961: 336 (misspelling).
= Nemophas subcylindricus var. virescens Aurivil¬
lius, 1927. - Breuning 1944: 281 (nec Aurivillius);
Breuning 1961: 337 (nec Aurivillius).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Neotype S CHW: 28 mm, Mindanao Island, 2008-07.
Additional material: ±S CUN, 31 mm, Mindanao,
2000-07-24; 1$ CHW, 37.5 mm, Mindanao Island,
2008- 07; 1$ CHW, 37 mm, South of Mindanao Island,
2009- 07-20; 1$ CHW, 30 mm, Mindanao Island, 2008-
07; IS CHW, 28.5 mm, Mindanao Island, 2008-07; 1$
CHW, 35 mm, South of Mindanao Island, 2009-04-06;
±S CHW, 28 mm, South of Mindanao Island, 2010-07-
20/25.
Lectotype of N. subterrubens S USNM, Samar Island,
Baker (designated from the type series of N. subterru¬
bens).
Para lectotype of N. subterrubens $ (designated from
the type series) FSSD, Samar Island, Baker.
Remarks: Vita I i & Nagirnyi (2009) resurrected N.
ramosi as a genuine species, with N. subterrubens
as a separate species, or a possible subspecies, of
N. ramosi. However, we regard N. subterrubens only
as a colour variety of N. (Pilomophas) ramosi comb,
nov. and we consider N. subterrubens as a junior
synonym of N. (Pilomophas) ramosi. The type, as
part of the Schultze collection is lost (cf. Lingafel-
ter & Hoebeke 2001). A neotype (S) of Nemophas
(Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze comb. nov. has been
designated from the same island as the type local¬
ity, carrying the following labelling data: The Philip¬
pines, Mindanao Island, 2008-07 (local collector).
The neotype is deposited at NHRS. A lectotype S of
N. subterrubens Heller, corresponding to the origi¬
nal description is designated, carrying the following
collection data: Island Samar, Baker, No. 22545). It
is preserved at USNM (Plate 113 figs 6-7). A para-
lectotype $ of N. subterrubens designated from a
syntype, is preserved at FSSD (Plate 114 figs 3-4).
Diagnose: A medium-sized to large and distinctly
elongated species (subcylindrical in both sexes),
with body 3-3. 3x longer than wide in both sexes
(Plate 108 figs 2, 5, 7-8). Males: length 28-31 mm,
width 9-9.5 mm; females: length 34-37.5 mm,
width 11-12.5 mm. The blunt and slightly curved
pronotal lateral spines, the dense ochreous pubes¬
cence on antennae, combined with the difference
in the ochreous transversal bands (one narrow and
one broad) on elytra are unique characters for this
species. The general colour pattern on pronotum,
elytra and abdominal ventrites, resembles to some
extent, those of N. rosenbergii. The latter species
lack the pubescent antennae and legs.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes, and the
following four antennomeres, are densely covered
with fine ochreous pubescence (plate 108 figs 2, 5,
7-8). Antennae in males are very long, longer than
body with about six to seven antennomeres, and
in females relatively long, longer than body with
about four antennomeres. Last antennomere in
males is more than twice as long as penultimate.
Head: Frons and head are uniformly covered with
fine ochreous pubescence (Plate 115 fig. 8). Eyes:
Lower eye lobe (below scape) is relatively large and
rounded, almost twice as long as gena below. Pro-
notum: Covered with dense ochreous pubescence
and with a small rounded spot medially, where the
integument is exposed.), Pronotum has about 10-
16 longer, black setae along the posterior margin.
Basal part of lateral pronotal spines has a few long
black setae. The lateral pronotal spines are short,
blunt and only slightly curved upward towards apex.
Elytra: Apical part of elytra is supplied with scat¬
tered, rounded granulae and numerous granulae
on humeri, especially towards and on epipleuron.
The punctuation is relatively coarse between the
ochreous transversal bands on apical 1/4 of ely¬
tra. Medially the punctures are slightly less coarse
punctures and posterior 1/3 part has very fine punc¬
tuation. Elytra is shining with a weak blue or green
metallic lustre, where the integument is exposed.
Anterior part of elytra has ochreous to brownish
pubescence between scutellum and humeri. The
remaining part of elytra has two distinct ochre¬
ous bands and a narrow ochreous band towards
apices. Scutellum is completely covered with fine
and dense, ochreous to brown pubescence. Ven¬
tral part of the body: Last abdominal ventrite
in female is weakly pointed and posterior margin
is straight (Plate 108 fig. 5). Pro-, meso- and meso-
sternum (except coxae), and all visible abdominal
ventrites, are covered with very dense, ochreous
pubescence (Plate 108 figs 5, 8). Legs: Entirely
covered with fine and dense ochreous or brown¬
ish pubescence. Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 5.0
mm long and relatively broad, weakly curved ante¬
riorly and straight towards apex. Dorsal ridge is as
wide as ventral ridge at apex (Figs 25-26). Colour
is yellowish to brown. The two yellowish and cres¬
cent-shaped sclerites are narrow, very long, weakly
curved and attached to a fish-bone-like sclerotized
pattern at the proximal end of the basal phallomer
(Plate 118 fig. 14). This character resembles that
found inside the basal segment of Pseudonemo-
phas baluanus. Median phallomer is weakly sup¬
plied with a series of yellowish punctures laterally
on the smooth membrane, projecting inward as
small needle-shaped structures along the lateral
margin (Plate 119 fig. 6). Internal sac has basal,
median and terminal segments exposed (Plate 117
fig. 9). Basal segment is membranous, tubular, al¬
most rectangular and densely covered with small
426
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
triangular-shaped microspinules. Median segment
is membranous, broad and short Terminal segment
is strongly elongated, large and deeply notched on
the middle of the broadly rounded posterior mar¬
gin. The terminal segment is well sclerotized, and
almost as long as the apical and median segments
combined. Total length of basal, median and ter¬
minal segments is approximately 2.0 mm. Tegmen:
5.5 mm long, base of tegmen is extended and
strongly curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig. 57).
Parameres: Very short and flattened dorso-ven¬
trally, well separated medially along inner margin
and towards apex (Fig. 58). Base of inner margin
has a very distinct, and very wide, extension from
each paramere, projecting forward forming a plate
from the base of para meres. The sides are concave
and apical margin is slightly projecting forward (not
tooth-like) (Fig. 58). Apex is evenly rounded along
posterior margin with scattered fringes of rela¬
tively short, yellowish to brownish hairs and a few
slightly longer setae, well concentrated at edge of
apex. Entire surface of para meres have scattered
punctures and fine hairs. Surface is densely cov¬
ered with short setae, but with no micro-reticulation
on parameres. Tergite VIII: 2.9 mm long, broad at
base and strongly narrowing towards the posterior
margin, with yellowish pigmentation medially and
brownish pigmentation towards posterior margin.
The posterior margin is broadly rounded, and cov¬
ered with short, coarse brownish hairs and distally
towards the posterior margin (Fig. 81). Surface me¬
dially has coarse punctures, but with weak micro¬
reticulation.
Distribution: The Philippines, the islands of Min¬
danao and Samar (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Genus Nemoplophora gen. nov.
Type species: Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Au-
rivillius, 1927).
Derivatio nominis: The name Nemoplophora is
a combination of parts of the words Nemophas and
Anoplophora.
Description: Pronotum is smooth with apical
2/3 covered with whitish to yellowish pubescence
(Plate 108 figs 3, 6, plate 109 figs 1, 4, plate 114
fig. 5). Antennae are without any trace of pubes¬
cent annulations. Scapes have micro-reticulation
with numerous large and deep punctures, and with
a green or blue metallic lustre (Plate 119 fig. 12).
Last abdominal segment in females is subtruncate.
Lower eye lobe (below scape) is small, rounded and
only about as long as gena below (Plate 115 fig. 9).
Last antennomere in males is slightly longer than
the length of the penultimate, and antennae are
relatively long, longer than body with about 3-4 an-
tennomeres (Plate 108 figs 3, 6). Anterior femora
of males are slightly longer than the total length of
head and pronotum combined. The lateral pronotal
spines are short, blunt and slightly curved upward
towards apex. Mesosternal process is relatively
broad and slightly raised anteriorly. Terminal seg¬
ment inside the internal sac of males is well sclero¬
tized, broad and dagger-shaped, almost as long as
apical and median segments combined (Plate 117
fig. 10).
The taxonomic position of Nemoplophora gen.
nov.
Apart from the above mentioned morpho¬
logical differences, Anoplophora elegans (Gahan,
1888) (Plate 109, figs 2, 5) exhibits some similari¬
ties with Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius,
1927) comb. nov. The colour pattern of the abdomi¬
nal ventrites (Plate 109, figs 2, 5) is similar. The ae-
deagus (Figs 29-30), the crescent shaped sclerites
at proximal end of basal segment in males (Plate
118 fig. 16), parameres (Fig. 61), the membrane
of median phallomer (Plate 119 fig. 7), and tergite
VIII (Fig. 83) resemble those of Nemoplophora sub¬
cylindricus comb. nov. more than any other spe¬
cies of Nemophas. However, the elongated median
sclerite inside internal sac in males, and especially
the terminal segment is narrow and well sclero-
tised in Nemoplophora subcylindricus comb. nov.
In Anoplophora elegans these characters are much
broader and only weakly sclerotized (Plate 117 fig.
11). Many species of Anoplophora lack any sclero¬
tized parts on the terminal segment (cf. Lingafelter
& Hoebeke 2002). The elongated median sclerite
inside internal sac and the terminal segment in Ne¬
moplophora subcylindricus comb. nov. resemble
more those found in Pseudoemophas baluanus
(Aurivillius, 1923) (Plate 117 fig. 12), Pseudonemo-
phas versteegi (Ritsema, 1881) (Plate 117 fig. 13),
lothocera tomentosa (Buquet, 1859) (Plate 117
fig. 14), Dolichoprosopus leuciscus (Pascoe, 1866)
(Plate 117 fig. 15), and Cornuscoparia annulicornis
(Heller, 1897) (Plate 117 fig. 16). The extension at
the base of the inner margin of parameres is either
absent or weakly developed, always located at the
base of parameres and not forming any projection
in Anoplophora spp. (Figs 61-63) (cf. Lingafelter &
Hoebeke 2002). The crescent-shaped sclerites at
proximal end of basal segment in males of Pseu-
donemophas spp. (Plate 118 fig. 17) and Dolicho¬
prosopus (Plate 119 fig. 3) resemble those of Ano-
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
plophora and Nemoplophora gen. nov., whereas
those of Cornuscoparia (Plate 119 fig. 4) differ from
all examined species. The needle-shaped struc¬
tures, inside the membrane of median phallomer,
are typical in males of Nemophas (Plate 119 fig. 5)
and are also found in lothocera (Plate 119 fig. 10).
In all other studied genera this character is absent
or distinctly different, e. g. as a fishbone-like pat¬
tern in Pseudoemophas baluanus (Plate 119 fig.
9). The external characters of Mimohammus bipla-
giatus Breuning, 1950, especially the very long an¬
tennae in males, resemble Nemophas spp. Howev¬
er, the parameres are distinctly different (Fig. 68),
male tergite VIII which is small with evenly rounded
apical margin (Fig. 84), and the short and evenly
curved aedeagus (Figs 31-32) are unique for M. bi-
plagiatus.
Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927)
comb. nov. (Figs 27-28, 59-60, 82, plate 108
figs 3, 6, plate 109 figs 1, 4, plate 114 figs 5-8,
plate 115 figs 1, 9, plate 117 fig. 10, plate 118
fig. 15, plate 119 figs 7, 12)
Nemophas subcylindricus Aurivillius, 1927: 551.
Type locality: Surigao, Mindanao Island. - Breuning
1944: 281, fig. 158; Breuning 1961: 337; Hude-
pohl 1983: 186; Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 471-472.
= Nemophas subcylindricus var. virescens Aurivilli¬
us, 1927: 551. Type locality: Banguio, Luzon Island.
- Breuning 1944: 281; Breuning 1961: 337; Vitali &
Nagirnyi 2009: 471, fig. 2 syn. nov.
= Nemophas zonatoides Breuning, 1980: 174. Type
locality: Mindanao Island. - Hudepohl 1983: 186
(synonymy); Vitali & Nagirnyi 2009: 471.
Holotype USNM (examined by photo): Surigao, Min¬
danao, leg, Baker.
Additional material: 1$ CUN, 32 mm, Mindanao;
1$ CHW, 33.5 mm, Mindanao Island, Mount Diwata, Su-
riago del Sur, 2006-06; ±S CHW, 27 mm, Mindanao Is¬
land, Mount Diwata, Suriago del Sur, 2006-06; 1$ CHW,
29 mm, Leyte Island, Mahaplag, Mount Balocaue, 2011-
05; 1$ MFN, Mindanao Island {N. zonatoides Breuning,
1980).
Holotype S of N. subcylindricus var. virescens, NHRS,
25 mm, Baguio, Luzon, No. 5770 E94.
Remarks: Holotype S (Plate 114 fig. 5) is pre¬
served at USNM. Type locality: Mindanao (Surigao).
The S holotype of N. subcylindricus var. virescens
(Plate 115 fig. 1) from the island of Luzon (Baguio)
is preserved at NHRS, and the S holotype of N. zon¬
atoides (Plate 114 figs 6-7) is preserved at MNHN.
A S paratype of N. zonatoides is preserved at MFN
(Plate 114 fig. 8). We consider both N. subcylindri¬
cus var. virescens syn. nov. and N. zonatoides syn.
nov. to be colour varieties of Nemoplophora subcy¬
lindricus gen. nov., comb. nov.
Diagnose: A medium-sized and distinctly elongat¬
ed species, with subcylindrical to cylindrical in both
sexes, and body approximately 3x longer than wide
in males, and approximately 3.2x longer than wide
in females (Plate 108 figs 3, 6, plate 109 figs 1, 4).
Male: length 27 mm, width 9 mm; females: length
29-33.5 mm, width 10-10.5 mm. The small eyes,
short antennae in both sexes, the blunt and slightly
curved pronotal lateral spines, the dense whitish or
yellowish pubescence on pronotum, combined with
the narrow transversal bands of whitish or yellow¬
ish pubescence on elytra, are unique characters for
this species.
Redescription. Antennae: Scapes have micro¬
reticulation; consisting of very small punctures.
The larger and scattered punctures are deep and
very distinct, with the distance between the coarse
punctures about twice the width of one coarse
puncture medially (Plate 119 fig. 12). Antennae are
black with a blue or green metallic lustre., Males
have short antennae, longer than body with about
three to four antennomeres, and in females only as
long as body. Last antennomere in males is as long
as (or only slightly longer) than penultimate. Head:
Lower part of frons at the margin of the lower eye
lobe and at the frontoclypeal margin, with fine whit¬
ish pubescence (Plate 115 fig. 9). The remaining
part of head is glabrous and black with a green or
blue metallic lustre. Eyes: Lower eye lobe (below
scape) relatively small and rounded, as long as
gena below. Pronotum: Anterior 2/3 of pronotum
is covered with dense, whitish or yellowish pubes¬
cence, with about 10 longer, black setae along the
posterior margin of the whitish or yellowish area.
Posterior 1/5 of pronotum is glabrous, forming a
slightly concave area reaching the base of lateral
spines on pronotum. Basal part of lateral pronotal
spines with a few long black setae. The lateral pro¬
notal spines are short, oblique, blunt and slightly
curved upward towards apex, slightly similar to Ne¬
mophas ( Pilomophas ) ramosi. Elytra: Apical part
of elytra is smooth. The punctuation is relatively
coarse on apical 1/2 of elytra, between the whit¬
ish to yellow transversal bands. On posterior Va of
elytra the punctuation is fine and near apices the
punctuation is very fine. Elytra are shining where
the integument is exposed. Integument is black,
with a distinct blue or green metallic lustre. Anterior
part of elytra, between scutellum and humeri, has
no pubescence The remaining part of elytra has
428
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
3-4 narrow and regular transversal bands, covered
with whitish or yellowish pubescence. The areas
between the whitish to yellowish bands on elytra
(where the integument is exposed) are much broad¬
er than the adjacent bands. Scutellum is smooth,
with only very weak whitish pubescence along the
posterior margin. Ventral part of the body: Last
abdominal ventrite in female is broadly rounded.
Lateral part of mesosternum, posterior margin of
metasternum, and the first three visible abdominal
ventrites have very fine whitish pubescence. Meso-
sternal process is relatively broadly raised anteri¬
orly (Plate 108 fig. 6, plate 109 fig. 4). Legs: Black
and uniformly covered with very fine, whitish pubes¬
cence. Male genitalia. Aedeagus: 3.8 mm long
and acutely curved towards apex. Dorsal ridge is as
wide as ventral ridge, and both ridges are strongly
narrowed towards apex (Figs 27-28). Colour is yel¬
lowish to brown. The two brownish and crescent¬
shaped sclerites are very long and weakly folded at
the proximal end of the basal phallomer (Plate 118
fig. 15). Median phallomer has no trace of large
punctures laterally, or needle-shaped structures
projecting inward (Plate 119 fig. 7). Internal sac
with basal, median and terminal segments exposed
(Plate 117 fig. 10). Basal segment is membranous,
tubular, rectangular and densely covered with small
triangular-shaped microspinules. Median segment
is membranous, very short. Terminal segment is
elongate (almost as long as apical and median seg¬
ments combined), well sclerotized, broad and dag¬
ger-shaped. The total length of basal, median and
terminal segments is approximately 2.1 mm. Teg-
men: 3.5 mm long, base of tegmen is extended and
acutely curved dorso-ventrally on middle (Fig. 59).
Parameres: Short and flattened dorso-ventrally,
projecting inwards along inner margin and towards
apex (Fig. 60). Base of inner margin is “U-shaped”
with no trace of an extension or tooth-like plate (Fig.
60). Apex is evenly rounded along posterior margin
with scattered fringes of relatively short, brownish
hairs and a few longer setae, well concentrated
at edge of apex. Surface of parameres have scat¬
tered punctures and fine hairs. Posterior surface of
parameres is shining due to no micro-reticulation.
The colour is dark brown. Tergite VIII: 2.3 mm long,
almost square-formed with brownish pigmenta¬
tion, posterior margin almost straight, and covered
with short, fine brownish hairs and d ista I ly towards
the posterior margin (Fig. 82). Surface medially, is
smooth and with weak micro-reticulation.
Distribution: Philippines: the islands of Mindan¬
ao and Luzon (Plate 116 fig. 1).
Key to the genera Anoplophora, Nemophas and Nemoplophora gen. nov., including designation of new
subgenus ( Pilomophas )
1 Pronotum mostly with a raised posteromedial callus. Antennae often have conspicuous pubescent annulations on
most antennomeres (Fig. 30). Scape is micro-reticulated with numerous and very fine (almost oblique) and shallow
punctures. Last abdominal segment in females is subtruncate or notched. Last antennomere in males is less than
twice the length of the penultimate, and antennae is relatively long (longer than body with about four to five anten¬
nomeres). The lateral pronotal spines are long and mostly straight towards apex. Anterior femora of males about
as long as the total length of head and pronotum combined. Mesosternal process often broad and distinctly raised
anteriorly. Male genitalia has base of inner margin of parameres, smooth or with a weakly developed “tooth-like ex¬
tension” located at base (Figs 61-63). Terminal segment inside the internal sac is sclerotized, elongate and tubular,
or compressed and broad (with well sclerotized lateral margins), much shorter than apical and median segments
combined (Plate 117 fig. 11) . Anoplophora Hope, 1839
- Pronotum smooth (without a raised posteromedial callus). Antennae are without any trace of pubescent annula¬
tions. Scape coarsely reticulated with numerous shallow punctures (Plate 119 fig. 11). Last abdominal segment in
females more or less pointed. Last antennomere in males more than twice the length of the penultimate, and an¬
tennae very long (longer than body with about six to seven antennomeres). The lateral pronotal spines are long and
straight towards apex. Anterior femora of males about 1.5 times longer than the total length of head and pronotum
combined. Mesosternal process relatively narrow and slightly raised anteriorly. Male genitalia: base of inner margin
of parameres has an extension from each paramere forming a tooth-like plate strongly projecting forward, and ter¬
minal segment inside the internal sac of males well sclerotized, strongly elongate, rounded and needle-shaped: as
long as, or longer than, apical and median segments combined . Nemophas Thomson, 1864
429
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
- Pronotum smooth (without a raised posteromedial callus). Antennae (at least scape and following four antenno-
meres) completely covered with ocherous pubescence (Plate 108 figs 2, 5, 7-8). Last abdominal segment in females
more or less pointed. Last antennomere in males more than twice the length of the penultimate, and antennae
very long (longer than body with about six to seven antennomeres). The lateral pronotal spines are short, blunt and
slightly curved upward towards apex. Mesosternal process relatively narrow and slightly raised anteriorly. Male geni¬
talia: base of inner margin of parameres has a distinct, and very wide, extension from each paramere forming a plate
strongly projecting forward (Fig. 58), and terminal segment inside the internal sac well sclerotized, large and deeply
notched on the middle of the broadly rounded posterior margin. Terminal segment as long as apical and median
segments combined: as long as apical and median segments combined (Plate 117 fig. 9) .
. Pilomophas (Nemophas) subgen. nov.
- Pronotum smooth with apical 2/3 covered with whitish to yellowish pubescence (plate 108 figs 3, 6, plate 109 figs
1, 4). Antennae are without any trace of pubescent annulations. Scape is micro-reticulated with numerous large
and deep punctures (Plate 119 fig. 12). Last abdominal segment in females is subtruncate. Lower eye lobe (below
scape) is small, rounded and only about as longgena below it. Last antennomere in males is slightly longer than the
length of the penultimate, and antennae relatively long (longer than body with about three to four antennomeres).
Anterior femora of males slightly longer than the total length of head and pronotum combined. The lateral pronotal
spines are short, blunt and slightly curved upward towards apex. Mesosternal process relatively broad and slightly
raised anteriorly. Male genitalia: base of inner margin of parameres smooth (lack a tooth-like projection) (Fig. 60),
and terminal segment inside the internal sac well sclerotized, broad and dagger-shaped. Terminal segment almost
as long as apical and median segments combined (Plate 117 fig. 10) . Nemoplophora gen. nov.
Key to species of Nemophas Thomson, 1864
1 Abdominal ventrites black (as in plate 105, figs 4-5). Metasternum glabrous and black, or at most with small or¬
ange median or lateral spots (more extensive in males) . 2
- Abdominal ventrites and metasternum more extensively coloured (mostly yellowish or orange) pubescence (as in
plate 103 figs 4-6) . 3
2 Elytra with four to five irregular orange pubescent bands, integument shining black, shoulders orange, posterior
pronotal margin black (Plate 105, figs 1-2). Internal sac with basal segment strongly elongated, and terminal seg¬
ment well sclerotized, long and narrow (needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 2) . N. grayii
- Elytral surface with irregular transversal greyish spots forming an indistinct band medially, integument dull black,
pronotum and frons with greyish pubescence (Plate 102 figs 1-2), ventrally at least on the posterior margin of ab¬
dominal ventrites, covered with greyish pubescence. Internal sac with basal segment is short and square-formed.
Terminal segment well sclerotized, relatively long and broad (Plate 117 fig. 17) . N. ammiralis
3 Abdominal ventrites and metasternum covered with dark pubescence (mostly red or brownish as in plate 102 fig.
8, plate 103 figs 4, 8, plate 104 figs 4-5, 8) . 4
- Abdominal ventrites and metasternum covered with bright pubescence (mostly bright orange, yellowish or ochre-
ous as in plate 103 figs 5-6, plate 105 figs 6, 8, plate 106 figs 4-5, plate 107 fig 5, plate 108 figs 5, 8) . 6
4 Elytra without coloured spots or transversal bands . 5
- Elytra with coloured spots or cross-banded. Ventral surface covered with dark red to browning pubescence (except
around coxae and on abdominal ventrites; last visible abdominal ventrite mostly black). Pronotum entirely covered
with orange pubescence, elytra with orange transversal bands, or with irregular bands (Plate 104 figs 2-3, 5-6, 8). In¬
ternal sac with basal segment short and cone-shaped. Terminal segment well sclerotized, long and narrow (needle-
shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 1) . N. forbesi
5 Ventral surface completely covered with dark red to browning pubescence. Pronotum entirely covered with orange
to reddish pubescence, elytra uniformly black (Plate 102 figs 7-8, plate 103 figs 1, 4). Entire head dull green (Plate
115 fig. 2). Internal sac with basal segment is cone-shaped. Terminal segment well sclerotized, very long and narrow
(needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 18) . N. batoceroides
-Ventral surface covered with dark red to browning pubescence (except around coxae). Pronotum is black, elytra me¬
tallic dark blue (Plate 103 figs 7-8, plate 104 figs 1, 4). Internal sac with basal segment is short and square-formed.
Terminal segment well sclerotized, long and narrow (needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 20) . N. cyanescens
6 Scape (first antennal segment) dull due to the integument being densely covered with very large punctures (apart
from fine reticulation between the punctures) (Plate 119 fig. 13). Elytra densely covered with bright orange pubes-
430
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
cence interrupted with 4-6 narrow and glabrous, black bands (Plate 107 figs 2, 5, 9), frons, head and pronotum
orange (Plate 115 fig. 6). Internal sac with basal segment long and cone-shaped. Terminal segment well sclerotized,
long and relatively narrow (needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 7) . N. websteri
- Scape (first antennal segment) coarsely reticulated and only supplied with scattered fine and shallow punctures
(Plate 119 fig. 11) . 7
7 Humeri (dorsally and especially on the glabrous area on epipleuron) extensively granulate . 8
- Humeri without distinct granulae or punctures (at most with very weak granulation) . 12
8 Anterior part of elytra (between scutellum and humeri) mostly glabrous and without distinct punctures (only scat¬
tered and large, rounded granulae with the distance between granulae much greater than the width of the granulae.
Elytra with four to five light greyish bands, shoulders with dark grey or black pubescence (Plate 107 figs 1, 4, 7-8).
Internal sac with basal segment cone-shaped. Terminal segment well sclerotized, long and narrow (needle-shaped)
(Plate 117 fig. 6) . N. trifasciatus
- Glabrous areas on anterior part of elytra (between scutellum and humeri) with numerous large punctures some¬
times associated with more or less distinct granulae with the distance between punctures about the same as the
width of each puncture . 9
9 Antennomeres 1-3 (and head) entirely covered with ochreous or yellowish pubescence (Plate 115 fig. 8). Elytral
surface light metallic green with two ochreous or yellowish transversal bands on the middle (the first band narrow
and the second band almost twice as broad), and one smaller band near apex, anterior elytral margin and shoulders
covered with yellowish pubescence, entire pronotum covered with yellowish pubescence (Plate 108 figs 2, 5, 7-8).
Male genitalia: base of inner margin of parameres has a distinct, and very wide, extension from each paramere
forming a plate projecting forward (Fig. 58), and internal sac with basal segment almost rectangular. Terminal seg¬
ment well sclerotized, terminal segment strongly elongate, broad and deeply notched on the middle of the broadly
rounded posterior margin (Plate 117 fig. 9) . N. (Pilomophas) ramosi
- Antennomere 1-3 glabrous, without pubescence . 10
10 Frons covered with bright yellowish or dull red pubescence, head dorsally and laterally black (as in plate 115 figs
3, 5, 7) . 11
- Frons and head uniformly with ochreous pubescence (as in plate 115 fig. 4). Elytral surface dark metallic green with
two broad yellowish transversal bands on the middle and one obtuse band near apex, anterior elytral margin and
shoulders often with brownish pubescence (Plate 106 figs 1-2, 4-5), mesosternum and abdominal sternites entirely
covered with light brownish or ochreous pubescence, posterior pronotal margin greyish, frons (and entire head) with
ochreous pubescence (Plate 115 fig. 4). Internal sac with basal segment short and cone-formed. Terminal segment
well sclerotized, long and narrow (needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 4) . N. rosenbergii
11 Frons with bright yellowish pubescence extending onto antennal tubercles (as in plate 115 fig. 3), apical part of
elytra (between scutellum and humeri) glabrous, or with weak ochreous pubescence, mesosternum with yellowish
pubescence. Elytral surface shining black, or dark blue, with two yellowish transversal bands on the middle and one
smaller band near apex (Plate 103 figs 2-3, 5-6), metasternum and posterior margin of abdominal ventrites 1-4
sometimes with yellowish pubescence, posterior pronotal margin black, frons with bright yellow pubescence (plate
115 fig. 3). Internal sac with basal segment short and cone-formed. Terminal segment well sclerotized, long and
narrow (needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 19) . N. bicinctus
- Frons with dull red pubescence not extending onto antennal tubercles (as in plate 115 fig. 5), apical part of elytra
(between scutellum and humeri) with extensive red pubescence, mesosternum with red pubescence. Elytral pubes¬
cence consist of two-coloured bands (two broad yellow bands medially, and shoulders/apex with reddish pubes¬
cence), posterior pronotal margin black (Plate 106 figs 3, 6-8), frons red (Plate 115 fig. 5). Internal sac with basal
segment almost cone-formed. Terminal segment well sclerotized, long and narrow (needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig.
5) . N. tricolor
12 Apical part of elytra (except apical margin and humeri) with extensive yellowish pubescence . 13
-Apical part of elytra (including apical margin and humeri) glabrous. Elytra with small yellowish irregular spots, pro¬
notum entirely covered with bright yellowish or orange pubescence only interrupted with a very small black (naked)
spot on the middle of pronotum (Plate 105 figs 3, 6-8). Internal sac with basal segment almost square formed. Ter¬
minal segment well sclerotized, relatively short and narrow (needle shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 3) .... Nemophas helleri
13 Elytra with four broad yellowish or orange bands, sometimes with five bands with the smallest band near apex,
the first band not entirely covering shoulders, posterior pronotal margin black (Plate 107 figs 3, 6, plate 108 figs 1-4).
Lower part of frons yellowish (Plate 115 fig 7). Internal sac with basal segment strongly elongated. Terminal segment
well sclerotized, long and relatively narrow (needle-shaped) (Plate 117 fig. 8) . N. zonatus
431
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
- Elytra covered with large yellowish irregular spots (Plate 102 fig. 3, plate 104 fig. 7), posterior pronotal margin with
larger spots not reaching shoulders, pronotum with yellowish pubescence interrupted with a large black (naked)
longitudinal median spot across entire pronotum (male unknown) . N. bennigseni
Acknowledgements
We thank the following staff at museums for
their kind co-operation and for supplying photos of
specimens and types: Sharon Shute, Maxwell V.L.
Barclay and Erica McAlister (all - BMNH), Niklas
Apelqvistand Bert Gustafsson (both NHRS), Damir
Kovac and Andrea Hasten pflug-Vesman is (both
SMNS), Olaf Jaeger (FSSD), Lutz Behne (SDEI), Alain
Drumont (IRSNB), Steven W. Lingafelter (USNM),
Heinrich Schonmann and Harald Schillhammer
(both NHMW) Gerard Tavakilian and Azadeh Tagha-
vian (both MNHN), S.A. Ulenberg and Ben Brugge
(both ZMA), Manfred Uhlig and Joachim Willers
(both MFN), Eva Sprecher (NMB), and Jason Wein-
traub ANSP). Tove Vaaje-Kolstad (Norwegian Forest
and Landscape Institute, As) kindly arranged the
distribution map. We also thank Nils Jerling (Swed¬
ish Forestry Research Institute, Uppsala) for valu¬
able help with colour photos.
Siri Bjoner (Norwegian Forest and Landscape
Institute, As) gave us valuable corrections of the
English language. We also thank an anonymous re¬
viewer for valuable comments on the manuscript.
References
Aurivillius C. 1908. Neue Coleoptera Longicornia (Col.)
aus einer vom Herrn Gouverneur von Bennigsen
zusammengebrachte Sammlung. - Deutsche Ento-
mologische Zeitschrift 19A (23): 211-224.
Aurivillius C. 1921. Cerambycidae: Lamiinae I. Pars 73.
In: Schenkling S. (ed.) Coleopterorum Catalogus.
Volumen XXIII. Cerambycidae II. Berlin, W. Junk:
322 pp.
Aurivillius C. 1926. Fauna Buruana. Coleoptera, Fam.
Cerambycidae. - Treubia, A Journal of Zoology, Hy-
drobiology and Oceanography of the Indo-Austra-
lian Archipelago 7: 100-109.
Aurivillius C. 1927. Neue Oder wenig bekannte Coleop¬
tera Longicornia. - Arkiv for Zoologi 19A, No. 23:
1-41.
Breuning S. 1943. Etudes sur les Lamiaires (Col.
Cera mb.). - Novitates entomologicae 13 : 89-106.
Breuning S.1961. Catalogue des Lamiaires du Monde.
5. Lieferung. Munchen, Verlag des Museums G.
Frey, Tutzing: 336-339.
Breuning S. 1980. Description de nouvelles especes
de Laimaires des Philippines (Col. Cerambycidae).
- Mitteilungen aus dem Zoologischen Museum in
Berlin 56: 157-182.
Hauser G. 1904. Eine neue Nemophas- Art. - Deutsche
Entomologische Zeitschrift 1904, No. 1: 42.
Heller K.M. 1896. Neue Kafer von Celebes gesammelt
von den Herren Dr. P. und Dr. F. Sarasin. - Abhand-
lungen und Berichte des Zoologischen und Antho-
pologisch-Ethnographischen Museums zu Dresden
6, No. 3: 1-24.
Heller K.M. 1919. Allgemeines und Spezielles uber die
Lamiidengattung Nemophas Thoms. (Col. Longi-
corn.). - Tijdschrift voor Entomologie, Supplement
(Januari 1920): 99-103.
Heller K.M. 1924. Neue philippinische Bock- und Rus¬
sel kafer aus der Sammlung von Prof. C.F. Baker. -
Wiener Entomologische Zeitung 41: 163-180.
Horn W., Kahle I. 1935. Entomologische Behefte aus
Berlin-Dahlem. Ober entomologische Sammlun-
gen. Berlin, R. Friedlander & Sohn: 533 pp.
Horn W., Kahle I., Friese G., Gaedike R. 1990. Collectio-
nes entomologicae, Teil l:Abis K. Berlin, Akademie
der Landwirtschaftswissenschaften der Deutschen
Demokratischen Republik: 573 pp.
Hua L.-Z. 2002. List of Chinese Insects. Volume II.
Guangzhou, Zhongshan (Sun Yat - sen) University
Press: 612 pp.
Hua L.-Z., Nara H., Samuelson G.A., Lingafelter S.W.
2009. Iconography of Chinese Longicorn Beetles
(1406 Species) in Color. Guangzhou, Zhongshan
(Sun Yat - sen) University Press: 474 pp.
Hiidepohl K.E. 1983. Anmerkungen zu den Typen
der von Dr. Stephan von Breuning 1980 neu be-
schriebenen Lamiinen-Arten von den Philippinen,
nebst Beschreibung einer neuen Art der Gattung
Acronia Westw. - Entomologische Arbeiten aus
dem Museum G. Frey 31/32: 177-188.
Hiidepohl K.E., Heffern DJ. 2004. Notes on Oriental
Lamiini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Lamiinae). -
Insecta mundi 16, No. 4 (2002): 247-249.
Jordan K. 1898. Some new Coleoptera in the Tring Mu¬
seum. - Novitates zoologicae. A Journal of Zoology,
in connection with the Tring Museum 5: 29-30.
Lacordaire J.T. 1869. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Ge¬
nera des coleopteres, ou expose methodique et cri¬
tique de tous les genres proposes jusqu’ici dans cet
ordre d'insectes. Tome neuvieme. Premiere partie.
Paris, Libraire encyclopedique de Roret: 409 pp.
Lansberge M.G. van 1880. Quelques Coleopteres de la
432
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
Malaise et de la Papouasie. - Annales de la Socie-
tie Entomologique de Belgique 23: 118-139.
Lin M., Montreuil 0., Tavakilian G., Yang X. 2009. Rein¬
statement of the genus Heteroglenea Gahan, with
four new combinations, four new synonyms and
three new species (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae:
Lamiinae: Saperdini). - Zootaxa 2137: 1-22.
Lingafelter S.W., Hoebeke E.R. 2002. Revision of Ano-
plophora (Coleoptera: Cereambycidae). Washing¬
ton, D.C., the Entomological Society of Washington:
236 pp.
Lob! I., Smetana A. (eds) 2010. Catalogue of Palaearctic
Coleoptera. Volume 6: Chrysomeloidea. Stenstrup,
Apollo Books: 924 pp.
Pascoe F.P. 1859. Transactions of the Entomological So¬
ciety of London. Volume 5 (I, Proceedings of the En¬
tomological Society of London, 1859, Exhibitions):
54.
Pascoe F.P. 1866. Longicornia Malayana; Or a descrip¬
tive catalogue of the species of the three longicorn
families Lamiidae, Cerambycidae and Prionidae,
collected by Mr. A.R. Wallace in the Malay Archipel¬
ago. - Transactions of the Entomological Society of
London 3, No. 3: 225-236.
Redtenbacher L. 1867. Reise der Osterreichischen
Fregatte Novara urn die Erde in den Jahren 1857-
1859. Zoologischer Theil. Coleoptera. Band 2.
Wien: 249 pp.
Ritsema C. 1881. Four new species and a new genus
of longicorn Coleoptera. - Notes from the Leyden
Museum 3: 145-150.
Schulze W. 1920. Eighth contribution to the Coleoptera
fauna of the Philippines. - The Philippine Journal of
Science 16, No. 2: 191-203, plate 2.
Schwarzer B. 1931. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Cerambyci-
den (Ins. Col.). - Senckenbergiana 13: 59-78.
Slipinski A., Escalona H. E. 2013. Australian Longhorn
Beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Volume 1. In¬
troduction and subfamily Lamiinae. Melbourne &
Canberra, ABRS & CSIRO Publishing: 484 pp.
Thomson M.J. 1864. Systema Cerambycidarum. - Me-
moires de la Societe royale des sciences de Liege
1864: 75.
Vitali F., Nagirnyi V. 2009. Nemophas ramosi Schultze,
1920. A forgotten Philippine species (Coleoptera,
Cerambycidae). - Lambillionea, 109: 470-475.
Wallin H., Nylander U., Kvamme T. 2009. Two sibling spe¬
cies of Leiopus Audinet-Serville, 1835 (Coleoptera:
Cerambycidae) from Europe: L. nebulosus (Linnae¬
us, 1758) and L. linnei sp. nov. - Zootaxa 2010:
31-45.
Waterhouse C.0. 1884. On the Coleopterous Insects col¬
lected by Mr. H.O. Forbes in the Timor-Laut Islands.
- Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London
1884: 213-219.
Yamasako 1, Ohbayashi N. 2011. Review of the genus
Paragolsinda Breuning, 1956 (Coleoptera, Ceram¬
bycidae, Lamiinae, Mesosini), with reconsideration
of the endophallic terminology. - Zootaxa 2882:
35-50.
Authors’ note
After the submission of the presented paper,
we have become aware of a new publication on the
genus Nemophas by Vitali (2013) *. Since we have
not been able to study the specimens on which
the mentioned paper is based we can only provide
some general comments.
Nemophas nigriceps Vitali, 2013 and Nemo¬
phas sumbaensis Vitali, 2013 are described as
new species based only on female specimens. The
situation is consequently the same as for N. benni-
gseni, which we have regarded as “incertae sedis”
due to the lack of male specimens. A correct place¬
ment in this genus, require study of male genitalia.
This is in particular important for N. sumbaensis ,
since this species shows some untypical habitual
characters compared to the other species in the ge¬
nus Nemophas. Nemophas nigriceps Vitali, 2013
appears to be a synonym of N. rosenbergii. An ex¬
amination of male specimens is required to confirm
this.
We regard the genera lothocera and Dolicho-
prosopus as separate genera, not to be confused
with Nemophas. These genera exhibit external
characters and male genitalia characters that are
unique. Especially the sclerites inside the internal
sac show important characters on genus level. We
have stressed the importance in using the charac¬
ters of the sclerites inside the internal sac, as well
as other internal sac characters, in order to sepa¬
rate Nemophas from the related genera. On this ba¬
sis we have successfully identified existing species
and described a new genus and a new subgenus.
In the abstract by Vitali (2013) it is stated that:
“Nemophas Thomson, 1864, lothocera Thomson,
1864 and Dolichiprosopus Ritsema, 1881, are
compared and revised with emphasis on the geni¬
tal morphology”. With the exception of the param-
eres shown on figures 21-30, we cannot see that
such a detailed study is presented.
* Vitali F. 2013. Taxonomic revision of the genus Nemo¬
phas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae).
- Lambillionea 113, No. 3: 255-266.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
/;
6
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Figures 1-32. Aedeagi of Cerambycidae species (left - ventral view, right - lateral view). 1-2 - Nemophas ammiralis
Schwarzer, 1931, holotype; 3-4 - N. batoceroides Thomson, 1864; 5-6 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880; 7-8 - N.
cyanescens Jordan, 1898; 9-10 - N. forbesi Waterhouse, 1884; 11-12 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859); 13-14 - N. helleri
Hauser, 1904; 15-16 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881; 17-18 - N. tricolor Heller, 1896; 19-20 - N. trifasciatus Heller,
1919; 21-22 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898; 23-24 - N. zonatus Lansberge van, 1880; 25-26 - N. (Pilomophas) ramosi
Schulze, 1920; 27-28 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927); 29-30 - Anoplophora elegans (Gahan,
1888); 31-32 - Mimohammus biplagiatus Breuning, 1950.
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
(plates 102-119)
54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Figures 33-60. Parameres of Cerambycidae species, with median lobe and tegmen (plus parameres, magnified).
33-34 - Nemophas ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931, holotype [partly damaged by dermestids]; 35-36 - N. batoceroides
Thomson, 1864; 37-38 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880; 39-40 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898; 41-42 - N.
forbesi Waterhouse, 1884; 43-44 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859); 45-46 - N. helleri Hauser, 1904; 47-48 - N. rosenber-
gii Ritsema, 1881; 49-50 - N. tricolor Heller, 1896; 51-52 - N. trifasciatus Heller, 1919; 53-54 - N. websteri Jordan,
1898; 55-56 - N. zonatus Lansberge van, 1880; 57-58 - N. (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920; 59-60 - Nemop-
lophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927).
435
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Figures 61-84. Parameres with median lobe and tegmen (plus parameres, magnified) and male tergite VIII. 61-68
- Parameres. 61 - Anoplophora elegans (Gahan, 1888); 62 - A. mamaua Schultze, 1923; 63 - A. granata Holzs-
chuh, 1993; 64 - Pseudoemophas baluanus (Aurivillius, 1923); 65 - Pseudonemophas versteegi (Ritsema, 1881);
66 - lothocera tomentosa (Buquet, 1859); 67 - Dolichoprosopus leuciscus (Pascoe, 1866); 68 - Mimohammus
biplagiatus Breuning, 1950; 69-84 - Tergite VIII. 69 - Nemophas ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931, holotype; 70 - N.
batoceroides Thomson, 1864; 71 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880; 72 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898; 73 - N.
forbesi Waterhouse, 1884; 74 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859); 75 - N. helleri Hauser, 1904; 76 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema,
1881; 77 - N. tricolor Heller, 1896; 78 - N. trifasciatus Heller, 1919; 79 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898; 80 - N. zona-
tus Lansberge van, 1880; 81 - N. (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920; 82 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivil¬
lius, 1927); 83 - Anoplophora elegans (Gahan, 1888); 84 - Mimohammus biplagiatus Breuning, 1950.
436
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 120-124)
To the knowledge of Macroheterocera of Southeast
Asia and New Guinea. III. Tiger moths (Lepidoptera:
Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia
Alexey N. Zamesov 1, Oleg G. Gorbunov 2
1 - A.N. Severtsov Institute of Ecology & Evolution, Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky
Prospect 33, 119071, Moscow, Russia; zygaena@mail.ru
2 - A.N. Severtsov Institute of Ecology & Evolution, Russian Academy of Sciences, Leninsky
Prospect 33, 119071, Moscow, Russia; gorbunov.oleg@mail.ru
Abstract: A small collection containing 18 species of the tiger moth subfamily Arctiinae from the western part of the
island of New Guinea is presented and illustrated.
Keywords: Lepidoptera, Arctiidae, Arctiinae, Indonesia, Papua Province, New Guinea.
Introduction
This publication is the third in a series1
dedicated to Macroheterocera of Southeast Asia
and New Guinea. It deals with a small collection of
Tiger moths (Lepidoptera, Arctiidae) taken during a
two-month long excursion to New Guinea by the first
author together with V.V. Sinyaev (Moscow, Russia).
The places and dates of collection are described in
detail and illustrated in our previous publication in
this book (page 157, plate 5).
Unfortunately, there has never been a revision
or review of the Tiger moths populating New Guinea.
Scattered data on the taxonomy and faunistic
records of this very attractive group of moths are
present in numerous publications listed at the
end of this article. It is noteworthy; however, that
fairly complete information concerning this moth
family is available at http://www.papua-insects.
nl/insect%20orders/Lepidoptera/Erebidae/
Arctiinae/Arctiinae%20list.htm (DeVos 2013).
In our studies, we do not accept the proposed
classification of Lepidoptera which is based on
molecular data from a few individual genes.
Instead we refer to our previous publication in
1 - The first publication in the series concerns the family
Aganaidae (Lepidoptera: Noctuoidea) of Papua Province,
Indonesia. It is published in the present volume on pp 157-
165, pis 5-7. The second publication is on thefamilySphingidae
of Papua Province, Indonesia. Its is published in the present
volume on pp 167-185, pis 8-12.
the present volume (Gorbunov, Zamesov 2014a).
In addition, we have nothing against dividing the
family Noctuidae sensu classico into two separate
families: Erebidae and Noctuidae, but we disagree
with reducing the ranks of such well-defined and
we believe natural family-level taxa as, for example,
Arctiidae, Aganaidae or Lymantriidae.
Because Arctiidae species tend to be
widespread, with numerous subspecies or forms
for nearly all of them delimited, we have restricted
the synonymy lists mainly to the taxa described
from New Guinea and neighbouring archipelagos.
In addition, we have excluded all homonyms and
infrasubspecific names. All synonyms in the text are
given in quotation marks because they have been
checked in original publications.
We have found 18 species representing eight
genera which is about 31% and 72.7% of Tiger
moths fauna of the Indonesian Papua, respectively.
All of them have been collected in new localities,
thus providing new faunistic records. All taxa
mentioned and illustrated herein are housed in the
collection of the first author.
Material and methods
Specimens examined for this study were
collected by the first author (see above) using two
vertical nylon sheets, mainly from 7 p.m. to 6 a.m.
For both sheets a 250 watt blended-light lamp
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
powered by a portable inverter generator Fubag®
IT 1000 was used. The images of specimens were
taken with a digital camera Sony® a450 with a lens
Minolta® AF 50macro. The pictures were arranged
with Adobe® Photoshop® CS5.
Key to the genera of Arctiinae Leach, 1815
(Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) of Papua Province,
Indonesia by external characters
1 Proboscis fully developed, functional . 2
- Proboscis reduced, non-functional . 7
2 Forewing with more or less developed semitransparent
area . Amerila Walker, 1855
- Forewing without semitransparent area . 3
3 Wings with yellow, orange and red scales . 4
- Wings with dark brown or black and white scales ... 6
4 Forewing with red spots .
. Utetheisa Hubner, 1819 [“1816”], part
- Forewing with yellow or orange scales . 5
5 Forewing dark brown with a broad, oblique, orange
band . Heliozona Hampson, 1901
- Forewing yellow with brown spots .
. Argina Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]
6 Abdomen dorsally without contrast coloured strips or
spots, if spots present then outer margin of hindwing
with white spots .
. Utetheisa Hubner, 1819 [“1816”], part
- Abdomen dorsally with contrast coloured strips or
spots; outer margin of hindwing without white spots .
. Nyctemera Hubner, 1820 [“1816”]
7 Forewing colour pattern with longitudinal stripe or
bands . 8
- Forewing colour pattern with spots . 9
8 Wings white; forewing with red or orange costal
margin . Paramsacta Hulstaert, 1923
- Wings ochre to light grey-brown; forewing with a broad,
black, discontinuous band medially .
. Creatonotos Hubner, 1819 [“1816”]
9 Hind tibia with a pair of spurs .. Lemyra Walker, 1856
- Hind tibia with two pairs of spurs . 10
10 Forewing with an oblique row of rounded black spots;
hindwing with a black discal spot only .
. Nicetosoma De Vos, 2011
- Colour pattern of both fore- and hindwing different ....
.. Spilosoma Curtis, 1825 and Spilaethalida Dubatolov,
De Vos & Daawia, 2007 2
List of the Arctiinae Leach, 1815 (Lepidoptera:
Arctiidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia
2 — These two genera cannot be separated by the external
characters.
Spilosoma Curtis, 1825
“Spilosoma ..." - Curtis 1825: pi. 92. Type species:
Bombyx menthastri [Denis & Schiffermuller], 1775
[= Phalaena lubricipeda Linnaeus, 1758], by original
designation.
= “Genus Rhagonis, n. g.” - Walker 1862: 170. Type
species: Rhagonis bicolor Walker, 1862 [=Arctia vagans
Boisduval, 1852], by monotypy.
= “Rhodareas.” - Kirby 1892: 254. Type species: Arctia
melanopsis Walker, 1864, by subsequent designation by
Watson et al. 1980: 170.
Note: Unfortunately, at present there is no
consensus concerning the composition and
structure of the genus. What is clear is that “it
contains a number of distinctive groups and is
probably paraphyletic (Holloway 1988: 41). Usually
the genus is restricted to a few species groups (De
Vos, Suhartawan 2011). We can only state that the
systematics of this genus is far from perfect and
it requires further careful research. According to
the website of the British Museum (http://www.
nhm.ac.uk), there are more than two dozen junior
synonyms of Spilosoma Curtis, but we believe there
is no need to quote all of them here.
At present, 24 species of the genus have been
collected in Indonesian Papua (De Vos 2013). We
have on hands only three species from the province.
Distribution: We think this genus is ubiquitous,
occurring throughout the world.
Spilosoma dinawa (Bethune-Baker, 1904) (Plate
120 figs 1-2)
“Diacrisia dinawa spec, nov.” - Bethune-Baker 1904:
413, pi. 5, fig. 25. Type locality: “Papua New Guinea:
British New Guinea, Dinawa, 4000 ft, ...” [= Papua New
Guinea: Central Province, Dinawa], by lectotype fixed by
De Vos and Suhartawan (2011: 304).
= “Diacrisia ochrifrons, sp. n.” - Joicey & Talbot 1917:
50. Type locality: “Wandammen Mtns., 3000-4000 feet,
...” [= Indonesia: West Papua, Wandammen Peninsula,
Wandammen Mts].
Material examined: 1$ (Plate 120 figs 1-2),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 25. 1-02. II. 2009.
Note: De Vos and Suhartawan (2011) have revised
this highly variable species.
Distribution: This species seems to be an
endemic to New Guinea.
Spilosoma costata (Boisduval, 1832) (Plate 120
figs 3-6)
“ C.[helonia ] costata. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 213, pi.
438
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 120-124)
5, fig. 6. Type locality: "... la Nouvelle-lrlande. ... du Port-
Praslin.” [= Papua New Guinea: New Ireland province,
Port Praslin].
= “ D.[iacrisia ] costata vivida subspec. nov.” - Rothschild
1910: 139. Type locality: “Papua New Guinea: Fergusson
Island, ...” [= Papua New Guinea: Milne Bay Province,
Fergusson Island].
Material examined: lc?, Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30. XII. 2008-02. 1.2009; 2c?, same locality,
31. XII.2008; 3c?, same locality, 25.1.2009; 2c?,
same locality, 25-26.1.2009; lc? (Plate 120 figs
3-4), same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; 2c?, same
locality, 25.1-02. 11.2009; 1$ (Plate 120 figs 5-6),
same locality, 30.XII. 2008-02. 1.2009.
Note: It can be easy distinguished from the New
Guinean congener by the specific pattern of the
forewing which is yellow with brown veins. This
species has been revised by DeVos and Suhartawan
(2011).
Distribution: New Guinea and the islands
off to the northeast (the Bismarck Archipelago,
D’Entrecasteaux Islands).
Spilosoma styx (Bethune-Baker, 1910) (Plate 120
figs 13-14)
“Diacrisia styx, sp. n.” - Bethune-Baker 1910: 443. Type
locality: “Ninay Valley (Arfak Mountains), 3600 feet.” [=
Indonesia: West Papua, Arfak Mts, Neney Valley].
= “Spilosoma styx B.-Bkr. (1910) albistriga subsp. nov.”
- Talbot 1929: 88. Type locality: “Dutch New Guinea,
Weyland Mountains, Nomnagine, 25 miles south of
Wangaar” [= Indonesia: Papua, Kobowre (Weyland) Mts].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 120 figs 13-14),
Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra,
03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 10-13.1.2009.
Note: This species can easily be distinguisched
from the other Tiger moths of New Guinea by the
wing coloration. It seems to be a rare species. At
present, only a few specimens are known, all from
the western part of the island of New Guinea. This
species is divided into two subspecies, which we
think this is hardly justified. DeVos and Suhartawan
(2011) have revised this species.
Distribution: The species seems to be an
endemic to the Indonesian part of New Guinea.
Spilaethalida Dubatolov, De Vos et Daawia, 2007
“Spilaethalida Dubatolov, De Vos & Daawia, gen. n. ”
- Dubatolov et al. 2007: 324. Type species: Spilarctia
turbida Butler, 1882, by original designation.
Note: This genus has been separated from
Spilosoma Curtis by the structure of the male
genitalia. Those authors have included only
two species into the genus, the second species
(. Spilosoma erythrastis Meyrick, 1886) only due
to its external resemblance to the type species
(Dubatolov etal. 2007). Only a single species occurs
in New Guinea. It is represented in our material.
Distribution: Restricted to New Guinea and
northeastern Australia.
Spilaethalida turbida (Butler, 1882) (Plate 120
figs 7-12)
“Spilarctia turbida, sp. n.” - Butler 1882: 158. Type
locality: “Duke-of-York Island.” [= Papua New Guinea:
East New Britain Province, Duke of York Island].
= “Spilarctia Meeki, sp. n.” - Druce 1899: 234. Type
locality: “Trobriand Island, Kiriwini ...” [= Papua New
Guinea, Milne Bay Province, Kiriwina Island].
= “D.[/'acn's/'a] turbida woodlarkiana subspec. nov.” -
Rothschild 1910: 145. Type locality: "... Woodlark, ...”
[= Papua New Guinea, Milne Bay Province, Woodlark
Island], by lectotype fixed by De Vos and Suhartawan,
(2011: 328).
= “D.[iacrisia] turbida montana subspec. nov.” -
Rothschild 1910: 145. Type locality: “Angabunga R., affl.
of St. Joseph R., Brit. N. Guinea, 6000 ft . ” [= Papua
New Guinea, Central Province, Angabunga River], by
lectotype fixed by De Vos and Suhartawan (2011: 328).
= “ D.[iacrisia ] turbida sordidior subspec. nov.” -
Rothschild 1910: 146. Type locality: "... Biagi, Mambare
R., 5000 ft . ” [= Papua New Guinea, Oro Province,
Mambare River], by lectotype fixed by De Vos and
Suhartawan (2011: 327).
= “D.[/'acr/'s/a] turbida alpina nom. nov. (= montana
Rothsch.)” - Rothschild 1914: 247, pi. 23, row a, b.
Type locality: “Angabunga R., affl. of St. Joseph R., Brit.
N. Guinea, 6000 ft., ...” [= Papua New Guinea, Central
Province, Angabunga River], by lectotype of Diacrisia
turbida montana Rothschild 1910 designated (according
to art. 72.7 ICZN (ICZN, 1999) and fixed by De Vos and
Suhartawan (2011: 328).
Material examined: lc? (Plate 120 figs 11-
12), Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008;
1 c? (Plate 120 figs 7-8), same locality, 04-06.
11.2009; lc?, same locality, 04-06.11.2009; 2$,
same locality, 26-29.XII.2008; 1$ (Plate 120
figs 9-10), same locality and date; lc?, Indonesia,
Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
25-26.1.2009; lc?, same locality, 25.1-02. 11.2009.
Note: This quite variable species has been revised
by De Vos and Suhartawan (2011), who divided it
into two subspecies: the nominotypical one and
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
meeki Druce, 1899. The nominotypical subspecies
in known to occur through the mainland of New
Guinea.
Distribution: This species is widespread in New
Guinea and the islands off to the northeast.
Lemyra Walker, 1856
“Genus Lemyra.” - Walker 1856: 1690. Type species:
Lemyra extensa Walker, 1856, by monotypy.
= “Genus Thyrgorina." - Walker, 1864: 317. Type species:
Thyrgorina spilosomata Walker, 1864, by monotypy.
= “Genus Echlida.” - Walker, 1865: 386. Type species:
Echlida subjecta Walker, 1865, by monotypy.
= “Genus Icambosida.” - Walker 1865: 400. Typespecies:
Icambosida nigrifrons Walker, 1865, by monotypy.
= “Thanatarctia, n. gen.” - Butler 1877: 395. Type
species: Thanatarctia infernalis Butler, 1877, by original
designation.
= ‘‘Cabrisa, gen. nov.” - Moore 1879a: 41. Type species:
Cabrisa venosa Moore, 1879, by monotypy.
= “Challa, n. g.” - Moore, 1879b: 398. Type species:
Challa discalis Moore, 1879, by subsequent designation
by Kirby (1892: 359).
Note: Superficially the species of this genus
resemble those of the genera Spilosoma Curtis,
1825 and Spilaethalida Dubatolov, De Vos et
Daavia, 2007. Lemyra Walker currently contains ca
70 species, revised by Thomas (1990).
At present three species are known to occur in
Indonesian Papua. We have on hands only one
species from the province.
Distribution: The genus occurs in the eastern
Palaearctic, in the Oriental and the northern part of
the Australian regions.
Lemyra punctatostrigata (Bethune-Baker, 1904)
(Plate 120 figs 15-16)
“ Maenas punctatostrigata spec, nov.” - Bethune-Baker
1904: 142, pi. 6, fig. 15. Type locality: “Mount Kebea,
Dinawa, Aroa River ...” [= Papua New Guinea: Central
Province, Dinawa].
= ‘‘Spilosoma avola spec, nov.” - Bethune-Baker 1908:
190. Type locality: “Avola, 6000 ft . ” [= Papua New
Guinea].
= “Maenas punctatostrigata B.-Bkr. (1904) ceramensis
subsp. nov.” - Talbot 1929: 89. Type locality: “Central
Ceram, ...” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Seram Island].
Material examined: 1?, Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30. XII. 2008-02. 1.2009; ±S, same locality,
31. XII.2008 (Plate 120 figs 15-16).
Note: It is a rather rare species known from a few
localities only (De Vos 2013).
Distribution: The island of Seram of Maluku
Province of Indonesia, New Guinea. Probably it
inhabits other islands of the Maluku Archipelago as
well.
Nicetosoma De Vos, 2011
“Nicetosoma gen. nov.” - De Vos 2011: 111. Type species:
Phalaena niceta Stoll, 1782, by original designation.
Note: The species of the genus differ from those
of the genus Spilosoma Curtis, 1825 and other
related genera of the tribe Spilosomini by the
coloration and pattern of the wings. Beside that,
Necetosoma species show sexual dimorphism.
The female is more large and robust with broader
forewing and curved costal margin. At present the
genus contains nine species (De Vos 2011), of
which two are known to be from New Guinea. We
have on hands a single species only.
Distribution: It occurs on New Guinea and
surrounding islands ranging from North Maluku
Islands in the west to Solomon Islands in the east.
Nicetosoma papuana (Rothschild, 1910) (Plate
120 figs 17-24)
“ D.[iacrisia ] niceta papuana subspec. nov.” - Rothschild
1910: 152. Type locality: “Papua New Guinea: Deutsch
Neu Guinea, Sattelberg, ...” [= Papua New Guinea:
Morobe Province, Sattelberg], by lectotype fixed by De
Vos (2011: 118).
= “D.[/'acr/s/a] niceta intermedia subspec. nov.” -
Rothschild 1910: 153. Type locality: “Papua New Guinea:
British New Guinea, Milne Bay, ...” [= Papua New Guinea:
Milne Bay Province], by lectotype fixed by De Vos (2011:
118).
= “Diacrisia niceta mysolica subsp. nov.” - Rothschild
1915: 210. Type locality: “Misol.” [= Indonesia: West
Papua, Raja Ampat Islands, Misool Island].
= “Diacrisia niceta pallida subsp. nov.” - Rothschild
1916: 333. Type locality: “Vulcan Island” [= Papua New
Guinea: Manus Province, Manus Island].
Material examined: 1?, Indonesia, Papua,
Sentani env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S, 140°28’E,
300 m, 28.XII.2008; 1$ (Plate 120 figs 19-20),
same locality, 26-29.XII.2008; 4c?, Indonesia,
Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500
m, 30.XII. 2008-02. 1.2009; 1?, same locality,
31.XII.2008; 1?, same locality, 25.1.2009; 1? (Plate
120 figs 17-18), same locality, 25-26.1.2009; 1?,
same locality and date; ±S (Plate 120 figs 21-22),
same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; 1 S, same locality
and date; 1$ (Plate 120 figs 23-24), Indonesia,
440
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 120-124)
Papua, Taritatu riv., SE of Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E,
60 m, 05-16.1.2009.
Note: This taxon has been elevated to a full species
and revised by De Vos (2011). It is a rather variable
species both in coloration and in size.
Distribution: It inhabits New Guinea and islands
off to the west (Aru Islands, Raja Ampat Islands).
Argina Hiibner, 1819 [“1816”]
“Argina ...” - Hiibner 1819 [“1916”]: 167. Type species:
Phalaena cribraria Clerck, 1764 [“1759”] [nec Phalaena
cribraria Linnaeus, 1758] [= Phalaena astrea Drury,
1773], by subsequent designation by Kirby (1892: 350).
Note: The maculate wings pattern and the shape
of the anal area of the hindwing in males cannot
confuse this genus with any Arctiidae of Indonesian
Papua. At present, it contains only three species, of
which one is known to be from New Guinea.
Distribution: Afrotropical, Oriental and Australian
regions from eastern Africa and Madagascar in the
west to New Guinea and eastern Australia in the
east.
Argina astrea (Drury, 1773) (Plate 121 figs 1-4)
“Astrea ... Phal.[aena ] Noct.[ua ]” - Drury 1773: [91], pi. 6,
fig. 3. Type locality: "... from the Gold Coast ... in Africa.”
(loc. cit.: 11) [= Australia: Queensland, Gold Coast (?)].
= “[ Bombyx ] Pylotis." - Fabricius 1775: 585. Type locality:
"... in nova Hollandia.” [= Australia].
Material examined: 1$ (Plate 121 figs 1-2),
Indonesia, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.,
02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300 m, 26-29.XII.2008; 1$
(Plate 121 figs 3-4), same locality, 04-06.11.2009.
Note: The species is extremely variable in wing
maculation patterns as well as background
coloration. It is divided into two subspecies, of
which the nominotypical one inhabits the Oriental
and Australian regions.
Distribution: It is widespread in the tropical areas
from eastern Africa and Madagascar in the west to
New Guinea and eastern Australia in the east.
Utetheisa Hiibner, 1819 [“1816”]
“Utetheisa ...” - Hiibner 1819 [“1816”]: 168. Type
species: Phalaena ornatrix Linnaeus, 1758, by
subsequent designation by Kirby (1892: 345).
= “Deiopeia ...” - Curtis 1827: 169. Type species: Phalaena
pulchella Linnaeus, 1758, by original designation.
= “Pitasila, n. g.” - Moore 1877: 599. Type species:
Pitasila leucospilota Moore, 1877, by monotypy.
= “Atasca. Gen. Nov.” - Swinhoe 1892: 139. Type
species: Phalaena pellex Linnaeus, 1758, bysubsequent
designation by Roepke (1949: 47).
= “Exitelica, nov.” - Turner 1921: 160. Type species:
Leptosoma aegrotum Swinhoe, 1892, by monotypy.
= “Subgenus Raanya subgen. n.” De Vos 2007b: 81.
Type species: Deilemera albipuncta Druce, by original
designation.
Note: This is a large genus containing ca 60
species. At present, it is divided into four subgenera
(De Vos 2007b). Superficially, many of them
resemble species of the genus Nyctemera Hiibner.
Only five species from three subgenera have been
recorded in New Guinea (De Vos 2013), of which a
single species is present in our collection.
Distribution: This genus is distributed worldwide.
Utetheisa pellex (Linnaeus, 1758) (Plate 121 figs
5-16)
“Phalaena. ... pellex." - Linnaeus 1758: 510. Type locality:
“In Indiis [East Indies]” [= East India], by lectotype fixed
by Mikkola, Honey (1993: 148).
= “ L.[eptosoma] Artemis. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832:
199. Type locality: “ ... N. Guinea; ...” [= New Guinea], by
lectotype fixed by De Vos (2007b: 70).
= “Nyctemera simplex.” - Walker 1864: 207. Type locality:
“New Guinea.”.
= “Deilemera signata, n. sp.” - Butler 1878: 386. Type
locality: “Darnley Island ...” [= Australia: Queensland,
Darnley Island].
= “ Pseudocallimorpha Doriae, Oberthur (species nova).”
- Oberthur 1880: pi. 4, fig. 2. Type locality: “Nova Guinee,
Sorong, ...” (De Vos 2007b: 70) [= Indonesia: West
Papua, Sorong].
= “Deilemera paradelpha, nov.” - Swinhoe 1917: 411.
Type locality: “Fergusson D’Entrecasteaux Islae, ...” [=
Papua New Guinea: Milne Bay Province, D’Entrecasteaux
Islands, Fergusson Island], by lectotype fixed by De Vos
(2007b: 70).
Material examined: ±S (Plate 121 figs 13-14),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 31.XII.2008; 1<$, 1$, same locality and
date; 1 <$ (Plate 121 figs 11-12), 2$, same locality
30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 1$ (Plate 121 figs 7-8),
same locality, 25.1.2009; 1<$, 1$, same locality
and date; 2$, 1?, same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009;
1 $ (Plate 121 figs 9-10), same locality, 25-
26.1.2009; 1<$ (Plate 121 figs 5-6), same locality,
27-30.1.2009; IS, 1$, same locality and date;
I? (Plate 121 figs 15-16), same locality, 25.1-02.
11.2009; IS, Indonesia, Papua, Taritatu riv., SEfrom
Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60 m, 05-07.1.2009.
Note: This is an extremely variable and common
species, revised by De Vos (2007b).
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Distribution: It occurs in New Guinea and
surrounding islands from Waigeo in the west to
Vanuatu in the east, known from Queensland in
Australia as well (De Vos 2007b).
Nyctemera Hubner, 1820 [“1816”]
“Nyctemera ...” - Hubner 1820 [“1816”]: 178. Type
species: Phalaena lacticinia Cramer, 1777, by
subsequent designation by Hampson (1894: 46).
= “Deilemera ...” - Hubner 1820 [“1816”]: 179. Type
species: Phalaena evergista Stoll, 1781, by monotypy.
= “Orphanos ...” - Hubner 1825 [“1816”]: 306. Type
species: Phalaena tripunctaria Linnaeus, 1858, by
subsequent designation by Wantson etal. (1980: 136).
= “Leptosomum;” - Blanchard 1840: 488. Type species:
Leptosoma insulare Boisduval, 1833, by monotypy.
= “Agagles ...” - White 1841: 482. Type species: Agagles
amicus White, 1841, fixed by monotypy.
= “Trypheromera, gen. nov.” - Butler 1881: 45. Type
species: Nyctemera plagifera Walker, 1854, by original
designation.
= "... a sub-genus, ...Arctata.” - Roepke 1949: 50. Type
species: Nyctemera arctata Walker, 1856, by monotypy.
= "... a new subgenus, ...Coleta." - Roepke 1949: 53.
Type species: Phalaena coleta Stoll, 1781, by monotypy.
= ‘‘Luctuosana De Vos subgen. nov.” - De Vos in:
Dubatolov 2010: 17. Type species: Leptosoma luctuosum
Snellen van Vollenhoven, 1863, by original designation.
= “Tritomera De Vos & Dubatolov subgen. nov.” - De
Vos & Dubatolov in: Dubatolov 2010: 18. Type species:
Nyctemera trita Walker, 1854, by original designation.
Note: This is a rather numerous genus containing
somewhat more than 70 species, which are grouped
in seven subgenera (De Vos, Dubatolov 2010).
Roepke (1949, 1957) has revised the species of
the genus mostly from the Southeast Asia. Besides
that, there are some important publications
concerned some species or species groups of the
genus (Holloway 1988; De Vos 1995a & b, 1996,
1997a & b, 2002, 2007a; De Vos, Cerny 1999).
At present, 14 species are known from New Guinea,
of which we have on hands four species only.
Distribution: This genus distributes in the
Oriental and Australian regions from North India in
the west to New Zealand in the east.
Nyctemera groenendaeli De Vos, 1995 (Plate 122
figs 1-2)
“Nyctemera groenendaeli spec, nov.” - De Vos 1995:
482, fig. 1. Type locality: “Ampas, W. Irian, ...” [=
Indonesia: Papua, Jayapura Regency, Ampas].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 122 figs 1-2),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 31.XII.2008.
Note: In the original description De Vos wrote that
"... only eight specimens are known from the four
different localities” and "... N. groenendaeli is very
likely a rare species” (De Vos 1995: 486).
Distribution: This species seems to be an
endemic to the island of New Guinea.
Nyctemera latimargo (Rothschild, 1915) (Plate
122 figs 3-4)
“Deilemera absurdum latimargo subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild 1915a: 78. Type locality: “Dutch New Guinea,
Base Camp, Setakwa River, ...” [= Indonesia: Papua,
Setakwa River], by lectotype fixed by De Vos (2007a: 49).
Material examined: lc? (Plate 122 figs
3-4), Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140°10’E, 500 m, 31.XII.2008; lc?, same locality,
27-30.1.2009.
Note: This species was revised by De Vos (2007a).
Distribution: It is an endemic of New Guinea and
presently knows from few localities in the province
of Papua, Indonesia (DeVos 2007a).
Nyctemera baulus (Boisduval, 1832) (Plate 121
figs 17-24)
“ L.[eptosoma ] baulus. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 200.
Type locality: "... a Bourou.” [= Indonesia: Maluku
Islands, Buru Island].
= “ Nyctemera alba Pagenstecher.” - Pagenstecher 1901:
135. Type locality: "... Samoa.” [= Independent State of
Samoa].
= “Nyctemera aluensis, sp. n.” - Butler 1887: 222. Type
locality: “Alu Island ...” [= Solomon Islands, Shortland
Island].
= “Deilemera illustris, nov.” - Swinhoe 1903: 77. Type
locality: “Alu, Solomon Islands.” [=Solomon Islands,
Shortland Island].
= “Deilemera nisa, nov.” - Swinhoe 1903: 77. Type
locality: “Sangir ...” [= Indonesia: North Sulawesi,
Sangihe Islands].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 121 figs 17-
18), I? (Plate 122 figs 23-24), Indonesia,
Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m,
30.XII. 2008-02. 1.2009; 2c?, 1$, same locality and
date; 4c?, 1$, same locality, 31.XII.2008; 1$ (Plate
121 figs 21-22), same locality, 25.1.2009; 3c?, 2$,
same locality and date; lc? (Plate 121 figs 19-20),
same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; 2c?, same locality,
27-30.1.2009.
Note: This isa rather common and variable species
everywhere throughout its distribution area. At
442
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 120-124)
present it is divided into three or four subspecies,
of which the nominotypical one populates the
island of New Guinea.
Distribution: It is widespread from the Nicobar
Islands of India in the west to Samoa in the east
(DeVos 2013).
Nyctemera evergista (Stoll, 1781) 3 (Plate 122 figs
5-12)
“Evergista. Phalene ...” - Stoll in Cramer 1781: 155,
pi. 369, fig. E. Type locality: "... I’isle d’Amboine.” [=
Indonesia: Maluku, Ambon Island].
= “ L.[eptosoma ] aeres. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 198.
Type locality: "... a Bourou, a Offack et a la Nouvelle-
Guinee.” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Buru Island; West Papua:
Raja Ampat Islands; New Guinea Island].
= “ L.[eptosoma ] agagles. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 198.
Type locality: "... a Offack.” [= Indonesia: West Papua,
Raja Ampat Islands].
= “Nyctemera Menes Feld.” - Felder 1861: 38. Type
locality: “Amboina (Felder, 1861: 25)” [= Indonesia:
Maluku, Ambon Island].
= “Nyctemera intercisa.” - Walker 1864: 205. Type
locality: “Amboina.” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Ambon
Island].
= “Nyctemera mutabilis.” - Walker 1864: 206. Type
locality: “Amboina.” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Ambon
Island].
= “Deilemera uniplaga, nov.” - Swinhoe 1903: 61, pi.
3, fig. 2. Type locality: “Fergusson Isl. ...” [= Papua New
Guinea: Milne Bay Province, Fergusson Island].
= Nyctemera evergista bismarckiana ssp. n.” - De Vos
2002: 24, figs 33, 34. Type locality: “New Ireland, ...” [=
Papua New Guinea: New Ireland Province, New Ireland
Island].
Material examined: 1<$, Indonesia, Papua,
Sentani env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S, 140°28’E, 300
m, 26-29.XII.2008; 1$ (Plate 122 figs 5-6), 1$
(Plate 122 figs 9-10), Indonesia, Papua, Genyem
env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m, 31.XII.2008; 1$
(Plate 122 figs 7-8), 1? (Plate 122 figs 11-12),
same locality, 30.XII. 2008-02. 1.2009; 2 <$, same
locality and date; 2 S & 4$, same locality, 25.1-02.
11.2009; 1(?, same locality, 30.1.2009.
Note: De Vos (2002) revised this species together
with its relatives which form a distinct subgenus,
Deilemera Hubner, 1820 [“1816”]. At present this
subgenus contains seven species. For the time
3 — According to Opinion 516 of the International Commission
on Zoological Nomenclature (ICZN 1958), pp 91-164 and
plates CCCXXVII-CCCLXXII of the fourth volume of Cramer’s
“Uitlandsche Kapellen” were published in 1781, not 1782 as
cited by De Vos (2002, 2013).
being, N. evergista is divided into four subspecies.
This is a rather variable in colour pattern species.
Distribution: It populates New Guinea and
surrounding islands from Buru and Seram in
the west to New Britain and the D’Entrecasteaux
Islands in the east.
Amerila Walker, 1855
“Amerila.” - Walker 1855: 725. Type species: Sphinx
astreus Drury, 1773, by subsequent designation by
Flampson (1900: 60).
= “Amblythyris Radama, n. sp.” - Mabille 1879: 137. Type
species: Amblythyris radama Mabille, 1879 [= Chelonia
madagascariensis Boisduval, 1847], by subsequent
designation by Flampson (1900: 60), but as Aganais
vitripennis Blanchard, 1861 [= Amblythyris radama
Mabille, 1879].
= “Phryganeomorpha. Mihi.” - Wallengren 1858: 214.
Type species: Chelonia madagascariensis Boisduval,
1847, by original designation.
Rhodogastria auct., nec Rhodogastria Flubner, 1819
[“1816”].
Note: This is a well-recognized genus which
contains from 40 to 50 species (Hauser 1993).
Currently only six species are known from the
island of New Guinea (De Vos 2013). All of them
are present in our collection.
Distribution: This genus inhabits the Afrotropica I,
Oriental and Australian regions.
Amerila arthusibertrandi (Guerin-SVienevsIle,
1831) 4 (Plate 122 figs 13-16)
“Lithosia Arthus Bertrand. Guer.” - Guerin-Meneville
1831: 284, pi. 19, fig. 5. Type locality: "... d’Offak, dans
la Terre des Papous ...” [Indonesia: West Papua, Raja
Ampat Islands, Waigeo Island].
= “ C.[helonia ] Saucia. Boisd.” - Boisduval 1832: 214.
Type locality: "... a Offack” [= Indonesia: West Papua,
Raja Ampat Islands].
= “Rhodogastria roseibarba, sp. n.” - Druce 1901: 74.
Type locality: “Sooloo Islands ...” [= Philippines: Sulu
Archipelago].
Material examined: ±S (Plate 122 figs 13-14),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; IS, same locality and
date; 1$, same locality, 30.XII. 2008-02. 1.2009;
1$ (Plate 122 figs 15-16), same locality, 25-
26.1.2009.
Note: This species superficially is similar to A.
4 — According to Sherborn & Woodward (1901: 217-319) the
2nd part of the 2nd volume of this work was published on 10
December 1831.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
atreus (Drury, 1773) and A. timolis (Rithschild,
1914), but can be distinguished from them by the
triangular forewing. It is a rather common species.
Distribution: From Sulawesi in the west to the
Bismarck Archipelago in the east.
Amerila astreus (Drury, 1773) (Plate 124 figs 1-8)
“Astreus ... Sph.[inx]” - Drury 1773: [91], pi. 28, fig. 4.
Type locality: “Bengal” (loc. cit.: 50) [= East India or
Bangladesh].
= “Creatonotos communis." - Walker 1864: 283. Type
locality: “Bourn.” [= Indonesia: Maluku Islands, Buru
Island].
= “Rhodogastria astreas [sic!] hainana subspec. nov.”
- Rothschild 1910: 185. Type locality: “Cheng-May,
Hainan, ... Cochin China ...” [= China: Hainan; southern
Vietnam].
= Rhodogastria astreas [sic!] curtisi subspec. nov.” -
Rothschild 1910: 185. Type locality: “Penang, ...” [=
Malaysia: Penang].
= Rh.[odogastria] astreus Drury druryi subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild 1914: 261. Type locality: “Moluccas and
Malayan Islands.” [= Indonesia: Maluku Islands].
= Rh.[odogastria] astreus Drury novaeguineae subsp.
nov." - Rothschild 1914: 261. Type locality: “New
Guinea.” [= New Guinea Island].
= Rh.[odogastria] astreus Drury dohertyi subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild 1914: 261. Type locality: “Island of Bali” [=
Indonesia: Bali].
= “Rhodogastria communis minor subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild 1916: 333 Type locality: “Vulcan Island” [=
Papua New Guinea: East New Britain Province, Vulcan
Island].
Material examined: 2c?, 2$ (Plate 124 figs 5-8),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 31.XII.2008; lc?, 1$, same locality,
27.1.2009; 1$, same locality, 27-30.1.2009; 1$,
same locality, 31.1.2009; lc? (Plate 124 figs 1-2),
same locality, 25. 1-02. II. 2009; 1$ (Plate 124 figs
3-4), same locality and date.
Note: This species superficially looks like A. timolis
(Rithschild, 1914), but can be distinguished from
it by the somewhat paler coloration of the wings.
Besides that, males of A. timolis have a round
hindwing while in A. astreus it is triangular. This
seems to be the most common species of the
genus.
Distribution: It occurs from India in the west to
the islands of Fiji in the east.
Amerila caudipennis (Walker, 1864) (Plate 122
figs 17-18; Plate 123 figs 1-4)
“Creatonotos caudipennis." - Walker 1864: 284. Type
locality: “Aru” [= Indonesia: Maluku, Aru Islands].
Material examined: lc?, Indonesia, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, 60
m, 05-07.1.2009; lc? (Plate 123 figs 1-2), same
locality, 05-16.1.2009; 5c?, same locality and date;
lc? (Plate 122 figs 17-18), 5$, Indonesia, Papua,
Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02.
11.2009; 4$, same locality, 31.XII.2008; 1$ (Plate
123 figs 3-4), same locality, 25-26.1.2009; 2$,
same locality and date; 4$, same locality, 27-
30.1.2009.
Note: This species looks very similar to the
two previous ones, but differs from them by an
elongated anal angle of the hindwing. It is very
common species.
Distribution: It is known from New Guinea and
surrounding islands ranging from Aru Islands in
the southwest to Bismarck Archipelago in the
northeast.
Amerila crokeri (MacLeay, 1826) (Plate 123 figs
5-10)
“Euprepia Crokeri, (n. s.)” - MacLeay 1826: 465. Type
locality: "... at sea, ...” [= Australia (?)].
= “ Amer.[ila ] brachyleuca, n. sp.” - Meyrick 1886:
765. Type locality: “Cooktown, Bowen, and Gayndah,
Queensland; ...” [= Australia: Queensland].
= “Rhodogastria croceri [sic!] Hampson v. kajana” - Bryk
1913: 126. Type locality: “Kai-lnnenland” [= Papua New
Guinea] (Hauser, 1993).
= “Rhodogastria crokeri novobritannica subspec. nov.”
- Rothschild 1910: 184. Type locality: “New Britain.”
[=Papua New Guinea: Bismarck Archipelago, New Britain
Island].
= “Rhodogastria crokeri salomonis” - Rothschild 1910:
184. Type locality: “Solomon Islands: Guadalcanar ...;
Florida, ... Isabel, ... Guizo, ...; Tulagi ...” [= Solomon
Islands].
= “ Rh.[odogastria ] crokeri Macleay bakeri subsp. nov.”
- Rothschild 1914: 262. Type locality: “New Guinea.” [=
Island of New Guinea].
Material examined: lc? (Plate 123 figs 7-8),
Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E,
500 m, 31.XII.2008; 1 <$, same locality and date;
lc? (Plate 123 figs 5-6), same locality, 30.1.2009;
lc?, same locality and date; lc?, 3$, same locality,
25.1-02. 11.2009; 1$ (Plate 123 figs 9-10), same
locality, 25-26.1.2009; 1$, same locality and
date; 3$, same locality, 27-30.1.2009; 1$, same
locality, 31.1.2009.
Note: Superficially, this species is very similar to
the next species, but it easily differs from it by the
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 120-124)
white coloration of the abdomen ventrally. This
species is divided at least into four subspecies,
of which the subspecies bakeri Rothschild, 1914
inhabits New Guinea.
Distribution: This species occurs in the islands
of New Guinea, New Britain, northeastern Australia
and the Solomon Islands.
Amerila nigropunctata (Bethune-Baker, 1908)
(Plate 123 figs 11-16)
“Rhodogastria nigropunctata spec, nov.”- Bethune-
Baker 1908: 191. Type locality: “Ekeikei and all other
places where we had collections from” [= Papua New
Guinea].
Material examined: 1<$, 1$, Indonesia,
Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, 500
m, 31.XII.2008; IS (Plate 123 figs 11-12), same
locality, 25.1.2009; 1<$ (Plate 123 figs 15-16), same
locality, 25-26.1.2009; 1$ (Plate 123 figs 13-14),
same locality, 30.1.2009.
Note: Habitually, this species looks like the
previous species, from which it can be distinguished
by the pink-red abdomen ventrally. This seems to
be a rather rare species known from a few localities
only (De Vos 2013).
Distribution: At present, this species is
considered to be an endemic to the island of New
Guinea.
Amerila timolis (Rothschild, 1914) (Plate 124 figs
9-18)
“Rh.[odogastria] timolis Trnr.” - Rothschild 1914: 262,
pi. 25, rows d, e. Type locality: “Queensland (Australia).”
[= Australia: Queensland].
= “Rh.[ocfogastria] timolis Trnr. papuana subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild 1914: 262, pi. 25, row d. Type locality: “New
Guinea.” [= Island of New Guinea ].
= “Rhodogastria timiolis, n. sp.” - Turner 1915: 20.
Type locality: “Kuranda, near Cairns ..., Townsville ...” [=
Australia: Queensland, Kuranda, Townsville].
= “Rhodogastria timolis tenebrosa subsp. nov.” -
Rothschild 1916: 333. Type locality: “Vulcan Island”
[=Papua New Guinea: East New Britain Province, Vulcan
Island].
Material examined: 2<$ (Plate 124 figs 9-12),
5$, Indonesia, Papua, Genyem env., 02°38’S,
140°10’E, 500 m, 25.1-02.11.2009; 2$ (Plate 124
figs 15-18), same locality and date; 2$, same
locality, 30.XII.2008-02. 1.2009; 1$ (Plate 124 figs
13-14), same locality, 25-26.1.2009; 2$, same
locality and date; 1$, same locality, 27.1.2009;
45, same locality, 27-30.1.2009; 1$, Indonesia,
Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S,
140°28’E, 300 m, 04-06.11.2009.
Note: Superficially, this species is similar to A.
arthusibertrandi (Guerin-Meneville, 1831) and A.
atreus (Drury, 1773), but it can be distinguished by
both the coloration and shape of the hindwing. This
species is divided into two subspecies, of which
the subspecies papuana Rothschild populates the
island of New Guinea.
Distribution: It is known from Papua New Guinea
and Queensland, Australia.
Acknowledgements
We wish to express our hearty thanks to Mr.
Victor V. Sinyaev (Moscow, Russia) for his kind help
during our excursion to New Guinea. Our cordial
thanks go a Iso to our porters David Usman and John
F. Warwar (both Sentani, Papua, Indonesia) for their
heavy work in the Papuan jungles. Many thanks
are due to Sergei Yu. Sinev (Zoological Institute
of Russian Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg,
Russia), Wolfgang Speidel (Museum Witt, Munich,
Germany) and Rob De Vos (Netherlands Centre
for Biodiversity (NVB Naturalis), Leiden, The
Netherlands) for the help in searching for the
literature.
We are indebted to Ekaterina Zamesova
(Moscow, Russia) and Sergei Golovatch (A.N.
Severtsov Institute of Ecology & Evolution, Russian
Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia) for checking
the English of an advanced draft.
References
Bethune-Baker G.T. 1904. New Lepidoptera from British
New Guinea. - Novitates zoologicae 11, No. 2:
367-429, pis. 4-6.
Bethune-Baker G.T. 1908. New Heterocera from British
New Guinea. - Novitates zoologicae 15, No. 1:
175-243.
Bethune-Baker G.T. 1910. Descriptions of new species
of Heterocera from New Guinea. - The Annals and
Magazine of Natural History ; Including Zoology,
Botany and Geology. Series 8, 20, No. 115: 50-87,
pis 1-4.
Blanchard E. 1840. Histoire naturelle de s animaux
articules, annelids, crustaces, arachnids ,
myriapodes et insects. Paris, P. Dumenil: 672 pp.
Boisduval J.A. 1832. Voyage de la corvette I Astrolabe :
execute par ordre du roi, pendant les annees 1826-
1827-1828-1829 / sous le commandement de J.
Dumont dVrville. Pemiere partie. Lepidopteres.
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Paris, J. Tastu: 267 pp, 5 pis.
Bryk F. 1913. Zwei neue Lepidopteren aus Neu-Guinea,
gesammelt von Professor Dr. Neuhausz. - Archiv
fur Naturgeschichte. Abteilung A, 79, No. 6: 124-
126.
Butler A. 1877. Descriptions of new species of Fleterocera
from Japan. Part I. Sphinges and Bombyces. - The
annals and magazine of natural history ; including
zoology botany and geology. Series 4, 20, No. 119:
393-404.
Butler A. 1878. Description of new Lepidoptera of the
group Bombycites, in the collection of the British
Museum. - Proceedings of the Scientific Meetings
of the Zoological Society of London 1878: 381-
388.
Butler A.G. 1881. Illustrations of typical specimens of
Lepidoptera Heterocera in the collection of the
British Museum. Volume 5. London: xii + 74 pp, pis
78-100.
Butler A.G. 1882. Descriptions of new species of
Lepidoptera, chiefly from Duke-of-York Island and
New Britain. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History Including Zoology Botany and Geology.
Series 5, 10, No. 56: 149-160.
Butler A. 1887. Descriptions of new species of Bombycid
Lepidoptera from the Solomon Islands. - The
Annals and Magazine of Natural History Including
Zoology Botany and Geology. Series 5, 19, No. 61:
214-225.
Curtis J. 1825. British entomology: being illustrations
and descriptions of the genera of Insects found
in Great Britain and Ireland: containing coloured
figures from nature of the most rare and beautiful
species, and in many instances of the plants upon
which they are found. Volume 2. London, printed
for the author: 51-98 pis.
DubatolovV.V. 2010. Tiger-mothsof Eurasia (Lepidoptera,
Arctiinae). - Neue entomologische Nachrichten 65:
1-106.
DubatolovV.V., DeVos R., Daawia D. 2007. Spilaethalida,
a new genus for the New Guinean and Australian
Spilarctia turbida complex (Lepidoptera, Arctiidae).
- Euroasian Entomological Journal 6, No. 3: 324-
326, pi. 7.
Drury D. 1773. Illustrations of Natural History. Wherein
are exhibited upwards of two hundred and twenty
figures of exotic Insects, according to their different
genera, very few of which have hitherto been
figured by any author, being engraved and coloured
from nature, with the greatest accuracy, and
under the author’s own inspection, on fifty copper¬
plates. With particular description of each Insect:
interspersed with remarks and reflections on the
nature and properties of many of them. Volume 2.
London: 90 + [2], 50 pis.
Druce FI. 1899. Descriptions of some new species of
Heterocera from tropical America, Africa, and the
Eastern islands. - The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, Including Zoology, Botany and
Geology. Series 7, 3, No. 15: 228-236.
Fabricius J.C. 1775. Systema entomologiae, sistens
insectorum classes, ordines, genera, species,
adiectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus,
observationibus. Lipsiae, Kort, Flensburgi: [31] +
832 pp.
Felder C. 1861. Bericht uber weitere Bearbeitung
der Novara-Sammlungen und Fortsetzung der
Diagnosen neuer Lepidopteren. Lepidopterorum
Amboinensium a dre. L. Doleschall annis 1856-
58 collectorum species novae. - Sitzungsberichte
der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften.
Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Classe 43:
25-44.
Gorbunov O.G., Zamesov A.N. 2014a. To the knowledge
of Macroheterocera of South East Asia and New
Guinea. I. Snouted tiger moths (Lepidoptera:
Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia: 157-165,
pis 5-7. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity ; Biogeography
and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New
Guinea. Volume 2. Riga, the Entomological Society
of Latvia: 458 pp, 126 pis.
Gorbunov O.G., Zamesov A.N. 2014b. To the knowledge
of Macroheterocera of South East Asia and New
Guinea. II. Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae)
of Papua Province, Indonesia: 167-185, pis 8-12.
In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity, Biogeography and
Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea.
Volume 2. Riga, the Entomological Society of Latvia:
458 pp, 126 pis.
Guerin-Meneville F.E. 1831. Voyage autour du monde,
execute par ordre du roi, sur la corvette de
Sa Majeste, la Coquille, pendant les annees
1822, 1823, 1824, et 1825, sous le Ministere
et conformement aux instructions de S.E.M.
le Marquis de Clermont-Tonnerre, ministre de
la marine; et publie sous les auspices de son
excellence mgr le cte de Chabrol, ministre de
la marine. Zoologie. Volume 2, part 2. Premiere
division. Crustaces, Arachnides et Insectes. Paris,
Arthus Bertrand: 9-319, 21 pis.
Hampson G.F. 1894. The fauna of British India, including
Ceylon and Burma. Moths. Volume 2. London,
Taylor and Francis: xxii + 609 pp.
Hampson G.F. 1900. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera
Phalaenae in the British Museum. Volume 2.
London, Trustees of the British Museum (Natural
History): xx + 589 pp.
Hauser C.L. 1993. A critical catalogue of species-
group names of the genus Amerila Walker, 1855
(Lepidoptera: Arctiidae). - Nachrichten des
entomologischen Vereins Apollo, Neue Folge 13
(13a): 365-392.
Holloway J.D. 1988. The moths of Borneo, part 6: family
Arctiidae, subfamilies Syntominae, Euchrominae,
446
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
(plates 120-124)
Arctiinae; Noctuidae misplaced in Arctiidae
(Camptoloma, Aganainae). Kuala Lumpur, The
Malayan Nature Society: 101 pp, 6 pis.
Hulstaert R.G. 1923. On Lepidoptera from New Guinea,
Kei, Tenimber, the Philippines, and Australia. - The
annals and magazine of natural history ; including
zoology botany and geology. Series 9 , 11, No. 61:
178-190.
ICZN (International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature) 1958. Opinion 516. Determination
underthe Plenary Powers of the relative precedence
to be assigned to certain works of the Order
Lepidoptera (Class Insecta) published in 1775 by
PieterCramer, Michael Denis &lgnazSchiffermuller,
Johann Christian Fabricius, Johann Casper Fuesley,
and S.A. von Rottemburg respectively. - Opinions
and Declarations rendered by the International
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 19, No.
1: 1-44.
ICZN (The International Commission on Zoological
Nomenclature) 1999. International Code of
zoological nomenclature. Fourth Edition. London,
The International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature:
xxix + 309 pp.
Joicey J.J., Talbot G. 1917. New Fleterocera from Dutch
New Guinea. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History Including Zoology Botany and Geology
Series 8, 6, No. 35: 441-458.
Kirby W.F. 1892. A Synonymic Catalogue of Lepidoptera
Heterocera (Moths). Sphinges and Bombyces.
Volume 1. London, Gurney & Jackson: xii + 951 pp.
Linnaeus C. 1758. Systema naturae per regna tria
naturae , secundum classes , ordines, genera,
species, cum characteribus, differentiis,
synonymis, locis. Editio decima, reformata. Volume
1. Holmiae Laurentii Salvii: [4] + 824 pp.
Mabille P. 1879. Lepidoptera Madagascariensia; species
novae. - Bulletin de la Societe Philomathique de
Paris, Serie 7, 3: 132-144.
MacLeay W.S. 1826. Catalogue of Insects, collected
by Captain King R.N.: 438-469. In: King Ph.P.
(ed.) Narrative of a survey of the intertropical and
western coasts of Australia performed between the
years 1818 and 1822. Volume 2. London, John
Murray: viii + 637, pis.
Meyrick E. 1886. Revision of Australian Lepidoptera. -
The Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales, series 2, 1, No. 3: 687-802.
Mikkola K., Honey M.R. 1993. The Noctuoidea
(Lepidoptera) described by Linnaeus. - Zoological
Journal of the Linnean Society 108: 103-169.
Moore F. 1877. The Lepidopterous Fauna of the
Andaman and Nicobar Islands. - Proceedings of
the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society of
London 1877: 580-632, pis 58-60.
Moore F. 1879a. Heterocera. In: Hewitson C., Moore
F. (eds) Descriptions of new Indian lepidopterous
insects from the collection of the late Mr. W.S.
Atkinson. Volume 1. Calcutta, Asiatic Society of
Bengal: 299 pp, 8 pis.
Moore F. 1879b. Descriptions of new genera and species
of Asiatic Lepidoptera Heterocera. - Proceedings
of the Scientific Meetings of the Zoological Society
of London 1879: 387-417, pis 32-34.
Pagenstecher A. 1901. Uber die Gattung Nyctemera
Hubn. und ihre Verwandten. - Jahrbucher des
Nassauischen Vereins fur Naturkunde 54: 89-175.
Roepke W. 1949. The genus Nyctemera Hubner. - The
Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of
London 100: 47-70, pis 1-2.
Roepke W. 1957. The genus Nyctemera Huebner. II. -
Tijdschrift voor Entomologie 100, No. 2: 147-178.
Rothschild W. 1910. Catalogue of the Arctiinae in the
Tring Museum, with notes and descriptions of new
species. - Novitates zoologicae 17, No. 2: 113-
188.
Rothschild W. 1914. V. Subfamily: Arctiinae. In: Seitz A.
(ed.) The Macrolepidoptera of the world. II. Division:
Fauna Exotica, 10 (Bombyces and Sphinges of the
Indo-Australian Region). Stuttgart, A. Kernen: 236-
263, pis 13, 19-26.
Rothschild W. 1915a. Lepidoptera of the British
Ornithologists' Union and Wollaston Expeditions in
the Snow Mountains, Southern Dutch New Guinea.
Macrolepidoptera. Tring, Zoological Museum: 148
pp.
Rothschild W. 1915b. On Lepidoptera from the Islands
of Ceram (Seran), Buru, Bali, and Misol. - Novitates
zoologicae 22: 209-227.
Rothschild W. 1916. On the Lepidoptera sent by Mr. A.S.
Meek from the Admiralty Islands, Dampier, and
Vulcan Islands. - Novitates zoologicae 23: 319-
334.
Sherborn F.Z.S., Woodward B.B. 1901. Notes on the dates
of publication of the Natural History portion of some
French voyages. Part I. “Amerique meridionale”;
“Indes orientales”; Pole Sud” (“Astrolabe” and
“Zelee”); “La Bonite”; “La Coquille”; and TUranie
et Physicienne”. - The Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, Including Zoology, Botany and
Geology. Series 7, 7, No. 40: 388-392.
Stoll C. 1781. p. 91-164, pis 337-372. In: Cramer P. (ed.)
1780-1782. De uitlandsche kapellen voorkomende
in de drie waereld-deelen Asia, Africa en America.
Amsterdam, Concordia et Libertate: 252 pp, pis
259-400.
Swinhoe C. 1903. On the genus Deilemera Hubner. -
The Transactions of the Entomological Society of
London 1903: 53-85, pis 3-4.
Swinhoe C. 1917. New species of Indo-Malayan
Lepidoptera. - The Annals and Magazine of Natural
History , Including Zoology , Botany and Geology.
Series 8, 19, No. 113: 409-416.
Talbot G. 1929. Descriptions of some moths collected
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
by Messrs. C., F., and J. Pratt in New Guinea,
Ceram, Buru, and Sumatra. - The Bulletin of the
Hill Museum. A Magazine of Lepidopterology 3, No.
1: 87-95.
Thomas, W. 1990. Die Gattung Lemyra (Lepidoptera,
Arctiidae). - Nachrichten des Entomologischen
Vereins Apollo, Neue Folge, Supplement 9: 1-83.
Turner A.J. 1915. Studies in Australian Lepidoptera. - The
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland
27: 11-57.
Turner A.J. 1921. Revision of Australian Lepidoptera —
Hypsidae, Anthelidae. - The Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales 46, No. 2:
159-191.
Vos R. de 1995a. Nyctemera groenendaeli spec,
nov. from New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae,
Nyctemerinae). - Nachrichten des Entomologischen
Vereins Apollo , Neue Folge 15, No. 4: 481-489.
Vos R. de 1995b. A revision of Nyctemera consobrina
(Hopffer, 1874) with redescriptions of three
subspecies (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae, Nyctemerinae).
- Nachrichten des Entomologischen Vereins
Apollo , Neue Folge 16, No. 1: 81-93.
Vos R. de 1996. Nyctemera pseudokala sp. nov. and N.
mastrigti sp. nov., two new species from Indonesia
(Lepidoptera: Arctiidae, Nyctemerinae).
Nachrichten des Entomologischen Vereins Apollo ,
Neue Folge 17, No. 3: 301-311.
Vos R. de 1997a. A revision of Nyctemera kebeae
(Bethune-Baker, 1904) (with descriptions of two
new subspecies) and N. warmasina (Bethune-Baker,
1910) (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae, Nyctemerinae). -
Nachrichten des Entomologischen Vereins Apollo ,
Neue Folge 18, No. 1: 1-12.
Vos R. de 1997b. The identity of Nyctemera
simulatrix Walker, 1864 (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae,
Nyctemerinae). - Nachrichten des Entomologischen
Vereins Apollo , Neue Folge 18, No. 2/3: 205-210.
Vos R. de 2002. Revision of the Nyctemera evergista
group (= subgenus De/'/emera Hu bn er) (Lepidoptera:
Arctiidae, Arctiinae, Nyctemerini). - Nachrichten
des Entomologischen Vereins Apollo , Neue Folge
23, No. 1/2: 7-32.
Vos R. de 2007a. Revision of the Nyctemera clathratum
complex (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae). - Tijdschrift voor
Entomologie 150, No. 1: 39-54.
Vos R., de 2007b. The Utetheisa species of the
subgenera Pitasila, Atasca and Raanya subg. n.
(Insecta, Lepidoptera: Arctiidae). - Aldrovandia 3:
31-120.
Vos R. de 2011. Nicetosoma gen. nov., a new genus for
the “ Spilosoma ” niceta group of species East of
the Weber Line (Lepidoptera: Erebidae, Arctiinae,
Arctiini). - Suara Serangga Papua 5, No. 4: 109-
144.
Vos R. de 2013. The Tigermoths (Lepidoptera: Erebidae ,
Arctiinae) of Papua Indonesia. - http://www.
papua-insects.nl/insect%20orders/Lepidoptera/
Erebidae/Arctiinae/Arctiinae%20list.htm [last
updated on 28th January 2013].
Vos R. de, Cerny K. 1999. A review of the Philippine
species of the genus Nyctemera Hubner, [1820]
with descriptions of new species and subspecies
(Lepidoptera: Arctiidae, Nyctemerinae).
Nachrichten des Entomologischen Vereins Apollo ,
Neue Folge 20, No. 2: 133-188.
Vos R. de, Dubatolov V.V. 2010. Nyctemerini: 11-18. In:
Dubatolov V.V. Tiger-moths of Eurasia (Lepidoptera,
Arctiinae). - Neue entomologische Nachrichten 65:
1-106.
Vos R. de, Suhartawan D. 2011. The Spilosoma group
of species from New Guinea and adjacent islands
(Lepidoptera: Erebidae: Arctiinae: Arctiini): 299-
333, pis 44-77. In: Telnov D. (ed.) Biodiversity ,
Biogeography and Nature Conservation in
Wallacea and New Guinea. Volume 1. Riga, the
Entomological Society of Latvia: 434 pp, 92 pis.
Walker F. 1855. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
Insects in the collection of the British Museum,
part 3. London, Edward Newman: 582-775.
Walker F. 1856. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
Insects in the collection of the British Museum,
part 7. London, Edward Newman: 1508-1808.
Walker F. 1862. Characters of undescribed Lepidoptera
in the collection of W.W. Saunders, Esq., F.R.S., &c.
- The Transactions of the Entomological Society of
London , Series 3 , 1: 263-279.
Walker F. 1864. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
Insects in the collection of the British Museum,
part 31 (supplement). London, Edward Newman:
321 pp.
Walker F. 1865. List of the specimens of lepidopterous
Insects in the collection of the British Museum,
part 32 (supplement 2). London, Edward Newman:
322-706.
Wallengren S.M. 1858. Nya fjarilslagten. Nova genera
Lepidopterorum. - Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-
Acadamiens Forhandlingar 15: 75-84, 135-142,
209-215.
Watson A., Fletcher D.S., Nye I.M.B. 1980. Noctuoidea
(part.): Arctiidae, Cocytiidae, Ctenuchidae,
Dilobidae, Dioptidae, Lymantriidae, Notodontidae,
Strepsimanidae, Thaumetopoeidae, Thyretidae. In:
Nye I.W.B. (ed.). The generic names of moths of the
world. Volume 2. London, Trustees British Museum:
viii + 228 pp.
White A. 1841. Notes on some Insects from King
George’s Sound, collected and preserved to the
British Museum, by Captain George Grey: 450-482
pp. In: Grey G. (ed.) Journals of two expeditions of
discovery in North-West and Western Australia ,
during the years 1837 , 38, and 39, under the
Authority of Her Majesty’s Government. Volume 2.
London, T. and W. Boone: 482 pp.
448
Rosler, H., Scheidt, U. & Telnov, D.: First record of Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma, 1934) ...
(plates 125-126)
First record of Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma,
1934) (Reptilia: Geckon dae) outside mainland New
Guinea
Herbert Rosler 1, Ulrich Scheidt 2, Dmitry Telnov 3
1 - SenckenbergNaturhistorischeSamml ungen Dresden, Museum fur Tierkunde, Konigsbrucker
LandstraBe 159, D-01109, Dresden, Germany; herbertroesler@aol.com
2 - Naturkundemuseum Erfurt, GroBe Arche 14, D-99084, Erfurt, Germany; ulrich.scheidt@
erfurt.de
3 - Darza iela 10, LV-2130, Dzidrinas, Stopinu novads, Latvia; anthicus@gmail.com
Abstract: A new record of Cyrtodactylus papuensis from Misool Island (Raja Ampat Islands) is discussed.
Keywords: Reptilia, Cyrtodactylus papuensis, Indonesian New Guinea.
On 27.03.2009, the third author, together
with Kristine Greke spotted three remarkable
geckos nearby an insect light trapping system in
primary rainforest on Misool Island, Raja Ampat
Archipelago (East Indonesia) (Plate 125, map 1).
Two of the observed specimens were collected,
alcohol-fixed, and given to the collection of the
Naturkundemuseum Erfurt, Germany under the
number NME R 774/13. Exact localityforspecimens:
Indonesia E, Raja Ampat Archipelago, Misool Is.
SW, distr. Misool Utara, Aduwey vill. ~4 km NW,
valley of River Hakau, 1°58’46”S, 129°54’37”E,
27.111.2009, primary lowland rainforest.
During taxonomic studies on the museum’s
collection, the two Misool specimens were
identified as Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma,
1934) (Rosier, Scheidt 2013). They are similar to
Cyrtodactylus marmoratus (Gray, 1831), but exhibit
the following diagnostic features: lateral fold with
conical tubercle, more than 50 ventrals between
lateral folds, narrow pre-cloacal pit and large pre-
cloacal scales separated from enlarged femoral
scales by tiny intermedial scales (Brongersma
1928, 1934; Gray 1831; Kraus 2008; Rosier et
al. 2007). The discovery of this species on Misool
Island represents the first record of Cyrtodactylus
papuensis outside the mainland of New Guinea
Island, where this species is widely distributed in
the western part (Bauer 1994; Loveridge 1948;
Rosier et al. 2005).
The observation site situated in the southern
part of Misool Island, in the valley of the small river
Hakau, about 4 km northwest of Ad u way village
(often cited as Adua on older maps) and about 3.5-
4.5 km straight line direction North from the coast
of Seram Sea (Laut Seram), at the foot of a ridge
(maximum height about 400 m) directed west-
east. Whereas most formations on Misool Island
are calciphilous or karst formations, this ridge is
formed of basalt.
The observation site (Plate 126) is located
in primary riverine lowland rainforest, which is
affected by high water flow from the ridge. In the
collection area, sparsely situated trees allow
ample sun exposure, supporting growth of bushes
and lianas among the trees. So, although this
riverine rainforest somewhat resembles secondary
(selectively logged) forest, it is in fact, primary. This
spot in a riverine is generally lighter and warmer
than surrounded closed-canopy rainforest.
Specimens were observed at nighttime, about
20:00 local time on shrubs, about 1-1.5 m above
ground level. They were not very agile and were
easily grasped by hands. Daytime temperatures at
the site were~29-35°C, but dropped at nighttime,
to 23-25 °C.
Acknowledgements
We are grateful to Prof. Darren A. Pollock
(Eastern New Mexico University, Portales, U.S.A.)
for proofreading of the manuscript. Dr. Martins
Kalnins (the Entomological Society of Latvia,
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
Sigulda) is thanked for the photographs of observed
specimens.
References
Bauer A.M. 1994. Gekkonidae (Reptilia, Sauria), Part I
Australia and Oceania. - Das Tierreich 109: i-xii, 1-
306.
Brongersma L.D. 1928. Neue Reptilien aus dem
Zoologischen Museum Amsterdam. - Zoologischer
Anzeiger 75: 251-257.
Brongersma L.D. 1934. Contributions to the
Indo-Australian herpetology. - Zoologische
Mededeelingen 17: 161-251.
Gray J.E. 1831. A synopsis of the species of the
class Reptilia: 1-110. In: Griffith E. (ed.) The
Animal Kingdom arranged in conformity with
its organization, by the Baron Cuvier ; member
of the Institute of France & & &, with additional
descriptions of all the species hitherto named,
and of many not before noticed by Edward Griffith.
Volume 9. London, Whittaker, Treacher & Co: 481
pp.
Kraus F. 2008. Taxonomic partitioning of Cyrtodactylus
louisiadensis (Lacertilia: Gekkonidae) from Papua
New Guinea. - Zootaxa 1883: 1-27.
LoveridgeA. 1948. New Guinean reptiles and amphibians
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology and United
States National Museum. - Bulletin of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology 101: 305-430.
Rosier H., Scheidt U. 2013. Die herpetologische
Sammlung des Naturkundemuseums Erfurt 1.
Teil: Verzeichnis der Geckos (Reptilia: Squamata:
Gekkota). - Vernate 32: 235-256.
Rosier H., Glaw F., Gunther R. 2005. Aktualisierte Liste
der Geckos von Neuguinea (Sauria: Gekkonidae:
Gekkoninae) mit vorlaufiger Beschreibung von
neun Formen aus den Gattungen Cyrtodactylus
Gray, 1827, Gehyra Gray, 1834 und Nactus Kluge,
1983. - Gekkota 5: 33-64.
Rosier H., Richards S.J., Gunther R. 2007. Remarks
on morphology and taxonomy of geckos of genus
Cyrtodactylus Gray, 1827 occurring east of
Wallacea, with descriptions of two new species
(Reptilia: Sauria: Gekkonidae). - Salamandra 43:
193-230.
Map 1. Collecting locality of Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma, 1934) on Misool Island, eastern Indonesia
(prepared with ArcGIS 9 software).
Index to scientific names
Index to scientific names
New taxa described and nomenclatural acts made in this volume are in bold type face, group names
higher than genus level, as well as synonyms are in normal type face. Taxa at generic level and lower are
italicised.
A
451
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
452
Index to scientific names
453
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
454
Index to scientific names
455
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
456
Index to scientific names
457
Telnov D. (ed.) 2014: Biodiversity, Biogeography and Nature Conservation in Wallacea and New Guinea, volume II
458
Figure 1. Adult male (unvouchered) Platymantis custos sp. nov. in life, guarding eggs on a leaf in the forest (photo: S.J. Richards).
Plate 1
Richards, S.J., Oliver, P., Brown, R.M.: A new scansorial species of Platymantis (Anura: Ceratobatrachidae) ...
Plate 2
Brock, P.D.: A new species of leaf insect (Phasmida: Phylliidae) from West Papua, Indonesia
Figure 1. Tamarau Mountains, West Papua, Indonesia at sampling site of the holotype Phyllium
(Phyllium) telnovi sp. nov. (photo: D. Telnov).
'isajo^ufej
Figure 2. Phyllium (Phyllium) telnovi sp. nov., holotype male: dorsal view.
Plate 3
Brock, P.D.: A new species of leaf insect (Phasmida: Phylliidae) from West Papua, Indonesia
3
Figures 1-3. Phyllium (Phyllium) telnovi sp. nov., holotype
male. 1 - Right fore leg; 2 - End of abdomen, dorsal view;
3 - End of abdomen, ventral view.
Figure 4. Phyllium (Phyllium) telnovi sp. nov., holotype male: head and thorax, dorsal view.
Plate 4
Golovatch, S.I., Stoev, P.: Review of the Papuan millipede genus Silvattia Jeekel, 2009, with descriptions ...
Figures 1-4. 1 - Silvattia perplexa sp. nov., holotype, habitus, lateral view; 2 - Silvattia petarberoni sp. nov., holo-
type, habitus, dorsolateral view; 3-4: Silvattia jeekeli sp. nov. 3 - Paratype $ from Tifalmin, habitus, lateral view;
4 - Paratype S from Finim Tel Plateau, midbody segments, dorsal view.
Plate 5
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-6. The places of night traps. 1 - Indonesia, W New Guinea, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts., 02°32’S,
140°28’E, ca. 300 m a.s.l., 28.XII.2008; 2 - Same place, 24.XII.2008; 3 - Indonesia, W New Guinea, Papua, Geny-
em env., 02°38’S, 140°10’E, ca 500 m a.s.l., 28.1.2009; 4 - Same place, 29.1.2009; 5 - Indonesia, W New Guinea,
Papua, Taritatu riv. , SE from Dabra, 03°15’S, 138°34’E, ca. 60 m a.s.l., 06.1.2009; 6 - Same place, 15.1.2009
(photo: A. Zamesov).
Plate 6
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-10. Habitus of Papuan Aganaidae. 1-2: Agape chloropyga (Walker, 1854); 1 - Papua, Genyem env.; 2 -
ditto, underside; 3-4: Neochera dominia Cramer, 1780; 3 - $, Papua, Genyem env.; 4 - ditto, underside; 5-6: Asota
australis (Boisduval, 1832); 5 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7-10: Asota eusemioides (Felder,
1875); 7 - (5\ Papua, Genyem env.; 8 - ditto, underside; 9 - same locality; 10: ditto, underside [scale bar 10
mm].
Plate 7
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Snouted tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Aganaidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-10. Habitus of Papuan Aganaidae. 1-2: Asota caricae (Fabricius, 1775); 1 - Papua, Sentani env., Cy¬
clops Mts.; 2 - ditto, underside; 3-6: Asota heliconia (Linnaeus, 1758); 3 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 4 - ditto, under¬
side; 5 - Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7-8: Asota plana (Walker, 1854); 7 - Papua,
Genyem env.; 8 - ditto, underside; 9-10: Asota strigosa (Boisduval, 1832); 9 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 10 - ditto,
underside [scale bar 10 mm].
Plate 8
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-14. Habitus of Papuan Sphingidae. 1-2: Acherontia lachesis (Fabricius, 1798); 1 - S, Papua, Genyem env.;
2 - ditto, underside; 3-6: Agrius convolvuli (Linnaeus, 1758); 3 - S, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra; 4 - ditto,
underside; 5 - Papua, Genyem env.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7-8: Agrius luctifera (Walker, 1864); 7 - Papua,
Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 8 - ditto, underside; 9-10: Megacorma obliqua (Walker, 1856); 9 - S, Papua, Genyem
env.; 10 - ditto, underside; 11-14: Meganoton rubescens (Butler, 1875); 11 - Papua, Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra;
12 - ditto, underside; 13 - Papua, Genyem env.; 14 - ditto, underside [scale bar 20 mm].
Plate 9
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-18. Habitus of Papuan Sphingidae. 1-6: Psilogramma mastrigti Eitschberger, 2001; 1 - S, Papua, Taritatu
riv., SE from Dabra; 2 - ditto, underside; 3 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 4 - ditto, underside; 5 - same locality;
6 - ditto, underside; 7-10: Psilogramma wernerwolfi Eitschberger, 2001; 7 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 8 - ditto, un¬
derside; 9 - same locality; 10 - ditto, underside; 11-18: Psilogramma anne Eitschberger, 2001; 11 - S, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra; 12 - ditto, underside; 13 - Papua, Genyem env.; 14 - ditto, underside; 15 - $, same
locality; 16 - ditto, underside; 17 - same locality; 18 - ditto, underside [scale bar 20 mm].
Plate 10
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-20. Habitus of Papuan Sphingidae. 1-6: Ambulyx wildei Miskin, 1891; 1 - <$, Papua, Genyem env.; 2 - dit¬
to, underside; 3 - S, Papua, Taritatu riv. , SEfrom Dabra; 4 - ditto, underside; 5 - S, same locality; 6 - ditto, under¬
side; 7-8: Ambulyx phalaris (Jordan, 1919); 7 - Papua, Genyem env.; 8 - ditto, underside; 9-12: Ambulyx dohertyi
Rothschild, 1894; 9 - Papua, Genyem env.; 10 - ditto, underside; 11 - S, same locality; 12 - ditto, underside;
13-16: Gnathothlibus eras (Boisduval, 1832); 13 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 14 - ditto, underside; 15 - S, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra; 16 - ditto, underside; 17-20: Gnathothlibus heliodes (Meyrick, 1889); 17 - S, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra; 18 - ditto, underside; 19 - S, same locality; 20 - ditto, underside [scale bar 20 mm].
Plate 11
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-20. Habitus of Papuan Sphingidae. 1-2: Daphnis moorei (W.J. MacLeay, 1866); 1 - S, Papua, Sentani
env., Cyclops Mts.; 2 - ditto, underside; 3-4: Daphnis hypothous (Cramer, 1780); 3 - S, Malaysia, Borneo Is., Sa¬
bah Province, Trusmadi Mt., 1600 m, 01-10.V.2008, leg. A. Gorodinski; 4 - ditto, underside; 5-8: Daphnis dohertyi
Rothschild, 1897; 5 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7 - same locality; 8 - ditto, underside; 9-10:
Daphnis protrudens R. Felder, 1875; 9 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 10 - ditto, underside; 11-20: Acosmeryx anceus
(Stoll, 1781); 11 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 12 - ditto, underside; 13 - <$, same locality; 14 - ditto, underside; 15
- S, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 16 - ditto, underside; 17 - Papua, Genyem env.; 18 - ditto, underside;
19 - Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra; 20 - ditto, underside [scale bar 20 mm].
Plate 12
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-30. Habitus of Papuan Sphingidae. 1-6: Acosmeryx miskinoides Vaglia, Haxaire, 2007; 1 - S, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra; 2 - ditto, underside; 3 - S, same locality; 4 - ditto, underside; 5 - same locality; 6
- ditto, underside; 7-8: Eurypteryx falcata Gehlen, 1922; 7 - <$, Papua, Genyem env.; 8 - ditto, underside; 9-12: Hip-
potion velox (Fabricius, 1793); 9 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 10 - ditto, underside; 11 - $, same locality; 12 - ditto,
underside; 13-14: Eupanacra micholitzi (Rothschild, Jordan, 1893); 13 - S, Papua, Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra; 14
- ditto, underside; 15-16: Macroglossum nubilum Rothschild, Jordan, 1903; 15 - S, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from
Dabra; 16 - ditto, underside; 17-22: Hippotion boerhaviae (Fabricius, 1775); 17 - <$, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops
Mts.; 18 - ditto, underside; 19 - S, same locality; 20 - ditto, underside; 21 - $, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.;
22 - ditto, underside; 23-30: Hippotion brennus (Stoll, 1782); 23 - <$, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 24 - ditto,
underside; 25 - S, same locality; 26 - ditto, underside; 27 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 28 - ditto, underside; 29 - S,
Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra; 30 - ditto, underside [scale bar 20 mm].
Plate 13
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-18. Habitus of Papuan Sphingidae. 1-6: Theretra nessus (Drury, 1773); 1 - S, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from
Dabra; 2 - ditto, underside; 3 - Papua, Genyem env.; 4 - ditto, underside; 5 - same locality; 6 - ditto, under¬
side; 7-10: Theretra insularis (Swinhoe, 1892); 7 - S, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 8 - ditto, underside; 9 - S,
same locality; 10 - ditto, underside; 11-14: Theretra radiosa Rothschild, Jordan, 1916; 11 - S, Papua, Genyem env.;
12 - ditto, underside; 13 - S, same locality; 14 - ditto, underside; 15-16: Theretra silhetensis (Walker, 1856); 15
- S, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 16 - ditto, underside; 17-18: Theretra celata (Butler, 1877); 17 - <$, Papua,
Genyem env.; 18 - ditto, underside [scale bar 20 mm].
Plate 14
Gorbunov, O.G., Zamesov, A.N.: Hawk moths (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-24. Habitus of Papuan Sphingidae. 1-4: Theretra indistincta (Butler, 1877); 1 - S, Papua, Sentani env.,
Cyclops Mts.; 2 - ditto, underside; 3 - Papua, Genyem env.; 4 - ditto, underside; 5-8: Theretra tabubilensis
Lachlan, 2009; 5 - <$, Papua, Genyem env.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7 - S, same locality; 8 - ditto, underside; 9-12:
Theretra latreillii (W.S. Macleay, 1826 [“1827“]); 9 - S, Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 10 - ditto, underside;
11 - $, Papua, Taritatu riv., SE from Dabra; 12 - ditto, underside; 13-18: Theretra tryoni (Miskin, 1891); 13 - S,
Papua, Sentani env., Cyclops Mts.; 14 - ditto, underside; 15 - same locality; 16 - ditto, underside; 17 - $, Papua,
Taritatu riv., SEfrom Dabra; 18 - ditto, underside; 19-24: Cechenena helops (Walker, 1856); 19 - Papua, Taritatu
riv., SE from Dabra; 20 - ditto, underside; 21 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 22 - ditto, underside; 23 - $, same locality;
24 - ditto, underside [scale bar 20 mm].
Plate 15
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis alta sp. nov., holotype. 1-3: Shell in different positions; 4-6: Operculum. 4 - Internally; 5 -
Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 16
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis halmaherica sp. nov. 1-3: Shell in different positions, holotype; 4-6: Operculum, paratype.
4 - Internally; 5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 17
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Papuan Ditropopsis. 1-3: Ditropopsis ingenua (0. Boettger, 1891), lectotype, shell in different positions;
4-6: Ditropopsis majalibit sp. nov., holotype, shell in different positions [scale bar 10 mm].
Plate 18
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis magna sp. nov., holotype. 1-3: Shell in different positions; 4-6: Operculum. 4 - Internally;
5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 19
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis moellendorffi (0. Boettger, 1891), specimen from Central Seram. 1-3: Shell in different
positions; 4-6: Operculum. 4 - Internally; 5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 20
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-7. Ditropopsis monticola sp. nov., holotype. 1-4: Shell in different positions; 5-7: Operculum. 5 - Internally;
6 - Externally; 7 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 21
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis pallidioperculata sp. nov. 1-3: Shell in different positions, holotype; 4-6: Operculum, para-
type. 4 - Internally; 5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 22
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis pyramis sp. nov., holotype. 1-3: Shell in different positions; 4-6: Operculum. 4 - Internally;
5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 23
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-7. Ditropopsis tamarau sp. nov., holotype. 1-3: Shell in different positions; 4-7: Operculum. 4 - Internally;
5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally; 7 - Laterally, different angle [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 24
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis teinovi sp. nov., holotype. 1-3: Shell in different positions; 4-6: Operculum. 4 - Internally;
5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 25
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis unicarinata sp. nov. 1-3: Shell in different positions, holotype; 4-6: Operculum, paratype.
4 - Internally; 5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 26
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis waigeoensis sp. nov., holotype. 1-3: Shell in different positions; 4-6: Operculum. 4 - Inter¬
nally; 5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 27
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figures 1-6. Ditropopsis wallacei sp. nov. 1-3: Shell in different positions, holotype; 4-6: Operculum, paratype. 4 -
Internally; 5 - Externally; 6 - Laterally [scale bar 1 mm].
Plate 28
Greke, K.: Species of Ditropopsis E.A. Smith, 1897 (Architaenioglossa: Cyclophoridae) from the Papuan region ...
Figure 1. Riverine lowland rainforest in Central Seram, Figure 2. Lowland and lower montane rainforests in Ta-
locality for Ditropopsis moellendorffi (0. Boettger, 1891) marau Mts., New Guinea, locality for Ditropopsis monti-
(photo: D. Telnov). co/a sp. nov. and D. tamarau sp. nov. (photo: D. Telnov).
Figure 3. River Biga valley, Misool,
locality for D. magna sp. nov. (photo:
D. Telnov).
Figure 4. Moreala stream N of Weda,
Central Halmahera, locality for D. hal-
maherica sp. nov. (photo: D. Telnov).
Figure 5. Western Waigeo, locality
for D. telnovi sp. nov. and D. unicain-
ata sp. nov. (photo: D. Telnov).
Figure 6. River Werabiai valley, Waigeo, locality for Di- Figure 7. Riverine secondary lowland rainforest NE of So-
tropopsis majalibitsp. nov. and D. wallaceisp. nov. (pho- rong, Bird’s Flead Peninsula of New Guinea, locality for
to: D. Telnov). Ditropopsis pallidioperculata sp. nov. (photo: D. Telnov).
Plate 29
Kalashian, M.Yu., Kuban, V.: New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) ...
Figures 1-7. Habitus of Aphanisticus spp., dorsal view. 1 - A. kolibaci Kalashian, 1999 (holotype VKCB, photo: V.
Kuban); 2 - A. australasiae sp. nov. (holotype BMNH, photo: K. Makarov); 3 - A. denticauda Kalashian, 1993
(holotype ZIN, photo: M. Volkovitsh); 4 - A. bolmi Kalashian, 2004 (holotype VKCB, photo: V. Kuban); 5 - A. queens-
landicus sp. nov. (holotype BMNH, photo: K. Makarov); 6 - A. apayaoi Obenberger, 1928 (lectotype NMPC, photo:
V. Kuban); 7-4. brevior Obenberger, 1928 (lectotype NMPC, photo: V. Kuban).
Plate 30
Kalashian, M.Yu., Kuban, V.: New species of Aphanisticus Latreille, 1810 (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) ...
Figures 1-6. Flabitus of Aphanisticus spp., dorsal view. 1 - A. barclayi sp. nov. (holotype BMNH, photo: K. Makarov);
2 - A. pseudochloris Kalashian, 2003 (holotype VKCB, photo: V. Kuban); 3 - A. chloris Obenberger, 1928 (lectotype
NMPC, photo: V. Kuban); 4 - A. sulawesicus sp. nov. (holotype BMNH, photo: K. Makarov); 5 - A. microcephalus
Kalashian, 2003 (holotype VKCB, photo: V. Kuban); 6 - A. limayicus Obenberger, 1928 (lectotype NMPC, photo: V.
Kuban).
Plate 31
Kalnins, M.: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata: Argiolestidae)
2
3
Figures 1-3. Argiolestes zane sp. nov. 1 - Holotype in its natural environment in Triton Bay near Lobo village, prior
being catched (photo: M. Kalnins); 2 - Head, frontal view (holotype); 3 - Head, frontal view (paratype); this paratypic
specimen partly lost its blue coloration, especially along the eyes margins).
Plate 32
Kalnins, M.: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata: Argiolestidae)
Figures 1-3. Argiolestes zane sp. nov. 1 - Thorax, lateral view (specimen in the collection already lost its blue colora¬
tion); 2 - Right wings, dorsal view (holotype); 3 - Right wings, dorsal view (paratype).
Plate 33
Kalnins, M.: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata: Argiolestidae)
Figures 1-3. Argiolestes zane sp. nov. , holotype S ■ 1 - Tip of abdomen, ventral view; 2 - Tip of abdomen with out¬
line of the inferior appendages intensified in pencil, ventral view; 3 - Male accessory genitalia, ventral view.
Plate 34
Kalnins, M.: Argiolestes zane sp. nov. from New Guinea (Odonata: Argiolestidae)
2
Figures 1-2. Habitats in locus typicus of Argiolestes zane sp. nov. 1 - Small forest stream where holotype was caught
(photo: M. Kalnins); 2 - Small forest stream where paratypes were caught (photo: M. Kalnins).
Plate 35
Medvedev, L.N.: New species of Alticinae (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) from New Guinea and islands of South-East Asia
13 14 15 16
Figures 1-16. Habitus of new Chrysomelidae taxa, dorsal view. 1 - Nonarthra dembickyi sp. nov.; 2 - Hemipyxis
laysi sp. nov.; 3 - Trachytetra. malukuana sp. nov.; 4 - Trachytetra. nigricollis sp. nov.; 5 - Chabria pascali sp. nov.;
6 - Sutrea cyanea sp. nov.; 7 - Sutrea papuana sp. nov.; 8 - Sutrea sulawesiana sp. nov.; 9 - Lipromorpha sulawe-
siana sp. nov.; 10 - Arsipoda fulvicornis sp. nov.; 11 - Arsipoda fulva sp. nov.; 12 - Arsipoda gorbunovi sp. nov.;
13 - Acrocrypta manfredi sp. nov.; 14 - Acrocrypta marginipennis sp. nov.; 15 - Acrocrypta fulva palavanica ssp.
nov.; 16 - Phygasia luzonica sp. nov.
Plate 36
Mey, W.: Gerontha peterseni sp. nov. - a new species from Papua New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Tineidae) ...
Figures 1-2. Habitus of Papuan Gerontha species. 1 - G. peterseni sp. nov., S holotype; 2 - Gerontha acrosthenia
Zagulajev, 1972, S from Malu surroundings, Papua New Guinea.
Plate 37
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
Medialmakel 1
Distallobus
Medialsack
Basalmakel
Medialmakel 2
Borste
Clypeus-Vorderrand
Figures 1-6. Sybra-Arten, Morphologie. 1 - Bezeichnung der Grundmakel, Sybra incana, $ von Hiri Insel; 2 -
Bezeichnung der Fibula-Teile, Sybra incana; 3 - Kopf von Sybra incana mit Clypeus-Vorderrand und Sinnes-Borste
am Augen-lnnenrand; 4-6: Aedeagi. 4 - Sybra incana, ventral; 5 - ditto, lateral; 6 - Sybra subincana, lateral.
Plate 38
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
Figures 1-7. Sybra arator Pascoe, 1865. 1 - Flolotypus 2 - Flolotypus S Sybra incanoide s; 3 - Parameren (Foto);
4 - Fibula ventral (Zeichnung); 5 - Fibula, lateral (Zeichnung); 6 - Fibula, ventral (Foto); 7 - Fibula, lateral (Foto).
Plate 39
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
Figures 1-9. Sybra incana (Pascoe, 1859). 1 - Flolotypus 2 - Flolotypus $ S. mucronata Pascoe, 1865; 3 - Holo-
typus S S. pseudincana Breuning, 1939; 4 - von Biak; 5 - S von Yapen; 6 - S von Neu Irland; 7 - S von Misool;
8 - S von Aru; 9 - S von Kaimana (sudlicher Bird’s Neck).
Plate 40
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
Figures 1-11. Sybra incana (Pascoe, 1859). 1 - Fibula, ventral (Zeichnung); 2-7: verschiedene Formen des main
piece. 2-3: Aru; 4 - Kaimana (sudlicher Bird’s Neck); 5 - Neu Irland; 6 - Raja Ampat: Waigeo; 7 - Raja Ampat:
Batanta; 8 - Parameren (Foto); 9 - Fibula, ventral (Foto); 10 - Distallobus (Foto); 11 - Spermathek.
Plate 41
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
Figures 1-6. Sybra strigina Pascoe, 1865. 1 - Flolotypus $ R. decemmaculata Breuning, 1965; 2 - $ von Kei-lnseln;
3 - $ von Kei-lnseln; 4 - Flolotypus 5 - Parameren (Foto); 6 - Fibula, ventral (Foto).
Plate 42
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
Figures 1-6. Sybra subincana Breuning, 1868. 1 - Lectotypus 2 - Parameren (Foto); 3 - Fibula, ventral (Zeich-
nung); 4 - Fibula, lateral (Zeichnung); 5 - Fibula, ventral (Foto); 6 - Fibula, lateral (Foto).
Plate 43
Skale, A. & Weigel, A.: Zur Taxonomie, Synonymie und Faunistik der Apomecynini der asiatisch-australischen ...
Figures 1-10. Sybra yokoi sp. nov.: 1 - Flolotypus <$; 2 - Paratypus S\ 3 - Paratypus 4 - Fibula, ventral (Zeich-
nung); 5 - Fibula, lateral (Zeichnung); 6 - Fibula, ventral (Foto); 7 - Parameren (Foto); 8 - Kopf; 9 - Unterseite vorn
(Pro- und Mesothorax); 10 - Innensack-Strukturen (Foto).
Plate 44
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-7. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. adonis (Pic, 1900), holo-
type 3-4 - S. aid sp. nov., paratype 5-7 - S. albertisi (Pic, 1900). 5 - Lectotype 6-7 - Paralectotype
Plate 45
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-8. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. alfurus (Pic, 1900), lecto-
type S', 3-4 - S. carolinensis (Werner, 1965), paratype from Kusaie Island; 5-6 - S. curvitibia sp. nov., paratype S',
7-8 - S. dybasi (Werner, 1965), paratype S from Koror Island.
Plate 46
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-6. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-4 - S. celeripes sp. nov. 1-2 -
Paratype <$\ 3-4 - Paratype 5-6 - S. geminus sp. nov., holotype <$.
Plate 47
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-6. Sapintus dilensis (Pic, 1900), habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S from Waigeo Island;
3-4 - S from Triton Bay, Bird’s Neck isthmus, Indonesian New Guinea; 5-6 - S from Morobe environs, E Papua New
Guinea.
Plate 48
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-7. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-3 - S. gemitus sp. nov. 1 - Holo-
type S', 2-3 - Paratype S', 4-5 - S. insulanus (Pic, 1900), lectotype 6-7 - S. hirtipennis (Pic, 1900), holotype
Plate 49
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-5. Sapintus gracilicornis (Pic, 1895), habitus, dorsal view. 1 - $ from Indonesian Kalimantan; 2 - S from
Nabire environs, Indonesian New Guinea; 3 - S from Genyem, Indonesian New Guinea; 4 - S from Somyangga
environs, Indonesian New Guinea; 5 - $ from Palu environs, Central Sulawesi.
Plate 50
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
7
Figures 1-7. Sapintus gracilicomis (Pic, 1895), habitus, head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - from Seram Island;
3 - $ from Malu environs, W Papua New Guinea; 4 - S from Nabire environs, Indonesian New Guinea; 5 - $ from
Indonesian Kalimantan; 6 - $ from Palu environs, Central Sulawesi; 7 - $ from Central Halmahera.
Plate 51
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-7. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody. 1-3 - S. horvathi (Pic, 1902). 1-2 - Holotype S',
3 - Paratype S', 4-5 - S. insularis (Werner, 1965), paratype S', 6-7 - S.javanus (Marseul, 1882a), S from Jayapura
environs, Indonesian New Guinea.
Plate 52
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-7. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. loriae (Pic, 1900), lectotype
3-4 - S. macrops sp. nov., paratype 5-6 - S. madangensis Uhmann, 1995, holotype (S'; 7 - S. hartmanni sp.
nov., holotype (S'.
Plate 53
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-6. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. malayensis (Pic, 1895),
$ from Sumbawa island; 3-4 - S. malut sp. nov., paratype 5-6 - S. monstrosiantennatus sp. nov., holotype S-
Plate 54
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-6. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1 - S. gracilicornis (Pic, 1895)
(holotype £ Anthicus neoguineensis Pic, 1900); 2-6 - S. oceanicus (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849a). 2-3 - $ from Sala-
wati Island; 5-6 - S from Vanuatu.
Plate 55
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-7. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-3 - S. papuus (Pic, 1900). 1 -
Lectotype 2-3 - Paralectotype 4-5 - S. insularis (Werner, 1965) (holotype S S. placitus Bonadona, 1981); 6-7
- S. dilensis (Pic, 1900) (holotype S S. relatus Bonadona, 1981).
Plate 56
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-8. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. quadrinotatus (Pic, 1900),
holotype S', 3-4 - S. rugosicollis (Pic, 1900), lectotype 5-6 - S. gracilicornis (Pic, 1895) (lectotype $ Anthicus
gracilicornis var. semiobliteratus Pic, 1900); 7-8 - S. plectilis (Pic, 1910), S from Shanghai, China.
Plate 57
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-7. Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-3 - S. semirugosus (Pic, 1902).
1 - Holotype S', 2-3 - S from Stephansort, E Papua New Guinea; 4-7 - S. sexualis sp. nov. 4-5 - Paratype S', 6-7
- Paratype
Plate 58
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-6. S. vexator (Werner, 1965), habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - Paratype S from Gilbert
Island; 3-4 - S from Khao Lak environs, S Thailand; 5-6 - S from Kualo, Central Vietnam.
Plate 59
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-10. Oriental Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. andreaskopetzi sp. nov., holotype
3-4 - S. angulapex sp. nov., holotype 5-6 - S. anguliceps (LaFerte-Senectere, 1849a), $ from Khao Lak en¬
virons, S Thailand; 7-8 - S. bataviensis (Marseul, 1882a), syntype; 9-10 - S. bizonellus (Marseul, 1882a), syntype.
Plate 60
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-9. Oriental Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. botanicus (Pic, 1952), holotype;
3-4 - S. curvatus sp. nov., holotype S', 5-6 - S. echinatus sp. nov., holotype S', 7-8 - S. gracilentus sp. nov., paratype
9 - S. hartmanni sp. nov., holotype S-
Plate 61
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-7. Indo-Australian and Oriental Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. densepunc-
tatus sp. nov., holotype 3-5 - S. dyaulensis nom. nov. 3 - holotype S S. propinquus Bonadona, 1981; 4-5 - S
from Nabire environs, Indonesian New Guinea); 6-7 - S. flavonotatus (Pic, 1908), $ from Angkor Thom, Cambodia.
Plate 62
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-9. Oriental Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody, dorsal view. 1-2 - S. lao sp. nov., paratype S\ 3-4 - S.
marseuli (Pic, 1892), $ from N Vietnam; 5 - S. pilipennis (Pic, 1952), holotype; 6-7 - S. pollocki Uhmann, 1999, S
from Queensland; 8-9 - S. subopaciceps (Pic, 1913), S from Indonesian Kalimantan.
Plate 63
Telnov, D.: Taxonomic revision of the genus Sapintus Casey, 1895 (Coleoptera: Anthicidae: Anthicinae) ...
Figures 1-8. Oriental and Indo-Australian Sapintus, habitus and head / forebody (dorsal view), abdomen (ventral &
lateral view), meso- and metasternum (lateral view). 1-2 - S. testaceicolor (Pic, 1913), S from Flong Kong; 3-4 - S.
vietnamensis sp. nov., paratype 5 - S. gracilicornis (Pic, 1895), S from Sabah, East Malaysia; 6 - S. echinatus
sp. nov., paratype <$\ 7 - S. dilensis (Pic, 1900), S from Waigeo Island; 8 - S. gracilicornis (Pic, 1895), S from Sa¬
bah, East Malaysia.
Plate 64
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-14. Measurements and characters of Tetrigidae.
1 - Pronotum length; 2 - Pronotum lobe width; 3 - Pronotum height (above the lateral lobes = new character); 4 -
Postfemur length; 5 - Postfemur width; 6 - Tegmen length; 7 - blind wing length; 8 - Vertex width; 9 - Eye width;
10 - Scutellum width; 11 - Position of the antennal grooves; 12 - Position of the furcation of the frontal costa and
the superior ocelli; 13 - Infrascapular area height; 14 - Pronotum height (above the shoulders = old character).
Plate 65
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ..
Figures 1-9. Boczkitettix gen. nov., habitus and head. 1, 3, 5 - Boczkitettix borneensis (Gunther, 1935) comb. nov.
$ NFIME; 2, 4, 6 - Boczkitettix manokwariensis (Gunther, 1935) sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 7-9 - B. manokwarien
s/'s sp. nov., paratype (1/3) BPBM.
Plate 66
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-7. Bufonides antennatus Bolivar, 1898, habitus, head and genitalia. 1, 3-5 - B. antennatus, paratype $
(1/3) MSNG (4- genitalia and antenna); 2, 6-7 - B. antennatus, holotype S MSNG (2- genitalia).
Plate 67
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-6. Cladonotella beccarii (Bolivar, 1898), habitus and head. 1, 3, 5 - C. beccarii, holotype $ MSNG; 2, 4,
6 - C. insulana Willemse, 1961 syn. nov. of C. beccarii, S NCB-RMNH.
Plate 68
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-9. Cladonotella gibbosa (Haan, 1842) and Cladonotella interrupta (Bolivar, 1898), habitus and head. 1,
3, 5 - C. gibbosa, $ SMTD from G. Pantjar; 2, 4, 6 - C. gibbosa, S ANSP; 7-9 - C. interrupta, holotype $ MSNG.
Plate 69
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-6. Cladonotella riedeli sp. nov. and Devriesetettix dorreus (Hancock, 1909), habitus and head. 1, 3, 5 - C.
riedeli sp. nov., holotype $ ZSM; 2, 4, 6 - D. dorreus, holotype S OUMNH.
Plate 70
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ..
tllll!
Figures 1-9. Diotarus Stal, 1877 and Hypsaeus westwoodi Bolivar, 1887, habitus and head. 1, 3, 5 - Diotarus ikon
nikovi Bey-Bienko, 1935, paratype S NFIME; 2, 4, 6 - Diotarus verrucifer Stal, 1877, holotype S NFIRS; 7-9 - Hyp
saeus westwoodi, holotype S NFIRS.
Plate 71
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
8
Figures 1-8. Dolatettix Hancock, 1907, habitus, head and abdomen. 1 - D. spinifrons Hancock, 1913, holotype $
ANSP (photo: J.D. Weintraub); 2 - D. hochkirchi sp. nov., paratype S BPBM; 3,5 - D. lehmanni sp. nov., holotype $
ZMHU (photo: S. Ingrisch); 4, 6, 8 - D. hochkirchi sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 7- D. spinifrons, $ UMB.
Plate 72
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-9. Epitettix Flancock, 1907, habitus and head. 1-2, 7 - E. emarginatus (Haan, 1842), holotype $ NCB-
RMNH; 3-4, 8 - E. emarginatus (Haan, 1842), S BPBM; 5-6, 9 - E. humilicolus Gunther, 1938, $ ZMHU.
Plate 73
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-6. Eurymorphopus Hancock, 1907. 1, 3, 5 - E. bolivariensis sp. nov., holotype $ MHNG; 2, 4, 6 - E. cunc-
tatus (Bolivar, 1887), syntype S IRSNB.
Plate 74
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-10. Gestroana Berg, 1897, habitus in lateral view. 1 - G. bicristulata (Gunther, 1938) comb, nov., holotype
$ ZMHU (photo: S. Ingrisch); 2 - G. baiyerriveriensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 3 - G. cyclopensis sp. nov., holotype
$ BPBM; 4 - G. discoidea Berg, 1898, holotype S MSNG; 5 - G. discoidea Berg, 1898, paratype $ MNCN; 6 - G.
flasbarthi sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 7 - G. gressitti sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 8 - G. yapenensis sp. nov., holotype
$ BMNH; 9- G. karimuiensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 10 - G. karimuiensis sp. nov., paratype S BPBM.
Plate 75
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-8. Gestroana Berg, 1897, habitus in lateral view. 1 - G. kleukersi sp. nov., holotype $ NCB-RMNH; 2 - G.
moanemaniensis sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 3 - G. morobensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 4 - G. mounthagensis
sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 5 - G. pannosa sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 6 - G. sedlaceki sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM;
7 - G. willemsei sp. nov., holotype $ NCB-RMNH; 8 - G. willemsei sp. nov., paratype $ (1/9) NCB-RMNH.
Plate 76
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-9. Gestroana Berg, 1897, habitus in dorsal view. 1 - G. baiyerriveriensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 2 -
G. cyclopensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 3 - G. discoidea Berg, 1898, holotype S MSNG; 4 - G. discoidea Berg,
1898, paratype $ MNCN; 5 - G. flasbarthi sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 6 - G. gressitti sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM;
7 - G. yapenensis sp. nov., holotype $ BMNH; 8 - G. karimuiensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 9 - G. karimuiensis
sp. nov., paratype S BPBM.
Plate 77
Tumbrinck, 1: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-8. Gestroana Berg, 1897, habitus in dorsal view. 1 - G. kleukersi sp. nov., holotype $ NCB-RMNH; 2 - G.
moanemaniensis sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 3 - G. morobensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 4 - G. mounthagensis
sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 5 - G. pannosa sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 6 - G. sedlaceki sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM;
7 - G. willemsei sp. nov., holotype $ NCB-RMNH; 8 - G. willemsei sp. nov., paratype $ (1/9) NCB-RMNH.
Plate 78
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-9. Gestroana Berg, 1897, head in frontal view. 1 - G. baiyerriveriensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 2 - G.
cyclopensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 3 - G. discoidea Berg, 1898, holotype S MSNG; 4 - G. discoidea Berg,
1898, paratype $ MNCN; 5 - G. flasbarthi sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 6 - G. gressitti sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM;
7 - G. yapenensis sp. nov., holotype $ BMNH; 8 - G. karimuiensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 9- G. karimuiensis
sp. nov., paratype S BPBM.
Plate 79
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-9. Gestroana Berg, 1897, head in frontal view and legs. 1 - G. kleukersi sp. nov., holotype $ NCB-RMNH;
2 - G. moanemaniensis sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 3 - G. morobensis sp. nov., holotype BPBM; 4 - G. mountha-
gensis sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 5 - G. pannosa sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 6 - G. sedlaceki sp. nov., holotype
$ BPBM; 7 - G. willemsei sp. nov., holotype S NCB-RMNH; 8 - G. willemsei sp. nov., paratype $ (1/9) NCB-RMNH;
9 - G. kleukersi sp. nov., holotype $ NCB-RMNH.
Plate 80
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
1
2
3
Figures 1-13. Holoarcus Hancock, 1909, habitus in dorsal and lateral view, head, abdomen and legs. 1-3 - H.
altinotus Hancock, 1909, holotype ^ OUMNH; 4-6 - H. arcuatus (Haan, 1842), paralectotype S NCB-RMNH; 7-9
- H. arcuatus (Haan, 1842), lectotype $ OUMNH; 10-12 - H. ferwillemsei (Willemse, 1932) nom. nov., holotype S
IRSNB; 13 - H. belingae (Gunther, 1929), holotype S ZMHU (photo: S. Ingrisch).
Plate 81
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-12. Holoarcus Hancock, 1909, habitus in dorsal and lateral view, head. 1-3 - H. ferwillemsei (Willemse,
1932) nom. nov., paratype IRSNB; 4-6 - H. intermedius (Willemse, 1932) comb, nov., holotype <$ IRSNB; 7-9 - H.
intermedius (Willemse, 1932) comb, nov., paratype $ IRSNB; 10-12 - H. truncatus (Hancock, 1909) comb, nov.,
holotype $ OUMNH.
Plate 82
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-15. Ichikawatettix gen. nov., habitus in dorsal and lateral view and head. 1-3 - /. detzeli sp. nov., holotype
S BPBM; 4-6 - I. exsertus (Gunther, 1938), holotype £ ZMHU (photo: S. Ingrisch); 7-9 - I. exsertus (Gunther, 1938),
S ZMHU; 10-12 - /. kleinertae sp. nov., holotype £ BPBM; 13-15 - I. kleinertae sp. nov., paratype $ BPBM.
Plate 83
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
10 11
Figures 1-12. Misythus Stal, 1877, habitus in dorsal and lateral view and head. 1-3 - M. echinatus (Stal, 1877),
holotype S NHRS; 4-6 - M. histrionicus Stal, 1877 (synonym of M. securifer (Walker, 1871)), holotype S NHRS;
7-9 - M. histrionicus Stal, 1877 (synonym of M. securifer (Walker, 1871)), allotype $ NHRS; 10-12 - M. laminatus
laminatus Stal, 1877, holotype S NHRS.
Plate 84
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
15
Figures 1-15. Ingrischitettix mountalbilalaensis sp. nov. and Piezotettix Bolivar, 1887, habitus in dorsal and lateral
view and head. 1-3 - I. mountalbilalaensis sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 4-6 - I. mountalbilalaensis sp. nov., paratype
$ BPBM; 7-9 - Piezotettix cultratus (Stal, 1877), holotype $ NHRS; 10-12 - P. sulcatus (Stal, 1877) comb, nov.,
holotype $ NHRS; 13-15 - P. sulcatus (Bolivar, 1887) comb, nov., S NCB-RMNH.
Plate 85
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-14. Planotettix gen. nov., habitus in dorsal view. 1 - P. astrolabebayensis sp. nov., holotype $ HNHM; 2 -
P. biroi sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 3 - P. buergersi sp. nov., holotype S ZMHU; 4 - P. cyclopensis sp. nov., holotype
S BPBM; 5 - P. cyclopensis sp. nov., paratype $ (3/10) BMNH; 6 - P. fartmanni sp. nov., holotype $ UCDC; 7 - P.
fartmanni sp. nov., paratype S (3/6) UCDC; 8 - P. karubakensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 9 - P. maai sp. nov.,
holotype $ BPBM; 10 - P. maai sp. nov., paratype S (1/1) BPBM; 11 - P. mountbaduriensis sp. nov., holotype $
BMNH; 12 - P. planus sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 13 - P. riedei sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 14 - P. riedei sp. nov.,
paratype S (3/4) BPBM.
Plate 86
Tumbrinck, 1: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-14. Pianotettix gen. nov., habitus in lateral view. 1 - P. planus sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 2 - P. astrola-
bebayensis sp. nov., holotype $ HNHM; 3 - P. biroi sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 4 - P. buergersi sp. nov., holotype S
ZMHU; 5 - P. cyclopensis sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 6 - P. cyclopensis sp. nov., paratype $ (3/10) BMNH; 7 - P.
fartmanni sp. nov., holotype $ UCDC; 8 - P. fartmanni sp. nov., paratype S (3/6) UCDC; 9 - P. karubakensis sp.
nov., holotype $ BPBM; 10 - P. maai sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 11 - P. maai sp. nov., paratype S (1/1) BPBM; 12
- P. mountbaduriensis sp. nov., holotype $ BMNH; 13 - P. riedei sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 14 - P. riedei sp. nov.,
paratype S (3/4) BPBM.
Plate 87
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
11
12
13
14
Figures 1-14. Planotettix gen. nov., head in frontal view. 1 - P. astrolabebayensis sp. nov., holotype $ HNHM; 2 - P.
biroi sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 3 - P. buergersi sp. nov., holotype S ZMHU; 4 - P. cyclopensis sp. nov., holotype
S BPBM; 5 - P. cyclopensis sp. nov., paratype $ (3/10) BMNH; 6 - P. fartmanni sp. nov., holotype $ UCDC; 7 - P.
fartmanni sp. nov., paratype $ (3/6) UCDC; 8 - P. karubakensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 9 - P. maai sp. nov.,
holotype $ BPBM; 10 - P. maai sp. nov., paratype S (1/1) BPBM; 11 - P. mountbaduriensis sp. nov., holotype $
BMNH; 12 - P. planus sp. nov., holotype BPBM; 13 - P. riedei sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 14 - P. riedei sp. nov.,
paratype S (3/4) BPBM.
Plate 88
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-15. Potua Bolivar, 1887, Pseudohyboella weylandiana Gunther, 1938 and Stegaceps brevicornis Han¬
cock, 1913, habitus in dorsal and lateral view and head. 1-3 - Potua coronata coronata Bolivar, 1887, syntype S
NHRS; 4-6 - P. coronata sumatrensis Bolivar, 1898, S SMTD; 7-9 - P. sabulosa Hancock, 1915, holotype S ANSP
(photo : J.D. Weintraub); 10-12 - Pseudohyboella weylandiana Gunther, 1938, S BPBM; 13-15 - Stegaceps brevi-
cornis Hancock, 1913, holotype $ ANSP (photo: J.D. Weintraub).
Plate 89
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-9. Tepperotettix reliquia Rehn, 1952 and Tondanotettix brevis brevis (Haan, 1842), habitus in dorsal and
lateral view and head. 1, 3, 5 - Tepperotettix reliquia, S MHNG; 2, 4, 6 - Tepperotettix reliquia, $ AMS; 7-9 - Ton¬
danotettix brevis brevis (Haan, 1842), holotype $ NCB-RMNH.
Plate 90
Tumbrinck, 1: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
Figures 1-12. Willemsetettix gen. nov., habitus in dorsal view and head. 1, 7 - W. laeensis sp. nov., holotype $
BPBM; 2, 8 - 1/1/. missai sp. nov., holotype $ IRSNB; 3, 9 - 1/1/. missai sp. nov., paratype S (5/5) BPBM; 4, 10 - 1/1/.
oriomoensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 5, 11 - 1/1/. wauensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 6, 12 - 1/1/. willemsei sp.
nov., holotype $ BPBM.
Plate 91
Tumbrinck, J.: Taxonomic revision of the Cladonotinae (Orthoptera: Tetrigidae) from the islands of South-East Asia ...
5
6
Figures 1-9. Willemsetettix gen. nov. and Paraphyllum antennatum Hancock, 1913, habitus in dorsal and lateral
view and head. 1-1/1/. laeensis sp. nov., holotype $ BPBM; 2-1/1/. missai sp. nov., paratype S (5/5) BPBM; 3 - W.
missai sp. nov., holotype ^ IRSNB; 4-1/1/. oriomoensis sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 5-1/1/. wauensis sp. nov., holo¬
type $ BPBM; 6-1/1/. willemsei sp. nov., holotype S BPBM; 7-9 - P. antennatum Hancock, 1913, holotype $ ANSP
(photo: J.D. Weintraub).
Plate 92
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-3. Papuan Monosyntaxis species. 1-2: M. bipunctata (Bethune-Baker, 1904). 1 - S, Owgarra, Owen Stan¬
ley Range, Papua New Guinea (BMNH); 2 - Angabunga River, Papua New Guinea (BMNH); 3 - M. kratkeensis sp.
nov., S holotype, Bantibasa district, Kratke Mountains, Papua New Guinea (BMNH).
Figures 4-7. Papuan Monosyntaxis species. 4-5: M. honeyi sp. nov. 4 - S holotype, Pass Valley, Jayawijaya mts.,
Papua, Indonesia (ZMAN); 5 - $ paratype, Walmak, Jayawijaya mts., Papua, Indonesia (ZMAN); 6-7: M. fojaensis sp.
nov. 6 - S holotype, Foja mts., Papua, Indonesia (ZMAN); 7 paratype, Foja Mountains, Papua, Indonesia (KSP).
Plate 93
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 5-7. Papuan Monosyntaxis species. 5 - M. bimaculata De Vos, 2009. S holotype, Kwerba, Foja mts., Pap¬
ua, Indonesia (ZMAN); 6-7: M. persimilis Rothschild, 1912. 6 - S, Pass Valley, Jayawijaya mts., Papua, Indonesia
(ZMAN); 7 - Pass Valley, Jayawijaya mts., Papua, Indonesia (ZMAN).
Figures 1-4. Papuan Monosyntaxis species. 1-2: M. kobowrensis sp. nov. 1 - S paratype, Mt. Kunupi, Kobowre (Wey-
land) mts., Papua, Indonesia (BMNFI); 2 - $ paratype, Paniai area, Papua, Indonesia (RMNFI); 3-4: M. arfakensis sp.
nov. 3 - S holotype, Mokwam, Arfak mts., Papua, Indonesia (ZMAN); 4 - $ paratype, Mokwam, Arfak mts., Papua,
Indonesia (ZMAN).
Plate 94
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
4
Figures 1-5. 1 - Monosyntaxis postfuscata sp. nov., $ holotype,
Saiko, Upper Waria River, Papua New Guinea (BMNH); 2-5 - Male
genitalia of Monosyntaxis bipunctata (Bethune-Baker, 1904). 2 -
Habitus; 3 - Apex of valva; 4 - Aedeagus; 5 - Cornuti.
Plate 95
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-4. Male genitalia of Monosyntaxis kratkeensis sp. nov. 1 - Habitus; 2 - Apex of valva; 3 - Aedeagus; 4 -
Cornuti.
Plate 96
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-7. Male genitalia of Monosyntaxis species. 1-3: M. honey] sp. nov. 1 - Habitus; 2 - Aedeagus; 3 - Cornuti;
4-7 - M. fojaensis sp. nov. 4 - Habitus; 5 - Aedeagus; 6 - Basal cornutus; 7 - Distal cornutus.
Plate 97
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-6. Male genitalia of Monosyntaxis species. 1-3: M. kobowrensis sp. nov. 1 - Habitus; 2 - Aedeagus; 3 -
Cornuti; 4-6 - M. arfakensis sp. nov. 4 - Habitus; 5 - Aedeagus; 6 - Cornutus.
Plate 98
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-6. Male genitalia of Monosyntaxis species. 1-3 - M. bimaculata DeVos, 2009. 1 - Flabitus; 2 - Aedeagus;
3 - Cornutus; 4-6 - M. persimilis Rothschild, 1912. 4 - Flabitus; 5 - Aedeagus; 6 - Cornuti.
Plate 99
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-6. Female genitalia of Monosyntaxis species. 1-2 - M. bipunctata (Bethune-Baker, 1904). 1 - Flabitus;
2 - Signum; 3-4 - M. honeyi sp. nov. 4 - Flabitus; 5 - Signum; 5-6 - M. fojaensis sp. nov. 5 - Flabitus; 6 - Signum.
Plate 100
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-6. Female genitalia of Monosyntaxis species. 1-2 - M. kobowrensis sp. nov. 1 - FHabitus; 2 - Signum; 3-4
- M. arfakensis sp. nov. 4 - Flabitus; 5 - Signum; 5-6 - M. persimilis Rothschild, 1912. 5 - FHabitus; 6 - Signum.
Plate 101
Vos, R. de: The Monosyntaxis Swinhoe, 1901 complex of sibling species in New Guinea (Lepidoptera: Erebidae) ...
Figures 1-4. 1-2 - Female genitalia of Monosyntaxis postfuscata sp. nov. 1 - Habitus; 2 - Signum; 3-4 - Distribu¬
tion maps of Monosyntaxis species. 3 - Red dots M. arfakensis, black dots M. kobowrensis, purple dots M. honeyi,
blue dots M. fojaensis, yellow square M. bimaculata, red square M. kratkeensis, purple square M. postfuscata, black
squares M. bipunctata; 4 - M. persimilis.
Plate 102
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figures 1-8. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1, 4 - N. ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931, holotype S
FSSF; 2,5- ditto, $ FCBS (photo: E. Sprecher); 3, 6 - N. bermigseni Aurivillius, 1908, $ FOBS (photo: E. Sprecher);
7-8 - N. batoceroides Thomson, 1864, S-
Plate 103
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figures 1-8. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1, 4 - N. batoceroides Thomson, 1864, 2,
5 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880, (S'; 3, 6 - ditto, 7-8 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898, S-
Plate 104
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
HerljertshShe
D. N. Guinea.
Coll. v. Sellnigsen
Holotypus
\A. 5|/1< • \£uru
64
J^JLru
d'Urt
OJsS
itn
m
Figures 1-8. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal, ventral and lateral view. 1,4 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898,
2-3, 5 - N. forbesi Waterhouse, 1884, S', 6, 8 - ditto, 7 - N. berinigseni, holotype $ SDEI (photo: L. Behne).
Plate 105
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
7
> ■ - 8
Figures 1-8. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1, 4 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859), <$\ 2, 5 -ditto,
3, 6 - N. helleri Hauser, 1904, 7-8 - ditto, <$.
Plate 106
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
8
Figures 1-8. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal, ventral and lateral view. 1, 4 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881, S',
2, 5 - ditto, $ 3, 6 - N. tricolor Heller, 1896, 7-8 - ditto, S-
Plate 107
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figures 1-9. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1,4 - N. trifasciatus Heller, 1919, $; 2, 5 - N.
websteri Jordan, 1898, (S'; 3, 6 - N. zonatus Lansberge van, 1880, (S'; 7-8 - N. trifasciatus, (S'; 9 - N. websteri,
Plate 108
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figures 1-8. Nemophas and Nemoplophora species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1, 4 - Nemophas zonatus
Lansberge van, 1880, 2, 5 - Nemophas (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920, 3, 6 - Nemoplophora subcylin-
dricus (Aurivillius, 1927), S', 7-8 - Nemophas (Pilomophas) ramosi, S ■
Plate 109
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
5773
E94
Figures 1-8. Anoplophora , Nemophas and Nemoplophora species, habitus in dorsal, ventral and lateral view. 1,
4 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927), 2, 5 - Anoplophora elegans (Gahan, 1888), 3, 6-7 -
Nemophas batoceroides Thomson, 1864, paralectotype $ ANSP (photo: J.D. Weintraub); 8 - Nemophas buruensis
Aurivillius, 1926, lectotype $ NHRS (photo: N. Apelqvist).
l.j.Toxoplus
Buru,Siatlon9
26.IV-1.VI‘2I
Timor Isl.
Malay Ar.
J. Thomson
Collection
Type
u v te r h f i
Plate 110
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
* 5Ty/&e' .
t7*/rT?7 0S\
K
Ex Musaeo
JAME#UMSBN
' ’ — -
&A if C >Z- Ct+xl C* - • ^ - <■
Little Kei.
(H« Kiihn).
Ex-Musa3 o S
•W.ROTHSGHILOno
mV;-' >
7
8
Figures 1-8. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and lateral view. 1-3 - N. batoceroides Thomson, 1864, lectotype
S MNHN (photo: G. Tavakilian); 4-5 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880, holotype $ MNHN (photo: G. Tavakilian);
6-8 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898, lectotype S MNHN (photo: G. Tavakilian).
Plate 111
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Pres.by the
Timor Laut
Committee of the
British Association
Coll.by H.O.Forbes
Figures 1-2. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1 - N. forbesi Waterhouse, 1884, lectotype S
BMNH (photo: S. Shute & E. McAlister); 2 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859), holotype S BMNH (photo: S. Shute & E. McAl¬
ister).
Plate 112
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
fa* j
Kapala
Madang
650-1500 m.
deURrsuning
ft1*#*
c* *** 4
JVC*
A*^£Za'iz.
Figures 1-9. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1-2 -
Monohammus [sic!] doleschali Redtenbacher, 1867, holotype S NHMW
(photo: H. Schonmann & H. Schillhammer); 3-4 - N. grayi m. quinquefascia-
tus Breuning, 1943, holotype $ FCNMB (photo: E. Sprecher); 5 - N. helleri
Flauser, 1904, lectotype $ MFN (photo: J. Willers); 6-7 - N. tricolor Heller,
1896, lectotype S FCNMB (photo: E. Sprecher); 8-9 - N. trifasciatus Heller,
1919, lectotype $ FSSD (photo: 0. Jaeger).
Dr*. SarMln
Luwu, KftlftenafL
Determ. K. M. Hell**.
Key
Ins el
Stac t'.E^uieum fur
Tit rkunde, Dresden
9
Plate 113
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Neu Hannover,
ii. in. 97.
(Webster).
Ex-Musa? o [£
WROTH SCHI102
■MaiHMtt
Hr
7
Figures 1-7. Nemophas species, habitus in dorsal and ventral view. 1 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881, holotype S
(photo: S.A. Ulenberg & B. Brugge); 2-3 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898, paralectotype S MNHN (photo: G. Tavakilian);
4-5 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898, $ BMNH (photo: S. Shute & E. McAlister), assumed to be the most recently collected
specimen (1934) from New Hanover Island, Bismarck Archipelago; 6-7 - N. subterrubens Heller, 1924, lectotype S
(photo: S.W. Lingafelter).
Plate 114
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
® (_x . t- -
Ex-Musaeo
VAN BANSBERBE
2
3
Staatl.Mu scum fu
T(erlainde,Dresdei
4
MurTv'tir Afry'lW
Cc
Brcunin^ det. /?, fL
Kem
zona
SBitUs nov.
8
Figures 1-8. Nemophas and Nemoplophora species, habitus in dor¬
sal view. 1-2 - Nemophas zonatus Lansberge van, 1880, holotype $
MNHN (photo: G. Tavakilian); 3-4 - Nemophas subterrubens Heller,
1924, paralectotype $ FSSD (photo: 0. Jaeger); 5 - Nemoplophora
subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927), holotype $ USNM (photo: S.W. Lin-
gafelter); 6-7 - Nemophas zonatoides Breuning, 1980, holotype <$
MNHN (photo: G. Tavakilian); 8 - ditto, paratype S MFN (photo: J. Will-
ers).
Plate 115
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Baguio
Luzon
5770
E94 v
Naturhistoriska
Riksmuseet
Stockholm
Loan no 117/01
NRM Sthlm
Loan 311/10
NHRS-COLE
Figures 1-9. Nemophas and Nemoplophora species. 1 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus var. virescens (Aurivillius,
1927), holotype S NHRS, habitus in dorsal view (photo: N. Apelqvist); 2-9 - Frons. 2 - Nemophas batoceroides
Thomson, 1864; 3 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880; 4 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881; 5 - N. tricolor Heller,
1896; 6 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898; 7 - N. zonatus Lansberge van, 1880; 8 - N. (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze,
1920; 9 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927).
Plate 116
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figure 1. Known records of Nemophas s. str. and Nemoplophora gen. nov. on the Philippines, in Indonesia and
Papua New Guinea. 1 - Nemophas ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931; 2 - N. batoceroides Thomson, 1864; 3 - N. ben-
nigseni Aurivillius, 1908; 4 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van, 1880; 5 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898; 6 - N. forbesi Wa¬
terhouse, 1884; 7 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859); 8 - N. helleri Hauser, 1904; 9 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881; 10 - N.
tricolor Heller, 1896; 11 - N. trifasciatus Heller, 1919; 12 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898; 13 - N. zonatus Lansberge
van, 1880; 14 - N. (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920; 15 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927).
Figure 2. Primary rainforest with cultivation on the foreground, Mount Apo National park (peak elevation of 2954 m),
Mindanao, the Philippines: Habitat of Nemophas (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920 comb. nov. (photo: M. Riebe,
2006).
Plate 117
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figures 1-20. The elongated median sclerite inside the (opened) internal sac in Cerambycidae males. 1 - Nemophas
forbesi Waterhouse, 1884; 2 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859); 3 - N. helleri Hauser, 1904; 4 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema,
1881; 5 - N. tricolor Heller, 1896; 6 - N. trifasciatus Heller, 1919; 7 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898; 8 - N. zonatus
Lansberge van, 1880; 9 - N. (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920; 10 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius,
1927); 11 - Anoplophora elegans (Gahan, 1888); 12 - Pseudoemophas baluanus (Aurivillius, 1923); 13 - Pseu-
donemophas versteegi (Ritsema, 1881); 14 - lothocera tomentosa (Buquet, 1859); 15 - Dolichoprosopus leuciscus
(Pascoe, 1866); 16 - Cornuscoparia annulicornis (Heller, 1897); 17 - Nemophas ammiralis Schwarzer, 1931, holo-
type; 18 - N. batoceroides Thomson, 1864; 19 - N. bid rictus Lansberge van, 1880; 20 - N. cyanescens Jordan,
1898.
Plate 118
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figures 1-17. The crescent-shaped sclerites at proximal end of basal segment in Cerambycidae males. 1 - Nemo¬
phas ammiralis Schwa rzer, 1931, holotype; 2 - N. batoceroides Thomson, 1864; 3 - N. bicinctus Lansberge van,
1880; 4 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898; 5 - N. forbesi Waterhouse, 1884; 6 - N. grayii (Pascoe, 1859); 7 - N. hel-
leri Hauser, 1904; 8 - N. rosenbergii Ritsema, 1881; 9 - N. tricolor Heller, 1896; 10 - N. trifasciatus Heller, 1919;
11 - N. websteri Jordan, 1898; 12 - ditto; 13 - N. zonatus Lansberge van, 1880; 14 - N. (Pilomophas) ramosi
Schulze, 1920; 15 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927); 16 - Anopiophora elegans (Gahan, 1888);
17 - Pseudoemophas baluanus (Aurivillius, 1923).
Plate 119
Wallin, H., Kvamme, T. & Nylander, U.: A revision of the genus Nemophas Thomson, 1864 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) ...
Figures 1-13. The crescent-shaped sclerites at proximal end of basal segment, median phallomer membrane and
scape in Cerambycidae males. 1-4 - Sclerites. 1 - Pseudonemophas versteegi (Ritsema, 1881); 2 - lothocera
tomentosa (Buquet, 1859); 3 - Dolichoprosopus leuciscus (Pascoe, 1866); 4 - Cornuscoparia armulicornis (Heller,
1897); 5-10 - Membrane. 5 - N. cyanescens Jordan, 1898; 6 - Nemophas (Pilomophas) ramosi Schulze, 1920; 7
- Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927); 8 - Anoplophora elegans (Gahan, 1888); 9 - Pseudonemophas
baluanus (Aurivillius, 1923); 10 - lothocera tomentosa (Buquet, 1859); 11-13 - Scape. 11 - Nemophas bicinctus
Lansberge van, 1880; 12 - Nemoplophora subcylindricus (Aurivillius, 1927); 13 - Nemophas websteri Jordan,
1898.
Plate 120
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-24. Habitus of Papuan Arctiidae. 1-2 - Spilosoma dinawa (Bethune-Baker, 1904). 1 - Papua, Genyem
env.; 2 - ditto, underside; 3-6 - Spilosoma costata (Boisduval, 1832). 3 - S, same locality; 4 - ditto, underside;
5 - same locality; 6 - ditto, underside; 7-12 - Spilaethalida turbida (Butler, 1882). 7 - S, Papua, Cyclops Mts.;
8 - ditto, underside; 9 - same locality; 10 - ditto, underside; 11 - S, same locality; 12 - ditto, underside; 13-
14 - Spilosoma styx (Bethune-Baker, 1910). 13 - S, Papua, Dabra env.; 14 - ditto, underside; 15-16 - Lemyra
punctatostrigata (Bethune-Baker, 1904). 15 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 16 - ditto, underside; 17-24 - Nicetosoma
papuana (Rothschild, 1910). 17 - S, same locality; 18 - ditto, underside; 19 - S, Papua, Cyclops Mts.; 20 - ditto,
underside; 21 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 22 - ditto, underside; 23 - Papua, Dabra env.; 24 - ditto, underside
[scale bar 10 mm].
Plate 121
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-24. Habitus of Papuan Arctiidae. 1-4 - Argina astrea (Drury, 1773). 1 - <$, Papua, Cyclops Mts.; 2 - ditto,
underside; 3 - S, same locality; 4 - ditto, underside; 5-16 - Utetheisa pellex (Linnaeus, 1758). 5 - Papua, Genyem
env.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7 - same locality; 8 - ditto, underside; 9 - same locality; 10 - ditto, underside; 11
- same locality; 12 - ditto, underside; 13 - same locality; 14 - ditto, underside; 15 - same locality; 16 - ditto,
underside; 17-24 - Nyctemera baulus (Boisduval, 1832). 17 - <$, Papua, Genyem env.; 18 - ditto, underside; 19 -
S, same locality; 20 - ditto, underside; 21 - same locality; 22 - ditto, underside; 23 - same locality; 24 - ditto,
underside [scale bar 10 mm].
Plate 122
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-18. Habitus of Papuan Arctiidae. 1-2 - Nyctemera groenendaeli De Vos, 1995. 1 - Papua, Genyem env.; 2
- ditto, underside; 3-4 - Nyctemera latimargo (Rothschild, 1915). 3 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 4 - ditto, underside;
5-12 - Nyctemera evergista (Stoll, 1781). 5 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7 - S, same locality;
8 - ditto, underside; 9 - S, same locality; 10 - ditto, underside; 11 - same locality; 12 - ditto, underside; 13-16.
Amerila arthusibertrandi (Guerin-Meneville, 1831). 13 - Papua, Genyem env.; 14 - ditto, underside; 15 - same
locality; 16 - ditto, underside; 17-18 - Amerila caudipennis (Walker, 1864). 17 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 18 - ditto,
underside [scale bar 10 mm].
Plate 123
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-16. Habitus of Papuan Arctiidae. 1-4 - Amerila caudipennis (Walker, 1864). 1 - S, Papua, Dabra env.; 2
- ditto, underside; 3 - Papua, Genyem env.; 4 - ditto, underside; 5-10 - Amerila crokeri (MacLeay, 1826). 5 - S,
Papua, Genyem env.; 6 - ditto, underside; 7 - S, same locality; 8 - ditto, underside; 9 - $, same locality; 10 - ditto,
underside; 11-16 - Amerila nigropunctata (Bethune-Baker, 1908). 11 - S, Papua, Genyem env.; 12 - ditto, under¬
side; 13 - S, same locality; 14 - ditto, underside; 15 - S, same locality; 16 - ditto, underside [scale bar 10 mm].
Plate 124
Zamesov, A.N., Gorbunov, O.G.: Tiger moths (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae: Arctiinae) of Papua Province, Indonesia ...
Figures 1-18. Habitus of Papuan Arctiidae. 1-8 - Amerila astreus (Drury, 1773). 1 - 6, Papua, Genyem env.; 2 -
ditto, underside; 3 - same locality; 4 - ditto, underside; 5 - same locality; 6 - ditto, underside; 7 - same
locality; 8 - ditto, underside; 9-18 - Amerila timolis (Rothschild, 1914). 9-6', Papua, Genyem env.; 10 - ditto,
underside; 11 - 6', same locality; 12 - ditto, underside; 13 - same locality; 14 - ditto, underside; 15 - same
locality; 16 - ditto, underside; 17 - same locality; 18 - ditto, underside [scale bar 10 mm].
Plate 125
Rosler, H., Scheidt, U. & Telnov, D.: First record of Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma, 1934) ...
Figures 1-3. Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma, 1934) in its natural environment, at observation site near
Aduway village, southern Misool Is., E Indonesia (photo: M. Kalnins).
Plate 126
Rosler, H., Scheidt, U. & Telnov, D.: First record of Cyrtodactylus papuensis (Brongersma, 1934) ...
Figures 1-2. Riverine forest in River Hakau valley, S Misool Island, E Indonesia - observation spot for Cyrtodactylus
papuensis (Brongersma, 1934) (photo: D. Telnov).
ISBN of the volume il: 978 9984 9768 7 7
ISSN of the series: 2255-9728